diff options
| author |  Benjamin Barenblat <bbaren@mit.edu> | 2015-01-19 17:07:23 -0500 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Benjamin Barenblat <bbaren@mit.edu> | 2015-01-20 13:18:14 -0500 |
| commit | 7c05fd8e36d1578fa9d478c66aa868f7be2d80b5 (patch) | |
| tree | d1e038524eabd152769e8f36478f0337effd8b4c /debian/patches | |
| parent | d9c28a178bd5fbab4b949664d9ec48c83d6df092 (diff) | |
Begin packaging DeaDBeeF
This build is for a very minimal set of plugins – just enough to
generate a deb and be assured that the build actually works.
Diffstat (limited to 'debian/patches')
| -rw-r--r-- | debian/patches/remove-interfering-maintainer-files.diff | 80786 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | debian/patches/series | 1 |
2 files changed, 80787 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/debian/patches/remove-interfering-maintainer-files.diff b/debian/patches/remove-interfering-maintainer-files.diff new file mode 100644 index 00000000..536efff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/patches/remove-interfering-maintainer-files.diff @@ -0,0 +1,80786 @@ +Author: Benjamin Barenblat <bbaren@mit.edu> +Description: Remove maintainer files which interfere with autoreconf + DeaDBeeF vendors a number of tools, including Glade. autoreconf misinterprets + this vendoring as files in need of maintenance and halts the build. This patch + removes those files so the build can proceed. + . + Upstream removes these files as part of their packaging process. However, we + have to run autoreconf anyway to remove some other vendoring. This patch is + therefore extremely unlikely to make it upstream. +Forwarded: not-needed +Last-Update: 2015-01-19 +--- a/tools/glade/examples/editor/editor.glade ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,492 +0,0 @@ +-<?xml version="1.0" standalone="no"?> <!--*- mode: xml -*--> +-<!DOCTYPE glade-interface SYSTEM "http://glade.gnome.org/glade-2.0.dtd"> +- +-<glade-interface> +- +-<widget class="GtkWindow" id="main_window"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="title" translatable="yes">Glade Text Editor</property> +- <property name="type">GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL</property> +- <property name="window_position">GTK_WIN_POS_NONE</property> +- <property name="modal">False</property> +- <property name="default_width">600</property> +- <property name="default_height">450</property> +- <property name="resizable">True</property> +- <property name="destroy_with_parent">False</property> +- <signal name="delete_event" handler="on_main_window_delete_event"/> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkVBox" id="vbox1"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="homogeneous">False</property> +- <property name="spacing">0</property> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkHandleBox" id="handlebox2"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="shadow_type">GTK_SHADOW_OUT</property> +- <property name="handle_position">GTK_POS_LEFT</property> +- <property name="snap_edge">GTK_POS_TOP</property> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkMenuBar" id="menubar1"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkMenuItem" id="File"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label" translatable="yes">_File</property> +- <property name="use_underline">True</property> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkMenu" id="File_menu"> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkImageMenuItem" id="New"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label">gtk-new</property> +- <property name="use_stock">True</property> +- <signal name="activate" handler="on_New_activate"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkImageMenuItem" id="Open"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label">gtk-open</property> +- <property name="use_stock">True</property> +- <signal name="activate" handler="on_Open_activate"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkImageMenuItem" id="Save"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label">gtk-save</property> +- <property name="use_stock">True</property> +- <signal name="activate" handler="on_Save_activate"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkImageMenuItem" id="Save_As"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label">gtk-save-as</property> +- <property name="use_stock">True</property> +- <signal name="activate" handler="on_Save_As_activate"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkMenuItem" id="separator1"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkImageMenuItem" id="Exit"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label">gtk-quit</property> +- <property name="use_stock">True</property> +- <signal name="activate" handler="on_Exit_activate"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkMenuItem" id="Edit"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label" translatable="yes">_Edit</property> +- <property name="use_underline">True</property> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkMenu" id="Edit_menu"> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkImageMenuItem" id="Cut"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label">gtk-cut</property> +- <property name="use_stock">True</property> +- <signal name="activate" handler="on_Cut_activate"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkImageMenuItem" id="Copy"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label">gtk-copy</property> +- <property name="use_stock">True</property> +- <signal name="activate" handler="on_Copy_activate"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkImageMenuItem" id="Paste"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label">gtk-paste</property> +- <property name="use_stock">True</property> +- <signal name="activate" handler="on_Paste_activate"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkImageMenuItem" id="Clear"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label">gtk-delete</property> +- <property name="use_stock">True</property> +- <signal name="activate" handler="on_Clear_activate"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkMenuItem" id="View"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label" translatable="yes">_View</property> +- <property name="use_underline">True</property> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkMenu" id="View_menu"> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkMenuItem" id="Font"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label" translatable="yes">Change _Font...</property> +- <property name="use_underline">True</property> +- <signal name="activate" handler="on_Font_activate"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkMenuItem" id="Help"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label" translatable="yes">_Help</property> +- <property name="use_underline">True</property> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkMenu" id="Help_menu"> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkMenuItem" id="About"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label" translatable="yes">_About...</property> +- <property name="use_underline">True</property> +- <signal name="activate" handler="on_About_activate"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- <packing> +- <property name="padding">0</property> +- <property name="expand">False</property> +- <property name="fill">True</property> +- </packing> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkHandleBox" id="handlebox1"> +- <property name="border_width">2</property> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="shadow_type">GTK_SHADOW_OUT</property> +- <property name="handle_position">GTK_POS_LEFT</property> +- <property name="snap_edge">GTK_POS_TOP</property> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkToolbar" id="toolbar1"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="orientation">GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL</property> +- <property name="toolbar_style">GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH</property> +- <property name="tooltips">True</property> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="button" id="button1"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label">gtk-new</property> +- <property name="use_stock">True</property> +- <signal name="clicked" handler="on_new_button_clicked"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="button" id="button2"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label">gtk-open</property> +- <property name="use_stock">True</property> +- <signal name="clicked" handler="on_open_button_clicked"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="button" id="button3"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label">gtk-save</property> +- <property name="use_stock">True</property> +- <signal name="clicked" handler="on_save_button_clicked"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- <packing> +- <property name="padding">0</property> +- <property name="expand">False</property> +- <property name="fill">True</property> +- </packing> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkScrolledWindow" id="scrolledwindow1"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="hscrollbar_policy">GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC</property> +- <property name="vscrollbar_policy">GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC</property> +- <property name="shadow_type">GTK_SHADOW_IN</property> +- <property name="window_placement">GTK_CORNER_TOP_LEFT</property> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkTextView" id="text1"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="can_focus">True</property> +- <property name="editable">True</property> +- <property name="justification">GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT</property> +- <property name="wrap_mode">GTK_WRAP_WORD</property> +- <property name="cursor_visible">True</property> +- <property name="pixels_above_lines">0</property> +- <property name="pixels_below_lines">0</property> +- <property name="pixels_inside_wrap">0</property> +- <property name="left_margin">0</property> +- <property name="right_margin">0</property> +- <property name="indent">0</property> +- <property name="text" translatable="yes"></property> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- <packing> +- <property name="padding">0</property> +- <property name="expand">True</property> +- <property name="fill">True</property> +- </packing> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkStatusbar" id="statusbar1"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="has_resize_grip">True</property> +- </widget> +- <packing> +- <property name="padding">0</property> +- <property name="expand">False</property> +- <property name="fill">True</property> +- </packing> +- </child> +- </widget> +- </child> +-</widget> +- +-<widget class="GtkFileSelection" id="open_file_selection"> +- <property name="border_width">10</property> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="title" translatable="yes">Open File</property> +- <property name="type">GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL</property> +- <property name="window_position">GTK_WIN_POS_NONE</property> +- <property name="modal">False</property> +- <property name="resizable">True</property> +- <property name="destroy_with_parent">False</property> +- <property name="show_fileops">True</property> +- <signal name="delete_event" handler="on_open_filesel_delete_event"/> +- +- <child internal-child="cancel_button"> +- <widget class="GtkButton" id="cancel_button1"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="can_default">True</property> +- <property name="can_focus">True</property> +- <property name="relief">GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL</property> +- <signal name="clicked" handler="on_open_filesel_cancel_button_clicked"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child internal-child="ok_button"> +- <widget class="GtkButton" id="ok_button1"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="can_default">True</property> +- <property name="can_focus">True</property> +- <property name="relief">GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL</property> +- <signal name="clicked" handler="on_open_filesel_ok_button_clicked"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +-</widget> +- +-<widget class="GtkFontSelectionDialog" id="font_selection"> +- <property name="border_width">4</property> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="title" translatable="yes">Select Font</property> +- <property name="type">GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL</property> +- <property name="window_position">GTK_WIN_POS_NONE</property> +- <property name="modal">False</property> +- <property name="resizable">True</property> +- <property name="destroy_with_parent">False</property> +- <signal name="delete_event" handler="on_fontsel_delete_event"/> +- +- <child internal-child="cancel_button"> +- <widget class="GtkButton" id="cancel_button2"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="can_default">True</property> +- <property name="can_focus">True</property> +- <property name="relief">GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL</property> +- <signal name="clicked" handler="on_fontsel_cancel_button_clicked"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child internal-child="apply_button"> +- <widget class="GtkButton" id="apply_button1"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="can_default">True</property> +- <property name="can_focus">True</property> +- <property name="relief">GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL</property> +- <signal name="clicked" handler="on_fontsel_apply_button_clicked"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child internal-child="ok_button"> +- <widget class="GtkButton" id="ok_button2"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="can_default">True</property> +- <property name="can_focus">True</property> +- <property name="relief">GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL</property> +- <signal name="clicked" handler="on_fontsel_ok_button_clicked"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child internal-child="font_selection"> +- <widget class="GtkFontSelection" id="fontselection1"> +- <property name="border_width">4</property> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="preview_text" translatable="yes">abcdefghijk ABCDEFGHIJK</property> +- </widget> +- <packing> +- <property name="padding">0</property> +- <property name="expand">True</property> +- <property name="fill">True</property> +- </packing> +- </child> +-</widget> +- +-<widget class="GtkDialog" id="about_dialog"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="title" translatable="yes">About The Glade Text Editor</property> +- <property name="type">GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL</property> +- <property name="window_position">GTK_WIN_POS_NONE</property> +- <property name="modal">False</property> +- <property name="resizable">True</property> +- <property name="destroy_with_parent">False</property> +- <property name="has_separator">True</property> +- +- <child internal-child="vbox"> +- <widget class="GtkVBox" id="dialog-vbox2"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="homogeneous">False</property> +- <property name="spacing">0</property> +- +- <child internal-child="action_area"> +- <widget class="GtkHButtonBox" id="dialog-action_area2"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="layout_style">GTK_BUTTONBOX_END</property> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkButton" id="button7"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="can_default">True</property> +- <property name="has_default">True</property> +- <property name="can_focus">True</property> +- <property name="label" translatable="yes"> OK </property> +- <property name="use_underline">True</property> +- <property name="relief">GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL</property> +- <property name="response_id">0</property> +- <signal name="clicked" handler="on_about_ok_clicked"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- </widget> +- <packing> +- <property name="padding">0</property> +- <property name="expand">False</property> +- <property name="fill">True</property> +- <property name="pack_type">GTK_PACK_END</property> +- </packing> +- </child> +- +- <child> +- <widget class="GtkLabel" id="label2"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="label" translatable="yes">The Glade Text Editor +- +-v 1.0 +- +-(Example program for Glade)</property> +- <property name="use_underline">False</property> +- <property name="use_markup">False</property> +- <property name="justify">GTK_JUSTIFY_CENTER</property> +- <property name="wrap">False</property> +- <property name="selectable">False</property> +- <property name="xalign">0.5</property> +- <property name="yalign">0.5</property> +- <property name="xpad">12</property> +- <property name="ypad">0</property> +- </widget> +- <packing> +- <property name="padding">10</property> +- <property name="expand">True</property> +- <property name="fill">True</property> +- </packing> +- </child> +- </widget> +- </child> +-</widget> +- +-<widget class="GtkFileSelection" id="save_file_selection"> +- <property name="border_width">10</property> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="title" translatable="yes">Save File</property> +- <property name="type">GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL</property> +- <property name="window_position">GTK_WIN_POS_NONE</property> +- <property name="modal">False</property> +- <property name="resizable">True</property> +- <property name="destroy_with_parent">False</property> +- <property name="show_fileops">True</property> +- <signal name="delete_event" handler="on_save_filesel_delete_event"/> +- +- <child internal-child="cancel_button"> +- <widget class="GtkButton" id="cancel_button3"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="can_default">True</property> +- <property name="can_focus">True</property> +- <property name="relief">GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL</property> +- <signal name="clicked" handler="on_save_filesel_cancel_button_clicked"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +- +- <child internal-child="ok_button"> +- <widget class="GtkButton" id="ok_button3"> +- <property name="visible">True</property> +- <property name="can_default">True</property> +- <property name="can_focus">True</property> +- <property name="relief">GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL</property> +- <signal name="clicked" handler="on_save_filesel_ok_button_clicked"/> +- </widget> +- </child> +-</widget> +- +-</glade-interface> +--- a/tools/glade/examples/editor/src/interface.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,456 +0,0 @@ +-/* +- * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE - it is generated by Glade. +- */ +- +-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +-# include <config.h> +-#endif +- +-#include <sys/types.h> +-#include <sys/stat.h> +-#include <unistd.h> +-#include <string.h> +-#include <stdio.h> +- +-#include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +- +-#include "callbacks.h" +-#include "interface.h" +-#include "support.h" +- +-#define GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT(component,widget,name) \ +- g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (component), name, \ +- gtk_widget_ref (widget), (GDestroyNotify) gtk_widget_unref) +- +-#define GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF(component,widget,name) \ +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (component), name, widget) +- +-GtkWidget* +-create_main_window (void) +-{ +- GtkWidget *main_window; +- GtkWidget *vbox1; +- GtkWidget *handlebox2; +- GtkWidget *menubar1; +- GtkWidget *File; +- GtkWidget *File_menu; +- GtkWidget *New; +- GtkWidget *Open; +- GtkWidget *Save; +- GtkWidget *Save_As; +- GtkWidget *separator1; +- GtkWidget *Exit; +- GtkWidget *Edit; +- GtkWidget *Edit_menu; +- GtkWidget *Cut; +- GtkWidget *Copy; +- GtkWidget *Paste; +- GtkWidget *Clear; +- GtkWidget *View; +- GtkWidget *View_menu; +- GtkWidget *Font; +- GtkWidget *Help; +- GtkWidget *Help_menu; +- GtkWidget *About; +- GtkWidget *handlebox1; +- GtkWidget *toolbar1; +- GtkWidget *button1; +- GtkWidget *button2; +- GtkWidget *button3; +- GtkWidget *scrolledwindow1; +- GtkWidget *text1; +- GtkWidget *statusbar1; +- GtkAccelGroup *accel_group; +- +- accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new (); +- +- main_window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (main_window), _("Glade Text Editor")); +- gtk_window_set_default_size (GTK_WINDOW (main_window), 600, 450); +- +- vbox1 = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox1); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (main_window), vbox1); +- +- handlebox2 = gtk_handle_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (handlebox2); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox1), handlebox2, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- menubar1 = gtk_menu_bar_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (menubar1); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (handlebox2), menubar1); +- +- File = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_File")); +- gtk_widget_show (File); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar1), File); +- +- File_menu = gtk_menu_new (); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (File), File_menu); +- +- New = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock ("gtk-new", accel_group); +- gtk_widget_show (New); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (File_menu), New); +- +- Open = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock ("gtk-open", accel_group); +- gtk_widget_show (Open); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (File_menu), Open); +- +- Save = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock ("gtk-save", accel_group); +- gtk_widget_show (Save); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (File_menu), Save); +- +- Save_As = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock ("gtk-save-as", accel_group); +- gtk_widget_show (Save_As); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (File_menu), Save_As); +- +- separator1 = gtk_menu_item_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (separator1); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (File_menu), separator1); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (separator1, FALSE); +- +- Exit = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock ("gtk-quit", accel_group); +- gtk_widget_show (Exit); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (File_menu), Exit); +- +- Edit = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Edit")); +- gtk_widget_show (Edit); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar1), Edit); +- +- Edit_menu = gtk_menu_new (); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (Edit), Edit_menu); +- +- Cut = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock ("gtk-cut", accel_group); +- gtk_widget_show (Cut); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (Edit_menu), Cut); +- +- Copy = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock ("gtk-copy", accel_group); +- gtk_widget_show (Copy); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (Edit_menu), Copy); +- +- Paste = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock ("gtk-paste", accel_group); +- gtk_widget_show (Paste); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (Edit_menu), Paste); +- +- Clear = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock ("gtk-delete", accel_group); +- gtk_widget_show (Clear); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (Edit_menu), Clear); +- +- View = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_View")); +- gtk_widget_show (View); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar1), View); +- +- View_menu = gtk_menu_new (); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (View), View_menu); +- +- Font = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Change _Font...")); +- gtk_widget_show (Font); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (View_menu), Font); +- +- Help = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Help")); +- gtk_widget_show (Help); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar1), Help); +- +- Help_menu = gtk_menu_new (); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (Help), Help_menu); +- +- About = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_About...")); +- gtk_widget_show (About); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (Help_menu), About); +- +- handlebox1 = gtk_handle_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (handlebox1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox1), handlebox1, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (handlebox1), 2); +- +- toolbar1 = gtk_toolbar_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (toolbar1); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (handlebox1), toolbar1); +- gtk_toolbar_set_style (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar1), GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH); +- +- button1 = gtk_toolbar_insert_stock (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar1), +- "gtk-new", +- NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, -1); +- gtk_widget_show (button1); +- +- button2 = gtk_toolbar_insert_stock (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar1), +- "gtk-open", +- NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, -1); +- gtk_widget_show (button2); +- +- button3 = gtk_toolbar_insert_stock (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar1), +- "gtk-save", +- NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, -1); +- gtk_widget_show (button3); +- +- scrolledwindow1 = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (scrolledwindow1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox1), scrolledwindow1, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (scrolledwindow1, GTK_CAN_FOCUS); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolledwindow1), GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolledwindow1), GTK_SHADOW_IN); +- +- text1 = gtk_text_view_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (text1); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolledwindow1), text1); +- gtk_text_view_set_wrap_mode (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (text1), GTK_WRAP_WORD); +- +- statusbar1 = gtk_statusbar_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (statusbar1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox1), statusbar1, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) main_window, "delete_event", +- G_CALLBACK (on_main_window_delete_event), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) New, "activate", +- G_CALLBACK (on_New_activate), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) Open, "activate", +- G_CALLBACK (on_Open_activate), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) Save, "activate", +- G_CALLBACK (on_Save_activate), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) Save_As, "activate", +- G_CALLBACK (on_Save_As_activate), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) Exit, "activate", +- G_CALLBACK (on_Exit_activate), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) Cut, "activate", +- G_CALLBACK (on_Cut_activate), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) Copy, "activate", +- G_CALLBACK (on_Copy_activate), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) Paste, "activate", +- G_CALLBACK (on_Paste_activate), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) Clear, "activate", +- G_CALLBACK (on_Clear_activate), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) Font, "activate", +- G_CALLBACK (on_Font_activate), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) About, "activate", +- G_CALLBACK (on_About_activate), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) button1, "clicked", +- G_CALLBACK (on_new_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) button2, "clicked", +- G_CALLBACK (on_open_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) button3, "clicked", +- G_CALLBACK (on_save_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- /* Store pointers to all widgets, for use by lookup_widget(). */ +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (main_window, main_window, "main_window"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, vbox1, "vbox1"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, handlebox2, "handlebox2"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, menubar1, "menubar1"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, File, "File"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, File_menu, "File_menu"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, New, "New"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, Open, "Open"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, Save, "Save"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, Save_As, "Save_As"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, separator1, "separator1"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, Exit, "Exit"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, Edit, "Edit"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, Edit_menu, "Edit_menu"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, Cut, "Cut"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, Copy, "Copy"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, Paste, "Paste"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, Clear, "Clear"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, View, "View"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, View_menu, "View_menu"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, Font, "Font"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, Help, "Help"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, Help_menu, "Help_menu"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, About, "About"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, handlebox1, "handlebox1"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, toolbar1, "toolbar1"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, button1, "button1"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, button2, "button2"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, button3, "button3"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, scrolledwindow1, "scrolledwindow1"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, text1, "text1"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (main_window, statusbar1, "statusbar1"); +- +- gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (main_window), accel_group); +- +- return main_window; +-} +- +-GtkWidget* +-create_open_file_selection (void) +-{ +- GtkWidget *open_file_selection; +- GtkWidget *ok_button1; +- GtkWidget *cancel_button1; +- +- open_file_selection = gtk_file_selection_new (_("Open File")); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (open_file_selection), 10); +- +- ok_button1 = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (open_file_selection)->ok_button; +- gtk_widget_show (ok_button1); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (ok_button1, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- +- cancel_button1 = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (open_file_selection)->cancel_button; +- gtk_widget_show (cancel_button1); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (cancel_button1, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) open_file_selection, "delete_event", +- G_CALLBACK (on_open_filesel_delete_event), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) ok_button1, "clicked", +- G_CALLBACK (on_open_filesel_ok_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) cancel_button1, "clicked", +- G_CALLBACK (on_open_filesel_cancel_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- /* Store pointers to all widgets, for use by lookup_widget(). */ +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (open_file_selection, open_file_selection, "open_file_selection"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (open_file_selection, ok_button1, "ok_button1"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (open_file_selection, cancel_button1, "cancel_button1"); +- +- return open_file_selection; +-} +- +-GtkWidget* +-create_font_selection (void) +-{ +- GtkWidget *font_selection; +- GtkWidget *ok_button2; +- GtkWidget *cancel_button2; +- GtkWidget *apply_button1; +- GtkWidget *fontselection1; +- +- font_selection = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new (_("Select Font")); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (font_selection), 4); +- +- ok_button2 = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (font_selection)->ok_button; +- gtk_widget_show (ok_button2); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (ok_button2, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- +- cancel_button2 = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (font_selection)->cancel_button; +- gtk_widget_show (cancel_button2); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (cancel_button2, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- +- apply_button1 = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (font_selection)->apply_button; +- gtk_widget_show (apply_button1); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (apply_button1, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- +- fontselection1 = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (font_selection)->fontsel; +- gtk_widget_show (fontselection1); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (fontselection1), 4); +- +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) font_selection, "delete_event", +- G_CALLBACK (on_fontsel_delete_event), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) ok_button2, "clicked", +- G_CALLBACK (on_fontsel_ok_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) cancel_button2, "clicked", +- G_CALLBACK (on_fontsel_cancel_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) apply_button1, "clicked", +- G_CALLBACK (on_fontsel_apply_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- /* Store pointers to all widgets, for use by lookup_widget(). */ +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (font_selection, font_selection, "font_selection"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (font_selection, ok_button2, "ok_button2"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (font_selection, cancel_button2, "cancel_button2"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (font_selection, apply_button1, "apply_button1"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (font_selection, fontselection1, "fontselection1"); +- +- return font_selection; +-} +- +-GtkWidget* +-create_about_dialog (void) +-{ +- GtkWidget *about_dialog; +- GtkWidget *dialog_vbox2; +- GtkWidget *label2; +- GtkWidget *dialog_action_area2; +- GtkWidget *button7; +- +- about_dialog = gtk_dialog_new (); +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (about_dialog), _("About The Glade Text Editor")); +- +- dialog_vbox2 = GTK_DIALOG (about_dialog)->vbox; +- gtk_widget_show (dialog_vbox2); +- +- label2 = gtk_label_new (_("The Glade Text Editor\n\nv 1.0\n\n(Example program for Glade)")); +- gtk_widget_show (label2); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (dialog_vbox2), label2, TRUE, TRUE, 10); +- gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (label2), 12, 0); +- +- dialog_action_area2 = GTK_DIALOG (about_dialog)->action_area; +- gtk_widget_show (dialog_action_area2); +- gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (dialog_action_area2), GTK_BUTTONBOX_END); +- +- button7 = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic (_(" OK ")); +- gtk_widget_show (button7); +- gtk_dialog_add_action_widget (GTK_DIALOG (about_dialog), button7, 0); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button7, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) button7, "clicked", +- G_CALLBACK (on_about_ok_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- /* Store pointers to all widgets, for use by lookup_widget(). */ +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (about_dialog, about_dialog, "about_dialog"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (about_dialog, dialog_vbox2, "dialog_vbox2"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (about_dialog, label2, "label2"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (about_dialog, dialog_action_area2, "dialog_action_area2"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (about_dialog, button7, "button7"); +- +- gtk_widget_grab_default (button7); +- return about_dialog; +-} +- +-GtkWidget* +-create_save_file_selection (void) +-{ +- GtkWidget *save_file_selection; +- GtkWidget *ok_button3; +- GtkWidget *cancel_button3; +- +- save_file_selection = gtk_file_selection_new (_("Save File")); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (save_file_selection), 10); +- +- ok_button3 = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (save_file_selection)->ok_button; +- gtk_widget_show (ok_button3); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (ok_button3, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- +- cancel_button3 = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (save_file_selection)->cancel_button; +- gtk_widget_show (cancel_button3); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (cancel_button3, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) save_file_selection, "delete_event", +- G_CALLBACK (on_save_filesel_delete_event), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) ok_button3, "clicked", +- G_CALLBACK (on_save_filesel_ok_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect ((gpointer) cancel_button3, "clicked", +- G_CALLBACK (on_save_filesel_cancel_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- /* Store pointers to all widgets, for use by lookup_widget(). */ +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (save_file_selection, save_file_selection, "save_file_selection"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (save_file_selection, ok_button3, "ok_button3"); +- GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (save_file_selection, cancel_button3, "cancel_button3"); +- +- return save_file_selection; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/examples/editor/src/support.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ +-/* +- * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE - it is generated by Glade. +- */ +- +-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +-# include <config.h> +-#endif +- +-#include <sys/types.h> +-#include <sys/stat.h> +-#include <unistd.h> +-#include <string.h> +-#include <stdio.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +- +-#include "support.h" +- +-GtkWidget* +-lookup_widget (GtkWidget *widget, +- const gchar *widget_name) +-{ +- GtkWidget *parent, *found_widget; +- +- for (;;) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget)) +- parent = gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget)); +- else +- parent = widget->parent; +- if (!parent) +- parent = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "GladeParentKey"); +- if (parent == NULL) +- break; +- widget = parent; +- } +- +- found_widget = (GtkWidget*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), +- widget_name); +- if (!found_widget) +- g_warning ("Widget not found: %s", widget_name); +- return found_widget; +-} +- +-static GList *pixmaps_directories = NULL; +- +-/* Use this function to set the directory containing installed pixmaps. */ +-void +-add_pixmap_directory (const gchar *directory) +-{ +- pixmaps_directories = g_list_prepend (pixmaps_directories, +- g_strdup (directory)); +-} +- +-/* This is an internally used function to find pixmap files. */ +-static gchar* +-find_pixmap_file (const gchar *filename) +-{ +- GList *elem; +- +- /* We step through each of the pixmaps directory to find it. */ +- elem = pixmaps_directories; +- while (elem) +- { +- gchar *pathname = g_strdup_printf ("%s%s%s", (gchar*)elem->data, +- G_DIR_SEPARATOR_S, filename); +- if (g_file_test (pathname, G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS)) +- return pathname; +- g_free (pathname); +- elem = elem->next; +- } +- return NULL; +-} +- +-/* This is an internally used function to create pixmaps. */ +-GtkWidget* +-create_pixmap (GtkWidget *widget, +- const gchar *filename) +-{ +- gchar *pathname = NULL; +- GtkWidget *pixmap; +- +- if (!filename || !filename[0]) +- return gtk_image_new (); +- +- pathname = find_pixmap_file (filename); +- +- if (!pathname) +- { +- g_warning (_("Couldn't find pixmap file: %s"), filename); +- return gtk_image_new (); +- } +- +- pixmap = gtk_image_new_from_file (pathname); +- g_free (pathname); +- return pixmap; +-} +- +-/* This is an internally used function to create pixmaps. */ +-GdkPixbuf* +-create_pixbuf (const gchar *filename) +-{ +- gchar *pathname = NULL; +- GdkPixbuf *pixbuf; +- GError *error = NULL; +- +- if (!filename || !filename[0]) +- return NULL; +- +- pathname = find_pixmap_file (filename); +- +- if (!pathname) +- { +- g_warning (_("Couldn't find pixmap file: %s"), filename); +- return NULL; +- } +- +- pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (pathname, &error); +- if (!pixbuf) +- { +- fprintf (stderr, "Failed to load pixbuf file: %s: %s\n", +- pathname, error->message); +- g_error_free (error); +- } +- g_free (pathname); +- return pixbuf; +-} +- +-/* This is used to set ATK action descriptions. */ +-void +-glade_set_atk_action_description (AtkAction *action, +- const gchar *action_name, +- const gchar *description) +-{ +- gint n_actions, i; +- +- n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action); +- for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i), action_name)) +- atk_action_set_description (action, i, description); +- } +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade-2.desktop.in ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ +-[Desktop Entry] +-Encoding=UTF-8 +-_Name=Glade Interface Designer +-_Comment=Create or open user interface designs for GTK+ or GNOME applications +-Exec=glade-2 %F +-Terminal=false +-Type=Application +-Icon=glade-2.png +-Categories=Application;Development; +-MimeType=application/x-glade +-X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Bugzilla=GNOME +-X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Product=glade +-X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Component=general +--- a/tools/glade/glade/editor.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,3598 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#include <gnome.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "glade_clipboard.h" +-#include "glade_palette.h" +-#include "glade_project.h" +-#include "glade_project_window.h" +-#include "property.h" +-#include "gbwidget.h" +-#include "utils.h" +-#include "editor.h" +-#include "tree.h" +-#include "gb.h" +- +-/* The pixmap to use for placeholders */ +-#include "graphics/placeholder.xpm" +- +-#define MIN_WIDGET_WIDTH 16 +-#define MIN_WIDGET_HEIGHT 16 +-#define MAX_INITIAL_WIDGET_WIDTH 300 +-#define MAX_INITIAL_WIDGET_HEIGHT 200 +-#define DEFAULT_WIDGET_WIDTH 50 +-#define DEFAULT_WIDGET_HEIGHT 50 +- +-#define PLACEHOLDER_WIDTH 16 +-#define PLACEHOLDER_HEIGHT 16 +- +- +-/* The grid (for fixed containers) */ +-#define GB_GRID_DOTS 1 +-#define GB_GRID_LINES 2 +-gboolean editor_show_grid = TRUE; +-static gint editor_grid_horz_spacing = 8; +-static gint editor_grid_vert_spacing = 8; +-static gboolean editor_grid_style = GB_GRID_DOTS; +- +- +-/* Snapping to the grid */ +-#define GB_SNAP_TOP 1 << 1 +-#define GB_SNAP_BOTTOM 1 << 2 +-#define GB_SNAP_LEFT 1 << 3 +-#define GB_SNAP_RIGHT 1 << 4 +-/*#define GB_SNAP_CENTER 1 << 5 maybe in future */ +-gboolean editor_snap_to_grid = TRUE; +-static gint editor_snap_to_grid_x = GB_SNAP_LEFT | GB_SNAP_RIGHT; +-static gint editor_snap_to_grid_y = GB_SNAP_TOP | GB_SNAP_BOTTOM; +- +- +-/* Dragging (in a fixed container) - remembers which part of the widget is +- being dragged, the offset of the mouse (used when moving) and the initial +- widget rectangle (used when resizing) */ +-#define GB_DRAG_NONE 1 +-#define GB_TOP_LEFT 2 +-#define GB_TOP_RIGHT 3 +-#define GB_BOTTOM_LEFT 4 +-#define GB_BOTTOM_RIGHT 5 +-#define GB_MIDDLE 6 +-static gint drag_action; +-static gboolean drag_has_pointer_grab = FALSE; +-static GtkWidget *dragging_widget = NULL; +-static gint drag_offset_x; +-static gint drag_offset_y; +-static gint drag_widget_x1, drag_widget_y1, drag_widget_x2, drag_widget_y2; +- +-/* The list of selected widgets */ +-static GList *selected_widgets = NULL; +- +-/* The cursors used when selecting/adding/moving/resizing widgets */ +-static GdkCursor *cursor_selector; +-static GdkCursor *cursor_add_widget; +-static GdkCursor *cursor_add_to_fixed; +-static GdkCursor *cursor_move; +-static GdkCursor *cursor_top_left; +-static GdkCursor *cursor_top_right; +-static GdkCursor *cursor_bottom_left; +-static GdkCursor *cursor_bottom_right; +- +-/* Struct only used for find_child_at callback */ +-typedef struct _GbFindChildAtData GbFindChildAtData; +-struct _GbFindChildAtData +- { +- gint x; +- gint y; +- GtkWidget *found_child; +- }; +- +-/* Experimental code to allow typing labels for widgets when the mouse is +- over them. */ +-GtkWidget *mouse_over_widget = NULL; +- +- +-/* Static functions */ +-static void editor_on_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +- +-static gint editor_on_key_press_event (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEventKey * event, +- gpointer data); +-static gint editor_on_key_release_event (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEventKey * event, +- gpointer data); +- +-static void add_mouse_signals_recursive (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static gint editor_on_button_press (GtkWidget * signal_widget, +- GdkEventButton * event, +- gpointer data); +-static gint editor_on_button_release (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEvent * event, +- gpointer data); +- +-static gboolean editor_check_ignore_event (GtkWidget *widget, +- GdkEventAny *event); +- +-static gint editor_on_motion_notify (GtkWidget * signal_widget, +- GdkEventMotion * event, +- gpointer data); +-static gint editor_set_cursor (GtkWidget * signal_widget, +- GdkEventMotion * event); +-static gint editor_do_drag_action (GtkWidget * signal_widget, +- GdkEventMotion * event); +- +-static gint editor_on_enter_notify (GtkWidget *widget, +- GdkEventCrossing *event); +-static gint editor_on_leave_notify (GtkWidget *widget, +- GdkEventCrossing *event); +- +-static void placeholder_replace (GtkWidget * placeholder); +-static void placeholder_finish_replace (GtkWidget * new_widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_placeholder_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void on_placeholder_size_request (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkRequisition *requisition, +- gpointer data); +- +-static void add_widget_to_fixed (GtkWidget * parent, +- gint x, +- gint y); +-static void add_widget_to_fixed_finish (GtkWidget * new_widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-#if GLADE_SUPPORTS_GTK_PACKER +-static void add_widget_to_container (GtkWidget * parent); +-static void add_widget_to_container_finish (GtkWidget * new_widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-#endif +-static gint expose_widget (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEventExpose * event, +- GladeWidgetData * wdata); +-static void draw_grid (GtkWidget * widget); +-static void paint_widget (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEventExpose *event); +-static void clear_child_windows (GdkWindow * window, +- gint x, +- gint y, +- gint w, +- gint h); +-static gint editor_idle_handler (GdkWindow *expose_win); +- +-static void delete (GtkWidget * widget); +-static void delete_placeholder (GtkWidget * widget); +- +-static void on_grid_settings_response (GtkWidget * widget, +- gint response_id, +- gpointer data); +-static void editor_redraw_component (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +- +-static void on_snap_settings_response (GtkWidget * widget, +- gint response_id, +- gpointer data); +-static gint snap_top_edge (gint y); +-static gint snap_bottom_edge (gint y); +-static gint snap_left_edge (gint x); +-static gint snap_right_edge (gint x); +- +-static gint get_position_in_widget (GtkWidget * widget, +- gint x, +- gint y); +-static void raise_fixed_child (GtkWidget * widget); +- +-static void find_child_at (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbFindChildAtData * data); +- +- +-#if 0 +-/* This is probably what we should have used to get all button presses and +- releases on widget etc. But it may be too awkward to change now. +- Note that we'll also get all signals for Glade's own widgets. +- +- Actually I don't think this would help that much, since emission hooks +- are run after RUN_FIRST class handlers, and you can't stop a signal from +- them. +- +- So we'd have to substitute a Glade function for all 'button_press' class +- functions, and only call the original class functions when appropriate. +- We'd still need to be able to stop signal handlers. Hmm. */ +-static gboolean +-button_press_event_hook (GSignalInvocationHint *ihint, +- guint n_param_values, +- const GValue *param_values, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget; +- GdkEventButton *event; +- +- widget = g_value_get_object (param_values + 0); +- event = g_value_get_boxed (param_values + 1); +- +- g_print ("Watch: \"%s\" emitted for %s at %g,%g\n", +- gtk_signal_name (ihint->signal_id), +- gtk_type_name (GTK_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), +- event->x, event->y); +- +- /* Test: try to stop the emission. Can't! */ +- /*g_signal_stop_emission (widget, ihint->signal_id, 0);*/ +- +- +- /* If we return FALSE our emission hook is removed. */ +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-static gboolean +-button_release_event_hook (GSignalInvocationHint *ihint, +- guint n_param_values, +- const GValue *param_values, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget; +- GdkEvent *event; +- +- widget = g_value_get_object (param_values + 0); +- event = g_value_get_boxed (param_values + 1); +- +- g_print ("Watch: \"%s\" emitted for %s type:%i\n", +- gtk_signal_name (ihint->signal_id), +- gtk_type_name (GTK_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), +- event->type); +- +- /* If we return FALSE our emission hook is removed. */ +- return TRUE; +-} +-#endif +- +-void +-editor_init () +-{ +- /* Create all cursors needed */ +- cursor_selector = gdk_cursor_new (GDK_TOP_LEFT_ARROW); +- cursor_add_widget = gdk_cursor_new (GDK_PLUS); +- cursor_add_to_fixed = gdk_cursor_new (GDK_TCROSS); +- cursor_move = gdk_cursor_new (GDK_FLEUR); +- cursor_top_left = gdk_cursor_new (GDK_TOP_LEFT_CORNER); +- cursor_top_right = gdk_cursor_new (GDK_TOP_RIGHT_CORNER); +- cursor_bottom_left = gdk_cursor_new (GDK_BOTTOM_LEFT_CORNER); +- cursor_bottom_right = gdk_cursor_new (GDK_BOTTOM_RIGHT_CORNER); +- +-#if 0 +- { +- guint button_press_signal_id, button_release_signal_id; +- +- button_press_signal_id = gtk_signal_lookup ("button_press_event", +- GTK_TYPE_WIDGET); +- g_signal_add_emission_hook (button_press_signal_id, 0, +- button_press_event_hook, NULL, NULL); +- +- button_release_signal_id = gtk_signal_lookup ("button_release_event", +- GTK_TYPE_WIDGET); +- g_signal_add_emission_hook (button_release_signal_id, 0, +- button_release_event_hook, NULL, NULL); +- } +-#endif +-} +- +-gint +-editor_close_window (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEvent * event, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- glade_util_close_window (widget); +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Grid settings dialog +- */ +-gboolean +-editor_get_show_grid () +-{ +- return editor_show_grid; +-} +- +- +-void +-editor_set_show_grid (gboolean show) +-{ +- if (editor_show_grid == show) +- return; +- +- editor_show_grid = show; +- if (current_project != NULL) +- glade_project_foreach_component (current_project, editor_redraw_component, +- NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-editor_show_grid_settings_dialog (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *table, *label, *button, *spinbutton; +- GtkObject *adjustment; +- GSList *group; +- GtkWindow *transient_parent; +- +- transient_parent = (GtkWindow*) glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (_("Grid Options"), transient_parent, 0, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), "grid_options", "Glade"); +- +- vbox = GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->vbox; +- +- table = gtk_table_new (2, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), table, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Horizontal Spacing:")); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.5); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), label, 0, 1, 0, 1, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 5, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (editor_grid_horz_spacing, 1, 1000, 1, +- 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "spinbutton1", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 0, 0); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), spinbutton, 1, 3, 0, 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 5, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (spinbutton); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Vertical Spacing:")); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.5); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), label, 0, 1, 1, 2, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 5, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (editor_grid_vert_spacing, 1, 1000, 1, +- 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "spinbutton2", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 0, 0); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), spinbutton, 1, 3, 1, 2, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 5, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- +- table = gtk_table_new (1, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), table, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Grid Style:")); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.5); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), label, 0, 1, 0, 1, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 5, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- button = gtk_radio_button_new_with_label (NULL, _("Dots")); +- if (editor_grid_style == GB_GRID_DOTS) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button), TRUE); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), button, 1, 2, 0, 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 5, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "button1", button); +- group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (button)); +- +- button = gtk_radio_button_new_with_label (group, _("Lines")); +- if (editor_grid_style == GB_GRID_LINES) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button), TRUE); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), button, 2, 3, 0, 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 5, 1); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "button2", button); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_grid_settings_response), +- NULL); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_grid_settings_response (GtkWidget * widget, gint response_id, gpointer data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *spinbutton, *button; +- +- dialog = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- if (response_id != GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +- return; +- } +- +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "spinbutton1"); +- editor_grid_horz_spacing = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON +- (spinbutton)); +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "spinbutton2"); +- editor_grid_vert_spacing = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON +- (spinbutton)); +- +- button = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "button1"); +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button)->active) +- editor_grid_style = GB_GRID_DOTS; +- else +- editor_grid_style = GB_GRID_LINES; +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +- +- /* redraw all windows */ +- if (current_project != NULL) +- glade_project_foreach_component (current_project, editor_redraw_component, +- NULL); +-} +- +- +-static void +-editor_redraw_component (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +-{ +- gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Snap settings +- */ +-gboolean +-editor_get_snap_to_grid () +-{ +- return editor_snap_to_grid; +-} +- +- +-void +-editor_set_snap_to_grid (gboolean snap) +-{ +- editor_snap_to_grid = snap; +-} +- +- +-void +-editor_show_snap_settings_dialog (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *table, *label, *button; +- GtkWindow *transient_parent; +- +- transient_parent = (GtkWindow*) glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (_("Snap Options"), transient_parent, 0, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), "snap_options", "Glade"); +- +- vbox = GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->vbox; +- +- table = gtk_table_new (4, 2, FALSE); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), table, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- +- /* Horizontal snapping */ +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Horizontal Snapping:")); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.5); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), label, 0, 1, 0, 1, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 5, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Left")); +- if (editor_snap_to_grid_x & GB_SNAP_LEFT) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button), TRUE); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), button, 1, 2, 0, 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 5, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "button1", button); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (button); +- +- button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Right")); +- if (editor_snap_to_grid_x & GB_SNAP_RIGHT) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button), TRUE); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), button, 1, 2, 1, 2, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 5, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "button2", button); +- +- /* Vertical snapping */ +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Vertical Snapping:")); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.5); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), label, 0, 1, 2, 3, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 5, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Top")); +- if (editor_snap_to_grid_y & GB_SNAP_TOP) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button), TRUE); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), button, 1, 2, 2, 3, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 5, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "button3", button); +- +- button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Bottom")); +- if (editor_snap_to_grid_y & GB_SNAP_BOTTOM) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button), TRUE); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), button, 1, 2, 3, 4, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 5, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "button4", button); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_snap_settings_response), +- NULL); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_snap_settings_response (GtkWidget * widget, gint response_id, gpointer data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *button; +- +- dialog = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- if (response_id != GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +- return; +- } +- +- editor_snap_to_grid_x = 0; +- editor_snap_to_grid_y = 0; +- button = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "button1"); +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button)->active) +- editor_snap_to_grid_x |= GB_SNAP_LEFT; +- button = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "button2"); +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button)->active) +- editor_snap_to_grid_x |= GB_SNAP_RIGHT; +- button = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "button3"); +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button)->active) +- editor_snap_to_grid_y |= GB_SNAP_TOP; +- button = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "button4"); +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button)->active) +- editor_snap_to_grid_y |= GB_SNAP_BOTTOM; +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static gint +-snap_top_edge (gint y) +-{ +- if (editor_snap_to_grid && (editor_snap_to_grid_y & GB_SNAP_TOP)) +- { +- y += editor_grid_vert_spacing / 2; +- y -= y % editor_grid_vert_spacing; +- } +- return y; +-} +- +- +-static gint +-snap_bottom_edge (gint y) +-{ +- if (editor_snap_to_grid && (editor_snap_to_grid_y & GB_SNAP_BOTTOM)) +- { +- y += editor_grid_vert_spacing / 2; +- y -= y % editor_grid_vert_spacing; +- } +- return y; +-} +- +- +-static gint +-snap_left_edge (gint x) +-{ +- if (editor_snap_to_grid && (editor_snap_to_grid_x & GB_SNAP_LEFT)) +- { +- x += editor_grid_horz_spacing / 2; +- x -= x % editor_grid_horz_spacing; +- } +- return x; +-} +- +- +-static gint +-snap_right_edge (gint x) +-{ +- if (editor_snap_to_grid && (editor_snap_to_grid_x & GB_SNAP_RIGHT)) +- { +- x += editor_grid_horz_spacing / 2; +- x -= x % editor_grid_horz_spacing; +- } +- return x; +-} +- +- +- +- +-static void +-on_placeholder_size_allocate (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkAllocation *allocation, +- gpointer data) +-{ +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In on_placeholder_size_allocate %i,%i %ix%i\n", +- allocation->x, allocation->y, +- allocation->width, allocation->height); +-#endif +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget * +-editor_new_placeholder () +-{ +- GtkWidget *placeholder = gtk_drawing_area_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_events (placeholder, +- gtk_widget_get_events (placeholder) +- | GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK +- | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK +- | GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK | GDK_BUTTON1_MOTION_MASK); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (placeholder, PLACEHOLDER_WIDTH, PLACEHOLDER_HEIGHT); +- gtk_widget_show (placeholder); +- editor_add_draw_signals (placeholder); +- editor_add_mouse_signals (placeholder); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (placeholder), GB_PLACEHOLDER_KEY, "True"); +- +- /* GnomeDock workaround. */ +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (placeholder), "size_request", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_placeholder_size_request), +- NULL); +- +- /* FIXME: Just a test. */ +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (placeholder), "size_allocate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_placeholder_size_allocate), +- NULL); +- +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (placeholder), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_placeholder_destroy), NULL); +- return placeholder; +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_placeholder_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- MSG ("IN on_placeholder_destroy"); +- /* If the entire project is being destroyed, we don't need to update the +- selection or the widget tree. */ +- +- /* FIXME: GTK+2 */ +- if (!(GTK_OBJECT_FLAGS (current_project) & GTK_IN_DESTRUCTION)) +- editor_remove_widget_from_selection (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* This is a gnome-libs 1.0.5 bug workaround - GnomeDockItem doesn't use +- the child requisition properly. */ +-static void +-on_placeholder_size_request (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkRequisition *requisition, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- MSG ("IN on_placeholder_size_request"); +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (widget->parent)) +- { +- requisition->width = PLACEHOLDER_WIDTH; +- requisition->height = PLACEHOLDER_HEIGHT; +- } +-#endif +-} +- +- +-static void +-placeholder_replace (GtkWidget * placeholder) +-{ +- char *class_name; +- +- class_name = glade_palette_get_widget_class (GLADE_PALETTE (glade_palette)); +- g_return_if_fail (class_name != NULL); +- glade_palette_reset_selection (GLADE_PALETTE (glade_palette), TRUE); +- gb_widget_new_full (class_name, TRUE, placeholder->parent, placeholder, 0, 0, +- placeholder_finish_replace, GB_CREATING, NULL); +-} +- +- +-static void +-placeholder_finish_replace (GtkWidget * new_widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +- +- /* GtkToolItem widgets can only be added into toolbars and cause problems +- inside other containers, so check that here. Note that we have to use +- special tool items for placeholders so data->parent is usually a +- GtkToolItem rather than a GtkToolbar. */ +- if (GTK_IS_TOOL_ITEM (new_widget) +- && (!data->parent || (!GTK_IS_TOOLBAR (data->parent) +- && !GTK_IS_TOOL_ITEM (data->parent)))) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("GtkToolItem widgets can only be added to a GtkToolbar."), data->parent); +- gtk_widget_destroy (new_widget); +- return; +- } +- +- /* If a scrollable widget is added, we automatically add a parent scrolled +- window, if there isn't one already. */ +- if (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (G_OBJECT_GET_CLASS (new_widget))->set_scroll_adjustments_signal) +- { +- if (data->parent && !GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW (data->parent)) +- { +- GtkWidget *scrolledwin; +- +- scrolledwin = gb_widget_new ("GtkScrolledWindow", data->parent); +- if (!gb_widget_replace_child (data->parent, data->current_child, +- scrolledwin)) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Couldn't insert a GtkScrolledWindow widget."), data->parent); +- gtk_widget_destroy (scrolledwin); +- gtk_widget_destroy (new_widget); +- return; +- } +- +- if (GTK_BIN (scrolledwin)->child) +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolledwin), +- GTK_BIN (scrolledwin)->child); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolledwin), new_widget); +- +- /* Set the shadow to In, since that is normal. */ +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolledwin), +- GTK_SHADOW_IN); +- +- /* Set both scrollbar policies to automatic for GtkIconView. */ +- if (GTK_IS_ICON_VIEW (new_widget)) +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolledwin), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- +- /* GtkText doesn't support horizontal scrolling, so we may as well +- get rid of the scrollbar. */ +-#if GLADE_SUPPORTS_GTK_TEXT +- if (GTK_IS_TEXT (new_widget)) +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolledwin), +- GTK_POLICY_NEVER, +- GTK_POLICY_ALWAYS); +-#endif +- +- tree_add_widget (scrolledwin); +- tree_add_widget (new_widget); +- gb_widget_show_properties (new_widget); +- glade_project_set_changed (current_project, TRUE); +- return; +- } +- } +- /* If a non-scrollable widget is added to a GtkScrolledWindow, we add a +- viewport automatically. */ +- else if (data->parent && GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW (data->parent)) +- { +- GtkWidget *viewport; +- +- viewport = gb_widget_new ("GtkViewport", data->parent); +- if (!gb_widget_replace_child (data->parent, data->current_child, +- viewport)) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Couldn't insert a GtkViewport widget."), data->parent); +- gtk_widget_destroy (viewport); +- gtk_widget_destroy (new_widget); +- return; +- } +- +- if (GTK_BIN (viewport)->child) +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (viewport), +- GTK_BIN (viewport)->child); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (viewport), new_widget); +- +- tree_add_widget (viewport); +- tree_add_widget (new_widget); +- gb_widget_show_properties (new_widget); +- glade_project_set_changed (current_project, TRUE); +- return; +- } +- +- /* Replace placeholder in parent container */ +- if (gb_widget_replace_child (data->parent, data->current_child, new_widget)) +- { +- gb_widget_show_properties (new_widget); +- tree_add_widget (new_widget); +- glade_project_set_changed (current_project, TRUE); +- } +- else +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Couldn't add new widget."), +- data->parent); +- +- /* I think we can safely destroy the new widget. */ +- gtk_widget_destroy (new_widget); +- } +-} +- +- +- +- +- +-/* Note: returns last found child if children overlap */ +-static void +-find_child_at (GtkWidget * widget, GbFindChildAtData * data) +-{ +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In find_child_at: %s X:%i Y:%i W:%i H:%i\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (widget), +- widget->allocation.x, widget->allocation.y, +- widget->allocation.width, widget->allocation.height); +-#endif +- /* Notebook pages are visible but not mapped if they are not showing. */ +- if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) +- && (widget->allocation.x <= data->x) +- && (widget->allocation.y <= data->y) +- && (widget->allocation.x + widget->allocation.width > data->x) +- && (widget->allocation.y + widget->allocation.height > data->y)) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("found child:%s", gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +-#endif +- data->found_child = widget; +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Checks if point is in the given notebook's tabs. */ +-static void +-find_notebook_tab (GtkWidget * widget, GbFindChildAtData * data) +-{ +- gint nchildren, i; +- GtkWidget *child_page, *child_tab; +- +- /* FIXME: Check this works. I had to change it for GTK+ 2. */ +- nchildren = g_list_length (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->children); +- for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) +- { +- child_page = gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), i); +- child_tab = gtk_notebook_get_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), +- child_page); +- if (child_tab +- && (child_tab->allocation.x <= data->x) +- && (child_tab->allocation.y <= data->y) +- && (child_tab->allocation.x + child_tab->allocation.width > data->x) +- && (child_tab->allocation.y + child_tab->allocation.height > data->y)) +- { +- /* Make sure this is a GbWidget. */ +- /*if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (child_tab))*/ +- data->found_child = child_tab; +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This function is passed a widget which has received a mouse event, and +- the coordinates of that event. It returns the widget which the event is +- really meant for (which could be a descendent of the given widget), and +- the position of the event in the widget's allocated area. */ +-static GtkWidget * +-editor_get_event_widget (GtkWidget *widget, GdkWindow *window, gint x, gint y, +- gint * x_return, gint * y_return) +-{ +- GbFindChildAtData data; +- gint win_x, win_y, saved_x, saved_y; +- GtkWidget *found_gbwidget = NULL, *saved_widget; +- gint found_x = 0, found_y = 0; +- GdkWindow *parent_window = NULL; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("\n\nOriginal:%s X:%i Y:%i\n", gtk_widget_get_name (widget), x, y); +- if (widget->parent) +- g_print (" Parent: %s\n", gtk_widget_get_name (widget->parent)); +-#endif +- +- /* FIXME: GTK bug workaround? - need to translate coords if mouse button was +- pressed in a child window. */ +- /* Remember widgets can have other windows besides their main one, and +- when dragging the event may be sent to the parent's window? */ +- /* SPECIAL CODE: GnomeDockItem widgets which are floating use a different +- window. */ +- if (widget->parent) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget->parent)) +- parent_window = GTK_LAYOUT (widget->parent)->bin_window; +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (widget) +- && BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->is_floating) +- { +- parent_window = BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->float_window; +- } +- else if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (widget->parent) +- && BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget->parent)->is_floating) +- { +- parent_window = BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget->parent)->float_window; +- } +-#endif +- } +- +- if (!parent_window) +- parent_window = widget->parent ? widget->parent->window : widget->window; +- +- while (window && window != parent_window) +- { +- gdk_window_get_position (window, &win_x, &win_y); +-#if 0 +- g_print (" adding X:%i Y:%i\n", win_x, win_y); +-#endif +- x += win_x; +- y += win_y; +- window = gdk_window_get_parent (window); +- } +- if (window != parent_window) +- { +- MSG (" editor_get_event_widget - unknown window"); +- return NULL; +- } +- +-#if 0 +- g_print (" Translated X:%i Y:%i\n", x, y); +-#endif +- +- /* We now have correct coordinates relative to the parent's window, +- i.e. in the same coordinate space as the widget's allocation. +- Now we find out which widget this event is really for. +- We step down the widget tree, trying to find the widget at the given +- position. We have to translate coordinates for children of widgets with +- windows. We may need to use bin_window for viewport. */ +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget) || GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Found child:%s\n", gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +-#endif +- found_gbwidget = widget; +- found_x = x; +- found_y = y; +- } +- +- /* Save the widget and the x & y coords. */ +- saved_widget = widget; +- saved_x = x; +- saved_y = y; +- +- /* Now we want to convert the coordinates into the widget's childrens' +- coordinate space, so if the widget has a window, we have to subtract the +- position of it (since the child coordinates are relative to that). +- Viewports need special treatment. */ +- if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && widget->parent) +- { +- gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &win_x, &win_y); +- x -= win_x; +- y -= win_y; +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: need to translate to bin_window for a viewport. */ +- if (GTK_IS_VIEWPORT (widget)) +- { +- gdk_window_get_position (GTK_VIEWPORT (widget)->bin_window, +- &win_x, &win_y); +- x -= win_x; +- y -= win_y; +- } +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: need to translate to bin_window for a layout. */ +- if (GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget)) +- { +- gdk_window_get_position (GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->bin_window, +- &win_x, &win_y); +- x -= win_x; +- y -= win_y; +- } +-#if 0 +- g_print (" Translated X:%i Y:%i\n", x, y); +-#endif +- } +- +- for (;;) +- { +- if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) || GTK_IS_MENU_BAR (widget)) +- break; +- data.x = x; +- data.y = y; +- data.found_child = NULL; +-#if 0 +- g_print ("...Finding child widget\n"); +-#endif +- gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), +- (GtkCallback) find_child_at, &data); +- /* SPECIAL CODE - Check for notebook tabs. */ +- if (GTK_IS_NOTEBOOK (widget)) +- find_notebook_tab (widget, &data); +- +- if (data.found_child) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Found child:%s\n", gtk_widget_get_name (data.found_child)); +-#endif +- widget = data.found_child; +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget) || GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- { +- found_gbwidget = widget; +- found_x = x; +- found_y = y; +- } +- } +- else +- break; +- +- if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget)) +- { +- gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &win_x, &win_y); +- x -= win_x; +- y -= win_y; +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: need to translate to bin_window for a viewport. */ +- if (GTK_IS_VIEWPORT (widget)) +- { +- gdk_window_get_position (GTK_VIEWPORT (widget)->bin_window, +- &win_x, &win_y); +- x -= win_x; +- y -= win_y; +- } +-#if 0 +- g_print (" Translated X:%i Y:%i\n", x, y); +-#endif +- } +- } +- +- /* If we haven't found a GbWidget yet, try moving up the hierarchy. */ +- widget = saved_widget; +- x = saved_x; +- y = saved_y; +- while (!found_gbwidget && widget->parent) +- { +- widget = widget->parent; +-#if 0 +- g_print (" Trying parent: %s X:%i Y:%i\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (widget), x, y); +-#endif +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget) || GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- { +- found_gbwidget = widget; +- found_x = x; +- found_y = y; +- } +- else if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget)) +- { +- gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &win_x, &win_y); +- x += win_x; +- y += win_y; +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE; use bin_window for viewport. */ +- if (GTK_IS_VIEWPORT (widget)) +- { +- gdk_window_get_position (GTK_VIEWPORT (widget)->bin_window, +- &win_x, &win_y); +- x += win_x; +- y += win_y; +- } +-#if 0 +- g_print (" Translated X:%i Y:%i\n", x, y); +-#endif +- } +- } +- +- if (!found_gbwidget) +- return NULL; +- +- *x_return = found_x - found_gbwidget->allocation.x; +- *y_return = found_y - found_gbwidget->allocation.y; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print (" Event widget: %s X:%i Y:%i\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (found_gbwidget), *x_return, *y_return); +-#endif +- +- return found_gbwidget; +-} +- +- +-/* We use the "event" signal since it is emitted before the "button_press" +- or "button_release" signal is emitted. This means we can catch it and +- stop the normal signal handlers. */ +-static gint +-editor_on_event (GtkWidget * signal_widget, +- GdkEvent * event, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In editor_on_event widget: %s\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (signal_widget)); +-#endif +- +- if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS +- || event->type == GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS +- || event->type == GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS) +- return editor_on_button_press (signal_widget, (GdkEventButton*) event, +- user_data); +- +- if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE) +- return editor_on_button_release (signal_widget, event, user_data); +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static gint +-editor_on_button_press (GtkWidget * signal_widget, +- GdkEventButton * event, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget; +- gint x, y; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In editor_on_button_press widget: %s\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (signal_widget)); +-#endif +- widget = editor_get_event_widget (signal_widget, event->window, +- event->x, event->y, &x, &y); +- if (widget == NULL) +- return FALSE; +- +- if (editor_check_ignore_event (widget, (GdkEventAny*) event)) +- return FALSE; +- +- MSG ("...Checking which button pressed"); +- /* We only want single button press events. */ +- if (event->button == 1 && event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS) +- { +- if (glade_palette_is_selector_on (GLADE_PALETTE (glade_palette))) +- { +- gboolean handled; +- MSG ("...Selecting widget"); +- handled = editor_select_widget (widget, event, x, y); +-#if 0 +- if (handled) +- gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (signal_widget), +- "button_press_event"); +-#endif +- return handled; +- } +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- else if (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget) +- || (GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget) && !GNOME_IS_CANVAS (widget))) +-#else +- else if (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget) || GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget)) +-#endif +- { +- add_widget_to_fixed (widget, x, y); +-#if 0 +- gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (signal_widget), +- "button_press_event"); +-#endif +- return TRUE; +- } +- else if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- { +- placeholder_replace (widget); +-#if 0 +- gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (signal_widget), +- "button_press_event"); +-#endif +- return TRUE; +- } +-#if GLADE_SUPPORTS_GTK_PACKER +- else if (GTK_IS_PACKER (widget)) +- { +- add_widget_to_container (widget); +-#if 0 +- gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (signal_widget), +- "button_press_event"); +-#endif +- return TRUE; +- } +-#endif +- else +- { +- static gboolean already_shown = FALSE; +- if (already_shown) +- { +- /* Beep if user does mistake of invalid positioning from second +- * time. +- */ +- gdk_beep (); +- } +- else +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You can't add a widget at the selected position.\n" +- "\n" +- "Tip: GTK+ uses containers to lay out widgets.\n" +- "Try deleting the existing widget and using\n" +- "a box or table container instead.\n"), widget); +- already_shown = TRUE; +- } +- } +- } +- else if (event->button == 3) +- { +- gb_widget_show_popup_menu (widget, event); +-#if 0 +- gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (signal_widget), +- "button_press_event"); +-#endif +- return TRUE; +- } +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static gint +-editor_on_button_release (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEvent * event, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- MSG ("In editor_on_button_release"); +- if (drag_has_pointer_grab) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("###### Releasing pointer grab\n"); +-#endif +- gdk_pointer_ungrab (event->button.time); +- drag_has_pointer_grab = FALSE; +- } +- +- if (dragging_widget) +- { +- drag_action = GB_DRAG_NONE; +- MSG (" removing grab"); +- gtk_grab_remove (dragging_widget); +- dragging_widget = NULL; +- } +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* This adds a new widget to a GtkFixed or GtkLayout container. */ +-static void +-add_widget_to_fixed (GtkWidget * parent, gint x, gint y) +-{ +- char *class_name; +- +- class_name = glade_palette_get_widget_class (GLADE_PALETTE (glade_palette)); +- g_return_if_fail (class_name != NULL); +- glade_palette_reset_selection (GLADE_PALETTE (glade_palette), TRUE); +- gb_widget_new_full (class_name, TRUE, parent, NULL, x, y, +- add_widget_to_fixed_finish, GB_CREATING, NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* This finishes off adding a new widget to a GtkFixed or GtkLayout container, +- possibly after a dialog has been shown to set some initial properties of +- the new widget (e.g. number of rows for a new GtkCList). */ +-static void +-add_widget_to_fixed_finish (GtkWidget * new_widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkRequisition requisition = {0, 0}; +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- GtkWidget *parent = data->parent; +- gint x = data->x; +- gint y = data->y; +- gint w, h; +- +- g_return_if_fail (parent != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_FIXED (parent) || GTK_IS_LAYOUT (parent)); +- +- /* I think we should do this first, in case the widget needs to be +- realized in order to calculate its requisition. */ +- gtk_widget_hide (new_widget); +- +- if (GTK_IS_FIXED (data->parent)) +- { +- gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (data->parent), new_widget, x, y); +- /*gtk_widget_set_uposition (new_widget, x, y);*/ +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_LAYOUT (data->parent)) +- { +- GtkLayout *layout = GTK_LAYOUT (data->parent); +- x += layout->hadjustment->value; +- y += layout->vadjustment->value; +- gtk_layout_put (layout, new_widget, x, y); +- /*gtk_widget_set_uposition (new_widget, x, y);*/ +- } +- +- +- gtk_widget_size_request (new_widget, &requisition); +- w = requisition.width; +- h = requisition.height; +- if (w < MIN_WIDGET_WIDTH || h < MIN_WIDGET_HEIGHT) +- { +- MSG3 ("Default widget size too small: %s W:%i H:%i\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (new_widget), w, h); +- } +- if (w > MAX_INITIAL_WIDGET_WIDTH || h > MAX_INITIAL_WIDGET_HEIGHT) +- { +- MSG3 ("Default widget size too big: %s W:%i H:%i\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (new_widget), w, h); +- } +- +- if (w == 0) +- w = DEFAULT_WIDGET_WIDTH; +- if (h == 0) +- h = DEFAULT_WIDGET_HEIGHT; +- w = MAX (w, MIN_WIDGET_WIDTH); +- w = MIN (w, MAX_INITIAL_WIDGET_WIDTH); +- h = MAX (h, MIN_WIDGET_HEIGHT); +- h = MIN (h, MAX_INITIAL_WIDGET_HEIGHT); +- +- /* FIXME: Make sure a gamma curve is a reasonable size. */ +- if (GTK_IS_GAMMA_CURVE (new_widget)) +- w = 80; +- +- /* FIXME: Make sure a clist/ctree or notebook is a reasonable size. */ +- if (GTK_IS_CLIST (new_widget) || GTK_IS_NOTEBOOK (new_widget)) +- { +- w = 200; +- h = 100; +- } +- +- /* Children of fixed widgets always have their x, y, width & height set +- explicitly. */ +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- wdata->flags |= GLADE_WIDTH_SET | GLADE_HEIGHT_SET; +- +- /* Calculate real position & size according to grid & snapping */ +- /* FIXME: only snaps top & left at present */ +- if (editor_snap_to_grid) +- { +- if (editor_snap_to_grid_x & GB_SNAP_LEFT) +- { +- /*x += editor_grid_horz_spacing / 2; */ +- x -= x % editor_grid_horz_spacing; +- } +- if (editor_snap_to_grid_y & GB_SNAP_TOP) +- { +- /*y += editor_grid_vert_spacing / 2; */ +- y -= y % editor_grid_vert_spacing; +- } +- } +- +- gb_widget_set_usize (new_widget, w, h); +- wdata->width = w; +- wdata->height = h; +- +- if (GTK_IS_FIXED (data->parent)) +- { +- gtk_fixed_move (GTK_FIXED (data->parent), new_widget, x, y); +- /*gtk_widget_set_uposition (new_widget, x, y);*/ +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_LAYOUT (data->parent)) +- { +- gtk_layout_move (GTK_LAYOUT (data->parent), new_widget, x, y); +- /*gtk_widget_set_uposition (new_widget, x, y);*/ +- } +- +- gtk_widget_show (new_widget); +- gb_widget_show_properties (new_widget); +- tree_add_widget (new_widget); +- glade_project_set_changed (data->project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-#if GLADE_SUPPORTS_GTK_PACKER +-static void +-add_widget_to_container (GtkWidget * parent) +-{ +- char *class_name; +- +- class_name = glade_palette_get_widget_class (GLADE_PALETTE (glade_palette)); +- g_return_if_fail (class_name != NULL); +- glade_palette_reset_selection (GLADE_PALETTE (glade_palette), TRUE); +- gb_widget_new_full (class_name, TRUE, parent, NULL, 0, 0, +- add_widget_to_container_finish, GB_CREATING, NULL); +-} +- +- +-static void +-add_widget_to_container_finish (GtkWidget * new_widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->parent), new_widget); +- gtk_widget_show (new_widget); +- gb_widget_show_properties (new_widget); +- tree_add_widget (new_widget); +- glade_project_set_changed (data->project, TRUE); +-} +-#endif +- +-/* +- * Clears all currently selected widgets, except the given widget. +- * Returns TRUE if given widget is selected. +- */ +-gint +-editor_clear_selection (GtkWidget * leave_widget) +-{ +- GList *child = selected_widgets, *next_child; +- GtkWidget *widget; +- gint selected = FALSE; +- +- while (child) +- { +- next_child = child->next; +- widget = child->data; +- if (widget == leave_widget) +- { +- selected = TRUE; +- } +- else +- { +- selected_widgets = g_list_remove (selected_widgets, widget); +- tree_select_widget (widget, FALSE); +- editor_refresh_widget_selection (widget); +- } +- child = next_child; +- } +- return selected; +-} +- +- +-void +-editor_remove_widget_from_selection (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- selected_widgets = g_list_remove (selected_widgets, widget); +- +- /* If the widget is not being destroyed, we deselect it in the tree. +- If it is being destroyed, it will get removed from the tree so we don't +- have to bother. */ +- if (!(GTK_OBJECT_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_IN_DESTRUCTION)) +- tree_select_widget (widget, FALSE); +-} +- +- +-void +-editor_deselect_all_placeholders (void) +-{ +- GList *child, *next_child; +- GtkWidget *widget; +- +- child = selected_widgets; +- while (child) +- { +- next_child = child->next; +- widget = child->data; +- +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- { +- selected_widgets = g_list_remove (selected_widgets, widget); +- editor_refresh_widget_selection (widget); +- } +- child = next_child; +- } +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-editor_is_selected (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GList *elem = selected_widgets; +- +- while (elem) +- { +- if (GTK_WIDGET (elem->data) == widget) +- return TRUE; +- elem = elem->next; +- } +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-void +-editor_dump_selection (void) +-{ +- GList *elem = selected_widgets; +- +- g_print ("Selected widgets:\n"); +- while (elem) +- { +- g_print (" %p: %s\n", elem->data, +- gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_WIDGET (elem->data))); +- elem = elem->next; +- } +-} +- +- +-static gint +-get_position_in_widget (GtkWidget * widget, gint x, gint y) +-{ +- gint width = widget->allocation.width; +- gint height = widget->allocation.height; +- if (x < GB_CORNER_WIDTH && y < GB_CORNER_HEIGHT) +- return GB_TOP_LEFT; +- if (x > width - GB_CORNER_WIDTH && y < GB_CORNER_HEIGHT) +- return GB_TOP_RIGHT; +- if (x < GB_CORNER_WIDTH && y > height - GB_CORNER_HEIGHT) +- return GB_BOTTOM_LEFT; +- if (x > width - GB_CORNER_WIDTH && y > height - GB_CORNER_HEIGHT) +- return GB_BOTTOM_RIGHT; +- return GB_MIDDLE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-raise_fixed_child (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkFixed *fixed; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent)); +- fixed = GTK_FIXED (widget->parent); +- /* If widget hasn't got a window, move it to the back of the parent fixed's +- children. If it has got a window, raise it. */ +- /* Note: this is slightly naughty as it changes the GtkFixed's GList of +- children, but it's better than removing the widget and adding it again. */ +- if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget)) +- { +- GList *child; +- GtkFixedChild *data; +- child = fixed->children; +- while (child) +- { +- data = child->data; +- if (data->widget == widget) +- { +- fixed->children = g_list_remove (fixed->children, data); +- fixed->children = g_list_append (fixed->children, data); +- break; +- } +- child = child->next; +- } +- } +- else +- { +- gdk_window_raise (widget->window); +- } +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-editor_select_widget_control (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- MSG ("IN editor_select_widget_control"); +- /* If widget is currently selected, deslect it, else add it to +- selected. */ +- if (g_list_find (selected_widgets, widget)) +- { +- selected_widgets = g_list_remove (selected_widgets, widget); +- } +- else +- { +- gb_widget_show_properties (widget); +- selected_widgets = g_list_append (selected_widgets, widget); +- glade_project_view_clear_component_selection (current_project_view, +- widget); +- } +- editor_refresh_widget_selection (widget); +- return TRUE; +-} +- +-/* FIXME: handle widget-tree better now it has extended selection */ +-GList * +-editor_get_selection () +-{ +- return g_list_first (selected_widgets); +-} +- +- +-/* This sets the list of selected widgets, possibly NULL. It takes control +- of the GList, so don't free it. */ +-void +-editor_set_selection (GList *new_selection) +-{ +- GList *old_selection, *elem; +- +- old_selection = selected_widgets; +- +- selected_widgets = new_selection; +- +- for (elem = old_selection; elem; elem = elem->next) +- editor_refresh_widget_selection (elem->data); +- +- for (elem = new_selection; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- /* Only refresh it if it wasn't already refreshed above. */ +- if (!g_list_find (old_selection, elem->data)) +- editor_refresh_widget_selection (elem->data); +- } +- +- /* If just one widget is selected, show its properties. */ +- if (g_list_length (new_selection) == 1) +- gb_widget_show_properties (GTK_WIDGET (new_selection->data)); +- +- g_list_free (old_selection); +-} +- +- +-static gint +-get_notebook_page (GtkNotebook * notebook, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- gint nchildren, page; +- +- nchildren = g_list_length (notebook->children); +- +- for (page = 0; page < nchildren; page++) +- { +- GtkWidget *child, *tab; +- +- child = gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (notebook, page); +- tab = gtk_notebook_get_tab_label (notebook, child); +- if (tab == widget) +- return page; +- } +- +- return -1; +-} +- +- +- +-/* FIXME: When the editor is rewritten as a GtkObject, we need simple +- functions to select/deselect widgets separate from the complicated +- stuff used for moving/resizing. */ +-gboolean +-editor_select_widget (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEventButton * event, +- gint x, gint y) +-{ +- gint already_selected, page; +- GtkWidget *select_widget, *ancestor; +- gboolean handled = FALSE; +- +- MSG ("IN editor_select_widget"); +-#if 0 +- g_print ("=+=+ widget: %s Alloc X:%i Y:%i W:%i H:%i\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (widget), +- widget->allocation.x, widget->allocation.y, +- widget->allocation.width, widget->allocation.height); +-#endif +- +- /* reset any move/resize action */ +- drag_action = GB_DRAG_NONE; +- +- /* Shift + selection. Step through parents of this widget, until a selected +- widget is found. Then clear selection & select that widgets parent. +- If no parents were selected, or the top-level parent was selected, +- select this widget. */ +- if (event && event->state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK) +- { +- gint found = FALSE; +- ancestor = widget; +- while (ancestor) +- { +- if (g_list_find (selected_widgets, ancestor)) +- { +- found = TRUE; +- break; +- } +- ancestor = ancestor->parent; +- } +- if (found && ancestor->parent != NULL) +- { +- select_widget = ancestor->parent; +- /* If widget is not a GbWidget, i.e. it has no GladeWidgetData, +- skip it. */ +- while (select_widget) +- { +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (select_widget)) +- break; +- select_widget = select_widget->parent; +- } +- } +- else +- { +- select_widget = widget; +- } +- g_return_val_if_fail (select_widget != NULL, FALSE); +- gb_widget_show_properties (select_widget); +- already_selected = editor_clear_selection (select_widget); +- if (already_selected) +- return FALSE; +- selected_widgets = g_list_append (selected_widgets, select_widget); +- tree_select_widget (select_widget, TRUE); +- glade_project_view_clear_component_selection (current_project_view, +- widget); +- editor_refresh_widget_selection (select_widget); +- return TRUE; +- } +- +-#if 0 +- /* Control + selection. If widget is currently selected, deslect it, else +- add it to the selected widgets. */ +- /* I've taken this out as it can cause crashes and it isn't very useful. */ +- if (event && event->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) +- { +- /* If widget is currently selected, deselect it, else add it to +- selected. */ +- editor_select_widget_control (widget); +- +- if (g_list_find (selected_widgets, widget)) +- tree_select_widget (widget, TRUE); +- else +- tree_select_widget (widget, FALSE); +- +- return TRUE; +- } +-#endif +- +- /* Normal selection. If the widget is currently selected, just get the +- data for a possible resize/drag. If it is not selected, clear all +- currently selected widgets, then select this one. +- Also remember where the button press occurred, in case widget is being +- moved or resized (in a fixed container). */ +- gb_widget_show_properties (widget); +- +- if (!g_list_find (selected_widgets, widget)) +- { +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +- selected_widgets = g_list_append (selected_widgets, widget); +- tree_select_widget (widget, TRUE); +- handled = TRUE; +- glade_project_view_clear_component_selection (current_project_view, +- widget); +- /* If parent is a fixed container, move widget to front */ +- if (widget->parent && GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent)) +- raise_fixed_child (widget); +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: If the widget or an ancestor is a notebook tab, +- show the page */ +- ancestor = widget; +- while (ancestor->parent) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_NOTEBOOK (ancestor->parent)) +- { +- page = get_notebook_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (ancestor->parent), +- ancestor); +- if (page != -1) +- gtk_notebook_set_current_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (ancestor->parent), +- page); +- break; +- } +- ancestor = ancestor->parent; +- } +- +- editor_refresh_widget_selection (widget); +- } +- +- +- /* NOTE: this will only work in a GtkFixed or a GtkLayout. */ +- if (widget->parent && event +- && (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent) || GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget->parent))) +- { +- if (gdk_pointer_grab (event->window, FALSE, +- GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK | +- GDK_BUTTON1_MOTION_MASK | +- GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK, +- NULL, NULL, event->time)) +- return FALSE; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("###### Grabbed pointer\n"); +-#endif +- drag_has_pointer_grab = TRUE; +- drag_action = get_position_in_widget (widget, x, y); +- drag_offset_x = x; +- drag_offset_y = y; +- +- drag_widget_x1 = widget->allocation.x; +- drag_widget_y1 = widget->allocation.y; +- +- if (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent)) +- { +- drag_widget_x1 -= widget->parent->allocation.x; +- drag_widget_y1 -= widget->parent->allocation.y; +- } +- +- drag_widget_x2 = drag_widget_x1 + widget->allocation.width; +- drag_widget_y2 = drag_widget_y1 + widget->allocation.height; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("drag_action:%i, offset_x:%i offset_y:%i " +- "x1:%i y1:%i x2:%i y2:%i\n", +- drag_action, drag_offset_x, drag_offset_y, +- drag_widget_x1, drag_widget_y1, +- drag_widget_x2, drag_widget_y2); +-#endif +- +- /* We return TRUE to make sure the signal is stopped so the widget +- doesn't popup a menu or something, which would make moving/resizing +- very difficult. */ +- return TRUE; +- } +- return handled; +-} +- +- +-/* This returns TRUE if the event should be ignored. Currently we only +- ignore events in clist/ctree resize windows, but more may be added. */ +-static gboolean +-editor_check_ignore_event (GtkWidget *widget, +- GdkEventAny *event) +-{ +- GtkWidget *window_widget; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, FALSE); +- +- gdk_window_get_user_data (event->window, (gpointer) &window_widget); +- +- if (GTK_IS_CLIST (window_widget)) +- { +- gint i; +- for (i = 0; i < GTK_CLIST (window_widget)->columns; i++) +- { +- GtkCListColumn *col = >K_CLIST (window_widget)->column[i]; +- if (event->window == col->window) +- { +- MSG ("Ignored event (clist resize window)"); +- return TRUE; +- } +- } +- } +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static gint +-editor_on_motion_notify (GtkWidget * signal_widget, +- GdkEventMotion * event, +- gpointer data) +-{ +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In editor_on_motion_notify: %s\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (signal_widget)); +-#endif +- +- if (event->state & GDK_BUTTON1_MASK) +- return editor_do_drag_action (signal_widget, event); +- else +- return editor_set_cursor (signal_widget, event); +-} +- +- +-static gint +-editor_set_cursor (GtkWidget * signal_widget, +- GdkEventMotion * event) +-{ +- /* We remember the last cursor set and the last window, so we don't set the +- same cursor on the same window repeatedly. */ +- static GdkWindow *last_window = NULL; +- static GdkCursor *last_cursor = NULL; +- +- GtkWidget *widget, *event_widget; +- GdkCursor *cursor = NULL; +- gint x, y, event_x, event_y, pos; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In editor_set_cursor %s hint:%i\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (signal_widget), event->is_hint); +-#endif +- +- /* First of all, we find out which widget the event originated from. +- We step up the parents until we find the current widget, checking if +- any GbWidgets are children. If they are, we have already seen this event +- so we just return. */ +- event_widget = gtk_get_event_widget ((GdkEvent*) event); +- if (event_widget) +- { +- while (event_widget != signal_widget) +- { +- if (event_widget == NULL) +- { +- g_warning ("motion_notify - didn't find signal widget"); +- break; +- } +- +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (event_widget)) +- return FALSE; +- +- event_widget = event_widget->parent; +- } +- +- } +- +- if (event->is_hint) +- gdk_window_get_pointer (event->window, &event_x, &event_y, NULL); +- else +- { +- event_x = event->x; +- event_y = event->y; +- } +- +- widget = editor_get_event_widget (signal_widget, event->window, +- event_x, event_y, &x, &y); +- if (widget == NULL) +- return FALSE; +- +- if (editor_check_ignore_event (widget, (GdkEventAny*) event)) +- return FALSE; +- +- /* Remember the widget, so we can redirect key presses to it. But only +- keep pointers to GbWidgets, as we can reset the pointer to NULL when the +- widget is destroyed. */ +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print (" mouse_over_widget: %s\n", gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +-#endif +- mouse_over_widget = widget; +- } +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("editor_set_cursor widget: %s (%p) X:%i Y:%i\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget, x, y); +-#endif +- if (glade_palette_is_selector_on (GLADE_PALETTE (glade_palette))) +- { +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (widget->parent +- && (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget) +- || (GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget) && !GNOME_IS_CANVAS (widget)))) +-#else +- if (widget->parent +- && (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent) +- || GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget->parent))) +-#endif +- { +- pos = get_position_in_widget (widget, x, y); +- switch (pos) +- { +- case GB_TOP_LEFT: +-#if 0 +- g_print ("TOP_LEFT\n"); +-#endif +- cursor = cursor_top_left; +- break; +- case GB_TOP_RIGHT: +-#if 0 +- g_print ("TOP_RIGHT\n"); +-#endif +- cursor = cursor_top_right; +- break; +- case GB_BOTTOM_LEFT: +-#if 0 +- g_print ("BOTTOM_LEFT\n"); +-#endif +- cursor = cursor_bottom_left; +- break; +- case GB_BOTTOM_RIGHT: +-#if 0 +- g_print ("BOTTOM_RIGHT\n"); +-#endif +- cursor = cursor_bottom_right; +- break; +- case GB_MIDDLE: +-#if 0 +- g_print ("MIDDLE\n"); +-#endif +- cursor = cursor_move; +- break; +- } +- } +- else +- { +- cursor = cursor_selector; +- } +- } +- else +- { +- if (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget) || GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget) +- || (widget->parent && (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent) +- || GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget->parent)))) +- cursor = cursor_add_to_fixed; +- else +- cursor = cursor_add_widget; +- } +- +- if (cursor) +- { +- if (last_window != event->window || last_cursor != cursor) +- { +- gdk_window_set_cursor (event->window, cursor); +- last_window = event->window; +- last_cursor = cursor; +- +- } +- } +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static gint +-editor_do_drag_action (GtkWidget * signal_widget, GdkEventMotion * event) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget; +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- gint x, y, event_x, event_y; +- gint mouse_x, mouse_y, new_x = 0, new_y = 0, new_width = 0, new_height = 0; +- gint old_x, old_y, old_width, old_height; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In editor_do_drag_action %s hint:%i\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (signal_widget), event->is_hint); +-#endif +- +- /* If no move/resize action was started in the button_press event, return. */ +- if (drag_action == GB_DRAG_NONE) +- return FALSE; +- +- if (event->is_hint) +- gdk_window_get_pointer (event->window, &event_x, &event_y, NULL); +- else +- { +- event_x = event->x; +- event_y = event->y; +- } +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In editor_do_drag_action %s hint:%i %i,%i\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (signal_widget), event->is_hint, +- event_x, event_y); +-#endif +- +- /* Use our function to figure out which widget the mouse is in, and where +- in the widget. */ +- widget = editor_get_event_widget (signal_widget, event->window, +- event_x, event_y, &x, &y); +- if (widget == NULL) +- return FALSE; +- +- if (editor_check_ignore_event (widget, (GdkEventAny*) event)) +- return FALSE; +- +- +- if (!widget->parent +- || (!GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent) && !GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget->parent))) +- return FALSE; +- +- if (dragging_widget == NULL) +- { +- dragging_widget = widget; +- gtk_grab_add (widget); +- } +- else +- { +- if (dragging_widget != widget) +- return FALSE; +- } +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_val_if_fail (wdata != NULL, FALSE); +- +- old_x = widget->allocation.x; +- old_y = widget->allocation.y; +- old_width = widget->allocation.width; +- old_height = widget->allocation.height; +- +- /* GtkFixed doesn't normally have a window now, so we need to subtract its +- position so our coordinates are relative to it. */ +- if (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent)) +- { +- old_x -= widget->parent->allocation.x; +- old_y -= widget->parent->allocation.y; +- } +- +- gdk_window_get_pointer (widget->parent->window, &mouse_x, &mouse_y, NULL); +- if (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent)) +- { +- mouse_x -= widget->parent->allocation.x; +- mouse_y -= widget->parent->allocation.y; +- } +- if (GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget->parent)) +- { +- mouse_x += GTK_LAYOUT (widget->parent)->hadjustment->value; +- mouse_y += GTK_LAYOUT (widget->parent)->vadjustment->value; +- old_x += GTK_LAYOUT (widget->parent)->hadjustment->value; +- old_y += GTK_LAYOUT (widget->parent)->vadjustment->value; +- } +- +- switch (drag_action) +- { +- case GB_TOP_LEFT: +- new_x = snap_left_edge (mouse_x); +- new_y = snap_top_edge (mouse_y); +- new_width = drag_widget_x2 - new_x; +- new_height = drag_widget_y2 - new_y; +- if (new_width < MIN_WIDGET_WIDTH) +- { +- new_width = MIN_WIDGET_WIDTH; +- new_x = drag_widget_x2 - new_width; +- } +- if (new_height < MIN_WIDGET_HEIGHT) +- { +- new_height = MIN_WIDGET_HEIGHT; +- new_y = drag_widget_y2 - new_height; +- } +- break; +- +- case GB_TOP_RIGHT: +- new_x = drag_widget_x1; +- new_y = snap_top_edge (mouse_y); +- new_width = snap_right_edge (mouse_x) - new_x; +- new_height = drag_widget_y2 - new_y; +- if (new_width < MIN_WIDGET_WIDTH) +- { +- new_width = MIN_WIDGET_WIDTH; +- } +- if (new_height < MIN_WIDGET_HEIGHT) +- { +- new_height = MIN_WIDGET_HEIGHT; +- new_y = drag_widget_y2 - new_height; +- } +- break; +- +- case GB_BOTTOM_LEFT: +- new_x = snap_left_edge (mouse_x); +- new_y = drag_widget_y1; +- new_width = drag_widget_x2 - new_x; +- new_height = snap_bottom_edge (mouse_y) - new_y; +- if (new_width < MIN_WIDGET_WIDTH) +- { +- new_width = MIN_WIDGET_WIDTH; +- new_x = drag_widget_x2 - new_width; +- } +- if (new_height < MIN_WIDGET_HEIGHT) +- new_height = MIN_WIDGET_HEIGHT; +- break; +- +- case GB_BOTTOM_RIGHT: +- new_x = drag_widget_x1; +- new_y = drag_widget_y1; +- new_width = snap_right_edge (mouse_x) - new_x; +- new_height = snap_bottom_edge (mouse_y) - new_y; +- if (new_width < MIN_WIDGET_WIDTH) +- new_width = MIN_WIDGET_WIDTH; +- if (new_height < MIN_WIDGET_HEIGHT) +- new_height = MIN_WIDGET_HEIGHT; +- break; +- +- case GB_MIDDLE: +- new_x = snap_left_edge (mouse_x - drag_offset_x); +- new_y = snap_top_edge (mouse_y - drag_offset_y); +- new_width = widget->allocation.width; +- new_height = widget->allocation.height; +- if (new_x < 0) +- new_x = 0; +- if (new_y < 0) +- new_y = 0; +- break; +- } +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("old_x: %i old_y: %i new_x: %i new_y: %i w: %i h: %i\n", +- widget->allocation.x, widget->allocation.y, +- new_x, new_y, new_width, new_height); +-#endif +- +- /* Only move/resize widget if values have changed */ +- if (new_width != widget->allocation.width +- || new_height != widget->allocation.height) +- { +- wdata->width = new_width; +- wdata->height = new_height; +- gb_widget_set_usize (widget, new_width, new_height); +- } +- +- if (new_x != old_x || new_y != old_y) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print (" moving widget\n"); +-#endif +- if (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent)) +- { +- /* FIXME: GTK+ bug workaround. The widget doesn't move if we only +- call gtk_fixed_move(). This is very slow as well. */ +- gtk_fixed_move (GTK_FIXED (widget->parent), widget, new_x, new_y); +- /*gtk_widget_set_uposition (widget, new_x, new_y);*/ +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget->parent)) +- { +- gtk_layout_move (GTK_LAYOUT (widget->parent), widget, new_x, new_y); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget->parent); +- } +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adding signals to widgets to allow manipulation, e.g. selecting/drawing +- */ +- +-static void +-editor_on_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data) +-{ +-#if 0 +- static GdkPixmap *placeholder_pixmap = NULL; +- +- g_print ("In editor_on_widget_realize widget:%s (%p)\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget); +- +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- { +- /* Create placeholder pixmap if it hasn't already been created. +- There may be a problem with multi-depth displays. */ +- if (placeholder_pixmap == NULL) +- { +- placeholder_pixmap = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d (widget->window, +- NULL, NULL, +- placeholder_xpm); +- if (!placeholder_pixmap) +- { +- g_warning ("Couldn't create placeholder pixmap\n"); +- /* FIXME: Use a color instead? */ +- } +- } +- +- if (placeholder_pixmap != NULL) +- gdk_window_set_back_pixmap (widget->window, placeholder_pixmap, FALSE); +- } +-#endif +-} +- +- +-/* This adds the button signals to an existing widget (currently only the +- Clist title buttons). */ +-void +-editor_add_mouse_signals_to_existing (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_event), NULL); +-#if 0 +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "button_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_button_press), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "button_release_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_button_release), NULL); +-#endif +-} +- +- +-static gint +-editor_on_enter_notify (GtkWidget *widget, +- GdkEventCrossing *event) +-{ +- /* We try to stop enter/leave notify events when moving/resizing widget in +- a GtkFixed/GtkLayout as it causes flicker. */ +- return dragging_widget ? TRUE : FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static gint +-editor_on_leave_notify (GtkWidget *widget, +- GdkEventCrossing *event) +-{ +- /* We try to stop enter/leave notify events when moving/resizing widget in +- a GtkFixed/GtkLayout as it causes flicker. */ +- return dragging_widget ? TRUE : FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-add_mouse_signals_recursive (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data) +-{ +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Adding mouse signals to:%s (%s, %p)\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (widget), +- gtk_type_name (GTK_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), +- widget); +-#endif +- +- /* FIXME: We don't add signals to menu items, since it currently makes it +- impossible to popup the menus in a menubar. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (widget)) +- return; +- +- /* Ensure that the event mask is set so we get button press & release +- events. */ +- if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget)) +- { +- if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget)) +- { +- gtk_widget_set_events (widget, gtk_widget_get_events (widget) +- | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK +- | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK); +- } +- else +- { +- GdkEventMask event_mask; +- +- /* FIXME: Here we set the event mask for the main window of a widget, +- but widgets can have more than one window. How do we get all the +- windows of a widget? */ +- event_mask = gdk_window_get_events (widget->window); +- gdk_window_set_events (widget->window, event_mask +- | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK +- | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK); +- } +- } +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_event), NULL); +-#if 0 +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "button_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_button_press), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "button_release_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_button_release), NULL); +-#endif +- +- /* We connect to these so we can stop widgets getting them while we are +- dragging/resizing. It stops widgets changing state, i.e. normal/active +- and so cuts down on flickering a bit. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "enter_notify_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_enter_notify), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "leave_notify_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_leave_notify), NULL); +- +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, +- (GtkCallback) add_mouse_signals_recursive, NULL); +-} +- +-/* We need to be careful about passing events on to widgets, especially with +- regard to mouse grabs - in a GtkEntry the mouse is grabbed while selecting +- text, and this can cause all sorts of problems for Glade. */ +-void +-editor_add_mouse_signals (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- /* Widgets without windows will not get events directly from X Windows, +- but they may have child widgets which pass events up to them, e.g. +- a GtkCombo has a GtkEntry which will get X events. +- This doesn't matter too much since we have to call a function to figure +- out which widget the event is for anyway. */ +- add_mouse_signals_recursive (widget, NULL); +- +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "realize", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_widget_realize), NULL); +-} +- +-void +-editor_add_key_signals (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- /* We only add key signal handlers to windows. */ +- if (!GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget)) +- return; +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_key_press_event), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "key_release_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_key_release_event), NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-on_size_allocate (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkAllocation *allocation, +- GladeWidgetData * wdata) +-{ +- /* Reset the flag, since the size is allocated now. Note that wdata may be +- NULL as widget may be a placeholder. */ +- if (wdata) +- { +- wdata->flags &= ~GLADE_SIZE_NOT_ALLOCATED; +- } +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In on_size_allocate: %s (%p) x:%i y:%i w:%i h:%i\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget, allocation->x, allocation->y, +- allocation->width, allocation->height); +-#endif +- +- if (property_get_widget () == widget) +- { +- gb_widget_show_position_properties (widget); +- +- if (widget->parent && GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent)) +- { +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_int (GladeFixedChildX, +- allocation->x - widget->parent->allocation.x); +- property_set_int (GladeFixedChildY, +- allocation->y - widget->parent->allocation.y); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- else if (widget->parent && GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget->parent)) +- { +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_int (GladeLayoutChildX, allocation->x); +- property_set_int (GladeLayoutChildY, allocation->y); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-editor_add_draw_signals (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *widget_data; +- +- /* FIXME: Note that we set GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK here. This may not +- be wise since widgets may be designed to work with normal motion events +- only. Also this won't work if the widget is already realized. */ +- if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget)) +- gtk_widget_set_events (widget, gtk_widget_get_events (widget) +- | GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK | GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK +- | GDK_BUTTON1_MOTION_MASK +- | GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK); +- +- widget_data = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "expose_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (expose_widget), widget_data); +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "size_allocate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_size_allocate), widget_data); +- +- /* FIXME: mouse signal - This also needs to be added to all children. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "motion_notify_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_motion_notify), NULL); +- +- /* Needed for scrolled window, clist? & possibly other widgets */ +- if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget)) +- gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), +- (GtkCallback) editor_add_draw_signals, NULL); +-} +- +- +- +-static gint +-expose_widget (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEventExpose * event, +- GladeWidgetData * widget_data) +-{ +- GtkWidgetClass *class; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In expose_event widget:%s (%p)\n", gtk_widget_get_name (widget), +- widget); +- g_print ("Area x:%i y:%i w:%i h:%i\n", event->area.x, event->area.y, +- event->area.width, event->area.height); +-#endif +- +- /* Run the class handler here, then we return TRUE to stop the signal. */ +- class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget); +- if (class->expose_event) +- class->expose_event (widget, event); +- +- /* Ignore spurious exposes before widget is positioned. */ +- if (widget->allocation.x == -1 || widget->allocation.y == -1) +- return TRUE; +- +- paint_widget (widget, event); +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-void +-paint_widget (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEventExpose *event) +-{ +- static GdkPixmap *placeholder_pixmap = NULL; +- GType type; +- +- MSG3 ("Painting widget: %s W:%i H:%i", gtk_widget_get_name (widget), +- widget->allocation.width, widget->allocation.height); +- +- /* Check widget is drawable in case it has been deleted. */ +- if (!GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget)) +- return; +- +- /* Don't try to draw anything if the width or height of the widget is 0. */ +- if (widget->allocation.width == 0 || widget->allocation.height == 0) +- return; +- +- /* If widget is a placeholder, draw the placeholder pixmap in it and a +- 3D border around it. */ +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- { +- GdkGC *light_gc; +- GdkGC *dark_gc; +- gint w, h; +- +- light_gc = widget->style->light_gc[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]; +- dark_gc = widget->style->dark_gc[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]; +- gdk_window_get_size (widget->window, &w, &h); +- +- /* Draw the background pixmap. */ +- if (placeholder_pixmap == NULL) +- { +- /* FIXME: Use a hash of placeholder pixmaps? So we always use the +- correct depth? */ +- placeholder_pixmap = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d (widget->window, +- NULL, NULL, +- placeholder_xpm); +- if (!placeholder_pixmap) +- { +- g_warning ("Couldn't create placeholder pixmap\n"); +- /* FIXME: Use a color instead? */ +- } +- } +- +- if (placeholder_pixmap) +- { +- gdk_gc_set_fill (light_gc, GDK_TILED); +- gdk_gc_set_tile (light_gc, placeholder_pixmap); +- gdk_draw_rectangle (widget->window, light_gc, TRUE, 0, 0, w, h); +- gdk_gc_set_fill (light_gc, GDK_SOLID); +- } +- +- gdk_draw_line (widget->window, light_gc, 0, 0, w - 1, 0); +- gdk_draw_line (widget->window, light_gc, 0, 0, 0, h - 1); +- gdk_draw_line (widget->window, dark_gc, 0, h - 1, w - 1, h - 1); +- gdk_draw_line (widget->window, dark_gc, w - 1, 0, w - 1, h - 1); +- } +- +- if (event->window) +- { +- gpointer expose_widget; +- +- gdk_window_get_user_data (event->window, &expose_widget); +- +- if (expose_widget) +- { +- gtk_idle_add_priority (GTK_PRIORITY_DEFAULT + 10, +- (GtkFunction)editor_idle_handler, +- event->window); +- +- /* We ref the window, to make sure it isn't freed before the idle +- handler. We unref it there. */ +- gdk_window_ref (event->window); +- } +- } +- +- /* Draw grid for fixed containers */ +- type = G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget); +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget) +- && (type == GTK_TYPE_FIXED || type == GTK_TYPE_LAYOUT)) +- draw_grid (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* This returns the window that the given widget's position is relative to. +- Usually this is the widget's parent's window. But if the widget is a +- toplevel, we use its own window, as it doesn't have a parent. +- Some widgets also lay out widgets in different ways. */ +-static GdkWindow* +-glade_util_get_window_positioned_in (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *parent; +- +- parent = widget->parent; +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- /* BonoboDockItem widgets use a different window when floating. */ +- if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (widget) +- && BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->is_floating) { +- return BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->float_window; +- } +- +- if (parent && BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (parent) +- && BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (parent)->is_floating) { +- return BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (parent)->float_window; +- } +-#endif +- +- if (parent) +- return parent->window; +- +- return widget->window; +-} +- +-static void +-glade_util_draw_nodes (GdkWindow *window, GdkGC *gc, +- gint x, gint y, +- gint width, gint height) +-{ +-#if 0 +- g_print ("draw_nodes window: %p %i,%i %ix%i\n", +- window, x, y, width, height); +-#endif +- if (width > GB_CORNER_WIDTH && height > GB_CORNER_HEIGHT) { +- gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, +- x, y, +- GB_CORNER_WIDTH, GB_CORNER_HEIGHT); +- gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, +- x, y + height - GB_CORNER_HEIGHT, +- GB_CORNER_WIDTH, GB_CORNER_HEIGHT); +- gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, +- x + width - GB_CORNER_WIDTH, y, +- GB_CORNER_WIDTH, GB_CORNER_HEIGHT); +- gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, +- x + width - GB_CORNER_WIDTH, +- y + height - GB_CORNER_HEIGHT, +- GB_CORNER_WIDTH, GB_CORNER_HEIGHT); +- } +- +- gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, FALSE, x, y, width - 1, height - 1); +-} +- +-/* This calculates the offset of the given window within its toplevel. +- It also returns the toplevel. */ +-static void +-glade_util_calculate_window_offset (GdkWindow *window, +- gint *x, gint *y, +- GdkWindow **toplevel) +-{ +- gint tmp_x, tmp_y; +- +- /* Calculate the offset of the window within its toplevel. */ +- *x = 0; +- *y = 0; +- +- for (;;) { +- if (gdk_window_get_window_type (window) != GDK_WINDOW_CHILD) +- break; +- gdk_window_get_position (window, &tmp_x, &tmp_y); +- *x += tmp_x; +- *y += tmp_y; +- window = gdk_window_get_parent (window); +- } +- +- *toplevel = window; +-} +- +-/* This returns TRUE if it is OK to draw the selection nodes for the given +- selected widget inside the given window that has received an expose event. +- For most widgets it returns TRUE, but if a selected widget is inside a +- widget like a viewport, that uses its own coordinate system, then it only +- returns TRUE if the expose window is inside the viewport as well. */ +-static gboolean +-glade_util_can_draw_nodes (GtkWidget *sel_widget, GdkWindow *sel_win, +- GdkWindow *expose_win) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget, *viewport = NULL; +- GdkWindow *viewport_win = NULL; +- +- /* Check if the selected widget is inside a viewport. */ +- for (widget = sel_widget->parent; widget; widget = widget->parent) { +- if (GTK_IS_VIEWPORT (widget)) { +- viewport = widget; +- viewport_win = GTK_VIEWPORT (widget)->bin_window; +- break; +- } +- } +- +- /* If there is no viewport-type widget above the selected widget, +- it is OK to draw the selection anywhere. */ +- if (!viewport) +- return TRUE; +- +- /* If we have a viewport-type widget, check if the expose_win is +- beneath the viewport. If it is, we can draw in it. If not, we +- can't.*/ +- for (;;) { +- if (expose_win == sel_win) +- return TRUE; +- if (expose_win == viewport_win) +- return FALSE; +- if (gdk_window_get_window_type (expose_win) != GDK_WINDOW_CHILD) +- break; +- expose_win = gdk_window_get_parent (expose_win); +- } +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* This is coped from glade3/src/glade-utils.c glade_util_draw_nodes_idle(). */ +-static gint +-editor_idle_handler (GdkWindow *expose_win) +-{ +- GtkWidget *expose_widget; +- gint expose_win_x, expose_win_y; +- gint expose_win_w, expose_win_h; +- GdkWindow *expose_toplevel; +- GdkGC *gc; +- GList *elem; +- gpointer expose_widget_ptr; +- +- /* Find the corresponding GtkWidget. */ +- gdk_window_get_user_data (expose_win, &expose_widget_ptr); +- expose_widget = GTK_WIDGET (expose_widget_ptr); +- +- /* Check that the window is still alive. */ +- if (!expose_widget || !GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (expose_widget) +- || !gdk_window_is_viewable (expose_win)) +- goto out; +- +- gc = expose_widget->style->black_gc; +- +- /* Calculate the offset of the expose window within its toplevel. */ +- glade_util_calculate_window_offset (expose_win, +- &expose_win_x, +- &expose_win_y, +- &expose_toplevel); +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("expose_win: %p x: %i y: %i toplevel: %p\n", +- expose_win, expose_win_x, expose_win_y, expose_toplevel); +-#endif +- gdk_drawable_get_size (expose_win, +- &expose_win_w, &expose_win_h); +-#if 0 +- g_print ("drawable size %ix%i\n", expose_win_w, expose_win_h); +-#endif +- /* Step through all the selected widgets in the project. */ +- for (elem = selected_widgets; elem; elem = elem->next) { +- GtkWidget *sel_widget; +- GdkWindow *sel_win, *sel_toplevel; +- gint sel_x, sel_y, x, y, w, h, sel_alloc_x, sel_alloc_y; +- +- sel_widget = elem->data; +- +- /* Skip the selected widget if it isn't realized. */ +- if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (sel_widget)) +- continue; +- +- sel_win = glade_util_get_window_positioned_in (sel_widget); +- +- /* Calculate the offset of the selected widget's window +- within its toplevel. */ +- glade_util_calculate_window_offset (sel_win, &sel_x, &sel_y, +- &sel_toplevel); +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("sel_win: %p x: %i y: %i toplevel: %p allocation %i,%i\n", +- sel_win, sel_x, sel_y, sel_toplevel, +- sel_widget->allocation.x, sel_widget->allocation.y); +-#endif +- /* Toplevel windows/dialogs may have their allocation set +- relative to the root window, so we need to ignore that. */ +- if (sel_widget->parent) +- { +- sel_alloc_x = sel_widget->allocation.x; +- sel_alloc_y = sel_widget->allocation.y; +- } +- else +- { +- sel_alloc_x = 0; +- sel_alloc_y = 0; +- } +- +- /* We only draw the nodes if the window that got the expose +- event is in the same toplevel as the selected widget. */ +- if (expose_toplevel == sel_toplevel +- && glade_util_can_draw_nodes (sel_widget, sel_win, +- expose_win)) { +- x = sel_x + sel_alloc_x - expose_win_x; +- y = sel_y + sel_alloc_y - expose_win_y; +- w = sel_widget->allocation.width; +- h = sel_widget->allocation.height; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("checking coords %i,%i %ix%i\n", +- x, y, w, h); +-#endif +- /* Draw the selection nodes if they intersect the +- expose window bounds. */ +- if (x < expose_win_w && x + w >= 0 +- && y < expose_win_h && y + h >= 0) { +- glade_util_draw_nodes (expose_win, gc, +- x, y, w, h); +- } +- } +- } +- +- out: +- /* Remove the reference added in glade_util_queue_draw_nodes(). */ +- gdk_window_unref (expose_win); +- +- /* Return FALSE so the idle handler isn't called again. */ +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-draw_grid (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GdkGC *gc = widget->style->dark_gc[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]; +- gint min_x = 0, max_x = widget->allocation.width - 1; +- gint min_y = 0, max_y = widget->allocation.height - 1; +- gint gridx, gridy, origin_x, origin_y; +- GdkWindow *window; +- +- if (!editor_show_grid) +- return; +- +- if (GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget)) +- { +- gint offset; +- +- /* The window size is the entire size of the layout. The allocation is +- the part that is showing. */ +- window = GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->bin_window; +- +- origin_x = (int) GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->hadjustment->value; +- min_x += origin_x; +- max_x += origin_x; +- offset = origin_x % editor_grid_horz_spacing; +- if (offset != 0) +- origin_x += editor_grid_horz_spacing - offset; +- +- origin_y = (int) GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->vadjustment->value; +- min_y += origin_y; +- max_y += origin_y; +- offset = origin_y % editor_grid_vert_spacing; +- if (offset != 0) +- origin_y += editor_grid_vert_spacing - offset; +- } +- else +- { +- /* The GtkFixed container doesn't have a window in GTK+ 2.0 (by default), +- so we have to use the allocation. */ +- window = widget->window; +- origin_x = widget->allocation.x; +- origin_y = widget->allocation.y; +- max_x += origin_x; +- max_y += origin_y; +- } +- +- /* Note: should we take the border_width into account? - i.e. start the +- grid inside the border. It makes it awkward if you change the border +- size. */ +- if (editor_grid_style == GB_GRID_DOTS) +- { +- for (gridx = origin_x; gridx <= max_x; gridx += editor_grid_horz_spacing) +- { +- for (gridy = origin_y; gridy <= max_y; +- gridy += editor_grid_vert_spacing) +- gdk_draw_point (window, gc, gridx, gridy); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- for (gridx = origin_x; gridx <= max_x; gridx += editor_grid_horz_spacing) +- gdk_draw_line (window, gc, gridx, min_y, gridx, max_y); +- for (gridy = origin_y; gridy <= max_y; gridy += editor_grid_vert_spacing) +- gdk_draw_line (window, gc, min_x, gridy, max_x, gridy); +- } +-} +- +-/* +- * Redraw the given widget completely, including all space allocated by its +- * parent (since this may be used for drawing the widget's selection). +- * If widget has no parent (i.e. its a toplevel window) just clear +- * it all and redraw. +- */ +- +-void +-editor_refresh_widget (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In editor_refresh_widget widget: %s (%p)\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget); +-#endif +- +- editor_refresh_widget_area (widget, +- widget->allocation.x, +- widget->allocation.y, +- widget->allocation.width, +- widget->allocation.height); +- gtk_widget_draw (widget, NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-editor_refresh_widget_selection (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- gint x, y, w, h; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In editor_refresh_widget_selection widget: %s (%p)\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget); +-#endif +- +- x = widget->allocation.x; +- y = widget->allocation.y; +- w = widget->allocation.width; +- h = widget->allocation.height; +- +- /* Don't try to refresh an area if the width or height is 0. */ +- if (w == 0 || h == 0) +- return; +- +- /* Clear the four corners. */ +- editor_refresh_widget_area (widget, +- x, y, +- GB_CORNER_WIDTH, GB_CORNER_HEIGHT); +- editor_refresh_widget_area (widget, +- x, y + h - GB_CORNER_HEIGHT, +- GB_CORNER_WIDTH, GB_CORNER_HEIGHT); +- editor_refresh_widget_area (widget, +- x + w - GB_CORNER_WIDTH, y, +- GB_CORNER_WIDTH, GB_CORNER_HEIGHT); +- editor_refresh_widget_area (widget, +- x + w - GB_CORNER_WIDTH, +- y + h - GB_CORNER_HEIGHT, +- GB_CORNER_WIDTH, GB_CORNER_HEIGHT); +- /* Clear the four lines along the edges. */ +- editor_refresh_widget_area (widget, +- x + GB_CORNER_WIDTH, y, +- w - 2 * GB_CORNER_WIDTH, 1); +- editor_refresh_widget_area (widget, +- x + GB_CORNER_WIDTH, y + h - 1, +- w - 2 * GB_CORNER_WIDTH, 1); +- editor_refresh_widget_area (widget, +- x, y + GB_CORNER_HEIGHT, +- 1, h - 2 * GB_CORNER_HEIGHT); +- editor_refresh_widget_area (widget, +- x + w - 1, +- y + GB_CORNER_HEIGHT, +- 1, h - 2 * GB_CORNER_HEIGHT); +- +- gtk_widget_draw (widget, NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-editor_refresh_widget_area (GtkWidget * widget, gint x, gint y, gint w, gint h) +-{ +- GdkWindow *window; +- +- if (!GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget)) +- return; +- +- /* Don't try to refresh an area if the width or height is 0. */ +- if (w <= 0 || h <= 0) +- return; +- +- window = glade_util_get_window_positioned_in (widget); +- gdk_window_clear_area (window, x, y, w, h); +- clear_child_windows (window, x, y, w, h); +-} +- +- +-/* This clears all child windows which fall within the given rectangle. +- If the rectangle width is -1, then all children are cleared. */ +-static void +-clear_child_windows (GdkWindow * window, gint x, gint y, gint w, gint h) +-{ +- GList *children, *orig_children; +- GdkWindow *child_window; +- gint win_x, win_y, win_w, win_h; +- GdkRectangle area, child, intersection; +- +- area.x = x; +- area.y = y; +- area.width = w; +- area.height = h; +- +- orig_children = children = gdk_window_get_children (window); +- while (children) +- { +- child_window = children->data; +- gdk_window_get_position (child_window, &win_x, &win_y); +- gdk_window_get_size (child_window, &win_w, &win_h); +- +- child.x = win_x; +- child.y = win_y; +- child.width = win_w; +- child.height = win_h; +- +- if (gdk_rectangle_intersect (&area, &child, &intersection)) +- { +- /* We need to make sure this is not an InputOnly window, or we get +- a BadMatch. CList uses InputOnly windows - for resizing columns. +- */ +- if (! GDK_WINDOW_OBJECT(child_window)->input_only) +- { +- /* Convert to the child's coordinate space. */ +- intersection.x -= child.x; +- intersection.y -= child.y; +- gdk_window_clear_area (child_window, +- intersection.x, intersection.y, +- intersection.width, intersection.height); +- clear_child_windows (child_window, +- intersection.x, intersection.y, +- intersection.width, intersection.height); +- } +- } +- children = children->next; +- } +- g_list_free (orig_children); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Key events +- */ +-static gint +-editor_on_key_press_event (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEventKey * event, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gboolean handled = FALSE; +- guint key = event->keyval; +- +- MSG ("In on_key_press_event"); +- switch (key) +- { +- case GDK_Delete: +- /* If we are typing over the widget, the delete key is used for that +- rather than deleting the widget. */ +- if (!property_is_typing_over_widget ()) +- { +- if (selected_widgets) +- delete (selected_widgets->data); +- handled = TRUE; +- } +- break; +- case GDK_Escape: +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +- handled = TRUE; +- break; +- case GDK_l: +- /* Ctrl-L refreshes the entire window/dialog. */ +- if (event->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) +- { +- editor_refresh_widget (glade_util_get_toplevel (widget)); +- handled = TRUE; +- } +- break; +- case GDK_r: +- /* Ctrl-R hides the window and shows it again in the same position. +- Hopefully it will appear at the 'real' size. */ +- if (event->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) +- { +- GtkWidget *toplevel; +- +- /* See also gb_widget_redisplay_window() in gbwidget.c. */ +- toplevel = glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- glade_util_close_window (toplevel); +- gtk_window_reshow_with_initial_size (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)); +- handled = TRUE; +- } +- break; +- } +- +-#if 0 +- /* We don't want modifier keys to be redirected, since trying to use an +- accelerator, e.g. Ctrl-X to cut the widget, would clear the label. */ +- if (!handled +- && !(event->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) +- && key != GDK_Caps_Lock +- && key != GDK_Tab && key != GDK_KP_Tab +- && key != GDK_Left && key != GDK_KP_Left +- && key != GDK_Right && key != GDK_KP_Right +- && key != GDK_Up && key != GDK_KP_Up +- && key != GDK_Down && key != GDK_KP_Down +- && key != GDK_Page_Up && key != GDK_KP_Page_Up +- && key != GDK_Page_Down && key != GDK_KP_Page_Down +- && key != GDK_Home && key != GDK_KP_Home +- && key != GDK_End && key != GDK_KP_End +- && key != GDK_Control_L && key != GDK_Control_R +- && key != GDK_Shift_L && key != GDK_Shift_R +- && key != GDK_Meta_L && key != GDK_Meta_R +- && key != GDK_Alt_L && key != GDK_Alt_R +- && key != GDK_Super_L && key != GDK_Super_R +- && key != GDK_Hyper_L && key != GDK_Hyper_R) +- { +- /* Experimental code. */ +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Set label? widget=%s\n", +- mouse_over_widget ? gtk_widget_get_name (mouse_over_widget) : "NULL"); +-#endif +- if (mouse_over_widget +- && (GTK_IS_ACCEL_LABEL (mouse_over_widget) +- || GTK_IS_LABEL (mouse_over_widget) +- || GTK_IS_BUTTON (mouse_over_widget))) +- { +- gb_widget_show_properties (mouse_over_widget); +- property_redirect_key_press (event); +- handled = TRUE; +- } +- } +-#endif +- +- if (handled) +- { +-#if 0 +- gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "key_press_event"); +-#endif +- return TRUE; +- } +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static gint +-editor_on_key_release_event (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEventKey * event, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- MSG ("In on_key_release_event"); +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +- +-/* This is when the 'Select' menuitem on the popup menu is selected */ +-void +-editor_on_select_activate (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- editor_select_widget (widget, NULL, 0, 0); +-} +- +- +- +-void +-editor_on_delete () +-{ +- if (selected_widgets) +- delete (selected_widgets->data); +-} +- +- +-/* This is when the 'Cut' menuitem on the popup menu is selected */ +-void +-editor_on_cut_activate (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- glade_clipboard_cut (GLADE_CLIPBOARD (glade_clipboard), current_project, +- widget); +-} +- +- +-/* This is when the 'Copy' menuitem on the popup menu is selected */ +-void +-editor_on_copy_activate (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- glade_clipboard_copy (GLADE_CLIPBOARD (glade_clipboard), current_project, +- widget); +-} +- +- +-/* This is when the 'Cut' menuitem on the popup menu is selected */ +-void +-editor_on_paste_activate (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- glade_clipboard_paste (GLADE_CLIPBOARD (glade_clipboard), current_project, +- widget); +-} +- +- +-/* This is when the 'Delete' menuitem on the popup menu is selected */ +-void +-editor_on_delete_activate (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- delete (widget); +-} +- +- +-static void +-delete (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- delete_placeholder (widget); +- else +- editor_delete_widget (widget); +-} +- +- +-static void +-delete_placeholder (GtkWidget * placeholder) +-{ +- GtkWidget *parent = placeholder->parent; +- gchar *child_name; +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: Don't allow placeholders in clist titles to be deleted. */ +- child_name = gb_widget_get_child_name (placeholder); +- if (child_name) +- { +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCListTitle)) +- { +- MSG1 ("Not deleting special widget: %s\n", child_name); +- return; +- } +- } +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: Don't allow placeholder in BonoboDock to be deleted. */ +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK (parent)) +- return; +-#endif +- +- /* Remove widget from the selection */ +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +- +- /* Can't delete children of a paned or a viewport */ +- if (GTK_IS_PANED (parent) || GTK_IS_VIEWPORT (parent)) +- return; +- +- /* For a Clist, we can delete everything except column title widgets */ +- if (GTK_IS_CLIST (parent)) +- { +- g_warning ("Deleting a widget in a clist - not implemented yet"); +- return; +- } +- +- /* If the parent is a toolitem, delete that. */ +- if (GTK_IS_TOOL_ITEM (parent)) +- { +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (parent->parent), parent); +- return; +- } +- +- /* Widgets with these parents can all be deleted OK */ +- if (GTK_IS_TOOLBAR (parent) +-#if GLADE_SUPPORTS_GTK_TREE +- || GTK_IS_TREE (parent) +-#endif +- || GTK_IS_LIST (parent)) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (placeholder); +- return; +- } +- +- /* For a frame we can delete a placeholder in the label widget on its own. +- Otherwise we delete the parent, just like GtkBin. */ +- if (GTK_IS_FRAME (parent)) +- { +- if (gtk_frame_get_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (parent)) == placeholder) +- gtk_widget_destroy (placeholder); +- else +- editor_delete_widget (parent); +- return; +- } +- +- /* For these widgets replace the parent with a placeholder, or delete the +- component if parent is a toplevel widget */ +- if (GTK_IS_BIN (parent) || GTK_IS_BUTTON (parent)) +- { +- editor_delete_widget (parent); +- return; +- } +- +- /* For a box, if the placeholder is the only child then replace the box with +- a placeholder, else just delete the placeholder */ +- if (GTK_IS_BOX (parent)) +- { +- if (g_list_length (GTK_BOX (parent)->children) == 1) +- { +- editor_delete_widget (parent); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), placeholder); +- /* Shouldn't really need to do this */ +- gtk_widget_queue_resize (parent); +- } +- return; +- } +- +- /* For a notebook, if placeholder is the only page, replace the notebook with +- a placeholder, else delete the current notebook page (i.e. placeholder) */ +- if (GTK_IS_NOTEBOOK (parent)) +- { +- if (g_list_length (GTK_NOTEBOOK (parent)->children) == 1) +- { +- editor_delete_widget (parent); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_notebook_remove_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (parent), gtk_notebook_get_current_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (parent))); +- } +- return; +- } +- +- /* For a table, can't delete placeholder, unless there is only 1 row or +- column. In this case delete the placeholder, and move all the other +- children up/left. If the table is 1 x 1 then delete the table. */ +- if (GTK_IS_TABLE (parent)) +- { +- gint nrows, ncols, position = 0, distance_to_move = 0; +- GList *item; +- GtkTableChild *table_child; +- +- nrows = GTK_TABLE (parent)->nrows; +- ncols = GTK_TABLE (parent)->ncols; +- if (nrows > 1 && ncols > 1) +- return; +- if (nrows == 1 && ncols == 1) +- { +- editor_delete_widget (parent); +- return; +- } +- +- /* Find out where placeholder is */ +- item = GTK_TABLE (parent)->children; +- while (item) +- { +- table_child = (GtkTableChild *) item->data; +- +- if (table_child->widget == placeholder) +- { +- /* Calculate how far up/left we will have to move the rest of the +- children */ +- if (nrows == 1) +- { +- position = table_child->left_attach; +- distance_to_move = table_child->right_attach +- - table_child->left_attach; +- } +- else +- { +- position = table_child->top_attach; +- distance_to_move = table_child->bottom_attach +- - table_child->top_attach; +- } +- break; +- } +- item = item->next; +- } +- /* Shouldn't reach the end of the list */ +- g_return_if_fail (item != NULL); +- gtk_widget_destroy (placeholder); +- +- /* Now step through the table again, moving children up or left */ +- item = GTK_TABLE (parent)->children; +- while (item) +- { +- table_child = (GtkTableChild *) item->data; +- if (nrows == 1) +- { +- if (table_child->left_attach > position) +- { +- table_child->left_attach -= distance_to_move; +- table_child->right_attach -= distance_to_move; +- } +- } +- else +- { +- if (table_child->top_attach > position) +- { +- table_child->top_attach -= distance_to_move; +- table_child->bottom_attach -= distance_to_move; +- } +- } +- item = item->next; +- } +- +- /* Now update the tables nrows & ncols */ +- if (nrows == 1) +- GTK_TABLE (parent)->ncols -= distance_to_move; +- else +- GTK_TABLE (parent)->nrows -= distance_to_move; +- +- return; +- } +- +- g_warning ("Don't know how to delete widget"); +-} +- +- +-void +-editor_delete_widget (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *parent, *placeholder; +- gchar *error; +- +- MSG1 ("In editor_delete_widget: %s\n", gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +- +- error = editor_can_delete_widget (widget); +- if (error) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (error, widget); +- return; +- } +- +- /* If we are deleting a GtkTextView set the text to "". This avoids an odd +- crash. See bug #111604. */ +- if (GTK_IS_TEXT_VIEW (widget)) +- gtk_text_buffer_set_text (gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (widget)), "", 0); +- +- /* Set properties widget to NULL, in case the widget or parent is deleted */ +- property_set_widget (NULL); +- +- /* Remove widget from the selection */ +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +- +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget)) +- parent = gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget)); +- else +- parent = widget->parent; +- +- /* If widget is a toplevel widget (i.e. a project component) delete the +- component. */ +- if (parent == NULL) +- { +- glade_project_remove_component (current_project, widget); +- return; +- } +- +- /* If the widget's parent is a fixed container or a packer remove the widget +- completely. */ +- if (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent) +-#if GLADE_SUPPORTS_GTK_PACKER +- || GTK_IS_PACKER (widget->parent) +-#endif +- || GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget->parent)) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (widget); +- return; +- } +- +- /* If the widget's parent is a button box remove widget completely. */ +- if (GTK_IS_BUTTON_BOX (widget->parent)) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (widget); +- return; +- } +- +- /* If the widget is a menu item remove widget completely. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (widget)) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (widget); +- return; +- } +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- /* GnomeDockItem widgets are also removed completely rather than being +- replaced by a placeholder. */ +- if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (widget)) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (widget); +- return; +- } +- +- /* If this is a page in a GnomeDruid, then if it is the only page delete +- the entire GnomeDruid, else delete the page. We need to make sure the +- current page is set to something else before deleting the page. */ +- if (GNOME_IS_DRUID_PAGE (widget)) +- { +- gint num_pages; +- GList *children, *elem; +- GnomeDruidPage *new_current_page; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GNOME_IS_DRUID (parent)); +- +- children = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (parent)); +- num_pages = g_list_length (children); +- if (num_pages == 1) +- { +- editor_delete_widget (parent); +- } +- else +- { +- elem = g_list_find (children, widget); +- g_return_if_fail (elem != NULL); +- +- if (elem->next) +- new_current_page = elem->next->data; +- else +- new_current_page = elem->prev->data; +- +- gnome_druid_set_page (GNOME_DRUID (parent), new_current_page); +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (widget); +- } +- +- g_list_free (children); +- +- return; +- } +-#endif +- +- /* Replace normal widget's with a placeholder & select it so it can also +- be deleted easily using the Delete key. But we must be careful since +- there is a slight chance that the placeholder will be automatically +- destroyed, e.g. if it is placed in a table which already has another +- widget in the same position. */ +- placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_widget_ref (placeholder); +- if (gb_widget_replace_child (widget->parent, widget, placeholder)) +- { +- if (placeholder->parent) +- editor_select_widget (placeholder, NULL, 0, 0); +- gtk_widget_unref (placeholder); +- } +- else +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Couldn't delete widget."), widget); +- gtk_object_sink (GTK_OBJECT (placeholder)); +- gtk_widget_unref (placeholder); +- } +- +- MSG ("Out editor_delete_widget"); +-} +- +- +-/* This sees if a widget can be deleted. It returns an appropriate error +- message if it can't. */ +-gchar* +-editor_can_delete_widget (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- gchar *child_name; +- +- /* Button & item children are special - they can be deleted. */ +- if (widget->parent && GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget->parent) +- && (GTK_IS_BUTTON (widget->parent) || GTK_IS_ITEM (widget->parent))) +- return NULL; +- +- /* Don't allow widgets which aren't GbWidgets to be deleted, since we know +- nothing about them. */ +- if (!GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget) && !GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- return _("The widget can't be deleted"); +- +- /* Non-toplevel menus are created automatically so we can't delete them. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget) && gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget))) +- return _("The widget can't be deleted"); +- +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: Don't allow dialog buttons & widgets to be deleted. */ +- child_name = gb_widget_get_child_name (widget); +- if (child_name) +- { +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildOKButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCancelButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildHelpButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildApplyButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildSaveButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCloseButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogVBox) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogActionArea) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildComboEntry) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildComboList) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildFontSelection) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildColorSelection) +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeAppDock) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeAppBar) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeDruidVBox) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeEntry) +-#endif +- ) +- { +- return _("The widget is created automatically as part of the parent widget, and it can't be deleted."); +- } +- } +- +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* Called when a GbWidget is destroyed so the editor can remove any references +- to it. */ +-void +-editor_on_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +-#if 0 +- const char *name = gtk_widget_get_name (widget); +- g_print ("In editor_on_widget_destroyed: %s\n", name ? name : "NULL"); +-#endif +- +- if (mouse_over_widget == widget) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print (" resetting mouse_over_widget to NULL\n"); +-#endif +- mouse_over_widget = NULL; +- } +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidget.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,4434 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#include <gnome.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "editor.h" +-#include "gb.h" +-#include "gbwidget.h" +-#include "glade.h" +-#include "glade_atk.h" +-#include "glade_gnome.h" +-#include "glade_gtk12lib.h" +-#include "glade_plugin.h" +-#include "glade_project.h" +-#include "load.h" +-#include "palette.h" +-#include "property.h" +-#include "save.h" +-#include "tree.h" +-#include "utils.h" +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#include "glade_gnomelib.h" +-#endif +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME_DB +-#include "glade_gnomedblib.h" +-#endif +- +-/* +- * The hash table associates a Gtk widget class name with a GbWidget struct, +- * which contains a table of functions used by the builder, e.g. creating a +- * new widget, saving the widget etc. +- */ +-static GHashTable *gb_widget_table = NULL; +- +-/* Tooltips for the created widgets */ +-static GtkTooltips *gb_widget_tooltips; +- +- +-/* This is the GTK+ stock id string, used in GtkImageMenuItem widgets. */ +-const gchar *GladeMenuItemStockIDKey = "GladeMenuItemStockIDKey"; +- +-/* This is the old Gnome stock index key. */ +-const gchar *GladeMenuItemStockIndexKey = "GladeMenuItemStockIndexKey"; +- +-/* This is the key we use to store the stock icon name or full pathname. */ +-const gchar *GladeIconKey = "GladeIconKey"; +- +-/* This is used to save a pointer to the GladeWidgetInfo inside a widget while +- loading, so we can resolve ATK relations afterwards. */ +-const gchar *GladeWidgetInfoKey = "GladeWidgetInfoKey"; +- +- +-static void gb_widget_init_widget_lib (GladePaletteSectionData *sections); +- +-static void on_widget_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +- +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +-static void show_color_properties (GdkColor colors[], +- gchar * name); +-#endif +-static void show_accelerators (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data); +-static void show_signals (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data); +- +-static void set_standard_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data); +-static void set_position_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data); +-static void set_special_child_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data); +-static void set_lang_specific_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data); +-#if 0 +-static void apply_style (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data); +-static gboolean apply_colors (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- GdkColor colors[], +- GdkColor new_colors[], +- gchar * name); +-#endif +-static void apply_accelerators (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data); +-static void apply_signals (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data); +- +-static void add_standard_top_menu_items (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data); +-static void add_standard_bottom_menu_items (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data); +- +-static void get_standard_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data); +- +-static void get_position_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data); +-static void get_lang_specific_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data); +- +-static void save_accelerators (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data); +-static void save_signals (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data); +- +- +-static void gb_widget_add_alignment (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget); +-static void gb_widget_remove_alignment (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget); +-static void gb_widget_add_event_box (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget); +-static void gb_widget_remove_event_box (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget); +-static void gb_widget_redisplay_window (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget); +-static void gb_widget_add_scrolled_window (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget); +-static void gb_widget_remove_scrolled_window (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget); +- +-static void table_foreach (GtkTable * table, +- GtkCallback callback, +- gpointer callback_data); +-static void box_foreach (GtkBox *box, +- GtkCallback callback, +- gpointer callback_data); +- +-static gint find_notebook_page (GtkNotebook * notebook, +- GtkWidget * current_child, +- GtkWidget **page, +- GtkWidget **tab_label); +- +- +-/* These aren't included in the Bonobo headers, so we declare them here to +- avoid warnings. */ +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-void bonobo_dock_item_get_floating_position (BonoboDockItem *item, +- gint *x, gint *y); +-gboolean bonobo_dock_item_detach (BonoboDockItem *item, gint x, gint y); +-#endif +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Initialization functions +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-void +-gb_widgets_init () +-{ +- gb_widget_table = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +- gb_widget_reset_gb_styles (); +-#endif +- +- /* Create tooltips */ +- gb_widget_tooltips = gtk_tooltips_new (); +- +- gb_widget_init_widget_lib (get_gtk_widgets()); +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- gb_widget_init_widget_lib (get_gnome_widgets()); +-#endif +-#ifdef USE_GNOME_DB +- gb_widget_init_widget_lib (get_gnome_db_widgets()); +-#endif +- +- glade_plugin_load_plugins (); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_widget_init_widget_lib (GladePaletteSectionData *sections) +-{ +- gint index, j; +- GladeWidgetInitData *gwid; +- GladePaletteSectionData *palsec; +- GbWidget *(*init_func) (); +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- +- index = 0; +- while (1) +- { +- j = 0; +- palsec = §ions[index]; +- index++; +- if (!palsec->section) +- break; +- while (1) +- { +- gwid = &palsec->widgets[j]; +- j++; +- if (!gwid->name) +- break; +- init_func = gwid->init_func; +- gbwidget = (*init_func) (); +- gb_widget_register_gbwidget (gwid->name, gbwidget); +- palette_add_gbwidget (gbwidget, palsec->section, gwid->name); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Adds a GbWidget to the hash of known GbWidgets. The class_id is copied. */ +-void +-gb_widget_register_gbwidget (const gchar *class_id, +- GbWidget *gbwidget) +-{ +- gbwidget->class_id = g_strdup (class_id); +- g_hash_table_insert (gb_widget_table, gbwidget->class_id, gbwidget); +-} +- +- +-/* This returns the GbWidget struct corresponding to the given class name. */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_widget_lookup_class (const gchar *class_id) +-{ +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- +- gbwidget = (GbWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_widget_table, class_id); +- +- return gbwidget; +-} +- +- +-/* This returns the GbWidget struct corresponding to the given widget. */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_widget_lookup (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- +- if (!wdata) { +- const gchar *class_name; +- +- MSG ("Widget has no associated GladeWidgetData"); +- +- /* Fall back to the original way we used to get the GbWidget*, since +- some widgets currently don't have a GladeWidgetData attached. */ +- class_name = gtk_type_name (GTK_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)); +- return (GbWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_widget_table, class_name); +- } +- +- return wdata->gbwidget; +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-gb_widget_get_class_id (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (widget); +- +- if (gbwidget) +- return gbwidget->class_id; +- else +- return (char*) gtk_type_name (GTK_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_init_struct (GbWidget * gbwidget) +-{ +- gbwidget->pixmap_struct = NULL; +- gbwidget->class_id = NULL; +- gbwidget->gdkpixmap = NULL; +- gbwidget->mask = NULL; +- gbwidget->tooltip = NULL; +- gbwidget->pixbuf = NULL; +- gbwidget->properties_page_number = GB_PROPERTIES_NOT_CREATED; +- gbwidget->child_properties_page_number = GB_PROPERTIES_NOT_CREATED; +- +- gbwidget->gb_widget_new = NULL; +- gbwidget->gb_widget_create_from_widget = NULL; +- +- gbwidget->gb_widget_create_properties = NULL; +- gbwidget->gb_widget_get_properties = NULL; +- gbwidget->gb_widget_set_properties = NULL; +- +- gbwidget->gb_widget_add_child = NULL; +- gbwidget->gb_widget_get_child = NULL; +- +- gbwidget->gb_widget_create_child_properties = NULL; +- gbwidget->gb_widget_get_child_properties = NULL; +- gbwidget->gb_widget_set_child_properties = NULL; +- +- gbwidget->gb_widget_write_add_child_source = NULL; +- +- gbwidget->gb_widget_create_popup_menu = NULL; +- +- gbwidget->gb_widget_write_source = NULL; +- +- gbwidget->gb_widget_destroy = NULL; +-} +- +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Functions for creating & destroying GbWidgets +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-GtkWidget * +-gb_widget_new (const gchar * class_id, GtkWidget * parent) +-{ +- return gb_widget_new_full (class_id, TRUE, parent, NULL, 0, 0, NULL, +- GB_CREATING, NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* Creates a new widget. +- * class_id is the name of the widget class, e.g. 'GtkLabel' +- * create_default_name is TRUE if you want a default name to be created, +- * e.g. 'label1'. +- * parent is the widget that the new widget will be added beneath, so that +- * the callback function knows where to put the widget. +- * current_child is the widget that the new widget will replace, or NULL +- * if the new widget is just being added. It is used when replacing +- * placeholders. +- * x & y are the coordinates of the new widget if it is being added to a +- * GtkFixed container. +- * callback is the function to call once the widget is created to actually +- * add it to the parent. Some widgets require dialog boxes for creating +- * them (e.g. the dialog box to set the number of rows/cols in a table). +- * So we need to provide a function to be called after this is done +- * (we could have possibly chosen to use modal dialogs instead.) +- * action is either GB_CREATING or GB_LOADING. When loading widgets we don't +- * want dialog boxes to pop up when they are being created. +- * loading_data is set when action is GB_LOADING, and contains the data used +- * while loading, so that the GbWidgets can get any properties they need to +- * create the widget without popping up a dialog box. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_widget_new_full (const gchar * class_id, gboolean create_default_name, +- GtkWidget * parent, GtkWidget * current_child, +- gint x, gint y, GbWidgetNewCallback callback, +- GbWidgetAction action, GbWidgetSetArgData * loading_data) +-{ +- GbWidgetNewData *data; +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- GType type; +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup_class (class_id); +- g_return_val_if_fail (gbwidget != NULL, NULL); +- +- /* Note that for custom widgets this won't be found, and so will be 0. */ +- type = g_type_from_name (class_id); +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Class Name: %s Type: %i\n", class_id, type); +-#endif +- +- data = g_new (GbWidgetNewData, 1); +- /* Don't set data->name to NULL, since many widgets use it to set the label +- of the new widget. */ +- data->project = current_project; +- data->name = create_default_name ? glade_project_new_widget_name (data->project, class_id) : g_strdup (""); +- data->callback = callback; +- data->parent = parent; +- if (parent) { +- gtk_widget_ref (parent); +- if (!gb_widget_lookup (parent)) +- MSG2 ("Registering unknown widget '%s' as parent of '%s'", +- G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), class_id); +- } +- data->current_child = current_child; +- if (current_child) +- gtk_widget_ref (current_child); +- data->x = x; +- data->y = y; +- data->widget_data = glade_widget_data_new (gbwidget); +- data->action = action; +- data->loading_data = loading_data; +- +- if (gbwidget->gb_widget_new) +- new_widget = (gbwidget->gb_widget_new) (data); +- else if (type != 0) +- new_widget = gtk_widget_new (type, NULL); +- else +- g_return_val_if_fail ((new_widget = NULL), NULL); +- +- /* If the widget has been created immediately, then we can finish it off now, +- and free the GbWidgetNewData struct, otherwise we leave that to the +- dialog. */ +- if (new_widget) +- { +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- if (data->callback) +- (*data->callback) (new_widget, data); +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- } +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +-static void +-gb_widget_real_initialize (GtkWidget * widget, GladeWidgetData * wdata) +-{ +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata->gbwidget != NULL); +- +- /* Make sure GtkMenu widgets have visible set to FALSE. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget) && wdata) +- wdata->flags &= ~GLADE_VISIBLE; +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY, wdata); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_widget_destroy), NULL); +- +- editor_add_mouse_signals (widget); +- editor_add_draw_signals (widget); +- editor_add_key_signals (widget); +- +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget)) +- gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (widget), +- glade_get_global_accel_group ()); +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- /* FIXME: GnomeLibs 1.0.1 workaround - floating GnomeDockItem's don't work +- properly if we show them before adding to the GnomeDock. */ +- if (!GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && !GTK_IS_MENU (widget) +- && !BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (widget)) +- gtk_widget_show (widget); +-#else +- if (!GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && !GTK_IS_MENU (widget)) +- gtk_widget_show (widget); +-#endif +-} +- +-/* This turns a normal widget into a GbWidget, adding a GladeWidgetData struct +- and the necessary signals. The widget must have its parent set already. +- If name is non-NULL, the widget's name will be set to the name with a +- unique ID added on to it, e.g. "ok_button1". +- NOTE: when loading, you should not create the names of any widgets, +- since it may clash with a widget loaded later. Instead leave the name as +- NULL. glade_project_ensure_widgets_named () will be called after the +- project is loaded, and any widgets without names will have names +- generated for them. */ +-void +-gb_widget_create_from (GtkWidget *widget, +- const gchar *name) +-{ +- gb_widget_create_from_full (widget, name, NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_create_from_full (GtkWidget *widget, +- const gchar *name, +- GladeWidgetData *wdata) +-{ +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- const char *class_id; +- +- MSG1 ("In create_from, widget name: %s", gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +- if (name) +- { +- char *wname = glade_project_new_widget_name (current_project, name); +- gtk_widget_set_name (widget, wname); +- g_free (wname); +- } +- +- if (GLADE_IS_CUSTOM_WIDGET (widget)) +- class_id = "Custom"; +- else +- class_id = gtk_type_name (GTK_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)); +- +- gbwidget = (GbWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_widget_table, class_id); +- g_return_if_fail (gbwidget != NULL); +- +- if (!wdata) +- wdata = glade_widget_data_new (gbwidget); +- gb_widget_real_initialize (widget, wdata); +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (gbwidget != NULL); +- +- /* Call any function the GbWidget has for setting up the widget to be used +- within Glade. */ +- if (gbwidget->gb_widget_create_from_widget) +- { +- GbWidgetCreateFromData data; +- +- data.project = current_project; +- (gbwidget->gb_widget_create_from_widget) (widget, &data); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_initialize (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- if (data->name && data->name[0] != '\0') +- gtk_widget_set_name (widget, data->name); +- gb_widget_real_initialize (widget, data->widget_data); +- +- /* Now we set the widget's real style */ +- /* FIXME: check if style should be propagated down from an ancestor? */ +-#if 0 +- if (widget->style != data->widget_data->gbstyle->style) +- { +- gtk_widget_set_style (widget, data->widget_data->gbstyle->style); +- } +-#endif +- +- /* FIXME: GTK workarounds to make sure that some widgets have reasonable +- sizes initially. Quite a few widgets default to a width and height of 0, +- which means that if there is little space available they will disappear, +- so we may need to do more here. */ +- if (GTK_IS_ARROW (widget)) +- gtk_widget_set_usize (widget, 16, 16); +- +- /* Set this to NULL so we don't try to free it later. */ +- data->widget_data = NULL; +-} +- +-/* This returns TRUE if it is OK to complete the new() procedure, i.e. that +- the widget to replace or the parent widget still exist. It is used after +- the OK button is pressed in the dialog boxes for creating new tables/boxes. +- FIXME: I'm not too sure what we should do here. */ +-gboolean +-gb_widget_can_finish_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- if (data->current_child) +- { +- if (data->current_child->parent == NULL) +- return FALSE; +- } +- else if (data->parent) +- { +- if (data->parent->parent == NULL && !GTK_IS_WINDOW (data->parent)) +- return FALSE; +- } +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_free_new_data (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- g_free (data->name); +- g_free (data->widget_data); +- if (data->parent) +- gtk_widget_unref (data->parent); +- if (data->current_child) +- gtk_widget_unref (data->current_child); +- g_free (data); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_widget_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- GladeWidgetData *widget_data; +- GbWidgetDestroyData data; +- +- MSG1 ("IN on_widget_destroy widget:%s", gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +- +- /* Make sure we don't try to show its properties after it is destroyed. */ +- if (property_get_widget () == widget) +- property_set_widget (NULL); +- +- /* If the entire project is being destroyed, we don't need to update the +- selection or the widget tree. */ +- if (!(GTK_OBJECT_FLAGS (current_project) & GTK_IN_DESTRUCTION)) +- { +- editor_remove_widget_from_selection (widget); +- tree_remove_widget (widget); +- } +- +- editor_on_widget_destroyed (widget); +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (gbwidget != NULL); +- +- /* Call the GbWidget destroy function, if it has one. */ +- data.project = current_project; +- if (gbwidget->gb_widget_destroy) +- (gbwidget->gb_widget_destroy) (widget, &data); +- +- widget_data = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- +- /* Release the ID. */ +- if (widget->name) +- glade_project_release_widget_name (current_project, widget->name); +- +- glade_widget_data_free (widget_data); +- +- g_free (gb_widget_get_child_name (widget)); +- +- MSG1 ("OUT on_widget_destroy widget:%s", gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Functions for getting/setting the child name of a widget. +- * The child name is used to identify special widgets which have to +- * be treated differently. e.g. Dialog buttons. +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-static const gchar *glade_child_name_key = "glade-child-name"; +-static GQuark glade_child_name_key_id = 0; +- +- +-/* Returns the child name of the widget. */ +-gchar* +-gb_widget_get_child_name (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- if (!glade_child_name_key_id) +- glade_child_name_key_id = g_quark_from_static_string (glade_child_name_key); +- return gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- glade_child_name_key_id); +-} +- +- +-/* Sets the child name of the widget. The child_name string is duplicated. */ +-void +-gb_widget_set_child_name (GtkWidget *widget, const gchar *child_name) +-{ +- if (!glade_child_name_key_id) +- glade_child_name_key_id = g_quark_from_static_string (glade_child_name_key); +- /* Free any existing child name. */ +- g_free (gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- glade_child_name_key_id)); +- gtk_object_set_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), glade_child_name_key_id, +- g_strdup (child_name)); +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Functions for creating the page of properties specific to this widget +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-/* Returns the page number of the new page in the notebook which contains the +- widget's specific properties, or GB_PROPERTIES_NOT_NEEDED if it has none. */ +-gint +-gb_widget_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *page; +- gint page_number; +- GbWidgetCreateArgData data; +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- gboolean add_border_width = FALSE; +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (widget); +- g_return_val_if_fail (gbwidget != NULL, GB_PROPERTIES_NOT_NEEDED); +- +- /* We always create the border width property, but hide it when it isn't +- needed. Some specific widgets don't need it, e.g. GtkDialog action areas. +- */ +- /*if (glade_util_uses_border_width (widget))*/ +- add_border_width = TRUE; +- +- if (gbwidget->gb_widget_create_properties || add_border_width) +- { +- /* Create skeleton of properties page, so gbwidget just has to add +- properties */ +- page = gtk_table_new (1, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (page), 1); +- gtk_widget_show (page); +- page_number = property_add_gbwidget_page (page); +- property_set_table_position (page, 0); +- +- /* If widget is a container add a border width property */ +- if (add_border_width) +- { +- gchar *class_id, buf[128]; +- +- class_id = gb_widget_get_class_id (widget); +- sprintf (buf, "%s::border_width", class_id); +- property_add_int_range (buf, _("Border Width:"), +- _("The width of the border around the container"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- } +- +- data.project = current_project; +- if (gbwidget->gb_widget_create_properties) +- (gbwidget->gb_widget_create_properties) (widget, &data); +- return page_number; +- } +- else +- { +- return GB_PROPERTIES_NOT_NEEDED; +- } +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Functions for creating the page of place properties specific to this +- * widget. +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-/* Returns the page number of the new page in the notebook which contains the +- widget's properties which applt to any children of the widget, +- or GB_PROPERTIES_NOT_NEEDED if no extra properties are needed for its +- children. */ +-gint +-gb_widget_create_child_properties (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- static GHashTable *page_hash_table = NULL; +- +- GtkWidget *page; +- gint page_number; +- GbWidgetCreateChildArgData data; +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- +- /* Create a hash table to contain functions already called to create child +- packing properties together with the page numbers they returned. +- This lets us use the same functions for multiple widgets, e.g. GtkHBox +- and GtkVBox, GtkHPaned and GtkVPaned. */ +- if (page_hash_table == NULL) +- page_hash_table = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL); +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (widget); +- g_return_val_if_fail (gbwidget != NULL, GB_PROPERTIES_NOT_NEEDED); +- +- if (gbwidget->gb_widget_create_child_properties) +- { +- /* First see if the function has already been called. Note that the +- page numbers in the hash have 1 added to them so we can detect empty +- values (they won't clash with page 0). */ +- /* FIXME: ANSI forbids casting function pointer to data pointer. */ +- page_number = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_hash_table_lookup (page_hash_table, (gconstpointer) gbwidget->gb_widget_create_child_properties)); +- if (page_number) +- return page_number - 1; +- +- /* Create skeleton of properties page, so gbwidget just has to add +- properties */ +- page = gtk_table_new (10, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_widget_show (page); +- page_number = property_add_child_packing_page (page); +- /* FIXME: ANSI forbids casting function pointer to data pointer. */ +- g_hash_table_insert (page_hash_table, +- (gpointer) gbwidget->gb_widget_create_child_properties, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (page_number + 1)); +- property_set_table_position (page, 0); +- +- data.project = current_project; +- (gbwidget->gb_widget_create_child_properties) (widget, &data); +- return page_number; +- } +- else +- { +- return GB_PROPERTIES_NOT_NEEDED; +- } +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Functions for showing the widget's properties +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-void +-gb_widget_show_properties (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GbWidgetGetArgData data; +- GbWidget *gbwidget, *parent_gbwidget = NULL; +- GladeWidgetData *widget_data; +- gint page, child_packing_page; +- +- /* If properties of widget are already shown, just return */ +- if (property_get_widget () == widget) +- return; +- +- /* If widget is a placeholder reset the properties window and return */ +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- { +- property_set_widget (NULL); +- return; +- } +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (gbwidget != NULL); +- +- /* Turn off auto-apply so we can set properties without the 'changed' +- callbacks calling gb_widget_apply_properties (). */ +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- +- /* Need this here to make sure properties notebook is sensitive */ +- property_set_widget (widget); +- +- page = gbwidget->properties_page_number; +- /* If widget's properties page hasn't been created, create it now */ +- if (page == GB_PROPERTIES_NOT_CREATED) +- { +- page = gb_widget_create_properties (widget); +- gbwidget->properties_page_number = page; +- } +- +- /* Show the widget's own properties page if it has one. +- Need to show the page before setting properties because of the +- Text widget - it must be realized before setting the text :-( */ +- if (page == GB_PROPERTIES_NOT_NEEDED) +- property_hide_gbwidget_page (); +- else +- property_show_gbwidget_page (page); +- +- /* Now see if the parent has child packing properties that need to be +- created or shown. */ +- if (widget->parent) +- { +- parent_gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (widget->parent); +- +- /* parent_gbwidget may be NULL, e.g. for GnomeDockItems. */ +- if (parent_gbwidget) +- { +- child_packing_page = parent_gbwidget->child_properties_page_number; +- /* If widget's properties page hasn't been created, create it now */ +- if (child_packing_page == GB_PROPERTIES_NOT_CREATED) +- { +- child_packing_page = gb_widget_create_child_properties (widget->parent); +- parent_gbwidget->child_properties_page_number = child_packing_page; +- } +- +- if (child_packing_page == GB_PROPERTIES_NOT_NEEDED) +- property_hide_child_packing_page (); +- else +- property_show_child_packing_page (child_packing_page); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- property_hide_child_packing_page (); +- } +- +- widget_data = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (widget_data != NULL); +- data.project = current_project; +- data.action = GB_SHOWING; +- data.widget_data = widget_data; +- data.widget = widget; +- +- get_standard_properties (widget, &data); +- +- if (gbwidget->gb_widget_get_properties) +- (gbwidget->gb_widget_get_properties) (widget, &data); +- +- if (parent_gbwidget && parent_gbwidget->gb_widget_get_child_properties) +- (parent_gbwidget->gb_widget_get_child_properties) (widget->parent, widget, +- &data); +- +- /* Turn auto-apply back on again */ +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +-} +- +- +-/* This is called when the widget's size or position has changed, so that we +- should update the values shown in the properties editor. */ +-void +-gb_widget_show_position_properties (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GbWidgetGetArgData data; +- GladeWidgetData *widget_data; +- +- /* Make sure this is the widget shown in the properties editor. */ +- if (property_get_widget () != widget) +- return; +- +- widget_data = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (widget_data != NULL); +- data.project = current_project; +- data.action = GB_SHOWING; +- data.widget_data = widget_data; +- +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- get_position_properties (widget, &data); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +-} +- +- +- +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +-void +-gb_widget_show_style (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- GbStyle *gbstyle; +- GtkStyle *style = widget->style; +- gchar buffer[128]; +- gint i; +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- gbstyle = wdata->gbstyle; +- +- property_set_bool (GbStylePropagate, wdata->flags & GLADE_STYLE_PROPAGATE); +- +- property_set_dialog (GbStyleName, wdata->flags & GLADE_STYLE_IS_UNNAMED ? +- "" : gbstyle->name, NULL); +- property_set_font (GbStyleFont, style->font, gbstyle->xlfd_fontname); +- +- /* Colors */ +- show_color_properties (style->fg, "fg"); +- show_color_properties (style->bg, "bg"); +- show_color_properties (style->text, "text"); +- show_color_properties (style->base, "base"); +- +- /* Background pixmaps */ +- for (i = 0; i < GB_NUM_STYLE_STATES; i++) +- { +- sprintf (buffer, "GtkStyle::%s[%s]", GbBgPixmapName, GbStateNames[i]); +- property_set_bgpixmap (buffer, style->bg_pixmap[i], +- gbstyle->bg_pixmap_filenames[i]); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_color_properties (GdkColor colors[], gchar * name) +-{ +- gint state; +- gchar buf[128]; +- +- for (state = 0; state < GB_NUM_STYLE_STATES; state++) +- { +- sprintf (buf, "GtkStyle::%s[%s]", name, GbStateNames[state]); +- property_set_color (buf, &colors[state]); +- } +-} +-#endif +- +- +-static void +-show_accelerators (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GList *element = data->widget_data->accelerators; +- property_clear_accelerators (); +- while (element) +- { +- property_add_accelerator ((GladeAccelerator *) element->data); +- element = element->next; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_signals (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GList *element = data->widget_data->signals; +- property_clear_signals (); +- MSG1 ("Num signals: %i", g_list_length (element)); +- while (element) +- { +- property_add_signal ((GladeSignal *) element->data); +- element = element->next; +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Functions for applying properties to a widget +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-void +-gb_widget_apply_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * property) +-{ +- GbWidgetSetArgData data; +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- GladeWidgetData *widget_data; +- +- MSG1 ("Applying properties: %s", gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (gbwidget != NULL); +- +- widget_data = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (widget_data != NULL); +- +- data.project = current_project; +- data.action = GB_APPLYING; +- data.widget_data = widget_data; +- data.widget = widget; +- data.property_to_apply = property; +- +- set_standard_properties (widget, &data); +- +- MSG ("Calling widget's own apply_properties"); +- if (gbwidget->gb_widget_set_properties) +- (gbwidget->gb_widget_set_properties) (widget, &data); +- MSG ("Called widget's own apply_properties"); +-} +- +- +-/* Copies the signals from the GladeWidgetInfo into a list of GladeSignal +- structs. */ +-static GList* +-copy_signals (GbWidgetSetArgData * data, GladeWidgetInfo *widget_info) +-{ +- GList *signals = NULL; +- GladeSignalInfo *signal_info; +- gint i; +- +- signal_info = widget_info->signals; +- for (i = 0; i < widget_info->n_signals; i++) +- { +- GladeSignal *signal = g_new0 (GladeSignal, 1); +- +- signal->name = g_strdup (signal_info[i].name); +- signal->handler = g_strdup (signal_info[i].handler); +- signal->object = g_strdup (signal_info[i].object); +- signal->after = signal_info[i].after ? TRUE : FALSE; +- signal->data = NULL; /* Not supported anymore. */ +- signal->last_modification_time = load_parse_date (data, signal_info[i].last_modification_time); +- +- if (data->status == GLADE_STATUS_INVALID_VALUE) +- { +- g_warning ("Invalid date value: %s", signal_info[i].last_modification_time); +- data->status = GLADE_STATUS_OK; +- } +- +- signals = g_list_prepend (signals, signal); +- } +- +- /* Reverse the list so it stays in the original order. */ +- return g_list_reverse (signals); +-} +- +- +-/* Copies the accelerators from the GladeWidgetInfo into a list of +- GladeAccelerator structs. */ +-static GList* +-copy_accels (GladeWidgetInfo *widget_info) +-{ +- GList *accels = NULL; +- GladeAccelInfo *accel_info; +- gint i; +- +- accel_info = widget_info->accels; +- for (i = 0; i < widget_info->n_accels; i++) +- { +- GladeAccelerator *accel = g_new0 (GladeAccelerator, 1); +- +- accel->key = g_strdup (gdk_keyval_name (accel_info[i].key)); +- accel->modifiers = accel_info[i].modifiers; +- accel->signal = g_strdup (accel_info[i].signal); +- +- accels = g_list_prepend (accels, accel); +- } +- +- /* Reverse the list so it stays in the original order. */ +- return g_list_reverse (accels); +-} +- +- +-static void +-set_standard_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata = data->widget_data; +- gchar *name, *tooltip, *events_str, *ext_events; +- gboolean visible, sensitive, can_default, has_default, can_focus, has_focus; +- gint events, i; +- +- /* Properties on widget page */ +- /* When pasting, we may want to discard the names from the XML, and generate +- a new name instead. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- if (data->xml_buffer && data->discard_names) +- { +- gchar *class_id = gb_widget_get_class_id (widget); +- name = glade_project_new_widget_name (data->project, class_id); +- gtk_widget_set_name (widget, name); +- g_free (name); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_widget_set_name (widget, data->widget_info->name); +- } +- +- if (glade_util_is_component (widget)) +- glade_project_component_changed (data->project, widget); +- +- /* We have to check if the name has a trailing ID and if so we reserve +- it so no other widget can use it. */ +- glade_project_reserve_name (data->project, gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +- } +- else +- { +- name = gb_widget_input_string (data, GbName); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- tree_rename_widget (widget, name); +- gtk_widget_set_name (widget, name); +- property_update_title (); +- +- /* If widget is a toplevel window/dialog set the component's name in +- the project window */ +- if (glade_util_is_component (widget)) +- glade_project_component_changed (data->project, widget); +- } +- } +- +- /* If widget is a container, show the border width */ +- if (glade_util_uses_border_width (widget)) +- { +- gchar buf[128]; +- gint border_width; +- gchar *class_id; +- +- class_id = gb_widget_get_class_id (widget); +- sprintf (buf, "%s::border_width", class_id); +- border_width = gb_widget_input_int (data, buf); +- if (data->apply && GTK_CONTAINER (widget)->border_width != border_width) +- { +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), +- border_width); +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- editor_refresh_widget (widget); +- } +- } +- +- /* Language-specific properties. */ +- set_lang_specific_properties (widget, data); +- +- /* Special child properties page */ +- set_special_child_properties (widget, data); +- +- /* Properties on standard page */ +- set_position_properties (widget, data); +- +- /* Visible property. Note that we create widgets with visible set to TRUE +- by default, but the property is FALSE by default in the XML file. So +- when loading we make sure we set the flag to the appropriate value. */ +- visible = gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbVisible); +- if (data->apply || data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- if (!data->apply) +- visible = FALSE; +- if (visible) +- wdata->flags |= GLADE_VISIBLE; +- else +- wdata->flags &= ~GLADE_VISIBLE; +- } +- +- sensitive = gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbSensitive); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (sensitive) +- wdata->flags |= GLADE_SENSITIVE; +- else +- wdata->flags &= ~GLADE_SENSITIVE; +- } +- +- tooltip = gb_widget_input_string (data, GbTooltip); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- g_free (wdata->tooltip); +- if (tooltip && tooltip[0] == '\0') +- tooltip = NULL; +- wdata->tooltip = g_strdup (tooltip); +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: toolitems have a special function. */ +- if (GTK_IS_TOOL_ITEM (widget)) +- gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (widget), +- gb_widget_tooltips, tooltip, NULL); +- else +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (gb_widget_tooltips, widget, tooltip, NULL); +- } +- +- can_default = gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbCanDefault); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (can_default) +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- else +- GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- editor_refresh_widget (widget); +- } +- +- has_default = gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbHasDefault); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (has_default) +- wdata->flags |= GLADE_GRAB_DEFAULT; +- else +- wdata->flags &= ~GLADE_GRAB_DEFAULT; +- } +- +- /* Different widgets have different default values for CAN_FOCUS, so when +- we load an XML file we must make sure that we always set it or unset it. +- Also, since we don't save the can_focus flag if it is false, we must make +- sure that we apply it anyway when loading. */ +- can_focus = gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbCanFocus); +- if (!data->apply) +- can_focus = FALSE; +- if (data->apply || data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- if (can_focus) +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS); +- else +- GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS); +- } +- has_focus = gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbHasFocus); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (has_focus) +- wdata->flags |= GLADE_GRAB_FOCUS; +- else +- wdata->flags &= ~GLADE_GRAB_FOCUS; +- } +- +- /* Events & ext events. */ +- if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget)) +- { +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- { +- events = property_events_string_to_value (gb_widget_input_string (data, +- GbEvents)); +- if (data->apply) +- wdata->events = events; +- } +- else +- { +- events_str = gb_widget_input_string (data, GbEvents); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT; i++) +- { +- if (glade_util_strstr (events_str, GbEventMaskSymbols[i])) +- wdata->events |= GbEventMaskValues[i]; +- } +- } +- } +- +- ext_events = gb_widget_input_choice (data, GbExtEvents); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; GbExtensionModeChoices[i]; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (ext_events, GbExtensionModeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (ext_events, GbExtensionModeSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_widget_set_extension_events (widget, GbExtensionModeValues +- [i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- { +-#if 0 +- apply_style (widget, data); +-#endif +- apply_accelerators (widget, data); +- apply_signals (widget, data); +- +- glade_atk_set_properties (widget, data); +- } +- else +- { +- data->widget_data->signals = copy_signals (data, data->widget_info); +- data->widget_data->accelerators = copy_accels (data->widget_info); +- +- /* ATK properties are loaded later, after all widgets are created. */ +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-set_special_child_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *parent = widget->parent; +- GbWidget *gbparent; +- +- if (!parent) +- return; +- +- /* When pasting a widget to replace an existing widget, the child properties +- will already have been set, so we just return. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING && data->xml_buffer && data->replacing_widget) +- return; +- +- gbparent = gb_widget_lookup (parent); +- if (!gbparent) +- { +- MSG1 ("Unknown parent type %s", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent)); +- } +- +- /* Tell the load functions to use the child properties array. */ +- data->loading_type = GB_CHILD_PROPERTIES; +- +- if (gbparent && gbparent->gb_widget_set_child_properties) +- { +- (gbparent->gb_widget_set_child_properties) (parent, widget, data); +- } +- +- data->loading_type = GB_STANDARD_PROPERTIES; +-} +- +- +-static void +-set_position_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata = data->widget_data; +- gint w, h; +- gboolean applyWidth, applyHeight; +- gboolean set_usize = FALSE; +- +- w = gb_widget_input_int (data, GbWidth); +- applyWidth = data->apply; +- h = gb_widget_input_int (data, GbHeight); +- applyHeight = data->apply; +- +- /* When loading we need to remember which values have been set explicitly. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- if (applyWidth) +- wdata->flags |= GLADE_WIDTH_SET; +- if (applyHeight) +- wdata->flags |= GLADE_HEIGHT_SET; +- } +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In set_position_properties X:%i Y:%i W:%i H:%i\n", x, y, w, h); +-#endif +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget)) +- { +- if (applyWidth && wdata->width != w) +- { +- wdata->width = w; +- set_usize = TRUE; +- } +- if (applyHeight && wdata->height != h) +- { +- wdata->height = h; +- set_usize = TRUE; +- } +- +- if (set_usize) +- { +- gint w = wdata->flags & GLADE_WIDTH_SET ? wdata->width : -1; +- gint h = wdata->flags & GLADE_HEIGHT_SET ? wdata->height : -1; +- gb_widget_set_usize (widget, w, h); +- } +- } +- else if (widget->parent && (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent) +- || GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget->parent))) +- { +- /* When pasting a widget to replace an existing widget, the size & +- position will be set in the replace_child function. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING && data->xml_buffer +- && data->replacing_widget) +- { +- return; +- } +- +- +- if (applyWidth && wdata->width != w) +- { +- wdata->width = w; +- set_usize = TRUE; +- } +- if (applyHeight && wdata->height != h) +- { +- wdata->height = h; +- set_usize = TRUE; +- } +- if (set_usize) +- gb_widget_set_usize (widget, wdata->width, wdata->height); +- } +- else +- { +- if (applyWidth && wdata->width != w) +- { +- wdata->width = w; +- set_usize = TRUE; +- } +- if (applyHeight && wdata->height != h) +- { +- wdata->height = h; +- set_usize = TRUE; +- } +- +- if (set_usize) +- { +- gint w = wdata->flags & GLADE_WIDTH_SET ? wdata->width : -1; +- gint h = wdata->flags & GLADE_HEIGHT_SET ? wdata->height : -1; +- gb_widget_set_usize (widget, w, h); +- } +- MSG2 ("*** Width set:%i Height set:%i", wdata->flags & GLADE_WIDTH_SET, +- wdata->flags & GLADE_HEIGHT_SET); +- } +-} +- +- +-#if 0 +-static void +-apply_style (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata = data->widget_data; +- GtkStyle *style = widget->style, *old_style = NULL; +- GbStyle *gbstyle = wdata->gbstyle, *new_gbstyle; +- GdkFont *font = NULL; +- gchar *style_name, *xlfd_fontname; +- GdkColor fg[GB_NUM_STYLE_STATES]; +- GdkColor bg[GB_NUM_STYLE_STATES]; +- GdkColor text[GB_NUM_STYLE_STATES]; +- GdkColor base[GB_NUM_STYLE_STATES]; +- GdkPixmap *bg_pixmap[GB_NUM_STYLE_STATES]; +- gchar *bg_pixmap_filenames[GB_NUM_STYLE_STATES]; +- gint recreate = FALSE, redraw = FALSE, i; +- gchar buf[128], *filename; +- gboolean named_style; +- +- style_name = gb_widget_input_dialog (data, GbStyleName); +- named_style = (style_name[0] == '\0') ? FALSE : TRUE; +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (named_style) +- { +- new_gbstyle = (GbStyle *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_style_hash, style_name); +- g_return_if_fail (new_gbstyle != NULL); +- if (new_gbstyle != gbstyle) +- { +- gbstyle = new_gbstyle; +- gb_widget_set_gb_style (widget, gbstyle); +- wdata->flags &= ~GLADE_STYLE_IS_UNNAMED; +- redraw = TRUE; +- } +- } +- else +- { +- wdata->flags |= GLADE_STYLE_IS_UNNAMED; +- } +- } +- +- font = gb_widget_input_font (data, GbStyleFont, &xlfd_fontname); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (font != style->font) +- recreate = TRUE; +- } +- +- recreate |= apply_colors (widget, data, style->fg, fg, "fg"); +- recreate |= apply_colors (widget, data, style->bg, bg, "bg"); +- recreate |= apply_colors (widget, data, style->text, text, "text"); +- recreate |= apply_colors (widget, data, style->base, base, "base"); +- +- /* Background pixmaps */ +- for (i = 0; i < GB_NUM_STYLE_STATES; i++) +- { +- sprintf (buf, "GtkStyle::%s[%s]", GbBgPixmapName, GbStateNames[i]); +- bg_pixmap[i] = gb_widget_input_bgpixmap (data, buf, &filename); +- bg_pixmap_filenames[i] = filename; +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (bg_pixmap[i] != style->bg_pixmap[i]) +- recreate = TRUE; +- } +- } +- +- if (recreate) +- { +- old_style = style; +- +- /* If the widget is supposedly using an unnamed GbStyle, but currently is +- actually using a named GbStyle (for convenience), then we need to +- create a copy of the GbStyle and place our new style in it. */ +- if ((wdata->flags & GLADE_STYLE_IS_UNNAMED) && gbstyle->name) +- { +- gbstyle = gb_widget_copy_gb_style (gbstyle); +- g_free (gbstyle->name); +- gbstyle->name = NULL; +- } +- +- style = gtk_style_new (); +- for (i = 0; i < GB_NUM_STYLE_STATES; i++) +- { +- style->fg[i] = fg[i]; +- style->bg[i] = bg[i]; +- style->text[i] = text[i]; +- style->base[i] = base[i]; +- style->bg_pixmap[i] = bg_pixmap[i]; +- if (bg_pixmap[i]) +- gdk_pixmap_ref (bg_pixmap[i]); +- +- if (gbstyle->bg_pixmap_filenames[i] != bg_pixmap_filenames[i]) +- { +- g_free (gbstyle->bg_pixmap_filenames[i]); +- gbstyle->bg_pixmap_filenames[i] = g_strdup (bg_pixmap_filenames +- [i]); +- } +- } +- if (font) +- { +- gdk_font_unref (style->font); +- style->font = font; +- gdk_font_ref (style->font); +- } +- if (strcmp (gbstyle->xlfd_fontname, xlfd_fontname)) +- { +- g_free (gbstyle->xlfd_fontname); +- gbstyle->xlfd_fontname = g_strdup (xlfd_fontname); +- } +- +- gbstyle->style = style; +- gtk_style_ref (style); +- gb_widget_set_gb_style (widget, gbstyle); +- } +- +- +- /* If a named style has been changed/recreated we have to update all +- widget's that use it. */ +- if (recreate || redraw) +- { +- if (named_style) +- { +- gb_widget_update_gb_styles (gbstyle, gbstyle); +- } +- else +- { +- editor_refresh_widget (widget); +- } +- } +- +- if (old_style) +- gtk_style_unref (old_style); +-} +- +- +-/* This makes sure a widget's gbstyle & its style are up to date, and +- if the propagate flag is set it also updates any children. +- But it won't change a descendant's style if it has been set explicitly. +- FIXME: only propagates one level at present, and always sets child's style, +- even if it has a different GbStyle! */ +-void +-gb_widget_set_gb_style (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbStyle * gbstyle) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- +- if (!GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- { +- if (widget->style != gbstyle->style) +- gtk_widget_set_style (widget, gbstyle->style); +- } +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- if (wdata) +- { +- if (wdata->gbstyle != gbstyle) +- { +- gb_widget_unref_gb_style (wdata->gbstyle); +- wdata->gbstyle = gbstyle; +- gb_widget_ref_gb_style (gbstyle); +- } +- /* If propagate style flags is set, propagate style to children */ +- if (wdata->flags & GLADE_STYLE_PROPAGATE) +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, (GtkCallback) gb_widget_set_gb_style, +- gbstyle); +- } +-} +- +- +-static gboolean +-apply_colors (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data, GdkColor colors[], +- GdkColor new_colors[], gchar * name) +-{ +- gint state; +- gchar buf[128]; +- GdkColor *color; +- gboolean need_redraw = FALSE; +- +- for (state = 0; state < GB_NUM_STYLE_STATES; state++) +- { +- sprintf (buf, "GtkStyle::%s[%s]", name, GbStateNames[state]); +- +- color = gb_widget_input_color (data, buf); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- new_colors[state] = *color; +- if (!gdk_color_equal (&new_colors[state], &colors[state])) +- need_redraw = TRUE; +- } +- else +- { +- /* Copy the old values across. */ +- new_colors[state] = colors[state]; +- } +- } +- return need_redraw; +-} +-#endif +- +- +-/* Currently this frees all the GladeAccelerators and creates them from scratch */ +-static void +-apply_accelerators (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- +- if (data->property_to_apply == NULL +- || property_is_accel_clist (data->property_to_apply)) +- { +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- +- glade_widget_data_set_accels (wdata, property_get_accelerators ()); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Currently this frees all the GladeSignals and creates them from scratch. */ +-static void +-apply_signals (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- +- if (data->property_to_apply == NULL +- || property_is_signal_clist (data->property_to_apply)) +- { +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- +- glade_widget_data_set_signals (wdata, property_get_signals ()); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Functions for showing the popup context-sensitive menu of a widget +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-static void +-popup_done (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data) +-{ +- gtk_widget_destroy (widget); +-} +- +-void +-gb_widget_show_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEventButton * event) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menu = NULL; +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- const gchar *name; +- GtkWidget *menuitem, *ancestor, *submenu, *child; +- GbWidgetCreateMenuData data; +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (gbwidget != NULL); +- +- name = gtk_widget_get_name (widget); +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- name = "Placeholder"; +- +- menu = gtk_menu_new (); +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (name); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menuitem, FALSE); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- +- data.project = current_project; +- data.menu = menu; +- data.child = NULL; +- add_standard_top_menu_items (widget, &data); +- +- if (gbwidget->gb_widget_create_popup_menu) +- (gbwidget->gb_widget_create_popup_menu) (widget, &data); +- +- add_standard_bottom_menu_items (widget, &data); +- +- child = widget; +- ancestor = widget->parent; +- while (ancestor) +- { +- name = gtk_widget_get_name (ancestor); +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (ancestor)) +- name = "Placeholder"; +- +- /* Skip widgets which aren't GbWidgets */ +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (ancestor)) +- { +- /* Add a separator */ +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (name); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- +- /* Create submenu */ +- submenu = gtk_menu_new (); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), submenu); +- +- data.menu = submenu; +- data.child = child; +- add_standard_top_menu_items (ancestor, &data); +- +- /* Call ancestors function to add any menu items */ +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (ancestor); +- if (gbwidget != NULL && gbwidget->gb_widget_create_popup_menu) +- (gbwidget->gb_widget_create_popup_menu) (ancestor, &data); +- +- add_standard_bottom_menu_items (ancestor, &data); +- } +- child = ancestor; +- ancestor = ancestor->parent; +- } +- +- /* Automatically destroy the menu when it is hidden. */ +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (menu), "selection-done", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (popup_done), menu); +- +- MSG ("showing popup menu"); +- gtk_menu_popup (GTK_MENU (menu), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- event->button, event->time); +-} +- +- +-static void +-add_standard_top_menu_items (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Select")); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_select_activate), widget); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +-} +- +- +-static void +-add_standard_bottom_menu_items (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- gboolean can_delete; +- +- can_delete = (editor_can_delete_widget (widget) == NULL) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- +- /* For widgets which can handle scrolling, we add commands to add or remove +- a parent scrolled window. */ +- if (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (G_OBJECT_GET_CLASS (widget))->set_scroll_adjustments_signal) +- { +- if (widget->parent && GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget->parent)) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Remove Scrolled Window")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_widget_remove_scrolled_window), +- widget); +- } +- else +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add Scrolled Window")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_widget_add_scrolled_window), +- widget); +- } +- } +- +- /* We assume that we can only insert/remove alignments and event boxes if +- the widget can be deleted. */ +- if (can_delete +- && !GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) +- && !GTK_IS_MISC (widget) +- && !GTK_IS_ALIGNMENT (widget) +- && !GTK_IS_MENU (widget) +- && !GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (widget) +- && !GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_ALIGNMENT (widget->parent)) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Remove Alignment")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_widget_remove_alignment), widget); +- } +- else +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add Alignment")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_widget_add_alignment), widget); +- } +- } +- +- if (can_delete +- && GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) +- && !GTK_IS_EVENT_BOX (widget) +- && !GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_EVENT_BOX (widget->parent)) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Remove Event Box")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_widget_remove_event_box), widget); +- } +- else +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add Event Box")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_widget_add_event_box), widget); +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget)) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Redisplay")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_widget_redisplay_window), +- widget); +- } +- +- menuitem = gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- +- /* Only show the 'Cut' item if the widget can be deleted. */ +- if (can_delete) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Cut")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_cut_activate), widget); +- } +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Copy")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_copy_activate), widget); +- +- /* Only show the 'Paste' item if the widget can be deleted. */ +- if (can_delete) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Paste")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- if (!widget->parent) +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menuitem, FALSE); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_paste_activate), widget); +- } +- +- /* Only show the 'Delete' item if the widget can be deleted. */ +- if (can_delete) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Delete")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_on_delete_activate), widget); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Functions for loading project files +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-/* This reads in a widget, and calls itself recursively to read it's children. +- It assumes a '<widget>' has just been read, and reads up to and including +- '</widget>'. The newly-created widget is returned, mainly so that +- glade_clipboard_paste () can show any windows which are pasted. */ +-GtkWidget* +-gb_widget_load (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data, GtkWidget * parent) +-{ +- gchar *class_id; +- const gchar *child_name; +- GbWidget *gbwidget, *ancestor_gbwidget; +- GtkWidget *ancestor; +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- GladeChildInfo *child_info; +- GladeWidgetInfo *widget_info; +- gint i; +- gboolean skip_child; +- +- data->action = GB_LOADING; +- data->loading_type = GB_STANDARD_PROPERTIES; +- +- child_info = data->child_info; +- widget_info = data->widget_info; +- +- class_id = widget_info ? widget_info->class : NULL; +- MSG1 ("Reading Class: %s", class_id ? class_id : "(placeholder)"); +- +- child_name = child_info ? child_info->internal_child : NULL; +- +- /* Migrate toolbar buttons from old XML files. See the set_properties +- functions in gbtoolbutton.c etc. for the code that reads in the old +- properties. */ +- if (class_id) +- { +- if (!strcmp (class_id, "button")) +- { +- class_id = "GtkToolButton"; +- } +- else if (!strcmp (class_id, "toggle")) +- { +- class_id = "GtkToggleToolButton"; +- } +- else if (!strcmp (class_id, "radio")) +- { +- class_id = "GtkRadioToolButton"; +- } +- } +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: CList/CTree title buttons don't save the child name now, so +- we have to add it. */ +- if (parent && GTK_IS_CLIST (parent)) +- child_name = GladeChildCListTitle; +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: Ignore the old 'BonoboDock:contents' child name. */ +- if (child_name && !strcmp (child_name, "BonoboDock:contents")) +- child_name = NULL; +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: when pasting a widget to replace an existing widget, check +- if the child name should be transferred to the new widget. */ +- if (data->xml_buffer && data->replacing_widget && child_name) +- { +- /* These child names should be removed from the widget when it is pasted, +- since they identify the old position the widget. */ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildOKButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCancelButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildHelpButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildApplyButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildSaveButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCloseButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogVBox) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogActionArea) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildComboEntry) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildComboList) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildFontSelection) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildColorSelection) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeAppDock) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeAppBar) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeEntry) +- ) +- { +- child_name = NULL; +- } +- } +- +- if (!class_id) +- { +- MSG ("found placeholder"); +- widget = editor_new_placeholder (); +- if (!gb_widget_add_child (parent, data, widget)) +- { +- data->status = GLADE_STATUS_ERROR; +- return NULL; +- } +- if (child_name) +- gb_widget_set_child_name (widget, child_name); +- return NULL; +- } +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup_class (class_id); +- if (gbwidget == NULL) +- { +- MSG ("Load error"); +- data->status = GLADE_STATUS_CLASS_UNKNOWN; +- g_warning ("Unknown widget class: %s", class_id); +- return NULL; +- } +- +- /* If this is a special child of a widget, step through the ancestors of +- the widget and try to find it. Note that some special child widgets +- have to be created normally, and then added by the parent container, +- e.g. notebook tabs and clist titles - see gb_widget_add_child(). */ +- if (child_name) +- { +- MSG1 ("Child name: %s", child_name); +- ancestor = parent; +- while (ancestor) +- { +- ancestor_gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (ancestor); +- if (ancestor_gbwidget && ancestor_gbwidget->gb_widget_get_child) +- { +- widget = (ancestor_gbwidget->gb_widget_get_child) (ancestor, +- child_name); +- if (widget) +- break; +- } +- +- ancestor = ancestor->parent; +- } +- +-#if 0 +- if (!widget) +- g_print ("Child widget %s not found - may be a problem\n", child_name); +-#endif +- } +- +- /* If this is a standard widget, we need to create it and add it to its +- parent. If the widget has already been created by its parent, we can +- just set the properties. */ +- if (widget == NULL) +- { +- MSG ("widget == NULL, has not been created by parent."); +- widget = gb_widget_new_full (class_id, FALSE, parent, NULL, +- 0, 0, NULL, GB_LOADING, data); +- if (!widget) +- { +- data->status = GLADE_STATUS_ERROR; +- return NULL; +- } +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- data->widget_data = wdata; +- data->widget = widget; +- +- /* We get the gbwidget from the widget data, as it may be different from +- the original one. Currently only Bonobo controls do this. */ +- gbwidget = wdata->gbwidget; +- g_assert (gbwidget); +- +- if (parent == NULL) +- { +- glade_project_add_component (data->project, widget); +- } +- else +- { +- if (!gb_widget_add_child (parent, data, widget)) +- { +- data->status = GLADE_STATUS_ERROR; +- return NULL; +- } +- } +- +- /* This must come after add_child so we can set special child properties, +- and also we may need to realize the widget. It must also come after +- glade_project_add_component(), in case setting any properties results +- in a signal being emitted from the project. */ +- set_standard_properties (widget, data); +- +- tree_add_widget (widget); +- } +- else +- { +- MSG ("widget != NULL, has been created by parent."); +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- if (wdata == NULL) +- g_warning ("Null widget_data\n"); +- data->widget_data = wdata; +- data->widget = widget; +- set_standard_properties (widget, data); +- tree_add_widget (widget); +- } +- +- if (child_name) +- gb_widget_set_child_name (widget, child_name); +- +- if (data->status != GLADE_STATUS_OK) +- { +- MSG ("Load error"); +- return NULL; +- } +- +- MSG ("Calling widgets set_properties()"); +- if (gbwidget->gb_widget_set_properties) +- (gbwidget->gb_widget_set_properties) (widget, data); +- MSG ("Called widgets set_properties()"); +- +- if (data->status != GLADE_STATUS_OK) +- { +- MSG ("Load error"); +- return NULL; +- } +- +- /* Save a pointer to the widget in the all_widgets hash, when loading and +- when pasting. Note that when pasting we use the name before any renaming +- is done, so ATK relation targets within the widget hierarchy being +- pasted will still be correct. */ +- if (data->all_widgets) +- { +- const gchar *widget_name = widget_info->name; +- if (widget_name && *widget_name) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Saving pointer to widget: %s, %p\n", widget_name, widget); +-#endif +- g_hash_table_insert (data->all_widgets, (gpointer) widget_name, +- widget); +- } +- } +- +- /* Save a pointer to the GladeWidgetInfo in the widget, which we use to +- load the ATK properties after all widgets are created. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeWidgetInfoKey, widget_info); +- +- /* When pasting, we only ever replace the top widget. All children are added +- as normal. */ +- data->replacing_widget = NULL; +- +- MSG ("Loading children"); +- +- /* load children. */ +- for (i = 0; i < widget_info->n_children; i++) +- { +- data->child_info = &widget_info->children[i]; +- data->widget_info = data->child_info->child; +- +- /* We have to reset the widget_data since this may have been changed +- while loading the last child (and its children) */ +- data->widget_data = wdata; +- if (widget->parent && !gb_widget_lookup (widget->parent)) +- { +- MSG1 ("Unusual widget here of type '%s'", +- G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget->parent)); +- } +- +- /* Skip the hscrollbar & vscrollbar internal children, from +- GtkScrolledWindow. libglade-convert outputs these, but we don't +- use them. */ +- skip_child = FALSE; +- if (data->child_info && data->child_info->internal_child) +- { +- if (!strcmp (data->child_info->internal_child, "vscrollbar") +- || !strcmp (data->child_info->internal_child, "hscrollbar")) +- skip_child = TRUE; +- } +- +- if (!skip_child) +- gb_widget_load (NULL, data, widget); +- +- /* Reset these, just in case. */ +- data->child_info = child_info; +- data->widget_info = widget_info; +- +- if (data->status != GLADE_STATUS_OK) +- { +- MSG ("Load error"); +- return NULL; +- } +- } +- +- /* If the widget is a table, we make sure all empty cells have placeholders +- in them. */ +- if (GTK_IS_TABLE (widget)) +- { +- gb_table_update_placeholders (widget, -1, -1); +- } +- +- return widget; +-} +- +- +-/* Adds a widget to a parent, when loading or pasting from the clipboard. +- Returns TRUE on success. */ +-gboolean +-gb_widget_add_child (GtkWidget * parent, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- GtkWidget * child) +-{ +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- +- MSG2 ("Adding %s to %s", gtk_widget_get_name (child), +- parent ? gtk_widget_get_name (parent) : "NULL"); +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (parent != NULL, FALSE); +- +- /* If we are pasting, the top widget replaces the parent rather than being +- added to it. */ +- if (data->xml_buffer && data->replacing_widget) +- { +- return gb_widget_replace_child (parent, data->replacing_widget, child); +- } +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (parent); +- g_return_val_if_fail (gbwidget != NULL, FALSE); +- +- if (gbwidget->gb_widget_add_child) +- { +- gbwidget->gb_widget_add_child (parent, child, data); +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_BIN (parent)) +- { +- if (GTK_BIN (parent)->child) +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), GTK_BIN (parent)->child); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), child); +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (parent)) +- { +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), child); +- } +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Functions for saving project files +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-void +-gb_widget_save (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GbWidget *gbwidget, *parent_gbwidget; +- GladeWidgetData *widget_data; +- gchar *child_name, *class_id, *id, *class_to_save; +- gboolean is_toplevel; +- +- class_id = class_to_save = gb_widget_get_class_id (widget); +- child_name = gb_widget_get_child_name (widget); +- is_toplevel = glade_util_is_component (widget); +- +- /* Bonobo Controls are save with a class of 'BonoboWidget'. */ +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Moniker)) +- class_to_save = "BonoboWidget"; +-#endif +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: CList/CTree title buttons don't save the child name. */ +- if (child_name && !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCListTitle)) +- { +- child_name = NULL; +- } +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: Don't save a placeholder if its parent is a table, since we +- don't really want placeholders in the XML when the interface is finished, +- but it is quite possible that some table cells will be left blank. */ +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- { +- if (!GTK_IS_TABLE (widget->parent)) +- { +- save_newline (data); +- +- if (!is_toplevel) +- save_child_start_tag (data, child_name); +- +- save_placeholder (data); +- +- if (!is_toplevel) +- save_end_tag (data, "child"); +- } +- return; +- } +- +- /* Write out widget data and any child widgets */ +- widget_data = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- +- /* If this isn't a gbwidget, skip it, but save any child gbwidgets. */ +- if (!widget_data) +- { +- /* Recursively save children. */ +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, (GtkCallback) gb_widget_save, data); +- return; +- } +- +- data->action = GB_SAVING; +- data->widget_data = widget_data; +- data->widget = widget; +- +- save_newline (data); +- if (!is_toplevel) +- save_child_start_tag (data, child_name); +- +- id = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (widget); +- save_widget_start_tag (data, class_to_save, id); +- +- get_standard_properties (widget, data); +- +- /* Call gbwidgets save function for any extra properties */ +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup_class (class_id); +- g_return_if_fail (gbwidget != NULL); +- +- if (gbwidget->gb_widget_get_properties) +- (gbwidget->gb_widget_get_properties) (widget, data); +- +- glade_atk_save_properties (widget, data); +- +- save_signals (widget, data); +- save_accelerators (widget, data); +- +- /* Recursively save children. */ +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, (GtkCallback) gb_widget_save, data); +- +- save_end_tag (data, "widget"); +- +- /* Call parent widget's function to save child packing properties. */ +- if (widget->parent) +- { +- parent_gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (widget->parent); +- /* parent_gbwidget may be NULL, e.g. for GnomeDockItems. */ +- if (parent_gbwidget +- && parent_gbwidget->gb_widget_get_child_properties) +- (parent_gbwidget->gb_widget_get_child_properties) (widget->parent, +- widget, data); +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- else if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (widget)) +- { +- gb_bonobo_dock_item_save_packing_properties (widget->parent, widget, +- data); +- } +-#endif +- } +- +- if (!is_toplevel) +- save_end_tag (data, "child"); +-} +- +- +-/* This outputs all the standard widget properties, for showing or saving. +- Note that when saving we try not to save default values. */ +-static void +-get_standard_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean can_default, has_default, can_focus, has_focus, visible, sensitive; +- GladeWidgetData *wdata = data->widget_data; +- gchar *name, *class_id; +- GbWidgetAction action = data->action; +- gchar border_width_property_buf[128]; +- gboolean border_width_visible = FALSE; +- +- /* The class and name (id) are saved in gb_widget_save, so don't save them +- here. */ +- name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (widget); +- class_id = gb_widget_get_class_id (widget); +- if (action != GB_SAVING) +- { +- gb_widget_output_string (data, GbName, name); +- gb_widget_output_string (data, GbClass, class_id); +- } +- +- /* If widget is a container, save the border width */ +- sprintf (border_width_property_buf, "%s::border_width", class_id); +- if (glade_util_uses_border_width (widget)) +- { +- gint border_width; +- border_width_visible = TRUE; +- border_width = GTK_CONTAINER (widget)->border_width; +- if (action != GB_SAVING || border_width > 0) +- { +- gb_widget_output_int (data, border_width_property_buf, border_width); +- } +- } +- if (action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- property_set_visible (border_width_property_buf, border_width_visible); +- } +- +- get_position_properties (widget, data); +- get_lang_specific_properties (widget, data); +- +- visible = wdata->flags & GLADE_VISIBLE; +- if (action != GB_SAVING || visible) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbVisible, visible); +- sensitive = wdata->flags & GLADE_SENSITIVE; +- if (action != GB_SAVING || !sensitive) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbSensitive, sensitive); +- +- /* Only widgets with windows can have tooltips at present. Though buttons +- seem to be a special case, as they are NO_WINDOW widgets but have +- InputOnly windows, so tooltip still work. In GTK+ 2 menuitems are like +- buttons. */ +- if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) || GTK_IS_BUTTON (widget) +- || GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (widget) || GTK_IS_TOOL_BUTTON (widget) +- || GTK_IS_EVENT_BOX (widget)) +- { +- if (action != GB_SAVING || wdata->tooltip) +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, GbTooltip, wdata->tooltip); +- if (action == GB_SHOWING) +- property_set_sensitive (GbTooltip, TRUE); +- } +- else if (action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- /* N/A stands for 'Not Applicable'. It is used when a standard widget +- property does not apply to the current widget. e.g. widgets without +- windows can't use the Events property. This appears in the property +- editor and so should be a short abbreviation. */ +- gb_widget_output_string (data, GbTooltip, _("N/A")); +- property_set_sensitive (GbTooltip, FALSE); +- } +- +- can_default = GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget); +- if (action != GB_SAVING || can_default) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbCanDefault, can_default); +- has_default = wdata ? wdata->flags & GLADE_GRAB_DEFAULT : 0; +- if (action != GB_SAVING || has_default) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbHasDefault, has_default); +- +- can_focus = GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget); +- if (action != GB_SAVING || can_focus) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbCanFocus, can_focus); +- has_focus = wdata ? wdata->flags & GLADE_GRAB_FOCUS : 0; +- if (action != GB_SAVING || has_focus) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbHasFocus, has_focus); +- +- if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget)) +- { +- GdkExtensionMode ext_mode = gtk_widget_get_extension_events (widget); +- gint i; +- +- if (action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- if (wdata && wdata->events) +- { +- gchar buffer[1024]; +- gboolean written_first = FALSE; +- +- buffer[0] = '\0'; +- for (i = 0; i < GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT; i++) +- { +- if (wdata->events & GbEventMaskValues[i]) +- { +- if (written_first) +- strcat (buffer, " | "); +- strcat (buffer, GbEventMaskSymbols[i]); +- written_first = TRUE; +- } +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_string (data, GbEvents, buffer); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- gb_widget_output_string (data, GbEvents, +- property_events_value_to_string (wdata->events)); +- } +- +- /* Don't save default extension mode ('None') */ +- if (action != GB_SAVING || ext_mode != GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE) +- { +- for (i = 0; GbExtensionModeChoices[i]; i++) +- { +- if (GbExtensionModeValues[i] == ext_mode) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, GbExtEvents, i, +- GbExtensionModeSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- if (action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- property_set_sensitive (GbEvents, TRUE); +- property_set_sensitive (GbExtEvents, TRUE); +- } +- } +- else if (action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- gb_widget_output_dialog (data, GbEvents, _("N/A"), NULL); +- property_set_sensitive (GbEvents, FALSE); +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, GbExtEvents, 0, GbExtensionModeSymbols[0]); +- property_set_sensitive (GbExtEvents, FALSE); +- } +- +- if (action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +- gb_widget_show_style (widget); +-#endif +- show_accelerators (widget, data); +- show_signals (widget, data); +- +- glade_atk_get_properties (widget, data); +- } +- else +- { +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +- save_style (widget, data); +-#endif +- +- /* These need to be saved in gb_widget_save(), since they must be after +- all the widget properties. */ +-#if 0 +- save_signals (widget, data); +- save_accelerators (widget, data); +-#endif +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This is used when saving or displaying properties. */ +-static void +-get_lang_specific_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ guint i; +- +- GladeWidgetData *wdata = data->widget_data; +- GbWidgetAction action = data->action; +- +- /* Note that when saving we only save the property if it is not the +- default value. Otherwise we get lots of unnecessary XML output. */ +- +- /* C options. */ +- if (action != GB_SAVING || wdata->source_file) +- gb_widget_output_filename (data, GbCSourceFile, wdata->source_file); +- if (action != GB_SAVING || wdata->public_field == 0) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbCPublic, wdata->public_field); +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- /* We only want the source file set for toplevel widgets. */ +- if (glade_util_is_component (widget)) +- property_set_sensitive (GbCSourceFile, TRUE); +- else +- property_set_sensitive (GbCSourceFile, FALSE); +- } +- +- /* C++ options. */ +- data->agent = "glademm"; +- if (action != GB_SAVING || wdata->cxx_separate_class == 1) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbCxxSeparateClass, wdata->cxx_separate_class); +- if (action == GB_SHOWING) +- property_set_sensitive (GbCxxSeparateFile, wdata->cxx_separate_class); +- if (action != GB_SAVING || wdata->cxx_separate_file == 1) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbCxxSeparateFile, wdata->cxx_separate_file); +- if (action != GB_SAVING || wdata->cxx_visibility != 0) +- for (i = 0; GbCxxVisibilityChoices[i]; i++) +- { +- if (GbCxxVisibilityValues[i] == wdata->cxx_visibility) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, GbCxxVisibility, i, +- GbCxxVisibilitySymbols[i]); +- } +- data->agent = NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* This is used when loading or applying properties. */ +-static void +-set_lang_specific_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata = data->widget_data; +- gchar *filename; +- gboolean public_field; +- gboolean cxx_separate_file, cxx_separate_class; +- gchar *cxx_visibility; +- +- /* C options. */ +- filename = gb_widget_input_filename (data, GbCSourceFile); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- g_free (wdata->source_file); +- wdata->source_file = g_strdup (filename); +- } +- public_field = gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbCPublic); +- if (data->apply) +- wdata->public_field = public_field ? 1 : 0; +- +- /* C++ options. */ +- data->agent = "glademm"; +- cxx_separate_class = gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbCxxSeparateClass); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- wdata->cxx_separate_class = cxx_separate_class ? 1 : 0; +- if (!wdata->cxx_separate_class) +- wdata->cxx_separate_file = 0; +- +- if (property_get_widget () == widget) +- { +- property_set_sensitive (GbCxxSeparateFile, wdata->cxx_separate_class); +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_bool (GbCxxSeparateFile, FALSE); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- } +- +- cxx_separate_file = gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbCxxSeparateFile); +- if (data->apply) +- wdata->cxx_separate_file = cxx_separate_file ? 1 : 0; +- +- cxx_visibility = gb_widget_input_choice (data, GbCxxVisibility); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- guint i; +- for (i = 0; GbCxxVisibilityChoices[i]; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (cxx_visibility, GbCxxVisibilityChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (cxx_visibility, GbCxxVisibilitySymbols[i])) +- { +- wdata->cxx_visibility = GbCxxVisibilityValues[i]; +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- data->agent = NULL; +-} +- +- +-static void +-get_position_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata = data->widget_data; +- gboolean wh_applicable = TRUE; +- gboolean show_wh_buttons = TRUE; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In get_pos: %s WS:%s HS:%s ", +- gtk_widget_get_name (widget), +- wdata->flags & GLADE_WIDTH_SET ? "1" : "0", +- wdata->flags & GLADE_HEIGHT_SET ? "1" : "0"); +-#endif +- +- /* Don't bother if widget's area hasn't been allocated yet, unless it is a +- window. */ +- /* Note: When using the widget tree to view widget properties the widget's +- area may not have been allocated but we mustn't just return here. */ +-#if 0 +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING && (wdata->flags & GLADE_SIZE_NOT_ALLOCATED) +- && !GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget)) +- return; +-#endif +- +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget)) +- { +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbWidth, widget->requisition.width); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbHeight, widget->requisition.height); +- } +- wh_applicable = FALSE; +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget)) +- { +- /* Toplevel window widgets */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbWidth, wdata->width); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbHeight, wdata->height); +- } +- else +- { +- if (wdata->flags & GLADE_WIDTH_SET) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbWidth, wdata->width); +- if (wdata->flags & GLADE_HEIGHT_SET) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbHeight, wdata->height); +- } +- } +- else if (widget->parent && (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget->parent) +- || GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget->parent))) +- { +- /* Widgets in fixed or layout containers. Note that for widgets in a +- layout the allocation is relative to the window origin and changes as +- the layout is scrolled, so don't output that as the x & y coords. */ +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbWidth, wdata->width); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbHeight, wdata->height); +- show_wh_buttons = FALSE; +- } +- else +- { +- /* Widgets in standard containers */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- /* If the width or height has been set explicitly we show the size +- set, else we show the current requisition. We always remember +- what we have shown in wdata->width & height so we know if the +- user changes it. */ +- if (!(wdata->flags & GLADE_WIDTH_SET)) +- wdata->width = widget->requisition.width; +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbWidth, wdata->width); +- +- if (!(wdata->flags & GLADE_HEIGHT_SET)) +- wdata->height = widget->requisition.height; +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbHeight, wdata->height); +- +- } +- else +- { +- /* Only save if user has set it explicitly. */ +- if (wdata->flags & GLADE_WIDTH_SET) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbWidth, wdata->width); +- if (wdata->flags & GLADE_HEIGHT_SET) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbHeight, wdata->height); +- } +- } +- +- /* Show the buttons for setting the size & positions explicitly, if +- applicable, and set the values sensitive if they are currently set. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- if (wh_applicable) +- { +- gboolean wsensitive = (wdata->flags & GLADE_WIDTH_SET) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- gboolean hsensitive = (wdata->flags & GLADE_HEIGHT_SET) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- +- property_set_sensitive_full (GbWidth, TRUE, wsensitive, +- show_wh_buttons); +- property_set_sensitive_full (GbHeight, TRUE, hsensitive, +- show_wh_buttons); +- } +- else +- { +- property_set_sensitive_full (GbWidth, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); +- property_set_sensitive_full (GbHeight, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); +- } +- } +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("\n"); +-#endif +-} +- +- +-static void +-save_accelerators (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GList *item; +- GladeAccelerator *accel; +- +- if (data->widget_data == NULL) +- return; +- +- item = data->widget_data->accelerators; +- while (item) +- { +- accel = (GladeAccelerator *) item->data; +- +- save_accelerator (data, accel->modifiers, accel->key, accel->signal); +- +- item = item->next; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-save_signals (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GList *item; +- GladeSignal *signal; +- +- if (data->widget_data == NULL) +- return; +- +- item = data->widget_data->signals; +- while (item) +- { +- signal = (GladeSignal *) item->data; +- +- save_signal (data, signal->name, signal->handler, signal->after, +- signal->object, signal->last_modification_time); +- +- item = item->next; +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Functions for replacing widgets in the user interface +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-/* +- * Replace a child with a new child. Used to replace placeholders with +- * a widget when adding widgets, and also to replace widgets with +- * placeholders when deleting. Returns TRUE on success. +- * NOTE: gbwidgets do not currently have their own function for this, +- * but we'll probably add it at some point. +- */ +-gboolean +-gb_widget_replace_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * current_child, +- GtkWidget * new_child) +-{ +- gchar *child_name, *new_child_name; +- +- /* Copy the child name to the new widget if necessary. */ +- child_name = gb_widget_get_child_name (current_child); +- new_child_name = gb_widget_get_child_name (new_child); +- +- /* We never copy these child names to the new child widget. +- The "vscrollbar" and "hscrollbar" child names come from libglade-convert, +- but we don't use them and we need to get rid of them. */ +- if (child_name && (!strcmp (child_name, "vscrollbar") +- || !strcmp (child_name, "hscrollbar"))) +- { +- child_name = NULL; +- } +- +- /* Copy the old child name across. */ +- gb_widget_set_child_name (new_child, child_name); +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (widget)) +- { +- gboolean is_floating; +- gint x, y; +- +- /* GnomeDockItem widgets which are floating automatically disappear when +- the child is removed, so we remember the position and try to show it +- again in the same place after adding the new widget. */ +- is_floating = BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->is_floating ? TRUE : FALSE; +- if (is_floating) +- bonobo_dock_item_get_floating_position (BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget), +- &x, &y); +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), current_child); +- gtk_widget_hide (new_child); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), new_child); +- gtk_widget_show (new_child); +- +- if (is_floating) +- bonobo_dock_item_detach (BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget), x, y); +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_FRAME (widget)) +-#else +- if (GTK_IS_FRAME (widget)) +-#endif +- { +- /* If this is the frame's label widget, we replace that. */ +- if (gtk_frame_get_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (widget)) == current_child) +- { +- gtk_frame_set_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (widget), new_child); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), current_child); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), new_child); +- } +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_TOOL_ITEM (widget)) +- { +- /* For a GtkToolItem, if the current child is a placeholder and the +- GtkToolItem is not a GbWidget or the new child is a GtkToolItem, +- we replace the GtkToolItem instead. Otherwise we replace the +- placeholder as usual. */ +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (current_child) +- && (!GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget) || GTK_IS_TOOL_ITEM (new_child))) +- { +- return gb_widget_replace_child (widget->parent, widget, new_child); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), current_child); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), new_child); +- } +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_EXPANDER (widget)) +- { +- /* If this is the expander's label widget, we replace that. */ +- if (gtk_expander_get_label_widget (GTK_EXPANDER (widget)) == current_child) +- { +- gtk_expander_set_label_widget (GTK_EXPANDER (widget), new_child); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), current_child); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), new_child); +- } +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_BIN (widget)) +- { +- /* For a bin, we just delete the existing child and add the new one. */ +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), current_child); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), new_child); +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_BOX (widget)) +- { +- /* For a box, we find out the position of the current child, delete it, +- add the new one, and move it into position with reorder_child(). +- If the existing child is a placeholder and the new one is a menubar +- or toolbar, we set the packing so it doesn't expand, as that is +- probably what the user wants. */ +- gboolean expand, fill; +- guint padding; +- GtkPackType pack_type; +- gint pos = glade_util_get_box_pos (GTK_BOX (widget), current_child); +- g_return_val_if_fail (pos != -1, FALSE); +- gtk_box_query_child_packing (GTK_BOX (widget), current_child, +- &expand, &fill, &padding, &pack_type); +- +- /* If we are replacing a placeholder (i.e. we are adding a new widget), +- we try to set the expand & fill options to reasonable defaults. */ +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (current_child)) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_LABEL (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_BUTTON (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_OPTION_MENU (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_PROGRESS (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_PROGRESS_BAR (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_MENU_BAR (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_TOOLBAR (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_STATUSBAR (new_child)) +- { +- expand = FALSE; +- fill = FALSE; +- } +- +- /* In a vbox, entry & combo widgets should not expand/fill either. */ +- if (GTK_IS_VBOX (widget)) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_ENTRY (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_COMBO (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_SPIN_BUTTON (new_child) +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- || GNOME_IS_DATE_EDIT (new_child) +- || GNOME_IS_FILE_ENTRY (new_child) +- || GNOME_IS_PIXMAP_ENTRY (new_child) +-#endif +- ) +- { +- expand = FALSE; +- fill = FALSE; +- } +- } +- } +- +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), current_child); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), new_child); +- +- gtk_box_set_child_packing (GTK_BOX (widget), new_child, expand, fill, +- padding, pack_type); +- gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (widget), new_child, pos); +- +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_TOOLBAR (widget)) +- { +- gint pos; +- +- pos = gtk_toolbar_get_item_index (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), +- GTK_TOOL_ITEM (current_child)); +- g_return_val_if_fail (pos != -1, FALSE); +- +- /* FIXME: GTK+/GNOME 2 bug workaround - something keeps a ref to the +- initial buttons added to a GnomeApp, which causes when they eventually +- get destroyed later and we try to remove them from the tree. So we +- remove them from the tree here. */ +- tree_remove_widget (current_child); +- +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), current_child); +- +- /* If the new child is a GtkToolItem, we can simply add it at the old +- position. */ +- if (GTK_IS_TOOL_ITEM (new_child)) +- { +- gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), +- GTK_TOOL_ITEM (new_child), pos); +- } +- /* If the new child is a placeholder, we need to insert a +- GtkToolItem above it (but not a GbWidget). */ +- else if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (new_child)) +- { +- GtkWidget *toolitem = (GtkWidget*) gtk_tool_item_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (toolitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (toolitem), new_child); +- gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), +- GTK_TOOL_ITEM (toolitem), pos); +- } +- /* If the new child is not a GtkToolItem, we need to insert a +- GtkToolItem above it, but use a GbWidget so its properties can be +- set as required. */ +- else +- { +- GtkWidget *toolitem = gb_widget_new ("GtkToolItem", NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (toolitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (toolitem), new_child); +- gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), +- GTK_TOOL_ITEM (toolitem), pos); +- tree_add_widget (toolitem); +- } +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_LIST (widget)) +- { +- /* For a list, we find out the position of the current child, delete it, +- and add the new one at the same position. */ +- gint pos = gtk_list_child_position (GTK_LIST (widget), current_child); +- GList glist = +- {NULL, NULL, NULL}; +- glist.data = current_child; +- gtk_list_remove_items (GTK_LIST (widget), &glist); +- glist.data = new_child; +- gtk_list_insert_items (GTK_LIST (widget), &glist, pos); +- +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_NOTEBOOK (widget)) +- { +- /* For a notebook, we find out the position of the current child, delete +- it, and add the new one at the same position. If the current_child is +- a notebook tab, just replace it. */ +- GtkWidget *page, *tab_label; +- gint pos; +- +- pos = find_notebook_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), current_child, +- &page, &tab_label); +- g_return_val_if_fail (pos != -1, FALSE); +- +- if (page == current_child) +- { +- gtk_widget_ref (tab_label); +- gtk_notebook_remove_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), pos); +- gtk_notebook_insert_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), +- new_child, tab_label, pos); +- gtk_notebook_set_current_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), pos); +- gtk_widget_unref (tab_label); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_widget_ref (page); +- gtk_notebook_remove_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), pos); +- gtk_notebook_insert_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), +- page, new_child, pos); +- gtk_notebook_set_current_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), pos); +- gtk_widget_unref (page); +- } +- +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_PANED (widget)) +- { +- /* For paned, we find out the position of the current child, delete it, +- and add the new one at the same position. */ +- gint pos = (GTK_PANED (widget)->child1 == current_child) ? 1 : 2; +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), current_child); +- if (pos == 1) +- gtk_paned_add1 (GTK_PANED (widget), new_child); +- else +- gtk_paned_add2 (GTK_PANED (widget), new_child); +- +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_TABLE (widget)) +- { +- /* For a table, we find out the position & size of the current child, +- delete it, and add the new one in the same place. */ +- gint left, right, top, bottom; +- GtkTableChild *tchild; +- GtkAttachOptions xoptions, yoptions; +- +- tchild = glade_util_find_table_child (GTK_TABLE (widget), current_child); +- g_return_val_if_fail (tchild != NULL, FALSE); +- +- left = tchild->left_attach; +- right = tchild->right_attach; +- top = tchild->top_attach; +- bottom = tchild->bottom_attach; +- +- xoptions = 0; +- if (tchild->xexpand) +- xoptions |= GTK_EXPAND; +- if (tchild->xshrink) +- xoptions |= GTK_SHRINK; +- if (tchild->xfill) +- xoptions |= GTK_FILL; +- +- yoptions = 0; +- if (tchild->yexpand) +- yoptions |= GTK_EXPAND; +- if (tchild->yshrink) +- yoptions |= GTK_SHRINK; +- if (tchild->yfill) +- yoptions |= GTK_FILL; +- +- /* If we are replacing a placeholder (i.e. we are adding a new widget), +- we try to set the expand & fill options to reasonable defaults. */ +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (current_child)) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_LABEL (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_BUTTON (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_OPTION_MENU (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_PROGRESS (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_PROGRESS_BAR (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_MENU_BAR (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_TOOLBAR (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_STATUSBAR (new_child)) +- { +- xoptions = GTK_FILL; +- yoptions = 0; +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_ENTRY (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_COMBO (new_child) +- || GTK_IS_SPIN_BUTTON (new_child) +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- || GNOME_IS_DATE_EDIT (new_child) +- || GNOME_IS_FILE_ENTRY (new_child) +- || GNOME_IS_PIXMAP_ENTRY (new_child) +-#endif +- ) +- { +- xoptions = GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL; +- yoptions = 0; +- } +- } +- +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), current_child); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (widget), new_child, +- left, right, top, bottom, xoptions, yoptions, 0, 0); +- +- /* Note that if we have just added a placeholder, but there is already +- a widget at the same position in the table, the placeholder will be +- destroyed immediately. Thus don't rely on the new widget still being +- alive after calling gb_widget_replace_child(). */ +- gb_table_update_placeholders (widget, -1, -1); +- } +-#if GLADE_SUPPORTS_GTK_TREE +- else if (GTK_IS_TREE (widget)) +- { +- /* For a tree, we find out the position of the current child, delete it, +- and add the new one at the same position. */ +- gint pos = gtk_tree_child_position (GTK_TREE (widget), current_child); +- GList glist = +- {NULL, NULL, NULL}; +- glist.data = current_child; +- gtk_tree_remove_items (GTK_TREE (widget), &glist); +- gtk_tree_insert (GTK_TREE (widget), new_child, pos); +- +- } +-#endif +- else if (GTK_IS_CLIST (widget)) +- { +- /* For a clist, we check if the widget is a column title and if it is +- we replace it. */ +- gint pos; +- GtkCList *clist; +- +- clist = GTK_CLIST(widget); +- +- for (pos = 0; pos < clist->columns; pos++) +- { +- if (clist->column[pos].button == current_child) +- { +- gtk_clist_set_column_widget(clist, pos, new_child); +- } +- } +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget) || GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget)) +- { +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- gint x, y, w, h; +- +- /* For a fixed, we find the position and size of the existing child, +- remove it, and add the new one in the same place. */ +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (current_child), +- GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_val_if_fail (wdata != NULL, FALSE); +- +- gtk_container_child_get (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), current_child, +- "x", &x, +- "y", &y, +- NULL); +- w = wdata->width; +- h = wdata->height; +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_child), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_val_if_fail (wdata != NULL, FALSE); +- wdata->flags |= GLADE_WIDTH_SET | GLADE_HEIGHT_SET; +- wdata->width = w; +- wdata->height = h; +- +- /* Reset the widget's uposition, just in case it gets added to a standard +- container. I don't think we need this for GTK+ 2. */ +- /*gtk_widget_set_uposition (current_child, -1, -1);*/ +- +- /* FIXME: GTK+ 1.2.3 bug workaround. We need to ref the widget to stop +- gtk_layout_remove() from issuing a warning. */ +- gtk_widget_ref (current_child); +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), current_child); +- gtk_widget_unref (current_child); +- +- if (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget)) +- { +- gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (widget), new_child, x, y); +- /*gtk_widget_set_uposition (new_child, x, y);*/ +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_layout_put (GTK_LAYOUT (widget), new_child, x, y); +- } +- gb_widget_set_usize (new_child, w, h); +- } +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- else if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK (widget)) +- { +- /* For a GnomeDock, we call bonobo_dock_set_client_area (). It removes +- the existing child automatically. */ +- bonobo_dock_set_client_area (BONOBO_DOCK (widget), new_child); +- } +- +-#endif +- +- else if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget)) +- { +- /* General code for container - has to remove all children and add back +- NOTE: this may not work for specialised containers. +- NOTE: need to ref widgets? */ +- g_warning (_("replacing child of container - not implemented yet\n")); +- return FALSE; +- } +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Functions for showing/hiding tooltips of the widgets +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-gboolean +-gb_widget_get_show_tooltips () +-{ +- return GTK_TOOLTIPS (gb_widget_tooltips)->enabled; +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_set_show_tooltips (gboolean show) +-{ +- if (show) +- gtk_tooltips_enable (gb_widget_tooltips); +- else +- gtk_tooltips_disable (gb_widget_tooltips); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_reset_tooltips () +-{ +- gtk_object_destroy (GTK_OBJECT (gb_widget_tooltips)); +- gb_widget_tooltips = gtk_tooltips_new (); +-} +- +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Misc. Functions +- *************************************************************************/ +- +- +-/* This is a GTK bug workaround for combo widgets. They should manage the +- size of their GtkEntry, but they don't at present, so we have to set its +- size explicitly (and also in the source code output). +- I think this has been fixed. It seems to be OK in GTK+ 1.2.3. */ +-void +-gb_widget_set_usize (GtkWidget *widget, +- gint w, +- gint h) +-{ +-#if 0 +- if (GTK_IS_COMBO (widget)) +- gtk_widget_set_usize (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry, +- w - 16 < 0 ? -1 : w - 16, h); +-#endif +- gtk_widget_set_usize (widget, w, h); +-} +- +- +-static gint +-find_notebook_page (GtkNotebook * notebook, GtkWidget * current_child, +- GtkWidget **page, GtkWidget **tab_label) +-{ +- gint nchildren, i; +- GtkWidget *tmp_page, *tmp_tab_label; +- +- nchildren = g_list_length (notebook->children); +- for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) +- { +- tmp_page = gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (notebook, i); +- tmp_tab_label = gtk_notebook_get_tab_label (notebook, tmp_page); +- +- if (tmp_page == current_child || tmp_tab_label == current_child) +- { +- *page = tmp_page; +- *tab_label = tmp_tab_label; +- return i; +- } +- } +- +- return -1; +-} +- +-static void +-dummy_detach (GtkWidget *attach_widget, +- GtkMenu *menu) +-{ +- ; +-} +- +-/* +- * FIXME: MAJOR HACK. +- * +- * GtkOptionMenu places the currently selected item inside its button, and +- * removes it from the menu. So we have to hack around that here so that the +- * menu items are all output correctly, in the XML and the source code. +- * +- * We remove the menu from the original option menu and add it to a temporary +- * one with the same name. +- */ +-static void +-option_menu_foreach (GtkOptionMenu *option, +- GtkCallback callback, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menu = option->menu; +- GtkWidget *temp; +- int history; +- +- if (!menu) +- return; +- +- temp = gtk_option_menu_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_name (temp, gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_WIDGET (option))); +- gtk_object_ref (GTK_OBJECT (temp)); +- gtk_object_sink (GTK_OBJECT (temp)); +- +- history = gtk_option_menu_get_history (option); +- +- gtk_object_ref (GTK_OBJECT (menu)); +- +- gtk_option_menu_set_menu (option, gtk_menu_new ()); +- gtk_menu_attach_to_widget (GTK_MENU (menu), temp, dummy_detach); +- (*callback) (menu, data); +- gtk_menu_detach (GTK_MENU (menu)); +- gtk_option_menu_set_menu (option, menu); +- +- gtk_object_unref (GTK_OBJECT (menu)); +- +- gtk_option_menu_set_history (option, history); +- +- gtk_object_unref (GTK_OBJECT (temp)); +-} +- +-static void +-combo_foreach (GtkCombo *combo, +- GtkCallback callback, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- (*callback) (combo->entry, data); +- (*callback) (combo->list, data); +- (*callback) (combo->button, data); +-} +- +- +-/* This calls the given callback for each child of a widget. It gets round +- some of the quirks of the different versions of GTK, and descends menus +- as well. */ +-void +-gb_widget_children_foreach (GtkWidget *widget, +- GtkCallback callback, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- /* SPECIAL CODE: for table, so we output in the reverse order. */ +- if (GTK_IS_TABLE (widget)) +- table_foreach (GTK_TABLE (widget), callback, data); +- else if (GTK_IS_COMBO (widget)) +- combo_foreach (GTK_COMBO (widget), callback, data); +- else if (GTK_IS_BOX (widget)) +- box_foreach (GTK_BOX (widget), callback, data); +- else if (GTK_IS_OPTION_MENU (widget)) +- option_menu_foreach (GTK_OPTION_MENU (widget), callback, data); +- else if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget)) +- gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), callback, data); +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: for menu items, descend to child menus. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (widget) && GTK_MENU_ITEM (widget)->submenu) +- (*callback) (GTK_MENU_ITEM (widget)->submenu, data); +-} +- +- +-/* This function is used to iterate through the table children in reverse. +- It is needed so we output the XML file in the same order each time. */ +-static void +-table_foreach (GtkTable * table, +- GtkCallback callback, +- gpointer callback_data) +-{ +- GList *children; +- GtkTableChild *child; +- +- children = g_list_last (table->children); +- while (children) +- { +- child = children->data; +- children = children->prev; +- +- (*callback) (child->widget, callback_data); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-box_foreach (GtkBox *box, +- GtkCallback callback, +- gpointer callback_data) +-{ +- GList *children; +- GtkBoxChild *child; +- +- children = box->children; +- while (children) +- { +- child = children->data; +- children = children->next; +- +- (* callback) (child->widget, callback_data); +- } +-} +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Common popup menu callbacks +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-static void +-gb_widget_add_alignment (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *alignment, *parent; +- +- parent = widget->parent; +- alignment = gb_widget_new ("GtkAlignment", parent); +- +- gtk_widget_ref (widget); +- if (!gb_widget_replace_child (parent, widget, alignment)) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Couldn't insert GtkAlignment widget."), +- parent); +- gtk_widget_destroy (alignment); +- gtk_widget_unref (widget); +- return; +- } +- if (GTK_BIN (alignment)->child) +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (alignment), +- GTK_BIN (alignment)->child); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (alignment), widget); +- gtk_widget_unref (widget); +- tree_insert_widget_parent (alignment, widget); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_widget_remove_alignment (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *alignment, *parent; +- +- alignment = widget->parent; +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ALIGNMENT (alignment)); +- parent = alignment->parent; +- +- gtk_widget_ref (widget); +- gtk_widget_ref (alignment); +- +- /* Remove the alignment and all children from the tree. */ +- tree_remove_widget (alignment); +- +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (alignment), widget); +- +- if (gb_widget_replace_child (parent, alignment, widget)) +- { +- /* Now add the widget and its children back to the tree. */ +- tree_add_widget (widget); +- } +- else +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Couldn't remove GtkAlignment widget."), +- parent); +- /* Try to put it back as it was. */ +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (alignment), widget); +- tree_add_widget (alignment); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_unref (alignment); +- gtk_widget_unref (widget); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_widget_add_event_box (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *event_box, *parent; +- +- parent = widget->parent; +- event_box = gb_widget_new ("GtkEventBox", parent); +- +- gtk_widget_ref (widget); +- if (!gb_widget_replace_child (parent, widget, event_box)) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Couldn't insert GtkEventBox widget."), +- parent); +- gtk_widget_destroy (event_box); +- gtk_widget_unref (widget); +- return; +- } +- if (GTK_BIN (event_box)->child) +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (event_box), +- GTK_BIN (event_box)->child); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (event_box), widget); +- gtk_widget_unref (widget); +- tree_insert_widget_parent (event_box, widget); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_widget_remove_event_box (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *event_box, *parent; +- +- event_box = widget->parent; +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_EVENT_BOX (event_box)); +- parent = event_box->parent; +- +- gtk_widget_ref (widget); +- gtk_widget_ref (event_box); +- +- /* Remove the event box and all children from the tree. */ +- tree_remove_widget (event_box); +- +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (event_box), widget); +- +- if (gb_widget_replace_child (parent, event_box, widget)) +- { +- /* Now add the widget and its children back to the tree. */ +- tree_add_widget (widget); +- } +- else +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Couldn't remove GtkEventBox widget."), +- parent); +- /* Try to put it back as it was. */ +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (event_box), widget); +- tree_add_widget (event_box); +- } +- gtk_widget_unref (event_box); +- gtk_widget_unref (widget); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_widget_redisplay_window (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget)); +- +- /* See also editor_on_key_press_event() in editor.c. */ +- glade_util_close_window (widget); +- gtk_window_reshow_with_initial_size (GTK_WINDOW (widget)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_widget_add_scrolled_window (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *scrolledwin, *parent; +- +- parent = widget->parent; +- scrolledwin = gb_widget_new ("GtkScrolledWindow", parent); +- +- gtk_widget_ref (widget); +- if (!gb_widget_replace_child (parent, widget, scrolledwin)) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Couldn't insert GtkScrolledWindow widget."), parent); +- gtk_widget_destroy (scrolledwin); +- gtk_widget_unref (widget); +- return; +- } +- if (GTK_BIN (scrolledwin)->child) +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolledwin), +- GTK_BIN (scrolledwin)->child); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolledwin), widget); +- gtk_widget_unref (widget); +- tree_insert_widget_parent (scrolledwin, widget); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_widget_remove_scrolled_window (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *scrolledwin, *parent; +- +- scrolledwin = widget->parent; +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolledwin)); +- parent = scrolledwin->parent; +- +- gtk_widget_ref (widget); +- gtk_widget_ref (scrolledwin); +- +- /* Remove the alignment and all children from the tree. */ +- tree_remove_widget (scrolledwin); +- +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolledwin), widget); +- +- if (gb_widget_replace_child (parent, scrolledwin, widget)) +- { +- /* Now add the widget and its children back to the tree. */ +- tree_add_widget (widget); +- } +- else +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Couldn't remove GtkScrolledWindow widget."), parent); +- /* Try to put it back as it was. */ +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolledwin), widget); +- tree_add_widget (scrolledwin); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_unref (scrolledwin); +- gtk_widget_unref (widget); +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Common functions used by gbwidgets. +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-/* This gets the child label for buttons or menuitems or subclasses. +- This is for showing or saving. */ +-void +-gb_widget_output_child_label (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- const gchar * Label) +-{ +- GtkWidget *child; +- gchar *label_text; +- +- child = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- +- /* Note that we don't want to save the child label if it is a GbWidget, +- since it will be saved as a separate widget. */ +- if (child && GTK_IS_LABEL (child) && !GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (child)) +- { +- label_text = glade_util_get_label_text (child); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, Label, label_text); +- g_free (label_text); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- property_set_sensitive (Label, TRUE); +- +- /* All our menuitems use underlined accelerators. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING && GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (widget)) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, "use_underline", TRUE); +- } +- else +- { +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, Label, ""); +- property_set_sensitive (Label, FALSE); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This sets the child label for buttons/items/menuitems or subclasses. +- This is for applying or loading. */ +-void +-gb_widget_input_child_label (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- const gchar * Label) +-{ +- GtkWidget *child, *label; +- gchar *label_text; +- +- child = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- +- label_text = gb_widget_input_text (data, Label); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (child && GTK_IS_LABEL (child)) +- { +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (child), label_text); +- } +- else +- { +- if (child != NULL) +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child); +- if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (widget)) +- { +- label = gtk_accel_label_new (""); +- gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget (GTK_ACCEL_LABEL (label), +- widget); +- } +- else +- { +- label = gtk_label_new (""); +- } +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), label); +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (label), label_text); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- /* Simple child labels are given different alignments according to +- the parent. GtkButton and GtkToggleButton are centred. All the +- others are aligned left. See the GTK _new_with_label() fns. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_CHECK_BUTTON (widget) +- || GTK_IS_ITEM (widget)) +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.5); +- } +- } +- } +- /* This isn't very nice. When a text property is got from the property +- editor (i.e. when action is GB_APPLYING) it needs to be freed after. */ +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (label_text); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_create_child_label_popup_menu (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- +- if (GTK_IS_LABEL (GTK_BIN (widget)->child)) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Remove Label")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_widget_remove_label), widget); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_remove_label (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *child; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_BIN (widget)); +- +- child = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- if (child && GTK_IS_LABEL (child)) +- editor_delete_widget (child); +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Adjustment convenience functions - handles all 6 values. +- *************************************************************************/ +-void +-gb_widget_output_adjustment (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- const gchar * Values[], +- GtkAdjustment * adjustment, +- gchar *saved_property_name) +-{ +- /* Adjustments are now saved as a single property with all 6 values in a +- string, e.g. '0 0 100 1 10 10'. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- gchar buffer[256]; +- +- sprintf (buffer, "%.12g %.12g %.12g %.12g %.12g %.12g", +- adjustment->value, +- adjustment->lower, +- adjustment->upper, +- adjustment->step_increment, +- adjustment->page_increment, +- adjustment->page_size); +- save_string (data, saved_property_name, buffer); +- } +- else +- { +- if (Values[0]) +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Values[0], adjustment->value); +- if (Values[1]) +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Values[1], adjustment->lower); +- if (Values[2]) +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Values[2], adjustment->upper); +- if (Values[3]) +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Values[3], adjustment->step_increment); +- if (Values[4]) +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Values[4], adjustment->page_increment); +- if (Values[5]) +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Values[5], adjustment->page_size); +- } +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-gb_widget_input_adjustment (GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- const gchar * Values[], +- GtkAdjustment * adjustment, +- gchar *saved_property_name) +-{ +- gfloat value, lower, upper, step_inc, page_inc, page_size, tmp; +- +- /* Adjustments are now saved as a single property with all 6 values in a +- string, e.g. '0 0 100 1 10 10'. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- gchar *value = gb_widget_input_string (data, saved_property_name); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gchar *ptr = value; +- +- adjustment->value = g_strtod (ptr, &ptr); +- adjustment->lower = g_strtod (ptr, &ptr); +- adjustment->upper = g_strtod (ptr, &ptr); +- adjustment->step_increment = g_strtod (ptr, &ptr); +- adjustment->page_increment = g_strtod (ptr, &ptr); +- adjustment->page_size = g_strtod (ptr, &ptr); +- +- return TRUE; +- } +- else +- return FALSE; +- } +- +- value = adjustment->value; +- lower = adjustment->lower; +- upper = adjustment->upper; +- step_inc = adjustment->step_increment; +- page_inc = adjustment->page_increment; +- page_size = adjustment->page_size; +- +- if (Values[0]) +- { +- tmp = gb_widget_input_float (data, Values[0]); +- if (data->apply) +- value = tmp; +- } +- +- if (Values[1]) +- { +- tmp = gb_widget_input_float (data, Values[1]); +- if (data->apply) +- lower = tmp; +- } +- +- if (Values[2]) +- { +- tmp = gb_widget_input_float (data, Values[2]); +- if (data->apply) +- upper = tmp; +- } +- +- if (Values[3]) +- { +- tmp = gb_widget_input_float (data, Values[3]); +- if (data->apply) +- step_inc = tmp; +- } +- +- if (Values[4]) +- { +- tmp = gb_widget_input_float (data, Values[4]); +- if (data->apply) +- page_inc = tmp; +- } +- +- if (Values[5]) +- { +- tmp = gb_widget_input_float (data, Values[5]); +- if (data->apply) +- page_size = tmp; +- } +- +- /* Only return TRUE if one or more of the properties have changed. */ +- if (adjustment->value != value +- || adjustment->lower != lower +- || adjustment->upper != upper +- || adjustment->step_increment != step_inc +- || adjustment->page_increment != page_inc +- || adjustment->page_size != page_size) +- { +- adjustment->value = value; +- adjustment->lower = lower; +- adjustment->upper = upper; +- adjustment->step_increment = step_inc; +- adjustment->page_increment = page_inc; +- adjustment->page_size = page_size; +- return TRUE; +- } +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Functions to input/output properties. +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-/* Inputting Properties - Loading or Applying. */ +- +-gchar* +-gb_widget_input_string (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_string (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_string (property, data->widget, +- data->property_to_apply, &data->apply); +-} +- +- +-/* NOTE: You must free the returned string if data->action == GB_APPLYING */ +-gchar* +-gb_widget_input_text (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_text (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_text (property, data->widget, +- data->property_to_apply, &data->apply); +-} +- +- +-gint +-gb_widget_input_int (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_int (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_int (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply); +-} +- +- +-gint +-gb_widget_input_optional_int (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- gboolean *is_set) +-{ +- gint value; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- value = load_int (data, property); +- if (is_set) +- *is_set = data->apply; +- return value; +- } +- else +- return property_get_optional_int (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply, is_set); +-} +- +- +-gfloat +-gb_widget_input_float (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_float (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_float (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-gb_widget_input_bool (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_bool (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_bool (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-gb_widget_input_choice (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_choice (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_choice (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-gb_widget_input_combo (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_combo (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_combo (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply); +-} +- +- +-GdkColor* +-gb_widget_input_color (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_color (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_color (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply); +-} +- +- +-GdkPixmap* +-gb_widget_input_bgpixmap (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- gchar **filename) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_bgpixmap (data, property, filename); +- else +- return property_get_bgpixmap (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply, filename); +-} +- +- +-gpointer +-gb_widget_input_dialog (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_dialog (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_dialog (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-gb_widget_input_filename (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_filename (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_filename (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-gb_widget_input_pixmap_filename (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_pixmap_filename (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_filename (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply); +-} +- +- +-GdkFont* +-gb_widget_input_font (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- gchar **xlfd_fontname) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_font (data, property, xlfd_fontname); +- else +- return property_get_font (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply, xlfd_fontname); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-gb_widget_input_stock_item (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_string (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_stock_item (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-gb_widget_input_icon (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_icon (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_icon (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply); +-} +- +-gchar* +-gb_widget_input_named_icon (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- return load_string (data, property); +- else +- return property_get_named_icon (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply); +-} +- +-gint +-gb_widget_input_enum (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, +- GType enum_type, +- const char **labels, +- int *values, +- const gchar *property) +-{ +- gint retval = 0; +- int i; +- char *s; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- s = load_string (data, property); +- if (data->apply && s) +- retval = glade_enum_from_string (enum_type, s); +- } +- else +- { +- s = property_get_choice (property, data->property_to_apply, +- &data->apply); +- if (data->apply && s) +- { +- for (i = 0; labels[i]; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (labels[i], s)) +- { +- retval = values[i]; +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- } +- return retval; +-} +- +-/* Outputting Properties - Saving or Showing. */ +-void +-gb_widget_output_string (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- const gchar *value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_string (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_string (property, value); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_translatable_string (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- const gchar *value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_translatable_string (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_translatable_string (property, value, data->widget); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_text (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- const gchar *value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_text (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_text (property, value); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_translatable_text (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- const gchar *value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_translatable_text (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_translatable_text (property, value, data->widget); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_translatable_text_in_lines (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- const gchar *value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_translatable_text_in_lines (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_translatable_text (property, value, data->widget); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_int (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- gint value) +-{ +-#if 0 +- if (property == GbX) +- g_print ("X: %i ", value); +- else if (property == GbY) +- g_print ("Y: %i ", value); +- else if (property == GbWidth) +- g_print ("W: %i ", value); +- else if (property == GbHeight) +- g_print ("H: %i ", value); +-#endif +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_int (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_int (property, value); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_optional_int (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- gint value, +- gboolean is_set) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- if (is_set) +- save_int (data, property, value); +- } +- else +- property_set_optional_int (property, value, is_set); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_float (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- gfloat value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_float (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_float (property, value); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_bool (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- gint value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_bool (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_bool (property, value); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_choice (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- gint value, +- const gchar *symbol) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_choice (data, property, symbol); +- else +- property_set_choice (property, value); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_combo (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- const gchar *value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_combo (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_combo (property, value); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_color (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- GdkColor *value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_color (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_color (property, value); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_bgpixmap (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- GdkPixmap *value, +- const gchar *filename) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_bgpixmap (data, property, filename); +- else +- property_set_bgpixmap (property, value, filename); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_dialog (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- const gchar *string, +- gconstpointer value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_dialog (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_dialog (property, string, value); +-} +- +- +-/* FIXME: I think this is broken. It should save it relative to the XML file.*/ +-void +-gb_widget_output_filename (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- const gchar *value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_filename (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_filename (property, value); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_pixmap_filename (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- const gchar *value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_pixmap_filename (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_filename (property, value); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_font (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- GdkFont *value, +- const gchar *xlfd_fontname) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_font (data, property, xlfd_fontname); +- else +- property_set_font (property, value, xlfd_fontname); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_stock_item (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- const gchar *value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_string (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_stock_item (property, value); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_icon (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- const gchar *value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_icon (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_icon (property, value); +-} +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_named_icon (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- const gchar *property, +- const gchar *value) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_string (data, property, value); +- else +- property_set_named_icon (property, value); +-} +- +-void +-gb_widget_output_enum (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- GType enum_type, +- int *values, +- int n_values, +- const gchar *property, +- gint value) +-{ +- const char *s; +- int i; +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- s = glade_string_from_enum (enum_type, value); +- save_string (data, property, s); +- } +- else +- { +- for (i = 0; i < n_values; i++) +- if (values[i] == value) +- break; +- +- property_set_choice (property, i < n_values ? values[i] : 0); +- } +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbaboutdialog.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,602 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/aboutdialog.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Name = "GtkAboutDialog::name"; +-static gchar *Copyright = "GtkAboutDialog::copyright"; +-static gchar *Comments = "GtkAboutDialog::comments"; +-static gchar *License = "GtkAboutDialog::license"; +-static gchar *WrapLicense = "GtkAboutDialog::wrap_license"; +-static gchar *Website = "GtkAboutDialog::website"; +-static gchar *WebsiteLabel = "GtkAboutDialog::website_label"; +- +-static gchar *Authors = "GtkAboutDialog::authors"; +-static gchar *Documenters = "GtkAboutDialog::documenters"; +-static gchar *Artists = "GtkAboutDialog::artists"; +-static gchar *TranslatorCredits = "GtkAboutDialog::translator_credits"; +- +-static gchar *Logo = "GtkAboutDialog::logo"; +- +- +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "GtkAboutDialog|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +- +-#define GLADE_TRANSLATORS_STRING "translator-credits" +- +-/* This is the old string we used for GnomeAbout, but translators don't like +- it as the '_' character gets confused with an underlined accelerator key. */ +-#define GLADE_TRANSLATORS_STRING2 "translator_credits" +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkAboutDialog, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_about_dialog_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- gchar *project_name; +- +- new_widget = gtk_about_dialog_new (); +- +- project_name = glade_project_get_name (data->project); +- if (!project_name) +- project_name = _("Application Name"); +- gtk_about_dialog_set_name (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (new_widget), project_name); +- +- gtk_about_dialog_set_version (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (new_widget), "1.0"); +- +- /* Now we connect our normal delete_event handler. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- /* Set the default comment string for the translator credits. */ +- glade_util_set_translation_properties (new_widget, TranslatorCredits, +- TRUE, "TRANSLATORS: Replace this string with your names, one name per line.", FALSE); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_about_dialog_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_filename (Logo, _("Logo:"), _("The pixmap to use as the logo")); +- +- property_add_string (Name, _("Program Name:"), _("The name of the application")); +- property_add_text (Comments, _("Comments:"), _("Additional information, such as a description of the application"), 3); +- property_add_text (Copyright, _("Copyright:"), _("The copyright notice"), 2); +- +- property_add_string (Website, _("Website URL:"), _("The URL of the application's website")); +- property_add_string (WebsiteLabel, _("Website Label:"), _("The label to display for the link to the website")); +- +- property_add_text (License, _("License:"), _("The license details of the application"), 3); +- property_add_bool (WrapLicense, _("Wrap License:"), _("If the license text should be wrapped")); +- +- property_add_text (Authors, _("Authors:"), _("The authors of the package, one on each line"), 2); +- property_add_text (Documenters, _("Documenters:"), _("The documenters of the package, one on each line"), 2); +- property_add_text (Artists, _("Artists:"), _("The people who have created the artwork for the package, one on each line"), 2); +- property_add_text (TranslatorCredits, _("Translators:"), _("The translators of the package. This should normally be left empty so that translators can add their names in the po files"), 2); +- +- /* We onlt need the common DestroyWithParent window property. The others +- shouldn't really need to be changed on a simple About dialog. */ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, +- NULL, DestroyWithParent, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_about_dialog_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- const gchar *name, *copyright, *comments, *license, *website, *website_label; +- const char *translator_credits, *translator_credits_output; +- gboolean wrap_license; +- +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, +- NULL, DestroyWithParent, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- +- name = gtk_about_dialog_get_name (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Name, name); +- +- copyright = gtk_about_dialog_get_copyright (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, Copyright, copyright); +- +- comments = gtk_about_dialog_get_comments (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, Comments, comments); +- +- license = gtk_about_dialog_get_license (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, License, license); +- +- wrap_license = gtk_about_dialog_get_wrap_license (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, WrapLicense, wrap_license); +- +- /* We store the Website & WebsiteURL in the object datalist, since the +- widget does odd things when we set them. */ +- website = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), Website); +- gb_widget_output_string (data, Website, website); +- +- website_label = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), WebsiteLabel); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, WebsiteLabel, website_label); +- +- gb_widget_output_text (data, Authors, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Authors)); +- gb_widget_output_text (data, Documenters, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- Documenters)); +- gb_widget_output_text (data, Artists, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Artists)); +- +- /* If we are saving, and translator_credits isn't set but is translatable, +- we save the string "translator-credits". Translators can then +- replace this with their own names in the po files. */ +- translator_credits = gtk_about_dialog_get_translator_credits (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget)); +- translator_credits_output = translator_credits; +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING +- && (!translator_credits || *translator_credits == '\0')) +- { +- gchar *comments_text; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, TranslatorCredits, +- &translatable, +- &comments_text, &context); +- if (translatable) +- translator_credits_output = GLADE_TRANSLATORS_STRING; +- } +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, TranslatorCredits, +- translator_credits_output); +- +- gb_widget_output_pixmap_filename (data, Logo, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- Logo)); +-} +- +- +-static gchar** +-strv_from_property (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, GtkWidget *widget, const char *key) +-{ +- gchar **retval = NULL; +- char *str; +- +- str = gb_widget_input_text (data, key); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), key, g_strdup (str), +- str ? g_free : NULL); +- retval = g_strsplit (str, "\n", 0); +- } +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (str); +- +- return retval; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_about_dialog_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar **authors, **documenters, **artists; +- gchar *name, *copyright, *comments, *license, *website, *website_label; +- gchar *translators, *filename, *old_filename; +- GdkPixbuf *logo = NULL; +- GObject *object; +- gboolean wrap_license; +- +- object = G_OBJECT (widget); +- +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, +- NULL, DestroyWithParent, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- +- name = gb_widget_input_string (data, Name); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_about_dialog_set_name (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget), name); +- +- copyright = gb_widget_input_text (data, Copyright); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_about_dialog_set_copyright (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget), copyright); +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (copyright); +- +- comments = gb_widget_input_text (data, Comments); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_about_dialog_set_comments (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget), comments); +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (comments); +- +- license = gb_widget_input_text (data, License); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_about_dialog_set_license (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget), license); +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (license); +- +- wrap_license = gb_widget_input_bool (data, WrapLicense); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_about_dialog_set_wrap_license (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget), wrap_license); +- +- +- website = gb_widget_input_string (data, Website); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (widget), Website, g_strdup (website), +- website ? g_free : NULL); +- +- website_label = gb_widget_input_string (data, WebsiteLabel); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (widget), WebsiteLabel, +- g_strdup (website_label), +- website_label ? g_free : NULL); +- +- authors = strv_from_property (data, widget, Authors); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_about_dialog_set_authors (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget), +- (const gchar**) authors); +- g_strfreev (authors); +- +- documenters = strv_from_property (data, widget, Documenters); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_about_dialog_set_documenters (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget), +- (const gchar**) documenters); +- g_strfreev (documenters); +- +- artists = strv_from_property (data, widget, Artists); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_about_dialog_set_artists (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget), +- (const gchar**) artists); +- g_strfreev (artists); +- +- translators = gb_widget_input_text (data, TranslatorCredits); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (!strcmp (translators, GLADE_TRANSLATORS_STRING) +- || !strcmp (translators, GLADE_TRANSLATORS_STRING2)) +- g_object_set (object, "translator-credits", "", NULL); +- else +- g_object_set (object, "translator-credits", translators, NULL); +- } +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (translators); +- +- filename = gb_widget_input_pixmap_filename (data, Logo); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (filename && filename[0] == '\0') +- filename = NULL; +- +- old_filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Logo); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, old_filename); +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Logo, +- g_strdup (filename), filename ? g_free : NULL); +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, filename); +- logo = filename ? gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (filename, NULL) : NULL; +- g_object_set (object, "logo", logo, NULL); +- if (logo) +- g_object_unref (logo); +- } +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- g_free (filename); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkAboutDialog, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_about_dialog_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +-static gboolean +-output_creators_array (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData *data, +- gchar *array_name, gchar *property_name) +-{ +- gchar *string, **strv; +- gint i; +- +- string = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), property_name); +- if (!string || *string == '\0') +- return FALSE; +- +- source_add_decl (data, " const gchar *%s[] = {\n", array_name); +- +- strv = g_strsplit (string, "\n", 0); +- for (i = 0; strv[i]; i++) +- { +- if (strv[i][0]) +- source_add_decl (data, " %s,\n", +- source_make_string (strv[i], FALSE)); +- } +- +- source_add_decl (data, " NULL\n };\n"); +- g_strfreev (strv); +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_about_dialog_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gboolean translatable, context, wrap_license; +- gchar *comments; +- const gchar *name, *copyright, *about_comments, *license; +- const gchar *website, *website_label, *translators; +- gchar *logo_filename; +- char *pixbuf_name; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_about_dialog_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, +- NULL, DestroyWithParent, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- +- /* We set the version using the standard "VERSION" macro. */ +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_version (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), VERSION);\n", data->wname); +- +- name = gtk_about_dialog_get_name (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget)); +- if (name && *name) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Name, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_name (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (name, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- +- copyright = gtk_about_dialog_get_copyright (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget)); +- if (copyright && *copyright) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Copyright, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_copyright (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (copyright, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- +- about_comments = gtk_about_dialog_get_comments (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget)); +- if (about_comments && *about_comments) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Comments, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_comments (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (about_comments, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- +- license = gtk_about_dialog_get_license (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget)); +- if (license && *license) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, License, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_license (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (license, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- +- wrap_license = gtk_about_dialog_get_wrap_license (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget)); +- if (wrap_license) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_wrap_license (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- +- website = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), Website); +- if (website && *website) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_website (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string (website, FALSE)); +- } +- +- website_label = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), WebsiteLabel); +- if (website_label && *website_label) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, WebsiteLabel, +- &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_website_label (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (website_label, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- +- +- if (output_creators_array (widget, data, "authors", Authors)) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_authors (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), authors);\n", data->wname); +- +- if (output_creators_array (widget, data, "documenters", Documenters)) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_documenters (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), documenters);\n", data->wname); +- +- if (output_creators_array (widget, data, "artists", Artists)) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_artists (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), artists);\n", data->wname); +- +- +- /* If translators is set, then we use that specific string. +- If it is not set, then if gettext support is enabled we output code +- to call gettext to translate the special "translator_credits" string, +- and use that if it is translated. */ +- translators = gtk_about_dialog_get_translator_credits (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (widget)); +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, TranslatorCredits, +- &translatable, &comments, &context); +- if (translators && translators[0]) +- { +- source_add_translator_comments_to_buffer (data, GLADE_DECLARATIONS, translatable, comments); +- source_add_decl (data, " gchar *translators = %s;\n", +- source_make_string (translators, FALSE)); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), translators);\n", data->wname); +- } +- else if (data->use_gettext && translatable) +- { +- if (!comments || comments[0] == '\0') +- comments = "TRANSLATORS: Replace this string with your names, one name per line."; +- +- source_add_translator_comments_to_buffer (data, GLADE_DECLARATIONS, +- translatable, comments); +- source_add_decl (data, +- " gchar *translators = _(\"%s\");\n", +- GLADE_TRANSLATORS_STRING); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), translators);\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- +- logo_filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Logo); +- if (logo_filename && logo_filename[0]) +- { +- pixbuf_name = g_strdup_printf ("%s_logo_pixbuf", data->wname); +- +- source_add_decl (data, " GdkPixbuf *%s;\n", pixbuf_name); +- source_create_pixbuf (data, pixbuf_name, logo_filename); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_about_dialog_set_logo (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, pixbuf_name); +- +- g_free (pixbuf_name); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_about_dialog_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_about_dialog_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = aboutdialog_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("About Dialog"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_about_dialog_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_about_dialog_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_about_dialog_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_about_dialog_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_about_dialog_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_about_dialog_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbaccellabel.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <math.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkaccellabel.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/accellabel.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Label = "AccelLabel|GtkLabel::label"; +-static gchar *UseUnderline = "AccelLabel|GtkLabel::use_underline"; +-static gchar *UseMarkup = "AccelLabel|GtkLabel::use_markup"; +-static gchar *Justify = "AccelLabel|GtkLabel::justify"; +-static gchar *Wrap = "AccelLabel|GtkLabel::wrap"; +-static gchar *XAlign = "AccelLabel|GtkMisc::xalign"; +-static gchar *YAlign = "AccelLabel|GtkMisc::yalign"; +-static gchar *XPad = "AccelLabel|GtkMisc::xpad"; +-static gchar *YPad = "AccelLabel|GtkMisc::ypad"; +-static gchar *Selectable = "AccelLabel|GtkLabel::selectable"; +- +-static gchar *Ellipsize = "AccelLabel|GtkLabel::ellipsize"; +-static gchar *WidthChars = "AccelLabel|GtkLabel::width_chars"; +-static gchar *SingleLineMode = "AccelLabel|GtkLabel::single_line_mode"; +-static gchar *Angle = "AccelLabel|GtkLabel::angle"; +- +-static gchar *FocusTarget = "AccelLabel|GtkLabel::mnemonic_widget"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the funtion in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkAccelLabel, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget* +-gb_accel_label_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_accel_label_new (data->name); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_accel_label_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_label_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Label, UseUnderline, UseMarkup, +- Justify, Wrap, Selectable, +- XAlign, YAlign, XPad, YPad, +- FocusTarget, Ellipsize, WidthChars, +- SingleLineMode, Angle); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_accel_label_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_label_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Label, UseUnderline, UseMarkup, +- Justify, Wrap, Selectable, +- XAlign, YAlign, XPad, YPad, +- FocusTarget, Ellipsize, WidthChars, +- SingleLineMode, Angle); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_accel_label_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_label_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Label, UseUnderline, UseMarkup, +- Justify, Wrap, Selectable, +- XAlign, YAlign, XPad, YPad, +- FocusTarget, Ellipsize, WidthChars, +- SingleLineMode, Angle); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkAccelLabel, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_accel_label_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_accel_label_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- const gchar *label_text = gtk_label_get_label (GTK_LABEL (widget)); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Label, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_accel_label_new (%s);\n", data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (label_text, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (gtk_label_get_use_underline (GTK_LABEL (widget))) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_label_set_use_underline (GTK_LABEL (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- gb_label_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- Label, UseUnderline, UseMarkup, +- Justify, Wrap, Selectable, +- XAlign, YAlign, XPad, YPad, +- FocusTarget, Ellipsize, WidthChars, +- SingleLineMode, Angle); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_accel_label_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_accel_label_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = accellabel_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Label with Accelerator"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_accel_label_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_accel_label_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_accel_label_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_accel_label_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_accel_label_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_accel_label_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbalignment.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,268 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkalignment.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/alignment.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *XAlign = "GtkAlignment::xalign"; +-static gchar *YAlign = "GtkAlignment::yalign"; +-static gchar *XScale = "GtkAlignment::xscale"; +-static gchar *YScale = "GtkAlignment::yscale"; +- +-static gchar *TopPadding = "GtkAlignment::top_padding"; +-static gchar *BottomPadding = "GtkAlignment::bottom_padding"; +-static gchar *LeftPadding = "GtkAlignment::left_padding"; +-static gchar *RightPadding = "GtkAlignment::right_padding"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkAlignment, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_alignment_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_alignment_new (0.5, 0.5, 1.0, 1.0); +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder ()); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_alignment_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_float_range (XAlign, _("X Align:"), +- _("The horizontal alignment of the child widget"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_float_range (YAlign, _("Y Align:"), +- _("The vertical alignment of the child widget"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_float_range (XScale, _("X Scale:"), +- _("The horizontal scale of the child widget"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_float_range (YScale, _("Y Scale:"), +- _("The vertical scale of the child widget"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- +- property_add_int_range (TopPadding, +- _("Top Padding:"), +- _("Space to put above the child widget"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (BottomPadding, +- _("Bottom Padding:"), +- _("Space to put below the child widget"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (LeftPadding, +- _("Left Padding:"), +- _("Space to put to the left of the child widget"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (RightPadding, +- _("Right Padding:"), +- _("Space to put to the right of the child widget"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_alignment_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- guint padding_top, padding_bottom, padding_left, padding_right; +- +- gb_widget_output_float (data, XAlign, GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget)->xalign); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, YAlign, GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget)->yalign); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, XScale, GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget)->xscale); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, YScale, GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget)->yscale); +- +- gtk_alignment_get_padding (GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget), +- &padding_top, &padding_bottom, +- &padding_left, &padding_right); +- +- gb_widget_output_int (data, TopPadding, padding_top); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, BottomPadding, padding_bottom); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, LeftPadding, padding_left); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, RightPadding, padding_right); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_alignment_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gfloat xalign, yalign, xscale, yscale; +- guint padding_top, padding_bottom, padding_left, padding_right; +- gboolean set_alignment = FALSE, set_padding = FALSE; +- +- xalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, XAlign); +- if (data->apply) +- set_alignment = TRUE; +- else +- xalign = GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget)->xalign; +- +- yalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, YAlign); +- if (data->apply) +- set_alignment = TRUE; +- else +- yalign = GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget)->yalign; +- +- xscale = gb_widget_input_float (data, XScale); +- if (data->apply) +- set_alignment = TRUE; +- else +- xscale = GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget)->xscale; +- +- yscale = gb_widget_input_float (data, YScale); +- if (data->apply) +- set_alignment = TRUE; +- else +- yscale = GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget)->yscale; +- +- if (set_alignment) +- gtk_alignment_set (GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget), xalign, yalign, xscale, yscale); +- +- gtk_alignment_get_padding (GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget), +- &padding_top, &padding_bottom, +- &padding_left, &padding_right); +- +- padding_top = gb_widget_input_int (data, TopPadding); +- if (data->apply) +- set_padding = TRUE; +- +- padding_bottom = gb_widget_input_int (data, BottomPadding); +- if (data->apply) +- set_padding = TRUE; +- +- padding_left = gb_widget_input_int (data, LeftPadding); +- if (data->apply) +- set_padding = TRUE; +- +- padding_right = gb_widget_input_int (data, RightPadding); +- if (data->apply) +- set_padding = TRUE; +- +- if (set_padding) +- gtk_alignment_set_padding (GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget), +- padding_top, padding_bottom, +- padding_left, padding_right); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkAlignment, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_alignment_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +-static void +-gb_alignment_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- guint padding_top, padding_bottom, padding_left, padding_right; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_alignment_new (%g, %g, %g, %g);\n", +- data->wname, +- GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget)->xalign, GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget)->yalign, +- GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget)->xscale, GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget)->yscale); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- gtk_alignment_get_padding (GTK_ALIGNMENT (widget), +- &padding_top, &padding_bottom, +- &padding_left, &padding_right); +- +- if (padding_top != 0 || padding_bottom != 0 +- || padding_left != 0 || padding_right != 0) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_alignment_set_padding (GTK_ALIGNMENT (%s), %i, %i, %i, %i);\n", +- data->wname, +- padding_top, padding_bottom, padding_left, padding_right); +- +- } +-} +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_alignment_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_alignment_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = alignment_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Alignment"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_alignment_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_alignment_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_alignment_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_alignment_set_properties; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_alignment_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_alignment_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbarrow.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,312 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkarrow.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/arrow.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Direction = "GtkArrow::arrow_type"; +-static gchar *Shadow = "GtkArrow::shadow_type"; +-static gchar *XAlign = "Arrow|GtkMisc::xalign"; +-static gchar *YAlign = "Arrow|GtkMisc::yalign"; +-static gchar *XPad = "Arrow|GtkMisc::xpad"; +-static gchar *YPad = "Arrow|GtkMisc::ypad"; +- +-static const gchar *GbDirectionChoices[] = +-{"Up", "Down", "Left", "Right", NULL}; +-static const gint GbDirectionValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_ARROW_UP, +- GTK_ARROW_DOWN, +- GTK_ARROW_LEFT, +- GTK_ARROW_RIGHT +-}; +-static const gchar *GbDirectionSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_ARROW_UP", +- "GTK_ARROW_DOWN", +- "GTK_ARROW_LEFT", +- "GTK_ARROW_RIGHT" +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkArrow, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-/* +- GtkWidget* +- gb_arrow_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_arrow_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (Direction, _("Direction:"), _("The direction of the arrow"), +- GbDirectionChoices); +- property_add_choice (Shadow, _("Shadow:"), _("The shadow type of the arrow"), +- GladeShadowChoices); +- property_add_float_range (XAlign, _("X Align:"), +- _("The horizontal alignment of the arrow"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_float_range (YAlign, _("Y Align:"), +- _("The vertical alignment of the arrow"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_int_range (XPad, _("X Pad:"), _("The horizontal padding"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (YPad, _("Y Pad:"), _("The vertical padding"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_arrow_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbDirectionValues) / sizeof (GbDirectionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbDirectionValues[i] == GTK_ARROW (widget)->arrow_type) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Direction, i, GbDirectionSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- for (i = 0; i < GladeShadowChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (GladeShadowValues[i] == GTK_ARROW (widget)->shadow_type) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Shadow, i, GladeShadowSymbols[i]); +- } +- gb_widget_output_float (data, XAlign, GTK_MISC (widget)->xalign); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, YAlign, GTK_MISC (widget)->yalign); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, XPad, GTK_MISC (widget)->xpad); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, YPad, GTK_MISC (widget)->ypad); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_arrow_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *direction, *shadow; +- gboolean set_arrow = FALSE, set_alignment = FALSE, set_padding = FALSE; +- gfloat xalign, yalign; +- gint xpad, ypad, i; +- GtkArrowType arrow_type = GTK_ARROW_UP; +- GtkShadowType shadow_type = GTK_SHADOW_NONE; +- +- direction = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Direction); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; +- i < sizeof (GbDirectionValues) / sizeof (GbDirectionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (direction, GbDirectionChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (direction, GbDirectionSymbols[i])) +- { +- arrow_type = GbDirectionValues[i]; +- set_arrow = TRUE; +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- else +- arrow_type = GTK_ARROW (widget)->arrow_type; +- +- shadow = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Shadow); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < GladeShadowChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (shadow, GladeShadowChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (shadow, GladeShadowSymbols[i])) +- { +- shadow_type = GladeShadowValues[i]; +- set_arrow = TRUE; +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- else +- shadow_type = GTK_ARROW (widget)->shadow_type; +- +- if (set_arrow) +- gtk_arrow_set (GTK_ARROW (widget), arrow_type, shadow_type); +- +- xalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, XAlign); +- if (data->apply) +- set_alignment = TRUE; +- else +- xalign = GTK_MISC (widget)->xalign; +- +- yalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, YAlign); +- if (data->apply) +- set_alignment = TRUE; +- else +- yalign = GTK_MISC (widget)->yalign; +- +- if (set_alignment) +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (widget), xalign, yalign); +- +- xpad = gb_widget_input_int (data, XPad); +- if (data->apply) +- set_padding = TRUE; +- else +- xpad = GTK_MISC (widget)->xpad; +- +- ypad = gb_widget_input_int (data, YPad); +- if (data->apply) +- set_padding = TRUE; +- else +- ypad = GTK_MISC (widget)->ypad; +- +- if (set_padding) +- gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (widget), xpad, ypad); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkArrow, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_arrow_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_arrow_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gfloat xalign, yalign; +- gint xpad, ypad, arrow_type = 0, shadow_type = 0, i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbDirectionValues) / sizeof (GbDirectionValues[0]); +- i++) +- if (GbDirectionValues[i] == GTK_ARROW (widget)->arrow_type) +- { +- arrow_type = i; +- break; +- } +- for (i = 0; i < GladeShadowChoicesSize; i++) +- if (GladeShadowValues[i] == GTK_ARROW (widget)->shadow_type) +- { +- shadow_type = i; +- break; +- } +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_arrow_new (%s, %s);\n", data->wname, +- GbDirectionSymbols[arrow_type], GladeShadowSymbols[shadow_type]); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- xalign = GTK_MISC (widget)->xalign; +- yalign = GTK_MISC (widget)->yalign; +- if (xalign != 0.5 || yalign != 0.5) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (%s), %g, %g);\n", +- data->wname, xalign, yalign); +- } +- xpad = GTK_MISC (widget)->xpad; +- ypad = GTK_MISC (widget)->ypad; +- if (xpad || ypad) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (%s), %d, %d);\n", +- data->wname, xpad, ypad); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_arrow_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_arrow_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = arrow_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Arrow"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_arrow_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_arrow_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_arrow_set_properties; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_arrow_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_arrow_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_arrow_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbaspectframe.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,335 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include <math.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkalignment.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkaspectframe.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/aspectframe.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *LabelXAlign = "AspectFrame|GtkFrame::label_xalign"; +-static gchar *LabelYAlign = "AspectFrame|GtkFrame::label_yalign"; +-static gchar *Shadow = "AspectFrame|GtkFrame::shadow_type"; +-static gchar *XAlign = "GtkAspectFrame::xalign"; +-static gchar *YAlign = "GtkAspectFrame::yalign"; +-static gchar *Ratio = "GtkAspectFrame::ratio"; +-static gchar *Obey = "GtkAspectFrame::obey_child"; +- +-/* We don't show this any more, as the label is a child widget now, but we +- load this for compatability with old XML files. */ +-static gchar *Label = "AspectFrame|GtkFrame::label"; +- +-static const gchar *GbShadowChoices[] = +-{"None", "In", "Out", +- "Etched In", "Etched Out", NULL}; +-static const gint GbShadowValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_SHADOW_NONE, +- GTK_SHADOW_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_OUT, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT +-}; +-static const gchar *GbShadowSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_SHADOW_NONE", +- "GTK_SHADOW_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_OUT", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT" +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkAspectFrame, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_aspect_frame_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_aspect_frame_new (NULL, 0.5, 0.5, 1.0, TRUE); +- +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- { +- GtkWidget *label, *alignment; +- gchar *label_markup; +- +- /* For HIG compliance, we create a frame with no shadow, with a label +- of "<b>widget-name</b>", and with an alignment to add 12 pixels +- padding on the left. */ +- gtk_frame_set_shadow_type (GTK_FRAME (new_widget), GTK_SHADOW_NONE); +- +- label = gb_widget_new ("GtkLabel", NULL); +- label_markup = g_strdup_printf ("<b>%s</b>", data->name); +- gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), label_markup); +- g_free (label_markup); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (label), "GtkLabel::use_markup", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE)); +- +- gtk_frame_set_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (new_widget), label); +- +- alignment = gb_widget_new ("GtkAlignment", NULL); +- gtk_alignment_set_padding (GTK_ALIGNMENT (alignment), 0, 0, 12, 0); +- +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), alignment); +- } +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_aspect_frame_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * +- data) +-{ +- property_add_float_range (LabelXAlign, _("Label X Align:"), +- _("The horizontal alignment of the frame's label widget"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_float_range (LabelYAlign, _("Label Y Align:"), +- _("The vertical alignment of the frame's label widget"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_choice (Shadow, _("Shadow:"), _("The type of shadow of the frame"), +- GbShadowChoices); +- property_add_float_range (XAlign, _("X Align:"), +- _("The horizontal alignment of the frame's child"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_float_range (YAlign, _("Y Align:"), +- _("The horizontal alignment of the frame's child"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_float (Ratio, _("Ratio:"), +- _("The aspect ratio of the frame's child")); +- property_add_bool (Obey, _("Obey Child:"), +- _("If the aspect ratio should be determined by the child")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_aspect_frame_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- gb_widget_output_float (data, LabelXAlign, GTK_FRAME (widget)->label_xalign); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, LabelYAlign, GTK_FRAME (widget)->label_yalign); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbShadowValues[i] == GTK_FRAME (widget)->shadow_type) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Shadow, i, GbShadowSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_float (data, XAlign, GTK_ASPECT_FRAME (widget)->xalign); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, YAlign, GTK_ASPECT_FRAME (widget)->yalign); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Ratio, GTK_ASPECT_FRAME (widget)->ratio); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Obey, GTK_ASPECT_FRAME (widget)->obey_child); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_aspect_frame_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gfloat label_xalign, label_yalign; +- gboolean apply_xalign, apply_yalign; +- gfloat xalign, yalign, ratio; +- gchar *shadow; +- gboolean obey_child, set_aspect_frame = FALSE; +- gint i; +- +- /* We load the 'label' property, but create a child GbWidget. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- gchar *label = gb_widget_input_string (data, Label); +- if (data->apply && label && *label) +- { +- GtkWidget *label_widget = gb_widget_new ("GtkLabel", NULL); +- gtk_label_set_text (GTK_LABEL (label_widget), label); +- gtk_frame_set_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (widget), label_widget); +- } +- } +- +- label_xalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, LabelXAlign); +- apply_xalign = data->apply; +- if (!apply_xalign) +- label_xalign = GTK_FRAME (widget)->label_xalign; +- +- label_yalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, LabelYAlign); +- apply_yalign = data->apply; +- if (!apply_yalign) +- label_yalign = GTK_FRAME (widget)->label_yalign; +- +- if (apply_xalign || apply_yalign) +- gtk_frame_set_label_align (GTK_FRAME (widget), label_xalign, label_yalign); +- +- shadow = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Shadow); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (shadow, GbShadowChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (shadow, GbShadowSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_frame_set_shadow_type (GTK_FRAME (widget), GbShadowValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- xalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, XAlign); +- if (data->apply) +- set_aspect_frame = TRUE; +- else +- xalign = GTK_ASPECT_FRAME (widget)->xalign; +- +- yalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, YAlign); +- if (data->apply) +- set_aspect_frame = TRUE; +- else +- yalign = GTK_ASPECT_FRAME (widget)->yalign; +- +- ratio = gb_widget_input_float (data, Ratio); +- if (data->apply) +- set_aspect_frame = TRUE; +- else +- ratio = GTK_ASPECT_FRAME (widget)->ratio; +- +- obey_child = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Obey); +- if (data->apply) +- set_aspect_frame = TRUE; +- else +- obey_child = GTK_ASPECT_FRAME (widget)->obey_child; +- +- if (set_aspect_frame) +- gtk_aspect_frame_set (GTK_ASPECT_FRAME (widget), xalign, yalign, +- ratio, obey_child); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_aspect_frame_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gfloat xalign, yalign; +- gint shadow = 0, i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_aspect_frame_new (NULL, %g, %g, %g, %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- GTK_ASPECT_FRAME (widget)->xalign, +- GTK_ASPECT_FRAME (widget)->yalign, +- GTK_ASPECT_FRAME (widget)->ratio, +- GTK_ASPECT_FRAME (widget)->obey_child ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- xalign = GTK_FRAME (widget)->label_xalign; +- yalign = GTK_FRAME (widget)->label_yalign; +- if (xalign >= GLADE_EPSILON || fabs (yalign - 0.5) >= GLADE_EPSILON) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_frame_set_label_align (GTK_FRAME (%s), %g, 0.5);\n", +- data->wname, xalign); +- } +- +- if (GTK_FRAME (widget)->shadow_type != GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i +- ++) +- if (GbShadowValues[i] == GTK_FRAME (widget)->shadow_type) +- { +- shadow = i; +- break; +- } +- source_add (data, " gtk_frame_set_shadow_type (GTK_FRAME (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbShadowSymbols[shadow]); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_aspect_frame_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_aspect_frame_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = aspectframe_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Aspect Frame"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_aspect_frame_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_aspect_frame_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_aspect_frame_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_aspect_frame_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_aspect_frame_write_source; +- +- /* We just use the GtkFrame functions for these. */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_frame_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_frame_add_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child_properties = gb_frame_get_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_frame_write_add_child_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbbutton.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,1612 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkalignment.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkbbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkbutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkdialog.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkradiobutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkentry.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkimage.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkstock.h> +- +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/button.xpm" +- +-/* +- * GtkButton widget - unfortunately this has been 'overloaded' a bit to cope +- * with extra properties available in toolbar buttons and Gnome buttons. +- * Standard toolbar buttons can have an icon as well as a label. +- * Gnome buttons can be a stock button (which has a label and icon), or can +- * have a stock pixmap as well as a label if they are in a toolbar or in a +- * GnomeDialog/MessageBox. +- */ +- +-typedef enum { +- GLADE_BUTTON_NORMAL, +- GLADE_BUTTON_DIALOG, +- GLADE_BUTTON_GNOME_DIALOG +-} GladeButtonType; +- +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *StockButton = "GtkButton::stock_button"; +-static gchar *Label = "GtkButton::label"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GtkButton::icon"; +-static gchar *FocusOnClick = "GtkButton::focus_on_click"; +- +-/* This is only used for normal/stock buttons, not special toolbar buttons, +- as the toolbar has its own relief setting. */ +-static gchar *Relief = "GtkButton::relief"; +- +-/* This is used for dialog buttons. It is a string, either one of the standard +- GTK+ response strings, or a user-defined integer. */ +-static gchar *ResponseID = "GtkButton::response_id"; +- +-/* This is used for dialog buttons, to set if it is a secondary button. +- Buttons with ResponseID set to "GTK_RESPONSE_HELP" are always secondary. */ +-/* FIXME: We don't worry about this for now. We may support it later. */ +-/*static gchar *Secondary = "GtkButton::secondary";*/ +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkButton, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_button_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- new_widget = gtk_button_new_with_label (data->name); +- else +- { +- new_widget = gtk_button_new (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder()); +- } +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_button_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- GList *response_list = NULL; +- gint i; +- +- property_add_stock_item (StockButton, _("Stock Button:"), +- _("The stock button to use"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- property_add_text (Label, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 2); +- property_add_icon (Icon, _("Icon:"), +- _("The icon to display"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- property_add_choice (Relief, _("Button Relief:"), +- _("The relief style of the button"), +- GladeReliefChoices); +- +- for (i = 0; i < GladeStockResponsesSize; i++) +- response_list = g_list_append (response_list, GladeStockResponses[i].name); +- property_add_combo (ResponseID, _("Response ID:"), +- _("The response code returned when the button is pressed. " +- "Select one of the standard responses or enter a positive integer value"), +- response_list); +- g_list_free (response_list); +- +- property_add_bool (FocusOnClick, _("Focus On Click:"), _("If the button grabs focus when it is clicked")); +-} +- +- +-/* Returns the type of the button - NORMAL, DIALOG or GNOME_DIALOG. */ +-GladeButtonType +-gb_button_get_button_type (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- gchar *child_name; +- +- if (widget->parent) +- { +- child_name = gb_widget_get_child_name (widget->parent); +- if (child_name && !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogActionArea)) +- { +- GtkWidget *toplevel = glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- if (GTK_IS_DIALOG (toplevel)) +- return GLADE_BUTTON_DIALOG; +- else +- return GLADE_BUTTON_GNOME_DIALOG; +- } +- } +- +- return GLADE_BUTTON_NORMAL; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * NORMAL BUTTONS. GtkButton/GtkToggleButton/GtkCheckButton/GtkRadioButton. +- */ +- +-/* This tries to find the child label & icon of the button. If the button +- contains other widgets it returns FALSE, i.e. if the user has added other +- widgets instead. */ +-static gboolean +-gb_button_normal_find_child_widgets (GtkWidget *widget, +- GtkWidget **label, +- GtkWidget **icon) +-{ +- GtkWidget *child, *alignment_child; +- +- *label = *icon = NULL; +- +- /* Check it has a child. If it doesn't output a warning. */ +- child = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- g_return_val_if_fail (child != NULL, FALSE); +- +- /* Check if it has just a GtkLabel child. */ +- if (GTK_IS_LABEL (child)) +- { +- /* If it is a GbWidget we don't handle its properties here. */ +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (child)) +- return FALSE; +- +- *label = child; +- return TRUE; +- } +- +- /* Check if it has just a GtkImage child. */ +- if (GTK_IS_IMAGE (child)) +- { +- *icon = child; +- return TRUE; +- } +- +- /* If it contains an icon and a label it must be a GtkAlignment with a +- GtkHBox in it. */ +- if (!GTK_IS_ALIGNMENT (child)) +- return FALSE; +- +- /* Now check for a hbox with a GtkImage and GtkLabel children. */ +- alignment_child = GTK_BIN (child)->child; +- if (alignment_child && GTK_IS_HBOX (alignment_child) +- && g_list_length (GTK_BOX (alignment_child)->children) == 2) +- { +- GList *children; +- GtkBoxChild *child1, *child2; +- +- children = GTK_BOX (alignment_child)->children; +- child1 = children->data; +- child2 = children->next->data; +- +- if (GTK_IS_IMAGE (child1->widget) && GTK_IS_LABEL (child2->widget)) +- { +- *icon = child1->widget; +- *label = child2->widget; +- return TRUE; +- } +- } +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_button_normal_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- gchar *stock_id_p, +- gchar *label_p, +- gchar *icon_p) +-{ +- gchar *stock_id, *label_text; +- gboolean label_sensitive = TRUE; +- gboolean icon_sensitive = TRUE; +- GtkWidget *label, *icon; +- +- /* We only allow the GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON size for stock items & icons. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- property_set_stock_item_icon_size (stock_id_p, GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- property_set_icon_size (icon_p, GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- } +- +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeButtonStockIDKey); +- /* In the XML the stock item name is actually saved as the label property, +- and the use_stock property specifies that it is a stock item. +- Also, use_underline needs to be set. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- if (stock_id) +- { +- gb_widget_output_stock_item (data, "label", stock_id); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, "use_stock", TRUE); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- gb_widget_output_stock_item (data, stock_id_p, stock_id); +- } +- +- +- if (stock_id) +- { +- label_sensitive = FALSE; +- icon_sensitive = FALSE; +- } +- else +- { +- if (gb_button_normal_find_child_widgets (widget, &label, &icon)) +- { +- gchar *icon_name = NULL; +- +- if (label) +- label_text = (gchar*) gtk_label_get_label (GTK_LABEL (label)); +- else +- label_text = ""; +- +- /* This is a bit of a hack. The label has the real translation +- properties, but we copy them to the button so everything works. */ +- if (label) { +- glade_util_copy_translation_properties (label, "GtkLabel::label", +- widget, label_p); +- } +- +- /* When saving we only output the label if the icon isn't set, +- since if it is we will be saving as separate child widgets. */ +- if (data->action != GB_SAVING || !icon) +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, label_p, label_text); +- +- /* We always save use_underline as TRUE, though we don't load it. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING && !icon) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, "use_underline", TRUE); +- +- if (icon) +- icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (icon), GladeIconKey); +- +- /* We never output the icon when saving, as it will be saved as a +- child widget. */ +- if (data->action != GB_SAVING) +- gb_widget_output_icon (data, icon_p, icon_name); +- } +- else +- { +- label_sensitive = FALSE; +- icon_sensitive = FALSE; +- } +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- if (!label_sensitive) +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, label_p, ""); +- property_set_sensitive (label_p, label_sensitive); +- +- if (!icon_sensitive) +- gb_widget_output_pixmap_filename (data, icon_p, ""); +- property_set_sensitive (icon_p, icon_sensitive); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_button_normal_set_stock_id (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- gchar *stock_id, +- gchar *label_p, +- gchar *icon_p) +-{ +- gboolean is_stock_item = FALSE; +- const gchar *label_text = ""; +- +- if (stock_id && stock_id[0]) +- is_stock_item = TRUE; +- +- if (is_stock_item) +- { +- gtk_button_set_use_stock (GTK_BUTTON (widget), TRUE); +- gtk_button_set_label (GTK_BUTTON (widget), stock_id); +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeButtonStockIDKey, +- g_strdup (stock_id), g_free); +- } +- else +- { +- /* Change the button back to a normal button with a simple label. */ +- gtk_button_set_use_stock (GTK_BUTTON (widget), FALSE); +- label_text = gtk_widget_get_name (widget); +- gtk_button_set_label (GTK_BUTTON (widget), label_text); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeButtonStockIDKey, NULL); +- } +- +- /* If the widget's properties are displayed, we update the sensitivity of +- the label and icon, according to whether a stock item is selected. */ +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING && property_get_widget () == widget) +- { +- property_set_sensitive (label_p, !is_stock_item); +- property_set_sensitive (icon_p, !is_stock_item); +- +- /* Turn off auto-apply, and set the label. */ +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_text (label_p, label_text); +- property_set_filename (icon_p, ""); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_button_normal_recreate_children (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- gchar *label, gchar *icon_name) +-{ +- GtkWidget *parent = widget; +- +- /* Remove any existing children. */ +- if (GTK_BIN (widget)->child) +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), GTK_BIN (widget)->child); +- +- /* If both label and icon are needed, we put them in a hbox, otherwise we +- just add the label or icon to the button. */ +- if (label && icon_name) +- { +- GtkWidget *alignment = gb_widget_new ("GtkAlignment", widget); +- gtk_widget_show (alignment); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), alignment); +- gtk_alignment_set (GTK_ALIGNMENT (alignment), 0.5, 0.5, 0.0, 0.0); +- if (GTK_BIN (alignment)->child) +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (alignment), +- GTK_BIN (alignment)->child); +- +- /* We use gb_widget_new_full() and GB_LOADING since we don't want the +- dialog to be shown asking for the number of columns. */ +- parent = gb_widget_new_full ("GtkHBox", TRUE, alignment, NULL, 0, 0, +- NULL, GB_LOADING, NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (parent); +- gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (parent), 2); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (alignment), parent); +- } +- +- if (icon_name) +- { +- GtkWidget *icon_widget; +- +- icon_widget = gb_widget_new ("GtkImage", parent); +- +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (icon_widget), GladeIconKey, +- g_strdup (icon_name), +- icon_name ? g_free : NULL); +- +- if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon_name)) +- { +- gtk_image_set_from_stock (GTK_IMAGE (icon_widget), icon_name, +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_image_set_from_file (GTK_IMAGE (icon_widget), icon_name); +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, icon_name); +- } +- gtk_widget_show (icon_widget); +- +- /* We pack them in the hbox just like GtkButton does. */ +- if (GTK_IS_BOX (parent)) +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (parent), icon_widget, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- else +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), icon_widget); +- } +- +- if (label) +- { +- GtkWidget *label_widget; +- +- /* If we only have a label, we use a simple label widget, otherwise we +- use a GbWidget. */ +- if (icon_name) +- { +- label_widget = gb_widget_new ("GtkLabel", parent); +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (label_widget), label); +- } +- else +- { +- label_widget = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic (label); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_show (label_widget); +- +- if (GTK_IS_BOX (parent)) +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (parent), label_widget, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- else +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), label_widget); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_button_normal_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- gchar *stock_id_p, +- gchar *label_p, +- gchar *icon_p) +-{ +- gchar *stock_id = NULL, *label, *icon_name = NULL; +- gboolean apply_stock_id = FALSE, apply_label, apply_icon; +- gboolean free_label = FALSE, free_icon_name = FALSE; +- GtkWidget *label_widget, *icon_widget; +- +- label = gb_widget_input_text (data, label_p); +- apply_label = data->apply; +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- free_label = TRUE; +- +- /* When loading, if "use_stock" is TRUE, then the label is the stock item. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- gboolean is_stock_item = gb_widget_input_bool (data, "use_stock"); +- if (is_stock_item) +- { +- stock_id = label; +- apply_stock_id = apply_label; +- } +- } +- else +- { +- stock_id = gb_widget_input_stock_item (data, stock_id_p); +- apply_stock_id = data->apply; +- } +- +- if (apply_stock_id) +- { +- gb_button_normal_set_stock_id (widget, data, stock_id, label_p, icon_p); +- goto out; +- } +- +- icon_name = gb_widget_input_icon (data, icon_p); +- apply_icon = data->apply; +- +- gb_button_normal_find_child_widgets (widget, &label_widget, +- &icon_widget); +- +- /* This is a bit of a hack. The label has the real translation +- properties, so we have to copy them back there. */ +- if (apply_label && label_widget) +- glade_util_copy_translation_properties (widget, label_p, +- label_widget, "GtkLabel::label"); +- +- /* If neither icon nor label is set, we don't touch the button as it may +- have other child widgets. */ +- if (!apply_label && !apply_icon) +- return; +- +- if (!apply_label) +- { +- if (label_widget) +- { +- label = g_strdup (gtk_label_get_label (GTK_LABEL (label_widget))); +- free_label = TRUE; +- } +- else +- label = NULL; +- } +- +- if (!apply_icon) +- { +- if (icon_widget) +- { +- icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (icon_widget), +- GladeIconKey); +- if (icon_name && *icon_name) +- { +- icon_name = g_strdup (icon_name); +- free_icon_name = TRUE; +- } +- else +- icon_name = NULL; +- } +- else +- icon_name = NULL; +- } +- +- if (icon_name && !*icon_name) +- icon_name = NULL; +- +- /* If we have an empty label and an icon, we set the label to NULL so it is +- removed. */ +- if (label && !*label && icon_name) +- { +- if (free_label) +- g_free (label); +- label = NULL; +- } +- +- /* Check if we need to rearrange the child widgets, i.e. if we have a label +- but no label widget or we don't have a label but we do have a label +- widget. And the same for the icon. */ +- if ((apply_label && ((label && !label_widget) || (!label && label_widget))) +- || (apply_icon && ((icon_name && !icon_widget) || (!icon_name && icon_widget)))) +- { +- gb_button_normal_recreate_children (widget, data, label, icon_name); +- +- gb_button_normal_find_child_widgets (widget, &label_widget, +- &icon_widget); +- if (label_widget) +- glade_util_copy_translation_properties (widget, label_p, +- label_widget, "GtkLabel::label"); +- +- goto out; +- } +- +- /* Just update the current label & icon widgets. */ +- if (apply_label) +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (label_widget), +- label ? label : ""); +- +- if (apply_icon && icon_widget && icon_name) +- { +- gchar *old_icon_name; +- +- /* Remove the old icon_name stored in the widget data, and remove the +- pixmap from the project, if necessary. */ +- old_icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (icon_widget), +- GladeIconKey); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, old_icon_name); +- +- if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon_name)) +- { +- gtk_image_set_from_stock (GTK_IMAGE (icon_widget), icon_name, +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_image_set_from_file (GTK_IMAGE (icon_widget), icon_name); +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, icon_name); +- } +- +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (icon_widget), GladeIconKey, +- g_strdup (icon_name), +- icon_name ? g_free : NULL); +- } +- +- out: +- +- if (free_label) +- g_free (label); +- if (free_icon_name) +- g_free (icon_name); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_button_normal_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- const gchar *label_p) +-{ +- GtkWidget *label_widget, *icon_widget; +- gchar *group_string = "", *group_string2 = "", *type, *stock_id; +- GType widget_type; +- +- widget_type = G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget); +- if (widget_type == GTK_TYPE_BUTTON) +- type = "button"; +- else if (widget_type == GTK_TYPE_TOGGLE_BUTTON) +- type = "toggle_button"; +- else if (widget_type == GTK_TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) +- type = "check_button"; +- else +- { +- type = "radio_button"; +- group_string = "NULL, "; +- group_string2 = "NULL"; +- } +- +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeButtonStockIDKey); +- if (stock_id) +- { +- if (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget) == GTK_TYPE_BUTTON) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_button_new_from_stock (%s);\n", +- data->wname, source_make_string (stock_id, FALSE)); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_%s_new_with_mnemonic (%s%s);\n" +- " gtk_button_set_use_stock (GTK_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname, type, group_string, +- source_make_string (stock_id, FALSE), data->wname); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- gb_button_normal_find_child_widgets (widget, &label_widget, +- &icon_widget); +- +- if (label_widget && !icon_widget) +- { +- gchar *label_text, *comments; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- +- label_text = glade_util_get_label_text (label_widget); +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (label_widget, +- "GtkLabel::label", +- &translatable, &comments, +- &context); +- +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_%s_new_with_mnemonic (%s%s);\n", +- data->wname, type, group_string, +- source_make_string_full (label_text, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- g_free (label_text); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_%s_new (%s);\n", data->wname, type, +- group_string2); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_button_find_radio_group (GtkWidget *widget, GladeFindGroupData *find_data) +-{ +- if (find_data->found_widget) +- return; +- +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_BUTTON (widget) && GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- { +- if (gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (widget)) == find_data->group) +- { +- find_data->found_widget = widget; +- return; +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget)) +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, +- (GtkCallback) gb_button_find_radio_group, +- find_data); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * GNOME DIALOG BUTTONS. GtkButton only. +- */ +- +-/* This tries to find the child label & icon of the button. If the button +- contains other widgets it returns FALSE, i.e. if the user has added other +- widgets instead. */ +-static gboolean +-gb_button_gnome_find_child_widgets (GtkWidget *widget, +- GtkWidget **label, +- GtkWidget **icon) +-{ +- GtkWidget *child; +- +- *label = *icon = NULL; +- +- /* Check it has a child. If it doesn't output a warning. */ +- child = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- g_return_val_if_fail (child != NULL, FALSE); +- +- /* Check if it has just a GtkLabel child. */ +- if (GTK_IS_LABEL (child)) +- { +- *label = child; +- return TRUE; +- } +- +- /* Check if it has just a GtkImage child. */ +- if (GTK_IS_IMAGE (child)) +- { +- *icon = child; +- return TRUE; +- } +- +- /* If it contains an icon and a label it must be a GtkAlignment with a +- GtkHBox in it. FIXME: GnomeDialog doesn't use a GtkAlignment at present, +- but we check for it just in case. */ +- if (GTK_IS_ALIGNMENT (child)) +- child = GTK_BIN (child)->child; +- +- /* GNOME uses a hbox inside a hbox, so check for that. */ +- if (child && GTK_IS_HBOX (child) +- && g_list_length (GTK_BOX (child)->children) == 1) +- { +- GtkBoxChild *hbox_child; +- hbox_child = GTK_BOX (child)->children->data; +- child = hbox_child->widget; +- } +- +- /* FIXME: Gnome may not show the icon and/or label according to config +- settings. That may break Glade. */ +- +- /* Now check for a hbox with a GtkImage and GtkLabel children. */ +- if (child && GTK_IS_HBOX (child) +- && g_list_length (GTK_BOX (child)->children) <= 2) +- { +- GList *children; +- GtkBoxChild *child1, *child2; +- +- children = GTK_BOX (child)->children; +- child1 = children->data; +- child2 = children->next ? children->next->data : NULL; +- +- if (child1 && child2) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_LABEL (child1->widget) && GTK_IS_IMAGE (child2->widget)) +- { +- *label = child1->widget; +- *icon = child2->widget; +- return TRUE; +- } +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_LABEL (child1->widget)) +- { +- *label = child1->widget; +- return TRUE; +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_IMAGE (child1->widget)) +- { +- *icon = child1->widget; +- return TRUE; +- } +- } +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_button_gnome_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- gchar *stock_id_p, +- gchar *label_p, +- gchar *icon_p) +-{ +- gchar *stock_id, *label_text; +- gboolean label_sensitive = TRUE; +- gboolean icon_sensitive = TRUE; +- GtkWidget *label, *icon; +- +- /* We only allow the GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON size for stock items & icons. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- property_set_stock_item_icon_size (stock_id_p, GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- property_set_icon_size (icon_p, GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- } +- +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeButtonStockIDKey); +- /* In the XML the stock item name is actually saved as the label property, +- and the use_stock property specifies that it is a stock item. +- Also, use_underline needs to be set. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- if (stock_id) +- { +- gb_widget_output_stock_item (data, "label", stock_id); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, "use_stock", TRUE); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- gb_widget_output_stock_item (data, stock_id_p, stock_id); +- } +- +- +- if (stock_id) +- { +- label_sensitive = FALSE; +- icon_sensitive = FALSE; +- } +- else +- { +- if (gb_button_gnome_find_child_widgets (widget, &label, &icon)) +- { +- gchar *icon_name = NULL; +- +- if (label) +- label_text = (gchar*) gtk_label_get_label (GTK_LABEL (label)); +- else +- label_text = ""; +- +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, label_p, label_text); +- +- /* We always save use_underline as TRUE, though we don't load it. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING && !icon) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, "use_underline", TRUE); +- +- if (icon) +- icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (icon), GladeIconKey); +- +- /* We never output the icon when saving, as it will be saved as a +- child widget. */ +- gb_widget_output_icon (data, icon_p, icon_name); +- } +- else +- { +- label_sensitive = FALSE; +- icon_sensitive = FALSE; +- } +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- if (!label_sensitive) +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, label_p, ""); +- property_set_sensitive (label_p, label_sensitive); +- +- if (!icon_sensitive) +- gb_widget_output_pixmap_filename (data, icon_p, ""); +- property_set_sensitive (icon_p, icon_sensitive); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_button_gnome_set_stock_id (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- gchar *stock_id, +- gchar *label_p, +- gchar *icon_p) +-{ +- gboolean is_stock_item = FALSE; +- const gchar *label_text = ""; +- +- if (stock_id && stock_id[0]) +- is_stock_item = TRUE; +- +- if (is_stock_item) +- { +- gtk_button_set_use_stock (GTK_BUTTON (widget), TRUE); +- gtk_button_set_label (GTK_BUTTON (widget), stock_id); +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeButtonStockIDKey, +- g_strdup (stock_id), g_free); +- } +- else +- { +- /* Change the button back to a gnome button with a simple label. */ +- gtk_button_set_use_stock (GTK_BUTTON (widget), FALSE); +- label_text = gtk_widget_get_name (widget); +- gtk_button_set_label (GTK_BUTTON (widget), label_text); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeButtonStockIDKey, NULL); +- } +- +- /* If the widget's properties are displayed, we update the sensitivity of +- the label and icon, according to whether a stock item is selected. */ +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING && property_get_widget () == widget) +- { +- property_set_sensitive (label_p, !is_stock_item); +- property_set_sensitive (icon_p, !is_stock_item); +- +- /* Turn off auto-apply, and set the label. */ +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_text (label_p, label_text); +- property_set_filename (icon_p, ""); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_button_gnome_recreate_children (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- gchar *label, gchar *icon_name) +-{ +- GtkWidget *parent = widget; +- +- /* Remove any existing children. */ +- if (GTK_BIN (widget)->child) +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), GTK_BIN (widget)->child); +- +- /* If both label and icon are needed, we put them in a hbox, otherwise we +- just add the label or icon to the button. */ +- if (label && icon_name) +- { +- GtkWidget *hbox; +- +- /* It uses a hbox in a hbox to keep the contents in the center, rather +- than an alignment like GTK+ does. */ +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), hbox); +- +- parent = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (parent); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), parent, TRUE, FALSE, 2); +- } +- +- if (label) +- { +- GtkWidget *label_widget; +- +- label_widget = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic (label); +- gtk_widget_show (label_widget); +- +- if (GTK_IS_BOX (parent)) +- gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (parent), label_widget, FALSE, FALSE, 2); +- else +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), label_widget); +- } +- +- if (icon_name) +- { +- GtkWidget *icon_widget; +- +- icon_widget = gtk_image_new (); +- +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (icon_widget), GladeIconKey, +- g_strdup (icon_name), +- icon_name ? g_free : NULL); +- +- if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon_name)) +- { +- gtk_image_set_from_stock (GTK_IMAGE (icon_widget), icon_name, +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_image_set_from_file (GTK_IMAGE (icon_widget), icon_name); +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, icon_name); +- } +- gtk_widget_show (icon_widget); +- +- if (GTK_IS_BOX (parent)) +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (parent), icon_widget, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- else +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), icon_widget); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_button_gnome_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- gchar *stock_id_p, +- gchar *label_p, +- gchar *icon_p) +-{ +- gchar *stock_id = NULL, *label, *icon_name = NULL; +- gboolean apply_stock_id = FALSE, apply_label, apply_icon; +- gboolean free_label = FALSE, free_icon_name = FALSE; +- GtkWidget *label_widget, *icon_widget; +- +- label = gb_widget_input_text (data, label_p); +- apply_label = data->apply; +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- free_label = TRUE; +- +- /* When loading, if "use_stock" is TRUE, then the label is the stock item. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- gboolean is_stock_item = gb_widget_input_bool (data, "use_stock"); +- if (is_stock_item) +- { +- stock_id = label; +- apply_stock_id = apply_label; +- } +- } +- else +- { +- stock_id = gb_widget_input_stock_item (data, stock_id_p); +- apply_stock_id = data->apply; +- } +- +- if (apply_stock_id) +- { +- gb_button_gnome_set_stock_id (widget, data, stock_id, label_p, icon_p); +- goto out; +- } +- +- icon_name = gb_widget_input_icon (data, icon_p); +- apply_icon = data->apply; +- +- /* If neither icon nor label is set, we don't touch the button as it may +- have other child widgets. */ +- if (!apply_label && !apply_icon) +- return; +- +- gb_button_gnome_find_child_widgets (widget, &label_widget, +- &icon_widget); +- +- if (!apply_label) +- { +- if (label_widget) +- { +- label = g_strdup (gtk_label_get_label (GTK_LABEL (label_widget))); +- free_label = TRUE; +- } +- else +- label = NULL; +- } +- +- if (!apply_icon) +- { +- if (icon_widget) +- { +- icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (icon_widget), +- GladeIconKey); +- if (icon_name && *icon_name) +- { +- icon_name = g_strdup (icon_name); +- free_icon_name = TRUE; +- } +- else +- icon_name = NULL; +- } +- else +- icon_name = NULL; +- } +- +- if (icon_name && !*icon_name) +- icon_name = NULL; +- +- /* If we have an empty label and an icon, we set the label to NULL so it is +- removed. */ +- if (label && !*label && icon_name) +- { +- if (free_label) +- g_free (label); +- label = NULL; +- } +- +- /* Check if we need to rearrange the child widgets, i.e. if we have a label +- but no label widget or we don't have a label but we do have a label +- widget. And the same for the icon. */ +- if ((apply_label && ((label && !label_widget) || (!label && label_widget))) +- || (apply_icon && ((icon_name && !icon_widget) || (!icon_name && icon_widget)))) +- { +- gb_button_gnome_recreate_children (widget, data, label, icon_name); +- +- goto out; +- } +- +- /* Just update the current label & icon widgets. */ +- if (apply_label) +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (label_widget), +- label ? label : ""); +- +- if (apply_icon && icon_widget && icon_name) +- { +- gchar *old_icon_name; +- +- /* Remove the old icon_name stored in the widget data, and remove the +- pixmap from the project, if necessary. */ +- old_icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (icon_widget), +- GladeIconKey); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, old_icon_name); +- +- if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon_name)) +- { +- gtk_image_set_from_stock (GTK_IMAGE (icon_widget), icon_name, +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_image_set_from_file (GTK_IMAGE (icon_widget), icon_name); +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, icon_name); +- } +- +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (icon_widget), GladeIconKey, +- g_strdup (icon_name), +- icon_name ? g_free : NULL); +- } +- +- out: +- +- if (free_label) +- g_free (label); +- if (free_icon_name) +- g_free (icon_name); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_button_gnome_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- const gchar *label_p) +-{ +- gchar *stock_id; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, label_p, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeButtonStockIDKey); +- if (stock_id) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_dialog_append_button (GNOME_DIALOG (%s), %s);\n", +- data->component_name, +- source_make_string (stock_id, FALSE)); +- } +- else +- { +- GtkWidget *label, *icon; +- gchar *label_text = NULL; +- +- gb_button_gnome_find_child_widgets (widget, &label, &icon); +- +- if (label) +- label_text = glade_util_get_label_text (label); +- +- if (icon) +- { +- gchar *icon_id; +- +- icon_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (icon), GladeIconKey); +- +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_dialog_append_button_with_pixmap (GNOME_DIALOG (%s),\n" +- " %s, ", +- data->component_name, +- label_text ? source_make_string_full (label_text, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : ""); +- +- source_add (data, +- "%s);\n", +- source_make_string (icon_id, FALSE)); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_dialog_append_button (GNOME_DIALOG (%s), %s);\n", +- data->component_name, +- label_text ? source_make_string (label_text, FALSE) : ""); +- } +- +- g_free (label_text); +- } +- +- /* We want to get a pointer to the widget so we can output the standard +- source, in case handlers have been added to the buttons. +- We can just get the last widget in the GnomeDialog's list of buttons. +- Note that we have to make sure that the button isn't added to its +- parent widget again elsewhere. */ +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_WIDGET (g_list_last (GNOME_DIALOG (%s)->buttons)->data);\n", +- data->wname, data->component_name); +- +- /* We set this to FALSE, so the code to add it to its parent is skipped. */ +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +-} +- +- +- +- +- +- +-/* +- * GbButton functions. +- */ +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-void +-gb_button_get_standard_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- gchar *stock_id_p, +- gchar *label_p, +- gchar *icon_p, +- gchar *relief_p, +- gchar *focus_on_click_p) +-{ +- GladeButtonType button_type; +- gboolean relief_visible = TRUE, icon_file_selection = TRUE; +- gint i; +- +- button_type = gb_button_get_button_type (widget); +- +- switch (button_type) +- { +- case GLADE_BUTTON_NORMAL: +- gb_button_normal_get_properties (widget, data, stock_id_p, label_p, +- icon_p); +- break; +- case GLADE_BUTTON_DIALOG: +- gb_button_normal_get_properties (widget, data, stock_id_p, label_p, +- icon_p); +- break; +- case GLADE_BUTTON_GNOME_DIALOG: +- gb_button_gnome_get_properties (widget, data, stock_id_p, label_p, +- icon_p); +- /* Gnome dialog buttons can only have stock icons. */ +- icon_file_selection = FALSE; +- break; +- } +- +- /* Handle the Relief property here, as it is simple. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- property_set_visible (relief_p, relief_visible); +- property_set_icon_filesel (icon_p, icon_file_selection); +- } +- +- if (relief_visible) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < GladeReliefChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (GladeReliefValues[i] == GTK_BUTTON (widget)->relief) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, relief_p, i, GladeReliefSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (focus_on_click_p) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, focus_on_click_p, +- gtk_button_get_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget))); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_button_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GladeButtonType button_type; +- gboolean response_id_visible = FALSE; +- +- gb_button_get_standard_properties (widget, data, StockButton, Label, Icon, +- Relief, FocusOnClick); +- +- /* Handle the response id for dialog buttons here. */ +- button_type = gb_button_get_button_type (widget); +- if (button_type == GLADE_BUTTON_DIALOG) +- { +- gint response_id; +- +- response_id_visible = TRUE; +- +- response_id = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeDialogResponseIDKey)); +- /* We save as an int, but show as a string. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- property_set_combo (ResponseID, +- gb_dialog_response_id_to_string (response_id)); +- } +- else +- { +- save_int (data, ResponseID, response_id); +- } +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- property_set_visible (ResponseID, response_id_visible); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_button_set_standard_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- gchar *stock_id_p, +- gchar *label_p, +- gchar *icon_p, +- gchar *relief_p, +- gchar *focus_on_click_p) +-{ +- GladeButtonType button_type; +- gchar *relief; +- gint i; +- +- button_type = gb_button_get_button_type (widget); +- +- switch (button_type) +- { +- case GLADE_BUTTON_NORMAL: +- gb_button_normal_set_properties (widget, data, stock_id_p, label_p, +- icon_p); +- break; +- case GLADE_BUTTON_DIALOG: +- gb_button_normal_set_properties (widget, data, stock_id_p, label_p, +- icon_p); +- break; +- case GLADE_BUTTON_GNOME_DIALOG: +- gb_button_gnome_set_properties (widget, data, stock_id_p, label_p, +- icon_p); +- break; +- } +- +- /* Handle the Relief property here, as it is simple. */ +- relief = gb_widget_input_choice (data, relief_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < GladeReliefChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (relief, GladeReliefChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (relief, GladeReliefSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (widget), +- GladeReliefValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (focus_on_click_p) +- { +- gboolean focus_on_click; +- +- focus_on_click = gb_widget_input_bool (data, focus_on_click_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget), focus_on_click); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_button_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GladeButtonType button_type; +- gchar *old_stock_id, *stock_id; +- gboolean set_response_id = FALSE; +- +- /* Remember the old stock id. */ +- old_stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeButtonStockIDKey); +- +- gb_button_set_standard_properties (widget, data, StockButton, Label, Icon, +- Relief, FocusOnClick); +- +- /* Handle the response id for dialog buttons here. */ +- button_type = gb_button_get_button_type (widget); +- if (button_type == GLADE_BUTTON_DIALOG) +- { +- gint response_id = 0; +- +- /* See if the stock id has been changed. Note that we only compare the +- pointers, since the old string will have been freed. If the stock id +- has been changed and is set, we use the corresponding response id, +- unless it is also being set. */ +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeButtonStockIDKey); +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING && stock_id && stock_id != old_stock_id) +- { +- int i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < GladeStockResponsesSize; i++) +- { +- if (GladeStockResponses[i].stock_id +- && !strcmp (GladeStockResponses[i].stock_id, stock_id)) +- { +- response_id = GladeStockResponses[i].response_id; +- set_response_id = TRUE; +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- +- /* We save as an int, but show as a string. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- response_id = gb_widget_input_int (data, ResponseID); +- } +- else +- { +- char *response_name = gb_widget_input_combo (data, ResponseID); +- if (data->apply) +- response_id = gb_dialog_response_id_from_string (response_name); +- } +- +- if (data->apply || set_response_id) +- { +- gboolean secondary = FALSE; +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeDialogResponseIDKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (response_id)); +- +- if (response_id == GTK_RESPONSE_HELP) +- secondary = TRUE; +- gtk_button_box_set_child_secondary (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (widget->parent), +- widget, secondary); +- } +- +- /* If we are setting the response id as a result of a change of stock +- id, then we set the field in the property editor now. */ +- if (property_get_widget () == widget && set_response_id) +- { +- char *old_response_id, *new_response_id; +- +- old_response_id = property_get_combo (ResponseID, NULL, NULL); +- new_response_id = gb_dialog_response_id_to_string (response_id); +- +- if (strcmp (new_response_id, old_response_id)) +- { +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_combo (ResponseID, new_response_id); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_button_remove_contents (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *child; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_BIN (widget)); +- +- child = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- if (child && !GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (child)) +- editor_delete_widget (child); +- +- /* Reset the stock_id key. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeButtonStockIDKey, NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkButton, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-void +-gb_button_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *child; +- +- /* If the button's child isn't a placeholder, add a command to remove the +- button's contents. */ +- child = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- if (child && !GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (child)) +- { +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Remove Button Contents")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_button_remove_contents), widget); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_button_write_standard_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- const gchar *label_p) +-{ +- GladeButtonType button_type; +- gboolean set_relief = TRUE; +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- button_type = gb_button_get_button_type (widget); +- +- switch (button_type) +- { +- case GLADE_BUTTON_NORMAL: +- gb_button_normal_write_source (widget, data, label_p); +- break; +- case GLADE_BUTTON_DIALOG: +- gb_button_normal_write_source (widget, data, label_p); +- break; +- case GLADE_BUTTON_GNOME_DIALOG: +- gb_button_gnome_write_source (widget, data, label_p); +- break; +- } +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (set_relief && GTK_BUTTON (widget)->relief != GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < GladeReliefChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (GladeReliefValues[i] == GTK_BUTTON (widget)->relief) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GladeReliefSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (!gtk_button_get_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_button_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gb_button_write_standard_source (widget, data, Label); +-} +- +- +-/* Note that Check/Radio/Toggle buttons use this function as well. */ +-void +-gb_button_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetDestroyData * data) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeIconKey); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, filename); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_button_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_button_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = button_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Button"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_button_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_button_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_button_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_button_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_button_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_button_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_button_destroy; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbcalendar.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,280 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * calendar gbWidget Copyright (c) 1999 Jay Johnston +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkcalendar.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/calendar.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *ShowHeading = "GtkCalendar::show_heading"; +-static gchar *ShowDayNames = "GtkCalendar::show_day_names"; +-static gchar *NoMonthChange = "GtkCalendar::no_month_change"; +-static gchar *ShowWeekNumbers = "GtkCalendar::show_week_numbers"; +-static gchar *WeekStartMonday = "GtkCalendar::week_start_monday"; +- +-/* When saving, we save all 5 boolean flags in this property. */ +-static gchar *DisplayOptions = "GtkCalendar::display_options"; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the funtion in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkCalendar, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_calendar_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = NULL; +- +- new_widget = gtk_calendar_new(); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +- +-static void +-gb_calendar_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (ShowHeading, _("Heading:"), +- _("If the month and year should be shown at the top")); +- property_add_bool (ShowDayNames, _("Day Names:"), +- _("If the day names should be shown")); +- property_add_bool (NoMonthChange, _("Fixed Month:"), +- _("If the month and year shouldn't be changeable")); +- property_add_bool (ShowWeekNumbers, _("Week Numbers:"), +- _("If the number of the week should be shown")); +- property_add_bool (WeekStartMonday, _("Monday First:"), +- _("If the week should start on Monday")); +-} +- +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +- +-static void +-gb_calendar_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkCalendarDisplayOptions options; +- +- options = GTK_CALENDAR (widget)->display_flags; +- +- /* We save all 5 boolean toggles as one property. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) { +- char *s = glade_util_string_from_flags (GTK_TYPE_CALENDAR_DISPLAY_OPTIONS, +- options); +- gb_widget_output_string (data, DisplayOptions, s); +- g_free (s); +- } else { +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowHeading, +- options & GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_HEADING); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowDayNames, +- options & GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_DAY_NAMES); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, NoMonthChange, +- options & GTK_CALENDAR_NO_MONTH_CHANGE); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowWeekNumbers, +- options & GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, WeekStartMonday, +- options & GTK_CALENDAR_WEEK_START_MONDAY); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +- +-static void +-gb_calendar_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkCalendarDisplayOptions options; +- gboolean value; +- +- options = GTK_CALENDAR (widget)->display_flags; +- +- /* We load all 5 boolean toggles as one property. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) { +- char *s = gb_widget_input_string (data, DisplayOptions); +- if (data->apply) +- options = glade_util_flags_from_string (GTK_TYPE_CALENDAR_DISPLAY_OPTIONS, s); +- } else { +- value = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowHeading) +- ? GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_HEADING : 0; +- if (data->apply) +- options = (options & ~GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_HEADING) | value; +- +- value = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowDayNames) +- ? GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_DAY_NAMES : 0; +- if (data->apply) +- options = (options & ~GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_DAY_NAMES) | value; +- +- value = gb_widget_input_bool (data, NoMonthChange) +- ? GTK_CALENDAR_NO_MONTH_CHANGE : 0; +- if (data->apply) +- options = (options & ~GTK_CALENDAR_NO_MONTH_CHANGE) | value; +- +- value = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowWeekNumbers) +- ? GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS : 0; +- if (data->apply) +- options = (options & ~GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS) | value; +- +- value = gb_widget_input_bool (data, WeekStartMonday) +- ? GTK_CALENDAR_WEEK_START_MONDAY : 0; +- if (data->apply) +- options = (options & ~GTK_CALENDAR_WEEK_START_MONDAY) | value; +- } +- +- if (options != GTK_CALENDAR (widget)->display_flags) +- gtk_calendar_display_options (GTK_CALENDAR (widget), options); +-} +- +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkCalendar, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_calendar_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +- { +- +- } +-*/ +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +- +-static void +-gb_calendar_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkCalendarDisplayOptions options = 0; +- const gchar *prefix = "\n "; +- const gchar *prefix2 = "\n | "; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_calendar_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_calendar_display_options (GTK_CALENDAR (%s),", +- data->wname); +- +- options = GTK_CALENDAR (widget)->display_flags; +- if (options) +- { +- if (options & GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_HEADING) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sGTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_HEADING", prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- +- if (options & GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_DAY_NAMES) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sGTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_DAY_NAMES", prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- +- if (options & GTK_CALENDAR_NO_MONTH_CHANGE) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sGTK_CALENDAR_NO_MONTH_CHANGE", prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- +- if (options & GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sGTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS", prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- +- if (options & GTK_CALENDAR_WEEK_START_MONDAY) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sGTK_CALENDAR_WEEK_START_MONDAY", prefix); +- } +- source_add (data, ");\n"); +- } +- else +- source_add (data, " 0);\n"); +-} +- +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_calendar_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_calendar_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = calendar_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Calendar"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_calendar_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_calendar_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_calendar_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_calendar_set_properties; +- /* gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_calendar_create_popup_menu; */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_calendar_write_source; +- +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbcellview.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/cellview.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *BackgroundColor = "GtkCellView::background"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkCellView, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-/* +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_cell_view_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_cell_view_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_color (BackgroundColor, _("Back. Color:"), +- _("The background color")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_cell_view_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean background_set; +- GdkColor *background_color; +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "background_set", &background_set, +- "background_gdk", &background_color, +- NULL); +- +- /* If the background color isn't currently set, set it to black just to +- make sure we don't get a random color. */ +- if (!background_set) { +- background_color->red = 0; +- background_color->green = 0; +- background_color->blue = 0; +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING || background_set) +- gb_widget_output_color (data, BackgroundColor, background_color); +- +- gdk_color_free (background_color); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_cell_view_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GdkColor *color; +- +- color = gb_widget_input_color (data, BackgroundColor); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_cell_view_set_background_color (GTK_CELL_VIEW (widget), color); +- gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkCellView, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_cell_view_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_cell_view_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gboolean background_set; +- GdkColor *background_color; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_cell_view_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "background_set", &background_set, +- "background_gdk", &background_color, +- NULL); +- +- if (background_set) +- { +- source_add_decl (data, +- " GdkColor %s_bg_color = { 0, %i, %i, %i };\n", +- data->real_wname, +- background_color->red, background_color->green, +- background_color->blue); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_cell_view_set_background_color (GTK_CELL_VIEW (%s), &%s_bg_color);\n", +- data->wname, data->wname); +- } +- +- gdk_color_free (background_color); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_cell_view_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_cell_view_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = cellview_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Cell View"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_cell_view_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_cell_view_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_cell_view_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_cell_view_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_cell_view_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_cell_view_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbcheckbutton.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkcheckbutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/checkbutton.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *StockButton = "CheckButton|GtkButton::stock_button"; +-static gchar *Label = "CheckButton|GtkButton::label"; +-static gchar *Icon = "CheckButton|GtkButton::icon"; +-static gchar *FocusOnClick = "CheckButton|GtkButton::focus_on_click"; +- +-/* This is only used for normal/stock buttons, not special toolbar buttons, +- as the toolbar has its own relief setting. */ +-static gchar *Relief = "CheckButton|GtkButton::relief"; +- +-static gchar *State = "CheckButton|GtkToggleButton::active"; +-static gchar *Inconsistent = "CheckButton|GtkToggleButton::inconsistent"; +-static gchar *Indicator = "CheckButton|GtkToggleButton::draw_indicator"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkCheckButton, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_check_button_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- new_widget = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (data->name); +- else +- { +- new_widget = gtk_check_button_new (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder()); +- } +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_check_button_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * +- data) +-{ +- property_add_stock_item (StockButton, _("Stock Button:"), +- _("The stock button to use"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- property_add_text (Label, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 2); +- property_add_icon (Icon, _("Icon:"), +- _("The icon to display"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- property_add_choice (Relief, _("Button Relief:"), +- _("The relief style of the button"), +- GladeReliefChoices); +- +- property_add_bool (State, _("Initially On:"), +- _("If the check button is initially on")); +- property_add_bool (Inconsistent, _("Inconsistent:"), +- _("If the button is shown in an inconsistent state")); +- property_add_bool (Indicator, _("Indicator:"), +- _("If the indicator is always drawn")); +- property_add_bool (FocusOnClick, _("Focus On Click:"), _("If the button grabs focus when it is clicked")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_check_button_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_button_get_standard_properties (widget, data, StockButton, Label, Icon, +- Relief, FocusOnClick); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, State, data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Inconsistent, +- GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->inconsistent); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Indicator, +- GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->draw_indicator); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_check_button_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean state, indicator, inconsistent; +- +- gb_button_set_standard_properties (widget, data, StockButton, Label, Icon, +- Relief, FocusOnClick); +- +- state = gb_widget_input_bool (data, State); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget), state); +- if (state) +- data->widget_data->flags |= GLADE_ACTIVE; +- else +- data->widget_data->flags &= ~GLADE_ACTIVE; +- } +- +- inconsistent = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Inconsistent); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget), +- inconsistent); +- +- indicator = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Indicator); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_mode (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget), indicator); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_check_button_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gb_button_write_standard_source (widget, data, Label); +- +- if (data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->inconsistent) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (!GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->draw_indicator) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toggle_button_set_mode (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_check_button_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_check_button_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = checkbutton_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Check Button"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_check_button_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_check_button_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_check_button_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_check_button_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_button_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_check_button_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_button_destroy; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbcheckmenuitem.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/checkmenuitem.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Label = "CheckMenuItem|GtkItem::label"; +-static gchar *State = "GtkCheckMenuItem::active"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkCheckMenuItem, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_check_menu_item_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- new_widget = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_label (data->name); +- else +- new_widget = gtk_check_menu_item_new (); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_check_menu_item_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_text (Label, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 2); +- property_add_bool (State, _("Initially On:"), +- _("If the check menu item is initially on")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_check_menu_item_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_child_label (widget, data, Label); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, State, data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_check_menu_item_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean state; +- +- gb_widget_input_child_label (widget, data, Label); +- +- state = gb_widget_input_bool (data, State); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (widget), state); +- if (state) +- data->widget_data->flags |= GLADE_ACTIVE; +- else +- data->widget_data->flags &= ~GLADE_ACTIVE; +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkCheckMenuItem, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_check_menu_item_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- /* Add command to remove child label. */ +-#if 0 +- gb_widget_create_child_label_popup_menu (widget, data); +-#endif +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_check_menu_item_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * +- data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *child = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- gchar *label_text; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (data->project->gnome_support) +- { +- glade_gnome_write_menu_item_source (GTK_MENU_ITEM (widget), data); +- return; +- } +-#endif +- +- if (child && GTK_IS_LABEL (child) && !GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (child)) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Label, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- label_text = glade_util_get_label_text (child); +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (%s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (label_text, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- g_free (label_text); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_check_menu_item_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_check_menu_item_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_check_menu_item_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = checkmenuitem_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Check Menu Item"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_check_menu_item_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_check_menu_item_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_check_menu_item_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_check_menu_item_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_check_menu_item_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_check_menu_item_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbclist.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,610 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkclist.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/clist.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Mode = "GtkCList::selection_mode"; +-static gchar *Titles = "GtkCList::show_titles"; +-static gchar *Shadow = "GtkCList::shadow_type"; +- +-/* This is only used for loading & saving - it isn't displayed in the property +- editor. */ +-static gchar *Cols = "GtkCList::n_columns"; +-static gchar *ColumnWidths = "GtkCList::column_widths"; +- +-static const gchar *GbModeChoices[] = +-{"Single", "Browse", "Multiple", NULL}; +-static const gint GbModeValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE, +- GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE, +- GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE +-}; +-static const gchar *GbModeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE", +- "GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE", +- "GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE" +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbShadowChoices[] = +-{"None", "In", "Out", +- "Etched In", "Etched Out", NULL}; +-static const gint GbShadowValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_SHADOW_NONE, +- GTK_SHADOW_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_OUT, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT +-}; +-static const gchar *GbShadowSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_SHADOW_NONE", +- "GTK_SHADOW_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_OUT", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT" +-}; +- +- +-static void show_clist_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_clist_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_clist_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static GtkWidget *new_label (GtkWidget * parent); +-static GtkWidget *new_unnamed_label (GtkWidget * parent); +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkCList, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_clist_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- gint cols = 0, i; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- cols = load_int (data->loading_data, Cols); +- if (cols == 0) +- cols = 1; +- new_widget = gtk_clist_new (cols); +- +- /* GtkCList has problems if the title buttons aren't created. */ +- for (i = 0; i < cols; i++) +- { +- gtk_clist_set_column_widget (GTK_CLIST (new_widget), i, +- new_unnamed_label (new_widget)); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (new_widget), i, 80); +- editor_add_mouse_signals_to_existing (GTK_CLIST (new_widget)->column[i].button); +- } +- +- return new_widget; +- } +- else +- { +- show_clist_dialog (data); +- return NULL; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_clist_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *hbox, *label, *spinbutton; +- GtkObject *adjustment; +- +- dialog = glade_util_create_dialog (_("New columned list"), data->parent, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_clist_dialog_ok), +- data, &vbox); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_clist_dialog_destroy), data); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 10); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Number of columns:")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (3, 1, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "cols", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 1, 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), spinbutton, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (spinbutton, 50, -1); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (spinbutton); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +- gtk_grab_add (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_clist_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *spinbutton, *dialog, *label; +- gint cols, i; +- +- dialog = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- /* Only call callback if placeholder/fixed widget is still there */ +- if (gb_widget_can_finish_new (data)) +- { +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "cols"); +- g_return_if_fail (spinbutton != NULL); +- cols = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (spinbutton)); +- +- new_widget = gtk_clist_new (cols); +- gtk_clist_column_titles_show (GTK_CLIST (new_widget)); +- for (i = 0; i < cols; i++) +- { +- label = new_label (new_widget); +- gtk_clist_set_column_widget (GTK_CLIST (new_widget), i, +- label); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (new_widget), i, 80); +- } +- +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- (*data->callback) (new_widget, data); +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_clist_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- gtk_grab_remove (widget); +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget * +-new_label (GtkWidget * parent) +-{ +- GtkWidget *label; +- +- label = gb_widget_new ("GtkLabel", parent); +- g_return_val_if_fail (label != NULL, NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (label, GladeChildCListTitle); +- return label; +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget * +-new_unnamed_label (GtkWidget * parent) +-{ +- GtkWidget *label; +- +- label = gb_widget_new_full ("GtkLabel", FALSE, parent, NULL, 0, 0, NULL, +- GB_CREATING, NULL); +- g_return_val_if_fail (label != NULL, NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (label, GladeChildCListTitle); +- return label; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_clist_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (Mode, _("Select Mode:"), +- _("The selection mode of the columned list"), +- GbModeChoices); +- property_add_bool (Titles, _("Show Titles:"), +- _("If the column titles are shown")); +- property_add_choice (Shadow, _("Shadow:"), +- _("The type of shadow of the columned list's border"), +- GbShadowChoices); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_clist_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar buffer[1024]; +- gchar *pos; +- gboolean buffer_overrun = FALSE; +- gint i; +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Cols, GTK_CLIST (widget)->columns); +- +- pos = buffer; +- for (i = 0; i < GTK_CLIST (widget)->columns; i++) +- { +- if (i == 0) +- sprintf (pos, "%i", GTK_CLIST (widget)->column[i].width); +- else +- sprintf (pos, ",%i", GTK_CLIST (widget)->column[i].width); +- pos += strlen (pos); +- +- /* Extra check to make sure we don't overrun the buffer. */ +- if (pos - buffer > 1000) +- { +- g_warning ("Buffer overflow"); +- buffer_overrun = TRUE; +- break; +- } +- } +- if (!buffer_overrun) +- gb_widget_output_string (data, ColumnWidths, buffer); +- } +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbModeValues[i] == GTK_CLIST (widget)->selection_mode) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Mode, i, GbModeSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Titles, GTK_CLIST_SHOW_TITLES (widget)); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbShadowValues[i] == GTK_CLIST (widget)->shadow_type) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Shadow, i, GbShadowSymbols[i]); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_clist_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *widths, *pos, *mode; +- gchar *shadow; +- gboolean titles; +- gint col, w, i; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- widths = gb_widget_input_string (data, ColumnWidths); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- pos = widths; +- for (col = 0; col < GTK_CLIST (widget)->columns; col++) +- { +- w = atoi (pos); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (widget), col, w); +- pos = strchr (pos, ','); +- if (!pos) +- break; +- pos++; +- } +- } +- } +- +- mode = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Mode); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (mode, GbModeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (mode, GbModeSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_clist_set_selection_mode (GTK_CLIST (widget), GbModeValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- titles = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Titles); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (titles) +- gtk_clist_column_titles_show (GTK_CLIST (widget)); +- else +- gtk_clist_column_titles_hide (GTK_CLIST (widget)); +- } +- +- shadow = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Shadow); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (shadow, GbShadowChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (shadow, GbShadowSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_clist_set_shadow_type (GTK_CLIST (widget), +- GbShadowValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkCList, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_clist_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +-void +-gb_clist_add_child (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- /* We store the last column title read in 'last_child' */ +- gint col = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- "last_child")); +- +- if (col >= GTK_CLIST (widget)->columns) { +- g_warning ("Too many column title widgets for GtkCList - skipping"); +- return; +- } +- +- gtk_clist_set_column_widget (GTK_CLIST (widget), col, child); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "last_child", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (col + 1)); +- +- /* We need to add signals to the clist button, just in case the +- title widget has no window and so doesn't get signals itself. +- Since Clist always creates 1 button initially, the signals would +- be added to this button in gb_widget_new, so we could skip it, +- but it doesn't hurt. */ +- editor_add_mouse_signals_to_existing (GTK_CLIST (widget)->column[col].button); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_clist_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint col, i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_clist_new (%i);\n", data->wname, +- GTK_CLIST (widget)->columns); +- } +- +- /* We reset the last_child index, so as the title widgets are written out +- they will start at column 0. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "last_child", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (-1)); +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- for (col = 0; col < GTK_CLIST (widget)->columns; col++) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (%s), %i, %i);\n", +- data->wname, col, GTK_CLIST (widget)->column[col].width); +- } +- +- if (GTK_CLIST (widget)->selection_mode != GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbModeValues[i] == GTK_CLIST (widget)->selection_mode) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_clist_set_selection_mode (GTK_CLIST (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbModeSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_CLIST_SHOW_TITLES (widget)) +- source_add (data, " gtk_clist_column_titles_show (GTK_CLIST (%s));\n", +- data->wname); +- else +- source_add (data, " gtk_clist_column_titles_hide (GTK_CLIST (%s));\n", +- data->wname); +- +- if (GTK_CLIST (widget)->shadow_type != GTK_SHADOW_IN) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (GbShadowValues[i] == GTK_CLIST (widget)->shadow_type) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_clist_set_shadow_type (GTK_CLIST (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbShadowSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child widget to a CList. */ +-static void +-gb_clist_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *child_name; +- +- child_name = gb_widget_get_child_name (child); +- +- /* See if this is a title widget. */ +- if (child_name && (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCListTitle))) +- { +- /* We store the last column title written in 'last_child' */ +- gint col = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (parent), +- "last_child")); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_clist_set_column_widget (GTK_CLIST (%s), %i, %s);\n", +- parent_name, col + 1, data->wname); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (parent), "last_child", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (col + 1)); +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning ("Unknown CList child widgetL %s", data->wname); +- source_add (data, " gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* This just redraws the entire widget when it is scrolled, to make sure that +- it isn't messed up due to our selection handles. */ +-static void +-gb_scroll_adjustment_changed (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, +- GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- /* We check that this is a widget in the interface being created rather +- than part of Glade's interface. */ +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- gtk_widget_queue_clear (widget); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-gb_set_scroll_adjustments_hook (GSignalInvocationHint *ihint, +- guint n_param_values, +- const GValue *param_values, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GtkObject *object, *hadjustment, *vadjustment; +- GtkObject *old_hadjustment, *old_vadjustment; +- +- object = g_value_get_object (param_values); +- +- hadjustment = g_value_get_object (param_values + 1); +- vadjustment = g_value_get_object (param_values + 2); +- +- old_hadjustment = gtk_object_get_data (object, "scrollhadjustment"); +- if (hadjustment != old_hadjustment) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (object, "scrollhadjustment", hadjustment); +- +- if (hadjustment) +- gtk_signal_connect (hadjustment, "value_changed", +- (GtkSignalFunc) gb_scroll_adjustment_changed, +- object); +- } +- +- old_vadjustment = gtk_object_get_data (object, "scrollvadjustment"); +- if (vadjustment != old_vadjustment) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (object, "scrollvadjustment", vadjustment); +- +- if (vadjustment) +- gtk_signal_connect (vadjustment, "value_changed", +- (GtkSignalFunc) gb_scroll_adjustment_changed, +- object); +- } +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_clist_init () +-{ +- GtkWidgetClass *klass; +- +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_clist_get_type (); +- +- /* Add a signal emission hook so we can connect signal handlers to the +- scrollbar adjustments to redraw the clist when necessary. This will also +- work for subclasses of GtkCList. */ +- klass = gtk_type_class (gtk_clist_get_type ()); +- g_signal_add_emission_hook (klass->set_scroll_adjustments_signal, 0, +- gb_set_scroll_adjustments_hook, NULL, NULL); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = clist_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Columned List"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_clist_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_clist_add_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_clist_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_clist_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_clist_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_clist_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_clist_write_add_child_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_clist_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbcolorbutton.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,225 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/colorbutton.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *UseAlpha = "GtkColorButton::use_alpha"; +-static gchar *Title = "GtkColorButton::title"; +-static gchar *FocusOnClick = "GtkColorButton|GtkButton::focus_on_click"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkColorButton, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-/* +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_color_button_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_color_button_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (UseAlpha, _("Use Alpha:"), +- _("If the alpha channel should be used")); +- +- property_add_string (Title, _("Title:"), +- _("The title of the color selection dialog")); +- property_add_bool (FocusOnClick, _("Focus On Click:"), _("If the button grabs focus when it is clicked")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_color_button_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- const gchar *title; +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, UseAlpha, +- gtk_color_button_get_use_alpha (GTK_COLOR_BUTTON (widget))); +- +- /* Only save if the title is different to the default. */ +- title = gtk_color_button_get_title (GTK_COLOR_BUTTON (widget)); +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING +- || (title && strcmp (title, dgettext (GLADE_GTK_GETTEXT_PACKAGE, +- "Pick a Color")))) +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Title, title); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, FocusOnClick, +- gtk_button_get_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget))); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_color_button_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean use_alpha, focus_on_click; +- gchar *title; +- +- use_alpha = gb_widget_input_bool (data, UseAlpha); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_color_button_set_use_alpha (GTK_COLOR_BUTTON (widget), use_alpha); +- +- title = gb_widget_input_string (data, Title); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_color_button_set_title (GTK_COLOR_BUTTON (widget), +- title && title[0] +- ? title : dgettext (GLADE_GTK_GETTEXT_PACKAGE, +- "Pick a Color")); +- +- focus_on_click = gb_widget_input_bool (data, FocusOnClick); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget), focus_on_click); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkColorButton, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_color_button_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_color_button_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- const gchar *title; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_color_button_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- title = gtk_color_button_get_title (GTK_COLOR_BUTTON (widget)); +- if (title && title[0] +- && strcmp (title, dgettext (GLADE_GTK_GETTEXT_PACKAGE, "Pick a Color"))) +- { +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_color_button_set_title (GTK_COLOR_BUTTON (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (title, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- +- if (gtk_color_button_get_use_alpha (GTK_COLOR_BUTTON (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_color_button_set_use_alpha (GTK_COLOR_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (!gtk_button_get_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_color_button_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_color_button_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = colorbutton_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Color Chooser Button"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_color_button_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_color_button_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_color_button_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_color_button_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_color_button_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_color_button_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbcolorselection.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkcolorsel.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/colorselection.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *HasOpacity = "GtkColorSelection::has_opacity_control"; +-static gchar *HasPalette = "GtkColorSelection::has_palette"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkColorSelection, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget* +-gb_color_selection_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return gtk_color_selection_new (); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_color_selection_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData +- * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (HasOpacity, _("Opacity Control:"), +- _("If the opacity control is shown")); +- property_add_bool (HasPalette, _("Palette:"), +- _("If the palette is shown")); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_color_selection_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, HasOpacity, +- gtk_color_selection_get_has_opacity_control (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION (widget))); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, HasPalette, +- gtk_color_selection_get_has_palette (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION (widget))); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_color_selection_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean has_opacity, has_palette; +- +- has_opacity = gb_widget_input_bool (data, HasOpacity); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_color_selection_set_has_opacity_control (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION (widget), has_opacity); +- } +- +- has_palette = gb_widget_input_bool (data, HasPalette); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_color_selection_set_has_palette (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION (widget), +- has_palette); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkColorSelection, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_color_selection_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_color_selection_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gboolean has_opacity_control; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_color_selection_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* Although the default is TRUE for the GtkColorSelection, it is FALSE in +- the GtkColorSelectionDialog. So we always set it in the source code, since +- this is used for both. */ +- has_opacity_control = gtk_color_selection_get_has_opacity_control (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION (widget)); +- source_add (data, " gtk_color_selection_set_has_opacity_control (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, has_opacity_control ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"); +- +- if (gtk_color_selection_get_has_palette (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_color_selection_set_has_palette (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_color_selection_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_color_selection_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = colorselection_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Color Selection"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_color_selection_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_color_selection_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_color_selection_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_color_selection_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_color_selection_write_source; +- /* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_color_selection_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbcolorselectiondialog.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/colorseldialog.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Title = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::title"; +-static gchar *Type = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::type"; +-static gchar *Position = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::window_position"; +-static gchar *Modal = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::modal"; +-static gchar *DefaultWidth = "ColorSel|GtkWindow::default_width"; +-static gchar *DefaultHeight = "ColorSel|GtkWindow::default_height"; +-static gchar *Shrink = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::allow_shrink"; +-static gchar *Grow = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::allow_grow"; +-static gchar *AutoShrink = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::auto_shrink"; +-static gchar *IconName = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +- +-static gchar *Resizable = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::resizable"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::gravity"; +-static gchar *Urgency = "ColorSelDialog|GtkWindow::urgency_hint"; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkColorSelectionDialog, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_color_selection_dialog_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_color_selection_dialog_new (_("Select Color")); +- +- GtkColorSelectionDialog *colorsel = GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (new_widget); +- +- /* We want it to be treated as a normal window. */ +- gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (new_widget), +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NORMAL); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (colorsel->ok_button, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "ok_button" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (colorsel->ok_button, GladeChildOKButton); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (colorsel->cancel_button, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "cancel_button" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (colorsel->cancel_button, GladeChildCancelButton); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (colorsel->help_button, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "help_button" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (colorsel->help_button, GladeChildHelpButton); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (colorsel->colorsel, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "color_selection" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (colorsel->colorsel, GladeChildColorSelection); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), TypeHint, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GLADE_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG_INDEX)); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_color_selection_dialog_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_color_selection_dialog_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkColorSelectionDialog *colorseldlg; +- GtkColorSelection *colorsel; +- +- colorseldlg = GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget); +- colorsel = GTK_COLOR_SELECTION (colorseldlg->colorsel); +- +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_color_selection_dialog_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkColorSelectionDialog *colorseldlg; +- GtkColorSelection *colorsel; +- +- colorseldlg = GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget); +- colorsel = GTK_COLOR_SELECTION (colorseldlg->colorsel); +- +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkColorSelectionDialog, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_color_selection_dialog_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_color_selection_dialog_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- const gchar *child_widget_name; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_color_selection_dialog_new (%s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (GTK_WINDOW (widget)->title, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* The title is already set above, so we pass NULL to skip it. */ +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- NULL, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- +- /* We output the source code for the buttons here, but we don't want them +- to be created. We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- +- child_widget_name = gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->ok_button); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_widget_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (%s)->ok_button;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->ok_button, +- data); +- +- child_widget_name = gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->cancel_button); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_widget_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (%s)->cancel_button;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->cancel_button, +- data); +- +- child_widget_name = gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->help_button); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_widget_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (%s)->help_button;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->help_button, +- data); +- +- child_widget_name = gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->colorsel); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_widget_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (%s)->colorsel;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->colorsel, +- data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_color_selection_dialog_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildOKButton)) +- return GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->ok_button; +- else if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCancelButton)) +- return GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->cancel_button; +- else if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildHelpButton)) +- return GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->help_button; +- else if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildColorSelection)) +- return GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->colorsel; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_color_selection_dialog_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_color_selection_dialog_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = colorseldialog_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Color Selection Dialog"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_color_selection_dialog_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_color_selection_dialog_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_color_selection_dialog_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_color_selection_dialog_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_color_selection_dialog_get_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_color_selection_dialog_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_window_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_color_selection_dialog_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbcombo.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,439 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkcombo.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklist.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/combo.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-/* These 2 are stored in the widget's datalist since otherwise GtkCombo starts +- to grab the pointer if invalid values are entered which causes problems. */ +-static gchar *ValueInList = "GtkCombo::value_in_list"; +-static gchar *OKIfEmpty = "GtkCombo::allow_empty"; +- +-static gchar *Case = "GtkCombo::case_sensitive"; +-static gchar *Arrows = "GtkCombo::enable_arrow_keys"; +-static gchar *Always = "GtkCombo::enable_arrows_always"; +-static gchar *Items = "GtkCombo::items"; +- +-static void add_label (GtkWidget * widget, GString * items); +- +-static gint is_simple_combo (GtkWidget * widget); +-static void is_simple_combo_callback (GtkWidget * widget, +- gint * num_children); +-static void write_items_source_callback (GtkWidget * item, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkCombo, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget* +-gb_combo_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_combo_new (); +- +- /* There is no way to move up from the popup list window to the combo, so +- we have to add a pointer here. It is used in glade_util_get_parent (). +- We don't add a ref to it, in case it messes up the normal widget code. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_COMBO (new_widget)->popwin), +- GladeParentKey, new_widget); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (GTK_COMBO (new_widget)->entry, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "combo-entry" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GTK_COMBO (new_widget)->entry, GladeChildComboEntry); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (GTK_COMBO (new_widget)->list, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "combo-list" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GTK_COMBO (new_widget)->list, GladeChildComboList); +- +- /* This defaults to TRUE. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), OKIfEmpty, "TRUE"); +- +- /* FIXME: GTK+ 1.3 temporary hack to workaround problems. */ +- gtk_signal_handler_block (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_COMBO (new_widget)->entry), +- GTK_COMBO (new_widget)->entry_change_id); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_combo_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (ValueInList, _("Value In List:"), +- _("If the value must be in the list")); +- property_add_bool (OKIfEmpty, _("OK If Empty:"), +- _("If an empty value is acceptable, when 'Value In List' is set")); +- property_add_bool (Case, _("Case Sensitive:"), +- _("If the searching is case sensitive")); +- property_add_bool (Arrows, _("Use Arrows:"), +- _("If arrows can be used to change the value")); +- property_add_bool (Always, _("Use Always:"), +- _("If arrows work even if the value is not in the list")); +- property_add_text (Items, _("Items:"), +- _("The items in the combo list, one per line"), 5); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_combo_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ValueInList, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), ValueInList) +- != NULL ? TRUE : FALSE); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, OKIfEmpty, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), OKIfEmpty) +- != NULL ? TRUE : FALSE); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Case, GTK_COMBO (widget)->case_sensitive); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Arrows, GTK_COMBO (widget)->use_arrows); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Always, GTK_COMBO (widget)->use_arrows_always); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING && is_simple_combo (widget) >= 0) +- { +- GString *items; +- +- items = g_string_new (""); +- gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (GTK_COMBO (widget)->list), +- (GtkCallback) add_label, items); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text_in_lines (data, Items, items->str); +- g_string_free (items, TRUE); +- } +-} +- +-/* Adds combo label text to buffer, or sets first char to -1 if it won't fit. +- */ +-static void +-add_label (GtkWidget * widget, GString *items) +-{ +- const gchar *label_text; +- +- label_text = gtk_label_get_text (GTK_LABEL (GTK_BIN (widget)->child)); +- g_string_append (items, label_text); +- g_string_append_c (items, '\n'); +-} +- +- +-/* Returns number of items in combo list, or -1 if not a simple combo (not +- all children are labels). */ +-static gint +-is_simple_combo (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- gint num_children = 0; +- +- gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (GTK_COMBO (widget)->list), +- (GtkCallback) is_simple_combo_callback, &num_children); +- return num_children; +-} +- +- +-/* Sets flag to FALSE if list item's child widget is not a label. */ +-static void +-is_simple_combo_callback (GtkWidget * widget, gint * num_children) +-{ +- /* If we've already found an item which isn't a simple label, just return. */ +- if (*num_children == -1) +- return; +- +- /* If the items isn't a simple label, set num_children to -1, else add 1. */ +- if (!GTK_IS_LABEL (GTK_BIN (widget)->child)) +- *num_children = -1; +- else +- *num_children += 1; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_combo_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean value_in_list, ok_if_empty, case_sensitive, arrows, arrows_always; +- gchar *items; +- +- value_in_list = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ValueInList); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), ValueInList, +- value_in_list ? "TRUE" : NULL); +- } +- +- ok_if_empty = gb_widget_input_bool (data, OKIfEmpty); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), OKIfEmpty, +- ok_if_empty ? "TRUE" : NULL); +- } +- +- case_sensitive = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Case); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_combo_set_case_sensitive (GTK_COMBO (widget), case_sensitive); +- arrows = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Arrows); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_combo_set_use_arrows (GTK_COMBO (widget), arrows); +- arrows_always = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Always); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_combo_set_use_arrows_always (GTK_COMBO (widget), arrows_always); +- +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- { +- items = gb_widget_input_text (data, Items); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- GtkWidget *list = GTK_COMBO (widget)->list; +- GtkWidget *listitem; +- gchar *pos = items; +- gchar *items_end = &items[strlen (items)]; +- +- gtk_list_clear_items (GTK_LIST (list), 0, -1); +- +- while (pos < items_end) +- { +- gchar *item_end = strchr (pos, '\n'); +- if (item_end == NULL) +- item_end = items_end; +- *item_end = '\0'; +- +- listitem = gb_widget_new ("GtkListItem", list); +- gtk_label_set_text (GTK_LABEL (GTK_BIN (listitem)->child), pos); +- gtk_widget_show (listitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (list), listitem); +- +- if (item_end != items_end) +- *item_end = '\n'; +- +- pos = item_end + 1; +- } +- +- g_free (items); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkCombo, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_combo_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_combo_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- gboolean value_in_list, ok_if_empty; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_combo_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- /* We store a pointer to the popup window's parent combo, so lookup_widget() +- will still work when the popup window is passed as the first arg. */ +- source_add (data, +- " g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (GTK_COMBO (%s)->popwin),\n" +- " \"GladeParentKey\", %s);\n", +- data->wname, data->wname); +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- value_in_list = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), ValueInList) +- != NULL ? TRUE : FALSE; +- if (value_in_list) +- { +- ok_if_empty = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), OKIfEmpty) +- != NULL ? TRUE : FALSE; +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_combo_set_value_in_list (GTK_COMBO (%s), %s, %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- value_in_list ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", +- ok_if_empty ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"); +- } +- +- +- if (GTK_COMBO (widget)->case_sensitive) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_combo_set_case_sensitive (GTK_COMBO (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- if (!GTK_COMBO (widget)->use_arrows) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_combo_set_use_arrows (GTK_COMBO (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- if (GTK_COMBO (widget)->use_arrows_always) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_combo_set_use_arrows_always (GTK_COMBO (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (is_simple_combo (widget) > 0) +- { +- gboolean old_use_gettext; +- +- source_add_decl (data, " GList *%s_items = NULL;\n", data->real_wname); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Items, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- +- /* Temporarily set data->use_gettext to take the translatable flag for +- this property into account, so our callback can use that. */ +- old_use_gettext = data->use_gettext; +- data->use_gettext = data->use_gettext && translatable ? TRUE : FALSE; +- gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (GTK_COMBO (widget)->list), +- (GtkCallback) write_items_source_callback, data); +- data->use_gettext = old_use_gettext; +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_combo_set_popdown_strings (GTK_COMBO (%s), %s_items);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname); +- source_add (data, " g_list_free (%s_items);\n", data->real_wname); +- } +- +- +- /* We output the source code for the children here, since the code should +- not include calls to create the widgets. We need to specify that the +- names used are like: "GTK_COMBO (<combo-name>)->entry". +- We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- child_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_COMBO (%s)->entry;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry, data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-write_items_source_callback (GtkWidget * item, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- const gchar *label_text; +- label_text = gtk_label_get_text (GTK_LABEL (GTK_BIN (item)->child)); +- /* The (gpointer) cast is just to keep g++ happy. */ +- source_add (data, " %s_items = g_list_append (%s_items, (gpointer) %s);\n", +- data->real_wname, data->real_wname, +- source_make_string (label_text, data->use_gettext)); +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_combo_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildComboEntry)) +- return GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry; +- else if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildComboList)) +- return GTK_COMBO (widget)->list; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_combo_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_combo_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = combo_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Combo Box"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_combo_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_combo_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_combo_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_combo_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_combo_get_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_combo_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_combo_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbcombobox.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,303 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/combobox.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-/* This isn't a real property, but since we can't set up a proper tree model +- we just support simple text like we did for GtkCombo. */ +-static gchar *Items = "GtkComboBox::items"; +- +-static gchar *AddTearoffs = "GtkComboBox::add_tearoffs"; +-#if 0 +-/* I don't think this is useful for GtkComboBox itself. */ +-static gchar *HasFrame = "GtkComboBox::has_frame"; +-#endif +-static gchar *FocusOnClick = "GtkComboBox::focus_on_click"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkComboBox, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_combo_box_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_combo_box_new_text (); +- +- /* Force the combobox to create the child widgets, so that we can connect +- to all the "event" signals so the user can select the widget. */ +- gtk_widget_ensure_style (new_widget); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_combo_box_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_text (Items, _("Items:"), +- _("The items in the combo list, one per line"), 5); +- +- property_add_bool (AddTearoffs, _("Add Tearoffs:"), +- _("Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item")); +- property_add_bool (FocusOnClick, _("Focus On Click:"), +- _("Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_combo_box_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *items; +- gboolean add_tearoffs, focus_on_click; +- +- items = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Items); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text_in_lines (data, Items, items); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "add_tearoffs", &add_tearoffs, +- "focus_on_click", &focus_on_click, +- NULL); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, AddTearoffs, add_tearoffs); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, FocusOnClick, focus_on_click); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_combo_box_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *items; +- gboolean add_tearoffs, focus_on_click; +- +- items = gb_widget_input_text (data, Items); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- GtkTreeModel *model; +- gchar *pos = items; +- gchar *items_end = &items[strlen (items)]; +- +- /* Save a copy so it is easy to get out later. */ +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Items, +- g_strdup (items), g_free); +- +- /* Clear the list. */ +- model = gtk_combo_box_get_model (GTK_COMBO_BOX (widget)); +- gtk_list_store_clear (GTK_LIST_STORE (model)); +- +- /* Now add the items one at a time. */ +- while (pos < items_end) +- { +- gchar *item_end = strchr (pos, '\n'); +- if (item_end == NULL) +- item_end = items_end; +- *item_end = '\0'; +- +- gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (widget), pos); +- +- if (item_end != items_end) +- *item_end = '\n'; +- +- pos = item_end + 1; +- } +- } +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (items); +- +- add_tearoffs = gb_widget_input_bool (data, AddTearoffs); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_combo_box_set_add_tearoffs (GTK_COMBO_BOX (widget), add_tearoffs); +- +- focus_on_click = gb_widget_input_bool (data, FocusOnClick); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_click (GTK_COMBO_BOX (widget), focus_on_click); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkComboBox, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_combo_box_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_combo_box_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *items, *pos, *items_end; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- gboolean add_tearoffs, focus_on_click; +- +- items = pos = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Items); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Items, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- /* If any items have been entered, we create a simple text combo, +- otherwise we create a bare combo without a model, so the user can +- setup the model in their code. */ +- /* NOTE: Creating it without a model causes problems so we always create +- a model now. Users can still set the model to something else. */ +-#if 0 +- if (items && items[0]) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_combo_box_new_text ();\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_combo_box_new ();\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-#endif +- +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_combo_box_text_new ();\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (items && items[0]) +- { +- items_end = &items[strlen (items)]; +- +- while (pos < items_end) +- { +- gchar *item_end = strchr (pos, '\n'); +- if (item_end == NULL) +- item_end = items_end; +- *item_end = '\0'; +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_combo_box_text_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX_TEXT (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string (pos, +- data->use_gettext && translatable)); +- +- if (item_end != items_end) +- *item_end = '\n'; +- +- pos = item_end + 1; +- } +- } +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "add_tearoffs", &add_tearoffs, +- "focus_on_click", &focus_on_click, +- NULL); +- +- if (add_tearoffs) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_combo_box_set_add_tearoffs (GTK_COMBO_BOX (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (!focus_on_click) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_click (GTK_COMBO_BOX (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_combo_box_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_combo_box_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = combobox_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Combo Box"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_combo_box_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_combo_box_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_combo_box_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_combo_box_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_combo_box_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_combo_box_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbcomboboxentry.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,316 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/comboboxentry.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-/* This isn't a real property, but since we can't set up a proper tree model +- we just support simple text like we did for GtkCombo. */ +-static gchar *Items = "GtkComboBoxEntry::items"; +- +-static gchar *AddTearoffs = "GtkComboBoxEntry|GtkComboBox::add_tearoffs"; +-static gchar *HasFrame = "GtkComboBoxEntry|GtkComboBox::has_frame"; +-static gchar *FocusOnClick = "GtkComboBoxEntry|GtkComboBox::focus_on_click"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkComboBoxEntry, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_combo_box_entry_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_combo_box_entry_new_text (); +- +- /* Force the combobox to create the child widgets, so that we can connect +- to all the "event" signals so the user can select the widget. */ +- gtk_widget_ensure_style (new_widget); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_combo_box_entry_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_text (Items, _("Items:"), +- _("The items in the combo list, one per line"), 5); +- +- property_add_bool (AddTearoffs, _("Add Tearoffs:"), +- _("Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item")); +- property_add_bool (HasFrame, _("Has Frame:"), +- _("Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child")); +- property_add_bool (FocusOnClick, _("Focus On Click:"), +- _("Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_combo_box_entry_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *items; +- gboolean add_tearoffs, has_frame, focus_on_click; +- +- items = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Items); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text_in_lines (data, Items, items); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "add_tearoffs", &add_tearoffs, +- "has_frame", &has_frame, +- "focus_on_click", &focus_on_click, +- NULL); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, AddTearoffs, add_tearoffs); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, HasFrame, has_frame); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, FocusOnClick, focus_on_click); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_combo_box_entry_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *items; +- gboolean add_tearoffs, has_frame, focus_on_click; +- +- items = gb_widget_input_text (data, Items); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- GtkTreeModel *model; +- gchar *pos = items; +- gchar *items_end = &items[strlen (items)]; +- +- /* Save a copy so it is easy to get out later. */ +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Items, +- g_strdup (items), g_free); +- +- /* Clear the list. */ +- model = gtk_combo_box_get_model (GTK_COMBO_BOX (widget)); +- gtk_list_store_clear (GTK_LIST_STORE (model)); +- +- /* Now add the items one at a time. */ +- while (pos < items_end) +- { +- gchar *item_end = strchr (pos, '\n'); +- if (item_end == NULL) +- item_end = items_end; +- *item_end = '\0'; +- +- gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (widget), pos); +- +- if (item_end != items_end) +- *item_end = '\n'; +- +- pos = item_end + 1; +- } +- } +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (items); +- +- add_tearoffs = gb_widget_input_bool (data, AddTearoffs); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_combo_box_set_add_tearoffs (GTK_COMBO_BOX (widget), add_tearoffs); +- +- has_frame = gb_widget_input_bool (data, HasFrame); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "has_frame", has_frame, NULL); +- +- focus_on_click = gb_widget_input_bool (data, FocusOnClick); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_click (GTK_COMBO_BOX (widget), focus_on_click); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkComboBoxEntry, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_combo_box_entry_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_combo_box_entry_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *items, *pos, *items_end; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- gboolean add_tearoffs, has_frame, focus_on_click; +- +- items = pos = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Items); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Items, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- /* If any items have been entered, we create a simple text combo, +- otherwise we create a bare combo without a model, so the user can +- setup the model in their code. */ +- /* NOTE: Creating it without a model causes problems so we always create +- a model now. Users can still set the model to something else. */ +-#if 0 +- if (items && items[0]) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_combo_box_entry_new_text ();\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_combo_box_entry_new ();\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-#endif +- +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_combo_box_entry_new_text ();\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (items && items[0]) +- { +- items_end = &items[strlen (items)]; +- +- while (pos < items_end) +- { +- gchar *item_end = strchr (pos, '\n'); +- if (item_end == NULL) +- item_end = items_end; +- *item_end = '\0'; +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string (pos, +- data->use_gettext && translatable)); +- +- if (item_end != items_end) +- *item_end = '\n'; +- +- pos = item_end + 1; +- } +- } +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "add_tearoffs", &add_tearoffs, +- "has_frame", &has_frame, +- "focus_on_click", &focus_on_click, +- NULL); +- +- if (add_tearoffs) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_combo_box_set_add_tearoffs (GTK_COMBO_BOX (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (!has_frame) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " g_object_set (%s, \"has_frame\", FALSE, NULL);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (!focus_on_click) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_click (GTK_COMBO_BOX (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_combo_box_entry_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_combo_box_entry_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = comboboxentry_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Combo Box Entry"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_combo_box_entry_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_combo_box_entry_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_combo_box_entry_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_combo_box_entry_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_combo_box_entry_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_combo_box_entry_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbctree.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,554 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkctree.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/ctree.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Mode = "CTree|GtkCList::selection_mode"; +-static gchar *Titles = "CTree|GtkCList::show_titles"; +-static gchar *Shadow = "CTree|GtkCList::shadow_type"; +- +-/* This is only used for loading & saving - it isn't displayed in the property +- editor. */ +-static gchar *Cols = "GtkCTree::n_columns"; +-static gchar *ColumnWidths = "GtkCTree::column_widths"; +- +-static const gchar *GbModeChoices[] = +-{"Single", "Browse", "Multiple", NULL}; +-static const gint GbModeValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE, +- GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE, +- GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE +-}; +-static const gchar *GbModeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE", +- "GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE", +- "GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE" +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbShadowChoices[] = +-{"None", "In", "Out", +- "Etched In", "Etched Out", NULL}; +-static const gint GbShadowValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_SHADOW_NONE, +- GTK_SHADOW_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_OUT, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT +-}; +-static const gchar *GbShadowSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_SHADOW_NONE", +- "GTK_SHADOW_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_OUT", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT" +-}; +- +- +-static void show_ctree_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_ctree_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_ctree_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static GtkWidget *new_label (GtkWidget * parent); +-static GtkWidget *new_unnamed_label (GtkWidget * parent); +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the funtion in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkCTree, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_ctree_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- gint cols = 0, i; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- cols = load_int (data->loading_data, Cols); +- +- /* For backwards compatability with 1.1.1. */ +- if (cols == 0) +- cols = load_int (data->loading_data, "columns"); +- +- if (cols == 0) +- cols = 1; +- /* FIXME: Allow setting of tree column - 2nd arg */ +- new_widget = gtk_ctree_new (cols, 0); +- +- /* GtkCList has problems if the title buttons aren't created. */ +- for (i = 0; i < cols; i++) +- { +- gtk_clist_set_column_widget (GTK_CLIST (new_widget), i, +- new_unnamed_label (new_widget)); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (new_widget), i, 80); +- editor_add_mouse_signals_to_existing (GTK_CLIST (new_widget)->column[i].button); +- } +- +- return new_widget; +- } +- else +- { +- show_ctree_dialog (data); +- return NULL; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_ctree_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *hbox, *label, *spinbutton; +- GtkObject *adjustment; +- +- dialog = glade_util_create_dialog (_("New columned tree"), data->parent, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_ctree_dialog_ok), +- data, &vbox); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_ctree_dialog_destroy), data); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 10); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Number of columns:")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (3, 1, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "cols", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 1, 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), spinbutton, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (spinbutton, 50, -1); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (spinbutton); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +- gtk_grab_add (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_ctree_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *spinbutton, *dialog, *label; +- gint cols, i; +- +- dialog = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- /* Only call callback if placeholder/fixed widget is still there */ +- if (gb_widget_can_finish_new (data)) +- { +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "cols"); +- g_return_if_fail (spinbutton != NULL); +- cols = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (spinbutton)); +- +- /* FIXME: Allow setting of tree column - 2nd arg */ +- new_widget = gtk_ctree_new (cols, 0); +- gtk_clist_column_titles_show (GTK_CLIST (new_widget)); +- for (i = 0; i < cols; i++) +- { +- label = new_label (new_widget); +- gtk_clist_set_column_widget (GTK_CLIST (new_widget), i, +- label); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (new_widget), i, 80); +- } +- +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- (*data->callback) (new_widget, data); +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_ctree_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- gtk_grab_remove (widget); +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget * +-new_label (GtkWidget * parent) +-{ +- GtkWidget *label; +- +- label = gb_widget_new ("GtkLabel", parent); +- g_return_val_if_fail (label != NULL, NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (label, GladeChildCListTitle); +- return label; +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget * +-new_unnamed_label (GtkWidget * parent) +-{ +- GtkWidget *label; +- +- label = gb_widget_new_full ("GtkLabel", FALSE, parent, NULL, 0, 0, NULL, +- GB_CREATING, NULL); +- g_return_val_if_fail (label != NULL, NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (label, GladeChildCListTitle); +- return label; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_ctree_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (Mode, _("Select Mode:"), +- _("The selection mode of the columned tree"), +- GbModeChoices); +- property_add_bool (Titles, _("Show Titles:"), +- _("If the column titles are shown")); +- property_add_choice (Shadow, _("Shadow:"), +- _("The type of shadow of the columned tree's border"), +- GbShadowChoices); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_ctree_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar buffer[1024]; +- gchar *pos; +- gboolean buffer_overrun = FALSE; +- gint i; +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Cols, GTK_CLIST (widget)->columns); +- +- pos = buffer; +- for (i = 0; i < GTK_CLIST (widget)->columns; i++) +- { +- if (i == 0) +- sprintf (pos, "%i", GTK_CLIST (widget)->column[i].width); +- else +- sprintf (pos, ",%i", GTK_CLIST (widget)->column[i].width); +- pos += strlen (pos); +- +- /* Extra check to make sure we don't overrun the buffer. */ +- if (pos - buffer > 1000) +- { +- g_warning ("Buffer overflow"); +- buffer_overrun = TRUE; +- break; +- } +- } +- if (!buffer_overrun) +- gb_widget_output_string (data, ColumnWidths, buffer); +- } +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbModeValues[i] == GTK_CLIST (widget)->selection_mode) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Mode, i, GbModeSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Titles, GTK_CLIST_SHOW_TITLES (widget)); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbShadowValues[i] == GTK_CLIST (widget)->shadow_type) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Shadow, i, GbShadowSymbols[i]); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_ctree_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *widths, *pos, *mode; +- gchar *shadow; +- gboolean titles; +- gint col, w, i; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- widths = gb_widget_input_string (data, ColumnWidths); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- pos = widths; +- for (col = 0; col < GTK_CLIST (widget)->columns; col++) +- { +- w = atoi (pos); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (widget), col, w); +- pos = strchr (pos, ','); +- if (!pos) +- break; +- pos++; +- } +- } +- } +- +- mode = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Mode); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (mode, GbModeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (mode, GbModeSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_clist_set_selection_mode (GTK_CLIST (widget), GbModeValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- titles = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Titles); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (titles) +- gtk_clist_column_titles_show (GTK_CLIST (widget)); +- else +- gtk_clist_column_titles_hide (GTK_CLIST (widget)); +- } +- +- shadow = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Shadow); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (shadow, GbShadowChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (shadow, GbShadowSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_clist_set_shadow_type (GTK_CLIST (widget), +- GbShadowValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkCTree, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_ctree_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +-void +-gb_ctree_add_child (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- /* We store the last column title read in 'last_child' */ +- gint col = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- "last_child")); +- +- if (col >= GTK_CLIST (widget)->columns) { +- g_warning ("Too many column title widgets for GtkCTree - skipping"); +- return; +- } +- +- gtk_clist_set_column_widget (GTK_CLIST (widget), col, child); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "last_child", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (col + 1)); +- +- /* We need to add signals to the clist button, just in case the +- title widget has no window and so doesn't get signals itself. +- Since Clist always creates 1 button initially, the signals would +- be added to this button in gb_widget_new, so we could skip it, +- but it doesn't hurt. */ +- editor_add_mouse_signals_to_existing (GTK_CLIST (widget)->column[col].button); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_ctree_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint col, i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- /* FIXME: allow changing of 2nd arg - ctree column */ +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_ctree_new (%i, 0);\n", data->wname, +- GTK_CLIST (widget)->columns); +- } +- +- /* We reset the last_child index, so as the title widgets are written out +- they will start at column 0. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "last_child", GINT_TO_POINTER (-1)); +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- for (col = 0; col < GTK_CLIST (widget)->columns; col++) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (%s), %i, %i);\n", +- data->wname, col, GTK_CLIST (widget)->column[col].width); +- } +- +- if (GTK_CLIST (widget)->selection_mode != GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbModeValues[i] == GTK_CLIST (widget)->selection_mode) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_clist_set_selection_mode (GTK_CLIST (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbModeSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_CLIST_SHOW_TITLES (widget)) +- source_add (data, " gtk_clist_column_titles_show (GTK_CLIST (%s));\n", +- data->wname); +- else +- source_add (data, " gtk_clist_column_titles_hide (GTK_CLIST (%s));\n", +- data->wname); +- +- if (GTK_CLIST (widget)->shadow_type != GTK_SHADOW_IN) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (GbShadowValues[i] == GTK_CLIST (widget)->shadow_type) +- source_add (data, " gtk_clist_set_shadow_type (GTK_CLIST (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbShadowSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child widget to a CTree. */ +-static void +-gb_ctree_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *child_name; +- +- child_name = gb_widget_get_child_name (child); +- +- /* See if this is a title widget. */ +- if (child_name && (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCListTitle))) +- { +- /* We store the last column title written in 'last_child' */ +- gint col = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (parent), +- "last_child")); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_clist_set_column_widget (GTK_CLIST (%s), %i, %s);\n", +- parent_name, col + 1, data->wname); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (parent), "last_child", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (col + 1)); +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning ("Unknown CTree child widgetL %s", data->wname); +- source_add (data, " gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_ctree_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_ctree_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = ctree_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Columned Tree"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_ctree_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_ctree_add_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_ctree_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_ctree_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_ctree_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_ctree_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_ctree_write_add_child_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_ctree_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbcurve.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,263 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkcurve.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/curve.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-#if 0 +-static gchar *Type = "GtkCurve::curve_type"; +-#endif +-static gchar *XMin = "GtkCurve::min_x"; +-static gchar *XMax = "GtkCurve::max_x"; +-static gchar *YMin = "GtkCurve::min_y"; +-static gchar *YMax = "GtkCurve::max_y"; +- +-#if 0 +-static const gchar *GbTypeChoices[] = +-{"Linear", "Spline", "Free", NULL}; +-static const gint GbTypeValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_CURVE_TYPE_LINEAR, /* linear interpolation */ +- GTK_CURVE_TYPE_SPLINE, /* spline interpolation */ +- GTK_CURVE_TYPE_FREE /* free form curve */ +-}; +-static const gchar *GbTypeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_CURVE_TYPE_LINEAR", +- "GTK_CURVE_TYPE_SPLINE", +- "GTK_CURVE_TYPE_FREE" +-}; +-#endif +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkCurve, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_curve_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_curve_new (); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_curve_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +-#if 0 +- property_add_choice (Type, _("Type:"), _("The type of the curve"), GbTypeChoices); +-#endif +- property_add_float (XMin, _("X Min:"), _("The minimum horizontal value")); +- property_add_float (XMax, _("X Max:"), _("The maximum horizontal value")); +- property_add_float (YMin, _("Y Min:"), _("The minimum vertical value")); +- property_add_float (YMax, _("Y Max:"), _("The maximum vertical value")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_curve_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +-#if 0 +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbTypeValues) / sizeof (GbTypeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbTypeValues[i] == GTK_CURVE (widget)->curve_type) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Type, i, GbTypeSymbols[i]); +- } +-#endif +- gb_widget_output_float (data, XMin, GTK_CURVE (widget)->min_x); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, XMax, GTK_CURVE (widget)->max_x); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, YMin, GTK_CURVE (widget)->min_y); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, YMax, GTK_CURVE (widget)->max_y); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_curve_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gfloat min_x, max_x, min_y, max_y; +- gboolean set_range = FALSE; +- +-#if 0 +- gint i; +- gchar *type; +- +- type = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Type); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbTypeValues) / sizeof (GbTypeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (type, GbTypeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (type, GbTypeSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_curve_set_curve_type (GTK_CURVE (widget), GbTypeValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +-#endif +- +- min_x = gb_widget_input_float (data, XMin); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- min_x = GTK_CURVE (widget)->min_x; +- +- max_x = gb_widget_input_float (data, XMax); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- max_x = GTK_CURVE (widget)->max_x; +- +- min_y = gb_widget_input_float (data, YMin); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- min_y = GTK_CURVE (widget)->min_y; +- +- max_y = gb_widget_input_float (data, YMax); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- max_y = GTK_CURVE (widget)->max_y; +- +- if (set_range) +- gtk_curve_set_range (GTK_CURVE (widget), min_x, max_x, min_y, max_y); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkCurve, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_curve_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_curve_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkCurve *curve = GTK_CURVE (widget); +-#if 0 +- gint i; +-#endif +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_curve_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +-#if 0 +- if (curve->curve_type != GTK_CURVE_TYPE_SPLINE) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbTypeValues) / sizeof (GbTypeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbTypeValues[i] == curve->curve_type) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_curve_set_curve_type (GTK_CURVE (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbTypeSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +-#endif +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_curve_set_range (GTK_CURVE (%s), %g, %g, %g, %g);\n", +- data->wname, curve->min_x, curve->max_x, +- curve->min_y, curve->max_y); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_curve_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_curve_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = curve_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Curve"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_curve_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_curve_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_curve_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_curve_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_curve_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_curve_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbcustom.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* This custom GbWidget provides a simple way of allowing external widgets +- to be used within an interface generated by Glade. +- The 'Create Function' property specifies a function which will be called +- to create the widget. 'String2', 'String2', 'Int1', 'Int2' are optional +- arguments which will be passed to the creation function along with the +- widget name. */ +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/custom.xpm" +- +-/* Include the background pixmap to use inside custom widgets. */ +-#include "../graphics/custom_bg.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *CreationFunction = "Custom::creation_function"; +-static gchar *LastModTime = "Custom::last_modification_time"; +-static gchar *String1 = "Custom::string1"; +-static gchar *String2 = "Custom::string2"; +-static gchar *Int1 = "Custom::int1"; +-static gchar *Int2 = "Custom::int2"; +- +-static time_t gb_custom_get_last_mod_time (GtkWidget *widget); +-static void gb_custom_set_last_mod_time (GtkWidget *widget, +- time_t last_mod_time); +-static void gb_custom_on_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class Custom, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_custom_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_drawing_area_new (); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), GLADE_CUSTOM_KEY, "True"); +- +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "realize", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_custom_on_widget_realize), +- NULL); +- +- /* Set the initial last_mod_time. */ +- gb_custom_set_last_mod_time (new_widget, -1); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-/* We save the last modification time in the widget's datalist. */ +-static time_t +-gb_custom_get_last_mod_time (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- time_t *current; +- +- current = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LastModTime); +- g_return_val_if_fail (current != NULL, 0); +- return *current; +-} +- +- +-/* This sets the last modification time of the creation function name. +- Use -1 to get the current time. */ +-static void +-gb_custom_set_last_mod_time (GtkWidget *widget, time_t last_mod_time) +-{ +- time_t *current; +- +- current = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LastModTime); +- /* Create the time_t if it doesn't already exist. */ +- if (current == NULL) +- { +- current = g_new (time_t, 1); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LastModTime, current); +- } +- +- if (last_mod_time == -1) +- last_mod_time = time (NULL); +- if (last_mod_time == (time_t) -1) +- g_warning ("Can't get current time"); +- +- *current = last_mod_time; +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_custom_on_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data) +-{ +- static GdkPixmap *background_pixmap = NULL; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In gb_custom_on_widget_realize widget:%s (%p)\n", +- gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget); +-#endif +- +- /* Create the background pixmap if it hasn't already been created. */ +- if (background_pixmap == NULL) +- { +- background_pixmap = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d (widget->window, +- NULL, NULL, +- custom_bg_xpm); +- if (!background_pixmap) +- { +- g_warning ("Couldn't create background pixmap\n"); +- /* FIXME: Use a color instead? */ +- } +- } +- +- if (background_pixmap != NULL) +- gdk_window_set_back_pixmap (widget->window, background_pixmap, FALSE); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_custom_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_string (CreationFunction, _("Creation Function:"), +- _("The function which creates the widget")); +- +- property_add_string (String1, _("String1:"), +- _("The first string argument to pass to the function")); +- property_add_string (String2, _("String2:"), +- _("The second string argument to pass to the function")); +- property_add_int (Int1, _("Int1:"), +- _("The first integer argument to pass to the function")); +- property_add_int (Int2, _("Int2:"), +- _("The second integer argument to pass to the function")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_custom_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *string1, *string2; +- +- gb_widget_output_string (data, CreationFunction, gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), CreationFunction)); +- +- string1 = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), String1); +- string2 = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), String2); +- +- /* For empty strings output NULL (i.e. don't save in the XML). */ +- if (string1 && *string1 == '\0') +- string1 = NULL; +- if (string2 && *string2 == '\0') +- string2 = NULL; +- +- gb_widget_output_string (data, String1, string1); +- gb_widget_output_string (data, String2, string2); +- +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Int1, GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Int1))); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Int2, GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Int2))); +- +- /* When saving we also save the last modification time. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- time_t last_mod_time; +- +- last_mod_time = gb_custom_get_last_mod_time (widget); +- if (last_mod_time != 0) +- { +- save_date (data, LastModTime, last_mod_time); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_custom_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *creation_function, *string1, *string2; +- gint int1, int2; +- +- creation_function = gb_widget_input_string (data, CreationFunction); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- g_free (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), CreationFunction)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), CreationFunction, +- g_strdup (creation_function)); +- +- /* If we are applying the property, we set the last modification time. */ +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- { +- gb_custom_set_last_mod_time (widget, -1); +- } +- } +- +- string1 = gb_widget_input_string (data, String1); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- g_free (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), String1)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), String1, g_strdup (string1)); +- } +- +- string2 = gb_widget_input_string (data, String2); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- g_free (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), String2)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), String2, g_strdup (string2)); +- } +- +- int1 = gb_widget_input_int (data, Int1); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Int1, GINT_TO_POINTER (int1)); +- +- int2 = gb_widget_input_int (data, Int2); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Int2, GINT_TO_POINTER (int2)); +- +- /* If we are loading, load the last modification time. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- time_t last_mod_time; +- +- last_mod_time = load_date (data, LastModTime); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gb_custom_set_last_mod_time (widget, last_mod_time); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a Custom, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_custom_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_custom_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *creation_func, *string1, *string2; +- gint int1, int2; +- time_t last_mod_time; +- +- creation_func = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), CreationFunction); +- string1 = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), String1); +- string2 = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), String2); +- int1 = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Int1)); +- int2 = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Int2)); +- +- /* If no creation function has been set, we skip the widget. */ +- if (creation_func == NULL) +- return; +- +- creation_func = source_create_valid_identifier (creation_func); +- +- /* Output "" if the strings are NULL, for consistency. */ +- if (string1 == NULL) +- string1 = ""; +- if (string2 == NULL) +- string2 = ""; +- +- if (string1) +- string1 = g_strdup (source_make_string (string1, FALSE)); +- if (string2) +- string2 = g_strdup (source_make_string (string2, FALSE)); +- /* Example output: +- custom1 = create_custom1 ("custom1", "string1", "string2", 5, 10); +- */ +- source_add (data, " %s = %s (%s, %s, %s, %i, %i);\n", +- data->wname, creation_func, +- source_make_string (data->real_wname, FALSE), +- string1 ? string1 : "NULL", string2 ? string2 : "NULL", +- int1, int2); +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* Add declaration of creation function and empty function, just +- like a signal handler. We need a last_modification_time property. */ +- last_mod_time = gb_custom_get_last_mod_time (widget); +- if (data->creating_callback_files +- || (last_mod_time > data->last_write_time)) +- { +- source_add_to_buffer (data, GLADE_CALLBACK_DECLARATIONS, +- "\nGtkWidget*\n" +- "%s (gchar *widget_name, gchar *string1, gchar *string2,\n" +- " gint int1, gint int2);\n", +- creation_func); +- +- source_add_to_buffer (data, GLADE_CALLBACK_SOURCE, +- "\nGtkWidget*\n" +- "%s (gchar *widget_name, gchar *string1, gchar *string2,\n" +- " gint int1, gint int2)\n" +- "{\n\n}\n\n", +- creation_func); +- } +- +- g_free (creation_func); +- g_free (string1); +- g_free (string2); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_custom_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetDestroyData * data) +-{ +- /* We need to free the LastModTime. */ +- g_free (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LastModTime)); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_custom_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type. We don't need this. */ +- /* gtk_custom_get_type(); */ +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = custom_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Custom Widget"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_custom_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_custom_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_custom_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_custom_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_custom_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_custom_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_custom_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbdialog.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,621 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkbbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkdialog.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkradiobutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkstock.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/dialog.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Title = "Dialog|GtkWindow::title"; +-static gchar *Type = "Dialog|GtkWindow::type"; +-static gchar *Position = "Dialog|GtkWindow::window_position"; +-static gchar *Modal = "Dialog|GtkWindow::modal"; +-static gchar *DefaultWidth = "Dialog|GtkWindow::default_width"; +-static gchar *DefaultHeight = "Dialog|GtkWindow::default_height"; +-static gchar *Shrink = "Dialog|GtkWindow::allow_shrink"; +-static gchar *Grow = "Dialog|GtkWindow::allow_grow"; +-static gchar *AutoShrink = "Dialog|GtkWindow::auto_shrink"; +-static gchar *IconName = "Dialog|GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "Dialog|GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +- +-static gchar *Resizable = "Dialog|GtkWindow::resizable"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "Dialog|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "Dialog|GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "Dialog|GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "Dialog|GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "Dialog|GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "Dialog|GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "Dialog|GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "Dialog|GtkWindow::gravity"; +- +-static gchar *HasSeparator = "GtkDialog::has_separator"; +- +-static gchar *Urgency = "Dialog|GtkWindow::urgency_hint"; +- +-static void show_dialog_creation_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +- +-/* Action is GB_LOADING or GB_CREATING. */ +-static GtkWidget* +-create_dialog (const gchar *title, GbWidgetAction action) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_dialog_new (); +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (new_widget), title); +- gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (new_widget), TRUE, TRUE, FALSE); +- +- /* We want it to be treated as a normal window. */ +- gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (new_widget), +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NORMAL); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- /* We need to size the placeholders or the dialog is very small. */ +- if (action == GB_CREATING) +- { +- GtkWidget *placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (placeholder, 300, 200); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (new_widget)->vbox), placeholder, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- } +- +- gb_widget_create_from (GTK_DIALOG (new_widget)->vbox, +- action == GB_CREATING ? "dialog-vbox" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GTK_DIALOG (new_widget)->vbox, GladeChildDialogVBox); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (GTK_DIALOG (new_widget)->action_area, +- action == GB_CREATING ? "dialog-action_area" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GTK_DIALOG (new_widget)->action_area, +- GladeChildDialogActionArea); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), TypeHint, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GLADE_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG_INDEX)); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkDialog, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_dialog_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- return create_dialog (data->name, GB_LOADING); +- } +- else +- { +- show_dialog_creation_dialog (data); +- return NULL; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-add_button (GtkDialog *dialog, +- const gchar *stock_id, +- gint response_id, +- const gchar *name) +-{ +- GtkWidget *button; +- +- button = gtk_dialog_add_button (dialog, stock_id, -1); +- gb_widget_create_from (button, name); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (button), GladeButtonStockIDKey, +- (gpointer) stock_id); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (button), GladeDialogResponseIDKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (response_id)); +- if (response_id == GTK_RESPONSE_HELP) +- gtk_button_box_set_child_secondary (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (button->parent), +- button, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *window, *button; +- GtkWidget *cancel_ok, *just_ok, *cancel_apply_ok, *just_close; +- GtkWidget *standard_layout, *num_buttons, *show_help_button; +- GtkDialog *dialog; +- +- window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- /* Only call callback if placeholder/fixed widget is still there */ +- if (!gb_widget_can_finish_new (data)) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (window); +- return; +- } +- +- new_widget = create_dialog (data->name, GB_CREATING); +- dialog = GTK_DIALOG (new_widget); +- +- /* Get pointers to all the widgets in the creation dialog we need. */ +- standard_layout = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "standard_layout"); +- cancel_ok = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "cancel_ok"); +- just_ok = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "just_ok"); +- cancel_apply_ok = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "cancel_apply_ok"); +- just_close = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "just_close"); +- num_buttons = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "num_buttons"); +- show_help_button = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "show_help_button"); +- +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (show_help_button)->active) +- { +- add_button (dialog, GTK_STOCK_HELP, GTK_RESPONSE_HELP, "helpbutton"); +- } +- +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (standard_layout)->active) +- { +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (cancel_ok)->active) +- { +- add_button (dialog, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- "cancelbutton"); +- add_button (dialog, GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- "okbutton"); +- } +- else if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (just_ok)->active) +- { +- add_button (dialog, GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- "okbutton"); +- } +- else if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (cancel_apply_ok)->active) +- { +- add_button (dialog, GTK_STOCK_APPLY, GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY, +- "applybutton"); +- add_button (dialog, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- "cancelbutton"); +- add_button (dialog, GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- "okbutton"); +- } +- else if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (just_close)->active) +- { +- add_button (dialog, GTK_STOCK_CLOSE, GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE, +- "closebutton"); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- gint buttons, i; +- +- buttons = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (num_buttons)); +- /* We set the response_ids to 1,2,3 etc. */ +- for (i = 1; i <= buttons; i++) +- { +- button = gb_widget_new ("GtkButton", NULL); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_dialog_add_action_widget (GTK_DIALOG (new_widget), button, i); +- } +- } +- +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- (*data->callback) (new_widget, data); +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- gtk_grab_remove (widget); +-} +- +- +-static void on_standard_layout_toggled (GtkWidget *radiobutton, +- GtkWidget *dialog) +-{ +- GtkWidget *cancel_ok, *just_ok, *cancel_apply_ok, *just_close; +- GtkWidget *num_buttons; +- gboolean sens; +- +- cancel_ok = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "cancel_ok"); +- just_ok = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "just_ok"); +- cancel_apply_ok = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "cancel_apply_ok"); +- just_close = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "just_close"); +- +- num_buttons = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "num_buttons"); +- +- sens = (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (radiobutton)->active) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (cancel_ok, sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (just_ok, sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (cancel_apply_ok, sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (just_close, sens); +- +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (num_buttons, !sens); +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_dialog_creation_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox1; +- GtkWidget *table1; +- GtkWidget *cancel_ok; +- GSList *layout_group_group = NULL; +- GtkWidget *just_ok; +- GtkWidget *cancel_apply_ok; +- GtkWidget *just_close; +- GtkWidget *standard_layout; +- GSList *main_group_group = NULL; +- GtkWidget *show_help_button; +- GtkWidget *number_of_buttons; +- GtkObject *num_buttons_adj; +- GtkWidget *num_buttons; +- +- dialog = glade_util_create_dialog (_("New dialog"), data->parent, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_dialog_ok), +- data, &vbox1); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_dialog_destroy), data); +- +- table1 = gtk_table_new (7, 2, FALSE); +- gtk_widget_show (table1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox1), table1, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (table1), 8); +- gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table1), 8); +- +- cancel_ok = gtk_radio_button_new_with_mnemonic (NULL, _("Cancel, OK")); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "cancel_ok", cancel_ok); +- gtk_widget_show (cancel_ok); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), cancel_ok, 1, 2, 0, 1, +- (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_FILL), +- (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); +- gtk_radio_button_set_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (cancel_ok), layout_group_group); +- layout_group_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (cancel_ok)); +- +- just_ok = gtk_radio_button_new_with_mnemonic (NULL, _("OK")); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "just_ok", just_ok); +- gtk_widget_show (just_ok); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), just_ok, 1, 2, 1, 2, +- (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_FILL), +- (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); +- gtk_radio_button_set_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (just_ok), layout_group_group); +- layout_group_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (just_ok)); +- +- cancel_apply_ok = gtk_radio_button_new_with_mnemonic (NULL, _("Cancel, Apply, OK")); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "cancel_apply_ok", cancel_apply_ok); +- gtk_widget_show (cancel_apply_ok); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), cancel_apply_ok, 1, 2, 2, 3, +- (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_FILL), +- (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); +- gtk_radio_button_set_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (cancel_apply_ok), layout_group_group); +- layout_group_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (cancel_apply_ok)); +- +- just_close = gtk_radio_button_new_with_mnemonic (NULL, _("Close")); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "just_close", just_close); +- gtk_widget_show (just_close); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), just_close, 1, 2, 3, 4, +- (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_FILL), +- (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); +- gtk_radio_button_set_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (just_close), layout_group_group); +- layout_group_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (just_close)); +- +- standard_layout = gtk_radio_button_new_with_mnemonic (NULL, _("_Standard Button Layout:")); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "standard_layout", standard_layout); +- gtk_widget_show (standard_layout); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), standard_layout, 0, 1, 0, 1, +- (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_FILL), +- (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); +- gtk_radio_button_set_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (standard_layout), main_group_group); +- main_group_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (standard_layout)); +- +- number_of_buttons = gtk_radio_button_new_with_mnemonic (NULL, _("_Number of Buttons:")); +- gtk_widget_show (number_of_buttons); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), number_of_buttons, 0, 1, 5, 6, +- (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_FILL), +- (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); +- gtk_radio_button_set_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (number_of_buttons), main_group_group); +- main_group_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (number_of_buttons)); +- +- num_buttons_adj = gtk_adjustment_new (1, 0, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- num_buttons = gtk_spin_button_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (num_buttons_adj), 1, 0); +- gtk_spin_button_set_numeric (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (num_buttons), TRUE); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "num_buttons", num_buttons); +- gtk_widget_show (num_buttons); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), num_buttons, 1, 2, 5, 6, +- (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL), +- (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 4); +- +- show_help_button = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Show Help Button")); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "show_help_button", show_help_button); +- gtk_widget_show (show_help_button); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), show_help_button, 0, 2, 6, 7, +- (GtkAttachOptions) (0), +- (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 6); +- +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (num_buttons, FALSE); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (standard_layout), "toggled", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_standard_layout_toggled), dialog); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +- gtk_grab_add (dialog); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_dialog_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- property_add_bool (HasSeparator, _("Has Separator:"), +- _("If the dialog has a horizontal separator above the buttons")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_dialog_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, HasSeparator, +- gtk_dialog_get_has_separator (GTK_DIALOG (widget))); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_dialog_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean has_separator; +- +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- has_separator = gb_widget_input_bool (data, HasSeparator); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_dialog_set_has_separator (GTK_DIALOG (widget), has_separator); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkDialog, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_dialog_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_dialog_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_dialog_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- if (!gtk_dialog_get_has_separator (GTK_DIALOG (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_dialog_set_has_separator (GTK_DIALOG (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- +- /* We output the source code for the children here, since the code should +- not include calls to create the widgets. We need to specify that the +- names used are like: "GTK_DIALOG (<dialog-name>)->vbox". +- We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- child_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_DIALOG (widget)->vbox); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_dialog_get_content_area (GTK_DIALOG (%s));\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_DIALOG (widget)->vbox, data); +- +- /* action_area is a child of vbox so I had to add a kludge to stop it +- being written as a normal child - we need to do it here so that we +- don't output code to create it. */ +- child_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_DIALOG (widget)->action_area); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_dialog_get_action_area (GTK_DIALOG (%s));\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_DIALOG (widget)->action_area, data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_dialog_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogVBox)) +- return GTK_DIALOG (widget)->vbox; +- else if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogActionArea)) +- return GTK_DIALOG (widget)->action_area; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* Converts a response id to a string, either a standard GTK+ response string +- such as "GTK_RESPONSE_OK" or an integer e.g. "1". Note that for integers +- it uses a static buffer. */ +-char* +-gb_dialog_response_id_to_string (gint response_id) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- if (response_id >= 0) +- { +- static char buffer[16]; +- +- sprintf (buffer, "%i", response_id); +- return buffer; +- } +- +- for (i = 0; i < GladeStockResponsesSize; i++) +- { +- if (GladeStockResponses[i].response_id == response_id) +- return GladeStockResponses[i].name; +- } +- +- return "0"; +-} +- +- +-gint +-gb_dialog_response_id_from_string (const gchar *response_id) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- if (!response_id || !*response_id) +- return 0; +- +- for (i = 0; i < GladeStockResponsesSize; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (GladeStockResponses[i].name, response_id)) +- return GladeStockResponses[i].response_id; +- } +- +- return atoi (response_id); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_dialog_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_dialog_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = dialog_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Dialog"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_dialog_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_dialog_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_dialog_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_dialog_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_dialog_get_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_dialog_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_window_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_dialog_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbdrawingarea.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/drawingarea.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkDrawingArea, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-/* +- GtkWidget* +- gb_drawing_area_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_drawing_area_create_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_drawing_area_get_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_drawing_area_set_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkDrawingArea, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_drawing_area_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_drawing_area_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_drawing_area_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_drawing_area_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_drawing_area_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = drawingarea_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Drawing Area"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_drawing_area_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_drawing_area_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_drawing_area_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_drawing_area_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_drawing_area_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_drawing_area_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbentry.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkentry.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktogglebutton.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/entry.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Editable = "Entry|GtkEditable::editable"; +-static gchar *Visible = "GtkEntry::visibility"; +-static gchar *MaxLength = "GtkEntry::max_length"; +-static gchar *Text = "GtkEntry::text"; +- +-static gchar *HasFrame = "GtkEntry::has_frame"; +-static gchar *InvisibleChar = "GtkEntry::invisible_char"; +-static gchar *ActivatesDefault = "GtkEntry::activates_default"; +-static gchar *WidthChars = "GtkEntry::width_chars"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkEntry, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-/* +- GtkWidget* +- gb_entry_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-static void +-on_toggle_width_chars (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *property_widget; +- gboolean value_set; +- gint width = -1; +- +- property_widget = property_get_widget (); +- if (property_widget == NULL) +- return; +- +- value_set = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->active ? TRUE : FALSE; +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GTK_WIDGET (value), value_set); +- if (value_set) +- { +- width = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (property_widget), WidthChars)); +- } +- +- gtk_entry_set_width_chars (GTK_ENTRY (property_widget), width); +-} +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_entry_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (Editable, _("Editable:"), _("If the text can be edited")); +- property_add_bool (Visible, _("Text Visible:"), +- _("If the text entered by the user will be shown. When turned off, the text typed in is displayed as asterix characters, which is useful for entering passwords")); +- property_add_int_range (MaxLength, _("Max Length:"), +- _("The maximum length of the text"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_string (Text, _("Text:"), _("The text to display")); +- +- property_add_bool (HasFrame, _("Has Frame:"), _("If the entry has a frame around it")); +- property_add_string (InvisibleChar, _("Invisible Char:"), _("The character to use if the text should not visible, e.g. when entering passwords")); +- property_add_bool (ActivatesDefault, _("Activates Default:"), _("If the default widget in the window is activated when Enter is pressed")); +- property_add_optional_int_range (WidthChars, _("Width In Chars:"), _("The number of characters to leave space for in the entry"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1, +- on_toggle_width_chars); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_entry_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar buf[8]; +- gint len, width; +- const gchar *entry_text = gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Editable, GTK_ENTRY (widget)->editable); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Visible, GTK_ENTRY (widget)->visible); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, MaxLength, GTK_ENTRY (widget)->text_max_length); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Text, entry_text); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, HasFrame, +- gtk_entry_get_has_frame (GTK_ENTRY (widget))); +- len = g_unichar_to_utf8 (gtk_entry_get_invisible_char (GTK_ENTRY (widget)), +- buf); +- buf[len] = '\0'; +- gb_widget_output_string (data, InvisibleChar, buf); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ActivatesDefault, +- gtk_entry_get_activates_default (GTK_ENTRY (widget))); +- +- width = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- WidthChars)); +- gb_widget_output_optional_int (data, WidthChars, width, +- gtk_entry_get_width_chars (GTK_ENTRY (widget)) != -1); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_entry_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean editable, visible, has_frame, activates_default, is_set; +- gint max_length, width_chars; +- gchar *text, *invisible_char; +- +- editable = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Editable); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_editable_set_editable (GTK_EDITABLE (widget), editable); +- +- visible = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Visible); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_entry_set_visibility (GTK_ENTRY (widget), visible); +- +- max_length = gb_widget_input_int (data, MaxLength); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_entry_set_max_length (GTK_ENTRY (widget), max_length); +- +- text = gb_widget_input_string (data, Text); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget), text); +- +- has_frame = gb_widget_input_bool (data, HasFrame); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_entry_set_has_frame (GTK_ENTRY (widget), has_frame); +- +- invisible_char = gb_widget_input_string (data, InvisibleChar); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gunichar c = g_utf8_get_char_validated (invisible_char, -1); +- if (c > 0) +- gtk_entry_set_invisible_char (GTK_ENTRY (widget), c); +- } +- +- activates_default = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ActivatesDefault); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_entry_set_activates_default (GTK_ENTRY (widget), activates_default); +- +- width_chars = gb_widget_input_optional_int (data, WidthChars, &is_set); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (is_set) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), WidthChars, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (width_chars)); +- gtk_entry_set_width_chars (GTK_ENTRY (widget), width_chars); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_entry_set_width_chars (GTK_ENTRY (widget), -1); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkEntry, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_entry_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_entry_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- guint16 max_len = GTK_ENTRY (widget)->text_max_length; +- const gchar *entry_text = gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget)); +- gunichar c; +- gint width_chars; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_entry_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (max_len) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_entry_set_max_length (GTK_ENTRY (%s), %d);\n", +- data->wname, max_len); +- } +- if (!GTK_ENTRY (widget)->editable) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_editable_set_editable (GTK_EDITABLE (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- if (!GTK_ENTRY (widget)->visible) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_entry_set_visibility (GTK_ENTRY (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- if (entry_text && strlen (entry_text) > 0) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Text, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (entry_text, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- +- if (!gtk_entry_get_has_frame (GTK_ENTRY (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_entry_set_has_frame (GTK_ENTRY (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- c = gtk_entry_get_invisible_char (GTK_ENTRY (widget)); +- if (c != '*') +- { +- /* We just output the integer Unicode character code. I think that is +- OK. */ +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_entry_set_invisible_char (GTK_ENTRY (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, c); +- } +- +- if (gtk_entry_get_activates_default (GTK_ENTRY (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_entry_set_activates_default (GTK_ENTRY (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- width_chars = gtk_entry_get_width_chars (GTK_ENTRY (widget)); +- if (width_chars != -1) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_entry_set_width_chars (GTK_ENTRY (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, width_chars); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_entry_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_entry_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = entry_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Text Entry"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_entry_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_entry_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_entry_set_properties; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_entry_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_entry_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_entry_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbeventbox.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkeventbox.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/eventbox.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *VisibleWindow = "GtkEventBox::visible_window"; +-static gchar *AboveChild = "GtkEventBox::above_child"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkEventBox, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_event_box_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_event_box_new (); +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder ()); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_event_box_create_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData *data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (VisibleWindow, _("Visible Window:"), _("If the event box uses a visible window")); +- property_add_bool (AboveChild, _("Above Child:"), _("If the event box window is above the child widget's window")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_event_box_get_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, VisibleWindow, +- gtk_event_box_get_visible_window (GTK_EVENT_BOX (widget))); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, AboveChild, +- gtk_event_box_get_above_child (GTK_EVENT_BOX (widget))); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_event_box_set_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gboolean visible_window, above_child; +- +- visible_window = gb_widget_input_bool (data, VisibleWindow); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_event_box_set_visible_window (GTK_EVENT_BOX (widget), visible_window); +- +- above_child = gb_widget_input_bool (data, AboveChild); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_event_box_set_above_child (GTK_EVENT_BOX (widget), above_child); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkEventBox, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_event_box_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_event_box_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_event_box_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (!gtk_event_box_get_visible_window (GTK_EVENT_BOX (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_event_box_set_visible_window (GTK_EVENT_BOX (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_event_box_get_above_child (GTK_EVENT_BOX (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_event_box_set_above_child (GTK_EVENT_BOX (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_event_box_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_event_box_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = eventbox_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Event Box"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_event_box_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_event_box_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_event_box_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_event_box_set_properties; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_event_box_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_event_box_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbexpander.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@ +-/* +- * Copyright (C) 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc. +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- * +- * Authors: +- * Mark McLoughlin <mark@skynet.ie> +- */ +- +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include <gtk/gtkexpander.h> +- +-#include "../graphics/expander.xpm" +- +-#define PROPERTY_EXPANDED "GtkExpander::expanded" +-#define PROPERTY_SPACING "GtkExpander::spacing" +- +-static GbWidget gb_expander; +- +-GtkWidget * +-gb_expander_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *expander = gtk_expander_new (NULL); +- +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- { +- GtkWidget *label; +- +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (expander), editor_new_placeholder ()); +- label = gb_widget_new ("GtkLabel", NULL); +- gtk_expander_set_label_widget (GTK_EXPANDER (expander), label); +- } +- +- return expander; +-} +- +-static void +-gb_expander_create_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetCreateArgData *data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (PROPERTY_EXPANDED, +- _("Initially Expanded:"), +- _("Whether the expander is initially opened to reveal the child widget")); +- property_add_int_range (PROPERTY_SPACING, +- _("Spacing:"), +- _("Space to put between the label and the child"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_expander_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, +- PROPERTY_EXPANDED, +- gtk_expander_get_expanded (GTK_EXPANDER (widget))); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, +- PROPERTY_SPACING, +- gtk_expander_get_spacing (GTK_EXPANDER (widget))); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_expander_set_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gboolean expanded; +- int spacing; +- +- expanded = gb_widget_input_bool (data, PROPERTY_EXPANDED); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_expander_set_expanded (GTK_EXPANDER (widget), expanded); +- +- spacing = gb_widget_input_int (data, PROPERTY_SPACING); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_expander_set_spacing (GTK_EXPANDER (widget), spacing); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_expander_add_label_widget (GtkWidget *menuitem, +- GtkExpander *expander) +-{ +- gtk_expander_set_label_widget (expander, editor_new_placeholder ()); +-} +- +-void +-gb_expander_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- +- if (!gtk_expander_get_label_widget (GTK_EXPANDER (widget))) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add Label Widget")); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- g_signal_connect (menuitem, "activate", +- G_CALLBACK (gb_expander_add_label_widget), widget); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- } +-} +- +-void +-gb_expander_add_child (GtkWidget *widget, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gboolean is_label_item = FALSE; +- +- if (data->child_info) +- { +- int j; +- +- for (j = 0; j < data->child_info->n_properties; j++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (data->child_info->properties[j].name, "type") && +- !strcmp (data->child_info->properties[j].value, "label_item")) +- { +- is_label_item = TRUE; +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (is_label_item) +- gtk_expander_set_label_widget (GTK_EXPANDER (widget), child); +- else +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child); +-} +- +-#if 0 +-/* This is in gb_widget_replace_child() now. */ +-static void +-gb_expander_replace_child (GtkWidget *widget, +- GtkWidget *current_child, +- GtkWidget *new_child) +-{ +- /* If this is the expander's label widget, we replace that. */ +- if (gtk_expander_get_label_widget (GTK_EXPANDER (widget)) == current_child) +- { +- gtk_expander_set_label_widget (GTK_EXPANDER (widget), new_child); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), current_child); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), new_child); +- } +-} +-#endif +- +-static void +-gb_expander_write_source (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData *data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_expander_new (NULL);\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (gtk_expander_get_expanded (GTK_EXPANDER (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_expander_set_expanded (GTK_EXPANDER (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- gtk_expander_get_expanded (GTK_EXPANDER (widget)) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"); +- } +- +- if (gtk_expander_get_spacing (GTK_EXPANDER (widget)) != 0) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_expander_set_spacing (GTK_EXPANDER (%s), %d);\n", +- data->wname, +- gtk_expander_get_spacing (GTK_EXPANDER (widget))); +- } +-} +- +-void +-gb_expander_get_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING && +- gtk_expander_get_label_widget (GTK_EXPANDER (widget)) == child) +- { +- save_start_tag (data, "packing"); +- save_string (data, "type", "label_item"); +- save_end_tag (data, "packing"); +- } +-} +- +-void +-gb_expander_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget *parent, +- const char *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData *data) +-{ +- if (gtk_expander_get_label_widget (GTK_EXPANDER (parent)) == child) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_expander_set_label_widget (GTK_EXPANDER (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +-} +- +-GbWidget * +-gb_expander_init () +-{ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gb_expander); +- +- gb_expander.pixmap_struct = expander_xpm; +- gb_expander.tooltip = _("Expander"); +- +- gb_expander.gb_widget_new = gb_expander_new; +- gb_expander.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_expander_create_properties; +- gb_expander.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_expander_get_properties; +- gb_expander.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_expander_set_properties; +- gb_expander.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_expander_create_popup_menu; +- gb_expander.gb_widget_write_source = gb_expander_write_source; +- +- gb_expander.gb_widget_add_child = gb_expander_add_child; +- gb_expander.gb_widget_get_child_properties = gb_expander_get_child_properties; +- gb_expander.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_expander_write_add_child_source; +- +- return &gb_expander; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbfilechooserbutton.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,309 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/filechooserbutton.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Action = "GtkFileChooserButton::action"; +-static gchar *LocalOnly = "GtkFileChooserButton::local_only"; +-static gchar *ShowHidden = "GtkFileChooserButton::show_hidden"; +-static gchar *Confirm = "GtkFileChooserButton::do_overwrite_confirmation"; +-static gchar *Title = "GtkFileChooserButton::title"; +-static gchar *WidthChars = "GtkFileChooserButton::width_chars"; +- +- +-/* Note that GtkFileChooserButton doesn't support "Save" or "Create Folder". */ +-static const gchar *GbActionChoices[] = +-{"Open", "Select Folder", NULL}; +-static const gint GbActionValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER +-}; +-static const gchar *GbActionSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN", +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER" +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkFileChooser, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_file_chooser_button_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_file_chooser_button_new (NULL, +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_button_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_string (Title, _("Title:"), +- _("The window title of the file chooser dialog")); +- property_add_choice (Action, _("Action:"), +- _("The type of file operation being performed"), +- GbActionChoices); +- property_add_bool (LocalOnly, _("Local Only:"), +- _("Whether the selected files should be limited to local files")); +- property_add_bool (ShowHidden, _("Show Hidden:"), +- _("Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed")); +- property_add_bool (Confirm, _("Confirm:"), +- _("Whether a confirmation dialog will be displayed if a file will be overwritten")); +- property_add_int_range (WidthChars, _("Width in Chars:"), +- _("The width of the button in characters"), +- -1, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_button_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *title; +- GtkFileChooserAction action; +- gboolean local_only, show_hidden, confirm; +- gint i, width_chars; +- +- g_object_get (widget, +- "title", &title, +- "action", &action, +- "local_only", &local_only, +- "show_hidden", &show_hidden, +- "do_overwrite_confirmation", &confirm, +- "width_chars", &width_chars, +- NULL); +- +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Title, title); +- g_free (title); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbActionValues) / sizeof (GbActionValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbActionValues[i] == action) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Action, i, GbActionSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, LocalOnly, local_only); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowHidden, show_hidden); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Confirm, confirm); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, WidthChars, width_chars); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_button_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *title, *action; +- gboolean local_only, show_hidden, confirm; +- gint i, width_chars; +- +- title = gb_widget_input_string (data, Title); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "title", title, NULL); +- +- action = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Action); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbActionValues) / sizeof (GbActionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (action, GbActionChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (action, GbActionSymbols[i])) +- { +- g_object_set (widget, "action", GbActionValues[i], NULL); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- local_only = gb_widget_input_bool (data, LocalOnly); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "local_only", local_only, NULL); +- +- show_hidden = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowHidden); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "show_hidden", show_hidden, NULL); +- +- confirm = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Confirm); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "do_overwrite_confirmation", confirm, NULL); +- +- width_chars = gb_widget_input_int (data, WidthChars); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "width_chars", width_chars, NULL); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkFileChooser, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_widget_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_button_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *title; +- GtkFileChooserAction action; +- gboolean local_only, show_hidden, confirm; +- gint width_chars; +- const gchar *action_symbol = GbActionSymbols[0]; +- gint i; +- +- g_object_get (widget, +- "title", &title, +- "action", &action, +- "local_only", &local_only, +- "show_hidden", &show_hidden, +- "do_overwrite_confirmation", &confirm, +- "width_chars", &width_chars, +- NULL); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbActionValues) / sizeof (GbActionValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbActionValues[i] == action) +- action_symbol = GbActionSymbols[i]; +- } +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_file_chooser_button_new (%s, %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (title, data->use_gettext && translatable, context), +- action_symbol); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (!local_only || show_hidden || width_chars != -1 || confirm) +- { +- source_add (data, " g_object_set (%s,\n", data->wname); +- +- if (!local_only) +- source_add (data, " \"local-only\", FALSE,\n"); +- +- if (show_hidden) +- source_add (data, " \"show-hidden\", TRUE,\n"); +- +- if (confirm) +- source_add (data, " \"confirm\", TRUE,\n"); +- +- if (width_chars != -1) +- source_add (data, " \"width-chars\", %i,\n", +- width_chars); +- +- source_add (data, " NULL);\n"); +- } +- +- g_free (title); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_file_chooser_button_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_file_chooser_button_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = filechooserbutton_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("File Chooser Button"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_file_chooser_button_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_file_chooser_button_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_file_chooser_button_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_file_chooser_button_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_file_chooser_button_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_file_chooser_widget_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbfilechooserdialog.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,451 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/filechooserdialog.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Title = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::title"; +-static gchar *Type = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::type"; +-static gchar *Position = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::window_position"; +-static gchar *Modal = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::modal"; +-static gchar *DefaultWidth = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::default_width"; +-static gchar *DefaultHeight = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::default_height"; +-static gchar *Shrink = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::allow_shrink"; +-static gchar *Grow = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::allow_grow"; +-static gchar *AutoShrink = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::auto_shrink"; +-static gchar *IconName = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +- +-static gchar *Resizable = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::resizable"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::gravity"; +- +-static gchar *Action = "GtkFileChooserDialog::action"; +-static gchar *LocalOnly = "GtkFileChooserDialog::local_only"; +-static gchar *SelectMultiple = "GtkFileChooserDialog::select_multiple"; +-static gchar *ShowHidden = "GtkFileChooserDialog::show_hidden"; +-static gchar *Confirm = "GtkFileChooserDialog::do_overwrite_confirmation"; +-static gchar *Urgency = "FileChooserDialog|GtkWindow::urgency_hint"; +- +- +-static const gchar *GbActionChoices[] = +-{"Open", "Save", "Select Folder", "Create Folder", NULL}; +-static const gint GbActionValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE, +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER, +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_CREATE_FOLDER +-}; +-static const gchar *GbActionSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN", +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE", +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER", +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_CREATE_FOLDER" +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkFileChooserDialog, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_file_chooser_dialog_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *button; +- +- new_widget = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (NULL, NULL, +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, +- NULL); +- +- /* We want it to be treated as a normal window. */ +- gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (new_widget), +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NORMAL); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- +- gb_widget_create_from (GTK_DIALOG (new_widget)->vbox, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "dialog-content_area" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GTK_DIALOG (new_widget)->vbox, GladeChildDialogVBox); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (GTK_DIALOG (new_widget)->action_area, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "dialog-action_area" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GTK_DIALOG (new_widget)->action_area, +- GladeChildDialogActionArea); +- +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- { +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- +- button = gtk_dialog_add_button (GTK_DIALOG (new_widget), +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, -1); +- gb_widget_create_from (button, "button"); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (button), GladeButtonStockIDKey, +- (gpointer) GTK_STOCK_CANCEL); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (button), GladeDialogResponseIDKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL)); +- +- button = gtk_dialog_add_button (GTK_DIALOG (new_widget), +- GTK_STOCK_OPEN, -1); +- gb_widget_create_from (button, "button"); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (button), GladeButtonStockIDKey, +- (gpointer) GTK_STOCK_OPEN); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (button), GladeDialogResponseIDKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GTK_RESPONSE_OK)); +- /* Set this button as the default. */ +- wdata = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (button), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- wdata->flags |= GLADE_GRAB_DEFAULT; +- } +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), TypeHint, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GLADE_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG_INDEX)); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_dialog_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (Action, _("Action:"), +- _("The type of file operation being performed"), +- GbActionChoices); +- property_add_bool (LocalOnly, _("Local Only:"), +- _("Whether the selected files should be limited to local files")); +- property_add_bool (SelectMultiple, _("Select Multiple:"), +- _("Whether to allow multiple files to be selected")); +- property_add_bool (ShowHidden, _("Show Hidden:"), +- _("Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed")); +- property_add_bool (Confirm, _("Confirm:"), +- _("Whether a confirmation dialog will be displayed if a file will be overwritten")); +- +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_dialog_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkFileChooserAction action; +- gboolean local_only, select_multiple, show_hidden, confirm; +- gint i; +- +- g_object_get (widget, +- "action", &action, +- "local_only", &local_only, +- "select_multiple", &select_multiple, +- "show_hidden", &show_hidden, +- "do_overwrite_confirmation", &confirm, +- NULL); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbActionValues) / sizeof (GbActionValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbActionValues[i] == action) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Action, i, GbActionSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, LocalOnly, local_only); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, SelectMultiple, select_multiple); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowHidden, show_hidden); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Confirm, confirm); +- +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_dialog_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *action; +- gboolean local_only, select_multiple, show_hidden, confirm; +- gint i; +- +- action = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Action); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbActionValues) / sizeof (GbActionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (action, GbActionChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (action, GbActionSymbols[i])) +- { +- g_object_set (widget, "action", GbActionValues[i], NULL); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- local_only = gb_widget_input_bool (data, LocalOnly); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "local_only", local_only, NULL); +- +- select_multiple = gb_widget_input_bool (data, SelectMultiple); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "select_multiple", select_multiple, NULL); +- +- show_hidden = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowHidden); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "show_hidden", show_hidden, NULL); +- +- confirm = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Confirm); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "do_overwrite_confirmation", confirm, NULL); +- +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkFileChooserDialog, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_dialog_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_dialog_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkFileChooserAction action; +- gboolean local_only, select_multiple, show_hidden, confirm; +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- g_object_get (widget, +- "action", &action, +- "local_only", &local_only, +- "select_multiple", &select_multiple, +- "show_hidden", &show_hidden, +- "do_overwrite_confirmation", &confirm, +- NULL); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- const gchar *action_symbol = GbActionSymbols[0]; +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbActionValues) / sizeof (GbActionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbActionValues[i] == action) +- action_symbol = GbActionSymbols[i]; +- } +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (%s, NULL, %s, NULL);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (GTK_WINDOW (widget)->title, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context), +- action_symbol); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (!local_only || select_multiple || show_hidden || confirm) +- { +- source_add (data, " g_object_set (%s,\n", data->wname); +- +- if (!local_only) +- source_add (data, " \"local-only\", FALSE,\n"); +- +- if (select_multiple) +- source_add (data, " \"select-multiple\", TRUE,\n"); +- +- if (show_hidden) +- source_add (data, " \"show-hidden\", TRUE,\n"); +- +- if (confirm) +- source_add (data, " \"confirm\", TRUE,\n"); +- +- source_add (data, " NULL);\n"); +- } +- +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- NULL, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- /* We output the source code for the children here, since the code should +- not include calls to create the widgets. We need to specify that the +- names used are like: "GTK_DIALOG (<dialog-name>)->vbox". +- We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- child_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_DIALOG (widget)->vbox); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_dialog_get_content_area (GTK_DIALOG (%s));\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_DIALOG (widget)->vbox, data); +- +- /* action_area is a child of vbox so I had to add a kludge to stop it +- being written as a normal child - we need to do it here so that we +- don't output code to create it. */ +- child_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_DIALOG (widget)->action_area); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_dialog_get_action_area (GTK_DIALOG (%s));\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_DIALOG (widget)->action_area, data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_file_chooser_dialog_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogVBox)) +- return GTK_DIALOG (widget)->vbox; +- else if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogActionArea)) +- return GTK_DIALOG (widget)->action_area; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_file_chooser_dialog_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = filechooserdialog_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("File Chooser Dialog"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_file_chooser_dialog_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_file_chooser_dialog_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_file_chooser_dialog_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_file_chooser_dialog_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_file_chooser_dialog_get_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_file_chooser_dialog_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_window_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_file_chooser_dialog_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbfilechooserwidget.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/filechooserwidget.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Action = "GtkFileChooserWidget::action"; +-static gchar *LocalOnly = "GtkFileChooserWidget::local_only"; +-static gchar *SelectMultiple = "GtkFileChooserWidget::select_multiple"; +-static gchar *ShowHidden = "GtkFileChooserWidget::show_hidden"; +- +- +-static const gchar *GbActionChoices[] = +-{"Open", "Save", "Select Folder", "Create Folder", NULL}; +-static const gint GbActionValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE, +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER, +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_CREATE_FOLDER +-}; +-static const gchar *GbActionSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN", +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE", +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER", +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_CREATE_FOLDER" +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkFileChooser, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_file_chooser_widget_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_file_chooser_widget_new (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_widget_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (Action, _("Action:"), +- _("The type of file operation being performed"), +- GbActionChoices); +- property_add_bool (LocalOnly, _("Local Only:"), +- _("Whether the selected files should be limited to local files")); +- property_add_bool (SelectMultiple, _("Select Multiple:"), +- _("Whether to allow multiple files to be selected")); +- property_add_bool (ShowHidden, _("Show Hidden:"), +- _("Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_widget_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkFileChooserAction action; +- gboolean local_only, select_multiple, show_hidden; +- gint i; +- +- g_object_get (widget, +- "action", &action, +- "local_only", &local_only, +- "select_multiple", &select_multiple, +- "show_hidden", &show_hidden, +- NULL); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbActionValues) / sizeof (GbActionValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbActionValues[i] == action) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Action, i, GbActionSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, LocalOnly, local_only); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, SelectMultiple, select_multiple); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowHidden, show_hidden); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_widget_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *action; +- gboolean local_only, select_multiple, show_hidden; +- gint i; +- +- action = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Action); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbActionValues) / sizeof (GbActionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (action, GbActionChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (action, GbActionSymbols[i])) +- { +- g_object_set (widget, "action", GbActionValues[i], NULL); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- local_only = gb_widget_input_bool (data, LocalOnly); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "local_only", local_only, NULL); +- +- select_multiple = gb_widget_input_bool (data, SelectMultiple); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "select_multiple", select_multiple, NULL); +- +- show_hidden = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowHidden); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "show_hidden", show_hidden, NULL); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkFileChooser, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_widget_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_chooser_widget_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkFileChooserAction action; +- gboolean local_only, select_multiple, show_hidden; +- +- g_object_get (widget, +- "action", &action, +- "local_only", &local_only, +- "select_multiple", &select_multiple, +- "show_hidden", &show_hidden, +- NULL); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- const gchar *action_symbol = GbActionSymbols[0]; +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbActionValues) / sizeof (GbActionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbActionValues[i] == action) +- action_symbol = GbActionSymbols[i]; +- } +- +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_file_chooser_widget_new (%s);\n", +- data->wname, +- action_symbol); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (!local_only || select_multiple || show_hidden) +- { +- source_add (data, " g_object_set (%s,\n", data->wname); +- +- if (!local_only) +- source_add (data, " \"local-only\", FALSE,\n"); +- +- if (select_multiple) +- source_add (data, " \"select-multiple\", TRUE,\n"); +- +- if (show_hidden) +- source_add (data, " \"show-hidden\", TRUE,\n"); +- +- source_add (data, " NULL);\n"); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_file_chooser_widget_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_file_chooser_widget_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = filechooserwidget_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("File Chooser"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_file_chooser_widget_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_file_chooser_widget_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_file_chooser_widget_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_file_chooser_widget_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_file_chooser_widget_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_file_chooser_widget_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbfileselection.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,308 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkfilesel.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/fileseldialog.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Title = "FileSel|GtkWindow::title"; +-static gchar *Type = "FileSel|GtkWindow::type"; +-static gchar *Position = "FileSel|GtkWindow::window_position"; +-static gchar *Modal = "FileSel|GtkWindow::modal"; +-static gchar *DefaultWidth = "FileSel|GtkWindow::default_width"; +-static gchar *DefaultHeight = "FileSel|GtkWindow::default_height"; +-static gchar *FileOps = "GtkFileSelection::show_fileops"; +-static gchar *Shrink = "FileSel|GtkWindow::allow_shrink"; +-static gchar *Grow = "FileSel|GtkWindow::allow_grow"; +-static gchar *AutoShrink = "FileSel|GtkWindow::auto_shrink"; +-static gchar *IconName = "FileSel|GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "FileSel|GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +- +-static gchar *Resizable = "FileSel|GtkWindow::resizable"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "FileSel|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "FileSel|GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "FileSel|GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "FileSel|GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "FileSel|GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "FileSel|GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "FileSel|GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "FileSel|GtkWindow::gravity"; +-static gchar *Urgency = "FileSel|GtkWindow::urgency_hint"; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkFileSelection, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_file_selection_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_file_selection_new (_("Select File")); +- +- GtkFileSelection *filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (new_widget); +- +- /* We want it to be treated as a normal window. */ +- gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (new_widget), +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NORMAL); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (filesel->ok_button, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "ok_button" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (filesel->ok_button, GladeChildOKButton); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (filesel->cancel_button, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "cancel_button" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (filesel->cancel_button, GladeChildCancelButton); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), TypeHint, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GLADE_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG_INDEX)); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_selection_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- property_add_bool (FileOps, _("File Ops.:"), +- _("If the file operation buttons are shown")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_selection_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, FileOps, +- GTK_FILE_SELECTION (widget)->fileop_c_dir != NULL); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_selection_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean show_fileops; +- +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- show_fileops = gb_widget_input_bool (data, FileOps); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (show_fileops) +- gtk_file_selection_show_fileop_buttons (GTK_FILE_SELECTION (widget)); +- else +- gtk_file_selection_hide_fileop_buttons (GTK_FILE_SELECTION (widget)); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkFileSelection, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_file_selection_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_file_selection_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData *data) +-{ +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_file_selection_new (%s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (GTK_WINDOW (widget)->title, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* The title is already set above, so we pass NULL to skip it. */ +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- NULL, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- if (GTK_FILE_SELECTION (widget)->fileop_c_dir == NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_file_selection_hide_fileop_buttons (GTK_FILE_SELECTION (%s));\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- +- /* We output the source code for the buttons here, but we don't want them +- to be created. We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- child_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_FILE_SELECTION (widget)->ok_button); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (%s)->ok_button;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_FILE_SELECTION (widget)->ok_button, data); +- +- child_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_FILE_SELECTION (widget)->cancel_button); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (%s)->cancel_button;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_FILE_SELECTION (widget)->cancel_button, data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_file_selection_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildOKButton)) +- return GTK_FILE_SELECTION (widget)->ok_button; +- else if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCancelButton)) +- return GTK_FILE_SELECTION (widget)->cancel_button; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_file_selection_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_file_selection_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = fileseldialog_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("File Selection Dialog"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_file_selection_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_file_selection_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_file_selection_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_file_selection_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_file_selection_get_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_file_selection_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_window_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_file_selection_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbfixed.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,246 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkfixed.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/fixed.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-/* Child properties. */ +-const gchar *GladeFixedChildX = "GtkFixed::x"; +-const gchar *GladeFixedChildY = "GtkFixed::y"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkFixed, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-/* +- GtkWidget* +- gb_fixed_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_fixed_create_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_fixed_get_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_fixed_set_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkFixed, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_fixed_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_fixed_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_fixed_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the child packing properties for children of this widget. +- */ +-void +-gb_fixed_create_child_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateChildArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_int_range (GladeFixedChildX, _("X:"), +- _("The X coordinate of the widget in the GtkFixed"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (GladeFixedChildY, _("Y:"), +- _("The Y coordinate of the widget in the GtkFixed"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +-/* Shows or saves the child properties of a child of a GtkFixed. */ +-void +-gb_fixed_get_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- gint x, y; +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_start_tag (data, "packing"); +- +- gtk_container_child_get (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child, +- "x", &x, +- "y", &y, +- NULL); +- +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GladeFixedChildX, x); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GladeFixedChildY, y); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_end_tag (data, "packing"); +-} +- +- +-/* Applies or loads the child properties of a child of a GtkFixed. */ +-void +-gb_fixed_set_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gint x, y; +- +- x = gb_widget_input_int (data, GladeFixedChildX); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_container_child_set (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child, +- "x", x, +- NULL); +- +- y = gb_widget_input_int (data, GladeFixedChildY); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_container_child_set (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child, +- "y", y, +- NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child widget to a GtkFixed. */ +-static void +-gb_fixed_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint x, y; +- +- gtk_container_child_get (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), child, +- "x", &x, +- "y", &y, +- NULL); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (%s), %s, %i, %i);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname, x, y); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_fixed_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_fixed_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = fixed_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Fixed Positions"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_fixed_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_child_properties = gb_fixed_create_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child_properties = gb_fixed_get_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_child_properties = gb_fixed_set_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_fixed_write_add_child_source; +- +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_fixed_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_fixed_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_fixed_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_fixed_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_fixed_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbfontbutton.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/fontbutton.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Title = "GtkFontButton::title"; +-static gchar *ShowStyle = "GtkFontButton::show_style"; +-static gchar *ShowSize = "GtkFontButton::show_size"; +-static gchar *UseFont = "GtkFontButton::use_font"; +-static gchar *UseFontSize = "GtkFontButton::use_size"; +-static gchar *FocusOnClick = "GtkFontButton|GtkButton::focus_on_click"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkFontButton, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-/* +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_font_button_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_font_button_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_string (Title, _("Title:"), +- _("The title of the font selection dialog")); +- property_add_bool (ShowStyle, _("Show Style:"), +- _("If the font style is shown as part of the font information")); +- property_add_bool (ShowSize, _("Show Size:"), +- _("If the font size is shown as part of the font information")); +- property_add_bool (UseFont, _("Use Font:"), +- _("If the selected font is used when displaying the font information")); +- property_add_bool (UseFontSize, _("Use Size:"), +- _("if the selected font size is used when displaying the font information")); +- property_add_bool (FocusOnClick, _("Focus On Click:"), _("If the button grabs focus when it is clicked")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_font_button_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean show_style, show_size, use_font, use_size; +- const gchar *title; +- +- /* Only save if the title is different to the default. */ +- title = gtk_font_button_get_title (GTK_FONT_BUTTON (widget)); +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING +- || (title && strcmp (title, dgettext (GLADE_GTK_GETTEXT_PACKAGE, +- "Pick a Font")))) +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Title, title); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "show_style", &show_style, +- "show_size", &show_size, +- "use_font", &use_font, +- "use_size", &use_size, +- NULL); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowStyle, show_style); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowSize, show_size); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, UseFont, use_font); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, UseFontSize, use_size); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, FocusOnClick, +- gtk_button_get_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget))); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_font_button_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *title; +- gboolean show_style, show_size, use_font, use_size, focus_on_click; +- +- title = gb_widget_input_string (data, Title); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_font_button_set_title (GTK_FONT_BUTTON (widget), +- title && title[0] +- ? title : dgettext (GLADE_GTK_GETTEXT_PACKAGE, +- "Pick a Font")); +- +- show_style = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowStyle); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_font_button_set_show_style (GTK_FONT_BUTTON (widget), show_style); +- +- show_size = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowSize); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_font_button_set_show_size (GTK_FONT_BUTTON (widget), show_size); +- +- use_font = gb_widget_input_bool (data, UseFont); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_font_button_set_use_font (GTK_FONT_BUTTON (widget), use_font); +- +- use_size = gb_widget_input_bool (data, UseFontSize); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_font_button_set_use_size (GTK_FONT_BUTTON (widget), use_size); +- +- focus_on_click = gb_widget_input_bool (data, FocusOnClick); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget), focus_on_click); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkFontButton, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_font_button_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_font_button_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- const gchar *title; +- gboolean show_style, show_size, use_font, use_size; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_font_button_new ();\n", data->wname); +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- title = gtk_font_button_get_title (GTK_FONT_BUTTON (widget)); +- if (title && title[0] +- && strcmp (title, dgettext (GLADE_GTK_GETTEXT_PACKAGE, "Pick a Font"))) +- { +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_font_button_set_title (GTK_FONT_BUTTON (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (title, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "show_style", &show_style, +- "show_size", &show_size, +- "use_font", &use_font, +- "use_size", &use_size, +- NULL); +- +- if (!show_style) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_font_button_set_show_style (GTK_FONT_BUTTON (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (!show_size) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_font_button_set_show_size (GTK_FONT_BUTTON (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (use_font) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_font_button_set_use_font (GTK_FONT_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (use_size) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_font_button_set_use_size (GTK_FONT_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (!gtk_button_get_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_font_button_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_font_button_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = fontbutton_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Font Chooser Button"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_font_button_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_font_button_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_font_button_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_font_button_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_font_button_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_font_button_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbfontselection.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkfontsel.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/fontsel.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *PreviewText = "GtkFontSelection::preview_text"; +- +- +-/* This is the default preview text, pinched from gtkfontsel.c. */ +-#define DEFAULT_PREVIEW_TEXT "abcdefghijk ABCDEFGHIJK" +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the funtion in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkFontSelection, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget* +-gb_font_selection_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return gtk_font_selection_new (); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_font_selection_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_string (PreviewText, _("Preview Text:"), _("The preview text to display")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_font_selection_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- const gchar *preview_text; +- +- preview_text = gtk_font_selection_get_preview_text (GTK_FONT_SELECTION (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, PreviewText, preview_text); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_font_selection_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *preview_text; +- +- preview_text = gb_widget_input_string (data, PreviewText); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_font_selection_set_preview_text (GTK_FONT_SELECTION (widget), +- preview_text); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkFontSelection, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_font_selection_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_font_selection_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- const gchar *preview_text; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_font_selection_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- preview_text = gtk_font_selection_get_preview_text (GTK_FONT_SELECTION (widget)); +- if (strcmp (preview_text, DEFAULT_PREVIEW_TEXT)) +- { +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, PreviewText, +- &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_font_selection_set_preview_text (GTK_FONT_SELECTION (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (preview_text, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_font_selection_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_font_selection_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = fontsel_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Font Selection"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_font_selection_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_font_selection_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_font_selection_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_font_selection_set_properties; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_font_selection_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_font_selection_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbfontselectiondialog.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,317 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkfontsel.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/fontseldialog.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Title = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::title"; +-static gchar *Type = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::type"; +-static gchar *Position = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::window_position"; +-static gchar *Modal = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::modal"; +-static gchar *DefaultWidth = "FontSel|GtkWindow::default_width"; +-static gchar *DefaultHeight = "FontSel|GtkWindow::default_height"; +-static gchar *Shrink = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::allow_shrink"; +-static gchar *Grow = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::allow_grow"; +-static gchar *AutoShrink = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::auto_shrink"; +-static gchar *IconName = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +- +-static gchar *Resizable = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::resizable"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::gravity"; +-static gchar *Urgency = "FontSelDialog|GtkWindow::urgency_hint"; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the funtion in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkFontSelectionDialog, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget* +-gb_font_selection_dialog_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new (_("Select Font")); +- +- GtkFontSelectionDialog *fontsel = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (new_widget); +- +- /* We want it to be treated as a normal window. */ +- gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (new_widget), +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NORMAL); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (fontsel->ok_button, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "ok_button" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (fontsel->ok_button, GladeChildOKButton); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (fontsel->cancel_button, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "cancel_button" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (fontsel->cancel_button, GladeChildCancelButton); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (fontsel->apply_button, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "apply_button" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (fontsel->apply_button, GladeChildApplyButton); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (fontsel->fontsel, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "font_selection" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (fontsel->fontsel, GladeChildFontSelection); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), TypeHint, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GLADE_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG_INDEX)); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_font_selection_dialog_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_font_selection_dialog_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_font_selection_dialog_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkFontSelectionDialog, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_font_selection_dialog_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_font_selection_dialog_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new (%s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (GTK_WINDOW (widget)->title, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* The title is already set above, so we pass NULL to skip it. */ +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- NULL, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- +- /* We output the source code for the buttons here, but we don't want them +- to be created. We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- +- child_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->ok_button); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (%s)->ok_button;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->ok_button, +- data); +- +- child_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->cancel_button); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (%s)->cancel_button;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->cancel_button, +- data); +- +- child_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->apply_button); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (%s)->apply_button;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->apply_button, +- data); +- +- child_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->fontsel); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (%s)->fontsel;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->fontsel, +- data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_font_selection_dialog_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildOKButton)) +- return GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->ok_button; +- else if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildApplyButton)) +- return GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->apply_button; +- else if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCancelButton)) +- return GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->cancel_button; +- else if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildFontSelection)) +- return GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget)->fontsel; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_font_selection_dialog_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = fontseldialog_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Font Selection Dialog"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_font_selection_dialog_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_font_selection_dialog_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_font_selection_dialog_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_font_selection_dialog_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_font_selection_dialog_get_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_font_selection_dialog_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_window_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_font_selection_dialog_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbframe.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,375 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include <math.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkalignment.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkframe.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenuitem.h> +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/frame.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *LabelXAlign = "GtkFrame::label_xalign"; +-static gchar *LabelYAlign = "GtkFrame::label_yalign"; +-static gchar *Shadow = "GtkFrame::shadow_type"; +- +-/* We don't show this any more, as the label is a child widget now, but we +- load this for compatability with old XML files. */ +-static gchar *Label = "GtkFrame::label"; +- +-static const gchar *GbShadowChoices[] = +-{"None", "In", "Out", +- "Etched In", "Etched Out", NULL}; +-static const gint GbShadowValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_SHADOW_NONE, +- GTK_SHADOW_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_OUT, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT +-}; +-static const gchar *GbShadowSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_SHADOW_NONE", +- "GTK_SHADOW_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_OUT", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT" +-}; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkFrame, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_frame_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_frame_new (NULL); +- +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- { +- GtkWidget *label, *alignment; +- gchar *label_markup; +- +- /* For HIG compliance, we create a frame with no shadow, with a label +- of "<b>widget-name</b>", and with an alignment to add 12 pixels +- padding on the left. */ +- gtk_frame_set_shadow_type (GTK_FRAME (new_widget), GTK_SHADOW_NONE); +- +- label = gb_widget_new ("GtkLabel", NULL); +- label_markup = g_strdup_printf ("<b>%s</b>", data->name); +- gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), label_markup); +- g_free (label_markup); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (label), "GtkLabel::use_markup", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE)); +- +- gtk_frame_set_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (new_widget), label); +- +- alignment = gb_widget_new ("GtkAlignment", NULL); +- gtk_alignment_set_padding (GTK_ALIGNMENT (alignment), 0, 0, 12, 0); +- +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), alignment); +- } +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_frame_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_float_range (LabelXAlign, _("Label X Align:"), +- _("The horizontal alignment of the frame's label widget"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_float_range (LabelYAlign, _("Label Y Align:"), +- _("The vertical alignment of the frame's label widget"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_choice (Shadow, _("Shadow:"), _("The type of shadow of the frame"), +- GbShadowChoices); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_frame_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- gb_widget_output_float (data, LabelXAlign, GTK_FRAME (widget)->label_xalign); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, LabelYAlign, GTK_FRAME (widget)->label_yalign); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbShadowValues[i] == GTK_FRAME (widget)->shadow_type) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Shadow, i, GbShadowSymbols[i]); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_frame_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gfloat label_xalign, label_yalign; +- gboolean apply_xalign, apply_yalign; +- gchar *shadow; +- gint i; +- +- /* We load the 'label' property, but create a child GbWidget. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- gchar *label = gb_widget_input_string (data, Label); +- if (data->apply && label && *label) +- { +- GtkWidget *label_widget = gb_widget_new ("GtkLabel", NULL); +- gtk_label_set_text (GTK_LABEL (label_widget), label); +- gtk_frame_set_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (widget), label_widget); +- } +- } +- +- shadow = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Shadow); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (shadow, GbShadowChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (shadow, GbShadowSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_frame_set_shadow_type (GTK_FRAME (widget), GbShadowValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- label_xalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, LabelXAlign); +- apply_xalign = data->apply; +- if (!apply_xalign) +- label_xalign = GTK_FRAME (widget)->label_xalign; +- +- label_yalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, LabelYAlign); +- apply_yalign = data->apply; +- if (!apply_yalign) +- label_yalign = GTK_FRAME (widget)->label_yalign; +- +- if (apply_xalign || apply_yalign) +- gtk_frame_set_label_align (GTK_FRAME (widget), label_xalign, label_yalign); +-} +- +- +- +-static void +-gb_frame_add_label_widget (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkFrame * frame) +-{ +- gtk_frame_set_label_widget (frame, editor_new_placeholder ()); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkFrame, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-void +-gb_frame_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- +- /* If there is no label widget at present, we add a command to add one. */ +- if (!gtk_frame_get_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (widget))) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add Label Widget")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_frame_add_label_widget), widget); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_frame_add_child (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gboolean is_label_item = FALSE; +- +- /* See if this is a tab widget. We use a special "type" packing property set +- to "label_item".*/ +- if (data->child_info) +- { +- int j; +- +- for (j = 0; j < data->child_info->n_properties; j++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (data->child_info->properties[j].name, "type") +- && !strcmp (data->child_info->properties[j].value, "label_item")) +- { +- is_label_item = TRUE; +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (is_label_item) +- gtk_frame_set_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (widget), child); +- else +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_frame_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gfloat xalign, yalign; +- gint shadow = 0, i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_frame_new (NULL);\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- xalign = GTK_FRAME (widget)->label_xalign; +- yalign = GTK_FRAME (widget)->label_yalign; +- if (xalign >= GLADE_EPSILON || fabs (yalign - 0.5) >= GLADE_EPSILON) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_frame_set_label_align (GTK_FRAME (%s), %g, %g);\n", +- data->wname, xalign, yalign); +- } +- +- if (GTK_FRAME (widget)->shadow_type != GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i +- ++) +- if (GbShadowValues[i] == GTK_FRAME (widget)->shadow_type) +- { +- shadow = i; +- break; +- } +- source_add (data, " gtk_frame_set_shadow_type (GTK_FRAME (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbShadowSymbols[shadow]); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_frame_get_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- +- /* When saving the label widget, we save a "type" packing property set to +- "label_item". */ +- if (data->action != GB_SAVING +- || gtk_frame_get_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (widget)) != child) +- return; +- +- save_start_tag (data, "packing"); +- save_string (data, "type", "label_item"); +- save_end_tag (data, "packing"); +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child widget to a GtkNotebook. */ +-void +-gb_frame_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- +- if (gtk_frame_get_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (parent)) == child) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_frame_set_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_frame_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_frame_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = frame_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Frame"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_frame_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_frame_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_frame_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_frame_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_frame_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_frame_write_source; +- +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_frame_add_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child_properties = gb_frame_get_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_frame_write_add_child_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbgammacurve.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,269 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkcurve.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkgamma.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gammacurve.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-#if 0 +-static gchar *Type = "GammaCurve|GtkCurve::curve_type"; +-#endif +-static gchar *XMin = "GammaCurve|GtkCurve::min_x"; +-static gchar *XMax = "GammaCurve|GtkCurve::max_x"; +-static gchar *YMin = "GammaCurve|GtkCurve::min_y"; +-static gchar *YMax = "GammaCurve|GtkCurve::max_y"; +- +-#if 0 +-static const gchar *GbTypeChoices[] = +-{"Linear", "Spline", "Free", NULL}; +-static const gint GbTypeValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_CURVE_TYPE_LINEAR, /* linear interpolation */ +- GTK_CURVE_TYPE_SPLINE, /* spline interpolation */ +- GTK_CURVE_TYPE_FREE /* free form curve */ +-}; +-static const gchar *GbTypeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_CURVE_TYPE_LINEAR", +- "GTK_CURVE_TYPE_SPLINE", +- "GTK_CURVE_TYPE_FREE" +-}; +-#endif +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkGammaCurve, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-/* +- GtkWidget* +- gb_gamma_curve_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gamma_curve_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * +- data) +-{ +-#if 0 +- property_add_choice (Type, _("Initial Type:"), _("The initial type of the curve"), +- GbTypeChoices); +-#endif +- property_add_float (XMin, _("X Min:"), _("The minimum horizontal value")); +- property_add_float (XMax, _("X Max:"), _("The maximum horizontal value")); +- property_add_float (YMin, _("Y Min:"), _("The minimum vertical value")); +- property_add_float (YMax, _("Y Max:"), _("The maximum vertical value")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gamma_curve_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkCurve *curve = GTK_CURVE (GTK_GAMMA_CURVE (widget)->curve); +- +-#if 0 +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbTypeValues) / sizeof (GbTypeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbTypeValues[i] == curve->curve_type) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Type, i, GbTypeSymbols[i]); +- } +-#endif +- gb_widget_output_float (data, XMin, curve->min_x); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, XMax, curve->max_x); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, YMin, curve->min_y); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, YMax, curve->max_y); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gamma_curve_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkCurve *curve = GTK_CURVE (GTK_GAMMA_CURVE (widget)->curve); +- gfloat min_x, max_x, min_y, max_y; +- gboolean set_range = FALSE; +- +-#if 0 +- gint i; +- gchar *type; +- +- type = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Type); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbTypeValues) / sizeof (GbTypeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (type, GbTypeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (type, GbTypeSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_curve_set_curve_type (curve, GbTypeValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +-#endif +- +- min_x = gb_widget_input_float (data, XMin); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- min_x = GTK_CURVE (widget)->min_x; +- +- max_x = gb_widget_input_float (data, XMax); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- max_x = GTK_CURVE (widget)->max_x; +- +- min_y = gb_widget_input_float (data, YMin); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- min_y = GTK_CURVE (widget)->min_y; +- +- max_y = gb_widget_input_float (data, YMax); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- max_y = GTK_CURVE (widget)->max_y; +- +- if (set_range) +- gtk_curve_set_range (curve, min_x, max_x, min_y, max_y); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkGammaCurve, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_gamma_curve_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gamma_curve_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkCurve *curve = GTK_CURVE (GTK_GAMMA_CURVE (widget)->curve); +-#if 0 +- gint i; +-#endif +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_gamma_curve_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +-#if 0 +- if (curve->curve_type != GTK_CURVE_TYPE_SPLINE) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbTypeValues) / sizeof (GbTypeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbTypeValues[i] == curve->curve_type) +- source_add (data, " gtk_curve_set_curve_type (GTK_CURVE (GTK_GAMMA_CURVE (%s)->curve), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbTypeSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +-#endif +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_curve_set_range (GTK_CURVE (GTK_GAMMA_CURVE (%s)->curve), %g, %g, %g, %g);\n", +- data->wname, curve->min_x, curve->max_x, +- curve->min_y, curve->max_y); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_gamma_curve_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_gamma_curve_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gammacurve_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gamma Curve"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gamma_curve_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gamma_curve_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gamma_curve_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gamma_curve_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gamma_curve_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gamma_curve_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbhandlebox.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,317 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkhandlebox.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/handlebox.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Shadow = "GtkHandleBox::shadow_type"; +-static gchar *Position = "GtkHandleBox::handle_position"; +-static gchar *SnapEdge = "GtkHandleBox::snap_edge"; +- +- +-static const gchar *GbShadowChoices[] = +-{"None", "In", "Out", +- "Etched In", "Etched Out", NULL}; +-static const gint GbShadowValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_SHADOW_NONE, +- GTK_SHADOW_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_OUT, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT +-}; +-static const gchar *GbShadowSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_SHADOW_NONE", +- "GTK_SHADOW_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_OUT", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT" +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbPositionChoices[] = +-{"Left", "Right", "Top", "Bottom", NULL}; +-static const gint GbPositionValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_POS_LEFT, +- GTK_POS_RIGHT, +- GTK_POS_TOP, +- GTK_POS_BOTTOM +-}; +-static const gchar *GbPositionSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_POS_LEFT", +- "GTK_POS_RIGHT", +- "GTK_POS_TOP", +- "GTK_POS_BOTTOM" +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkHandleBox, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_handle_box_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_handle_box_new (); +- +- /* We set the snap edge to top, which matches the default handle position, +- since we don't support the default value of -1. */ +- gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge (GTK_HANDLE_BOX (new_widget), GTK_POS_TOP); +- +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder ()); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_handle_box_create_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData *data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (Shadow, _("Shadow:"), +- _("The type of shadow around the handle box"), +- GbShadowChoices); +- +- property_add_choice (Position, _("Handle Pos:"), +- _("The position of the handle"), +- GbPositionChoices); +- property_add_choice (SnapEdge, _("Snap Edge:"), +- _("The edge of the handle box which snaps into position"), +- GbPositionChoices); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_handle_box_get_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbShadowValues[i] == GTK_HANDLE_BOX (widget)->shadow_type) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Shadow, i, GbShadowSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPositionValues) / sizeof (GbPositionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbPositionValues[i] == GTK_HANDLE_BOX (widget)->handle_position) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Position, i, GbPositionSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPositionValues) / sizeof (GbPositionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbPositionValues[i] == GTK_HANDLE_BOX (widget)->snap_edge) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, SnapEdge, i, GbPositionSymbols[i]); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_handle_box_set_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gchar *shadow, *position, *snap_edge; +- gint i; +- +- shadow = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Shadow); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (shadow, GbShadowChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (shadow, GbShadowSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_handle_box_set_shadow_type (GTK_HANDLE_BOX (widget), +- GbShadowValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- position = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Position); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPositionValues) / sizeof (GbPositionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (position, GbPositionChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (position, GbPositionSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_handle_box_set_handle_position (GTK_HANDLE_BOX (widget), +- GbPositionValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- snap_edge = gb_widget_input_choice (data, SnapEdge); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPositionValues) / sizeof (GbPositionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (snap_edge, GbPositionChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (snap_edge, GbPositionSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge (GTK_HANDLE_BOX (widget), +- GbPositionValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkHandleBox, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_handle_box_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_handle_box_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_handle_box_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (GTK_HANDLE_BOX (widget)->shadow_type != GTK_SHADOW_OUT) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); +- i++) +- if (GbShadowValues[i] == GTK_HANDLE_BOX (widget)->shadow_type) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_handle_box_set_shadow_type (GTK_HANDLE_BOX (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbShadowSymbols[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_HANDLE_BOX (widget)->handle_position != GTK_POS_LEFT) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPositionValues) / sizeof (GbPositionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbPositionValues[i] == GTK_HANDLE_BOX (widget)->handle_position) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_handle_box_set_handle_position (GTK_HANDLE_BOX (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbPositionSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_HANDLE_BOX (widget)->snap_edge != GTK_POS_TOP) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPositionValues) / sizeof (GbPositionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbPositionValues[i] == GTK_HANDLE_BOX (widget)->snap_edge) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge (GTK_HANDLE_BOX (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbPositionSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_handle_box_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_handle_box_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = handlebox_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Handle Box"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_handle_box_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_handle_box_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_handle_box_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_handle_box_set_properties; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_handle_box_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_handle_box_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbhbox.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,587 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkbbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../tree.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/hbox.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-/* Size is not saved to the XML. */ +-static const gchar *Size = "HBox|GtkBox::size"; +-static const gchar *Homogeneous = "HBox|GtkBox::homogeneous"; +-static const gchar *Spacing = "HBox|GtkBox::spacing"; +- +-/* For children of a box */ +-static const gchar *GbPadding = "GtkBoxChild::padding"; +-static const gchar *GbExpand = "GtkBoxChild::expand"; +-static const gchar *GbFill = "GtkBoxChild::fill"; +-static const gchar *GbPack = "GtkBoxChild::pack_type"; +- +-/* This is only used internally - it isn't save in the XML. */ +-static const gchar *GbPosition = "GtkBoxChild::position"; +- +- +-static void show_hbox_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_hbox_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_hbox_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +- +-static void gb_box_insert_before (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * child); +-static void gb_box_insert_after (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * child); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkHBox, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_hbox_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- new_widget = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- return new_widget; +- } +- else +- { +- show_hbox_dialog (data); +- return NULL; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_hbox_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *hbox, *label, *spinbutton; +- GtkObject *adjustment; +- +- dialog = glade_util_create_dialog (_("New horizontal box"), data->parent, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_hbox_dialog_ok), +- data, &vbox); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_hbox_dialog_destroy), data); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 10); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Number of columns:")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (3, 1, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "cols", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 1, 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), spinbutton, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (spinbutton, 50, -1); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (spinbutton); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +- gtk_grab_add (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_hbox_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *spinbutton, *window, *placeholder; +- gint cols, i; +- +- window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- /* Only call callback if placeholder/fixed widget is still there */ +- if (gb_widget_can_finish_new (data)) +- { +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "cols"); +- g_return_if_fail (spinbutton != NULL); +- cols = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (spinbutton)); +- +- new_widget = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- for (i = 0; i < cols; i++) +- { +- placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- /*gtk_widget_set_usize(placeholder, 60, 80); */ +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (new_widget), placeholder, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- } +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- (*data->callback) (new_widget, data); +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_hbox_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- gtk_grab_remove (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hbox_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_int_range (Size, _("Size:"), _("The number of widgets in the box"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_bool (Homogeneous, _("Homogeneous:"), +- _("If the children should be the same size")); +- property_add_int_range (Spacing, _("Spacing:"), _("The space between each child"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hbox_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- if (data->action != GB_SAVING) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Size, g_list_length (GTK_BOX (widget)->children)); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Homogeneous, GTK_BOX (widget)->homogeneous); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Spacing, GTK_BOX (widget)->spacing); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hbox_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean homogeneous; +- gint spacing, size; +- +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- { +- size = gb_widget_input_int (data, Size); +- if (data->apply) +- gb_box_set_size (widget, size); +- } +- +- homogeneous = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Homogeneous); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_box_set_homogeneous (GTK_BOX (widget), homogeneous); +- +- spacing = gb_widget_input_int (data, Spacing); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (widget), spacing); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hbox_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_hbox_new (%s, %i);\n", data->wname, +- GTK_BOX (widget)->homogeneous ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", +- GTK_BOX (widget)->spacing); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Functions common to GtkHBox & GtkVBox (and possibly GtkHButtonBox +- * & GtkVButtonBox). +- */ +- +- +-/* This updates the box size to the given value, adding placeholders or +- deleting widgets as necessary. */ +-void +-gb_box_set_size (GtkWidget * widget, gint size) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_child; +- gint current_size = g_list_length (GTK_BOX (widget)->children); +- gint i; +- +- if (current_size < size) +- { +- /* This avoids any problems with redrawing the selection. */ +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +- +- for (i = 0; i < size - current_size; i++) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_BUTTON_BOX (widget)) +- { +- new_child = gb_widget_new ("GtkButton", widget); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (new_child, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (widget), new_child, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- tree_add_widget (new_child); +- } +- else +- { +- new_child = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (widget), new_child, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- } +- } +- } +- else if (current_size > size) +- { +- GList *children, *elem; +- GtkWidget *child; +- gchar *error = NULL; +- +- /* Get a list of children in the order they appear in the box, start at +- the end and move backwards until we find a widget that can be +- destroyed. If we can't find any, show a message box. */ +- children = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (widget)); +- elem = g_list_last (children); +- +- while (elem) +- { +- child = elem->data; +- error = editor_can_delete_widget (child); +- if (!error) +- { +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child); +- current_size--; +- if (current_size == size) +- break; +- } +- elem = elem->prev; +- } +- +- g_list_free (children); +- +- /* If we show an error dialog it causes weird problems with the +- spinbutton used to change the size. So we don't do this. */ +-#if 0 +- if (current_size > size) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (error ? error +- : _("Can't delete any children."), +- widget); +- } +-#endif +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the child packing properties for children of this widget. +- */ +-void +-gb_box_create_child_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateChildArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_int_range (GbPosition, _("Position:"), +- _("The widget's position relative to its siblings"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (GbPadding, _("Padding:"), +- _("The widget's padding"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_bool (GbExpand, _("Expand:"), +- _("Set True to let the widget expand")); +- property_add_bool (GbFill, _("Fill:"), +- _("Set True to let the widget fill its allocated area")); +- property_add_bool (GbPack, _("Pack Start:"), +- _("Set True to pack the widget at the start of the box")); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_box_get_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- gboolean expand, fill; +- gint position; +- guint padding; +- GtkPackType pack_type; +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_start_tag (data, "packing"); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- position = glade_util_get_box_pos (GTK_BOX (widget), child); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbPosition, position); +- } +- +- gtk_box_query_child_packing (GTK_BOX (widget), child, +- &expand, &fill, &padding, &pack_type); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbPadding, padding); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbExpand, expand); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbFill, fill); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- /* Save pack type as an enum symbol rather than a bool */ +- if (pack_type == GTK_PACK_END) +- { +- gb_widget_output_string (data, GbPack, "GTK_PACK_END"); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbPack, pack_type == GTK_PACK_START); +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_end_tag (data, "packing"); +-} +- +- +-/* Applies or loads the child properties of a child of a hbox/vbox. */ +-void +-gb_box_set_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gint position, padding; +- guint old_padding; +- gboolean expand, fill, pack, set_child_packing = FALSE; +- gboolean old_expand, old_fill; +- GtkPackType old_pack_type; +- +- position = gb_widget_input_int (data, GbPosition); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (widget), child, position); +- } +- +- gtk_box_query_child_packing (GTK_BOX (widget), child, +- &old_expand, &old_fill, &old_padding, +- &old_pack_type); +- +- padding = gb_widget_input_int (data, GbPadding); +- if (data->apply) +- set_child_packing = TRUE; +- else +- padding = old_padding; +- +- expand = gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbExpand); +- if (data->apply) +- set_child_packing = TRUE; +- else +- expand = old_expand; +- +- fill = gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbFill); +- if (data->apply) +- set_child_packing = TRUE; +- else +- fill = old_fill; +- +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- { +- pack = gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbPack); +- } +- else +- { +- gchar *pack_symbol = gb_widget_input_string (data, GbPack); +- pack = pack_symbol && !strcmp (pack_symbol, "GTK_PACK_START"); +- } +- if (data->apply) +- set_child_packing = TRUE; +- else +- pack = (old_pack_type == GTK_PACK_START) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- +- if (set_child_packing) +- gtk_box_set_child_packing (GTK_BOX (widget), child, expand, fill, padding, +- pack ? GTK_PACK_START : GTK_PACK_END); +-} +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkHBox, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-void +-gb_box_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- +- if (data->child == NULL) +- return; +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Insert Before")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_box_insert_before), data->child); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Insert After")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_box_insert_after), data->child); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_box_insert_before (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * child) +-{ +- GtkWidget *box, *newchild; +- guint pos; +- gboolean expand, fill; +- guint padding; +- GtkPackType pack_type; +- +- box = child->parent; +- pos = glade_util_get_box_pos (GTK_BOX (box), child); +- g_return_if_fail (pos != -1); +- newchild = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_box_query_child_packing (GTK_BOX (box), child, +- &expand, &fill, &padding, &pack_type); +- if (pack_type == GTK_PACK_START) +- { +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box), newchild, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (box), newchild, pos); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (box), newchild, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (box), newchild, pos + 1); +- } +-} +- +-static void +-gb_box_insert_after (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * child) +-{ +- GtkWidget *box, *newchild; +- guint pos; +- gboolean expand, fill; +- guint padding; +- GtkPackType pack_type; +- +- box = child->parent; +- pos = glade_util_get_box_pos (GTK_BOX (box), child); +- g_return_if_fail (pos != -1); +- newchild = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_box_query_child_packing (GTK_BOX (box), child, +- &expand, &fill, &padding, &pack_type); +- if (pack_type == GTK_PACK_START) +- { +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box), newchild, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (box), newchild, pos + 1); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (box), newchild, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (box), newchild, pos); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child widget to a hbox/vbox. */ +-void +-gb_box_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gboolean expand, fill; +- guint padding; +- GtkPackType pack_type; +- +- gtk_box_query_child_packing (GTK_BOX (parent), child, +- &expand, &fill, &padding, &pack_type); +- if (pack_type == GTK_PACK_START) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (%s), %s, %s, %s, %i);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname, +- expand ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", fill ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", padding); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (%s), %s, %s, %s, %i);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname, +- expand ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", fill ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", padding); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_hbox_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_hbox_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = hbox_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Horizontal Box"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_hbox_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_hbox_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_hbox_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_hbox_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_hbox_write_source; +- +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_child_properties = gb_box_create_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child_properties = gb_box_get_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_child_properties = gb_box_set_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_box_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_box_write_add_child_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbhbuttonbox.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,428 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +-#else +-#include <gtk/gtkbutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhbbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/hbuttonbox.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Size = "HBBox|GtkBox::size"; +-static gchar *Layout = "HBBox|GtkButtonBox::layout_style"; +-static gchar *Spacing = "HBBox|GtkButtonBox::spacing"; +- +-static const gchar *GbLayoutChoices[] = +-{"Default", "Spread", "Edge", +- "Start", "End", NULL}; +-static const gint GbLayoutValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_BUTTONBOX_DEFAULT_STYLE, +- GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD, +- GTK_BUTTONBOX_EDGE, +- GTK_BUTTONBOX_START, +- GTK_BUTTONBOX_END +-}; +-static const gchar *GbLayoutSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_BUTTONBOX_DEFAULT_STYLE", +- "GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD", +- "GTK_BUTTONBOX_EDGE", +- "GTK_BUTTONBOX_START", +- "GTK_BUTTONBOX_END" +-}; +- +- +-/* FIXME: Hack - copied from gtkbbox.c. Should use GParam query instead, +- or use an optional int property instead. */ +-#define DEFAULT_CHILD_MIN_WIDTH 85 +-#define DEFAULT_CHILD_MIN_HEIGHT 27 +-#define DEFAULT_CHILD_IPAD_X 4 +-#define DEFAULT_CHILD_IPAD_Y 0 +- +- +-static void show_hbbox_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_hbbox_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_hbbox_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkHButtonBox, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_hbutton_box_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- new_widget = gtk_hbutton_box_new (); +- return new_widget; +- } +- else +- { +- show_hbbox_dialog (data); +- return NULL; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_hbbox_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *hbox, *label, *spinbutton; +- GtkObject *adjustment; +- +- dialog = glade_util_create_dialog (_("New horizontal button box"), +- data->parent, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_hbbox_dialog_ok), +- data, &vbox); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_hbbox_dialog_destroy), data); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 10); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Number of columns:")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (3, 1, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "cols", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 1, 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), spinbutton, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (spinbutton, 50, -1); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (spinbutton); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +- gtk_grab_add (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_hbbox_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *spinbutton, *window, *new_child; +- gint cols, i; +- +- window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- /* Only call callback if placeholder/fixed widget is still there */ +- if (gb_widget_can_finish_new (data)) +- { +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "cols"); +- g_return_if_fail (spinbutton != NULL); +- cols = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (spinbutton)); +- +- new_widget = gtk_hbutton_box_new (); +- for (i = 0; i < cols; i++) +- { +- new_child = gb_widget_new ("GtkButton", new_widget); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (new_child, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), new_child); +- } +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- (*data->callback) (new_widget, data); +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_hbbox_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- gtk_grab_remove (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hbutton_box_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * +- data) +-{ +- property_add_int_range (Size, _("Size:"), _("The number of buttons"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_choice (Layout, _("Layout:"), +- _("The layout style of the buttons"), +- GbLayoutChoices); +- property_add_int_range (Spacing, _("Spacing:"), _("The space between the buttons"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +- +-static gboolean +-gb_hbutton_box_is_dialog_action_area (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- char *child_name = gb_widget_get_child_name (widget); +- if (child_name && !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogActionArea)) +- return TRUE; +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hbutton_box_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkButtonBoxStyle layout; +- gint i, spacing; +- gboolean spacing_visible = FALSE; +- +- if (data->action != GB_SAVING) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Size, g_list_length (GTK_BOX (widget)->children)); +- +- layout = gtk_button_box_get_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (widget)); +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbLayoutValues) / sizeof (GbLayoutValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbLayoutValues[i] == layout) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Layout, i, GbLayoutSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- if (!gb_hbutton_box_is_dialog_action_area (widget)) +- { +- spacing_visible = TRUE; +- spacing = gtk_box_get_spacing (GTK_BOX (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Spacing, spacing); +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- property_set_visible (Spacing, spacing_visible); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hbutton_box_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint size, i, spacing; +- gchar *layout; +- gboolean queue_resize = FALSE; +- +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- { +- size = gb_widget_input_int (data, Size); +- if (data->apply) +- gb_box_set_size (widget, size); +- } +- +- layout = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Layout); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbLayoutValues) / sizeof (GbLayoutValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (layout, GbLayoutChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (layout, GbLayoutSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (widget), GbLayoutValues +- [i]); +- queue_resize = TRUE; +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (!gb_hbutton_box_is_dialog_action_area (widget)) +- { +- spacing = gb_widget_input_int (data, Spacing); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (widget), spacing); +- queue_resize = TRUE; +- } +- } +- +- if (queue_resize) +- gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkHButtonBox, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_hbutton_box_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hbutton_box_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkButtonBoxStyle layout_style; +- gint spacing, i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_hbutton_box_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- layout_style = GTK_BUTTON_BOX (widget)->layout_style; +- if (layout_style != GTK_BUTTONBOX_DEFAULT_STYLE) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbLayoutValues) / sizeof (GbLayoutValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (GbLayoutValues[i] == layout_style) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbLayoutSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (!gb_hbutton_box_is_dialog_action_area (widget)) +- { +- spacing = gtk_box_get_spacing (GTK_BOX (widget)); +- if (spacing != 0) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, spacing); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child widget to a hbuttonbox. We need to check if +- the hbuttonbox is a GtkDialog action area, and if it is we use the special +- gtk_dialog_add_action_widget() function to add it. */ +-void +-gb_hbutton_box_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (gb_hbutton_box_is_dialog_action_area (parent) +- && G_OBJECT_TYPE (child) == GTK_TYPE_BUTTON) +- { +- gint response_id; +- char *response_name, *dialog_name; +- +- response_id = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (child), GladeDialogResponseIDKey)); +- response_name = gb_dialog_response_id_to_string (response_id); +- +- dialog_name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (parent->parent->parent); +- dialog_name = source_create_valid_identifier (dialog_name); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_dialog_add_action_widget (GTK_DIALOG (%s), %s, %s);\n", +- dialog_name, data->wname, response_name); +- +- g_free (dialog_name); +- } +- else +- { +- /* Use the standard gtk_container_add(). */ +- source_add (data, " gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_hbutton_box_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_hbutton_box_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = hbuttonbox_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Horizontal Button Box"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_hbutton_box_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_hbutton_box_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_hbutton_box_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_hbutton_box_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_hbutton_box_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_hbutton_box_write_add_child_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_hbutton_box_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbhpaned.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkhpaned.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktogglebutton.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/hpaned.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Position = "HPaned|GtkPaned::position"; +- +-/* For children of a paned */ +-static const gchar *Shrink = "GtkPanedChild::shrink"; +-static const gchar *Resize = "GtkPanedChild::resize"; +- +-static void on_toggle_position (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkHPaned, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_hpaned_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_hpaned_new (); +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- { +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder ()); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder ()); +- } +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hpaned_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_optional_int_range (Position, _("Position:"), +- _("The position of the divider"), +- 1, 1000, 1, 10, 1, +- on_toggle_position); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_toggle_position (GtkWidget * button, gpointer value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget; +- gboolean value_set; +- gint position; +- +- widget = property_get_widget (); +- if (widget == NULL) +- return; +- +- value_set = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button)->active ? TRUE : FALSE; +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GTK_WIDGET (value), value_set); +- +- position = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- Position)); +- gtk_paned_set_position (GTK_PANED (widget), +- value_set ? position : -1); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hpaned_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint position; +- +- position = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- Position)); +- gb_widget_output_optional_int (data, Position, position, +- GTK_PANED (widget)->position_set); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hpaned_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint position; +- +- position = gb_widget_input_int (data, Position); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Position, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (position)); +- gtk_paned_set_position (GTK_PANED (widget), position); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkHPaned, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_hpaned_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hpaned_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint position; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_hpaned_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (GTK_PANED (widget)->position_set) +- { +- position = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- Position)); +- source_add (data, " gtk_paned_set_position (GTK_PANED (%s), %d);\n", +- data->wname, position); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the child packing properties for children of this widget. +- */ +-void +-gb_paned_create_child_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateChildArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (Shrink, _("Shrink:"), +- _("Set True to let the widget shrink")); +- property_add_bool (Resize, _("Resize:"), +- _("Set True to let the widget resize")); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_paned_get_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- gboolean shrink, resize; +- +- if (child == GTK_PANED (widget)->child1) +- { +- shrink = GTK_PANED (widget)->child1_shrink; +- resize = GTK_PANED (widget)->child1_resize; +- } +- else if (child == GTK_PANED (widget)->child2) +- { +- shrink = GTK_PANED (widget)->child2_shrink; +- resize = GTK_PANED (widget)->child2_resize; +- } +- else +- { +- /* This shouldn't happen. */ +- g_warning ("Couldn't find child of GtkPaned container"); +- return; +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_start_tag (data, "packing"); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Shrink, shrink); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Resize, resize); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_end_tag (data, "packing"); +-} +- +- +-/* Applies or loads the child properties of a child of a hbox/vbox. */ +-void +-gb_paned_set_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gboolean shrink, resize, is_child1, need_resize = FALSE; +- +- if (child == GTK_PANED (widget)->child1) +- is_child1 = TRUE; +- else if (child == GTK_PANED (widget)->child2) +- is_child1 = FALSE; +- else +- { +- /* This shouldn't happen. */ +- g_warning ("Couldn't find child of GtkPaned container"); +- return; +- } +- +- shrink = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Shrink); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (is_child1) +- GTK_PANED (widget)->child1_shrink = shrink; +- else +- GTK_PANED (widget)->child2_shrink = shrink; +- need_resize = TRUE; +- } +- +- resize = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Resize); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (is_child1) +- GTK_PANED (widget)->child1_resize = resize; +- else +- GTK_PANED (widget)->child2_resize = resize; +- need_resize = TRUE; +- } +- +- if (need_resize) +- gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_paned_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint child_num; +- gchar *resize, *shrink; +- +- if (child == GTK_PANED (parent)->child1) { +- child_num = 1; +- resize = GTK_PANED (parent)->child1_resize ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"; +- shrink = GTK_PANED (parent)->child1_shrink ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"; +- } else if (child == GTK_PANED (parent)->child2) { +- child_num = 2; +- resize = GTK_PANED (parent)->child2_resize ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"; +- shrink = GTK_PANED (parent)->child2_shrink ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"; +- } else { +- g_warning ("Paned child not found"); +- return; +- } +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_paned_pack%i (GTK_PANED (%s), %s, %s, %s);\n", +- child_num, parent_name, data->wname, resize, shrink); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_hpaned_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_hpaned_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = hpaned_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Horizontal Panes"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_hpaned_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_hpaned_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_hpaned_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_hpaned_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_child_properties = gb_paned_create_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child_properties = gb_paned_get_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_child_properties = gb_paned_set_child_properties; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_hpaned_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_hpaned_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_paned_write_add_child_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbhruler.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkhruler.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/hruler.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Metric = "HRuler|GtkRuler::metric"; +-static gchar *Lower = "HRuler|GtkRuler::lower"; +-static gchar *Upper = "HRuler|GtkRuler::upper"; +-static gchar *Pos = "HRuler|GtkRuler::position"; +-static gchar *Max = "HRuler|GtkRuler::max_size"; +- +-static const gchar *GbMetricChoices[] = +-{"Pixels", "Inches", "Centimeters", NULL}; +-static const gint GbMetricValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_PIXELS, +- GTK_INCHES, +- GTK_CENTIMETERS +-}; +-static const gchar *GbMetricSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_PIXELS", +- "GTK_INCHES", +- "GTK_CENTIMETERS" +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkHRuler, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_hruler_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_hruler_new (); +- gtk_ruler_set_range (GTK_RULER (new_widget), 0, 10, 0, 10); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hruler_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (Metric, _("Metric:"), +- _("The units of the ruler"), +- GbMetricChoices); +- property_add_float (Lower, _("Lower Value:"), +- _("The low value of the ruler")); +- property_add_float (Upper, _("Upper Value:"), +- _("The high value of the ruler")); +- property_add_float (Pos, _("Position:"), +- _("The current position on the ruler")); +- property_add_float (Max, _("Max:"), +- _("The maximum value of the ruler")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hruler_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *metric_name; +- gint i; +- +- metric_name = GTK_RULER (widget)->metric->metric_name; +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbMetricValues) / sizeof (GbMetricValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (GbMetricChoices[i], metric_name)) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Metric, i, GbMetricSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Lower, GTK_RULER (widget)->lower); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Upper, GTK_RULER (widget)->upper); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Pos, GTK_RULER (widget)->position); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Max, GTK_RULER (widget)->max_size); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hruler_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *metric; +- gint i; +- gfloat lower, upper, pos, max; +- gboolean set_range = FALSE; +- +- metric = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Metric); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbMetricValues) / sizeof (GbMetricValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (metric, GbMetricChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (metric, GbMetricSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_ruler_set_metric (GTK_RULER (widget), GbMetricValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- lower = gb_widget_input_float (data, Lower); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- lower = GTK_RULER (widget)->lower; +- +- upper = gb_widget_input_float (data, Upper); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- upper = GTK_RULER (widget)->upper; +- +- pos = gb_widget_input_float (data, Pos); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- pos = GTK_RULER (widget)->position; +- +- max = gb_widget_input_float (data, Max); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- max = GTK_RULER (widget)->max_size; +- +- if (set_range) +- gtk_ruler_set_range (GTK_RULER (widget), lower, upper, pos, max); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkHRuler, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_hruler_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hruler_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *metric_name; +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_hruler_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- metric_name = GTK_RULER (widget)->metric->metric_name; +- if (strcmp (metric_name, "Pixels")) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbMetricValues) / sizeof (GbMetricValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (GbMetricChoices[i], metric_name)) +- source_add (data, " gtk_ruler_set_metric (GTK_RULER (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbMetricSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- source_add (data, " gtk_ruler_set_range (GTK_RULER (%s), %g, %g, %g, %g);\n", +- data->wname, GTK_RULER (widget)->lower, GTK_RULER (widget)->upper, +- GTK_RULER (widget)->position, GTK_RULER (widget)->max_size); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_hruler_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_hruler_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = hruler_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Horizontal Ruler"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_hruler_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_hruler_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_hruler_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_hruler_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_hruler_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_hruler_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbhscale.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkhscale.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/hscale.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *DrawValue = "HScale|GtkScale::draw_value"; +-static gchar *ValuePos = "HScale|GtkScale::value_pos"; +-static gchar *Digits = "HScale|GtkRange::digits"; +-static gchar *Policy = "HScale|GtkRange::update_policy"; +-static gchar *Inverted = "HScale|GtkRange::inverted"; +- +-static const gchar *Values[] = +-{ +- "GtkHScale::value", +- "GtkHScale::lower", +- "GtkHScale::upper", +- "GtkHScale::step", +- "GtkHScale::page", +- "GtkHScale::page_size", +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbValuePosChoices[] = +-{"Left", "Right", "Top", "Bottom", NULL}; +-static const gint GbValuePosValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_POS_LEFT, +- GTK_POS_RIGHT, +- GTK_POS_TOP, +- GTK_POS_BOTTOM +-}; +-static const gchar *GbValuePosSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_POS_LEFT", +- "GTK_POS_RIGHT", +- "GTK_POS_TOP", +- "GTK_POS_BOTTOM" +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbPolicyChoices[] = +-{"Continuous", "Discontinuous", "Delayed", +- NULL}; +-static const gint GbPolicyValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS, +- GTK_UPDATE_DISCONTINUOUS, +- GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED +-}; +-static const gchar *GbPolicySymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS", +- "GTK_UPDATE_DISCONTINUOUS", +- "GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED" +-}; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkHScale, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_hscale_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- return gtk_hscale_new (NULL); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hscale_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (DrawValue, _("Show Value:"), _("If the scale's value is shown")); +- property_add_int_range (Digits, _("Digits:"), _("The number of digits to show"), +- 0, 13, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_choice (ValuePos, _("Value Pos:"), +- _("The position of the value"), +- GbValuePosChoices); +- property_add_choice (Policy, _("Policy:"), +- _("The update policy of the scale"), +- GbPolicyChoices); +- property_add_bool (Inverted, _("Inverted:"), _("If the range values are inverted")); +- property_add_adjustment (Values, GB_ADJUST_DEFAULT_LABELS); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hscale_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, DrawValue, GTK_SCALE (widget)->draw_value); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbValuePosValues) / sizeof (GbValuePosValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbValuePosValues[i] == GTK_SCALE (widget)->value_pos) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, ValuePos, i, GbValuePosSymbols[i]); +- } +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Digits, GTK_SCALE (widget)->digits); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbPolicyValues[i] == GTK_RANGE (widget)->update_policy) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Policy, i, GbPolicySymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Inverted, GTK_RANGE (widget)->inverted); +- +- gb_widget_output_adjustment (data, Values, GTK_RANGE (widget)->adjustment, +- "adjustment"); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hscale_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean draw_value, inverted; +- gint digits, i; +- gchar *valuepos, *policy; +- GtkAdjustment *adj; +- +- draw_value = gb_widget_input_bool (data, DrawValue); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_scale_set_draw_value (GTK_SCALE (widget), draw_value); +- /* Shouldn't really need to do this */ +- editor_refresh_widget (widget); +- } +- +- valuepos = gb_widget_input_choice (data, ValuePos); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbValuePosValues) / sizeof (GbValuePosValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (valuepos, GbValuePosChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (valuepos, GbValuePosSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_scale_set_value_pos (GTK_SCALE (widget), GbValuePosValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- digits = gb_widget_input_int (data, Digits); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_scale_set_digits (GTK_SCALE (widget), digits); +- +- policy = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Policy); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (policy, GbPolicyChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (policy, GbPolicySymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (widget), GbPolicyValues +- [i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- inverted = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Inverted); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_range_set_inverted (GTK_RANGE (widget), inverted); +- } +- +- adj = GTK_RANGE (widget)->adjustment; +- if (gb_widget_input_adjustment (data, Values, adj, "adjustment")) +- { +- gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (adj), "value_changed"); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkHScale, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_hscale_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hscale_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkAdjustment *adj = GTK_RANGE (widget)->adjustment; +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_hscale_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_adjustment_new (%g, %g, %g, %g, %g, %g)));\n", +- data->wname, adj->value, adj->lower, adj->upper, +- adj->step_increment, adj->page_increment, adj->page_size); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (!GTK_SCALE (widget)->draw_value) +- source_add (data, " gtk_scale_set_draw_value (GTK_SCALE (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- if (GTK_SCALE (widget)->value_pos != GTK_POS_TOP) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbValuePosValues) / sizeof (GbValuePosValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbValuePosValues[i] == GTK_SCALE (widget)->value_pos) +- source_add (data, " gtk_scale_set_value_pos (GTK_SCALE (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbValuePosSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- if (GTK_SCALE (widget)->digits != 1) +- source_add (data, " gtk_scale_set_digits (GTK_SCALE (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, GTK_SCALE (widget)->digits); +- +- if (GTK_RANGE (widget)->update_policy != GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (GbPolicyValues[i] == GTK_RANGE (widget)->update_policy) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbPolicySymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_RANGE (widget)->inverted) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_range_set_inverted (GTK_RANGE (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_hscale_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_hscale_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = hscale_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Horizontal Scale"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_hscale_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_hscale_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_hscale_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_hscale_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_hscale_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_hscale_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbhscrollbar.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkhscrollbar.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/hscrollbar.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Policy = "HScrollbar|GtkRange::update_policy"; +-static gchar *Inverted = "HScrollbar|GtkRange::inverted"; +- +-static const gchar *Values[] = +-{ +- "GtkHScrollbar::value", +- "GtkHScrollbar::lower", +- "GtkHScrollbar::upper", +- "GtkHScrollbar::step", +- "GtkHScrollbar::page", +- "GtkHScrollbar::page_size", +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbPolicyChoices[] = +-{"Continuous", "Discontinuous", "Delayed", +- NULL}; +-static const gint GbPolicyValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS, +- GTK_UPDATE_DISCONTINUOUS, +- GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED +-}; +-static const gchar *GbPolicySymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS", +- "GTK_UPDATE_DISCONTINUOUS", +- "GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED" +-}; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkHScrollbar, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_hscrollbar_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- return gtk_hscrollbar_new (NULL); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hscrollbar_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (Policy, _("Policy:"), +- _("The update policy of the scrollbar"), +- GbPolicyChoices); +- property_add_bool (Inverted, _("Inverted:"), _("If the range values are inverted")); +- property_add_adjustment (Values, GB_ADJUST_DEFAULT_LABELS); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hscrollbar_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbPolicyValues[i] == GTK_RANGE (widget)->update_policy) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Policy, i, GbPolicySymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Inverted, GTK_RANGE (widget)->inverted); +- +- gb_widget_output_adjustment (data, Values, GTK_RANGE (widget)->adjustment, +- "adjustment"); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hscrollbar_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *policy; +- gint i; +- gboolean inverted; +- GtkAdjustment *adj; +- +- policy = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Policy); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (policy, GbPolicyChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (policy, GbPolicySymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (widget), GbPolicyValues +- [i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- inverted = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Inverted); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_range_set_inverted (GTK_RANGE (widget), inverted); +- } +- +- adj = GTK_RANGE (widget)->adjustment; +- if (gb_widget_input_adjustment (data, Values, adj, "adjustment")) +- { +- gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (adj), "changed"); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkHScrollbar, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_hscrollbar_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hscrollbar_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkAdjustment *adj = GTK_RANGE (widget)->adjustment; +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_hscrollbar_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_adjustment_new (%g, %g, %g, %g, %g, %g)));\n", +- data->wname, adj->value, adj->lower, adj->upper, +- adj->step_increment, adj->page_increment, adj->page_size); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (GTK_RANGE (widget)->update_policy != GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (GbPolicyValues[i] == GTK_RANGE (widget)->update_policy) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbPolicySymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_RANGE (widget)->inverted) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_range_set_inverted (GTK_RANGE (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_hscrollbar_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_hscrollbar_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = hscrollbar_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Horizontal Scrollbar"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_hscrollbar_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_hscrollbar_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_hscrollbar_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_hscrollbar_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_hscrollbar_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_hscrollbar_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbhseparator.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkhseparator.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/hseparator.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkHSeparator, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget* +-gb_hseparator_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return gtk_hseparator_new (); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_hseparator_create_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_hseparator_get_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_hseparator_set_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkHSeparator, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_hseparator_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_hseparator_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_hseparator_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_hseparator_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_hseparator_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = hseparator_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Horizonal Separator"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_hseparator_new; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_hseparator_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_hseparator_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_hseparator_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_hseparator_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_hseparator_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbiconview.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,322 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/iconview.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *SelectionMode = "GtkIconView::selection_mode"; +-static gchar *Orientation = "GtkIconView::orientation"; +-static gchar *Reorderable = "GtkIconView::reorderable"; +- +- +-static const gchar *GbModeChoices[] = +-{"None", "Single", "Browse", "Multiple", NULL}; +-static const gint GbModeValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_SELECTION_NONE, +- GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE, +- GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE, +- GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE +-}; +-static const gchar *GbModeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_SELECTION_NONE", +- "GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE", +- "GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE", +- "GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE" +-}; +- +- +-static const gchar *GbOrientationChoices[] = +-{"Horizontal", "Vertical", NULL}; +-static const gint GbOrientationValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, +- GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL +-}; +-static const gchar *GbOrientationSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL", +- "GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL" +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkIconView, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_icon_view_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- GtkListStore *store; +- GtkTreeIter iter; +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- GdkPixbuf *pixbuf; +- char buf[256]; +- gint i; +- +- new_widget = gtk_icon_view_new (); +- +- /* Set up a dummy model so the user sees something. */ +- store = gtk_list_store_new (2, G_TYPE_STRING, GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF); +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup_class ("GtkImage"); +- if (gbwidget->pixbuf == NULL && gbwidget->pixmap_struct) +- { +- gbwidget->pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data ((const char**) gbwidget->pixmap_struct); +- } +- pixbuf = gbwidget->pixbuf; +- +- for (i = 1; i <= 8; i++) +- { +- gtk_list_store_append (store, &iter); +- sprintf (buf, _("Icon %i"), i); +- gtk_list_store_set (store, &iter, 0, buf, 1, pixbuf, -1); +- } +- +- gtk_icon_view_set_model (GTK_ICON_VIEW (new_widget), GTK_TREE_MODEL (store)); +- gtk_icon_view_set_text_column (GTK_ICON_VIEW (new_widget), 0); +- gtk_icon_view_set_pixbuf_column (GTK_ICON_VIEW (new_widget), 1); +- +- g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (store)); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_icon_view_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (SelectionMode, _("Select Mode:"), +- _("The selection mode of the icon view"), +- GbModeChoices); +- property_add_choice (Orientation, _("Orientation:"), +- _("The orientation of the icons"), +- GbOrientationChoices); +- property_add_bool (Reorderable, _("Reorderable:"), +- _("If the view can be reordered using Drag and Drop")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_icon_view_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkSelectionMode mode; +- GtkOrientation orientation; +- gboolean reorderable; +- gint i; +- +- mode = gtk_icon_view_get_selection_mode (GTK_ICON_VIEW (widget)); +- orientation = gtk_icon_view_get_orientation (GTK_ICON_VIEW (widget)); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbModeValues[i] == mode) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, SelectionMode, i, GbModeSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbOrientationValues) / sizeof (GbOrientationValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbOrientationValues[i] == orientation) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Orientation, i, GbOrientationSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- reorderable = gtk_icon_view_get_reorderable (GTK_ICON_VIEW (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Reorderable, reorderable); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_icon_view_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *mode, *orientation; +- gboolean reorderable; +- gint i; +- +- mode = gb_widget_input_choice (data, SelectionMode); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (mode, GbModeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (mode, GbModeSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_icon_view_set_selection_mode (GTK_ICON_VIEW (widget), GbModeValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- orientation = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Orientation); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbOrientationValues) / sizeof (GbOrientationValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (orientation, GbOrientationChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (orientation, GbOrientationSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_icon_view_set_orientation (GTK_ICON_VIEW (widget), +- GbOrientationValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- reorderable = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Reorderable); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable (GTK_ICON_VIEW (widget), reorderable); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkIconView, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_icon_view_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_icon_view_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkSelectionMode mode; +- GtkOrientation orientation; +- gboolean reorderable; +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_icon_view_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- mode = gtk_icon_view_get_selection_mode (GTK_ICON_VIEW (widget)); +- orientation = gtk_icon_view_get_orientation (GTK_ICON_VIEW (widget)); +- +- if (mode != GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbModeValues[i] == mode) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_icon_view_set_selection_mode (GTK_ICON_VIEW (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbModeSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (orientation != GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbOrientationValues) / sizeof (GbOrientationValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbOrientationValues[i] == orientation) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_icon_view_set_orientation (GTK_ICON_VIEW (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbOrientationSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- reorderable = gtk_icon_view_get_reorderable (GTK_ICON_VIEW (widget)); +- if (reorderable) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable (GTK_ICON_VIEW (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_icon_view_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_icon_view_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = iconview_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Icon View"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_icon_view_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_icon_view_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_icon_view_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_icon_view_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_icon_view_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_icon_view_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbimage.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,662 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <math.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkiconfactory.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkimage.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkoptionmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkradiobutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/image.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-/* This could be a stock icon or a filename. */ +-static gchar *Icon = "GtkImage::icon"; +- +-/* This is the stock icon size, and isn't relevant when a filename is used. */ +-static gchar *IconSize = "GtkImage::icon_size"; +- +-static gchar *XAlign = "Image|GtkMisc::xalign"; +-static gchar *YAlign = "Image|GtkMisc::yalign"; +-static gchar *XPad = "Image|GtkMisc::xpad"; +-static gchar *YPad = "Image|GtkMisc::ypad"; +- +-static gchar *IconName = "GtkImage::icon_name"; +-static gchar *PixelSize = "GtkImage::pixel_size"; +- +- +-static const gchar *GladeIconSizeChoices[] = +-{"Menu", "Small Toolbar", "Large Toolbar", "Button", "Drag & Drop", +- "Dialog", NULL}; +-static const gint GladeIconSizeValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR, +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR, +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND, +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG +-}; +-static const gchar *GladeIconSizeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU", +- "GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR", +- "GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR", +- "GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON", +- "GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND", +- "GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG" +-}; +-const int GladeIconSizeChoicesSize = sizeof (GladeIconSizeValues) / sizeof (GladeIconSizeValues[0]); +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkImage, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_image_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- new_widget = gtk_image_new_from_pixmap (gbwidget.gdkpixmap, gbwidget.mask); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_image_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_icon (Icon, _("Icon:"), +- _("The icon to display"), +- GLADE_ICON_SIZE_ANY); +- property_add_named_icon (IconName, _("Named Icon:"), +- _("The named icon to use")); +- property_add_choice (IconSize, _("Icon Size:"), +- _("The stock icon size"), +- GladeIconSizeChoices); +- property_add_int_range (PixelSize, _("Pixel Size:"), +- _("The size of the named icon in pixels, or -1 to use the Icon Size property"), +- -1, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- +- property_add_float_range (XAlign, _("X Align:"), +- _("The horizontal alignment"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_float_range (YAlign, _("Y Align:"), +- _("The vertical alignment"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_int_range (XPad, _("X Pad:"), _("The horizontal padding"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (YPad, _("Y Pad:"), _("The vertical padding"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +-static void +-check_visible_sizes (const gchar *stock_id, gboolean show_all) +-{ +- GtkIconSet *icon_set; +- GtkIconSize *sizes; +- gint n_sizes, i, j; +- GtkWidget *option_menu, *menu; +- gboolean item_visible[G_N_ELEMENTS(GladeIconSizeValues)]; +- GList *children; +- +- for (j = 0; j < GladeIconSizeChoicesSize; j++) +- item_visible[j] = show_all; +- +- if (!show_all) +- { +- icon_set = gtk_icon_factory_lookup_default (stock_id); +- if (icon_set) +- { +- gtk_icon_set_get_sizes (icon_set, &sizes, &n_sizes); +- /* Figure out which of our choices should be visible. */ +- for (i = 0; i < n_sizes; i++) +- { +- for (j = 0; j < GladeIconSizeChoicesSize; j++) +- { +- if (sizes[i] == GladeIconSizeValues[j]) +- item_visible[j] = TRUE; +- } +- } +- g_free (sizes); +- } +- } +- +- /* Show or Hide the items as appropriate. */ +- option_menu = property_get_value_widget (IconSize); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_OPTION_MENU (option_menu)); +- +- menu = gtk_option_menu_get_menu (GTK_OPTION_MENU (option_menu)); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MENU (menu)); +- +- children = GTK_MENU_SHELL (menu)->children; +- for (j = 0; j < GladeIconSizeChoicesSize; j++) +- { +- GtkWidget *item; +- +- item = children->data; +- +- if (item_visible[j]) +- gtk_widget_show (item); +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (item); +- +- children = children->next; +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_image_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *icon = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeIconKey); +- gchar *icon_name = NULL; +- gboolean is_stock_icon, is_named_icon = FALSE; +- gint i, pixel_size; +- GtkImageType storage_type; +- +- storage_type = gtk_image_get_storage_type (GTK_IMAGE (widget)); +- pixel_size = gtk_image_get_pixel_size (GTK_IMAGE (widget)); +- +- is_stock_icon = glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon); +- +- if (storage_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME) +- { +- g_object_get (widget, +- "icon_name", &icon_name, +- NULL); +- if (icon_name && *icon_name) +- is_named_icon = TRUE; +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- /* When saving we want to use "stock" or "pixbuf", depending on whether +- it is a stock icon or an oridinary pixmap file. */ +- if (is_stock_icon) +- gb_widget_output_icon (data, "stock", icon); +- else +- gb_widget_output_icon (data, "pixbuf", icon); +- } +- else +- { +- gb_widget_output_icon (data, Icon, icon); +- } +- +- if (is_stock_icon || is_named_icon) +- { +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < GladeIconSizeChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (GladeIconSizeValues[i] == GTK_IMAGE (widget)->icon_size) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, IconSize, i, +- GladeIconSizeSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- check_visible_sizes (icon, is_named_icon); +- } +- else +- { +- /* We have to save the size as an integer, which sucks a bit. +- The integer is the GtkIconSize enum value, not the actual size.*/ +- if (is_stock_icon || pixel_size == -1) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, IconSize, +- GTK_IMAGE (widget)->icon_size); +- } +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_named_icon (data, IconName, icon_name); +- +- /* The icon size only applies to stock icons or named icons. +- The pixel size only applies to named icons. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- property_set_sensitive (IconSize, is_stock_icon || is_named_icon); +- property_set_sensitive (PixelSize, is_named_icon); +- } +- +- /* We only want to save the pixel size for named icons, and only if it is +- not -1. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING +- || (storage_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME && pixel_size != -1)) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, PixelSize, pixel_size); +- +- gb_widget_output_float (data, XAlign, GTK_MISC (widget)->xalign); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, YAlign, GTK_MISC (widget)->yalign); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, XPad, GTK_MISC (widget)->xpad); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, YPad, GTK_MISC (widget)->ypad); +-} +- +- +-/* Check the icon size is valid for the stock item, and if not pick +- the first valid size. */ +-static GtkIconSize +-check_icon_size (const gchar *stock_id, GtkIconSize icon_size) +-{ +- GtkIconSet *icon_set; +- GtkIconSize *sizes, retval = GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON; +- gint n_sizes, i; +- +- icon_set = gtk_icon_factory_lookup_default (stock_id); +- if (icon_set) +- { +- gtk_icon_set_get_sizes (icon_set, &sizes, &n_sizes); +- +- for (i = 0; i < n_sizes; i++) +- { +- if (sizes[i] == icon_size) +- return icon_size; +- } +- +- retval = sizes[0]; +- g_free (sizes); +- } +- +- return retval; +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_image_clear_pixmap (GtkWidget *widget, GladeProject *project) +-{ +- gchar *old_icon; +- +- /* Remove the old icon stored in the widget data, and remove the +- pixmap from the project, if necessary. */ +- old_icon = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeIconKey); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (project, old_icon); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeIconKey, NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_image_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gfloat xalign, yalign; +- gint xpad, ypad, i, pixel_size; +- gboolean set_alignment = FALSE, set_padding = FALSE, apply_icon_size; +- GtkIconSize icon_size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON; +- gchar *icon_size_string, *icon, *icon_name; +- +- icon_size = GTK_IMAGE (widget)->icon_size; +- +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- { +- icon_size_string = gb_widget_input_choice (data, IconSize); +- apply_icon_size = data->apply; +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < GladeIconSizeChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (icon_size_string, GladeIconSizeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (icon_size_string, GladeIconSizeSymbols[i])) +- { +- icon_size = GladeIconSizeValues[i]; +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- } +- else +- { +- /* We have to save the size as an integer, which sucks a bit. +- The integer is the GtkIconSize enum value, not the actual size.*/ +- int new_size = gb_widget_input_int (data, IconSize); +- apply_icon_size = data->apply; +- if (data->apply) +- icon_size = new_size; +- } +- +- /* When loading we use different names. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- icon = gb_widget_input_icon (data, "stock"); +- if (!data->apply) +- icon = gb_widget_input_icon (data, "pixbuf"); +- } +- else +- { +- icon = gb_widget_input_icon (data, Icon); +- } +- +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gboolean is_stock_icon = glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon); +- +- /* Remove the old icon stored in the widget data, and remove the +- pixmap from the project, if necessary. */ +- gb_image_clear_pixmap (widget, data->project); +- +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeIconKey, +- g_strdup (icon), icon ? g_free : NULL); +- +- if (is_stock_icon) +- { +- GtkIconSize new_icon_size; +- +- new_icon_size = check_icon_size (icon, icon_size); +- +- /* If we are showing this widget's properties, we need to update +- the sizes option menu. */ +- if (property_get_widget () == widget) +- { +- /* We set it sensitive before changing the value, so the child +- menu item is changed from insensitive to sensitive if needed. +- Otherwise it may remain insensitive. */ +- property_set_sensitive (IconSize, TRUE); +- property_set_sensitive (PixelSize, FALSE); +- +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- +- check_visible_sizes (icon, FALSE); +- +- /* Check the icon size is valid for the stock item, and if not +- pick the first valid size. */ +- for (i = 0; i < GladeIconSizeChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (GladeIconSizeValues[i] == new_icon_size) +- { +- property_set_choice (IconSize, i); +- } +- } +- +- property_set_named_icon (IconName, NULL); +- +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- +- gtk_image_set_from_stock (GTK_IMAGE (widget), icon, +- new_icon_size); +- } +- else +- { +- /* If an icon filename is set, use that, otherwise use the icon +- we use for the palette. */ +- if (icon) +- { +- gtk_image_set_from_file (GTK_IMAGE (widget), icon); +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, icon); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_image_set_from_pixmap (GTK_IMAGE (widget), +- gbwidget.gdkpixmap, gbwidget.mask); +- } +- +- if (property_get_widget () == widget) +- { +- /* The icon size isn't relevant to non-stock icons. */ +- property_set_sensitive (IconSize, FALSE); +- property_set_sensitive (PixelSize, FALSE); +- +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_named_icon (IconName, NULL); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- } +- +- /* We've recreated the icon with the new size above, so we don't need +- to apply the size again. */ +- apply_icon_size = FALSE; +- } +- +- /* This is for the named/themed icon. */ +- icon_name = gb_widget_input_named_icon (data, IconName); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- /* Clear any stock icon or icon from a file. */ +- gb_image_clear_pixmap (widget, data->project); +- +- gtk_image_set_from_icon_name (GTK_IMAGE (widget), icon_name, +- icon_size); +- +- if (property_get_widget () == widget) +- { +- property_set_sensitive (IconSize, TRUE); +- property_set_sensitive (PixelSize, TRUE); +- +- /* Clear the Icon property. */ +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_icon (Icon, NULL); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- +- /* We've recreated the icon with the new size above, so we don't need +- to apply the size again. */ +- apply_icon_size = FALSE; +- } +- +- /* When we set the icon size, we reset the pixel size to -1, otherwise it +- overrides the icon size. */ +- if (apply_icon_size) +- { +- gtk_image_set_pixel_size (GTK_IMAGE (widget), -1); +- g_object_set (widget, "icon_size", icon_size, NULL); +- +- if (property_get_widget () == widget) +- { +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_int (PixelSize, -1); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- } +- +- /* GtkImage doesn't like a pixel size of 0 so we just skip that. */ +- pixel_size = gb_widget_input_int (data, PixelSize); +- if (data->apply && pixel_size != 0) +- gtk_image_set_pixel_size (GTK_IMAGE (widget), pixel_size); +- +- xalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, XAlign); +- if (data->apply) +- set_alignment = TRUE; +- else +- xalign = GTK_MISC (widget)->xalign; +- +- yalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, YAlign); +- if (data->apply) +- set_alignment = TRUE; +- else +- yalign = GTK_MISC (widget)->yalign; +- +- if (set_alignment) +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (widget), xalign, yalign); +- +- xpad = gb_widget_input_int (data, XPad); +- if (data->apply) +- set_padding = TRUE; +- else +- xpad = GTK_MISC (widget)->xpad; +- +- ypad = gb_widget_input_int (data, YPad); +- if (data->apply) +- set_padding = TRUE; +- else +- ypad = GTK_MISC (widget)->ypad; +- +- if (set_padding) +- gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (widget), xpad, ypad); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkImage, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_image_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_image_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- /* For GNOME projects menuitem images are handled by the GnomeUIInfo +- structs, so we don't create source code here. */ +- if (widget->parent && GTK_IS_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (widget->parent) +- && glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- return; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- gchar *icon = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeIconKey); +- const gchar *icon_size = "GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON"; +- GtkImageType storage_type; +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < GladeIconSizeChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (GladeIconSizeValues[i] == GTK_IMAGE (widget)->icon_size) +- { +- icon_size = GladeIconSizeSymbols[i]; +- } +- } +- +- storage_type = gtk_image_get_storage_type (GTK_IMAGE (widget)); +- +- if (storage_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME) +- { +- gint pixel_size = gtk_image_get_pixel_size (GTK_IMAGE (widget)); +- gchar *icon_name; +- +- g_object_get (widget, +- "icon_name", &icon_name, +- NULL); +- +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (\"%s\", %s);\n", +- data->wname, icon_name ? icon_name : "gtk-missing-image", +- icon_size); +- +- if (pixel_size > 0) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_image_set_pixel_size (%s, %i);\n", +- data->wname, pixel_size); +- } +- } +- else if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon)) +- { +- +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_image_new_from_stock (\"%s\", %s);\n", +- data->wname, icon, icon_size); +- } +- else +- { +- source_create_pixmap (data, data->wname, icon); +- } +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (fabs (GTK_MISC (widget)->xalign - 0.5) > 0.0001 +- || fabs (GTK_MISC (widget)->yalign - 0.5) > 0.0001) +- source_add (data, " gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (%s), %g, %g);\n", +- data->wname, GTK_MISC (widget)->xalign, GTK_MISC (widget)->yalign); +- +- if (GTK_MISC (widget)->xpad != 0 || GTK_MISC (widget)->ypad != 0) +- source_add (data, " gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (%s), %i, %i);\n", +- data->wname, GTK_MISC (widget)->xpad, GTK_MISC (widget)->ypad); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_image_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetDestroyData * data) +-{ +- gb_image_clear_pixmap (widget, data->project); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_image_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_image_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = image_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Image"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_image_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_image_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_image_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_image_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_image_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_image_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_image_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbimagemenuitem.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,486 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkaccellabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkimage.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkstock.h> +- +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +-#include "../glade_keys_dialog.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/menuitem.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Label = "ImageMenuItem|GtkItem::label"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkPixmapMenuItem, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_image_menu_item_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- new_widget = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_label (data->name); +- else +- new_widget = gtk_image_menu_item_new (); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_image_menu_item_add_child (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * child, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (child)) +- { +- MSG ("Trying to add a menu to a menu item"); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (widget), child); +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_IMAGE (child)) +- { +- gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (widget), child); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_image_menu_item_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +-#if 0 +- /* For now we don't support editing the menuitem properties in the property +- editor. The menu editor has to be used instead. */ +- property_add_text (Label, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 2); +-#endif +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_image_menu_item_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean output_label = TRUE; +- +- /* We only support saving the properties here. */ +- if (data->action != GB_SAVING) +- return; +- +- /* Check if it is a stock menu item, and if so, we just save that. */ +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- { +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- gint stock_item_index; +- +- stock_item_index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeMenuItemStockIndexKey)); +- /* The 'New' item is special. If it has a child menu, it must be a +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_SUBTREE. If not, it is a +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_ITEM, in which case the label is also output. */ +- if (stock_item_index == GladeStockMenuItemNew) +- { +- if (GTK_MENU_ITEM (widget)->submenu) +- { +- gb_widget_output_string (data, "stock_item", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_SUBTREE"); +- output_label = FALSE; +- } +- else +- { +- gb_widget_output_string (data, "stock_item", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_ITEM"); +- } +- } +- else if (stock_item_index != 0) +- { +- gb_widget_output_string (data, "stock_item", GladeStockMenuItemSymbols[stock_item_index]); +- output_label = FALSE; +- } +-#endif +- } +- else +- { +- char *stock_id; +- +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeMenuItemStockIDKey); +- if (stock_id) +- { +- gb_widget_output_string (data, "label", stock_id); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, "use_stock", TRUE); +- +- /* The 'New' item isn't special for GTK+ apps. */ +- output_label = FALSE; +- } +- } +- +- if (output_label) +- gb_widget_output_child_label (widget, data, Label); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_image_menu_item_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean input_label = TRUE, input_rest = TRUE; +- GtkAccelGroup *accel_group; +- guint key; +- GdkModifierType modifiers; +- +- /* We only support loading the properties here. */ +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- return; +- +- /* Check for a stock menu item. */ +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- { +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- gchar *stock_item; +- +- stock_item = gb_widget_input_string (data, "stock_item"); +- if (stock_item && stock_item[0]) +- { +- gint stock_item_index; +- +- /* Special case for the NEW_SUBTREE. */ +- if (!strcmp (stock_item, "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_SUBTREE")) +- { +- stock_item_index = GladeStockMenuItemNew; +- } +- else +- { +- stock_item_index = glade_util_string_array_index (GladeStockMenuItemSymbols, GladeStockMenuItemSize, stock_item); +- } +- +- if (stock_item_index != -1) +- { +- GnomeUIInfo *uiinfo; +- GtkWidget *pixmap = NULL, *label; +- +- uiinfo = &GladeStockMenuItemValues[stock_item_index]; +- if (uiinfo->type == GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM_CONFIGURABLE) +- gnome_app_ui_configure_configurable (uiinfo); +- +- if (uiinfo->pixmap_type == GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK) +- pixmap = gtk_image_new_from_stock (uiinfo->pixmap_info, +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); +- +- if (pixmap) +- { +- gtk_widget_show (pixmap); +- gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (widget), +- pixmap); +- } +- +- label = gtk_accel_label_new (""); +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (label), +- glade_gnome_gettext (uiinfo->label)); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget (GTK_ACCEL_LABEL (label), +- widget); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), label); +- +- /* Add the configured accelerator key. */ +- if (uiinfo->accelerator_key != 0 && widget->parent +- && GTK_IS_MENU (widget->parent)) +- { +- accel_group = GTK_MENU (widget->parent)->accel_group; +- gtk_widget_add_accelerator (widget, "activate", accel_group, +- uiinfo->accelerator_key, +- uiinfo->ac_mods, +- GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); +- } +- +- /* Remember the index of the stock item. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeMenuItemStockIndexKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (stock_item_index)); +- +- /* The 'New' item can have a label. The rest can't. */ +- if (stock_item_index != GladeStockMenuItemNew) +- input_label = FALSE; +- input_rest = FALSE; +- } +- else +- { +-#ifdef FIXME +- load_add_error_message_with_tag (data, +- GLADE_LINE_PROPERTY, +- _("Invalid stock menu item"), +- "stock_item", stock_item); +-#endif +- } +- } +-#endif +- } +- else +- { +- gboolean is_stock_item; +- gchar *stock_id; +- +- is_stock_item = gb_widget_input_bool (data, "use_stock"); +- if (is_stock_item) +- { +- stock_id = gb_widget_input_string (data, "label"); +- } +- else +- { +- /* This is for backwards compatability with Glade 1.1.0. */ +- stock_id = gb_widget_input_string (data, "stock"); +- if (stock_id && stock_id[0]) +- is_stock_item = TRUE; +- } +- +- if (is_stock_item && stock_id && stock_id[0]) +- { +- GtkStockItem item; +- GtkWidget *label, *image; +- +- if (gtk_stock_lookup (stock_id, &item)) +- { +- label = gtk_type_new (GTK_TYPE_ACCEL_LABEL); +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (label), item.label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget (GTK_ACCEL_LABEL (label), +- widget); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), label); +- +- /* Add the configured accelerator key. */ +- if (item.keyval && widget->parent +- && GTK_IS_MENU (widget->parent)) +- { +- accel_group = GTK_MENU (widget->parent)->accel_group; +- gtk_widget_add_accelerator (widget, "activate", accel_group, +- item.keyval, +- item.modifier, +- GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); +- } +- +- image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_id, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); +- if (image) +- { +- gtk_widget_show (image); +- gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (widget), +- image); +- } +- +- +- +- /* Remember the stock ID. */ +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeMenuItemStockIDKey, +- g_strdup (stock_id), g_free); +- +- input_label = FALSE; +- input_rest = FALSE; +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning ("Invalid stock menu item: %s", stock_id); +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (input_label) +- gb_widget_input_child_label (widget, data, Label); +- +- if (input_rest) +- { +- /* FIXME: should this be somewhere else? */ +- /* If we are loading, install the 'activate' accelerator, if it has one, +- so that is is visible. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING && widget->parent +- && GTK_IS_MENU (widget->parent)) +- { +- int i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < data->widget_info->n_accels; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (data->widget_info->accels[i].signal, "activate")) +- { +- key = data->widget_info->accels[i].key; +- modifiers = data->widget_info->accels[i].modifiers; +- accel_group = GTK_MENU (widget->parent)->accel_group; +- gtk_widget_add_accelerator (widget, "activate", accel_group, +- key, modifiers, +- GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkPixmapMenuItem, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_image_menu_item_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- /* Add command to remove child label. */ +-#if 0 +- gb_widget_create_child_label_popup_menu (widget, data); +-#endif +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_image_menu_item_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *stock_id, *label_text; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (data->project->gnome_support) +- { +- glade_gnome_write_menu_item_source (GTK_MENU_ITEM (widget), data); +- return; +- } +-#endif +- +- /* See if it is a stock item. */ +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeMenuItemStockIDKey); +- if (stock_id) +- { +- data->need_accel_group = TRUE; +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock (\"%s\", accel_group);\n", +- data->wname, stock_id); +- } +- else +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Label, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- label_text = glade_util_get_label_text (GTK_BIN (widget)->child); +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (%s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (label_text, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child menu to a menu item. */ +-static void +-gb_image_menu_item_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (child)) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_IMAGE (child)) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_image_menu_item_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_image_menu_item_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = menuitem_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Menu item with a pixmap"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_image_menu_item_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_image_menu_item_add_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_image_menu_item_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_image_menu_item_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_image_menu_item_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_image_menu_item_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_image_menu_item_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_image_menu_item_write_add_child_source; +- /*gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_image_menu_item_destroy;*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbinputdialog.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkinputdialog.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/inputdialog.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Title = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::title"; +-static gchar *Type = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::type"; +-static gchar *Position = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::window_position"; +-static gchar *Modal = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::modal"; +-static gchar *DefaultWidth = "Input|GtkWindow::default_width"; +-static gchar *DefaultHeight = "Input|GtkWindow::default_height"; +-static gchar *Shrink = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::allow_shrink"; +-static gchar *Grow = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::allow_grow"; +-static gchar *AutoShrink = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::auto_shrink"; +-static gchar *IconName = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +- +-static gchar *Resizable = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::resizable"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::gravity"; +-static gchar *Urgency = "InputDialog|GtkWindow::urgency_hint"; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the funtion in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkInputDialog, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget* +-gb_input_dialog_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_input_dialog_new (); +- +- GtkInputDialog *inputdlg = GTK_INPUT_DIALOG (new_widget); +- +- /* We want it to be treated as a normal window. */ +- gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (new_widget), +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NORMAL); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (inputdlg->save_button, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "save_button" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (inputdlg->save_button, GladeChildSaveButton); +- /* We need to set it sensitive so the user can select it. */ +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (inputdlg->save_button, TRUE); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (inputdlg->close_button, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "close_button" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (inputdlg->close_button, GladeChildCloseButton); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), TypeHint, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GLADE_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG_INDEX)); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_input_dialog_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_input_dialog_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_input_dialog_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkInputDialog, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_input_dialog_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_input_dialog_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_input_dialog_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- /* We output the source code for the buttons here, but we don't want them +- to be created. We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- +- child_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_INPUT_DIALOG (widget)->save_button); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_INPUT_DIALOG (%s)->save_button;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_INPUT_DIALOG (widget)->save_button, +- data); +- +- child_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_INPUT_DIALOG (widget)->close_button); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GTK_INPUT_DIALOG (%s)->close_button;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_INPUT_DIALOG (widget)->close_button, +- data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_input_dialog_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildSaveButton)) +- return GTK_INPUT_DIALOG (widget)->save_button; +- else if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCloseButton)) +- return GTK_INPUT_DIALOG (widget)->close_button; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_input_dialog_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_input_dialog_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = inputdialog_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Input Dialog"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_input_dialog_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_input_dialog_get_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_input_dialog_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_input_dialog_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_input_dialog_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_input_dialog_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_window_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_input_dialog_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gblabel.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,885 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <math.h> +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkcombo.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkcombobox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkentry.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkexpander.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklist.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklistitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtknotebook.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkeventbox.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/label.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Label = "GtkLabel::label"; +-static gchar *UseUnderline = "GtkLabel::use_underline"; +-static gchar *UseMarkup = "GtkLabel::use_markup"; +-static gchar *Justify = "GtkLabel::justify"; +-static gchar *Wrap = "GtkLabel::wrap"; +-static gchar *XAlign = "Label|GtkMisc::xalign"; +-static gchar *YAlign = "Label|GtkMisc::yalign"; +-static gchar *XPad = "Label|GtkMisc::xpad"; +-static gchar *YPad = "Label|GtkMisc::ypad"; +-static gchar *Selectable = "GtkLabel::selectable"; +- +-static gchar *Ellipsize = "GtkLabel::ellipsize"; +-static gchar *WidthChars = "GtkLabel::width_chars"; +-static gchar *SingleLineMode = "GtkLabel::single_line_mode"; +-static gchar *Angle = "GtkLabel::angle"; +- +-static gchar *FocusTarget = "GtkLabel::mnemonic_widget"; +- +- +-static const gchar *GbJustifyChoices[] = +-{ +- "Left", +- "Right", +- "Center", +- "Fill", +- NULL +-}; +-static const gint GbJustifyValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT, +- GTK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT, +- GTK_JUSTIFY_CENTER, +- GTK_JUSTIFY_FILL +-}; +-static const gchar *GbJustifySymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT", +- "GTK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT", +- "GTK_JUSTIFY_CENTER", +- "GTK_JUSTIFY_FILL" +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbEllipsizeChoices[] = +-{ +- "None", +- "Start", +- "Middle", +- "End", +- NULL +-}; +-static const gint GbEllipsizeValues[] = +-{ +- PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE, +- PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_START, +- PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE, +- PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_END +-}; +-static const gchar *GbEllipsizeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE", +- "PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_START", +- "PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE", +- "PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_END" +-}; +- +- +-static void gb_label_get_focus_targets (GtkWidget * widget, +- GList ** focus_targets); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkLabel, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_label_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_label_new (data->name); +- +- /* If we are creating a new label in a table or in an event box in a table +- set it to left-aligned, since that is what is usually wanted. */ +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING && data->parent +- && (GTK_IS_TABLE (data->parent) +- || (GTK_IS_EVENT_BOX (data->parent) && data->parent->parent +- && GTK_IS_TABLE (data->parent->parent)))) +- { +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (new_widget), 0.0, 0.5); +- } +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-void +-gb_label_create_standard_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateArgData * data, +- const char *label_p, +- const char *use_underline_p, +- const char *use_markup_p, +- const char *justify_p, +- const char *wrap_p, +- const char *selectable_p, +- const char *xalign_p, +- const char *yalign_p, +- const char *xpad_p, +- const char *ypad_p, +- const char *focus_target_p, +- const char *ellipsize_p, +- const char *width_chars_p, +- const char *single_line_mode_p, +- const char *angle_p) +-{ +- GtkWidget *combo; +- +- property_add_text (label_p, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 5); +- property_add_bool (use_underline_p, _("Use Underline:"), +- _("If the text includes an underlined access key")); +- property_add_bool (use_markup_p, _("Use Markup:"), +- _("If the text includes pango markup")); +- property_add_choice (justify_p, _("Justify:"), +- _("The justification of the lines of the label"), +- GbJustifyChoices); +- property_add_bool (wrap_p, _("Wrap Text:"), +- _("If the text is wrapped to fit within the width of the label")); +- property_add_bool (selectable_p, _("Selectable:"), +- _("If the label text can be selected with the mouse")); +- property_add_float_range (xalign_p, _("X Align:"), +- _("The horizontal alignment of the entire label"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_float_range (yalign_p, _("Y Align:"), +- _("The vertical alignment of the entire label"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_int_range (xpad_p, _("X Pad:"), _("The horizontal padding"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (ypad_p, _("Y Pad:"), _("The vertical padding"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_combo (focus_target_p, _("Focus Target:"), +- _("The widget to set the keyboard focus to when the underlined access key is used"), +- NULL); +- combo = property_get_value_widget (focus_target_p); +- gtk_editable_set_editable (GTK_EDITABLE (GTK_COMBO (combo)->entry), FALSE); +- /*gtk_combo_set_value_in_list (GTK_COMBO (combo), TRUE, TRUE);*/ +- +- property_add_choice (ellipsize_p, _("Ellipsize:"), +- _("How to ellipsize the string"), +- GbEllipsizeChoices); +- property_add_int_range (width_chars_p, _("Width in Chars:"), +- _("The width of the label in characters"), +- -1, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_bool (single_line_mode_p, _("Single Line Mode:"), +- _("If the label is only given enough height for a single line")); +- property_add_float_range (angle_p, _("Angle:"), +- _("The angle of the label text"), +- 0, 360, 1, 10, 1, 2); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_label_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_label_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Label, UseUnderline, UseMarkup, +- Justify, Wrap, Selectable, +- XAlign, YAlign, XPad, YPad, +- FocusTarget, Ellipsize, WidthChars, +- SingleLineMode, Angle); +-} +- +- +- +-/* This tries to find a parent widget of a label that would be used for +- mnemonic activation, e.g. a button or a menuitem. If it finds one, it +- returns TRUE. */ +-static gboolean +-gb_label_find_mnemonic_widget (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *parent; +- +- parent = widget->parent; +- +- while (parent) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_EXPANDER (parent)) +- { +- if (gtk_expander_get_label_widget (GTK_EXPANDER (parent)) == widget) +- return TRUE; +- else +- return FALSE; +- } +- if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (parent)->activate_signal) +- { +- return TRUE; +- } +- if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (parent)) +- { +- return TRUE; +- } +- +- parent = parent->parent; +- } +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_label_get_standard_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- const char *label_p, +- const char *use_underline_p, +- const char *use_markup_p, +- const char *justify_p, +- const char *wrap_p, +- const char *selectable_p, +- const char *xalign_p, +- const char *yalign_p, +- const char *xpad_p, +- const char *ypad_p, +- const char *focus_target_p, +- const char *ellipsize_p, +- const char *width_chars_p, +- const char *single_line_mode_p, +- const char *angle_p) +-{ +- const gchar *label_text; +- PangoEllipsizeMode ellipsize_mode; +- gint i, width_chars; +- gboolean single_line_mode; +- gfloat angle; +- +- label_text = gtk_label_get_label (GTK_LABEL (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, label_p, label_text); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, use_underline_p, +- gtk_label_get_use_underline (GTK_LABEL (widget))); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, use_markup_p, +- GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), use_markup_p))); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbJustifyValues) / sizeof (GbJustifyValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbJustifyValues[i] == GTK_LABEL (widget)->jtype) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, justify_p, i, GbJustifySymbols[i]); +- } +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, wrap_p, GTK_LABEL (widget)->wrap); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, selectable_p, +- gtk_label_get_selectable (GTK_LABEL (widget))); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, xalign_p, GTK_MISC (widget)->xalign); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, yalign_p, GTK_MISC (widget)->yalign); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, xpad_p, GTK_MISC (widget)->xpad); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, ypad_p, GTK_MISC (widget)->ypad); +- +- /* Labels not in buttons may have a focus target widget. */ +- if (!gb_label_find_mnemonic_widget (widget)) +- { +- gchar *accel_target; +- +- accel_target = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), focus_target_p); +- +- /* If we're showing we need to display the list of possible focus target +- widgets. We walk the tree of widgets in this component, and if a +- widget has CAN_FOCUS set, we add it to the list. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- GList *focus_targets = NULL, *standard_items = NULL; +- GtkWidget *item, *combo; +- +- property_set_visible (focus_target_p, TRUE); +- +- gb_label_get_focus_targets (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget), +- &focus_targets); +- property_set_combo_strings (focus_target_p, focus_targets); +- g_list_free (focus_targets); +- +- combo = property_get_value_widget (focus_target_p); +- +- item = gtk_list_item_new_with_label (_("Auto")); +- gtk_widget_show (item); +- standard_items = g_list_append (standard_items, item); +- +- item = gtk_list_item_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (item, FALSE); +- gtk_widget_show (item); +- standard_items = g_list_append (standard_items, item); +- gtk_combo_set_item_string (GTK_COMBO (combo), GTK_ITEM (item), ""); +- +- gtk_list_prepend_items (GTK_LIST (GTK_COMBO (combo)->list), +- standard_items); +- +- if (!accel_target) +- { +- accel_target = _("Auto"); +- } +- gb_widget_output_combo (data, focus_target_p, accel_target); +- } +- else +- { +- /* When saving, we only save the property if it has been set. */ +- if (accel_target) +- { +- /* First check that the widget is still there, and if it isn't +- just skip it. */ +- if (glade_util_find_widget (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget), +- accel_target)) +- { +- gb_widget_output_combo (data, focus_target_p, accel_target); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- /* If no target has been set, and the label has an underlined +- key, we try to find a default target and save that. */ +- if (gtk_label_get_use_underline (GTK_LABEL (widget))) +- { +- GtkWidget *accel_target; +- +- accel_target = glade_util_find_default_accelerator_target (widget); +- if (accel_target) +- { +- gb_widget_output_string (data, focus_target_p, gtk_widget_get_name (accel_target)); +- } +- } +- } +- } +- } +- else +- { +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- property_set_visible (focus_target_p, FALSE); +- } +- } +- +- ellipsize_mode = gtk_label_get_ellipsize (GTK_LABEL (widget)); +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbEllipsizeValues) / sizeof (GbEllipsizeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbEllipsizeValues[i] == ellipsize_mode) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, ellipsize_p, i, GbEllipsizeSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- width_chars = gtk_label_get_width_chars (GTK_LABEL (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, width_chars_p, width_chars); +- +- single_line_mode = gtk_label_get_single_line_mode (GTK_LABEL (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, single_line_mode_p, single_line_mode); +- +- angle = gtk_label_get_angle (GTK_LABEL (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, angle_p, angle); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_label_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_label_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Label, UseUnderline, UseMarkup, +- Justify, Wrap, Selectable, +- XAlign, YAlign, XPad, YPad, +- FocusTarget, Ellipsize, WidthChars, +- SingleLineMode, Angle); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_label_get_focus_targets (GtkWidget * widget, +- GList ** focus_targets) +-{ +- /* GtkWidget now has a "mnemonic_activate" signal, which some widgets use +- to set focus to themselves or a child. So it is difficult to know if +- a widget can be a focus target. We can't just use CAN_FOCUS as before. +- For now I've just added some specific widgets. */ +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget) +- && (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget) +- || GTK_IS_COMBO_BOX (widget) || GTK_IS_FILE_CHOOSER_BUTTON (widget) +- || GLADE_IS_CUSTOM_WIDGET (widget))) +- { +- *focus_targets = g_list_insert_sorted (*focus_targets, +- (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (widget), +- (GCompareFunc) g_utf8_collate); +- } +- +- if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget)) +- { +- gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), +- (GtkCallback) gb_label_get_focus_targets, +- focus_targets); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-void +-gb_label_set_standard_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- const char *label_p, +- const char *use_underline_p, +- const char *use_markup_p, +- const char *justify_p, +- const char *wrap_p, +- const char *selectable_p, +- const char *xalign_p, +- const char *yalign_p, +- const char *xpad_p, +- const char *ypad_p, +- const char *focus_target_p, +- const char *ellipsize_p, +- const char *width_chars_p, +- const char *single_line_mode_p, +- const char *angle_p) +-{ +- gchar *label, *justify, *accel_target, *ellipsize_mode; +- const gchar *label_text; +- gfloat xalign, yalign, angle; +- gint xpad, ypad, i, width_chars; +- gboolean wrap, selectable, set_alignment = FALSE, set_padding = FALSE; +- gboolean use_underline, use_markup, single_line_mode; +- gboolean set_label = FALSE; +- +- use_underline = gb_widget_input_bool (data, use_underline_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_label_set_use_underline (GTK_LABEL (widget), use_underline); +- +- use_markup = gb_widget_input_bool (data, use_markup_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- set_label = TRUE; +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), use_markup_p, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (use_markup)); +- } +- +- label = gb_widget_input_text (data, label_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- set_label = TRUE; +- label_text = label; +- } +- else +- { +- label_text = gtk_label_get_label (GTK_LABEL (widget)); +- } +- +- if (set_label) +- { +- gboolean prev_use_markup; +- +- use_markup = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- use_markup_p)); +- +- /* We try to parse the markup here, and if it isn't valid, we will +- turn use_markup off and show it as plain text. */ +- if (use_markup) +- { +- GError *error = NULL; +- gunichar accel_marker = 0; +- PangoAttrList *attrs = NULL; +- gunichar accel_char = 0; +- gchar *text = NULL; +- +- if (gtk_label_get_use_underline (GTK_LABEL (widget))) +- accel_marker = '_'; +- +- /* We check it is valid markup. If it isn't we will set "use_markup" +- to FALSE. Note that we don't need attrs, text, or accel_char but +- it seems to crash otherwise. */ +- if (!pango_parse_markup (label_text, -1, accel_marker, &attrs, &text, +- &accel_char, &error)) +- { +- use_markup = FALSE; +- g_error_free (error); +- } +- else +- { +- if (attrs) +- pango_attr_list_unref (attrs); +- g_free (text); +- } +- } +- +- /* If we are turning use_markup off, we want to do that before setting +- the text. If we are turning it on, we want to do it after. */ +- prev_use_markup = gtk_label_get_use_markup (GTK_LABEL (widget)); +- if (!use_markup && prev_use_markup) +- gtk_label_set_use_markup (GTK_LABEL (widget), use_markup); +- +- gtk_label_set_label (GTK_LABEL (widget), label_text); +- +- if (use_markup && !prev_use_markup) +- gtk_label_set_use_markup (GTK_LABEL (widget), use_markup); +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (label); +- +- justify = gb_widget_input_choice (data, justify_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbJustifyValues) / sizeof (GbJustifyValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (justify, GbJustifyChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (justify, GbJustifySymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_label_set_justify (GTK_LABEL (widget), GbJustifyValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- wrap = gb_widget_input_bool (data, wrap_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_label_set_line_wrap (GTK_LABEL (widget), wrap); +- +- selectable = gb_widget_input_bool (data, selectable_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_label_set_selectable (GTK_LABEL (widget), selectable); +- +- xalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, xalign_p); +- if (data->apply) +- set_alignment = TRUE; +- else +- xalign = GTK_MISC (widget)->xalign; +- +- yalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, yalign_p); +- if (data->apply) +- set_alignment = TRUE; +- else +- yalign = GTK_MISC (widget)->yalign; +- +- if (set_alignment) +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (widget), xalign, yalign); +- +- xpad = gb_widget_input_int (data, xpad_p); +- if (data->apply) +- set_padding = TRUE; +- else +- xpad = GTK_MISC (widget)->xpad; +- +- ypad = gb_widget_input_int (data, ypad_p); +- if (data->apply) +- set_padding = TRUE; +- else +- ypad = GTK_MISC (widget)->ypad; +- +- if (set_padding) +- gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (widget), xpad, ypad); +- +- /* Labels not in buttons may have a focus target widget. */ +- accel_target = gb_widget_input_combo (data, focus_target_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (!gb_label_find_mnemonic_widget (widget)) +- { +- if (!strcmp (accel_target, _("Auto"))) +- accel_target = NULL; +- +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), focus_target_p, +- g_strdup (accel_target), +- accel_target ? g_free : NULL); +- } +- } +- +- ellipsize_mode = gb_widget_input_choice (data, ellipsize_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbEllipsizeValues) / sizeof (GbEllipsizeValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (ellipsize_mode, GbEllipsizeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (ellipsize_mode, GbEllipsizeSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_label_set_ellipsize (GTK_LABEL (widget), +- GbEllipsizeValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- width_chars = gb_widget_input_int (data, width_chars_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_label_set_width_chars (GTK_LABEL (widget), width_chars); +- +- single_line_mode = gb_widget_input_bool (data, single_line_mode_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_label_set_single_line_mode (GTK_LABEL (widget), single_line_mode); +- +- angle = gb_widget_input_float (data, angle_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_label_set_angle (GTK_LABEL (widget), angle); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_label_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_label_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Label, UseUnderline, UseMarkup, +- Justify, Wrap, Selectable, +- XAlign, YAlign, XPad, YPad, +- FocusTarget, Ellipsize, WidthChars, +- SingleLineMode, Angle); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkLabel, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_label_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +-void +-gb_label_write_standard_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- const char *label_p, +- const char *use_underline_p, +- const char *use_markup_p, +- const char *justify_p, +- const char *wrap_p, +- const char *selectable_p, +- const char *xalign_p, +- const char *yalign_p, +- const char *xpad_p, +- const char *ypad_p, +- const char *focus_target_p, +- const char *ellipsize_p, +- const char *width_chars_p, +- const char *single_line_mode_p, +- const char *angle_p) +-{ +- GtkWidget *accel_target = NULL; +- PangoEllipsizeMode ellipsize_mode; +- gint i, width_chars; +- gboolean single_line_mode; +- gfloat angle; +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), use_markup_p)) +- source_add (data, " gtk_label_set_use_markup (GTK_LABEL (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- /* If there is an underlined accelerator, set up the accel signal. +- If the label is in a button or something similar, this is now setup +- automatically by GTK+. If the accelerator is being used to set focus +- to something like a GtkEntry, we need to set the mnemonic_widget. */ +- if (gtk_label_get_use_underline (GTK_LABEL (widget)) +- && !gb_label_find_mnemonic_widget (widget)) +- { +- gchar *target_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- focus_target_p); +- if (target_name) +- accel_target = glade_util_find_widget (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget), target_name); +- +- if (!accel_target) +- accel_target = glade_util_find_default_accelerator_target (widget); +- +- if (accel_target) +- { +- target_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (accel_target); +- target_name = source_create_valid_identifier (target_name); +- source_add_to_buffer (data, GLADE_ACCELERATORS, +- " gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget (GTK_LABEL (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, target_name); +- g_free (target_name); +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_LABEL (widget)->jtype != GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbJustifyValues) / sizeof (GbJustifyValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbJustifyValues[i] == GTK_LABEL (widget)->jtype) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_label_set_justify (GTK_LABEL (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbJustifySymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_LABEL (widget)->wrap) +- source_add (data, " gtk_label_set_line_wrap (GTK_LABEL (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- if (gtk_label_get_selectable (GTK_LABEL (widget))) +- source_add (data, " gtk_label_set_selectable (GTK_LABEL (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- +- if (fabs (GTK_MISC (widget)->xalign - 0.5) > 0.0001 +- || fabs (GTK_MISC (widget)->yalign - 0.5) > 0.0001) +- source_add (data, " gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (%s), %g, %g);\n", +- data->wname, GTK_MISC (widget)->xalign, GTK_MISC (widget)->yalign); +- +- if (GTK_MISC (widget)->xpad != 0 || GTK_MISC (widget)->ypad != 0) +- source_add (data, " gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (%s), %i, %i);\n", +- data->wname, GTK_MISC (widget)->xpad, GTK_MISC (widget)->ypad); +- +- ellipsize_mode = gtk_label_get_ellipsize (GTK_LABEL (widget)); +- if (ellipsize_mode != PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE) +- { +- for (i = 0; +- i < sizeof (GbEllipsizeValues) / sizeof (GbEllipsizeValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbEllipsizeValues[i] == ellipsize_mode) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_label_set_ellipsize (GTK_LABEL (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbEllipsizeSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- width_chars = gtk_label_get_width_chars (GTK_LABEL (widget)); +- if (width_chars != -1) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_label_set_width_chars (GTK_LABEL (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, width_chars); +- } +- +- single_line_mode = gtk_label_get_single_line_mode (GTK_LABEL (widget)); +- if (single_line_mode) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_label_set_single_line_mode (GTK_LABEL (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- angle = gtk_label_get_angle (GTK_LABEL (widget)); +- if (angle > GLADE_EPSILON) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_label_set_angle (GTK_LABEL (%s), %g);\n", +- data->wname, angle); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_label_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- const gchar *label_text = gtk_label_get_label (GTK_LABEL (widget)); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Label, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- if (gtk_label_get_use_underline (GTK_LABEL (widget))) +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic (%s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (label_text, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- else +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_label_new (%s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (label_text, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- gb_label_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- Label, UseUnderline, UseMarkup, +- Justify, Wrap, Selectable, +- XAlign, YAlign, XPad, YPad, +- FocusTarget, Ellipsize, WidthChars, +- SingleLineMode, Angle); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_label_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_label_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = label_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Label"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_label_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_label_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_label_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_label_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_label_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_label_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gblayout.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,399 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/layout.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *AreaWidth = "GtkLayout::width"; +-static gchar *AreaHeight = "GtkLayout::height"; +- +-/* Child properties. */ +-const gchar *GladeLayoutChildX = "GtkLayout::x"; +-const gchar *GladeLayoutChildY = "GtkLayout::y"; +- +- +- +-/* The default step increment for new layouts. */ +-#define GLADE_DEFAULT_STEP_INCREMENT 10 +- +-/* We only use the step increment property since the other are set +- automatically by the GtkLayout, or aren't relevant. */ +-static const gchar *HValues[] = { +- NULL, NULL, NULL, "GtkLayout::hstep", NULL, NULL, +-}; +- +-static const gchar *VValues[] = { +- NULL, NULL, NULL, "GtkLayout::vstep", NULL, NULL, +-}; +- +-static void gb_layout_adjustment_changed (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, +- GtkWidget *widget); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkLayout, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_layout_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_layout_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_layout_set_size (GTK_LAYOUT (new_widget), 400, 400); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_layout_adjustment_changed (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, +- GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- /* We check that this is a widget in the interface being created rather +- than part of Glade's interface. */ +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- gtk_widget_queue_clear (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_layout_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_int_range (AreaWidth, _("Area Width:"), +- _("The width of the layout area"), +- 1, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (AreaHeight, _("Area Height:"), +- _("The height of the layout area"), +- 1, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- +- property_add_adjustment (HValues, GB_ADJUST_H_LABELS); +- property_add_adjustment (VValues, GB_ADJUST_V_LABELS); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_layout_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_int (data, AreaWidth, GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->width); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, AreaHeight, GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->height); +- +- gb_widget_output_adjustment (data, HValues, +- GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->hadjustment, +- "hadjustment"); +- gb_widget_output_adjustment (data, VValues, +- GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->vadjustment, +- "vadjustment"); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_layout_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint width, height; +- gboolean set_size = FALSE; +- +- width = gb_widget_input_int (data, AreaWidth); +- if (data->apply) +- set_size = TRUE; +- else +- width = GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->width; +- +- height = gb_widget_input_int (data, AreaHeight); +- if (data->apply) +- set_size = TRUE; +- else +- height = GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->height; +- +- if (set_size) +- gtk_layout_set_size (GTK_LAYOUT (widget), width, height); +- +- gb_widget_input_adjustment (data, HValues, GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->hadjustment, +- "hadjustment"); +- gb_widget_input_adjustment (data, VValues, GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->vadjustment, +- "vadjustment"); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkLayout, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_layout_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +-void +-gb_layout_add_child (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gtk_layout_put (GTK_LAYOUT (widget), child, 0, 0); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_layout_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_layout_new (NULL, NULL);\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_layout_set_size (GTK_LAYOUT (%s), %i, %i);\n", +- data->wname, +- GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->width, +- GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->height); +- +- source_add (data, +- " GTK_ADJUSTMENT (GTK_LAYOUT (%s)->hadjustment)->step_increment = %g;\n", +- data->wname, +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->hadjustment)->step_increment); +- source_add (data, +- " GTK_ADJUSTMENT (GTK_LAYOUT (%s)->vadjustment)->step_increment = %g;\n", +- data->wname, +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (GTK_LAYOUT (widget)->vadjustment)->step_increment); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the child packing properties for children of this widget. +- */ +-void +-gb_layout_create_child_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateChildArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_int_range (GladeLayoutChildX, _("X:"), +- _("The X coordinate of the widget in the GtkLayout"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (GladeLayoutChildY, _("Y:"), +- _("The Y coordinate of the widget in the GtkLayout"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +-/* Shows or saves the child properties of a child of a layout. */ +-void +-gb_layout_get_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- gint x, y; +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_start_tag (data, "packing"); +- +- gtk_container_child_get (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child, +- "x", &x, +- "y", &y, +- NULL); +- +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GladeLayoutChildX, x); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GladeLayoutChildY, y); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_end_tag (data, "packing"); +-} +- +- +-/* Applies or loads the child properties of a child of a layout. */ +-void +-gb_layout_set_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gint x, y; +- +- x = gb_widget_input_int (data, GladeLayoutChildX); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_container_child_set (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child, +- "x", x, +- NULL); +- +- y = gb_widget_input_int (data, GladeLayoutChildY); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_container_child_set (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child, +- "y", y, +- NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child widget to a layout. */ +-static void +-gb_layout_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint x, y; +- +- gtk_container_child_get (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), child, +- "x", &x, +- "y", &y, +- NULL); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_layout_put (GTK_LAYOUT (%s), %s, %i, %i);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname, x, y); +-} +- +- +-static gboolean +-gb_layout_emission_hook (GSignalInvocationHint *ihint, +- guint n_param_values, +- const GValue *param_values, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GtkObject *object, *hadjustment, *vadjustment; +- GtkObject *old_hadjustment, *old_vadjustment; +- +- object = g_value_get_object (param_values); +- g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_LAYOUT (object), FALSE); +- +- hadjustment = g_value_get_object (param_values + 1); +- vadjustment = g_value_get_object (param_values + 2); +- +- old_hadjustment = gtk_object_get_data (object, "scrollhadjustment"); +- if (hadjustment != old_hadjustment) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (object, "scrollhadjustment", hadjustment); +- +- if (hadjustment) +- { +- gtk_signal_connect (hadjustment, "value_changed", +- (GtkSignalFunc) gb_layout_adjustment_changed, +- object); +- +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (hadjustment)->step_increment = GLADE_DEFAULT_STEP_INCREMENT; +- if (property_get_widget () == GTK_WIDGET (object)) +- { +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_float (HValues[3], GLADE_DEFAULT_STEP_INCREMENT); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- } +- } +- +- old_vadjustment = gtk_object_get_data (object, "scrollvadjustment"); +- if (vadjustment != old_vadjustment) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (object, "scrollvadjustment", vadjustment); +- +- if (vadjustment) +- { +- gtk_signal_connect (vadjustment, "value_changed", +- (GtkSignalFunc) gb_layout_adjustment_changed, +- object); +- +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (vadjustment)->step_increment = GLADE_DEFAULT_STEP_INCREMENT; +- if (property_get_widget () == GTK_WIDGET (object)) +- { +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_float (VValues[3], GLADE_DEFAULT_STEP_INCREMENT); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- } +- } +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_layout_init () +-{ +- GtkWidgetClass *klass; +- +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_layout_get_type(); +- +- /* Add a signal emission hook so we can connect signal handlers to the +- scrollbar adjustments to redraw the layout when necessary. This will also +- work for subclasses of GtkLayout. */ +- klass = gtk_type_class (gtk_layout_get_type ()); +- g_signal_add_emission_hook (klass->set_scroll_adjustments_signal, 0, +- gb_layout_emission_hook, NULL, NULL); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = layout_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Layout"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_layout_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_layout_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_layout_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_layout_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_layout_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_child_properties = gb_layout_create_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child_properties = gb_layout_get_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_child_properties = gb_layout_set_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_layout_write_add_child_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_layout_add_child; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_layout_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gblist.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtklist.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/list.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Mode = "GtkList::selection_mode"; +- +-static const gchar *GbModeChoices[] = +-{"Single", "Browse", "Multiple", NULL}; +-static const gint GbModeValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE, +- GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE, +- GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE +-}; +-static const gchar *GbModeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE", +- "GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE", +- "GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE" +-}; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkList, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-/* +- GtkWidget* +- gb_list_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_list_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (Mode, _("Select Mode:"), +- _("The selection mode of the list"), +- GbModeChoices); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_list_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbModeValues[i] == GTK_LIST (widget)->selection_mode) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Mode, i, GbModeSymbols[i]); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_list_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *mode; +- gint i; +- +- mode = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Mode); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (mode, GbModeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (mode, GbModeSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_list_set_selection_mode (GTK_LIST (widget), GbModeValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkList, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_list_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_list_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_list_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (GTK_LIST (widget)->selection_mode != GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbModeValues[i] == GTK_LIST (widget)->selection_mode) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_list_set_selection_mode (GTK_LIST (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbModeSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_list_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_list_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = list_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("List"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_list_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_list_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_list_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_list_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_list_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_list_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gblistitem.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklistitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenuitem.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/listitem.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Label = "GtkListItem::label"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkListItem, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_list_item_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- new_widget = gtk_list_item_new_with_label (data->name); +- else +- { +- new_widget = gtk_list_item_new (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder()); +- } +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_list_item_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_text (Label, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 2); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_list_item_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_child_label (widget, data, Label); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_list_item_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_input_child_label (widget, data, Label); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkListItem, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_list_item_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- /* Add command to remove child label. */ +- gb_widget_create_child_label_popup_menu (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_list_item_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *child = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- const gchar *label_text; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- if (child && GTK_IS_LABEL (child) && !GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (child)) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Label, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- label_text = gtk_label_get_text (GTK_LABEL (child)); +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_list_item_new_with_label (%s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (label_text, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_list_item_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_list_item_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_list_item_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = listitem_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("List Item"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_list_item_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_list_item_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_list_item_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_list_item_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_list_item_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_list_item_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbmenu.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/popupmenu.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkMenu, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget* +-gb_menu_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_menu_new (); +- +- /* We create an accelerator table/group so that we can install accels +- easily. */ +- gtk_menu_set_accel_group (GTK_MENU (new_widget), gtk_accel_group_new ()); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_menu_create_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_menu_get_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_menu_set_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkMenu, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_menu_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- /* For Gnome projects the menus are created using GnomeUIInfo structs, so +- we just create the start of the struct here, and output code to fill +- the menu from the GnomeUIInfo structs. */ +- if (data->project->gnome_support) +- { +- GtkWidget *attach_widget; +- +- glade_gnome_start_menu_source (GTK_MENU_SHELL (widget), data); +- +- /* We only need to create the toplevel menu. */ +- attach_widget = gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget)); +- if (attach_widget == NULL || GTK_IS_OPTION_MENU (attach_widget)) +- { +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_menu_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- data->need_accel_group = TRUE; +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_app_fill_menu (GTK_MENU_SHELL (%s), %s_uiinfo,\n" +- " accel_group, FALSE, 0);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname); +- } +- +- return; +- } +-#endif +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_menu_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +-#if 0 +- gchar *accel_group_decl; +- +- /* I don't think we need this for GTK+ 2.0. */ +- accel_group_decl = g_strdup_printf (" GtkAccelGroup *%s_accels;\n", +- data->real_wname); +- source_ensure_decl (data, accel_group_decl); +- source_add (data, +- " %s_accels = gtk_menu_ensure_uline_accel_group (GTK_MENU (%s));\n", +- data->wname, data->wname); +- g_free (accel_group_decl); +-#endif +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_menu_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_menu_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = popupmenu_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Popup Menu"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_menu_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_menu_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_menu_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_menu_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_menu_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_menu_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbmenubar.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,552 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkbutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenubar.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkstock.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +-#include "../glade_menu_editor.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/menubar.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *PackDirection = "GtkMenuBar::pack_direction"; +-static gchar *ChildPackDirection = "GtkMenuBar::child_pack_direction"; +- +- +-static const gchar *GbPackDirectionChoices[] = +-{ +- "Left to Right", +- "Right to Left", +- "Top to Bottom", +- "Bottom to Top", +- NULL +-}; +-static const gint GbPackDirectionValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_LTR, +- GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_RTL, +- GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_TTB, +- GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_BTT +-}; +-static const gchar *GbPackDirectionSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_LTR", +- "GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_RTL", +- "GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_TTB", +- "GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_BTT" +-}; +- +-static void on_menu_bar_size_request (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkRequisition *requisition, +- gpointer data); +-static void gb_menu_bar_on_edit_menu (GtkWidget *button, +- gpointer data); +-static void gb_menu_bar_on_edit_menu_activate (GtkWidget *menuitem, +- GtkWidget *menubar); +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +- +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_menu_bar_add_menu (GtkWidget *menu, const gchar *label) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem, *child_menu; +- +- menuitem = gb_widget_new ("GtkMenuItem", NULL); +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (GTK_BIN (menuitem)->child), +- label); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- +- child_menu = gb_widget_new ("GtkMenu", NULL); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), child_menu); +- +- return child_menu; +-} +- +- +-/* This returns the name to use given the widget's label. Spaces are converted +- to underscores, and '.' and '_' chars are ignore, e.g. '_Open...' -> 'Open'. +- The returned string should be freed. */ +-static char* +-gb_menu_bar_generate_item_name (const gchar *label) +-{ +- char *name, *dest; +- const char *src; +- +- /* We never add characters, so name is never longer than label. I think this +- is OK for UTF-8. */ +- name = g_malloc (strlen (label) + 1); +- for (src = label, dest = name; *src; src++) +- { +- if (*src == ' ') +- *dest++ = '_'; +- else if (*src == '.') +- continue; +- else if (*src == '_') +- continue; +- else +- *dest++ = *src; +- } +- *dest = '\0'; +- +- return name; +-} +- +- +-/* This adds an "activate" signal handler to the menuitem. */ +-static void +-gb_menu_bar_add_item_handler (GtkWidget *menuitem) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- GladeSignal *signal; +- const char *name; +- +- wdata = (GladeWidgetData*) gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT(menuitem), +- GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- if (wdata == NULL) +- { +- g_warning ("Widget has no GladeWidgetData attached"); +- return; +- } +- +- +- name = gtk_widget_get_name (menuitem); +- +- signal = g_new (GladeSignal, 1); +- signal->name = g_strdup ("activate"); +- signal->handler = g_strdup_printf ("on_%s_activate", name); +- signal->object = NULL; +- signal->after = FALSE; +- signal->data = NULL; +- signal->last_modification_time = time (NULL); +- wdata->signals = g_list_append (wdata->signals, signal); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_menu_bar_add_stock_item (GtkWidget *menu, const gchar *stock_id) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- char *label_text, *name; +- +- menuitem = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock (stock_id, NULL); +- label_text = glade_util_get_label_text (GTK_BIN (menuitem)->child); +- name = gb_menu_bar_generate_item_name (label_text); +- gb_widget_create_from (menuitem, name); +- g_free (name); +- g_free (label_text); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- +- /* For stock items we also have to store the stock_id. */ +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), GladeMenuItemStockIDKey, +- g_strdup (stock_id), g_free); +- +- gb_menu_bar_add_item_handler (menuitem); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_menu_bar_add_item (GtkWidget *menu, const gchar *label) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- char *name; +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (label); +- name = gb_menu_bar_generate_item_name (label); +- gb_widget_create_from (menuitem, name); +- g_free (name); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- +- gb_menu_bar_add_item_handler (menuitem); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_menu_bar_add_separator (GtkWidget *menu) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- +- menuitem = gb_widget_new ("GtkSeparatorMenuItem", NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_menu_bar_setup_initial_menus (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menu; +- +- /* FIXME: I'm not sure if we should translate the non-stock labels or not. */ +- menu = gb_menu_bar_add_menu (widget, _("_File")); +- gb_menu_bar_add_stock_item (menu, GTK_STOCK_NEW); +- gb_menu_bar_add_stock_item (menu, GTK_STOCK_OPEN); +- gb_menu_bar_add_stock_item (menu, GTK_STOCK_SAVE); +- gb_menu_bar_add_stock_item (menu, GTK_STOCK_SAVE_AS); +- gb_menu_bar_add_separator (menu); +- gb_menu_bar_add_stock_item (menu, GTK_STOCK_QUIT); +- +- menu = gb_menu_bar_add_menu (widget, _("_Edit")); +- gb_menu_bar_add_stock_item (menu, GTK_STOCK_CUT); +- gb_menu_bar_add_stock_item (menu, GTK_STOCK_COPY); +- gb_menu_bar_add_stock_item (menu, GTK_STOCK_PASTE); +- gb_menu_bar_add_stock_item (menu, GTK_STOCK_DELETE); +- +- menu = gb_menu_bar_add_menu (widget, _("_View")); +- +- menu = gb_menu_bar_add_menu (widget, _("_Help")); +- gb_menu_bar_add_item (menu, _("_About")); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkMenuBar, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget* +-gb_menu_bar_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_menu_bar_new (); +- +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "size_request", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_menu_bar_size_request), +- NULL); +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- { +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- glade_gnome_setup_initial_menus (new_widget); +- else +- gb_menu_bar_setup_initial_menus (new_widget); +-#else +- gb_menu_bar_setup_initial_menus (new_widget); +-#endif +- } +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_menu_bar_size_request (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkRequisition *requisition, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- /* Make sure we request a decent size. If we don't do this, when a menubar +- is created it appears about 3 pixels high which is not very good. */ +- requisition->width = MAX (requisition->width, 32); +- requisition->height = MAX (requisition->height, 24); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_bar_create_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *property_table, *button; +- gint property_table_row; +- +- property_add_choice (PackDirection, _("Pack Direction:"), +- _("The pack direction of the menubar"), +- GbPackDirectionChoices); +- property_add_choice (ChildPackDirection, _("Child Direction:"), +- _("The child pack direction of the menubar"), +- GbPackDirectionChoices); +- +- /* Add a button for editing the menubar. */ +- property_table = property_get_table_position (&property_table_row); +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Edit Menus...")); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_menu_bar_on_edit_menu), NULL); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (property_table), button, 0, 3, +- property_table_row, property_table_row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_FILL, 10, 10); +-} +- +- +-/* Make window behave like a dialog */ +-static void +-dialogize (GtkWidget *menued, GtkWidget *parent_widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *transient_parent; +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued), "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_util_check_key_is_esc), +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GladeEscDestroys)); +- transient_parent = glade_util_get_toplevel (parent_widget); +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (transient_parent)) +- { +- gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (menued), +- GTK_WINDOW (transient_parent)); +- } +-} +- +-static void +-gb_menu_bar_on_edit_menu (GtkWidget *button, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menubar, *menued; +- +- menubar = property_get_widget (); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MENU_BAR (menubar)); +- +- menued = glade_menu_editor_new (current_project, GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar)); +- dialogize (menued, button); +- gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (menued)); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_bar_get_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- GtkPackDirection pack_direction, child_pack_direction; +- gint i; +- +- pack_direction = gtk_menu_bar_get_pack_direction (GTK_MENU_BAR (widget)); +- child_pack_direction = gtk_menu_bar_get_child_pack_direction (GTK_MENU_BAR (widget)); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPackDirectionValues) / sizeof (GbPackDirectionValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbPackDirectionValues[i] == pack_direction) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, PackDirection, i, GbPackDirectionSymbols[i]); +- +- if (GbPackDirectionValues[i] == child_pack_direction) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, ChildPackDirection, i, GbPackDirectionSymbols[i]); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_bar_set_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gchar *pack_direction, *child_pack_direction; +- gint i; +- +- pack_direction = gb_widget_input_choice (data, PackDirection); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPackDirectionValues) / sizeof (GbPackDirectionValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (pack_direction, GbPackDirectionChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (pack_direction, GbPackDirectionSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction (GTK_MENU_BAR (widget), +- GbPackDirectionValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- child_pack_direction = gb_widget_input_choice (data, ChildPackDirection); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPackDirectionValues) / sizeof (GbPackDirectionValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (child_pack_direction, GbPackDirectionChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (child_pack_direction, GbPackDirectionSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction (GTK_MENU_BAR (widget), +- GbPackDirectionValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkMenuBar, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_bar_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Edit Menus...")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_menu_bar_on_edit_menu_activate), +- widget); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_menu_bar_on_edit_menu_activate (GtkWidget *menuitem, +- GtkWidget *menubar) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menued; +- +- menued = glade_menu_editor_new (current_project, GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar)); +- dialogize (menued, menubar); +- gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (menued)); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_bar_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gboolean created_menu = FALSE; +- GtkPackDirection pack_direction, child_pack_direction; +- gint i; +- +- pack_direction = gtk_menu_bar_get_pack_direction (GTK_MENU_BAR (widget)); +- child_pack_direction = gtk_menu_bar_get_child_pack_direction (GTK_MENU_BAR (widget)); +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- /* For Gnome projects the menus are created using GnomeUIInfo structs, so +- we just create the start of the struct here. In a GnomeApp dock item, +- the code to add the menu to the GnomeApp is in output in gnomedockitem.c. +- If the menubar is not in a GnomeApp, we have to output the code to create +- it here. */ +- if (data->project->gnome_support) +- { +- glade_gnome_start_menu_source (GTK_MENU_SHELL (widget), data); +- +- if (widget->parent && glade_gnome_is_app_dock_item (widget->parent)) +- { +- /* FIXME: should we set some standard properties? */ +- gb_widget_write_add_child_source (widget, data); +- return; +- } +- else +- { +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_menu_bar_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- data->need_accel_group = TRUE; +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_app_fill_menu (GTK_MENU_SHELL (%s), %s_uiinfo,\n" +- " accel_group, FALSE, 0);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname); +- created_menu = TRUE; +- } +- } +-#endif +- +- if (!created_menu) +- { +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_menu_bar_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- } +- +- if (pack_direction != GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_LTR) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPackDirectionValues) / sizeof (GbPackDirectionValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbPackDirectionValues[i] == pack_direction) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction (GTK_MENU_BAR (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbPackDirectionSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (child_pack_direction != GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_LTR) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPackDirectionValues) / sizeof (GbPackDirectionValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbPackDirectionValues[i] == child_pack_direction) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction (GTK_MENU_BAR (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbPackDirectionSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_menu_bar_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_menu_bar_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = menubar_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Menu Bar"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_menu_bar_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_menu_bar_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_menu_bar_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_menu_bar_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_menu_bar_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_menu_bar_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbmenuitem.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,393 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenubar.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenuitem.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +-#include "../glade_keys_dialog.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/menuitem.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Label = "MenuItem|GtkItem::label"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GtkMenuItem::icon"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkMenuItem, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_menu_item_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- new_widget = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (data->name); +- else +- new_widget = gtk_menu_item_new (); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +-void +-gb_menu_item_add_child (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * child, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (child)) +- { +- MSG ("Trying to add a menu to a menu item"); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (widget), child); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_item_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +-#if 0 +- /* For now we don't support editing the menuitem properties in the property +- editor. The menu editor has to be used instead. */ +- property_add_text (Label, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 2); +-#endif +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_item_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean output_label = TRUE; +- +- /* We only support saving the properties here. */ +- if (data->action != GB_SAVING) +- return; +- +- /* If we are saving, we check for a stock Gnome menu item, and if so, we +- just save that. GTK+ stock items are all GtkImageMenuItems, so we don't +- have to worry about those here. */ +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- { +- gint stock_item_index; +- +- stock_item_index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeMenuItemStockIndexKey)); +- /* The 'New' item is special. If it has a child menu, it must be a +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_SUBTREE. If not, it is a +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_ITEM, in which case the label is also output. */ +- if (stock_item_index == GladeStockMenuItemNew) +- { +- if (GTK_MENU_ITEM (widget)->submenu) +- { +- gb_widget_output_string (data, "stock_item", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_SUBTREE"); +- output_label = FALSE; +- } +- else +- { +- gb_widget_output_string (data, "stock_item", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_ITEM"); +- } +- } +- else if (stock_item_index != 0) +- { +- gb_widget_output_string (data, "stock_item", GladeStockMenuItemSymbols[stock_item_index]); +- output_label = FALSE; +- } +- } +-#endif +- +- if (output_label) +- gb_widget_output_child_label (widget, data, Label); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_item_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean input_label = TRUE, input_rest = TRUE; +- GtkAccelGroup *accel_group; +- guint key; +- GdkModifierType modifiers; +- +- /* We only support loading the properties here. */ +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- return; +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- /* Check for a stock menu item. */ +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- { +- GnomeUIInfo *uiinfo; +- gchar *stock_item; +- GtkWidget *label; +- gint stock_item_index; +- +- stock_item = gb_widget_input_string (data, "stock_item"); +- if (stock_item && stock_item[0]) +- { +- /* Special case for the NEW_SUBTREE. */ +- if (!strcmp (stock_item, "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_SUBTREE")) +- { +- stock_item_index = GladeStockMenuItemNew; +- } +- else +- { +- stock_item_index = glade_util_string_array_index (GladeStockMenuItemSymbols, GladeStockMenuItemSize, stock_item); +- } +- +- if (stock_item_index != -1) +- { +- uiinfo = &GladeStockMenuItemValues[stock_item_index]; +- if (uiinfo->type == GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM_CONFIGURABLE) +- gnome_app_ui_configure_configurable (uiinfo); +- +- /* Note that we don't have to worry about the pixmap, since if +- it had a pixmap it would be a GtkImageMenuItem. */ +- +- label = gtk_accel_label_new (""); +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (label), +- uiinfo->label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget (GTK_ACCEL_LABEL (label), +- widget); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), label); +- +- /* Add the configured accelerator key. */ +- if (uiinfo->accelerator_key != 0 && widget->parent +- && GTK_IS_MENU (widget->parent)) +- { +- accel_group = GTK_MENU (widget->parent)->accel_group; +- gtk_widget_add_accelerator (widget, "activate", accel_group, +- uiinfo->accelerator_key, +- uiinfo->ac_mods, +- GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); +- } +- +- /* Remember the index of the stock item. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeMenuItemStockIndexKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (stock_item_index)); +- +- /* The 'New' item can have a label. The rest can't. */ +- if (stock_item_index != GladeStockMenuItemNew) +- input_label = FALSE; +- input_rest = FALSE; +- } +- else +- { +-#ifdef FIXME +- load_add_error_message_with_tag (data, +- GLADE_LINE_PROPERTY, +- _("Invalid stock menu item"), +- "stock_item", stock_item); +-#endif +- } +- } +- } +-#endif +- +- if (input_label) +- gb_widget_input_child_label (widget, data, Label); +- +- if (input_rest) +- { +- /* FIXME: should this be somewhere else? */ +- /* If we are loading, install the 'activate' accelerator, if it has one, +- so that is is visible. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING && widget->parent +- && GTK_IS_MENU (widget->parent)) +- { +- int i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < data->widget_info->n_accels; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (data->widget_info->accels[i].signal, "activate")) +- { +- key = data->widget_info->accels[i].key; +- modifiers = data->widget_info->accels[i].modifiers; +- accel_group = GTK_MENU (widget->parent)->accel_group; +- gtk_widget_add_accelerator (widget, "activate", accel_group, +- key, modifiers, +- GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkMenuItem, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_item_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- /* Add command to remove child label. */ +-#if 0 +- gb_widget_create_child_label_popup_menu (widget, data); +-#endif +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_item_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *child = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- gchar *label_text; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (data->project->gnome_support) +- { +- glade_gnome_write_menu_item_source (GTK_MENU_ITEM (widget), data); +- return; +- } +-#endif +- +- if (child && GTK_IS_LABEL (child) && !GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (child)) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Label, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- label_text = glade_util_get_label_text (child); +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (%s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (label_text, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- g_free (label_text); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_menu_item_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child menu to a menu item. */ +-static void +-gb_menu_item_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (child)) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_menu_item_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetDestroyData * data) +-{ +- /* We need to remove the icon pixmap from the project. +- Note that it may be a stock icon name, in which case it will be ignored +- by glade_project_remove_pixmap. */ +- gchar *filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Icon); +- if (filename) +- { +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, filename); +- g_free (filename); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_menu_item_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_menu_item_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = menuitem_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Menu Item"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_menu_item_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_menu_item_add_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_menu_item_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_menu_item_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_menu_item_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_menu_item_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_menu_item_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_menu_item_write_add_child_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_menu_item_destroy; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbmenutoolbutton.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,269 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/menutoolbutton.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *StockButton = "GtkMenuToolButton|GtkToolButton::stock_id"; +-static gchar *Label = "GtkMenuToolButton|GtkToolButton::label"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GtkMenuToolButton|GtkToolButton::icon"; +-static gchar *VisibleHorz = "GtkMenuToolButton|GtkToolItem::visible_horizontal"; +-static gchar *VisibleVert = "GtkMenuToolButton|GtkToolItem::visible_vertical"; +-static gchar *IsImportant = "GtkMenuToolButton|GtkToolItem::is_important"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkMenuToolButton, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_menu_tool_button_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *image; +- GbWidget *pixmap_gbwidget; +- +- /* Place the pixmap icon in the button initially (even when loading). */ +- pixmap_gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup_class ("GtkImage"); +- if (pixmap_gbwidget) +- { +- image = gtk_image_new_from_pixmap (pixmap_gbwidget->gdkpixmap, +- pixmap_gbwidget->mask); +- } +- else +- { +- image = gtk_image_new (); +- g_warning ("Couldn't find GtkPixmap data"); +- } +- gtk_widget_show (image); +- +- new_widget = (GtkWidget*) gtk_menu_tool_button_new (image, ""); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_tool_button_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_stock_item (StockButton, _("Stock Button:"), +- _("The stock button to use"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR); +- property_add_text (Label, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 2); +- property_add_icon (Icon, _("Icon:"), +- _("The icon to display"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR); +- property_add_bool (VisibleHorz, _("Show Horizontal:"), +- _("If the item is visible when the toolbar is horizontal")); +- property_add_bool (VisibleVert, _("Show Vertical:"), +- _("If the item is visible when the toolbar is vertical")); +- property_add_bool (IsImportant, _("Is Important:"), +- _("If the item's text should be shown when the toolbar's mode is GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_tool_button_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_tool_button_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- StockButton, Label, Icon, +- VisibleHorz, VisibleVert, +- IsImportant); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_tool_button_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_tool_button_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- StockButton, Label, Icon, +- VisibleHorz, VisibleVert, +- IsImportant); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkMenuToolButton, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_menu_tool_button_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_menu_tool_button_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *stock_id, *label, *icon_name; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonStockIDKey); +- icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonIconKey); +- label = (gchar*) gtk_tool_button_get_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (widget)); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Label, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- if (stock_id) +- { +- /* Stock Button */ +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_menu_tool_button_new_from_stock (%s);\n", +- data->wname, source_make_string (stock_id, FALSE)); +- } +- else if (icon_name) +- { +- /* Icon and Label */ +- source_ensure_decl (data, " GtkWidget *tmp_image;\n"); +- +- if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon_name)) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " tmp_image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (\"%s\", tmp_toolbar_icon_size);\n", +- icon_name); +- } +- else +- { +- source_create_pixmap (data, "tmp_image", icon_name); +- } +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_widget_show (tmp_image);\n"); +- +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_menu_tool_button_new (tmp_image, %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- label ? source_make_string_full (label, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : "NULL"); +- } +- else +- { +- /* Just a Label */ +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_menu_tool_button_new (NULL, %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- label ? source_make_string_full (label, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : "NULL"); +- } +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleHorz) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_visible_horizontal (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleVert) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_tool_item_get_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_menu_tool_button_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_menu_tool_button_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = menutoolbutton_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Toolbar Button with Menu"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_menu_tool_button_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_menu_tool_button_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_menu_tool_button_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_menu_tool_button_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_menu_tool_button_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_menu_tool_button_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbnotebook.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,954 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkhbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtknotebook.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../tree.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/notebook.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *ShowTabs = "GtkNotebook::show_tabs"; +-static gchar *ShowBorder = "GtkNotebook::show_border"; +-static gchar *TabPos = "GtkNotebook::tab_pos"; +-static gchar *Scrollable = "GtkNotebook::scrollable"; +-static gchar *Popups = "GtkNotebook::enable_popup"; +- +-#if 0 +-/* These seem to be deprecated. */ +-static gchar *TabHBorder = "GtkNotebook::tab_hborder"; +-static gchar *TabVBorder = "GtkNotebook::tab_vborder"; +-#endif +- +-/* This isn't save in the XML as it is implicit. */ +-static gchar *NumPages = "GtkNotebook::num_pages"; +- +-/* This isn't save in the XML as it is implicit. */ +-static gchar *ChildPosition = "GtkNotebook::position"; +- +-static gchar *ChildExpand = "GtkNotebook::tab_expand"; +-static gchar *ChildFill = "GtkNotebook::tab_fill"; +-static gchar *ChildPack = "GtkNotebook::tab_pack"; +-static gchar *ChildMenuLabel = "GtkNotebook::menu_label"; +- +- +-static const gchar *GbTabPosChoices[] = +-{"Left", "Right", "Top", "Bottom", NULL}; +-static const gint GbTabPosValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_POS_LEFT, +- GTK_POS_RIGHT, +- GTK_POS_TOP, +- GTK_POS_BOTTOM +-}; +-static const gchar *GbTabPosSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_POS_LEFT", +- "GTK_POS_RIGHT", +- "GTK_POS_TOP", +- "GTK_POS_BOTTOM" +-}; +- +- +-static void show_notebook_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_notebook_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_notebook_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static GtkWidget *gb_notebook_new_tab_label (); +-static void gb_notebook_next_page (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkNotebook * notebook); +-static void gb_notebook_prev_page (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkNotebook * notebook); +-static void gb_notebook_update_num_pages (GtkNotebook *notebook); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkNotebook, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_notebook_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- new_widget = gtk_notebook_new (); +- return new_widget; +- } +- else +- { +- show_notebook_dialog (data); +- return NULL; +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_notebook_add_child (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gboolean is_tab = FALSE; +- +- /* See if this is a tab widget. We use a special "type" packing property set +- to "tab".*/ +- if (data->child_info) +- { +- int j; +- +- for (j = 0; j < data->child_info->n_properties; j++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (data->child_info->properties[j].name, "type") +- && !strcmp (data->child_info->properties[j].value, "tab")) +- { +- is_tab = TRUE; +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (is_tab) +- { +- /* We store the last tab read in 'last_child' */ +- GtkWidget *notebook_page; +- gint pos = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- "last_child")); +- +- MSG1 ("Adding notebook tab: %i", pos); +- /* SPECIAL CODE to replace the notebooks default tab label with the +- loaded widget. We remove the page and add it with the new tab, +- just like in gb_widget_replace_child(). */ +- +- notebook_page = gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), pos); +- if (notebook_page) +- { +- gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), notebook_page, +- child); +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning ("Notebook tab found for non-existent page"); +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), +- editor_new_placeholder (), child); +- } +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "last_child", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (pos + 1)); +- } +- else +- { +- /* We create a label, in case it does not appear in the XML file, +- or we are pasting into the notebook. */ +- GtkWidget *label = gb_widget_new_full ("GtkLabel", FALSE, widget, +- NULL, 0, 0, NULL, GB_CREATING, +- NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (label != NULL); +- +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), child, label); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_notebook_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *hbox, *label, *spinbutton; +- GtkObject *adjustment; +- +- dialog = glade_util_create_dialog (_("New notebook"), data->parent, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_notebook_dialog_ok), +- data, &vbox); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_notebook_dialog_destroy), data); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 10); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Number of pages:")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (3, 1, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "pages", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 1, 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), spinbutton, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (spinbutton, 50, -1); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (spinbutton); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +- gtk_grab_add (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_notebook_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *spinbutton, *window; +- gint pages, i; +- +- window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- /* Only call callback if placeholder/fixed widget is still there */ +- if (gb_widget_can_finish_new (data)) +- { +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "pages"); +- g_return_if_fail (spinbutton != NULL); +- pages = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (spinbutton)); +- +- new_widget = gtk_notebook_new (); +- for (i = 0; i < pages; i++) +- { +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (new_widget), +- editor_new_placeholder (), +- gb_notebook_new_tab_label ()); +- } +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- (*data->callback) (new_widget, data); +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_notebook_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- gtk_grab_remove (widget); +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget * +-gb_notebook_new_tab_label () +-{ +- GtkWidget *label; +- +- label = gb_widget_new ("GtkLabel", NULL); +- g_return_val_if_fail (label != NULL, NULL); +- return label; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_notebook_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (ShowTabs, _("Show Tabs:"), _("If the notebook tabs are shown")); +- property_add_bool (ShowBorder, _("Show Border:"), +- _("If the notebook border is shown, when the tabs are not shown")); +- property_add_choice (TabPos, _("Tab Pos:"), +- _("The position of the notebook tabs"), +- GbTabPosChoices); +- property_add_bool (Scrollable, _("Scrollable:"), +- _("If the notebook tabs are scrollable")); +-#if 0 +-/* These seem to be deprecated. */ +- property_add_int_range (TabHBorder, _("Tab Horz. Border:"), +- _("The size of the notebook tabs' horizontal border"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (TabVBorder, _("Tab Vert. Border:"), +- _("The size of the notebook tabs' vertical border"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +-#endif +- property_add_bool (Popups, _("Show Popup:"), _("If the popup menu is enabled")); +- property_add_int_range (NumPages, _("Number of Pages:"), +- _("The number of notebook pages"), +- 1, 100, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_notebook_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint tab_pos, i; +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowTabs, GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->show_tabs); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowBorder, GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->show_border); +- +- tab_pos = GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->tab_pos; +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbTabPosValues) / sizeof (GbTabPosValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbTabPosValues[i] == tab_pos) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, TabPos, i, GbTabPosSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Scrollable, GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->scrollable); +- +-#if 0 +-/* These seem to be deprecated. */ +- gb_widget_output_int (data, TabHBorder, GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->tab_hborder); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, TabVBorder, GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->tab_vborder); +-#endif +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Popups, +- (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->menu) ? TRUE : FALSE); +- +- /* Don't save the number of pages. */ +- if (data->action != GB_SAVING) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, NumPages, +- g_list_length (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->children)); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_notebook_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean show_tabs, show_border, scrollable, popups; +- gchar *tab_pos; +- gint i, num_pages; +- GtkWidget *new_label; +- +- show_tabs = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowTabs); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), show_tabs); +- +- show_border = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowBorder); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_notebook_set_show_border (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), show_border); +- +- tab_pos = gb_widget_input_choice (data, TabPos); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbTabPosValues) / sizeof (GbTabPosValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (tab_pos, GbTabPosChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (tab_pos, GbTabPosSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_notebook_set_tab_pos (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), GbTabPosValues +- [i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- scrollable = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Scrollable); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_notebook_set_scrollable (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), scrollable); +- +-#if 0 +-/* These seem to be deprecated. */ +- tab_border = gb_widget_input_int (data, TabHBorder); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_notebook_set_tab_hborder (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), tab_border); +- +- tab_border = gb_widget_input_int (data, TabVBorder); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_notebook_set_tab_vborder (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), tab_border); +-#endif +- +- popups = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Popups); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (popups) +- gtk_notebook_popup_enable (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)); +- else +- gtk_notebook_popup_disable (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)); +- } +- +- /* Don't adjust the size of a notebook if loading a project +- * as it is handled by other routines. */ +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- { +- num_pages = gb_widget_input_int (data, NumPages); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (num_pages != g_list_length (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->children)) +- { +- if (num_pages > g_list_length (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->children)) +- { +- while (num_pages > g_list_length (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->children)) +- { +- new_label = gb_notebook_new_tab_label (); +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), +- editor_new_placeholder (), +- new_label); +- tree_add_widget (new_label); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- while (num_pages < g_list_length (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->children)) +- { +- gtk_notebook_remove_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), +- num_pages); +- } +- } +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-static void +-gb_notebook_next_page (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkNotebook * notebook) +-{ +- gtk_notebook_next_page (notebook); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_notebook_prev_page (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkNotebook * notebook) +-{ +- gtk_notebook_prev_page (notebook); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_notebook_switch_prev (GtkWidget *menuitem, GtkNotebook *notebook) +-{ +- GtkWidget *child; +- gint current_page; +- +- current_page = gtk_notebook_get_current_page (notebook); +- child = gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), current_page); +- +- if (child) +- { +- gtk_notebook_reorder_child (notebook, child, current_page - 1); +- } +-} +- +-static void +-gb_notebook_switch_next (GtkWidget *menuitem, GtkNotebook *notebook) +-{ +- GtkWidget *child; +- gint current_page; +- +- current_page = gtk_notebook_get_current_page (notebook); +- child = gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), current_page); +- +- if (child) +- { +- gtk_notebook_reorder_child (notebook, child, current_page + 1); +- } +-} +- +-static void +-gb_notebook_insert_next (GtkWidget *menuitem, GtkNotebook *notebook) +-{ +- gint current_page; +- GtkWidget *new_label; +- +- current_page = gtk_notebook_get_current_page (notebook); +- +- new_label = gb_notebook_new_tab_label (); +- gtk_notebook_insert_page (notebook, editor_new_placeholder (), +- new_label, current_page + 1); +- tree_add_widget (new_label); +- gb_notebook_update_num_pages (notebook); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_notebook_insert_prev (GtkWidget *menuitem, GtkNotebook *notebook) +-{ +- gint current_page; +- GtkWidget *new_label; +- +- current_page = gtk_notebook_get_current_page (notebook); +- +- new_label = gb_notebook_new_tab_label (); +- gtk_notebook_insert_page (notebook, editor_new_placeholder (), +- new_label, current_page); +- tree_add_widget (new_label); +- gb_notebook_update_num_pages (notebook); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_notebook_delete_page (GtkWidget *menuitem, GtkNotebook *notebook) +-{ +- gtk_notebook_remove_page (notebook, +- gtk_notebook_get_current_page (notebook)); +- gb_notebook_update_num_pages (notebook); +-} +- +- +-/* This updates the number of pages property, if the notebook's properties are +- currently shown. */ +-static void +-gb_notebook_update_num_pages (GtkNotebook *notebook) +-{ +- if (property_get_widget () == GTK_WIDGET (notebook)) +- { +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_int (NumPages, g_list_length (notebook->children)); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +-} +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkNotebook, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_notebook_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- gint current_page, num_pages; +- +- current_page = gtk_notebook_get_current_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)); +- num_pages = g_list_length (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->children); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Previous Page")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- if (current_page == 0) +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menuitem, FALSE); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_notebook_prev_page), GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Next Page")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- if (current_page == num_pages - 1) +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menuitem, FALSE); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_notebook_next_page), GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Delete Page")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_notebook_delete_page), GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Switch Next")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- if (current_page == num_pages - 1) +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menuitem, FALSE); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_notebook_switch_next), GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Switch Previous")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- if (current_page == 0) +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menuitem, FALSE); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_notebook_switch_prev), GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Insert Page After")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- /* if (current_page == num_pages - 1) +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menuitem, FALSE);*/ +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_notebook_insert_next), GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Insert Page Before")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- /*if (current_page == 0) +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menuitem, FALSE);*/ +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_notebook_insert_prev), GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_notebook_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_notebook_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- /* We reset the last_child index, so as the tab widgets are written out +- they will start at page 0. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "last_child", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (-1)); +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (!GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->show_tabs) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs (GTK_NOTEBOOK (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- if (!GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->show_border) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_notebook_set_show_border (GTK_NOTEBOOK (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- if (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->tab_pos != GTK_POS_TOP) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbTabPosValues) / sizeof (GbTabPosValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (GbTabPosValues[i] == GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->tab_pos) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_notebook_set_tab_pos (GTK_NOTEBOOK (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbTabPosSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- if (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->scrollable) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_notebook_set_scrollable (GTK_NOTEBOOK (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +-#if 0 +-/* These seem to be deprecated. */ +- if (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->tab_hborder != 2) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_notebook_set_tab_hborder (GTK_NOTEBOOK (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->tab_hborder); +- if (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->tab_vborder != 2) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_notebook_set_tab_vborder (GTK_NOTEBOOK (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->tab_vborder); +-#endif +- +- if (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget)->menu) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_notebook_popup_enable (GTK_NOTEBOOK (%s));\n", +- data->wname); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the child packing properties for children of this widget. +- */ +-void +-gb_notebook_create_child_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateChildArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_int_range (ChildPosition, _("Position:"), +- _("The page's position in the list of pages"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_bool (ChildExpand, _("Expand:"), +- _("Set True to let the tab expand")); +- property_add_bool (ChildFill, _("Fill:"), +- _("Set True to let the tab fill its allocated area")); +- property_add_bool (ChildPack, _("Pack Start:"), +- _("Set True to pack the tab at the start of the notebook")); +- property_add_string (ChildMenuLabel, _("Menu Label:"), +- _("The text to display in the popup menu")); +-} +- +- +-static gboolean +-gb_notebook_get_child_info (GtkNotebook *notebook, GtkWidget *child, +- GtkWidget **notebook_child, +- GtkWidget **notebook_tab, +- gint *position, gboolean *expand, gboolean *fill, +- GtkPackType *pack_type) +-{ +- gint nchildren, page; +- +- nchildren = g_list_length (notebook->children); +- +- for (page = 0; page < nchildren; page++) +- { +- *notebook_child = gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (notebook, page); +- *notebook_tab = gtk_notebook_get_tab_label (notebook, *notebook_child); +- +- if (*notebook_child == child || *notebook_tab == child) +- { +- gtk_notebook_query_tab_label_packing (notebook, *notebook_child, +- expand, fill, pack_type); +- *position = page; +- return TRUE; +- } +- } +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_notebook_get_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *notebook_child, *notebook_tab; +- gboolean expand, fill; +- gint position; +- GtkPackType pack_type; +- const gchar *menu_label; +- +- /* If we can't find the child, output a warning and return. */ +- if (!gb_notebook_get_child_info (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), child, +- ¬ebook_child, ¬ebook_tab, +- &position, &expand, &fill, &pack_type)) +- { +- g_warning ("Notebook child not found"); +- return; +- } +- +- /* If we are saving, we save the packing properties with the main child +- widget, and not with the tab label. But we show the packing properties +- for the tab label as well, as that is easier for the user. +- For the tab label we save the special "type" packing property. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING && child == notebook_tab) +- { +- save_start_tag (data, "packing"); +- gb_widget_output_string (data, "type", "tab"); +- save_end_tag (data, "packing"); +- return; +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_start_tag (data, "packing"); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, ChildPosition, position); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ChildExpand, expand); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ChildFill, fill); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- /* Save pack type as an enum symbol rather than a bool */ +- if (pack_type == GTK_PACK_END) +- { +- gb_widget_output_string (data, ChildPack, "GTK_PACK_END"); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ChildPack, pack_type == GTK_PACK_START); +- } +- +- menu_label = gtk_notebook_get_menu_label_text (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), +- notebook_child); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, ChildMenuLabel, menu_label); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_end_tag (data, "packing"); +-} +- +- +-/* Applies or loads the child properties of a child of a hbox/vbox. */ +-void +-gb_notebook_set_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *notebook_child, *notebook_tab; +- gint position, old_position; +- gboolean expand, fill, pack, set_child_packing = FALSE; +- gboolean old_expand, old_fill; +- GtkPackType old_pack_type; +- char *menu_label; +- +- /* If we can't find the child, output a warning and return. */ +- if (!gb_notebook_get_child_info (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), child, +- ¬ebook_child, ¬ebook_tab, +- &old_position, &old_expand, &old_fill, +- &old_pack_type)) +- { +- g_warning ("Notebook child not found"); +- return; +- } +- +- /* If we are loading, don't set the packing properties for the tab. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING && child == notebook_tab) +- return; +- +- position = gb_widget_input_int (data, ChildPosition); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_notebook_reorder_child (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), notebook_child, +- position); +- } +- +- expand = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ChildExpand); +- if (data->apply) +- set_child_packing = TRUE; +- else +- expand = old_expand; +- +- fill = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ChildFill); +- if (data->apply) +- set_child_packing = TRUE; +- else +- fill = old_fill; +- +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- { +- pack = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ChildPack); +- } +- else +- { +- gchar *pack_symbol = gb_widget_input_string (data, ChildPack); +- pack = pack_symbol && !strcmp (pack_symbol, "GTK_PACK_START"); +- } +- if (data->apply) +- set_child_packing = TRUE; +- else +- pack = (old_pack_type == GTK_PACK_START) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- +- if (set_child_packing) +- gtk_notebook_set_tab_label_packing (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), notebook_child, +- expand, fill, +- pack ? GTK_PACK_START : GTK_PACK_END); +- +- menu_label = gb_widget_input_string (data, ChildMenuLabel); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_notebook_set_menu_label_text (GTK_NOTEBOOK (widget), notebook_child, +- menu_label); +- } +-} +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child widget to a GtkNotebook. */ +-static void +-gb_notebook_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *notebook_child, *notebook_tab; +- gboolean expand, fill; +- gint position; +- GtkPackType pack_type; +- +- if (!gb_notebook_get_child_info (GTK_NOTEBOOK (parent), child, +- ¬ebook_child, ¬ebook_tab, +- &position, &expand, &fill, &pack_type)) +- { +- g_warning ("Notebook child not found"); +- return; +- } +- +- /* See if this is a notebook tab widget. */ +- if (child == notebook_tab) +- { +- /* We store the last tab written in 'last_child' */ +- gint col = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (parent), +- "last_child")); +- /* We use the special function to add the tab to the notebook. */ +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (%s), gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (%s), %i), %s);\n", +- parent_name, parent_name, col + 1, data->wname); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (parent), "last_child", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (col + 1)); +- } +- else +- { +- const gchar *menu_label; +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- +- /* Set the packing properties, if different to the defaults. */ +- if (expand || !fill || pack_type != GTK_PACK_START) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_notebook_set_tab_label_packing (GTK_NOTEBOOK (%s), %s,\n" +- " %s, %s, %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname, +- expand ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", +- fill ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", +- pack_type == GTK_PACK_START ? "GTK_PACK_START" : "GTK_PACK_END"); +- } +- +- menu_label = gtk_notebook_get_menu_label_text (GTK_NOTEBOOK (parent), +- notebook_child); +- if (menu_label && *menu_label) +- { +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (notebook_child, +- ChildMenuLabel, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_notebook_set_menu_label_text (GTK_NOTEBOOK (%s), %s, %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (menu_label, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_notebook_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_notebook_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = notebook_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Notebook"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_notebook_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_notebook_add_child; +- +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_notebook_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_notebook_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_notebook_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_notebook_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_child_properties = gb_notebook_create_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child_properties = gb_notebook_get_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_child_properties = gb_notebook_set_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_notebook_write_add_child_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_notebook_create_popup_menu; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gboptionmenu.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,285 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkoptionmenu.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_menu_editor.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/optionmenu.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static const char *History = "GtkOptionMenu::history"; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkOptionMenu, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_option_menu_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- new_widget = gtk_option_menu_new (); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +-/* Make window behave like a dialog */ +-static void +-dialogize (GtkWidget *menued, GtkWidget *parent_widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *transient_parent; +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued), "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_util_check_key_is_esc), +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GladeEscDestroys)); +- transient_parent = glade_util_get_toplevel (parent_widget); +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (transient_parent)) +- { +- gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (menued), +- GTK_WINDOW (transient_parent)); +- } +-} +- +-static void +-set_menu (GladeMenuEditor *menued, GtkOptionMenu *option) +-{ +- int history; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GLADE_IS_MENU_EDITOR (menued)); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_OPTION_MENU (option)); +- +- history = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (option), History)); +- gtk_option_menu_set_menu (option, GTK_WIDGET (menued->menu)); +- gtk_option_menu_set_history (option, history); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_menu_bar_on_edit_menu (GtkWidget *button, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *option, *menued, *menu; +- +- option = property_get_widget (); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_OPTION_MENU (option)); +- +- /* +- * we need to remove the menu from the option menu otherwise there +- * will be a separator where the selected menu is +- */ +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (option), +- History, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (gtk_option_menu_get_history (GTK_OPTION_MENU (option)))); +- menu = gtk_option_menu_get_menu (GTK_OPTION_MENU (option)); +- if (!menu) +- menu = gb_widget_new ("GtkMenu", option); +- g_object_ref (menu); +- +- gtk_option_menu_set_menu (GTK_OPTION_MENU (option), gtk_menu_new ()); +- +- menued = glade_menu_editor_new (current_project, GTK_MENU_SHELL (menu)); +- g_signal_connect (menued, "destroy", G_CALLBACK (set_menu), option); +- +- /* I think this was hidden as it doesn't call set_menu() to reset the +- history. */ +- gtk_widget_hide (GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (menued)->apply_button); +- +- dialogize (menued, button); +- gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (menued)); +- +- gtk_option_menu_set_menu (GTK_OPTION_MENU (option), menu); +- g_object_unref (menu); +-} +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_option_menu_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * +- data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *property_table, *button; +- gint property_table_row; +- +- /* Add a button for editing the menubar. */ +- property_table = property_get_table_position (&property_table_row); +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Edit Menus...")); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_menu_bar_on_edit_menu), NULL); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (property_table), button, 0, 3, +- property_table_row, property_table_row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_FILL, 10, 10); +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_option_menu_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, History, +- gtk_option_menu_get_history (GTK_OPTION_MENU (widget))); +-} +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_option_menu_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- int history; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- history = gb_widget_input_int (data, History); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_option_menu_set_history (GTK_OPTION_MENU (widget), history); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkOptionMenu, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_option_menu_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_option_menu_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint history; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_option_menu_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- history = gtk_option_menu_get_history (GTK_OPTION_MENU (widget)); +- if (history > 0) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_option_menu_set_history (GTK_OPTION_MENU (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, history); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_option_menu_add_child (GtkWidget *widget, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (child)) +- gtk_option_menu_set_menu (GTK_OPTION_MENU (widget), child); +- else +- g_warning (_("Cannot add a %s to a GtkOptionMenu."), +- g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (child))); +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child widget to a hbox/vbox. */ +-void +-gb_option_menu_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- /* We don't output anything here. The code to add the menu to the option +- menu must be output after all the menuitems are added, so we have some +- special code in gb_widget_write_source() to do that. */ +-#if 0 +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_option_menu_set_menu (GTK_OPTION_MENU (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +-#endif +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_option_menu_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_option_menu_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = optionmenu_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Option Menu"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_option_menu_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_option_menu_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_option_menu_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_option_menu_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_option_menu_add_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_option_menu_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_option_menu_write_add_child_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_option_menu_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbpreview.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkpreview.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/preview.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Type = "GtkPreview::type"; +-static gchar *Expand = "GtkPreview::expand"; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkPreview, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_preview_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *preview; +- preview = gtk_preview_new (GTK_PREVIEW_COLOR); +- return preview; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_preview_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (Type, _("Color:"), +- _("If the preview is color or grayscale")); +- property_add_bool (Expand, _("Expand:"), +- _("If the preview expands to fill its allocated area")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_preview_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Type, GTK_PREVIEW (widget)->type == GTK_PREVIEW_COLOR); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Expand, GTK_PREVIEW (widget)->expand); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_preview_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean type, expand; +- +- type = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Type); +- /* We shouldn't really set the preview type after initialisation, but it +- should be OK as we never use the preview */ +- if (data->apply) +- GTK_PREVIEW (widget)->type = type ? GTK_PREVIEW_COLOR +- : GTK_PREVIEW_GRAYSCALE; +- expand = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Expand); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_preview_set_expand (GTK_PREVIEW (widget), expand); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkPreview, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_preview_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_preview_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_preview_new (%s);\n", data->wname, +- GTK_PREVIEW (widget)->type == GTK_PREVIEW_COLOR +- ? "GTK_PREVIEW_COLOR" : "GTK_PREVIEW_GRAYSCALE"); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (GTK_PREVIEW (widget)->expand) +- source_add (data, " gtk_preview_set_expand (GTK_PREVIEW (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_preview_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_preview_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = preview_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Preview"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_preview_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_preview_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_preview_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_preview_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_preview_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_preview_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbprogressbar.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,433 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * Update 3/17/99 - Jay Johnston: +- * - added property adjustments +- * - style +- * - orientation +- * - activity mode +- * - show text +- * - added sample animation (most of that code was taken from the Gtk v1.2 +- * tutorial by Tony Gale <gale@gtk.org> and Ian Main <imain@gtk.org> ) +- * - added dynamic popup menus which change depending on whether the animation +- * is active or not +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <math.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkprogressbar.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/progressbar.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Orientation = "GtkProgressBar::orientation"; +-static gchar *Fraction = "GtkProgressBar::fraction"; +-static gchar *PulseStep = "GtkProgressBar::pulse_step"; +-static gchar *Text = "GtkProgressBar::text"; +-static gchar *Ellipsize = "GtkProgressBar::ellipsize"; +- +-#if 0 +-static gchar *ShowText = "ProgressBar|GtkProgress::show_text"; +-static gchar *ActivityMode = "ProgressBar|GtkProgress::activity_mode"; +-static gchar *XAlign = "GtkProgressBar::text_xalign"; +-static gchar *YAlign = "GtkProgressBar::text_yalign"; +- +-static gchar *Value = "ProgressBar|GtkProgress::value"; +-static gchar *MinValue = "ProgressBar|GtkProgress::lower"; +-static gchar *MaxValue = "ProgressBar|GtkProgress::upper"; +-static gchar *Style = "GtkProgressBar::bar_style"; +-#endif +- +- +-static const gchar *GbOrientationChoices[] = +-{"Left to Right", "Right to Left", "Bottom to Top", "Top to Bottom", NULL}; +- +-static const gint GbOrientationValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_PROGRESS_LEFT_TO_RIGHT, +- GTK_PROGRESS_RIGHT_TO_LEFT, +- GTK_PROGRESS_BOTTOM_TO_TOP, +- GTK_PROGRESS_TOP_TO_BOTTOM +-}; +-static const gchar *GbOrientationSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_PROGRESS_LEFT_TO_RIGHT", +- "GTK_PROGRESS_RIGHT_TO_LEFT", +- "GTK_PROGRESS_BOTTOM_TO_TOP", +- "GTK_PROGRESS_TOP_TO_BOTTOM" +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbEllipsizeChoices[] = +-{ +- "None", +- "Start", +- "Middle", +- "End", +- NULL +-}; +-static const gint GbEllipsizeValues[] = +-{ +- PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE, +- PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_START, +- PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE, +- PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_END +-}; +-static const gchar *GbEllipsizeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE", +- "PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_START", +- "PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE", +- "PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_END" +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkProgressBar, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_progress_bar_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_progress_bar_new (); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +- +-static void +-gb_progress_bar_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (Orientation, _("Orientation:"), +- _("The orientation of the progress bar's contents"), +- GbOrientationChoices); +- property_add_float_range (Fraction, _("Fraction:"), +- _("The fraction of work that has been completed"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_float_range (PulseStep, _("Pulse Step:"), +- _("The fraction of the progress bar length to move the bouncing block when pulsed"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_string (Text, _("Text:"), +- _("The text to display over the progress bar")); +- +- property_add_choice (Ellipsize, _("Ellipsize:"), +- _("How to ellipsize the string"), +- GbEllipsizeChoices); +- +-#if 0 +- /* ShowText is implicit now, if the Text property is set to anything. */ +- property_add_bool (ShowText, _("Show Text:"), +- _("If the text should be shown in the progress bar")); +- +- /* ActivityMode is deprecated and implicit now. The app just calls +- gtk_progress_bar_pulse() and it automatically goes into activity mode. */ +- property_add_bool (ActivityMode, _("Activity Mode:"), +- _("If the progress bar should act like the front of Kit's car")); +- +- /* The GtkProgress interface is deprecated now, and GtkProgressBar doesn't +- have functions to set these, so I suppose we shouldn't support them. */ +- property_add_float_range (XAlign, _("X Align:"), +- _("The horizontal alignment of the text"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +- property_add_float_range (YAlign, _("Y Align:"), +- _("The vertical alignment of the text"), +- 0, 1, 0.01, 0.1, 0.01, 2); +-#endif +-} +- +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +- +-static void +-gb_progress_bar_get_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- PangoEllipsizeMode ellipsize_mode; +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbOrientationValues) / sizeof (GbOrientationValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbOrientationValues[i] == GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget)->orientation) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Orientation, i, GbOrientationSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Fraction, gtk_progress_bar_get_fraction (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget))); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, PulseStep, gtk_progress_bar_get_pulse_step (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget))); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Text, gtk_progress_bar_get_text (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget))); +- +- ellipsize_mode = gtk_progress_bar_get_ellipsize (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget)); +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbEllipsizeValues) / sizeof (GbEllipsizeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbEllipsizeValues[i] == ellipsize_mode) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Ellipsize, i, GbEllipsizeSymbols[i]); +- } +- +-#if 0 +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowText, GTK_PROGRESS (widget)->show_text); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ActivityMode, GTK_PROGRESS (widget)->activity_mode); +- +- gb_widget_output_float (data, XAlign, GTK_PROGRESS (widget)->x_align); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, YAlign, GTK_PROGRESS (widget)->y_align); +-#endif +-} +- +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +- +-static void +-gb_progress_bar_set_properties(GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gfloat fraction, pulse_step; +-#if 0 +- gfloat activityMode, xalign, yalign; +- gboolean set_alignment = FALSE; +- gboolean showText; +-#endif +- gchar *orientation, *text, *ellipsize_mode; +- gint i; +- +- orientation = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Orientation); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; +- i < sizeof (GbOrientationValues) / sizeof (GbOrientationValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (orientation, GbOrientationChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (orientation, GbOrientationSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_progress_bar_set_orientation (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget), +- GbOrientationValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- fraction = gb_widget_input_float (data, Fraction); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_progress_bar_set_fraction (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget), fraction); +- +- pulse_step = gb_widget_input_float (data, PulseStep); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget), pulse_step); +- +- text = gb_widget_input_string (data, Text); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_progress_bar_set_text (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget), text); +- +- ellipsize_mode = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Ellipsize); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbEllipsizeValues) / sizeof (GbEllipsizeValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (ellipsize_mode, GbEllipsizeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (ellipsize_mode, GbEllipsizeSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget), +- GbEllipsizeValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +-#if 0 +- showText = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowText); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_progress_set_show_text (GTK_PROGRESS (widget), showText); +- +- activityMode = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ActivityMode); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_progress_set_activity_mode (GTK_PROGRESS (widget), activityMode); +- +- xalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, XAlign); +- if (data->apply) +- set_alignment = TRUE; +- else +- xalign = GTK_PROGRESS (widget)->x_align; +- +- yalign = gb_widget_input_float (data, YAlign); +- if (data->apply) +- set_alignment = TRUE; +- else +- yalign = GTK_PROGRESS (widget)->y_align; +- +- if (set_alignment) +- gtk_progress_set_text_alignment (GTK_PROGRESS (widget), xalign, yalign); +-#endif +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_progress_bar_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gfloat fraction, pulse_step; +- const char *text; +- PangoEllipsizeMode ellipsize_mode; +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_progress_bar_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget)->orientation != GTK_PROGRESS_LEFT_TO_RIGHT) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbOrientationValues) / sizeof (GbOrientationValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbOrientationValues[i] == GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget)->orientation) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_progress_bar_set_orientation (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbOrientationSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- fraction = gtk_progress_bar_get_fraction (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget)); +- if (fraction >= GLADE_EPSILON) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_progress_bar_set_fraction (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (%s), %g);\n", +- data->wname, fraction); +- +- pulse_step = gtk_progress_bar_get_pulse_step (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget)); +- if (fabs (pulse_step - 0.1) >= GLADE_EPSILON) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (%s), %g);\n", +- data->wname, pulse_step); +- +- text = gtk_progress_bar_get_text (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget)); +- if (text && *text) +- { +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Text, +- &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_progress_bar_set_text (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (text, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- +- ellipsize_mode = gtk_progress_bar_get_ellipsize (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (widget)); +- if (ellipsize_mode != PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE) +- { +- for (i = 0; +- i < sizeof (GbEllipsizeValues) / sizeof (GbEllipsizeValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbEllipsizeValues[i] == ellipsize_mode) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbEllipsizeSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +-#if 0 +- if (GTK_PROGRESS (widget)->show_text) +- { +- source_add( data, +- " gtk_progress_set_show_text (GTK_PROGRESS (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (GTK_PROGRESS (widget)->activity_mode) +- { +- source_add( data, +- " gtk_progress_set_activity_mode (GTK_PROGRESS (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (GTK_PROGRESS (widget)->x_align != 0.5 +- || GTK_PROGRESS (widget)->y_align != 0.5) +- { +- source_add( data, +- " gtk_progress_set_text_alignment (GTK_PROGRESS (%s), %g, %g);\n", +- data->wname, +- GTK_PROGRESS (widget)->x_align, +- GTK_PROGRESS (widget)->y_align); +- } +-#endif +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_progress_bar_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_progress_bar_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = progressbar_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Progress Bar"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_progress_bar_new; +- +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_progress_bar_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_progress_bar_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_progress_bar_set_properties; +- /*gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_progress_bar_create_popup_menu;*/ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_progress_bar_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbradiobutton.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,477 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkentry.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkradiobutton.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/radiobutton.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *StockButton = "RadioButton|GtkButton::stock_button"; +-static gchar *Label = "RadioButton|GtkButton::label"; +-static gchar *Icon = "RadioButton|GtkButton::icon"; +-static gchar *FocusOnClick = "RadioButton|GtkButton::focus_on_click"; +- +-/* This is only used for normal/stock buttons, not special toolbar buttons, +- as the toolbar has its own relief setting. */ +-static gchar *Relief = "RadioButton|GtkButton::relief"; +- +-static gchar *State = "RadioButton|GtkToggleButton::active"; +-static gchar *Inconsistent = "RadioButton|GtkToggleButton::inconsistent"; +-static gchar *Group = "GtkRadioButton::group"; +-static gchar *Indicator = "RadioButton|GtkToggleButton::draw_indicator"; +- +-typedef struct _GladeFindGroupsData GladeFindGroupsData; +-struct _GladeFindGroupsData { +- GList *groups_found; +- GList *group_names; +-}; +- +- +-typedef struct _GladeFindGroupWidgetData GladeFindGroupWidgetData; +-struct _GladeFindGroupWidgetData { +- gchar *name; +- GtkWidget *found_widget; +-}; +- +- +-static void get_radio_button_groups (GtkWidget * widget, +- GladeFindGroupsData *find_data); +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-static void +-find_parents_group (GtkWidget * widget, GSList ** group) +-{ +- /* If a group has already been found, return. */ +- if (*group) +- return; +- +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_BUTTON (widget)) +- *group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (widget)); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkRadioButton, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_radio_button_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- GSList *group_list = NULL; +- +- /* When creating a radiobutton we try to place it in the same group as other +- radio buttons with the same parent. */ +- if (data->parent && data->action == GB_CREATING) +- gb_widget_children_foreach (data->parent, (GtkCallback) find_parents_group, +- &group_list); +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- new_widget = gtk_radio_button_new_with_label (group_list, data->name); +- else +- { +- new_widget = gtk_radio_button_new (group_list); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder()); +- } +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_radio_button_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * +- data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *combo; +- +- property_add_stock_item (StockButton, _("Stock Button:"), +- _("The stock button to use"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- property_add_text (Label, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 2); +- property_add_icon (Icon, _("Icon:"), +- _("The icon to display"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- property_add_choice (Relief, _("Button Relief:"), +- _("The relief style of the button"), +- GladeReliefChoices); +- +- property_add_bool (State, _("Initially On:"), +- _("If the radio button is initially on")); +- property_add_bool (Inconsistent, _("Inconsistent:"), +- _("If the button is shown in an inconsistent state")); +- property_add_bool (Indicator, _("Indicator:"), +- _("If the indicator is always drawn")); +- property_add_combo (Group, _("Group:"), +- _("The radio button group (the default is all radio buttons with the same parent)"), +- NULL); +- combo = property_get_value_widget (Group); +- gtk_editable_set_editable (GTK_EDITABLE (GTK_COMBO (combo)->entry), FALSE); +- property_add_bool (FocusOnClick, _("Focus On Click:"), _("If the button grabs focus when it is clicked")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_radio_button_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *component; +- GladeFindGroupData find_data; +- +- component = glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- gb_button_get_standard_properties (widget, data, StockButton, Label, Icon, +- Relief, FocusOnClick); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, State, data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Inconsistent, +- GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->inconsistent); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Indicator, +- GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->draw_indicator); +- +- /* If we're showing we need to display the list of groups to choose from. +- We walk the tree of widgets in this component, and if a widget is +- a radio button, we see if it has a group and if it is already in the +- list and if not we add it. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- GladeFindGroupsData find_groups_data; +- +- find_groups_data.groups_found = NULL; +- find_groups_data.group_names = NULL; +- get_radio_button_groups (component, &find_groups_data); +- +- find_groups_data.group_names = g_list_prepend (find_groups_data.group_names, +- _("New Group")); +- property_set_combo_strings (Group, find_groups_data.group_names); +- +- g_list_free (find_groups_data.groups_found); +- g_list_free (find_groups_data.group_names); +- +- /*property_set_visible (Indicator, !is_toolbar_button);*/ +- } +- +- find_data.group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (widget)); +- find_data.found_widget = NULL; +- gb_button_find_radio_group (component, &find_data); +- +- if (find_data.found_widget) +- { +- /* If we are saving, we don't output the group if this widget is the +- first widget in the group. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING || find_data.found_widget != widget) +- { +- const char *name; +- name = gtk_widget_get_name (find_data.found_widget); +- gb_widget_output_combo (data, Group, name); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning ("Radiobutton has no group"); +- gb_widget_output_combo (data, Group, ""); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Note that this must walk the widget tree in exactly the same way that we +- save the widgets, so we know which widget in the group will be the first +- output. */ +-static void +-get_radio_button_groups (GtkWidget * widget, GladeFindGroupsData *find_data) +-{ +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_BUTTON (widget) && GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- { +- GSList *group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (widget)); +- +- /* See if we've already found a widget in this group. */ +- if (!g_list_find (find_data->groups_found, group)) +- { +- const char *name = gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_WIDGET (widget)); +- +- /* Remember that we've already seen this group. */ +- find_data->groups_found = g_list_prepend (find_data->groups_found, +- group); +- +- /* Add the widget's name to the list. */ +- find_data->group_names = g_list_insert_sorted (find_data->group_names, (char*)name, (GCompareFunc) g_utf8_collate); +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget)) +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, (GtkCallback) get_radio_button_groups, +- find_data); +-} +- +- +-/* This tries to ensure that one and only one radio button in the given +- group is selected. It's used because GtkRadioButton doesn't handle this +- when groups are changed. */ +-void +-gb_radio_button_update_radio_group (GSList * group) +-{ +- GtkRadioButton *button; +- GSList *slist; +- gboolean found_selected = FALSE; +- +- if (group == NULL) +- return; +- +- for (slist = group; slist; slist = slist->next) +- { +- button = GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (slist->data); +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button)->active) +- { +- if (found_selected) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button), FALSE); +- else +- found_selected = TRUE; +- } +- } +- /* If none are currently selected, select the first. */ +- if (!found_selected) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (group->data), TRUE); +-} +- +- +-/* This recursively steps though a complete component's hierarchy to find +- a radio button with a particular group name set. When found the radio +- button's group list is returned in find_group_data->group. */ +-static void +-find_group_widget (GtkWidget *widget, GladeFindGroupWidgetData *find_data) +-{ +- if (find_data->found_widget) +- return; +- +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_BUTTON (widget) && GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- { +- if (!strcmp (gtk_widget_get_name (widget), find_data->name)) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Found widget: %s\n", find_data->name); +-#endif +- find_data->found_widget = widget; +- return; +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget)) +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, (GtkCallback) find_group_widget, +- find_data); +-} +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_radio_button_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean state, indicator, inconsistent; +- gchar *group_name; +- +- gb_button_set_standard_properties (widget, data, StockButton, Label, Icon, +- Relief, FocusOnClick); +- +- state = gb_widget_input_bool (data, State); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget), state); +- if (state) +- data->widget_data->flags |= GLADE_ACTIVE; +- else +- data->widget_data->flags &= ~GLADE_ACTIVE; +- } +- +- inconsistent = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Inconsistent); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget), +- inconsistent); +- +- indicator = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Indicator); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_mode (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget), indicator); +- +- /* Find any widgets in given group and set this widgets group. +- If group is NULL try to find radiobuttons with same parent and use +- their group. If these don't succeed, set group to NULL. */ +- group_name = gb_widget_input_combo (data, Group); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- GSList *old_group, *new_group = NULL; +- +- old_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (widget)); +- +- if (group_name && (group_name[0] == '\0' +- || !strcmp (group_name, _("New Group")))) +- group_name = NULL; +- +- if (group_name) +- { +- GladeFindGroupWidgetData find_data; +- GtkWidget *component; +- +- component = glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- find_data.name = group_name; +- find_data.found_widget = NULL; +- find_group_widget (component, &find_data); +- +- if (find_data.found_widget) +- new_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (find_data.found_widget)); +- else if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- g_warning ("Invalid radio group: %s\n (Note that forward references are not allowed in Glade files)", group_name); +- } +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("New Group: %p Old Group: %p\n", new_group, old_group); +-#endif +- +- if (new_group != old_group) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("##### setting radio group: %s\n", +- group_name ? group_name : "NULL"); +-#endif +- gtk_radio_button_set_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (widget), new_group); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_radio_button_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GladeFindGroupData find_data; +- GtkWidget *group_widget; +- gchar buffer[256], *group_name; +- +- find_data.group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (widget)); +- find_data.found_widget = NULL; +- gb_button_find_radio_group (glade_util_get_toplevel (widget), &find_data); +- +- group_widget = find_data.found_widget; +- if (!group_widget) +- { +- g_warning ("Radiobutton has no group"); +- group_widget = widget; +- } +- +- gb_button_write_standard_source (widget, data, Label); +- +- /* Make sure the temporary group list variable is declared. */ +- group_name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (group_widget); +- group_name = source_create_valid_identifier (group_name); +- sprintf (buffer, " GSList *%s_group = NULL;\n", group_name); +- source_ensure_decl (data, buffer); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_radio_button_set_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (%s), %s_group);\n", +- data->wname, group_name); +- source_add (data, +- " %s_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (%s));\n", +- group_name, data->wname); +- g_free (group_name); +- +- if (data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->inconsistent) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (!GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->draw_indicator) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toggle_button_set_mode (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_radio_button_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_radio_button_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = radiobutton_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Radio Button"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_radio_button_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_radio_button_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_radio_button_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_radio_button_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_button_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_radio_button_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_button_destroy; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbradiomenuitem.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,399 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/radiomenuitem.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Label = "RadioMenuItem|GtkItem::label"; +-static gchar *State = "RadioMenuItem|GtkCheckMenuItem::active"; +-static gchar *Group = "GtkRadioMenuItem::group"; +- +- +-typedef struct _GladeFindGroupWidgetData GladeFindGroupWidgetData; +-struct _GladeFindGroupWidgetData { +- gchar *name; +- GtkWidget *found_widget; +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-static void +-find_parents_group (GtkWidget * widget, GSList ** group) +-{ +- /* If a group has already been found, return. */ +- if (*group) +- return; +- +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (widget)) +- { +- *group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (widget)); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkRadioMenuItem, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_radio_menu_item_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- GSList *group_list = NULL; +- +- /* When creating a radiomenuitem we try to place it in the same group as +- other radiomenuitems with the same parent. */ +- if (data->parent && data->action == GB_CREATING) +- gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (data->parent), +- (GtkCallback) find_parents_group, &group_list); +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- new_widget = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label (group_list, data->name); +- else +- new_widget = gtk_radio_menu_item_new (group_list); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_radio_menu_item_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData +- * data) +-{ +- property_add_text (Label, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 2); +- property_add_bool (State, _("Initially On:"), +- _("If the radio menu item is initially on")); +- property_add_combo (Group, _("Group:"), +- _("The radio menu item group (the default is all radio menu items with the same parent)"), +- NULL); +- /* The Group property is only used for loading and saving at present. */ +- property_set_visible (Group, FALSE); +-} +- +- +- +-void +-gb_radio_menu_item_find_radio_group (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeFindGroupData *find_data) +-{ +- if (find_data->found_widget) +- return; +- +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (widget) && GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- { +- if (gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (widget)) == find_data->group) +- { +- find_data->found_widget = widget; +- return; +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget)) +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, +- (GtkCallback) gb_radio_menu_item_find_radio_group, +- find_data); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_radio_menu_item_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_child_label (widget, data, Label); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, State, data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE); +- +- /* We only output the group when saving, for now. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- GladeFindGroupData find_data; +- GtkWidget *component; +- +- component = glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- find_data.group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (widget)); +- find_data.found_widget = NULL; +- gb_radio_menu_item_find_radio_group (component, &find_data); +- +- if (find_data.found_widget) +- { +- /* We don't output the group if this widget is the first widget in +- the group. */ +- if (find_data.found_widget != widget) +- { +- const char *name; +- name = gtk_widget_get_name (find_data.found_widget); +- gb_widget_output_combo (data, Group, name); +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This recursively steps though a complete component's hierarchy to find +- a radio button with a particular group name set. When found the radio +- button's group list is returned in find_group_data->group. */ +-static void +-find_group_widget (GtkWidget *widget, GladeFindGroupWidgetData *find_data) +-{ +- if (find_data->found_widget) +- return; +- +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (widget) && GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- { +- if (!strcmp (gtk_widget_get_name (widget), find_data->name)) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Found widget: %s\n", find_data->name); +-#endif +- find_data->found_widget = widget; +- return; +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget)) +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, (GtkCallback) find_group_widget, +- find_data); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_radio_menu_item_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean state; +- +- gb_widget_input_child_label (widget, data, Label); +- +- state = gb_widget_input_bool (data, State); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (widget), state); +- if (state) +- data->widget_data->flags |= GLADE_ACTIVE; +- else +- data->widget_data->flags &= ~GLADE_ACTIVE; +- } +- +- /* We only set the group when loading, for now. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- gchar *group_name; +- +- /* Find any widgets in given group and set this widgets group. +- If group is NULL try to find radiomenuitems with same parent and use +- their group. If these don't succeed, set group to NULL. */ +- group_name = gb_widget_input_combo (data, Group); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- GSList *old_group, *new_group = NULL; +- +- old_group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (widget)); +- +- if (group_name && group_name[0] == '\0') +- group_name = NULL; +- +- if (group_name) +- { +- GladeFindGroupWidgetData find_data; +- GtkWidget *component; +- +- component = glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- find_data.name = group_name; +- find_data.found_widget = NULL; +- find_group_widget (component, &find_data); +- +- if (find_data.found_widget) +- new_group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (find_data.found_widget)); +- else if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- g_warning ("Invalid radio group: %s\n (Note that forward references are not allowed in Glade files)", group_name); +- } +- +- if (new_group != old_group) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("##### setting radio group: %s\n", +- group_name ? group_name : "NULL"); +-#endif +- gtk_radio_menu_item_set_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (widget), +- new_group); +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkRadioMenuItem, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_radio_menu_item_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData +- * data) +-{ +- /* Add command to remove child label. */ +-#if 0 +- gb_widget_create_child_label_popup_menu (widget, data); +-#endif +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_radio_menu_item_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * +- data) +-{ +- GladeFindGroupData find_data; +- GtkWidget *group_widget; +- GtkWidget *child = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- gchar buffer[256], *group_name, *label_text; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (data->project->gnome_support) +- { +- glade_gnome_write_menu_item_source (GTK_MENU_ITEM (widget), data); +- return; +- } +-#endif +- +- find_data.group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (widget)); +- find_data.found_widget = NULL; +- gb_radio_menu_item_find_radio_group (glade_util_get_toplevel (widget), +- &find_data); +- +- group_widget = find_data.found_widget; +- if (!group_widget) +- { +- g_warning ("Radiobutton has no group"); +- group_widget = widget; +- } +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- /* Make sure the temporary group list variable is declared. */ +- group_name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (group_widget); +- group_name = source_create_valid_identifier (group_name); +- sprintf (buffer, " GSList *%s_group = NULL;\n", group_name); +- source_ensure_decl (data, buffer); +- +- if (child && GTK_IS_LABEL (child) && !GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (child)) +- { +- label_text = glade_util_get_label_text (child); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Label, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (%s_group, %s);\n", +- data->wname, group_name, +- source_make_string_full (label_text, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- g_free (label_text); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_radio_menu_item_new (%s_group);\n", +- data->wname, group_name); +- } +- source_add (data, +- " %s_group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (%s));\n", +- group_name, data->wname); +- g_free (group_name); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_radio_menu_item_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = radiomenuitem_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Radio Menu Item"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_radio_menu_item_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_radio_menu_item_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_radio_menu_item_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_radio_menu_item_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_radio_menu_item_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_radio_menu_item_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbradiotoolbutton.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,545 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/radiotoolbutton.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *StockButton = "GtkRadioToolButton|GtkToolButton::stock_id"; +-static gchar *Label = "GtkRadioToolButton|GtkToolButton::label"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GtkRadioToolButton|GtkToolButton::icon"; +-static gchar *VisibleHorz = "GtkRadioToolButton|GtkToolItem::visible_horizontal"; +-static gchar *VisibleVert = "GtkRadioToolButton|GtkToolItem::visible_vertical"; +-static gchar *IsImportant = "GtkRadioToolButton|GtkToolItem::is_important"; +- +-static gchar *Group = "GtkRadioToolButton::group"; +-static gchar *Active = "GtkRadioToolButton|GtkToggleToolButton::active"; +- +- +-typedef struct _GladeFindGroupsData GladeFindGroupsData; +-struct _GladeFindGroupsData { +- GList *groups_found; +- GList *group_names; +-}; +- +- +-typedef struct _GladeFindGroupWidgetData GladeFindGroupWidgetData; +-struct _GladeFindGroupWidgetData { +- gchar *name; +- GtkWidget *found_widget; +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-static void +-find_parents_group (GtkWidget * widget, GSList ** group) +-{ +- /* If a group has already been found, return. */ +- if (*group) +- return; +- +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (widget)) +- *group = gtk_radio_tool_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (widget)); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkRadioToolButton, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_radio_tool_button_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *image; +- GbWidget *pixmap_gbwidget; +- GSList *group_list = NULL; +- +- /* When creating a radiotoolbutton we try to place it in the same group +- as other radiotoolbuttons in the same toolbar. */ +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- { +- GtkWidget *parent = data->parent; +- while (parent && !GTK_IS_TOOLBAR (parent)) +- parent = parent->parent; +- if (parent) +- gb_widget_children_foreach (parent, +- (GtkCallback) find_parents_group, +- &group_list); +- } +- +- /* Place the pixmap icon in the button initially (even when loading). */ +- pixmap_gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup_class ("GtkImage"); +- if (pixmap_gbwidget) +- { +- image = gtk_image_new_from_pixmap (pixmap_gbwidget->gdkpixmap, +- pixmap_gbwidget->mask); +- } +- else +- { +- image = gtk_image_new (); +- g_warning ("Couldn't find GtkPixmap data"); +- } +- gtk_widget_show (image); +- +- new_widget = (GtkWidget*) gtk_radio_tool_button_new (group_list); +- +- gtk_tool_button_set_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (new_widget), ""); +- gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (new_widget), image); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_radio_tool_button_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *combo; +- +- property_add_stock_item (StockButton, _("Stock Button:"), +- _("The stock button to use"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR); +- property_add_text (Label, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 2); +- property_add_icon (Icon, _("Icon:"), +- _("The icon to display"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR); +- +- property_add_combo (Group, _("Group:"), +- _("The radio tool button group (the default is all radio tool buttons in the toolbar)"), +- NULL); +- combo = property_get_value_widget (Group); +- gtk_editable_set_editable (GTK_EDITABLE (GTK_COMBO (combo)->entry), FALSE); +- +- property_add_bool (Active, _("Initially On:"), +- _("If the radio button is initially on")); +- +- property_add_bool (VisibleHorz, _("Show Horizontal:"), +- _("If the item is visible when the toolbar is horizontal")); +- property_add_bool (VisibleVert, _("Show Vertical:"), +- _("If the item is visible when the toolbar is vertical")); +- property_add_bool (IsImportant, _("Is Important:"), +- _("If the item's text should be shown when the toolbar's mode is GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ")); +-} +- +- +-/* Note that this must walk the widget tree in exactly the same way that we +- save the widgets, so we know which widget in the group will be the first +- output. */ +-static void +-get_radio_button_groups (GtkWidget * widget, GladeFindGroupsData *find_data) +-{ +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (widget) && GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- { +- GSList *group = gtk_radio_tool_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (widget)); +- +- /* See if we've already found a widget in this group. */ +- if (!g_list_find (find_data->groups_found, group)) +- { +- const char *name = gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_WIDGET (widget)); +- +- /* Remember that we've already seen this group. */ +- find_data->groups_found = g_list_prepend (find_data->groups_found, +- group); +- +- /* Add the widget's name to the list. */ +- find_data->group_names = g_list_insert_sorted (find_data->group_names, (char*)name, (GCompareFunc) g_utf8_collate); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-find_radio_group (GtkWidget *widget, GladeFindGroupData *find_data) +-{ +- if (find_data->found_widget) +- return; +- +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (widget) && GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- { +- if (gtk_radio_tool_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (widget)) == find_data->group) +- { +- find_data->found_widget = widget; +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_radio_tool_button_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GladeFindGroupData find_data; +- +- gb_tool_button_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- StockButton, Label, Icon, +- VisibleHorz, VisibleVert, +- IsImportant); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Active, +- data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE); +- +- /* If we're showing we need to display the list of groups to choose from. +- We walk the tree of widgets in this component, and if a widget is +- a radio button, we see if it has a group and if it is already in the +- list and if not we add it. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- GladeFindGroupsData find_groups_data; +- +- find_groups_data.groups_found = NULL; +- find_groups_data.group_names = NULL; +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget->parent, +- (GtkCallback) get_radio_button_groups, +- &find_groups_data); +- +- find_groups_data.group_names = g_list_prepend (find_groups_data.group_names, +- _("New Group")); +- property_set_combo_strings (Group, find_groups_data.group_names); +- +- g_list_free (find_groups_data.groups_found); +- g_list_free (find_groups_data.group_names); +- } +- +- find_data.group = gtk_radio_tool_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (widget)); +- find_data.found_widget = NULL; +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget->parent, +- (GtkCallback) find_radio_group, +- &find_data); +- +- if (find_data.found_widget) +- { +- /* If we are saving, we don't output the group if this widget is the +- first widget in the group. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING || find_data.found_widget != widget) +- { +- const char *name; +- name = gtk_widget_get_name (find_data.found_widget); +- gb_widget_output_combo (data, Group, name); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning ("Radiotoolbutton has no group"); +- gb_widget_output_combo (data, Group, ""); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-static void +-find_group_widget (GtkWidget *widget, GladeFindGroupWidgetData *find_data) +-{ +- if (find_data->found_widget) +- return; +- +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (widget) && GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- { +- if (!strcmp (gtk_widget_get_name (widget), find_data->name)) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Found widget: %s\n", find_data->name); +-#endif +- find_data->found_widget = widget; +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_radio_tool_button_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean active; +- gchar *group_name; +- +- gb_tool_button_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- StockButton, Label, Icon, +- VisibleHorz, VisibleVert, +- IsImportant); +- +- active = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Active); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_toggle_tool_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_TOOL_BUTTON (widget), +- active); +- if (active) +- data->widget_data->flags |= GLADE_ACTIVE; +- else +- data->widget_data->flags &= ~GLADE_ACTIVE; +- } +- +- /* Find any widgets in given group and set this widgets group. +- If group is NULL try to find radiobuttons with same parent and use +- their group. If these don't succeed, set group to NULL. */ +- group_name = gb_widget_input_combo (data, Group); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- GSList *old_group, *new_group = NULL; +- +- old_group = gtk_radio_tool_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (widget)); +- +- if (group_name && (group_name[0] == '\0' +- || !strcmp (group_name, _("New Group")))) +- group_name = NULL; +- +- if (group_name) +- { +- GladeFindGroupWidgetData find_data; +- +- find_data.name = group_name; +- find_data.found_widget = NULL; +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget->parent, +- (GtkCallback) find_group_widget, +- &find_data); +- +- if (find_data.found_widget) +- new_group = gtk_radio_tool_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (find_data.found_widget)); +- else if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- g_warning ("Invalid radio group: %s\n (Note that forward references are not allowed in Glade files)", group_name); +- } +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("New Group: %p Old Group: %p\n", new_group, old_group); +-#endif +- +- if (new_group != old_group) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("##### setting radio group: %s\n", +- group_name ? group_name : "NULL"); +-#endif +- gtk_radio_tool_button_set_group (GTK_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (widget), +- new_group); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkRadioToolButton, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_radio_tool_button_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_radio_tool_button_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GladeFindGroupData find_data; +- GtkWidget *group_widget; +- gchar *stock_id, *label, *icon_name; +- gchar buffer[256], *group_name; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonStockIDKey); +- icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonIconKey); +- label = (gchar*) gtk_tool_button_get_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (widget)); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Label, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- +- find_data.group = gtk_radio_tool_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (widget)); +- find_data.found_widget = NULL; +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget->parent, +- (GtkCallback) find_radio_group, +- &find_data); +- +- group_widget = find_data.found_widget; +- if (!group_widget) +- { +- g_warning ("Radiotoolbutton has no group"); +- group_widget = widget; +- } +- group_name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (group_widget); +- group_name = source_create_valid_identifier (group_name); +- sprintf (buffer, " GSList *%s_group = NULL;\n", group_name); +- source_ensure_decl (data, buffer); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- if (stock_id) +- { +- /* Stock Button */ +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_radio_tool_button_new_from_stock (NULL, %s);\n", +- data->wname, source_make_string (stock_id, FALSE)); +- } +- else if (icon_name) +- { +- /* Icon and Label */ +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_radio_tool_button_new (NULL);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_button_set_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- label ? source_make_string_full (label, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : "NULL"); +- +- source_ensure_decl (data, " GtkWidget *tmp_image;\n"); +- +- if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon_name)) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " tmp_image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (\"%s\", tmp_toolbar_icon_size);\n", +- icon_name); +- } +- else +- { +- source_create_pixmap (data, "tmp_image", icon_name); +- } +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_widget_show (tmp_image);\n"); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (%s), tmp_image);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- else +- { +- /* Just a Label */ +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_radio_tool_button_new (NULL);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_button_set_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- label ? source_make_string_full (label, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : "NULL"); +- } +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_radio_tool_button_set_group (GTK_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (%s), %s_group);\n", +- data->wname, group_name); +- source_add (data, +- " %s_group = gtk_radio_tool_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON (%s));\n", +- group_name, data->wname); +- +- if (data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toggle_tool_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_TOOL_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleHorz) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_visible_horizontal (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleVert) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_tool_item_get_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- g_free (group_name); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_radio_tool_button_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_radio_tool_button_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = radiotoolbutton_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Toolbar Radio Button"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_radio_tool_button_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_radio_tool_button_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_radio_tool_button_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_radio_tool_button_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_radio_tool_button_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_tool_button_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_radio_tool_button_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbscrolledwindow.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,366 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/scrolledwindow.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *HPolicy = "GtkScrolledWindow::hscrollbar_policy"; +-static gchar *VPolicy = "GtkScrolledWindow::vscrollbar_policy"; +- +-static gchar *WindowPlacement = "GtkScrolledWindow::window_placement"; +-static gchar *ShadowType = "GtkScrolledWindow::shadow_type"; +- +-/* I don't think there's any point in adding these. */ +-/* +- static gchar *HValues[] = { +- "GtkScrolledWindow::hvalue", +- "GtkScrolledWindow::hlower", +- "GtkScrolledWindow::hupper", +- "GtkScrolledWindow::hstep", +- "GtkScrolledWindow::hpage", +- "GtkScrolledWindow::hpage_size", +- }; +- +- static gchar *VValues[] = { +- "GtkScrolledWindow::vvalue", +- "GtkScrolledWindow::vlower", +- "GtkScrolledWindow::vupper", +- "GtkScrolledWindow::vstep", +- "GtkScrolledWindow::vpage", +- "GtkScrolledWindow::vpage_size", +- }; +- */ +- +- +-static const gchar *GbPolicyChoices[] = +-{ +- "Always", +- "Automatic", +- "Never", +- NULL +-}; +-static const gint GbPolicyValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_POLICY_ALWAYS, +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, +- GTK_POLICY_NEVER +-}; +-static const gchar *GbPolicySymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_POLICY_ALWAYS", +- "GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC", +- "GTK_POLICY_NEVER" +-}; +- +-/* These aren't really useful so we'll remove them. They should be in the +- scrollbar internal children anyway. */ +-/* +-static const gchar *GbUpdatePolicyChoices[] = +-{"Continuous", "Discontinuous", +- "Delayed", NULL}; +-static const gint GbUpdatePolicyValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS, +- GTK_UPDATE_DISCONTINUOUS, +- GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED +-}; +-static const gchar *GbUpdatePolicySymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS", +- "GTK_UPDATE_DISCONTINUOUS", +- "GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED" +-}; +-*/ +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkScrolledWindow, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_scrolled_window_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder ()); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_scrolled_window_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData +- * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (HPolicy, _("H Policy:"), +- _("When the horizontal scrollbar will be shown"), +- GbPolicyChoices); +- property_add_choice (VPolicy, _("V Policy:"), +- _("When the vertical scrollbar will be shown"), +- GbPolicyChoices); +- property_add_choice (WindowPlacement, _("Window Pos:"), +- _("Where the child window is located with respect to the scrollbars"), +- GladeCornerChoices); +- property_add_choice (ShadowType, _("Shadow Type:"), +- _("The update policy of the vertical scrollbar"), +- GladeShadowChoices); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_scrolled_window_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbPolicyValues[i] == GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->hscrollbar_policy) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, HPolicy, i, GbPolicySymbols[i]); +- } +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbPolicyValues[i] == GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->vscrollbar_policy) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, VPolicy, i, GbPolicySymbols[i]); +- } +- +- for (i = 0; i < GladeShadowChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (GladeShadowValues[i] == GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->shadow_type) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, ShadowType, i, GladeShadowSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- for (i = 0; i < GladeCornerChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (GladeCornerValues[i] == GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->window_placement) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, WindowPlacement, i, +- GladeCornerSymbols[i]); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_scrolled_window_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- gchar *hpolicy, *vpolicy; +- gboolean set_policy = FALSE; +- GtkPolicyType hpolicy_value = GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC; +- GtkPolicyType vpolicy_value = GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC; +- gchar *shadow, *placement; +- +- hpolicy = gb_widget_input_choice (data, HPolicy); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- set_policy = TRUE; +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (hpolicy, GbPolicyChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (hpolicy, GbPolicySymbols[i])) +- hpolicy_value = GbPolicyValues[i]; +- } +- } +- else +- hpolicy_value = GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->hscrollbar_policy; +- +- vpolicy = gb_widget_input_choice (data, VPolicy); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- set_policy = TRUE; +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (vpolicy, GbPolicyChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (vpolicy, GbPolicySymbols[i])) +- vpolicy_value = GbPolicyValues[i]; +- } +- } +- else +- vpolicy_value = GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->vscrollbar_policy; +- +- if (set_policy) +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget), +- hpolicy_value, vpolicy_value); +- +- shadow = gb_widget_input_choice (data, ShadowType); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < GladeShadowChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (shadow, GladeShadowChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (shadow, GladeShadowSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget), GladeShadowValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- placement = gb_widget_input_choice (data, WindowPlacement); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < GladeCornerChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (placement, GladeCornerChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (placement, GladeCornerSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget), +- GladeCornerValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkScrolledWindow, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_scrolled_window_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_scrolled_window_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * +- data) +-{ +- const gchar *hpolicy = GbPolicySymbols[0], *vpolicy = GbPolicySymbols[0]; +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->hscrollbar_policy != GTK_POLICY_ALWAYS +- || GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->vscrollbar_policy != GTK_POLICY_ALWAYS) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) +- / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbPolicyValues[i] == GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->hscrollbar_policy) +- hpolicy = GbPolicySymbols[i]; +- if (GbPolicyValues[i] == GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->vscrollbar_policy) +- vpolicy = GbPolicySymbols[i]; +- } +- source_add (data, " gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (%s), %s, %s);\n", +- data->wname, hpolicy, vpolicy); +- } +- +- if (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->shadow_type != GTK_SHADOW_NONE) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < GladeShadowChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (GladeShadowValues[i] == GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->shadow_type) +- source_add (data, " gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GladeShadowSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->window_placement != GTK_CORNER_TOP_LEFT) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < GladeCornerChoicesSize; i++) +- { +- if (GladeCornerValues[i] == GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (widget)->window_placement) +- source_add (data, " gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GladeCornerSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_scrolled_window_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_scrolled_window_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = scrolledwindow_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Scrolled Window"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_scrolled_window_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_scrolled_window_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_scrolled_window_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_scrolled_window_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_scrolled_window_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_scrolled_window_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbseparatormenuitem.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkseparatormenuitem.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/menuitem.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkSeparatorMenuItem, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget* +-gb_separator_menu_item_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_separator_menu_item_create_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_separator_menu_item_get_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_separator_menu_item_set_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkSeparatorMenuItem, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_separator_menu_item_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_separator_menu_item_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (data->project->gnome_support) +- { +- glade_gnome_write_menu_item_source (GTK_MENU_ITEM (widget), data); +- return; +- } +-#endif +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_separator_menu_item_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_separator_menu_item_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_separator_menu_item_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = menuitem_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Separator for Menus"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_separator_menu_item_new; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_separator_menu_item_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_separator_menu_item_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_separator_menu_item_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_separator_menu_item_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_separator_menu_item_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbseparatortoolitem.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/separatortoolitem.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Draw = "GtkSeparatorToolItem::draw"; +-static gchar *VisibleHorz = "GtkSeparatorToolItem|GtkToolItem::visible_horizontal"; +-static gchar *VisibleVert = "GtkSeparatorToolItem|GtkToolItem::visible_vertical"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkSeparatorToolItem, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-/* +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_separator_tool_item_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_separator_tool_item_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (Draw, _("Draw:"), +- _("If the separator is drawn, or just blank")); +- property_add_bool (VisibleHorz, _("Show Horizontal:"), +- _("If the item is visible when the toolbar is horizontal")); +- property_add_bool (VisibleVert, _("Show Vertical:"), +- _("If the item is visible when the toolbar is vertical")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_separator_tool_item_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Draw, +- gtk_separator_tool_item_get_draw (GTK_SEPARATOR_TOOL_ITEM (widget))); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, VisibleHorz, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleHorz) +- != NULL ? FALSE : TRUE); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, VisibleVert, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleVert) +- != NULL ? FALSE : TRUE); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_separator_tool_item_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean draw, visible_horz, visible_vert; +- +- draw = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Draw); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw (GTK_SEPARATOR_TOOL_ITEM (widget), +- draw); +- } +- +- visible_horz = gb_widget_input_bool (data, VisibleHorz); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleHorz, +- visible_horz ? NULL : "FALSE"); +- } +- +- visible_vert = gb_widget_input_bool (data, VisibleVert); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleVert, +- visible_vert ? NULL : "FALSE"); +- } +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkSeparatorToolItem, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_separator_tool_item_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_separator_tool_item_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_separator_tool_item_new ();\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (!gtk_separator_tool_item_get_draw (GTK_SEPARATOR_TOOL_ITEM (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw (GTK_SEPARATOR_TOOL_ITEM (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleHorz) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_visible_horizontal (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleVert) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_separator_tool_item_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_separator_tool_item_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = separatortoolitem_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Toolbar Separator Item"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_separator_tool_item_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_separator_tool_item_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_separator_tool_item_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_separator_tool_item_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_separator_tool_item_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_separator_tool_item_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbspinbutton.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,297 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/spinbutton.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *ClimbRate = "GtkSpinButton::climb_rate"; +-static gchar *Digits = "GtkSpinButton::digits"; +-static gchar *Numeric = "GtkSpinButton::numeric"; +-static gchar *Policy = "GtkSpinButton::update_policy"; +-static gchar *Snap = "GtkSpinButton::snap_to_ticks"; +-static gchar *Wrap = "GtkSpinButton::wrap"; +- +- +-static const gchar *Values[] = +-{ +- "GtkSpinButton::value", +- "GtkSpinButton::lower", +- "GtkSpinButton::upper", +- "GtkSpinButton::step", +- "GtkSpinButton::page", +- "GtkSpinButton::page_size", +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbPolicyChoices[] = +-{"Always", "If Valid", NULL}; +-static const gint GbPolicyValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_UPDATE_ALWAYS, +- GTK_UPDATE_IF_VALID +-}; +-static const gchar *GbPolicySymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_UPDATE_ALWAYS", +- "GTK_UPDATE_IF_VALID" +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkSpinButton, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_spin_button_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkObject *adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (1, 0, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- return gtk_spin_button_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 1, 0); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_spin_button_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * +- data) +-{ +- property_add_float (ClimbRate, _("Climb Rate:"), +- _("The climb rate of the spinbutton, used in conjunction with the Page Increment")); +- property_add_int_range (Digits, _("Digits:"), +- _("The number of decimal digits to show"), +- 0, 5, 1, 1, 0); +- property_add_bool (Numeric, _("Numeric:"), +- _("If only numeric entry is allowed")); +- property_add_choice (Policy, _("Update Policy:"), +- _("When value_changed signals are emitted"), +- GbPolicyChoices); +- property_add_bool (Snap, _("Snap:"), +- _("If the value is snapped to multiples of the step increment")); +- property_add_bool (Wrap, _("Wrap:"), +- _("If the value is wrapped at the limits")); +- property_add_adjustment (Values, GB_ADJUST_DEFAULT_LABELS); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_spin_button_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i, update_policy; +- gb_widget_output_float (data, ClimbRate, GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->climb_rate); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Digits, GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->digits); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Numeric, GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->numeric); +- +- /* This is a slight kludge since the spin_button's update policy is +- a set of flags rather than integer values */ +- update_policy = GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->update_policy +- & (GTK_UPDATE_ALWAYS | GTK_UPDATE_IF_VALID); +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbPolicyValues[i] == update_policy) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Policy, i, GbPolicySymbols[i]); +- } +- /* In GTK 1.1 snap_to_ticks is given its own variable. */ +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Snap, GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->snap_to_ticks); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Wrap, GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->wrap); +- gb_widget_output_adjustment (data, Values, +- GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->adjustment, +- "adjustment"); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_spin_button_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gfloat climb_rate; +- gint digits, policy_value = GTK_UPDATE_ALWAYS, i; +- gchar *policy; +- gboolean numeric, snap, wrap; +- GtkAdjustment *adj; +- +- climb_rate = gb_widget_input_float (data, ClimbRate); +- /* No set function for this */ +- if (data->apply) +- GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->climb_rate = climb_rate; +- +- digits = gb_widget_input_int (data, Digits); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_spin_button_set_digits (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget), digits); +- +- numeric = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Numeric); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_spin_button_set_numeric (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget), numeric); +- +- snap = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Snap); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticks (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget), snap); +- +- policy = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Policy); +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (policy, GbPolicyChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (policy, GbPolicySymbols[i])) +- { +- policy_value = GbPolicyValues[i]; +- break; +- } +- } +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget), policy_value); +- +- wrap = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Wrap); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_spin_button_set_wrap (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget), wrap); +- +- adj = GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->adjustment; +- if (gb_widget_input_adjustment (data, Values, adj, "adjustment")) +- { +- gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (adj), "value_changed"); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkSpinButton, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_spin_button_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_spin_button_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint update_policy; +- GtkAdjustment *adj = GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->adjustment; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add_decl (data, " GObject *%s_adj;\n", data->real_wname); +- source_add (data, +- " %s_adj = G_OBJECT(gtk_adjustment_new (%.12g, %.12g, %.12g, %.12g, %.12g, %.12g));\n", +- data->real_wname, adj->value, adj->lower, adj->upper, +- adj->step_increment, adj->page_increment, adj->page_size); +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_spin_button_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (%s_adj), %.12g, %d);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname, +- GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->climb_rate, +- GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->digits); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->numeric) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_spin_button_set_numeric (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- update_policy = GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->update_policy; +- if (update_policy != GTK_UPDATE_ALWAYS) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (%s), GTK_UPDATE_IF_VALID);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->snap_to_ticks) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticks (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- if (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)->wrap) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_spin_button_set_wrap (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_spin_button_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_spin_button_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = spinbutton_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Spin Button"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_spin_button_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_spin_button_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_spin_button_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_spin_button_set_properties; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_spin_button_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_spin_button_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbstatusbar.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkstatusbar.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/statusbar.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *ResizeGrip = "GtkStatusbar::has_resize_grip"; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkStatusbar, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-/* +- GtkWidget* +- gb_statusbar_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_statusbar_create_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData *data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (ResizeGrip, _("Resize Grip:"), _("If the status bar has a resize grip to resize the window")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_statusbar_get_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ResizeGrip, +- GTK_STATUSBAR (widget)->has_resize_grip); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_statusbar_set_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gboolean resize_grip; +- +- resize_grip = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ResizeGrip); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_statusbar_set_has_resize_grip (GTK_STATUSBAR (widget), resize_grip); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkStatusbar, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_statusbar_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_statusbar_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_statusbar_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (!GTK_STATUSBAR (widget)->has_resize_grip) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_statusbar_set_has_resize_grip (GTK_STATUSBAR (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_statusbar_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_statusbar_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = statusbar_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Status Bar"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_statusbar_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_statusbar_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_statusbar_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_statusbar_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_statusbar_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_statusbar_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbtable.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,1223 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkhbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktable.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/table.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static const gchar *Rows = "GtkTable::n_rows"; +-static const gchar *Columns = "GtkTable::n_columns"; +-static const gchar *Homogeneous = "GtkTable::homogeneous"; +-static const gchar *RowSpacing = "GtkTable::row_spacing"; +-static const gchar *ColSpacing = "GtkTable::column_spacing"; +- +-/* For children of a table */ +-static const gchar *GbCellX = "GtkTableChild::cell_x"; +-static const gchar *GbCellY = "GtkTableChild::cell_y"; +-static const gchar *GbColSpan = "GtkTableChild::col_span"; +-static const gchar *GbRowSpan = "GtkTableChild::row_span"; +-static const gchar *GbXPad = "GtkTableChild::x_padding"; +-static const gchar *GbYPad = "GtkTableChild::y_padding"; +-static const gchar *GbXExpand = "GtkTableChild::xexpand"; +-static const gchar *GbYExpand = "GtkTableChild::yexpand"; +-static const gchar *GbXShrink = "GtkTableChild::xshrink"; +-static const gchar *GbYShrink = "GtkTableChild::yshrink"; +-static const gchar *GbXFill = "GtkTableChild::xfill"; +-static const gchar *GbYFill = "GtkTableChild::yfill"; +- +-/* The Expand, Shrink and Fill get merged into one property when saved. */ +-static const gchar *GbXOptions = "GtkTableChild::x_options"; +-static const gchar *GbYOptions = "GtkTableChild::y_options"; +- +-/* These are used to return what is in a table cell */ +-#define GB_CELL_EMPTY 1 +-#define GB_CELL_WIDGET 2 +-#define GB_CELL_PLACEHOLDER 3 +- +-static void show_table_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_table_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_table_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +- +-static void update_table_size (GtkWidget * table, gint rows, gint cols); +- +-static void gb_table_insert_row_before (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget); +-static void gb_table_insert_row_after (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget); +-static void gb_table_insert_column_before (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget); +-static void gb_table_insert_column_after (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * widget); +-static void gb_table_insert_row_or_col (GtkWidget * table, gint row, gint col); +-static void gb_table_delete_row (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * widget); +-static void gb_table_delete_column (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * widget); +- +-static gint gb_table_is_cell_occupied (GtkWidget * table, gint row, gint col); +-static void gb_table_remove_placeholders (GtkWidget * table, +- gint row, gint col); +-static void gb_table_split_placeholder (GtkWidget * table, +- GtkWidget * placeholder, +- gint left, gint right, +- gint top, gint bottom, +- gint skip_row, gint skip_col); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkTable, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_table_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- gint rows, cols; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- rows = load_int (data->loading_data, Rows); +- cols = load_int (data->loading_data, Columns); +- new_widget = gtk_table_new (rows, cols, FALSE); +- return new_widget; +- } +- else +- { +- show_table_dialog (data); +- return NULL; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_table_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *table, *label, *spinbutton; +- GtkObject *adjustment; +- +- dialog = glade_util_create_dialog (_("New table"), data->parent, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_table_dialog_ok), +- data, &vbox); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_table_dialog_destroy), data); +- +- /* Rows label & entry */ +- table = gtk_table_new (2, 2, FALSE); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), table, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (table), 4); +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Number of rows:")); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.5); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), label, 0, 1, 0, 1, GTK_FILL, GTK_FILL, +- 0, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (3, 1, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "rows", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 1, 0); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), spinbutton, 1, 2, 0, 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 4, 4); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (spinbutton, 50, -1); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (spinbutton); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- +- /* Columns label & entry */ +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Number of columns:")); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.5); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), label, 0, 1, 1, 2, GTK_FILL, GTK_FILL, +- 0, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (3, 1, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "cols", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 1, 0); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), spinbutton, 1, 2, 1, 2, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 4, 4); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (spinbutton, 50, -1); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +- gtk_grab_add (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_table_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *spinbutton, *window; +- gint rows, cols, row, col; +- +- window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- /* Only call callback if placeholder/fixed widget is still there */ +- if (gb_widget_can_finish_new (data)) +- { +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "rows"); +- g_return_if_fail (spinbutton != NULL); +- rows = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (spinbutton)); +- +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "cols"); +- g_return_if_fail (spinbutton != NULL); +- cols = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (spinbutton)); +- +- new_widget = gtk_table_new (rows, cols, FALSE); +- for (row = 0; row < rows; row++) +- { +- for (col = 0; col < cols; col++) +- { +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (new_widget), +- editor_new_placeholder (), +- col, col + 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, +- 0, 0); +- } +- } +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- (*data->callback) (new_widget, data); +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_table_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- gtk_grab_remove (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_table_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_int_range (Rows, _("Rows:"), +- _("The number of rows in the table"), +- 1, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (Columns, _("Columns:"), +- _("The number of columns in the table"), +- 1, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_bool (Homogeneous, _("Homogeneous:"), +- _("If the children should all be the same size")); +- property_add_int_range (RowSpacing, _("Row Spacing:"), +- _("The space between each row"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (ColSpacing, _("Col Spacing:"), +- _("The space between each column"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_table_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Rows, GTK_TABLE (widget)->nrows); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Columns, GTK_TABLE (widget)->ncols); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Homogeneous, GTK_TABLE (widget)->homogeneous); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, RowSpacing, GTK_TABLE (widget)->row_spacing); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, ColSpacing, GTK_TABLE (widget)->column_spacing); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_table_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean homogeneous, update_size = FALSE; +- gint rows, cols, row_spacing, column_spacing; +- +- rows = gb_widget_input_int (data, Rows); +- if (data->apply) +- update_size = TRUE; +- else +- rows = GTK_TABLE (widget)->nrows; +- +- cols = gb_widget_input_int (data, Columns); +- if (data->apply) +- update_size = TRUE; +- else +- cols = GTK_TABLE (widget)->ncols; +- +- if (update_size) +- update_table_size (widget, rows, cols); +- +- homogeneous = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Homogeneous); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_table_set_homogeneous (GTK_TABLE (widget), homogeneous); +- +- row_spacing = gb_widget_input_int (data, RowSpacing); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (widget), row_spacing); +- +- column_spacing = gb_widget_input_int (data, ColSpacing); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GTK_TABLE (widget), column_spacing); +-} +- +- +-/* This changes the size of the table to the given dimensions. Placeholders +- are added in empty cells, and widgets are destroyed if they fall outside +- the new dimensions. +- NOTE: this changes the table data structures, which we would prefer not to +- do, but there is no alternative. */ +-static void +-update_table_size (GtkWidget * table, gint rows, gint cols) +-{ +- GList *children; +- GtkTableChild *child; +- +- g_return_if_fail (rows > 0); +- g_return_if_fail (cols > 0); +- +- if (GTK_TABLE (table)->nrows == rows && GTK_TABLE (table)->ncols == cols) +- return; +- +- children = GTK_TABLE (table)->children; +- while (children) +- { +- child = children->data; +- children = children->next; +- +- /* Remove the widget if it doesn't fit into the new dimensions, +- or crop it if it extends past the edges. */ +- if (child->left_attach >= cols || child->top_attach >= rows) +- { +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (table), child->widget); +- } +- else +- { +- if (child->right_attach > cols) +- child->right_attach = cols; +- if (child->bottom_attach > rows) +- child->bottom_attach = rows; +- } +- } +- +- /* This is in ../gbwidget.c. It will expand the dimensions if necessary. */ +- gb_table_update_placeholders (table, rows, cols); +- +- /* This bit is especially naughty. It makes sure the table shrinks, +- so we don't get extra spacings on the end. */ +- GTK_TABLE (table)->nrows = rows; +- GTK_TABLE (table)->ncols = cols; +- +- /* We clear the selection since it isn't displayed properly. */ +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the child packing properties for children of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_table_create_child_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateChildArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_int_range (GbCellX, _("Cell X:"), +- _("The left edge of the widget in the table"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (GbCellY, _("Cell Y:"), +- _("The top edge of the widget in the table"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- +- property_add_int_range (GbColSpan, _("Col Span:"), +- _("The number of columns spanned by the widget in the table"), +- 1, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (GbRowSpan, _("Row Span:"), +- _("The number of rows spanned by the widget in the table"), +- 1, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (GbXPad, _("H Padding:"), +- _("The horizontal padding"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (GbYPad, _("V Padding:"), +- _("The vertical padding"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_bool (GbXExpand, _("X Expand:"), +- _("Set True to let the widget expand horizontally")); +- property_add_bool (GbYExpand, _("Y Expand:"), +- _("Set True to let the widget expand vertically")); +- property_add_bool (GbXShrink, _("X Shrink:"), +- _("Set True to let the widget shrink horizontally")); +- property_add_bool (GbYShrink, _("Y Shrink:"), +- _("Set True to let the widget shrink vertically")); +- property_add_bool (GbXFill, _("X Fill:"), +- _("Set True to let the widget fill its horizontal allocated area")); +- property_add_bool (GbYFill, _("Y Fill:"), +- _("Set True to let the widget fill its vertical allocated area")); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_table_get_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- GtkTableChild *table_child; +- +- table_child = glade_util_find_table_child (GTK_TABLE (widget), child); +- g_return_if_fail (table_child != NULL); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_start_tag (data, "packing"); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- /* We use left/right/top/bottom_attach here as they are used in GTK */ +- gb_widget_output_int (data, "GtkWidget::left_attach", +- table_child->left_attach); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, "GtkWidget::right_attach", +- table_child->right_attach); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, "GtkWidget::top_attach", +- table_child->top_attach); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, "GtkWidget::bottom_attach", +- table_child->bottom_attach); +- } +- else +- { +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbCellX, table_child->left_attach); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbCellY, table_child->top_attach); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbColSpan, +- table_child->right_attach +- - table_child->left_attach); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbRowSpan, +- table_child->bottom_attach +- - table_child->top_attach); +- } +- +- /* Default X & Y padding is 0. */ +- if (data->action != GB_SAVING || table_child->xpadding) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbXPad, table_child->xpadding); +- if (data->action != GB_SAVING || table_child->ypadding) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, GbYPad, table_child->ypadding); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- char buffer[32]; +- +- /* Default packing is GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL. */ +- if (!table_child->xexpand || !table_child->xfill || table_child->xshrink) +- { +- buffer[0] = '\0'; +- if (table_child->xexpand) +- strcat (buffer, "expand"); +- if (table_child->xshrink) +- { +- if (buffer[0]) +- strcat (buffer, "|"); +- strcat (buffer, "shrink"); +- } +- if (table_child->xfill) +- { +- if (buffer[0]) +- strcat (buffer, "|"); +- strcat (buffer, "fill"); +- } +- gb_widget_output_string (data, GbXOptions, buffer); +- } +- +- if (!table_child->yexpand || !table_child->yfill || table_child->yshrink) +- { +- buffer[0] = '\0'; +- if (table_child->yexpand) +- strcat (buffer, "expand"); +- if (table_child->yshrink) +- { +- if (buffer[0]) +- strcat (buffer, "|"); +- strcat (buffer, "shrink"); +- } +- if (table_child->yfill) +- { +- if (buffer[0]) +- strcat (buffer, "|"); +- strcat (buffer, "fill"); +- } +- gb_widget_output_string (data, GbYOptions, buffer); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbXExpand, table_child->xexpand); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbYExpand, table_child->yexpand); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbXShrink, table_child->xshrink); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbYShrink, table_child->yshrink); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbXFill, table_child->xfill); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, GbYFill, table_child->yfill); +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_end_tag (data, "packing"); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_table_set_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- GtkTableChild *tchild; +- gint xpad, ypad, left_attach, right_attach, top_attach, bottom_attach; +- gint xexpand, yexpand, xshrink, yshrink, xfill, yfill; +- +- tchild = glade_util_find_table_child (GTK_TABLE (widget), child); +- g_return_if_fail (tchild != NULL); +- +- xpad = gb_widget_input_int (data, GbXPad); +- if (!data->apply) +- xpad = tchild->xpadding; +- +- ypad = gb_widget_input_int (data, GbYPad); +- if (!data->apply) +- ypad = tchild->ypadding; +- +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- { +- xexpand = (gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbXExpand)) ? GTK_EXPAND : 0; +- if (!data->apply) +- xexpand = tchild->xexpand ? GTK_EXPAND : 0; +- +- yexpand = (gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbYExpand)) ? GTK_EXPAND : 0; +- if (!data->apply) +- yexpand = tchild->yexpand ? GTK_EXPAND : 0; +- +- xshrink = (gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbXShrink)) ? GTK_SHRINK : 0; +- if (!data->apply) +- xshrink = tchild->xshrink ? GTK_SHRINK : 0; +- +- yshrink = (gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbYShrink)) ? GTK_SHRINK : 0; +- if (!data->apply) +- yshrink = tchild->yshrink ? GTK_SHRINK : 0; +- +- xfill = (gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbXFill)) ? GTK_FILL : 0; +- if (!data->apply) +- xfill = tchild->xfill ? GTK_FILL : 0; +- +- yfill = (gb_widget_input_bool (data, GbYFill)) ? GTK_FILL : 0; +- if (!data->apply) +- yfill = tchild->yfill ? GTK_FILL : 0; +- } +- else +- { +- char *xoptions, *yoptions; +- +- xoptions = gb_widget_input_string (data, GbXOptions); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- xexpand = (strstr (xoptions, "expand")) ? GTK_EXPAND : 0; +- xfill = (strstr (xoptions, "fill")) ? GTK_FILL : 0; +- xshrink = (strstr (xoptions, "shrink")) ? GTK_SHRINK : 0; +- } +- else +- { +- xexpand = GTK_EXPAND; +- xfill = GTK_FILL; +- xshrink = 0; +- } +- +- yoptions = gb_widget_input_string (data, GbYOptions); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- yexpand = (strstr (yoptions, "expand")) ? GTK_EXPAND : 0; +- yfill = (strstr (yoptions, "fill")) ? GTK_FILL : 0; +- yshrink = (strstr (yoptions, "shrink")) ? GTK_SHRINK : 0; +- } +- else +- { +- yexpand = GTK_EXPAND; +- yfill = GTK_FILL; +- yshrink = 0; +- } +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- { +- left_attach = gb_widget_input_int (data, GbCellX); +- if (!data->apply) +- left_attach = tchild->left_attach; +- +- top_attach = gb_widget_input_int (data, GbCellY); +- if (!data->apply) +- top_attach = tchild->top_attach; +- +- right_attach = gb_widget_input_int (data, GbColSpan) + left_attach; +- if (!data->apply) +- right_attach = left_attach + (tchild->right_attach +- - tchild->left_attach); +- +- bottom_attach = gb_widget_input_int (data, GbRowSpan) + top_attach; +- if (!data->apply) +- bottom_attach = top_attach + (tchild->bottom_attach +- - tchild->top_attach); +- } +- else +- { +- left_attach = gb_widget_input_int (data, "GtkWidget::left_attach"); +- if (!data->apply) +- left_attach = tchild->left_attach; +- +- top_attach = gb_widget_input_int (data, "GtkWidget::top_attach"); +- if (!data->apply) +- top_attach = tchild->top_attach; +- +- right_attach = gb_widget_input_int (data, "GtkWidget::right_attach"); +- if (!data->apply) +- right_attach = tchild->right_attach; +- +- bottom_attach = gb_widget_input_int (data, "GtkWidget::bottom_attach"); +- if (!data->apply) +- bottom_attach = tchild->bottom_attach; +- } +- +- if (right_attach <= left_attach) +- right_attach = left_attach + 1; +- if (bottom_attach <= top_attach) +- bottom_attach = top_attach + 1; +- +- if (xpad != tchild->xpadding || ypad != tchild->ypadding +- || (xexpand && !tchild->xexpand) || (!xexpand && tchild->xexpand) +- || (yexpand && !tchild->yexpand) || (!yexpand && tchild->yexpand) +- || (xshrink && !tchild->xshrink) || (!xshrink && tchild->xshrink) +- || (yshrink && !tchild->yshrink) || (!yshrink && tchild->yshrink) +- || (xfill && !tchild->xfill) || (!xfill && tchild->xfill) +- || (yfill && !tchild->yfill) || (!yfill && tchild->yfill) +- || left_attach != tchild->left_attach +- || right_attach != tchild->right_attach +- || top_attach != tchild->top_attach +- || bottom_attach != tchild->bottom_attach) +- { +- gtk_widget_ref (child); +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (widget), child, +- left_attach, right_attach, top_attach, bottom_attach, +- xexpand | xshrink | xfill, yexpand | yshrink | yfill, +- xpad, ypad); +- gtk_widget_unref (child); +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- gb_table_update_placeholders (widget, -1, -1); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkTable, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_table_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- +- /* It is possible that the mouse button was clicked outside a child +- (e.g. beneath all the children), in which case we return. We could +- still support adding rows/cols. */ +- if (data->child == NULL) +- return; +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Insert Row Before")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_table_insert_row_before), +- data->child); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Insert Row After")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_table_insert_row_after), +- data->child); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Insert Column Before")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_table_insert_column_before), +- data->child); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Insert Column After")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_table_insert_column_after), +- data->child); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Delete Row")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_table_delete_row), data->child); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Delete Column")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_table_delete_column), data->child); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_table_insert_row_before (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *table; +- GtkTableChild *tchild; +- +- table = widget->parent; +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_TABLE (table)); +- tchild = glade_util_find_table_child (GTK_TABLE (table), widget); +- g_return_if_fail (tchild != NULL); +- gb_table_insert_row_or_col (table, tchild->top_attach, -1); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_table_insert_row_after (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *table; +- GtkTableChild *tchild; +- +- table = widget->parent; +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_TABLE (table)); +- tchild = glade_util_find_table_child (GTK_TABLE (table), widget); +- g_return_if_fail (tchild != NULL); +- gb_table_insert_row_or_col (table, tchild->bottom_attach, -1); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_table_insert_column_before (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *table; +- GtkTableChild *tchild; +- +- table = widget->parent; +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_TABLE (table)); +- tchild = glade_util_find_table_child (GTK_TABLE (table), widget); +- g_return_if_fail (tchild != NULL); +- gb_table_insert_row_or_col (table, -1, tchild->left_attach); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_table_insert_column_after (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *table; +- GtkTableChild *tchild; +- +- table = widget->parent; +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_TABLE (table)); +- tchild = glade_util_find_table_child (GTK_TABLE (table), widget); +- g_return_if_fail (tchild != NULL); +- gb_table_insert_row_or_col (table, -1, tchild->right_attach); +-} +- +- +-/* This inserts a row or column into the table at the given position. +- Use -1 for the other unused argument. */ +-static void +-gb_table_insert_row_or_col (GtkWidget * table, gint row, gint col) +-{ +- GtkTableChild *tchild; +- GList *child; +- GtkWidget *widget, *tmp_label; +- gint rows, cols; +- +- /* This relies on knowing the internals of GtkTable, so it is fast. +- First it adds a simple label at the bottom right of the new table size, +- to ensure that the table grows. Then it removes the label, and moves +- all the widgets down/right as appropriate, and adds any necessary +- placeholders. */ +- tmp_label = gtk_label_new (""); +- rows = GTK_TABLE (table)->nrows + (row != -1 ? 1 : 0); +- cols = GTK_TABLE (table)->ncols + (col != -1 ? 1 : 0); +- gtk_table_attach_defaults (GTK_TABLE (table), tmp_label, +- cols - 1, cols, rows - 1, rows); +- +- child = GTK_TABLE (table)->children; +- while (child) +- { +- tchild = child->data; +- child = child->next; +- widget = tchild->widget; +- +- if ((row != -1 && tchild->top_attach >= row) +- || (col != -1 && tchild->left_attach >= col)) +- { +- /* If we're inserting a row, we move the widget down. +- If we're inserting a col, we move the widget right. */ +- if (row != -1) +- { +- tchild->top_attach++; +- tchild->bottom_attach++; +- } +- else +- { +- tchild->left_attach++; +- tchild->right_attach++; +- } +- } +- } +- +- /* Now remove the temporary label. */ +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (table), tmp_label); +- +- /* This fills any empty cells with placeholders. */ +- gb_table_update_placeholders (table, -1, -1); +- +- /* If the tables properties are currently shown, update rows/cols. */ +- if (property_get_widget () == table) +- { +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- if (row != -1) +- property_set_int (Rows, GTK_TABLE (table)->nrows); +- else +- property_set_int (Columns, GTK_TABLE (table)->ncols); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_table_delete_row (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *table; +- GtkTableChild *tchild; +- GList *children; +- guint16 nrows, ncols, row; +- +- table = widget->parent; +- nrows = GTK_TABLE (table)->nrows - 1; +- if (nrows == 0) +- return; +- ncols = GTK_TABLE (table)->ncols; +- tchild = glade_util_find_table_child (GTK_TABLE (table), widget); +- g_return_if_fail (tchild != NULL); +- row = tchild->top_attach; +- +- children = GTK_TABLE (table)->children; +- while (children) +- { +- tchild = children->data; +- children = children->next; +- if (tchild->top_attach == row && tchild->bottom_attach == row + 1) +- { +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (table), tchild->widget); +- } +- else if (tchild->top_attach <= row && tchild->bottom_attach > row) +- { +- tchild->bottom_attach -= 1; +- } +- else if (tchild->top_attach > row) +- { +- tchild->top_attach -= 1; +- tchild->bottom_attach -= 1; +- } +- } +- update_table_size (table, nrows, ncols); +- +- if (property_get_widget () == table) +- { +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_int (Rows, nrows); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_table_delete_column (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *table; +- GtkTableChild *tchild; +- GList *children; +- guint16 nrows, ncols, col; +- +- table = widget->parent; +- nrows = GTK_TABLE (table)->nrows; +- ncols = GTK_TABLE (table)->ncols - 1; +- if (ncols == 0) +- return; +- tchild = glade_util_find_table_child (GTK_TABLE (table), widget); +- g_return_if_fail (tchild != NULL); +- col = tchild->left_attach; +- +- children = GTK_TABLE (table)->children; +- while (children) +- { +- tchild = children->data; +- children = children->next; +- if (tchild->left_attach == col && tchild->right_attach == col + 1) +- { +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (table), tchild->widget); +- } +- else if (tchild->left_attach <= col && tchild->right_attach > col) +- { +- tchild->right_attach -= 1; +- } +- else if (tchild->left_attach > col) +- { +- tchild->left_attach -= 1; +- tchild->right_attach -= 1; +- } +- } +- update_table_size (table, nrows, ncols); +- +- if (property_get_widget () == table) +- { +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_int (Columns, ncols); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This ensures that placeholders are placed in every unoccupied cell. +- If rows and cols are not -1, then they are the new dimensions of the table. +- FIXME: This is very inefficient. +- */ +-void +-gb_table_update_placeholders (GtkWidget * table, gint rows, gint cols) +-{ +- gint row, col, cell_contents; +- guchar *rows_occupied, *cols_occupied; +- GList *children; +- GtkTableChild *child; +- +- if (rows == -1) +- rows = GTK_TABLE (table)->nrows; +- if (cols == -1) +- cols = GTK_TABLE (table)->ncols; +- +- /* These hold flags to indicate which rows/cols have widgets in them. */ +- rows_occupied = g_new0 (guchar, rows); +- cols_occupied = g_new0 (guchar, cols); +- +- for (row = 0; row < rows; row++) +- { +- for (col = 0; col < cols; col++) +- { +- /* Find out what is in the cell */ +- cell_contents = gb_table_is_cell_occupied (table, row, col); +- if (cell_contents == GB_CELL_WIDGET) +- { +- /* If cell is occupied, delete any placeholders there. If a +- placeholder occupies the cell but spans multiple rows/cols +- split it into single cells but without a placeholder in this +- cell */ +- gb_table_remove_placeholders (table, row, col); +- rows_occupied[row] = 1; +- cols_occupied[col] = 1; +- } +- else if (cell_contents == GB_CELL_EMPTY) +- { +- /* If the cell is empty, put a placeholder in it */ +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), +- editor_new_placeholder (), +- col, col + 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, +- 0, 0); +- } +- } +- } +- +- /* Now make sure that if a row/col is occupied, any placeholders in that +- row/col do not expand, and vice versa. */ +- children = GTK_TABLE (table)->children; +- while (children) +- { +- child = children->data; +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (child->widget)) +- { +- gboolean xexpand = TRUE, yexpand = TRUE; +- gint row, col; +- +- /* Check if any widgets are in the same rows as the placeholder. */ +- for (row = child->top_attach; row < child->bottom_attach; row++) +- { +- if (rows_occupied[row]) +- yexpand = FALSE; +- } +- child->yexpand = yexpand; +- +- /* Check if any widgets are in the same cols as the placeholder. */ +- for (col = child->left_attach; col < child->right_attach; col++) +- { +- if (cols_occupied[col]) +- xexpand = FALSE; +- } +- child->xexpand = xexpand; +- +- child->xfill = TRUE; +- child->yfill = TRUE; +- } +- children = children->next; +- } +- +- g_free (rows_occupied); +- g_free (cols_occupied); +- +- gtk_widget_queue_resize (table); +-} +- +- +-/* Finds out if cell is occupied by a real widget. If not, returns whether +- the cell is empty or whether a placeholder is in it */ +-static gint +-gb_table_is_cell_occupied (GtkWidget * table, gint row, gint col) +-{ +- GList *children; +- GtkTableChild *child; +- gint return_val = GB_CELL_EMPTY; +- +- children = GTK_TABLE (table)->children; +- while (children) +- { +- child = children->data; +- if (child->top_attach <= row && child->bottom_attach > row +- && child->left_attach <= col && child->right_attach > col) +- { +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (child->widget)) +- return_val = GB_CELL_PLACEHOLDER; +- else +- return GB_CELL_WIDGET; +- } +- children = children->next; +- } +- return return_val; +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_table_remove_placeholders (GtkWidget * table, gint row, gint col) +-{ +- GList *children, *next; +- GtkTableChild *child; +- gint left, right, top, bottom; +- +- children = GTK_TABLE (table)->children; +- while (children) +- { +- next = children->next; +- child = children->data; +- left = child->left_attach; +- right = child->right_attach; +- top = child->top_attach; +- bottom = child->bottom_attach; +- +- if (top <= row && bottom > row && left <= col && right > col) +- { +- /* If the widget is a placeholder remove it */ +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (child->widget)) +- { +- if (bottom - top > 1 || right - left > 1) +- { +- gb_table_split_placeholder (table, child->widget, +- left, right, top, bottom, +- row, col); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (table), child->widget); +- } +- } +- } +- children = next; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_table_split_placeholder (GtkWidget * table, GtkWidget * placeholder, +- gint left, gint right, gint top, gint bottom, +- gint skip_row, gint skip_col) +-{ +- gint row, col; +- +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (table), placeholder); +- for (row = top; row < bottom; row++) +- { +- for (col = left; col < right; col++) +- { +- if (!(row == skip_row && col == skip_col)) +- { +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), +- editor_new_placeholder (), +- col, col + 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_table_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_table_new (%i, %i, %s);\n", data->wname, +- GTK_TABLE (widget)->nrows, GTK_TABLE (widget)->ncols, +- GTK_TABLE (widget)->homogeneous ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (GTK_TABLE (widget)->row_spacing != 0) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, GTK_TABLE (widget)->row_spacing); +- } +- if (GTK_TABLE (widget)->column_spacing != 0) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GTK_TABLE (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, GTK_TABLE (widget)->column_spacing); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child widget to a table. */ +-static void +-gb_table_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar xoptions[48], yoptions[48]; +- GtkTableChild *tchild = glade_util_find_table_child (GTK_TABLE (parent), +- child); +- g_return_if_fail (tchild != NULL); +- +- xoptions[0] = yoptions[0] = '\0'; +- if (tchild->xexpand) +- strcpy (xoptions, "GTK_EXPAND"); +- if (tchild->xshrink) +- { +- if (xoptions[0] != '\0') +- strcat (xoptions, " | "); +- strcat (xoptions, "GTK_SHRINK"); +- } +- if (tchild->xfill) +- { +- if (xoptions[0] != '\0') +- strcat (xoptions, " | "); +- strcat (xoptions, "GTK_FILL"); +- } +- if (xoptions[0] == '\0') +- strcpy (xoptions, "0"); +- +- if (tchild->yexpand) +- strcpy (yoptions, "GTK_EXPAND"); +- if (tchild->yshrink) +- { +- if (yoptions[0] != '\0') +- strcat (yoptions, " | "); +- strcat (yoptions, "GTK_SHRINK"); +- } +- if (tchild->yfill) +- { +- if (yoptions[0] != '\0') +- strcat (yoptions, " | "); +- strcat (yoptions, "GTK_FILL"); +- } +- if (yoptions[0] == '\0') +- strcpy (yoptions, "0"); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (%s), %s, %i, %i, %i, %i,\n" +- " (GtkAttachOptions) (%s),\n" +- " (GtkAttachOptions) (%s), %i, %i);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname, +- tchild->left_attach, tchild->right_attach, +- tchild->top_attach, tchild->bottom_attach, +- xoptions, yoptions, tchild->xpadding, tchild->ypadding); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_table_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_table_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = table_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Table"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_table_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_table_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_table_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_table_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_child_properties = gb_table_create_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child_properties = gb_table_get_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_child_properties = gb_table_set_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_table_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_table_write_add_child_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_table_create_popup_menu; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbtextview.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,479 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/text.xpm" +- +-static gchar *Editable = "GtkTextView::editable"; +-static gchar *Text = "GtkTextView::text"; +-static gchar *Justification = "GtkTextView::justification"; +-static gchar *WrapMode = "GtkTextView::wrap_mode"; +-static gchar *CursorVisible = "GtkTextView::cursor_visible"; +-static gchar *PixelsAboveLines = "GtkTextView::pixels_above_lines"; +-static gchar *PixelsBelowLines = "GtkTextView::pixels_below_lines"; +-static gchar *PixelsInsideWrap = "GtkTextView::pixels_inside_wrap"; +-static gchar *LeftMargin = "GtkTextView::left_margin"; +-static gchar *RightMargin = "GtkTextView::right_margin"; +-static gchar *Indent = "GtkTextView::indent"; +- +-static gchar *Overwrite = "GtkTextView::overwrite"; +-static gchar *AcceptsTab = "GtkTextView::accepts_tab"; +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static const char *GbJustifyChoices[] = { +- N_("Left"), +- N_("Right"), +- N_("Center"), +- N_("Fill"), +- NULL +-}; +- +-static gint GbJustifyValues[] = { +- GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT, +- GTK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT, +- GTK_JUSTIFY_CENTER, +- GTK_JUSTIFY_FILL +-}; +-static const gchar *GbJustifySymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT", +- "GTK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT", +- "GTK_JUSTIFY_CENTER", +- "GTK_JUSTIFY_FILL" +-}; +- +-static const char *GbWrapChoices[] = { +- N_("None"), +- N_("Character"), +- N_("Word"), +- NULL +-}; +- +-static gint GbWrapValues[] = { +- GTK_WRAP_NONE, +- GTK_WRAP_CHAR, +- GTK_WRAP_WORD +-}; +-static const char *GbWrapSymbols[] = { +- "GTK_WRAP_NONE", +- "GTK_WRAP_CHAR", +- "GTK_WRAP_WORD" +-}; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkTextView, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-/* +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_text_view_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return gtk_text_view_new (); +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_text_view_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (Editable, _("Editable:"), +- _("If the text can be edited")); +- property_add_bool (CursorVisible, _("Cursor Visible:"), +- _("If the cursor is visible")); +- property_add_bool (Overwrite, _("Overwrite:"), +- _("If entered text overwrites the existing text")); +- property_add_bool (AcceptsTab, _("Accepts Tab:"), +- _("If tab characters can be entered")); +- +- property_add_text (Text, _("Text:"), _("The text to display"), 5); +- +- property_add_choice (Justification, _("Justification:"), +- _("The justification of the text"), +- GbJustifyChoices); +- property_add_choice (WrapMode, _("Wrapping:"), +- _("The wrapping of the text"), +- GbWrapChoices); +- +- property_add_int_range (PixelsAboveLines, _("Space Above:"), +- _("Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"), +- 0, G_MAXINT, 1, 2, 10); +- property_add_int_range (PixelsBelowLines, _("Space Below:"), +- _("Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"), +- 0, G_MAXINT, 1, 2, 10); +- property_add_int_range (PixelsInsideWrap, _("Space Inside:"), +- _("Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"), +- 0, G_MAXINT, 1, 2, 10); +- +- property_add_int_range (LeftMargin, _("Left Margin:"), +- _("Width of the left margin in pixels"), +- 0, G_MAXINT, 1, 2, 10); +- property_add_int_range (RightMargin, _("Right Margin:"), +- _("Width of the right margin in pixels"), +- 0, G_MAXINT, 1, 2, 10); +- property_add_int_range (Indent, _("Indent:"), +- _("Amount of pixels to indent paragraphs"), +- 0, G_MAXINT, 1, 2, 10); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_text_view_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkTextBuffer *buffy; +- GtkTextIter start, end; +- gboolean editable, cursor_visible, overwrite, accepts_tab; +- gint wrap_mode, justification; +- gint pixels_above, pixels_below, pixels_inside; +- gint left_margin, right_margin, indent; +- char *text; +- +- g_object_get (widget, +- "editable", &editable, +- "overwrite", &overwrite, +- "accepts_tab", &accepts_tab, +- "justification", &justification, +- "wrap-mode", &wrap_mode, +- "cursor-visible", &cursor_visible, +- "pixels-above-lines", &pixels_above, +- "pixels-below-lines", &pixels_below, +- "pixels-inside-wrap", &pixels_inside, +- "left-margin", &left_margin, +- "right-margin", &right_margin, +- "indent", &indent, +- NULL); +- +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Editable, editable); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Overwrite, overwrite); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, AcceptsTab, accepts_tab); +- gb_widget_output_enum (data, GTK_TYPE_JUSTIFICATION, +- GbJustifyValues, +- G_N_ELEMENTS (GbJustifyValues), +- Justification, justification); +- gb_widget_output_enum (data, GTK_TYPE_WRAP_MODE, +- GbWrapValues, +- G_N_ELEMENTS (GbWrapValues), +- WrapMode, wrap_mode); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, CursorVisible, cursor_visible); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, PixelsAboveLines, pixels_above); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, PixelsBelowLines, pixels_below); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, PixelsInsideWrap, pixels_inside); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, LeftMargin, left_margin); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, RightMargin, right_margin); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Indent, indent); +- +- buffy = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (widget)); +- gtk_text_buffer_get_bounds (buffy, &start, &end); +- text = gtk_text_iter_get_text (&start, &end); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, Text, text); +- g_free (text); +-} +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_text_view_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- int i; +- char *s; +- +- i = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Editable); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "editable", i, NULL); +- +- i = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Overwrite); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "overwrite", i, NULL); +- +- i = gb_widget_input_bool (data, AcceptsTab); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "accepts_tab", i, NULL); +- +- s = gb_widget_input_text (data, Text); +- if (data->apply) { +- GtkTextBuffer *buffy; +- buffy = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (widget)); +- gtk_text_buffer_set_text (buffy, s, strlen (s)); +- } +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (s); +- +- +- i = gb_widget_input_enum (data, GTK_TYPE_JUSTIFICATION, +- GbJustifyChoices, GbJustifyValues, +- Justification); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "justification", i, NULL); +- +- i = gb_widget_input_enum (data, GTK_TYPE_WRAP_MODE, +- GbWrapChoices, GbWrapValues, +- WrapMode); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "wrap-mode", i, NULL); +- +- i = gb_widget_input_bool (data, CursorVisible); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "cursor-visible", i, NULL); +- +- i = gb_widget_input_int (data, PixelsAboveLines); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "pixels-above-lines", i, NULL); +- +- i = gb_widget_input_int (data, PixelsBelowLines); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "pixels-below-lines", i, NULL); +- +- i = gb_widget_input_int (data, PixelsInsideWrap); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "pixels-inside-wrap", i, NULL); +- +- i = gb_widget_input_int (data, LeftMargin); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "left-margin", i, NULL); +- +- i = gb_widget_input_int (data, RightMargin); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "right-margin", i, NULL); +- +- i = gb_widget_input_int (data, Indent); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (widget, "indent", i, NULL); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkTextView, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_text_view_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_text_view_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkTextBuffer *buffy; +- GtkTextIter start, end; +- gboolean editable, cursor_visible, overwrite, accepts_tab; +- gint wrap_mode, justification; +- gint pixels_above, pixels_below, pixels_inside; +- gint left_margin, right_margin, indent, i; +- char *text; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_text_view_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- g_object_get (widget, +- "editable", &editable, +- "overwrite", &overwrite, +- "accepts_tab", &accepts_tab, +- "justification", &justification, +- "wrap-mode", &wrap_mode, +- "cursor-visible", &cursor_visible, +- "pixels-above-lines", &pixels_above, +- "pixels-below-lines", &pixels_below, +- "pixels-inside-wrap", &pixels_inside, +- "left-margin", &left_margin, +- "right-margin", &right_margin, +- "indent", &indent, +- NULL); +- +- if (!editable) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_text_view_set_editable (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- if (overwrite) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_text_view_set_overwrite (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- if (!accepts_tab) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_text_view_set_accepts_tab (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- if (justification != GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbJustifyValues) / sizeof (GbJustifyValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbJustifyValues[i] == justification) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_text_view_set_justification (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbJustifySymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (wrap_mode != GTK_WRAP_NONE) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbWrapValues) / sizeof (GbWrapValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbWrapValues[i] == wrap_mode) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_text_view_set_wrap_mode (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbWrapSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (!cursor_visible) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_text_view_set_cursor_visible (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- if (pixels_above != 0) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_text_view_set_pixels_above_lines (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, pixels_above); +- +- if (pixels_below != 0) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_text_view_set_pixels_below_lines (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, pixels_below); +- +- if (pixels_inside != 0) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_text_view_set_pixels_inside_wrap (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, pixels_inside); +- +- if (left_margin != 0) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_text_view_set_left_margin (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, left_margin); +- +- if (right_margin != 0) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_text_view_set_right_margin (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, right_margin); +- +- if (indent != 0) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_text_view_set_indent (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, indent); +- +- +- buffy = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (widget)); +- gtk_text_buffer_get_bounds (buffy, &start, &end); +- text = gtk_text_iter_get_text (&start, &end); +- if (text && *text) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Text, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_text_buffer_set_text (gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (%s)), %s, -1);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (text, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- g_free (text); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_text_view_init () +-{ +- GtkWidgetClass *klass; +- +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_text_view_get_type(); +- +- /* Add a signal emission hook so we can connect signal handlers to the +- scrollbar adjustments to redraw the clist when necessary. This will also +- work for subclasses of GtkCList. */ +- klass = gtk_type_class (gtk_text_view_get_type ()); +- g_signal_add_emission_hook (klass->set_scroll_adjustments_signal, 0, +- gb_set_scroll_adjustments_hook, NULL, NULL); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = text_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Text View"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_text_view_new; +-*/ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_text_view_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_text_view_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_text_view_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_text_view_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_text_view_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbtogglebutton.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktogglebutton.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/togglebutton.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *StockButton = "ToggleButton|GtkButton::stock_button"; +-static gchar *Label = "ToggleButton|GtkButton::label"; +-static gchar *Icon = "ToggleButton|GtkButton::icon"; +-static gchar *FocusOnClick = "ToggleButton|GtkButton::focus_on_click"; +- +-/* This is only used for normal/stock buttons, not special toolbar buttons, +- as the toolbar has its own relief setting. */ +-static gchar *Relief = "ToggleButton|GtkButton::relief"; +- +-static gchar *State = "GtkToggleButton::active"; +-static gchar *Inconsistent = "GtkToggleButton::inconsistent"; +- +- +-/* draw_indicator is not really useful for toggle buttons. I think its only +- for radio/check buttons. */ +-/*static gchar *Indicator = "GtkToggleButton::draw_indicator"; */ +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkToggleButton, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_toggle_button_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- new_widget = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label (data->name); +- else +- { +- new_widget = gtk_toggle_button_new (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder()); +- } +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_toggle_button_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData +- * data) +-{ +- property_add_stock_item (StockButton, _("Stock Button:"), +- _("The stock button to use"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- property_add_text (Label, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 2); +- property_add_icon (Icon, _("Icon:"), +- _("The icon to display"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); +- property_add_choice (Relief, _("Button Relief:"), +- _("The relief style of the button"), +- GladeReliefChoices); +- +- property_add_bool (State, _("Initially On:"), +- _("If the toggle button is initially on")); +- property_add_bool (Inconsistent, _("Inconsistent:"), +- _("If the button is shown in an inconsistent state")); +- property_add_bool (FocusOnClick, _("Focus On Click:"), _("If the button grabs focus when it is clicked")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_toggle_button_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_button_get_standard_properties (widget, data, StockButton, Label, Icon, +- Relief, FocusOnClick); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, State, data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Inconsistent, +- GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->inconsistent); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_toggle_button_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean state, inconsistent; +- +- gb_button_set_standard_properties (widget, data, StockButton, Label, Icon, +- Relief, FocusOnClick); +- +- state = gb_widget_input_bool (data, State); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget), state); +- if (state) +- data->widget_data->flags |= GLADE_ACTIVE; +- else +- data->widget_data->flags &= ~GLADE_ACTIVE; +- } +- +- inconsistent = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Inconsistent); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget), +- inconsistent); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_toggle_button_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gb_button_write_standard_source (widget, data, Label); +- +- if (data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->inconsistent) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_toggle_button_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_toggle_button_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = togglebutton_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Toggle Button"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_toggle_button_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_toggle_button_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_toggle_button_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_toggle_button_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_button_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_toggle_button_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_button_destroy; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbtoggletoolbutton.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,312 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/toggletoolbutton.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *StockButton = "GtkToggleToolButton|GtkToolButton::stock_id"; +-static gchar *Label = "GtkToggleToolButton|GtkToolButton::label"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GtkToggleToolButton|GtkToolButton::icon"; +-static gchar *VisibleHorz = "GtkToggleToolButton|GtkToolItem::visible_horizontal"; +-static gchar *VisibleVert = "GtkToggleToolButton|GtkToolItem::visible_vertical"; +-static gchar *IsImportant = "GtkToggleToolButton|GtkToolItem::is_important"; +- +-static gchar *Active = "GtkToggleToolButton::active"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkToggleToolButton, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_toggle_tool_button_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *image; +- GbWidget *pixmap_gbwidget; +- +- /* Place the pixmap icon in the button initially (even when loading). */ +- pixmap_gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup_class ("GtkImage"); +- if (pixmap_gbwidget) +- { +- image = gtk_image_new_from_pixmap (pixmap_gbwidget->gdkpixmap, +- pixmap_gbwidget->mask); +- } +- else +- { +- image = gtk_image_new (); +- g_warning ("Couldn't find GtkPixmap data"); +- } +- gtk_widget_show (image); +- +- new_widget = (GtkWidget*) gtk_toggle_tool_button_new (); +- +- gtk_tool_button_set_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (new_widget), ""); +- gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (new_widget), image); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_toggle_tool_button_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_stock_item (StockButton, _("Stock Button:"), +- _("The stock button to use"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR); +- property_add_text (Label, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 2); +- property_add_icon (Icon, _("Icon:"), +- _("The icon to display"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR); +- property_add_bool (Active, _("Initially On:"), +- _("If the toggle button is initially on")); +- property_add_bool (VisibleHorz, _("Show Horizontal:"), +- _("If the item is visible when the toolbar is horizontal")); +- property_add_bool (VisibleVert, _("Show Vertical:"), +- _("If the item is visible when the toolbar is vertical")); +- property_add_bool (IsImportant, _("Is Important:"), +- _("If the item's text should be shown when the toolbar's mode is GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_toggle_tool_button_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_tool_button_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- StockButton, Label, Icon, +- VisibleHorz, VisibleVert, +- IsImportant); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Active, +- data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_toggle_tool_button_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean active; +- +- gb_tool_button_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- StockButton, Label, Icon, +- VisibleHorz, VisibleVert, +- IsImportant); +- +- active = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Active); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_toggle_tool_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_TOOL_BUTTON (widget), +- active); +- if (active) +- data->widget_data->flags |= GLADE_ACTIVE; +- else +- data->widget_data->flags &= ~GLADE_ACTIVE; +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkToggleToolButton, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_toggle_tool_button_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_toggle_tool_button_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *stock_id, *label, *icon_name; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonStockIDKey); +- icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonIconKey); +- label = (gchar*) gtk_tool_button_get_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (widget)); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Label, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- if (stock_id) +- { +- /* Stock Button */ +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_toggle_tool_button_new_from_stock (%s);\n", +- data->wname, source_make_string (stock_id, FALSE)); +- } +- else if (icon_name) +- { +- /* Icon and Label */ +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_toggle_tool_button_new ();\n", +- data->wname); +- +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_button_set_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- label ? source_make_string_full (label, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : "NULL"); +- +- source_ensure_decl (data, " GtkWidget *tmp_image;\n"); +- +- if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon_name)) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " tmp_image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (\"%s\", tmp_toolbar_icon_size);\n", +- icon_name); +- } +- else +- { +- source_create_pixmap (data, "tmp_image", icon_name); +- } +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_widget_show (tmp_image);\n"); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (%s), tmp_image);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- else +- { +- /* Just a Label */ +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_toggle_tool_button_new ();\n", +- data->wname); +- +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_button_set_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- label ? source_make_string_full (label, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : "NULL"); +- } +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (data->widget_data->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toggle_tool_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_TOOL_BUTTON (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleHorz) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_visible_horizontal (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleVert) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_tool_item_get_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_toggle_tool_button_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_toggle_tool_button_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = toggletoolbutton_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Toolbar Toggle Button"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_toggle_tool_button_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_toggle_tool_button_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_toggle_tool_button_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_toggle_tool_button_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_toggle_tool_button_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_tool_button_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_toggle_tool_button_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbtoolbar.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,696 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-/* This is just for testing, to make sure we don't use deprecated calls. */ +-#if 0 +-#include <gdk/gdk.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkcontainer.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkenums.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktooltips.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktoolitem.h> +-#define GTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED +-#include <gtk/gtktoolbar.h> +-#undef GTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED +-#endif +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +-#else +-#include <gtk/gtkbutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkimage.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkradiobutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktoolbar.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktoolbutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkvbox.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../tree.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/toolbar.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static const gchar *Size = "GtkToolbar::size"; +-static const gchar *Orientation = "GtkToolbar::orientation"; +-static const gchar *Style = "GtkToolbar::toolbar_style"; +-static const gchar *Tooltips = "GtkToolbar::tooltips"; +-static const gchar *ShowArrow = "GtkToolbar::show_arrow"; +- +-/* For children of a toolbar */ +-static const gchar *Expand = "GtkToolbarChild::expand"; +-static const gchar *Homogeneous = "GtkToolbarChild::homogeneous"; +- +- +-static const gchar *GbOrientationChoices[] = +-{"Horizontal", "Vertical", NULL}; +-static const gint GbOrientationValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, +- GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL +-}; +-static const gchar *GbOrientationSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL", +- "GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL" +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbStyleChoices[] = +-{"Icons", "Text", "Both", "Both Horizontal", NULL}; +-static const gint GbStyleValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS, +- GTK_TOOLBAR_TEXT, +- GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH, +- GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ +-}; +-static const gchar *GbStyleSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS", +- "GTK_TOOLBAR_TEXT", +- "GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH", +- "GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ" +-}; +- +- +-static void show_toolbar_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_toolbar_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_toolbar_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +- +-static void update_toolbar_size (GtkWidget * widget, gint size); +- +-static void gb_toolbar_insert_before (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * child); +-static void gb_toolbar_insert_after (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * child); +-static void gb_toolbar_insert (GtkWidget * child, +- gint offset); +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkToolbar, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget* +-gb_toolbar_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- new_widget = gtk_toolbar_new (); +- return new_widget; +- } +- else +- { +- show_toolbar_dialog (data); +- return NULL; +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_toolbar_add_child (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- /* If the child is a placeholder, we need to insert a GtkToolItem. */ +- if (GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (child)) +- { +- GtkWidget *toolitem = (GtkWidget*) gtk_tool_item_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (toolitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (toolitem), child); +- gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), +- GTK_TOOL_ITEM (toolitem), -1); +- } +- /* GtkToolItems can just be added as they are. */ +- else if (GTK_IS_TOOL_ITEM (child)) +- { +- gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), +- GTK_TOOL_ITEM (child), -1); +- } +- /* Any other widgets are from the old GTK+ 2.2 files, and we need to insert +- a GtkToolItem. */ +- else +- { +- GtkWidget *toolitem = gb_widget_new_full ("GtkToolItem", FALSE, +- NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL, +- GB_LOADING, data); +- gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), +- GTK_TOOL_ITEM (toolitem), -1); +- tree_add_widget (toolitem); +- +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (toolitem), child); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_toolbar_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *hbox, *label, *spinbutton; +- GtkObject *adjustment; +- +- dialog = glade_util_create_dialog (_("New toolbar"), data->parent, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_toolbar_dialog_ok), +- data, &vbox); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_toolbar_dialog_destroy), data); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 10); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Number of items:")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (3, 1, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "items", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 1, 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), spinbutton, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (spinbutton, 50, -1); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (spinbutton); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +- gtk_grab_add (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_toolbar_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *spinbutton, *window, *toolitem, *placeholder; +- gint items, i; +- +- window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- /* Only call callback if placeholder/fixed widget is still there */ +- if (gb_widget_can_finish_new (data)) +- { +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "items"); +- g_return_if_fail (spinbutton != NULL); +- items = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (spinbutton)); +- +- new_widget = gtk_toolbar_new (); +- for (i = 0; i < items; i++) +- { +- toolitem = (GtkWidget*) gtk_tool_item_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (toolitem); +- gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (new_widget), +- GTK_TOOL_ITEM (toolitem), -1); +- +- placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (toolitem), placeholder); +- } +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- (*data->callback) (new_widget, data); +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_toolbar_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- gtk_grab_remove (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_toolbar_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_int_range (Size, _("Size:"), +- _("The number of items in the toolbar"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_choice (Orientation, _("Orientation:"), +- _("The toolbar orientation"), +- GbOrientationChoices); +- property_add_choice (Style, _("Style:"), +- _("The toolbar style"), +- GbStyleChoices); +- property_add_bool (Tooltips, _("Tooltips:"), _("If tooltips are enabled")); +- property_add_bool (ShowArrow, _("Show Arrow:"), _("If an arrow should be shown to popup a menu if the toolbar doesn't fit")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_toolbar_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- if (data->action != GB_SAVING) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Size, +- gtk_toolbar_get_n_items (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget))); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbOrientationValues) +- / sizeof (GbOrientationValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbOrientationValues[i] == GTK_TOOLBAR (widget)->orientation) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Orientation, i, GbOrientationSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbStyleValues) / sizeof (GbStyleValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbStyleValues[i] == GTK_TOOLBAR (widget)->style) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Style, i, GbStyleSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Tooltips, +- GTK_TOOLTIPS (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget)->tooltips)->enabled); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowArrow, +- gtk_toolbar_get_show_arrow (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget))); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_toolbar_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *orientation, *style; +- gint i, size; +- gboolean tooltips, show_arrow; +- +- size = gb_widget_input_int (data, Size); +- if (data->apply) +- update_toolbar_size (widget, size); +- +- orientation = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Orientation); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbOrientationValues) +- / sizeof (GbOrientationValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (orientation, GbOrientationChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (orientation, GbOrientationSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_toolbar_set_orientation (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), +- GbOrientationValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- style = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Style); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbStyleValues) / sizeof (GbStyleValues[0]); i++ +- ) +- { +- if (!strcmp (style, GbStyleChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (style, GbStyleSymbols[i])) +- { +- /* This avoids any problems with redrawing the selection. */ +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +- gtk_toolbar_set_style (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), GbStyleValues[i]); +- /*editor_refresh_widget (widget);*/ +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- tooltips = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Tooltips); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_toolbar_set_tooltips (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), tooltips); +- +- show_arrow = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowArrow); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), show_arrow); +-} +- +- +-/* This updates the toolbar size to the given value, adding buttons or +- deleting items as necessary. */ +-static void +-update_toolbar_size (GtkWidget * widget, gint size) +-{ +- gint current_size; +- +- current_size = gtk_toolbar_get_n_items (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget)); +- +- if (current_size < size) +- { +- /* FIXME: This avoids any problems with redrawing the selection. */ +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +- +- while (current_size < size) +- { +- GtkWidget *toolitem, *placeholder; +- +- toolitem = (GtkWidget*) gtk_tool_item_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (toolitem); +- gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), +- GTK_TOOL_ITEM (toolitem), -1); +- +- placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (toolitem), placeholder); +- +- current_size++; +- } +- } +- else if (current_size > size) +- { +- while (current_size > size) +- { +- GtkToolItem *item; +- +- item = gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), size); +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), GTK_WIDGET (item)); +- current_size--; +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_toolbar_create_child_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateChildArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (Expand, _("Expand:"), +- _("Set True to let the widget expand")); +- property_add_bool (Homogeneous, _("Homogeneous:"), +- _("If the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items")); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_toolbar_get_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_start_tag (data, "packing"); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Expand, +- gtk_tool_item_get_expand (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (child))); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Homogeneous, +- gtk_tool_item_get_homogeneous (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (child))); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- save_end_tag (data, "packing"); +-} +- +- +-/* Migrate old 2.0 XML files. We insert a separator tool item. */ +-static void +-gb_toolbar_set_new_group (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child) +-{ +- gint pos; +- GtkWidget *separator; +- +- pos = gtk_toolbar_get_item_index (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), +- GTK_TOOL_ITEM (child)); +- +- /* We use gb_widget_new_full() passing FALSE for create_default_name, +- since we are loading and we don't want to create any names while loading +- or they may clash. */ +- separator = gb_widget_new_full ("GtkSeparatorToolItem", FALSE, +- widget, NULL, 0, 0, NULL, +- GB_LOADING, NULL); +- +- gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget), GTK_TOOL_ITEM (separator), pos); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_toolbar_set_child_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gboolean new_group, expand, homogeneous; +- +- /* Migrate old 2.0 XML files. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- new_group = gb_widget_input_bool (data, "new_group"); +- if (data->apply && new_group) +- gb_toolbar_set_new_group (widget, child); +- } +- +- expand = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Expand); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_tool_item_set_expand (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (child), expand); +- +- homogeneous = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Homogeneous); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (child), homogeneous); +-} +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkToolbar, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_toolbar_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- +- if (data->child == NULL) +- return; +- +- /* Commands for inserting new items. */ +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Insert Item Before")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_toolbar_insert_before), +- data->child); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Insert Item After")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_toolbar_insert_after), +- data->child); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_toolbar_insert_before (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * child) +-{ +- gb_toolbar_insert (child, -1); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_toolbar_insert_after (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * child) +-{ +- gb_toolbar_insert (child, 1); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_toolbar_insert (GtkWidget * child, gint offset) +-{ +- GtkWidget *toolbar = child->parent, *toolitem, *placeholder; +- gint pos; +- +- pos = gtk_toolbar_get_item_index (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar), +- GTK_TOOL_ITEM (child)); +- +- if (offset > 0) +- pos++; +- +- toolitem = (GtkWidget*) gtk_tool_item_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (toolitem); +- gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar), (GtkToolItem*) toolitem, pos); +- +- placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (toolitem), placeholder); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_toolbar_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- const gchar *orientation = GbOrientationSymbols[0]; +- const gchar *style = GbStyleSymbols[0]; +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; +- i < sizeof (GbOrientationValues) / sizeof (GbOrientationValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbOrientationValues[i] == GTK_TOOLBAR (widget)->orientation) +- orientation = GbOrientationSymbols[i]; +- } +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbStyleValues) / sizeof (GbStyleValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbStyleValues[i] == GTK_TOOLBAR (widget)->style) +- style = GbStyleSymbols[i]; +- } +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_toolbar_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* We have to set the style explicitly for now, as the default style depends +- on the user's theme settings. Ideally GTK+ should have a +- GTK_TOOLBAR_DEFAULT style. */ +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toolbar_set_style (GTK_TOOLBAR (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, style); +- +- if (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget)->orientation != GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toolbar_set_orientation (GTK_TOOLBAR (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, orientation); +- +- if (!GTK_TOOLTIPS (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget)->tooltips)->enabled) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toolbar_set_tooltips (GTK_TOOLBAR (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- if (!gtk_toolbar_get_show_arrow (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget))) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow (GTK_TOOLBAR (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- /* We set up a tmp_toolbar_icon_size variable that we can use when creating +- the tool items. */ +- source_ensure_decl (data, " GtkIconSize tmp_toolbar_icon_size;\n"); +- source_add (data, +- " tmp_toolbar_icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (GTK_TOOLBAR (%s));\n", +- data->wname); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_toolbar_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget *parent, +- const char *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData *data) +-{ +- gboolean homogeneous, output_homogeneous = FALSE; +- +- if (gtk_tool_item_get_expand (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (child))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_expand (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- /* Homogeneous defaults to FALSE for GtkToolItem, but TRUE for +- GtkToolButton and descendants. */ +- homogeneous = gtk_tool_item_get_homogeneous (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (child)); +- if (GTK_IS_TOOL_BUTTON (child)) +- { +- if (!homogeneous) +- output_homogeneous = TRUE; +- } +- else +- { +- if (homogeneous) +- output_homogeneous = TRUE; +- } +- +- if (output_homogeneous) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- homogeneous ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"); +- } +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_toolbar_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_toolbar_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = toolbar_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Toolbar"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_toolbar_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_toolbar_add_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_toolbar_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_toolbar_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_toolbar_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_child_properties = gb_toolbar_create_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child_properties = gb_toolbar_get_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_child_properties = gb_toolbar_set_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_toolbar_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_toolbar_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_toolbar_write_add_child_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbtoolbutton.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,602 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/toolbutton.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-/* +- * Our internal representation is slightly different to the saved XML, +- * since it is awkward to support all the GtkToolButton properties. +- * We only support stock buttons, or simple labels and icons. We don't +- * support arbitrary label and icon widgets, partly because the Glade DTD +- * can't handle them at present. +- * +- * If a stock_id is set within Glade, both the label and icon are set +- * and these properties are made insensitive in the property editor. +- * +- * If no stock_id is set within Glade, the user can enter a label and use +- * a stock icon or an icon from a file. Note that if a stock icon is used it +- * will be saved as the "stock_id" property and the label will then override +- * the stock label. So when loading if we find a "stock_id" property we check +- * if a "label" property is present. If it isn't, we set Glade's "stock_id" +- * property. If it is, we set Glade's "icon" property to the stock value +- * instead. Phew. +- */ +-static gchar *StockButton = "GtkToolButton::stock_id"; +-static gchar *Label = "GtkToolButton::label"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GtkToolButton::icon"; +-static gchar *VisibleHorz = "GtkToolButton|GtkToolItem::visible_horizontal"; +-static gchar *VisibleVert = "GtkToolButton|GtkToolItem::visible_vertical"; +-static gchar *IsImportant = "GtkToolButton|GtkToolItem::is_important"; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkToolButton, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_tool_button_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *image; +- GbWidget *pixmap_gbwidget; +- +- /* Place the pixmap icon in the button initially (even when loading). */ +- pixmap_gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup_class ("GtkImage"); +- if (pixmap_gbwidget) +- { +- image = gtk_image_new_from_pixmap (pixmap_gbwidget->gdkpixmap, +- pixmap_gbwidget->mask); +- } +- else +- { +- image = gtk_image_new (); +- g_warning ("Couldn't find GtkPixmap data"); +- } +- gtk_widget_show (image); +- +- new_widget = (GtkWidget*) gtk_tool_button_new (image, ""); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_tool_button_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_stock_item (StockButton, _("Stock Button:"), +- _("The stock button to use"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR); +- property_add_text (Label, _("Label:"), _("The text to display"), 2); +- property_add_icon (Icon, _("Icon:"), +- _("The icon to display"), +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR); +- property_add_bool (VisibleHorz, _("Show Horizontal:"), +- _("If the item is visible when the toolbar is horizontal")); +- property_add_bool (VisibleVert, _("Show Vertical:"), +- _("If the item is visible when the toolbar is vertical")); +- property_add_bool (IsImportant, _("Is Important:"), +- _("If the item's text should be shown when the toolbar's mode is GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ")); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_tool_button_get_standard_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- gchar *stock_id_p, +- gchar *label_p, +- gchar *icon_p, +- gchar *visible_horz_p, +- gchar *visible_vert_p, +- gchar *is_important_p) +-{ +- gchar *stock_id, *label, *icon_name; +- gboolean label_sensitive = TRUE; +- gboolean icon_sensitive = TRUE; +- +- /* We use the icon size from the parent toolbar. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- GtkIconSize icon_size; +- +- icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget->parent)); +- property_set_stock_item_icon_size (stock_id_p, icon_size); +- property_set_icon_size (icon_p, icon_size); +- } +- +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonStockIDKey); +- gb_widget_output_stock_item (data, stock_id_p, stock_id); +- if (stock_id) +- { +- label_sensitive = FALSE; +- icon_sensitive = FALSE; +- } +- else +- { +- label = (gchar*) gtk_tool_button_get_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, label_p, label); +- +- /* We always save use_underline as TRUE, though we don't load it. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, "use_underline", TRUE); +- +- icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonIconKey); +- /* When saving, we save stock icons as "stock_id". */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING +- && glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon_name)) +- gb_widget_output_icon (data, "stock_id", icon_name); +- else +- gb_widget_output_icon (data, icon_p, icon_name); +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- if (!label_sensitive) +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, label_p, ""); +- property_set_sensitive (label_p, label_sensitive); +- +- if (!icon_sensitive) +- gb_widget_output_pixmap_filename (data, icon_p, ""); +- property_set_sensitive (icon_p, icon_sensitive); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, visible_horz_p, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), visible_horz_p) +- != NULL ? FALSE : TRUE); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, visible_vert_p, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), visible_vert_p) +- != NULL ? FALSE : TRUE); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, is_important_p, +- gtk_tool_item_get_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (widget))); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_tool_button_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_tool_button_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- StockButton, Label, Icon, +- VisibleHorz, VisibleVert, +- IsImportant); +-} +- +- +- +-static void +-gb_tool_button_set_icon (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- gchar *icon_name) +-{ +- GtkWidget *image; +- gchar *old_icon_name; +- +- if (icon_name && !*icon_name) +- icon_name = NULL; +- +- /* Remove the old icon_name stored in the widget data, and remove the +- pixmap from the project, if necessary. */ +- old_icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonIconKey); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, old_icon_name); +- +- if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon_name)) +- { +- GtkIconSize icon_size; +- +- icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (GTK_TOOLBAR (widget->parent)); +- image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (icon_name, icon_size); +- } +- else if (icon_name) +- { +- image = gtk_image_new_from_file (icon_name); +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, icon_name); +- } +- else +- { +- GbWidget *pixmap_gbwidget; +- +- pixmap_gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup_class ("GtkImage"); +- if (pixmap_gbwidget) +- { +- image = gtk_image_new_from_pixmap (pixmap_gbwidget->gdkpixmap, +- pixmap_gbwidget->mask); +- } +- else +- { +- image = gtk_image_new (); +- g_warning ("Couldn't find GtkPixmap data"); +- } +- } +- +- gtk_widget_show (image); +- gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (widget), image); +- +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeToolButtonIconKey, +- g_strdup (icon_name), +- icon_name ? g_free : NULL); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_tool_button_set_stock_id (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- gchar *stock_id, +- gboolean apply_label, +- gchar *label_p, +- gchar *icon_p) +-{ +- gboolean is_stock_item; +- +- is_stock_item = glade_util_check_is_stock_id (stock_id); +- +- if (is_stock_item) +- { +- gtk_tool_button_set_stock_id (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (widget), stock_id); +- gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (widget), NULL); +- gtk_tool_button_set_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (widget), NULL); +- +- /* If we are loading, and label is set, then this is a stock icon +- rather than a stock button (at least within Glade). */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING && apply_label) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonIconKey, +- g_strdup (stock_id), g_free); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonStockIDKey, +- g_strdup (stock_id), g_free); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonIconKey, NULL); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- /* It isn't a stock ID, so assume "None" has been selected and make +- it a normal toolbar button. */ +- GtkWidget *image; +- GbWidget *pixmap_gbwidget; +- +- pixmap_gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup_class ("GtkImage"); +- if (pixmap_gbwidget) +- { +- image = gtk_image_new_from_pixmap (pixmap_gbwidget->gdkpixmap, +- pixmap_gbwidget->mask); +- } +- else +- { +- image = gtk_image_new (); +- g_warning ("Couldn't find GtkPixmap data"); +- } +- gtk_widget_show (image); +- gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (widget), image); +- +- gtk_tool_button_set_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (widget), ""); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonStockIDKey, NULL); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonIconKey, NULL); +- } +- +- /* If the widget's properties are displayed, we update the sensitivity of +- the label and icon, according to whether a stock item is selected. */ +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING && property_get_widget () == widget) +- { +- property_set_sensitive (label_p, !is_stock_item); +- property_set_sensitive (icon_p, !is_stock_item); +- +- /* Turn off auto-apply, and set the label. */ +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_text (label_p, ""); +- property_set_filename (icon_p, ""); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_tool_button_set_standard_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- gchar *stock_id_p, +- gchar *label_p, +- gchar *icon_p, +- gchar *visible_horz_p, +- gchar *visible_vert_p, +- gchar *is_important_p) +-{ +- gchar *label, *stock_id, *icon_name; +- gboolean apply_label; +- gboolean visible_horz, visible_vert, is_important; +- +- label = gb_widget_input_text (data, label_p); +- apply_label = data->apply; +- +- stock_id = gb_widget_input_stock_item (data, stock_id_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gb_tool_button_set_stock_id (widget, data, stock_id, apply_label, +- label_p, icon_p); +- } +- else if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- /* Migrate old 2.0 XML files. */ +- gboolean use_stock = gb_widget_input_bool (data, "use_stock"); +- if (data->apply && use_stock && apply_label) +- { +- gb_tool_button_set_stock_id (widget, data, label, FALSE, +- label_p, icon_p); +- apply_label = FALSE; +- } +- } +- +- icon_name = gb_widget_input_icon (data, icon_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gb_tool_button_set_icon (widget, data, icon_name); +- } +- else if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- /* Migrate old 2.0 XML files. */ +- icon_name = gb_widget_input_icon (data, "stock_pixmap"); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gb_tool_button_set_icon (widget, data, icon_name); +- } +- else +- { +- icon_name = gb_widget_input_icon (data, "icon"); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gb_tool_button_set_icon (widget, data, icon_name); +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (apply_label) +- { +- gtk_tool_button_set_use_underline (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (widget), TRUE); +- gtk_tool_button_set_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (widget), label); +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (label); +- +- +- visible_horz = gb_widget_input_bool (data, visible_horz_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), visible_horz_p, +- visible_horz ? NULL : "FALSE"); +- } +- +- visible_vert = gb_widget_input_bool (data, visible_vert_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), visible_vert_p, +- visible_vert ? NULL : "FALSE"); +- } +- +- is_important = gb_widget_input_bool (data, is_important_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_tool_item_set_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (widget), is_important); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_tool_button_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_tool_button_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- StockButton, Label, Icon, +- VisibleHorz, VisibleVert, +- IsImportant); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkToolButton, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_tool_button_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_tool_button_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *stock_id, *label, *icon_name; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonStockIDKey); +- icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonIconKey); +- label = (gchar*) gtk_tool_button_get_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (widget)); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Label, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- if (stock_id) +- { +- /* Stock Button */ +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_tool_button_new_from_stock (%s);\n", +- data->wname, source_make_string (stock_id, FALSE)); +- } +- else if (icon_name) +- { +- /* Icon and Label */ +- source_ensure_decl (data, " GtkWidget *tmp_image;\n"); +- +- if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon_name)) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " tmp_image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (\"%s\", tmp_toolbar_icon_size);\n", +- icon_name); +- } +- else +- { +- source_create_pixmap (data, "tmp_image", icon_name); +- } +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_widget_show (tmp_image);\n"); +- +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_tool_button_new (tmp_image, %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- label ? source_make_string_full (label, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : "NULL"); +- } +- else +- { +- /* Just a Label */ +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_tool_button_new (NULL, %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- label ? source_make_string_full (label, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : "NULL"); +- } +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleHorz) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_visible_horizontal (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleVert) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_tool_item_get_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Note that Radio/Toggle tool buttons use this function as well. */ +-void +-gb_tool_button_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetDestroyData * data) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- +- /* This can be a stock id or a filename. But glade_project_remove_pixmap() +- will just ignore it if it isn't a project pixmap file. */ +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeToolButtonIconKey); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, filename); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_tool_button_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_tool_button_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = toolbutton_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Toolbar Button"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_tool_button_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_tool_button_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_tool_button_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_tool_button_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_tool_button_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_tool_button_destroy; +- +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_tool_button_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbtoolitem.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/toolitem.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *VisibleHorz = "GtkToolItem::visible_horizontal"; +-static gchar *VisibleVert = "GtkToolItem::visible_vertical"; +-static gchar *IsImportant = "GtkToolItem::is_important"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkToolItem, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-/* +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_tool_item_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_tool_item_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (VisibleHorz, _("Show Horizontal:"), +- _("If the item is visible when the toolbar is horizontal")); +- property_add_bool (VisibleVert, _("Show Vertical:"), +- _("If the item is visible when the toolbar is vertical")); +- property_add_bool (IsImportant, _("Is Important:"), +- _("If the item's text should be shown when the toolbar's mode is GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_tool_item_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, VisibleHorz, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleHorz) +- != NULL ? FALSE : TRUE); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, VisibleVert, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleVert) +- != NULL ? FALSE : TRUE); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, IsImportant, +- gtk_tool_item_get_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (widget))); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_tool_item_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean visible_horz, visible_vert, is_important; +- +- visible_horz = gb_widget_input_bool (data, VisibleHorz); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleHorz, +- visible_horz ? NULL : "FALSE"); +- } +- +- visible_vert = gb_widget_input_bool (data, VisibleVert); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleVert, +- visible_vert ? NULL : "FALSE"); +- } +- +- is_important = gb_widget_input_bool (data, IsImportant); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_tool_item_set_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (widget), is_important); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkToolItem, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_tool_item_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_tool_item_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " %s = (GtkWidget*) gtk_tool_item_new ();\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleHorz) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_visible_horizontal (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), VisibleVert) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_tool_item_get_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tool_item_set_is_important (GTK_TOOL_ITEM (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_tool_item_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_tool_item_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = toolitem_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Toolbar Item"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_tool_item_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_tool_item_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_tool_item_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_tool_item_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_tool_item_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_tool_item_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbtreeview.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/ctree.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *HeadersVisible = "GtkTreeView::headers_visible"; +-static gchar *RulesHint = "GtkTreeView::rules_hint"; +-static gchar *Reorderable = "GtkTreeView::reorderable"; +-static gchar *EnableSearch = "GtkTreeView::enable_search"; +- +-static gchar *FixedHeightMode = "GtkTreeView::fixed_height_mode"; +-static gchar *HoverSelection = "GtkTreeView::hover_selection"; +-static gchar *HoverExpand = "GtkTreeView::hover_expand"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkTreeView, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_tree_view_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- GtkListStore *store; +- GtkTreeIter iter; +- GtkTreeViewColumn *col; +- GtkCellRenderer *rend; +- char buf[256]; +- gint i; +- +- store = gtk_list_store_new (3, G_TYPE_STRING, G_TYPE_STRING, G_TYPE_STRING); +- new_widget = gtk_tree_view_new_with_model (GTK_TREE_MODEL (store)); +- +- /* We set the columns to a fixed size, since the "fixed_height_mode" +- property requires that. */ +- rend = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (); +- col = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (_("Column 1"), rend, +- "text", 0, +- NULL); +- gtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing (col, GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED); +- gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_width (col, 100); +- gtk_tree_view_append_column (GTK_TREE_VIEW (new_widget), col); +- +- rend = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (); +- col = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (_("Column 2"), rend, +- "text", 1, +- NULL); +- gtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing (col, GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED); +- gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_width (col, 100); +- gtk_tree_view_append_column (GTK_TREE_VIEW (new_widget), col); +- +- rend = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (); +- col = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (_("Column 3"), rend, +- "text", 2, +- NULL); +- gtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing (col, GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED); +- gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_width (col, 100); +- gtk_tree_view_append_column (GTK_TREE_VIEW (new_widget), col); +- +- for (i = 1; i <= 8; i++) +- { +- gtk_list_store_append (store, &iter); +- sprintf (buf, _("Row %i"), i); +- gtk_list_store_set (store, &iter, 0, buf, 1, "...", 2, "...", -1); +- } +- +- g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (store)); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_tree_view_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (HeadersVisible, _("Headers Visible:"), +- _("If the column header buttons are shown")); +- property_add_bool (RulesHint, _("Rules Hint:"), +- _("If a hint is set so the theme engine should draw rows in alternating colors")); +- property_add_bool (Reorderable, _("Reorderable:"), +- _("If the view is reorderable")); +- property_add_bool (EnableSearch, _("Enable Search:"), +- _("If the user can search through columns interactively")); +- +- property_add_bool (FixedHeightMode, _("Fixed Height Mode:"), +- _("Sets all rows to the same height to improve performance")); +- property_add_bool (HoverSelection, _("Hover Selection:"), +- _("Whether the selection should follow the pointer")); +- property_add_bool (HoverExpand, _("Hover Expand:"), +- _("Whether rows should be expanded or collapsed when the pointer moves over them")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_tree_view_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean headers_visible, rules_hint, reorderable, enable_search; +- gboolean fixed_height_mode, hover_selection, hover_expand; +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "headers_visible", &headers_visible, +- "rules_hint", &rules_hint, +- "reorderable", &reorderable, +- "enable_search", &enable_search, +- "fixed_height_mode", &fixed_height_mode, +- "hover_selection", &hover_selection, +- "hover_expand", &hover_expand, +- NULL); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, HeadersVisible, headers_visible); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, RulesHint, rules_hint); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Reorderable, reorderable); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, EnableSearch, enable_search); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, FixedHeightMode, fixed_height_mode); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, HoverSelection, hover_selection); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, HoverExpand, hover_expand); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_tree_view_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean headers_visible, rules_hint, reorderable, enable_search; +- gboolean fixed_height_mode, hover_selection, hover_expand; +- +- headers_visible = gb_widget_input_bool (data, HeadersVisible); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_tree_view_set_headers_visible (GTK_TREE_VIEW (widget), headers_visible); +- +- rules_hint = gb_widget_input_bool (data, RulesHint); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint (GTK_TREE_VIEW (widget), rules_hint); +- +- reorderable = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Reorderable); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable (GTK_TREE_VIEW (widget), reorderable); +- +- enable_search = gb_widget_input_bool (data, EnableSearch); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_tree_view_set_enable_search (GTK_TREE_VIEW (widget), enable_search); +- +- fixed_height_mode = gb_widget_input_bool (data, FixedHeightMode); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode (GTK_TREE_VIEW (widget), fixed_height_mode); +- +- hover_selection = gb_widget_input_bool (data, HoverSelection); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_tree_view_set_hover_selection (GTK_TREE_VIEW (widget), hover_selection); +- +- hover_expand = gb_widget_input_bool (data, HoverExpand); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_tree_view_set_hover_expand (GTK_TREE_VIEW (widget), hover_expand); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkTreeView, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_tree_view_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_tree_view_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gboolean headers_visible, rules_hint, reorderable, enable_search; +- gboolean fixed_height_mode, hover_selection, hover_expand; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_tree_view_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "headers_visible", &headers_visible, +- "rules_hint", &rules_hint, +- "reorderable", &reorderable, +- "enable_search", &enable_search, +- "fixed_height_mode", &fixed_height_mode, +- "hover_selection", &hover_selection, +- "hover_expand", &hover_expand, +- NULL); +- +- if (!headers_visible) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tree_view_set_headers_visible (GTK_TREE_VIEW (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (rules_hint) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint (GTK_TREE_VIEW (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (reorderable) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable (GTK_TREE_VIEW (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (!enable_search) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tree_view_set_enable_search (GTK_TREE_VIEW (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (fixed_height_mode) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode (GTK_TREE_VIEW (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (hover_selection) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tree_view_set_hover_selection (GTK_TREE_VIEW (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (hover_expand) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_tree_view_set_hover_expand (GTK_TREE_VIEW (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_tree_view_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_tree_view_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = ctree_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("List or Tree View"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_tree_view_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_tree_view_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_tree_view_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_tree_view_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_tree_view_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_tree_view_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbvbox.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkhbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkvbox.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/vbox.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Size = "VBox|GtkBox::size"; +-static gchar *Homogeneous = "VBox|GtkBox::homogeneous"; +-static gchar *Spacing = "VBox|GtkBox::spacing"; +- +-static void show_vbox_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_vbox_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_vbox_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkVBox, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_vbox_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- new_widget = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- return new_widget; +- } +- else +- { +- show_vbox_dialog (data); +- return NULL; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_vbox_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *hbox, *label, *spinbutton; +- GtkObject *adjustment; +- +- dialog = glade_util_create_dialog (_("New vertical box"), data->parent, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_vbox_dialog_ok), +- data, &vbox); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_vbox_dialog_destroy), data); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 10); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Number of rows:")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (3, 1, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "rows", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 1, 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), spinbutton, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (spinbutton, 50, -1); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (spinbutton); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +- gtk_grab_add (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_vbox_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *spinbutton, *window, *placeholder; +- gint rows, i; +- +- window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- /* Only call callback if placeholder/fixed widget is still there */ +- if (gb_widget_can_finish_new (data)) +- { +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "rows"); +- g_return_if_fail (spinbutton != NULL); +- rows = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (spinbutton)); +- +- new_widget = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- for (i = 0; i < rows; i++) +- { +- placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- /*gtk_widget_set_usize(placeholder, 80, 60); */ +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (new_widget), placeholder, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- } +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- (*data->callback) (new_widget, data); +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_vbox_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- gtk_grab_remove (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vbox_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_int_range (Size, _("Size:"), _("The number of widgets in the box"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_bool (Homogeneous, _("Homogeneous:"), +- _("If the children should be the same size")); +- property_add_int_range (Spacing, _("Spacing:"), _("The space between each child"), +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vbox_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- if (data->action != GB_SAVING) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Size, g_list_length (GTK_BOX (widget)->children)); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Homogeneous, GTK_BOX (widget)->homogeneous); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Spacing, GTK_BOX (widget)->spacing); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vbox_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean homogeneous; +- gint spacing, size; +- +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- { +- size = gb_widget_input_int (data, Size); +- if (data->apply) +- gb_box_set_size (widget, size); +- } +- +- homogeneous = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Homogeneous); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_box_set_homogeneous (GTK_BOX (widget), homogeneous); +- +- spacing = gb_widget_input_int (data, Spacing); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (widget), spacing); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vbox_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_vbox_new (%s, %i);\n", data->wname, +- GTK_BOX (widget)->homogeneous ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", +- GTK_BOX (widget)->spacing); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_vbox_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_vbox_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = vbox_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Vertical Box"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_vbox_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_vbox_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_vbox_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_vbox_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_vbox_write_source; +- +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_child_properties = gb_box_create_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child_properties = gb_box_get_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_child_properties = gb_box_set_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_box_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_box_write_add_child_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbvbuttonbox.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,357 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkvbbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/vbuttonbox.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Size = "VBBox|GtkBox::size"; +-static gchar *Layout = "VBBox|GtkButtonBox::layout_style"; +-static gchar *Spacing = "VBBox|GtkButtonBox::spacing"; +- +-static const gchar *GbLayoutChoices[] = +-{"Default", "Spread", "Edge", +- "Start", "End", NULL}; +-static const gint GbLayoutValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_BUTTONBOX_DEFAULT_STYLE, +- GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD, +- GTK_BUTTONBOX_EDGE, +- GTK_BUTTONBOX_START, +- GTK_BUTTONBOX_END +-}; +-static const gchar *GbLayoutSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_BUTTONBOX_DEFAULT_STYLE", +- "GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD", +- "GTK_BUTTONBOX_EDGE", +- "GTK_BUTTONBOX_START", +- "GTK_BUTTONBOX_END" +-}; +- +- +-/* FIXME: Hack - copied from gtkbbox.c. Should use GParam query instead, +- or use an optional int property instead. */ +-#define DEFAULT_CHILD_MIN_WIDTH 85 +-#define DEFAULT_CHILD_MIN_HEIGHT 27 +-#define DEFAULT_CHILD_IPAD_X 4 +-#define DEFAULT_CHILD_IPAD_Y 0 +- +- +-static void show_vbbox_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_vbbox_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_vbbox_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkVButtonBox, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_vbutton_box_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- new_widget = gtk_vbutton_box_new (); +- return new_widget; +- } +- else +- { +- show_vbbox_dialog (data); +- return NULL; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_vbbox_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *hbox, *label, *spinbutton; +- GtkObject *adjustment; +- +- dialog = glade_util_create_dialog (_("New vertical button box"), +- data->parent, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_vbbox_dialog_ok), +- data, &vbox); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_vbbox_dialog_destroy), data); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 10); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Number of rows:")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (3, 1, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "rows", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 1, 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), spinbutton, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (spinbutton, 50, -1); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (spinbutton); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +- gtk_grab_add (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_vbbox_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *spinbutton, *window, *new_child; +- gint rows, i; +- +- window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- /* Only call callback if placeholder/fixed widget is still there */ +- if (gb_widget_can_finish_new (data)) +- { +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "rows"); +- g_return_if_fail (spinbutton != NULL); +- rows = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (spinbutton)); +- +- new_widget = gtk_vbutton_box_new (); +- for (i = 0; i < rows; i++) +- { +- new_child = gb_widget_new ("GtkButton", new_widget); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (new_child, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), new_child); +- } +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- (*data->callback) (new_widget, data); +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_vbbox_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- gtk_grab_remove (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vbutton_box_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * +- data) +-{ +- property_add_int_range (Size, "Size:", "The number of buttons", +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_choice (Layout, "Layout:", +- "The layout style of the buttons", +- GbLayoutChoices); +- property_add_int_range (Spacing, "Spacing:", "The space between the buttons", +- 0, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vbutton_box_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkButtonBoxStyle layout; +- gint i, spacing; +- +- if (data->action != GB_SAVING) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Size, g_list_length (GTK_BOX (widget)->children)); +- +- layout = gtk_button_box_get_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (widget)); +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbLayoutValues) / sizeof (GbLayoutValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbLayoutValues[i] == layout) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Layout, i, GbLayoutSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- spacing = gtk_box_get_spacing (GTK_BOX (widget)); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Spacing, spacing); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vbutton_box_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint size, i, spacing; +- gchar *layout; +- gboolean queue_resize = FALSE; +- +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- { +- size = gb_widget_input_int (data, Size); +- if (data->apply) +- gb_box_set_size (widget, size); +- } +- +- layout = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Layout); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbLayoutValues) / sizeof (GbLayoutValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (layout, GbLayoutChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (layout, GbLayoutSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (widget), GbLayoutValues +- [i]); +- queue_resize = TRUE; +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- spacing = gb_widget_input_int (data, Spacing); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (widget), spacing); +- queue_resize = TRUE; +- } +- +- if (queue_resize) +- gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkVButtonBox, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_vbutton_box_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vbutton_box_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkButtonBoxStyle layout_style; +- gint spacing, i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_vbutton_box_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- layout_style = GTK_BUTTON_BOX (widget)->layout_style; +- if (layout_style != GTK_BUTTONBOX_DEFAULT_STYLE) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbLayoutValues) / sizeof (GbLayoutValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (GbLayoutValues[i] == layout_style) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbLayoutSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- spacing = gtk_box_get_spacing (GTK_BOX (widget)); +- if (spacing != 0) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, spacing); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_vbutton_box_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_vbutton_box_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = vbuttonbox_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Vertical Button Box"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_vbutton_box_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_vbutton_box_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_vbutton_box_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_vbutton_box_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_vbutton_box_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_vbutton_box_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbviewport.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkviewport.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/viewport.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Shadow = "GtkViewport::shadow_type"; +- +-/* I don't think there's any point in adding these. */ +-/* +- static gchar *HValues[] = { +- "GtkViewport::hvalue", +- "GtkViewport::hlower", +- "GtkViewport::hupper", +- "GtkViewport::hstep", +- "GtkViewport::hpage", +- "GtkViewport::hpage_size", +- }; +- +- static gchar *VValues[] = { +- "GtkViewport::vvalue", +- "GtkViewport::vlower", +- "GtkViewport::vupper", +- "GtkViewport::vstep", +- "GtkViewport::vpage", +- "GtkViewport::vpage_size", +- }; +- */ +- +-static const gchar *GbShadowChoices[] = +-{"None", "In", "Out", +- "Etched In", "Etched Out", NULL}; +-static const gint GbShadowValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_SHADOW_NONE, +- GTK_SHADOW_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_OUT, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT +-}; +-static const gchar *GbShadowSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_SHADOW_NONE", +- "GTK_SHADOW_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_OUT", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT" +-}; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkViewport, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_viewport_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_viewport_new (NULL, NULL); +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder ()); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_viewport_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (Shadow, _("Shadow:"), _("The type of shadow of the viewport"), +- GbShadowChoices); +- /* +- property_add_adjustment(HValues, GB_ADJUST_H_LABELS); +- property_add_adjustment(VValues, GB_ADJUST_V_LABELS); +- */ +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_viewport_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbShadowValues[i] == GTK_VIEWPORT (widget)->shadow_type) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Shadow, i, GbShadowSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- /* +- gb_widget_output_adjustment(data, HValues, GTK_VIEWPORT(widget)->hadjustment); +- gb_widget_output_adjustment(data, VValues, GTK_VIEWPORT(widget)->vadjustment); +- */ +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_viewport_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- gchar *shadow; +- +- shadow = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Shadow); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (shadow, GbShadowChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (shadow, GbShadowSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type (GTK_VIEWPORT (widget), GbShadowValues +- [i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- /* +- if (gb_widget_input_adjustment(data, HValues, +- GTK_VIEWPORT(widget)->hadjustment)) +- gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_VIEWPORT(widget)->hadjustment), +- "value_changed"); +- if (gb_widget_input_adjustment(data, VValues, +- GTK_VIEWPORT(widget)->vadjustment)) +- gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_VIEWPORT(widget)->vadjustment), +- "value_changed"); +- */ +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkViewport, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_viewport_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_viewport_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_viewport_new (NULL, NULL);\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (GTK_VIEWPORT (widget)->shadow_type != GTK_SHADOW_IN) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (GbShadowValues[i] == GTK_VIEWPORT (widget)->shadow_type) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type (GTK_VIEWPORT (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbShadowSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_viewport_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_viewport_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = viewport_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Viewport"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_viewport_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_viewport_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_viewport_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_viewport_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_viewport_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_viewport_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbvpaned.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkvpaned.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktogglebutton.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/vpaned.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Position = "VPaned|GtkPaned::position"; +- +-static void on_toggle_position (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkVPaned, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_vpaned_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_vpaned_new (); +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- { +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder ()); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), editor_new_placeholder ()); +- } +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vpaned_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_optional_int_range (Position, _("Position:"), +- _("The position of the divider"), +- 1, 1000, 1, 10, 1, +- on_toggle_position); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_toggle_position (GtkWidget * button, gpointer value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget; +- gboolean value_set; +- gint position; +- +- widget = property_get_widget (); +- if (widget == NULL) +- return; +- +- value_set = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button)->active ? TRUE : FALSE; +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GTK_WIDGET (value), value_set); +- +- position = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- Position)); +- gtk_paned_set_position (GTK_PANED (widget), +- value_set ? position : -1); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vpaned_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint position; +- +- position = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- Position)); +- gb_widget_output_optional_int (data, Position, position, +- GTK_PANED (widget)->position_set); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vpaned_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint position; +- +- position = gb_widget_input_int (data, Position); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Position, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (position)); +- gtk_paned_set_position (GTK_PANED (widget), position); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkVPaned, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_vpaned_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vpaned_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint position; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_vpaned_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (GTK_PANED (widget)->position_set) +- { +- position = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- Position)); +- source_add (data, " gtk_paned_set_position (GTK_PANED (%s), %d);\n", +- data->wname, position); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_vpaned_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_vpaned_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = vpaned_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Vertical Panes"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_vpaned_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_vpaned_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_vpaned_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_vpaned_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_child_properties = gb_paned_create_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child_properties = gb_paned_get_child_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_child_properties = gb_paned_set_child_properties; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_vpaned_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_vpaned_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_paned_write_add_child_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbvruler.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkvruler.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/vruler.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Metric = "VRuler|GtkRuler::metric"; +-static gchar *Lower = "VRuler|GtkRuler::lower"; +-static gchar *Upper = "VRuler|GtkRuler::upper"; +-static gchar *Pos = "VRuler|GtkRuler::position"; +-static gchar *Max = "VRuler|GtkRuler::max_size"; +- +-static const gchar *GbMetricChoices[] = +-{"Pixels", "Inches", "Centimeters", NULL}; +-static const gint GbMetricValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_PIXELS, +- GTK_INCHES, +- GTK_CENTIMETERS +-}; +-static const gchar *GbMetricSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_PIXELS", +- "GTK_INCHES", +- "GTK_CENTIMETERS" +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkVRuler, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_vruler_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget = gtk_vruler_new (); +- gtk_ruler_set_range (GTK_RULER (new_widget), 0, 10, 0, 10); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vruler_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (Metric, _("Metric:"), +- _("The units of the ruler"), +- GbMetricChoices); +- property_add_float (Lower, _("Lower Value:"), +- _("The low value of the ruler")); +- property_add_float (Upper, _("Upper Value:"), +- _("The low value of the ruler")); +- property_add_float (Pos, _("Position:"), +- _("The current position on the ruler")); +- property_add_float (Max, _("Max:"), +- _("The maximum value of the ruler")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vruler_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *metric_name; +- gint i; +- +- metric_name = GTK_RULER (widget)->metric->metric_name; +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbMetricValues) / sizeof (GbMetricValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (GbMetricChoices[i], metric_name)) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Metric, i, GbMetricSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Lower, GTK_RULER (widget)->lower); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Upper, GTK_RULER (widget)->upper); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Pos, GTK_RULER (widget)->position); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, Max, GTK_RULER (widget)->max_size); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vruler_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *metric; +- gint i; +- gfloat lower, upper, pos, max; +- gboolean set_range = FALSE; +- +- metric = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Metric); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbMetricValues) / sizeof (GbMetricValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (metric, GbMetricChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (metric, GbMetricSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_ruler_set_metric (GTK_RULER (widget), GbMetricValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- lower = gb_widget_input_float (data, Lower); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- lower = GTK_RULER (widget)->lower; +- +- upper = gb_widget_input_float (data, Upper); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- upper = GTK_RULER (widget)->upper; +- +- pos = gb_widget_input_float (data, Pos); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- pos = GTK_RULER (widget)->position; +- +- max = gb_widget_input_float (data, Max); +- if (data->apply) +- set_range = TRUE; +- else +- max = GTK_RULER (widget)->max_size; +- +- if (set_range) +- gtk_ruler_set_range (GTK_RULER (widget), lower, upper, pos, max); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkVRuler, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_vruler_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vruler_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *metric_name; +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_vruler_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- metric_name = GTK_RULER (widget)->metric->metric_name; +- if (strcmp (metric_name, "Pixels")) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbMetricValues) / sizeof (GbMetricValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (GbMetricChoices[i], metric_name)) +- source_add (data, " gtk_ruler_set_metric (GTK_RULER (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbMetricSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- source_add (data, " gtk_ruler_set_range (GTK_RULER (%s), %g, %g, %g, %g);\n", +- data->wname, GTK_RULER (widget)->lower, GTK_RULER (widget)->upper, +- GTK_RULER (widget)->position, GTK_RULER (widget)->max_size); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_vruler_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_vruler_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = vruler_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Vertical Ruler"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_vruler_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_vruler_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_vruler_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_vruler_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_vruler_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_vruler_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbvscale.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkvscale.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/vscale.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *DrawValue = "VScale|GtkScale::draw_value"; +-static gchar *ValuePos = "VScale|GtkScale::value_pos"; +-static gchar *Digits = "VScale|GtkRange::digits"; +-static gchar *Policy = "VScale|GtkRange::update_policy"; +-static gchar *Inverted = "VScale|GtkRange::inverted"; +- +-static const gchar *Values[] = +-{ +- "GtkVScale::value", +- "GtkVScale::lower", +- "GtkVScale::upper", +- "GtkVScale::step", +- "GtkVScale::page", +- "GtkVScale::page_size", +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbValuePosChoices[] = +-{"Left", "Right", "Top", "Bottom", NULL}; +-static const gint GbValuePosValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_POS_LEFT, +- GTK_POS_RIGHT, +- GTK_POS_TOP, +- GTK_POS_BOTTOM +-}; +-static const gchar *GbValuePosSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_POS_LEFT", +- "GTK_POS_RIGHT", +- "GTK_POS_TOP", +- "GTK_POS_BOTTOM" +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbPolicyChoices[] = +-{"Continuous", "Discontinuous", "Delayed", +- NULL}; +-static const gint GbPolicyValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS, +- GTK_UPDATE_DISCONTINUOUS, +- GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED +-}; +-static const gchar *GbPolicySymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS", +- "GTK_UPDATE_DISCONTINUOUS", +- "GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED" +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkVScale, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_vscale_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- return gtk_vscale_new (NULL); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vscale_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (DrawValue, _("Show Value:"), _("If the scale's value is shown")); +- property_add_int_range (Digits, _("Digits:"), _("The number of digits to show"), +- 0, 13, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_choice (ValuePos, _("Value Pos:"), +- _("The position of the value"), +- GbValuePosChoices); +- property_add_choice (Policy, _("Policy:"), +- _("The update policy of the scale"), +- GbPolicyChoices); +- property_add_bool (Inverted, _("Inverted:"), _("If the range values are inverted")); +- property_add_adjustment (Values, GB_ADJUST_DEFAULT_LABELS); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vscale_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, DrawValue, GTK_SCALE (widget)->draw_value); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbValuePosValues) / sizeof (GbValuePosValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbValuePosValues[i] == GTK_SCALE (widget)->value_pos) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, ValuePos, i, GbValuePosSymbols[i]); +- } +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Digits, GTK_SCALE (widget)->digits); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbPolicyValues[i] == GTK_RANGE (widget)->update_policy) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Policy, i, GbPolicySymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Inverted, GTK_RANGE (widget)->inverted); +- +- gb_widget_output_adjustment (data, Values, GTK_RANGE (widget)->adjustment, +- "adjustment"); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vscale_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean draw_value, inverted; +- gint digits, i; +- gchar *valuepos, *policy; +- GtkAdjustment *adj; +- +- draw_value = gb_widget_input_bool (data, DrawValue); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_scale_set_draw_value (GTK_SCALE (widget), draw_value); +- /* Shouldn't really need to do this */ +- editor_refresh_widget (widget); +- } +- +- valuepos = gb_widget_input_choice (data, ValuePos); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbValuePosValues) / sizeof (GbValuePosValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (valuepos, GbValuePosChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (valuepos, GbValuePosSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_scale_set_value_pos (GTK_SCALE (widget), GbValuePosValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- digits = gb_widget_input_int (data, Digits); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_scale_set_digits (GTK_SCALE (widget), digits); +- +- policy = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Policy); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (policy, GbPolicyChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (policy, GbPolicySymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (widget), +- GbPolicyValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- inverted = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Inverted); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_range_set_inverted (GTK_RANGE (widget), inverted); +- } +- +- adj = GTK_RANGE (widget)->adjustment; +- if (gb_widget_input_adjustment (data, Values, adj, "adjustment")) +- { +- gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (adj), "value_changed"); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkVScale, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_vscale_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vscale_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkAdjustment *adj = GTK_RANGE (widget)->adjustment; +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_vscale_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_adjustment_new (%g, %g, %g, %g, %g, %g)));\n", +- data->wname, adj->value, adj->lower, adj->upper, +- adj->step_increment, adj->page_increment, adj->page_size); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (!GTK_SCALE (widget)->draw_value) +- source_add (data, " gtk_scale_set_draw_value (GTK_SCALE (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- if (GTK_SCALE (widget)->value_pos != GTK_POS_TOP) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbValuePosValues) / sizeof (GbValuePosValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbValuePosValues[i] == GTK_SCALE (widget)->value_pos) +- source_add (data, " gtk_scale_set_value_pos (GTK_SCALE (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbValuePosSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- if (GTK_SCALE (widget)->digits != 1) +- source_add (data, " gtk_scale_set_digits (GTK_SCALE (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, GTK_SCALE (widget)->digits); +- +- if (GTK_RANGE (widget)->update_policy != GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (GbPolicyValues[i] == GTK_RANGE (widget)->update_policy) +- source_add (data, " gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbPolicySymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_RANGE (widget)->inverted) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_range_set_inverted (GTK_RANGE (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_vscale_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_vscale_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = vscale_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Vertical Scale"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_vscale_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_vscale_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_vscale_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_vscale_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_vscale_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_vscale_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbvscrollbar.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkvscrollbar.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/vscrollbar.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Policy = "VScrollbar|GtkRange::update_policy"; +-static gchar *Inverted = "VScrollbar|GtkRange::inverted"; +- +-static const gchar *Values[] = +-{ +- "GtkVScrollbar::value", +- "GtkVScrollbar::lower", +- "GtkVScrollbar::upper", +- "GtkVScrollbar::step", +- "GtkVScrollbar::page", +- "GtkVScrollbar::page_size", +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbPolicyChoices[] = +-{"Continuous", "Discontinuous", "Delayed", +- NULL}; +-static const gint GbPolicyValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS, +- GTK_UPDATE_DISCONTINUOUS, +- GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED +-}; +-static const gchar *GbPolicySymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS", +- "GTK_UPDATE_DISCONTINUOUS", +- "GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED" +-}; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkVScrollbar, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_vscrollbar_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- return gtk_vscrollbar_new (NULL); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vscrollbar_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (Policy, _("Policy:"), +- _("The update policy of the scrollbar"), +- GbPolicyChoices); +- property_add_bool (Inverted, _("Inverted:"), _("If the range values are inverted")); +- property_add_adjustment (Values, GB_ADJUST_DEFAULT_LABELS); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vscrollbar_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbPolicyValues[i] == GTK_RANGE (widget)->update_policy) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Policy, i, GbPolicySymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Inverted, GTK_RANGE (widget)->inverted); +- +- gb_widget_output_adjustment (data, Values, GTK_RANGE (widget)->adjustment, +- "adjustment"); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vscrollbar_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *policy; +- gint i; +- gboolean inverted; +- GtkAdjustment *adj; +- +- policy = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Policy); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (policy, GbPolicyChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (policy, GbPolicySymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (widget), GbPolicyValues +- [i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- inverted = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Inverted); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_range_set_inverted (GTK_RANGE (widget), inverted); +- } +- +- adj = GTK_RANGE (widget)->adjustment; +- if (gb_widget_input_adjustment (data, Values, adj, "adjustment")) +- { +- gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (adj), "changed"); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkVScrollbar, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_vscrollbar_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vscrollbar_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkAdjustment *adj = GTK_RANGE (widget)->adjustment; +- gint i; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gtk_vscrollbar_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_adjustment_new (%g, %g, %g, %g, %g, %g)));\n", +- data->wname, adj->value, adj->lower, adj->upper, +- adj->step_increment, adj->page_increment, adj->page_size); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (GTK_RANGE (widget)->update_policy != GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbPolicyValues) / sizeof (GbPolicyValues[0]); i +- ++) +- { +- if (GbPolicyValues[i] == GTK_RANGE (widget)->update_policy) +- source_add (data, " gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbPolicySymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (GTK_RANGE (widget)->inverted) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_range_set_inverted (GTK_RANGE (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_vscrollbar_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_vscrollbar_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = vscrollbar_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Vertical Scrollbar"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_vscrollbar_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_vscrollbar_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_vscrollbar_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_vscrollbar_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_vscrollbar_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_vscrollbar_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbvseparator.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <gtk/gtkvseparator.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/vseparator.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkVSeparator, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget* +-gb_vseparator_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return gtk_vseparator_new (); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_vseparator_create_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_vseparator_get_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_vseparator_set_properties(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkVSeparator, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_vseparator_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_vseparator_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_vseparator_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_vseparator_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_vseparator_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = vseparator_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Vertical Separator"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_vseparator_new; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_vseparator_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_vseparator_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_vseparator_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_vseparator_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_vseparator_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gbwidgets/gbwindow.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,1246 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktogglebutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkwindow.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* This file includes some common routines for standard window properties +- such as title, type, position, default width & height, shrink, grow, +- auto_shrink & icon. Other widgets can call these functions just +- by supplying the property names. Note that for most properties we use the +- widget's own property names as keys when storing values in the objects +- datalist, but for default width & height we use the windows own names since +- we need to access the values in the on_toggle_default_xx() callbacks. */ +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/window.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Title = "GtkWindow::title"; +-static gchar *Type = "GtkWindow::type"; +-static gchar *Position = "GtkWindow::window_position"; +-static gchar *Modal = "GtkWindow::modal"; +-static gchar *DefaultWidth = "GtkWindow::default_width"; +-static gchar *DefaultHeight = "GtkWindow::default_height"; +-static gchar *IconName = "GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +-static gchar *Resizable = "GtkWindow::resizable"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "GtkWindow::gravity"; +-static gchar *Urgency = "GtkWindow::urgency_hint"; +- +-/* These are deprecated. We don't show them any more. */ +-static gchar *Shrink = "GtkWindow::allow_shrink"; +-static gchar *Grow = "GtkWindow::allow_grow"; +- +- +-/* The key to hold the icon filename. */ +-static gchar *GladeWindowIconKey = "GladeWindowIconKey"; +- +-static const gchar *GbTypeChoices[] = +-{"Top Level", "Popup", NULL}; +-static const gint GbTypeValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL, +- GTK_WINDOW_POPUP +-}; +-static const gchar *GbTypeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL", +- "GTK_WINDOW_POPUP" +-}; +- +-/* If you change these arrays be sure to make sure +- GLADE_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG_INDEX is up to date in gb.h. */ +-static const gchar *GbTypeHintChoices[] = +-{"Normal", "Dialog", "Menu", "Toolbar", "Splash Screen", "Utility", +- "Dock", "Desktop", NULL}; +-static const gint GbTypeHintValues[] = +-{ +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NORMAL, +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG, +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_MENU, +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_TOOLBAR, +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_SPLASHSCREEN, +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_UTILITY, +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DOCK, +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DESKTOP +-}; +-static const gchar *GbTypeHintSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NORMAL", +- "GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG", +- "GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_MENU", +- "GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_TOOLBAR", +- "GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_SPLASHSCREEN", +- "GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_UTILITY", +- "GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DOCK", +- "GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DESKTOP" +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbPositionChoices[] = +-{"None", "Center", "Mouse", "Center Always", "Center on Parent", NULL}; +-static const gint GbPositionValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_WIN_POS_NONE, +- GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER, +- GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE, +- GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS, +- GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ON_PARENT +-}; +-static const gchar *GbPositionSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_WIN_POS_NONE", +- "GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER", +- "GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE", +- "GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS", +- "GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ON_PARENT" +-}; +- +-static const gchar *GbGravityChoices[] = +-{"North West", "North", "North East", "West", "Center", "East", +- "South West", "South", "South East", "Static", NULL}; +-static const gint GbGravityValues[] = +-{ +- GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST, +- GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH, +- GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_EAST, +- GDK_GRAVITY_WEST, +- GDK_GRAVITY_CENTER, +- GDK_GRAVITY_EAST, +- GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_WEST, +- GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH, +- GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST, +- GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC +-}; +-static const gchar *GbGravitySymbols[] = +-{ +- "GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST", +- "GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH", +- "GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_EAST", +- "GDK_GRAVITY_WEST", +- "GDK_GRAVITY_CENTER", +- "GDK_GRAVITY_EAST", +- "GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_WEST", +- "GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH", +- "GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST", +- "GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC" +-}; +- +- +-static void on_toggle_default_width (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value); +-static void on_toggle_default_height (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GtkWindow, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-GtkWidget * +-gb_window_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *placeholder; +- +- new_widget = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (new_widget), data->name); +- gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (new_widget), FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- /* We need to size the placeholder or the window is very small. */ +- if (data->action != GB_LOADING) +- { +- placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (placeholder, 400, 300); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_widget), placeholder); +- } +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_window_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, NULL, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_window_create_standard_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateArgData * data, +- gchar *title_p, +- gchar *type_p, +- gchar *position_p, +- gchar *modal_p, +- gchar *default_width_p, +- gchar *default_height_p, +- gchar *shrink_p, +- gchar *grow_p, +- gchar *auto_shrink_p, +- gchar *icon_name_p, +- gchar *focus_on_map_p, +- gchar *resizable_p, +- gchar *destroy_with_parent_p, +- gchar *icon_p, +- gchar *role_p, +- gchar *type_hint_p, +- gchar *skip_taskbar_p, +- gchar *skip_pager_p, +- gchar *decorated_p, +- gchar *gravity_p, +- gchar *urgency_p) +-{ +- if (title_p) +- property_add_string (title_p, _("Title:"), _("The title of the window")); +- +- if (type_p) +- property_add_choice (type_p, _("Type:"), _("The type of the window"), +- GbTypeChoices); +- +- if (type_hint_p) +- property_add_choice (type_hint_p, _("Type Hint:"), +- _("Tells the window manager how to treat the window"), +- GbTypeHintChoices); +- +- if (position_p) +- property_add_choice (position_p, _("Position:"), +- _("The initial position of the window"), +- GbPositionChoices); +- +- if (modal_p) +- property_add_bool (modal_p, _("Modal:"), _("If the window is modal")); +- +- if (default_width_p && default_height_p) +- { +- property_add_optional_int_range (default_width_p, +- _("Default Width:"), +- _("The default width of the window"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1, +- on_toggle_default_width); +- property_add_optional_int_range (default_height_p, +- _("Default Height:"), +- _("The default height of the window"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1, +- on_toggle_default_height); +- } +- +- if (resizable_p) +- property_add_bool (resizable_p, _("Resizable:"), +- _("If the window can be resized")); +- +-#if 0 +- /* These are deprecated. */ +- if (shrink_p && grow_p) +- { +- property_add_bool (shrink_p, _("Shrink:"), +- _("If the window can be shrunk")); +- property_add_bool (grow_p, _("Grow:"), +- _("If the window can be enlarged")); +- } +-#endif +- +- if (destroy_with_parent_p) +- property_add_bool (destroy_with_parent_p, _("Auto-Destroy:"), +- _("If the window is destroyed when its transient parent is destroyed")); +- +- if (icon_p) +- property_add_filename (icon_p, _("Icon:"), +- _("The icon for this window")); +- +- if (icon_name_p) +- property_add_named_icon (icon_name_p, _("Named Icon:"), +- _("The named icon to use")); +- +- if (role_p) +- property_add_string (role_p, _("Role:"), _("A unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session")); +- +- if (decorated_p) +- property_add_bool (decorated_p, _("Decorated:"), +- _("If the window should be decorated by the window manager")); +- +- if (skip_taskbar_p) +- property_add_bool (skip_taskbar_p, _("Skip Taskbar:"), +- _("If the window should not appear in the task bar")); +- +- if (skip_pager_p) +- property_add_bool (skip_pager_p, _("Skip Pager:"), +- _("If the window should not appear in the pager")); +- +- if (gravity_p) +- property_add_choice (gravity_p, _("Gravity:"), +- _("The reference point to use when the window coordinates are set"), +- GbGravityChoices); +- +- if (focus_on_map_p) +- property_add_bool (focus_on_map_p, _("Focus On Map:"), _("If the window should receive the input focus when it is mapped")); +- +- if (urgency_p) +- property_add_bool (urgency_p, _("Urgency Hint:"), _("If the window should be brought to the user's attention")); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_toggle_default_width (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *property_widget; +- gboolean value_set; +- gint width, height; +- +- property_widget = property_get_widget (); +- if (property_widget == NULL) +- return; +- +- value_set = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->active ? TRUE : FALSE; +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GTK_WIDGET (value), value_set); +- +- if (value_set) +- { +- width = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (value)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (property_widget), DefaultWidth, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (width)); +- } +- else +- { +- width = -1; +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (property_widget), DefaultWidth, +- NULL); +- } +- +- height = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (property_widget), +- DefaultHeight)); +- gtk_window_set_default_size (GTK_WINDOW (property_widget), +- width, height != 0 ? height : -1); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_toggle_default_height (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *property_widget; +- gboolean value_set; +- gint width, height; +- +- property_widget = property_get_widget (); +- if (property_widget == NULL) +- return; +- +- value_set = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->active ? TRUE : FALSE; +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GTK_WIDGET (value), value_set); +- +- if (value_set) +- { +- height = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (value)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (property_widget), DefaultHeight, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (height)); +- } +- else +- { +- height = -1; +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (property_widget), DefaultHeight, +- NULL); +- } +- +- width = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (property_widget), +- DefaultWidth)); +- gtk_window_set_default_size (GTK_WINDOW (property_widget), +- width != 0 ? width : -1, height); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_window_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, NULL, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_window_get_standard_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- gchar *title_p, +- gchar *type_p, +- gchar *position_p, +- gchar *modal_p, +- gchar *default_width_p, +- gchar *default_height_p, +- gchar *shrink_p, +- gchar *grow_p, +- gchar *auto_shrink_p, +- gchar *icon_name_p, +- gchar *focus_on_map_p, +- gchar *resizable_p, +- gchar *destroy_with_parent_p, +- gchar *icon_p, +- gchar *role_p, +- gchar *type_hint_p, +- gchar *skip_taskbar_p, +- gchar *skip_pager_p, +- gchar *decorated_p, +- gchar *gravity_p, +- gchar *urgency_p) +-{ +- gint type, position, default_width, default_height, type_hint, gravity; +- +- if (title_p) +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, title_p, +- GTK_WINDOW (widget)->title); +- +- /* The type is stored in the object datalist as we can't change it after the +- window is realized. It will default to 0, which is OK. */ +- if (type_p) +- { +- type = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- type_p)); +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, type_p, type, GbTypeSymbols[type]); +- } +- +- /* The position is stored in the object datalist so that it doesn't affect +- the displaying of the window within Glade. It will default to 0, i.e. +- GTK_WIN_POS_NONE, which is OK. */ +- if (position_p) +- { +- position = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- position_p)); +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, position_p, position, +- GbPositionSymbols[position]); +- } +- +- if (modal_p) +- { +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, modal_p, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), modal_p) +- != NULL ? TRUE : FALSE); +- } +- +- if (default_width_p && default_height_p) +- { +- default_width = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- DefaultWidth)); +- gb_widget_output_optional_int (data, default_width_p, default_width, +- default_width != 0 ? TRUE : FALSE); +- +- default_height = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- DefaultHeight)); +- gb_widget_output_optional_int (data, default_height_p, default_height, +- default_height != 0 ? TRUE : FALSE); +- } +- +-#if 0 +- /* These are deprecated. */ +- if (grow_p && shrink_p) +- { +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, grow_p, +- GTK_WINDOW (widget)->allow_grow); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, shrink_p, +- GTK_WINDOW (widget)->allow_shrink); +- } +-#endif +- +- if (resizable_p) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, resizable_p, +- gtk_window_get_resizable (GTK_WINDOW (widget))); +- +- if (destroy_with_parent_p) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, destroy_with_parent_p, +- gtk_window_get_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (widget))); +- +- if (icon_p) +- gb_widget_output_pixmap_filename (data, icon_p, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeWindowIconKey)); +- +- if (icon_name_p) +- gb_widget_output_named_icon (data, icon_name_p, +- gtk_window_get_icon_name (GTK_WINDOW (widget))); +- +- if (role_p) +- gb_widget_output_string (data, role_p, +- gtk_window_get_role (GTK_WINDOW (widget))); +- +- /* We can't set the decorated property as that may make it awkward to +- edit. The default (i.e. NULL value) is TRUE. */ +- if (decorated_p) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, decorated_p, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), decorated_p) +- == NULL ? TRUE : FALSE); +- +- /* The default (i.e. NULL value) is FALSE. */ +- if (skip_taskbar_p) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, skip_taskbar_p, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), skip_taskbar_p) +- != NULL ? TRUE : FALSE); +- +- /* The default (i.e. NULL value) is FALSE. */ +- if (skip_pager_p) +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, skip_pager_p, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), skip_pager_p) +- != NULL ? TRUE : FALSE); +- +- /* We can't set the type hint within Glade as it may make the window +- awkward to edit. It defaults to 0 which is GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NORMAL +- which is OK. */ +- if (type_hint_p) +- { +- type_hint = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- type_hint_p)); +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, type_hint_p, type_hint, +- GbTypeHintSymbols[type_hint]); +- } +- +- /* I'm not sure if we should set the gravity or not. +- It defaults to 0, which is GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST which is OK. */ +- if (gravity_p) +- { +- gravity = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- gravity_p)); +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, gravity_p, gravity, +- GbGravitySymbols[gravity]); +- } +- +- if (focus_on_map_p) +- { +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, focus_on_map_p, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), focus_on_map_p) == NULL ? TRUE : FALSE); +- } +- +- if (urgency_p) +- { +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, urgency_p, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), urgency_p) != NULL ? TRUE : FALSE); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_window_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, NULL, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_window_clear_pixmap (GtkWidget *widget, GladeProject *project) +-{ +- gchar *old_icon; +- +- /* Remove the old icon stored in the widget data, and remove the +- pixmap from the project, if necessary. */ +- old_icon = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeWindowIconKey); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (project, old_icon); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeWindowIconKey, NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_window_set_standard_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data, +- gchar *title_p, +- gchar *type_p, +- gchar *position_p, +- gchar *modal_p, +- gchar *default_width_p, +- gchar *default_height_p, +- gchar *shrink_p, +- gchar *grow_p, +- gchar *auto_shrink_p, +- gchar *icon_name_p, +- gchar *focus_on_map_p, +- gchar *resizable_p, +- gchar *destroy_with_parent_p, +- gchar *icon_p, +- gchar *role_p, +- gchar *type_hint_p, +- gchar *skip_taskbar_p, +- gchar *skip_pager_p, +- gchar *decorated_p, +- gchar *gravity_p, +- gchar *urgency_p) +-{ +- gchar *title, *type, *position, *role; +- gint default_width, default_height, i; +- gboolean modal, apply_default_width, apply_default_height; +- gboolean resizable, destroy_with_parent; +- gboolean decorated, skip_taskbar, skip_pager; +- gchar *type_hint, *gravity; +- +- if (title_p) +- { +- title = gb_widget_input_string (data, title_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (widget), title); +- } +- +- if (type_p) +- { +- type = gb_widget_input_choice (data, type_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbTypeValues) / sizeof (GbTypeValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (type, GbTypeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (type, GbTypeSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), type_p, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (i)); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (position_p) +- { +- position = gb_widget_input_choice (data, position_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; +- i < sizeof (GbPositionValues) / sizeof (GbPositionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (position, GbPositionChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (position, GbPositionSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), position_p, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (i)); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (modal_p) +- { +- modal = gb_widget_input_bool (data, modal_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), modal_p, +- modal ? "TRUE" : NULL); +- } +- } +- +- if (default_width_p && default_height_p) +- { +- default_width = gb_widget_input_int (data, default_width_p); +- apply_default_width = data->apply; +- if (apply_default_width) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), DefaultWidth, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (default_width)); +- } +- +- default_height = gb_widget_input_int (data, default_height_p); +- apply_default_height = data->apply; +- if (apply_default_height) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), DefaultHeight, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (default_height)); +- } +- +- if (apply_default_width || apply_default_height) +- { +- if (!apply_default_width) +- default_width = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- DefaultWidth)); +- if (!apply_default_height) +- default_height = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- DefaultHeight)); +- gtk_window_set_default_size (GTK_WINDOW (widget), +- default_width ? default_width : -1, +- default_height ? default_height : -1); +- } +- } +- +-#if 0 +- /* These are deprecated. */ +- if (shrink_p && grow_p) +- { +- shrink = gb_widget_input_bool (data, shrink_p); +- if (data->apply) +- set_policy = TRUE; +- else +- shrink = GTK_WINDOW (widget)->allow_shrink; +- +- grow = gb_widget_input_bool (data, grow_p); +- if (data->apply) +- set_policy = TRUE; +- else +- grow = GTK_WINDOW (widget)->allow_grow; +- +- if (set_policy) +- gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (widget), shrink, grow, FALSE); +- } +-#endif +- +- if (resizable_p) +- { +- resizable = gb_widget_input_bool (data, resizable_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_window_set_resizable (GTK_WINDOW (widget), resizable); +- } +- +- if (destroy_with_parent_p) +- { +- destroy_with_parent = gb_widget_input_bool (data, destroy_with_parent_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (widget), +- destroy_with_parent); +- } +- +- if (icon_p) +- { +- char *filename = gb_widget_input_pixmap_filename (data, icon_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (filename && filename[0] == '\0') +- filename = NULL; +- +- /* Remove the old icon stored in the widget data, and remove the +- pixmap from the project, if necessary. */ +- gb_window_clear_pixmap (widget, data->project); +- +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeWindowIconKey, +- g_strdup (filename), +- filename ? g_free : NULL); +- +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, filename); +- +- if (filename) +- { +- GdkPixbuf *pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (filename, NULL); +- gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (widget), pixbuf); +- if (pixbuf) +- gdk_pixbuf_unref (pixbuf); +- } +- +- if (property_get_widget () == widget && icon_name_p) +- { +- /* Clear the IconName property. */ +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_named_icon (icon_name_p, NULL); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- } +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- g_free (filename); +- } +- +- if (icon_name_p) +- { +- gchar *icon_name = gb_widget_input_named_icon (data, icon_name_p); +- +- if (data->apply) +- { +- /* Clear any stock icon or icon from a file. */ +- gb_window_clear_pixmap (widget, data->project); +- +- gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (widget), NULL); +- gtk_window_set_icon_name (GTK_WINDOW (widget), icon_name); +- +- if (property_get_widget () == widget && icon_p) +- { +- /* Clear the Icon property. */ +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- property_set_filename (icon_p, NULL); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (role_p) +- { +- role = gb_widget_input_string (data, role_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_window_set_role (GTK_WINDOW (widget), role); +- } +- +- if (decorated_p) +- { +- decorated = gb_widget_input_bool (data, decorated_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), decorated_p, +- decorated ? NULL : "FALSE"); +- } +- +- if (skip_taskbar_p) +- { +- skip_taskbar = gb_widget_input_bool (data, skip_taskbar_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), skip_taskbar_p, +- skip_taskbar ? "TRUE" : NULL); +- } +- +- if (skip_pager_p) +- { +- skip_pager = gb_widget_input_bool (data, skip_pager_p); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), skip_pager_p, +- skip_pager ? "TRUE" : NULL); +- } +- +- if (type_hint_p) +- { +- type_hint = gb_widget_input_choice (data, type_hint_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; +- i < sizeof (GbTypeHintValues) / sizeof (GbTypeHintValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (type_hint, GbTypeHintChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (type_hint, GbTypeHintSymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), type_hint_p, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (i)); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (gravity_p) +- { +- gravity = gb_widget_input_choice (data, gravity_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; +- i < sizeof (GbGravityValues) / sizeof (GbGravityValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (gravity, GbGravityChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (gravity, GbGravitySymbols[i])) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), gravity_p, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (i)); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (focus_on_map_p) +- { +- gboolean focus_on_map = gb_widget_input_bool (data, focus_on_map_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), focus_on_map_p, +- focus_on_map ? NULL : "FALSE"); +- } +- } +- +- if (urgency_p) +- { +- gboolean urgency = gb_widget_input_bool (data, urgency_p); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), urgency_p, +- urgency ? "TRUE" : NULL); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GtkWindow, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +- static void +- gb_window_create_popup_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData *data) +- { +- +- } +- */ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_window_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint type; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- type = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Type)); +- source_add (data, " %s = gtk_window_new (%s);\n", data->wname, +- GbTypeSymbols[type]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* The type is already set above, so we pass NULL to skip it. */ +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- Title, NULL, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, NULL, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_window_write_standard_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- gchar *title_p, +- gchar *type_p, +- gchar *position_p, +- gchar *modal_p, +- gchar *default_width_p, +- gchar *default_height_p, +- gchar *shrink_p, +- gchar *grow_p, +- gchar *auto_shrink_p, +- gchar *icon_name_p, +- gchar *focus_on_map_p, +- gchar *resizable_p, +- gchar *destroy_with_parent_p, +- gchar *icon_p, +- gchar *role_p, +- gchar *type_hint_p, +- gchar *skip_taskbar_p, +- gchar *skip_pager_p, +- gchar *decorated_p, +- gchar *gravity_p, +- gchar *urgency_p) +-{ +- gint type, position, default_width, default_height, type_hint, gravity; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (title_p) +- { +- if (GTK_WINDOW (widget)->title +- && strlen (GTK_WINDOW (widget)->title) > 0) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, title_p, +- &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, " gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (GTK_WINDOW (widget)->title, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- } +- +- if (type_p) +- { +- type = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- type_p)); +- if (type != GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL) +- { +- /* Note: there is no gtk_window_set_type () */ +- source_add (data, " GTK_WINDOW (%s)->type = %s;\n", +- data->wname, GbTypeSymbols[type]); +- } +- } +- +- if (position_p) +- { +- position = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- position_p)); +- if (GbPositionValues[position] != GTK_WIN_POS_NONE) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbPositionSymbols[position]); +- } +- } +- +- if (modal_p) +- { +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), modal_p)) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- } +- +- if (default_width_p && default_height_p) +- { +- default_width = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- DefaultWidth)); +- default_height = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- DefaultHeight)); +- if (default_width || default_height ) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_window_set_default_size (GTK_WINDOW (%s), %i, %i);\n", +- data->wname, +- default_width ? default_width : -1, +- default_height ? default_height : -1); +- } +- } +- +-#if 0 +- if (shrink_p && grow_p) +- { +- if (GTK_WINDOW (widget)->allow_grow != TRUE +- || GTK_WINDOW (widget)->allow_shrink != FALSE) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (%s), %s, %s, %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- GTK_WINDOW (widget)->allow_shrink ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", +- GTK_WINDOW (widget)->allow_grow ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", +- "FALSE"); +- } +-#endif +- +- if (resizable_p) +- { +- if (!gtk_window_get_resizable (GTK_WINDOW (widget))) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_window_set_resizable (GTK_WINDOW (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (destroy_with_parent_p) +- { +- if (gtk_window_get_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (widget))) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (icon_p) +- { +- gchar *filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeWindowIconKey); +- if (filename && *filename) +- { +- char *pixbuf_name = g_strdup_printf ("%s_icon_pixbuf", data->wname); +- +- source_add_decl (data, " GdkPixbuf *%s;\n", pixbuf_name); +- source_create_pixbuf (data, pixbuf_name, filename); +- source_add (data, +- " if (%s)\n" +- " {\n" +- " gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (%s), %s);\n" +- " gdk_pixbuf_unref (%s);\n" +- " }\n", +- pixbuf_name, +- data->wname, pixbuf_name, +- pixbuf_name); +- +- g_free (pixbuf_name); +- } +- } +- +- if (icon_p) +- { +- const gchar *icon_name = gtk_window_get_icon_name (GTK_WINDOW (widget)); +- if (icon_name && *icon_name) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_window_set_icon_name (GTK_WINDOW (%s), \"%s\");\n", +- data->wname, icon_name); +- } +- } +- +- if (role_p) +- { +- const gchar *role = gtk_window_get_role (GTK_WINDOW (widget)); +- +- /* The role isn't translated. */ +- if (role && *role) +- source_add (data, " gtk_window_set_role (GTK_WINDOW (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string (role, FALSE)); +- } +- +- if (decorated_p) +- { +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), decorated_p) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_window_set_decorated (GTK_WINDOW (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- } +- +- if (skip_taskbar_p) +- { +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), skip_taskbar_p) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint (GTK_WINDOW (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- } +- +- if (skip_pager_p) +- { +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), skip_pager_p) != NULL) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint (GTK_WINDOW (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- } +- +- if (type_hint_p) +- { +- type_hint = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- type_hint_p)); +- if (GbTypeHintValues[type_hint] != GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NORMAL) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbTypeHintSymbols[type_hint]); +- } +- +- } +- +- if (gravity_p) +- { +- gravity = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- gravity_p)); +- if (GbGravityValues[gravity] != GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_window_set_gravity (GTK_WINDOW (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbGravitySymbols[gravity]); +- } +- } +- +- if (focus_on_map_p) +- { +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), focus_on_map_p)) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_window_set_focus_on_map (GTK_WINDOW (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- } +- +- if (urgency_p) +- { +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), urgency_p)) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_window_set_urgency_hint (GTK_WINDOW (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_window_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetDestroyData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_clear_pixmap (widget, data->project); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_window_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gtk_window_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = window_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Window"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_window_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_window_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_window_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_window_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_window_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_window_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_window_create_popup_menu; +- */ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/glade.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,482 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998-1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <stdio.h> +-#include <errno.h> +- +-#include <libxml/parser.h> +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +-#include "glade.h" +-#include "glade_clipboard.h" +-#include "glade_project.h" +-#include "glade_project_window.h" +-#include "gbwidget.h" +-#include "editor.h" +-#include "load.h" +-#include "property.h" +-#include "palette.h" +-#include "tree.h" +-#include "utils.h" +- +-/* This is the global clipboard. */ +-GtkWidget *glade_clipboard; +- +-void +-glade_app_init (void) +-{ +- /* Initialize debugging flags from the GLADE_DEBUG environment variable. */ +- glade_debug_init (); +- +- palette_init (); +- gb_widgets_init (); +- editor_init (); +- tree_init (); +- glade_clipboard = glade_clipboard_new (); +- +- property_init (); +-} +- +- +-static void +-write_window_geometry (FILE *fp, gchar *window_name, GtkWindow *window) +-{ +- gint x, y, width, height; +- +- gtk_window_get_size (window, &width, &height); +- gtk_window_get_position (window, &x, &y); +- fprintf (fp, +- "<window id=\"%s\" visible=\"%d\" x=\"%d\" y=\"%d\" width=\"%d\" height=\"%d\"/>\n", +- window_name, GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (window), x, y, width, height); +-} +- +- +-static gchar* +-get_settings_filename (void) +-{ +- const gchar *home_dir; +- +- home_dir = g_get_home_dir (); +- if (!home_dir) +- { +-#ifdef _WIN32 +- home_dir = "C:\\"; +-#else +- /* Just use the root directory. Though it probably won't be writable. */ +- home_dir = G_DIR_SEPARATOR_S; +-#endif +- } +- +- return g_strdup_printf ("%s%s.glade2", home_dir, G_DIR_SEPARATOR_S); +-} +- +- +-static gboolean +-get_window_setting (xmlNodePtr child, gchar *property, gint *retval) +-{ +- xmlChar *tmp; +- gint num_items; +- +- tmp = xmlGetProp (child, property); +- if (!tmp) +- return FALSE; +- +- num_items = sscanf (tmp, "%d", retval); +- xmlFree (tmp); +- +- return (num_items == 1) ? TRUE : FALSE; +-} +- +- +-void +-restore_window_geometry (xmlNodePtr child, GtkWindow *window, +- gboolean *show_window) +-{ +- int visible, x, y, width, height; +- gboolean has_visibility, has_x, has_y, has_width, has_height; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (window)); +- +- has_visibility = get_window_setting (child, "visible", &visible); +- has_x = get_window_setting (child, "x", &x); +- has_y = get_window_setting (child, "y", &y); +- has_width = get_window_setting (child, "width", &width); +- has_height = get_window_setting (child, "height", &height); +- +- if (has_visibility && show_window) +- *show_window = visible; +- +- if (has_x && has_y) +- gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (window), x, y); +- +- if (has_width && has_height) +- gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (window), width, height); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_load_settings (gpointer project_window, +- GtkWidget *palette, +- gboolean *show_palette, +- GtkWidget *property_editor, +- gboolean *show_property_editor, +- GtkWidget *widget_tree, +- gboolean *show_widget_tree, +- GtkWidget *clipboard, +- gboolean *show_clipboard) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- xmlDocPtr doc; +- xmlNodePtr child; +- +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (palette)); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (property_editor)); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget_tree)); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (clipboard)); +- +- filename = get_settings_filename (); +- doc = xmlParseFile (filename); +- g_free (filename); +- +- if (!doc) +- return; +- +- child = xmlDocGetRootElement (doc); +- +- for (child = child->children; child; child = child->next) +- { +- xmlChar *id; +- +- if (!xmlStrEqual (child->name, "window")) +- continue; +- +- id = xmlGetProp (child, "id"); +- if (id) +- { +- if (xmlStrEqual ("MainWindow", id)) +- restore_window_geometry (child, GTK_WINDOW (((GladeProjectWindow*)project_window)->window), NULL); +- else if (xmlStrEqual ("Palette", id)) +- restore_window_geometry (child, GTK_WINDOW (palette), +- show_palette); +- else if (xmlStrEqual ("PropertyEditor", id)) +- restore_window_geometry (child, GTK_WINDOW (property_editor), +- show_property_editor); +- else if (xmlStrEqual ("WidgetTree", id)) +- restore_window_geometry (child, GTK_WINDOW (widget_tree), +- show_widget_tree); +- else if (xmlStrEqual ("Clipboard", id)) +- restore_window_geometry (child, GTK_WINDOW (clipboard), +- show_clipboard); +- +- xmlFree (id); +- } +- } +- +- xmlFreeDoc (doc); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_save_settings (gpointer project_window, +- GtkWidget *palette, +- GtkWidget *property_editor, +- GtkWidget *widget_tree, +- GtkWidget *clipboard) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- FILE *fp; +- +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (palette)); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (property_editor)); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget_tree)); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (clipboard)); +- +- filename = get_settings_filename (); +- fp = fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (!fp) +- { +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, "<glade-settings>\n"); +- write_window_geometry (fp, "MainWindow", GTK_WINDOW (((GladeProjectWindow*)project_window)->window)); +- write_window_geometry (fp, "Palette", GTK_WINDOW (palette)); +- write_window_geometry (fp, "PropertyEditor", GTK_WINDOW (property_editor)); +- write_window_geometry (fp, "WidgetTree", GTK_WINDOW (widget_tree)); +- write_window_geometry (fp, "Clipboard", GTK_WINDOW (clipboard)); +- fprintf (fp, "</glade-settings>\n"); +- fclose (fp); +- g_free (filename); +-} +- +- +-/* Simple user interface functions. */ +-void +-glade_show_project_window (void) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_hide_project_window (void) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_show_palette (void) +-{ +- palette_show (NULL, NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_hide_palette (void) +-{ +- palette_hide (NULL, NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_show_property_editor (void) +-{ +- property_show (NULL, NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_hide_property_editor (void) +-{ +- property_hide (NULL, NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_show_widget_tree (void) +-{ +- tree_show (NULL, NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_hide_widget_tree (void) +-{ +- tree_hide (NULL, NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_show_clipboard (void) +-{ +- gtk_widget_show (glade_clipboard); +- gdk_window_show (GTK_WIDGET (glade_clipboard)->window); +- gdk_window_raise (GTK_WIDGET (glade_clipboard)->window); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_hide_clipboard (void) +-{ +- glade_util_close_window (glade_clipboard); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_show_widget_tooltips (gboolean show) +-{ +- gb_widget_set_show_tooltips (show); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_show_grid (gboolean show) +-{ +- editor_set_show_grid (show); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_snap_to_grid (gboolean snap) +-{ +- editor_set_snap_to_grid (snap); +-} +- +- +-#if 0 +-/* Changed editor_show_grid_settings_dialog and +- editor_show_grid_settings_dialog to take a widget parameter, to use for +- selecting a transient parent. +- These functions don't know about any widgets. Since they're unused, +- they're commented out. I guess it would be even better to remove them +- outright. */ +-void +-glade_show_grid_settings (void) +-{ +- editor_show_grid_settings_dialog (); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_show_snap_settings (void) +-{ +- editor_show_snap_settings_dialog (); +-} +-#endif +- +- +-GtkAccelGroup* +-glade_get_global_accel_group (void) +-{ +- /* This is our global accelerator group that should be added to every +- window, so our main accelerator keys work in every window. */ +- static GtkAccelGroup *accel_group = NULL; +- +- if (accel_group == NULL) +- accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new (); +- +- return accel_group; +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-glade_get_error_message (GladeStatusCode status) +-{ +- switch (status) +- { +- case GLADE_STATUS_OK: +- return _("OK"); +- case GLADE_STATUS_ERROR: +- return _("Error"); +- +- case GLADE_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR: +- return _("System Error"); +- +- /* File related errors. */ +- case GLADE_STATUS_FILE_OPEN_ERROR: +- return _("Error opening file"); +- case GLADE_STATUS_FILE_READ_ERROR: +- return _("Error reading file"); +- case GLADE_STATUS_FILE_WRITE_ERROR: +- return _("Error writing file"); +- +- case GLADE_STATUS_INVALID_DIRECTORY: +- return _("Invalid directory"); +- +- /* XML Parsing errors. */ +- case GLADE_STATUS_INVALID_VALUE: +- return _("Invalid value"); +- case GLADE_STATUS_INVALID_ENTITY: +- return _("Invalid XML entity"); +- case GLADE_STATUS_START_TAG_EXPECTED: +- return _("Start tag expected"); +- case GLADE_STATUS_END_TAG_EXPECTED: +- return _("End tag expected"); +- case GLADE_STATUS_DATA_EXPECTED: +- return _("Character data expected"); +- case GLADE_STATUS_CLASS_ID_MISSING: +- return _("Class id missing"); +- case GLADE_STATUS_CLASS_UNKNOWN: +- return _("Class unknown"); +- case GLADE_STATUS_INVALID_COMPONENT: +- return _("Invalid component"); +- case GLADE_STATUS_EOF: +- return _("Unexpected end of file"); +- +- default: +- return _("Unknown error code"); +- } +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * GladeError - an ADT to represent an error which occurred in Glade. +- * Currently it is only used for writing source, but it may be +- * extended for all errors, since GladeStatus doesn't really +- * provide enough detail to show the user useful messages. +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-GladeError* +-glade_error_new (void) +-{ +- GladeError *error; +- +- error = g_new (GladeError, 1); +- error->status = GLADE_STATUS_OK; +- error->system_errno = 0; +- error->message = NULL; +- +- return error; +-} +- +- +-/* Creates a GladeError with the given Glade status code and the printf-like +- message and arguments. */ +-GladeError* +-glade_error_new_general (GladeStatusCode status, +- gchar *message, +- ...) +-{ +- GladeError *error; +- va_list args; +- +- error = glade_error_new (); +- error->status = status; +- +- va_start (args, message); +- error->message = g_strdup_vprintf (message, args); +- va_end (args); +- +- return error; +-} +- +- +-/* Creates a GladeError using the system errno and the printf-like +- message and arguments. This must be called immediately after the error +- is detected, so that errno is still valid and can be copied into the +- GladeError. */ +-GladeError* +-glade_error_new_system (gchar *message, +- ...) +-{ +- GladeError *error; +- va_list args; +- +- error = glade_error_new (); +- error->status = GLADE_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR; +- error->system_errno = errno; +- +- va_start (args, message); +- error->message = g_strdup_vprintf (message, args); +- va_end (args); +- +- return error; +-} +- +- +-/* Frees the GladeError and its contents. */ +-void +-glade_error_free (GladeError *error) +-{ +- g_free (error->message); +- g_free (error); +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/glade_atk.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,1662 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * Copyright (C) 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-/* +- * This file contains most of the ATK-related code in Glade. +- * It handles the properties, actions and relations in the property editor. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +-#include <gladeconfig.h> +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <atk/atk.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkdialog.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkentry.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkimage.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkliststore.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtknotebook.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkstock.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktable.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktreeview.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkvbox.h> +- +-#include "property.h" +-#include "save.h" +-#include "source.h" +-#include "utils.h" +-#include "glade_atk.h" +- +-#include "graphics/glade-atk.xpm" +- +-const gchar *GladeATKName = "AtkObject::accessible_name"; +-const gchar *GladeATKDescription = "AtkObject::accessible_description"; +-/* There is a problem with this as AtkObject says it is a string property +- but it really is an AtkObject. I've taken it out for now. */ +-#if 0 +-const gchar *GladeATKTableCaption = "AtkObject::accessible_table_caption"; +-#endif +- +-/* These are keys we use to store data in the property value widget - the +- entry in the property editor that shows relations. */ +-const gchar *GladeATKPropertyName = "GladeATKPropertyName"; +-const gchar *GladeATKRelationType = "GladeATKRelationType"; +-const gchar *GladeATKRelationsDialog = "GladeATKRelationsDialog"; +- +-/* These are keys we use to store data in the relations dialog. */ +-const gchar *GladeATKValueWidget = "GladeATKValueWidget"; +-const gchar *GladeATKRelationsListStore = "GladeATKRelationsListStore"; +-const gchar *GladeATKRelationsWidgets = "GladeATKRelationsWidgets"; +- +- +-/* These are the GtkTables used in the property editor to contain the action +- properties and the relation properties. */ +-static GtkWidget *actions_table = NULL; +-static GtkWidget *relations_table = NULL; +- +-/* This is a list of the relation property value widgets, i.e. the GtkEntry +- widgets in the property editor for each relation. */ +-static GList *relations_properties = NULL; +- +-/* A hash of action property widgets. The keys are the Glade property names +- ('AtkAction:<action-name>') and the values are the widgets in the property +- editor. */ +-static GHashTable *action_properties = NULL; +-static gint n_action_properties = 0; +- +-enum +-{ +- COLUMN_SELECTED, +- COLUMN_WIDGET_NAME +-}; +- +- +-/*************************************************************************** +- * Utility functions. +- ***************************************************************************/ +- +-/* Returns the property name to use in the property editor given a relation +- type name. We need to add a prefix to make sure we don't clash with other +- types of properties. The returned string must be freed. */ +-static gchar * +-glade_atk_get_relation_property_name (const char *name) +-{ +- return g_strdup_printf ("AtkRelation:%s", name); +-} +- +- +-typedef struct _GladePropertyLabel GladePropertyLabel; +-struct _GladePropertyLabel +-{ +- const char *name; +- const char *label; +-}; +- +- +-/* This table lets us translate relation names to show in the property editor. +- These are the standard relations from from atkrelation.h. */ +-GladePropertyLabel relation_names_table[] = { +- { "controlled-by", N_("Controlled By") }, +- { "controller-for", N_("Controller For") }, +- { "label-for", N_("Label For") }, +- { "labelled-by", N_("Labelled By") }, +- { "member-of", N_("Member Of") }, +- { "node-child-of", N_("Node Child Of") }, +- { "flows-to", N_("Flows To") }, +- { "flows-from", N_("Flows From") }, +- { "subwindow-of", N_("Subwindow Of") }, +- { "embeds", N_("Embeds") }, +- { "embedded-by", N_("Embedded By") }, +- { "popup-for", N_("Popup For") }, +- { "parent-window-of", N_("Parent Window Of") } +-}; +- +-/* This returns the translated relation name. We hardcode some strings here so +- we can translate them. The returned string should not be freed. */ +-static const gchar* +-glade_atk_get_relation_name_for_display (const gchar *name) +-{ +- const char *label = name; +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < G_N_ELEMENTS (relation_names_table); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (name, relation_names_table[i].name)) +- label = _(relation_names_table[i].label); +- } +- +- return label; +-} +- +-/* This returns the label to use for the given relation name. We hardcode some +- strings here so we can translate the action names. The returned string +- should be freed. */ +-static gchar* +-glade_atk_get_relation_property_label (const gchar *name) +-{ +- const char *label; +- +- label = glade_atk_get_relation_name_for_display (name); +- return g_strdup_printf ("%s:", label); +-} +- +- +-/*************************************************************************** +- * The Relations Dialog. +- ***************************************************************************/ +- +-typedef struct _GladeRelationsApplyData GladeRelationsApplyData; +-struct _GladeRelationsApplyData +-{ +- gint row; +- GList *widget_pointers; +- +- GList *targets; +- GString *buffer; +-}; +- +-static gboolean +-relations_dialog_apply_cb (GtkTreeModel *model, +- GtkTreePath *path, +- GtkTreeIter *iter, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeRelationsApplyData *data = user_data; +- gboolean selected; +- +- gtk_tree_model_get (model, iter, COLUMN_SELECTED, &selected, -1); +- +- if (selected) +- { +- GtkWidget *widget = data->widget_pointers->data; +- +- if (widget) +- { +- data->targets = g_list_prepend (data->targets, widget); +- +- /* We add a weak pointer to the widget, so the element data will be +- set to NULL if the widget is destroyed. */ +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Adding weak pointer Object:%p Pointer:%p\n", +- widget, &data->targets->data); +-#endif +- g_object_add_weak_pointer (G_OBJECT (widget), +- &data->targets->data); +- +- /* Add a comma if the string isn't empty. */ +- if (data->buffer->len > 0) +- g_string_append_c (data->buffer, ','); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +- } +- } +- +- if (data->widget_pointers) +- data->widget_pointers = data->widget_pointers->next; +- data->row++; +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-relations_dialog_apply (GtkWidget *relations_dialog) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget, *value_widget; +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- GtkTreeModel *model; +- AtkRelationType relationship; +- GList *widget_pointers; +- GladeRelationsApplyData data; +- +- widget = property_get_widget (); +- if (!widget) +- return; +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- +- value_widget = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (relations_dialog), +- GladeATKValueWidget); +- g_return_if_fail (value_widget != NULL); +- +- model = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (relations_dialog), +- GladeATKRelationsListStore); +- g_return_if_fail (model != NULL); +- +- widget_pointers = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (relations_dialog), +- GladeATKRelationsWidgets); +- +- relationship = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (value_widget), GladeATKRelationType)); +- +- /* Step through the list of widgets in the dialog, adding selected widgets +- to a list of targets. */ +- data.row = 0; +- data.widget_pointers = widget_pointers; +- data.buffer = g_string_sized_new (256); +- data.targets = NULL; +- gtk_tree_model_foreach (model, relations_dialog_apply_cb, &data); +- +- /* Update the field in the property editor. */ +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (value_widget), data.buffer->str); +- g_string_free (data.buffer, TRUE); +- +- /* Now set the relation in the GladeWidgetData. */ +- glade_widget_data_set_relation (wdata, relationship, data.targets); +-} +- +- +-static void +-relations_dialog_response_cb (GtkWidget *dialog, gint response_id) +-{ +- +- if (response_id == GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY || response_id == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- relations_dialog_apply (dialog); +- +- if (response_id == GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY) +- gtk_dialog_set_response_sensitive (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), +- GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY, FALSE); +- +- if (response_id != GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY) +- gtk_widget_hide (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-relations_widget_toggled_cb (GtkWidget *widget, gchar *path_str, +- GtkWidget *relations_dialog) +-{ +- GtkTreeModel *model; +- GtkTreePath *path; +- GtkTreeIter iter; +- gboolean selected; +- +- model = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (relations_dialog), +- GladeATKRelationsListStore); +- +- /* Toggle the selected flag. */ +- path = gtk_tree_path_new_from_string (path_str); +- gtk_tree_model_get_iter (model, &iter, path); +- gtk_tree_path_free (path); +- +- gtk_tree_model_get (model, &iter, COLUMN_SELECTED, &selected, -1); +- selected = selected ? FALSE : TRUE; +- gtk_list_store_set (GTK_LIST_STORE (model), &iter, COLUMN_SELECTED, +- selected, -1); +- +- gtk_dialog_set_response_sensitive (GTK_DIALOG (relations_dialog), +- GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget* +-create_relations_dialog (GtkWidget *value_widget) +-{ +- GtkWindow *property_editor; +- GtkWidget *relations_dialog, *scrolledwin, *treeview; +- GtkListStore *list_store; +- GtkTreeViewColumn *col; +- GtkCellRenderer *rend; +- AtkRelationType relationship; +- const gchar *relation_name, *name; +- gchar *title; +- +- property_editor = GTK_WINDOW (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (value_widget)); +- +- relationship = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (value_widget), GladeATKRelationType)); +- relation_name = atk_relation_type_get_name (relationship); +- name = glade_atk_get_relation_name_for_display (relation_name); +- +- /* I don't think we should set the transient parent as the dialog could be +- left open if desired. */ +- title = g_strdup_printf (_("Relationship: %s"), name); +- relations_dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (title, +- NULL /*property_editor*/, +- GTK_DIALOG_NO_SEPARATOR, +- GTK_STOCK_CLOSE, +- GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE, +- GTK_STOCK_APPLY, +- GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, +- GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- g_free (title); +- gtk_window_set_default_size (GTK_WINDOW (relations_dialog), 250, 300); +- /* We say it is a normal window as it may be left open if desired. */ +- gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (relations_dialog), +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NORMAL); +- +- scrolledwin = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (scrolledwin); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolledwin), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolledwin), +- GTK_SHADOW_IN); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (relations_dialog)->vbox), +- scrolledwin, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- list_store = gtk_list_store_new (2, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, G_TYPE_STRING); +- +- treeview = gtk_tree_view_new_with_model (GTK_TREE_MODEL (list_store)); +- g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (list_store)); +- gtk_widget_show (treeview); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolledwin), treeview); +- +- rend = gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_new (); +- col = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes ("", rend, +- "active", COLUMN_SELECTED, +- NULL); +- gtk_tree_view_column_set_resizable (col, FALSE); +- gtk_tree_view_append_column (GTK_TREE_VIEW (treeview), col); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (rend), "toggled", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (relations_widget_toggled_cb), +- relations_dialog); +- +- rend = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (); +- col = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (_("Widget"), rend, +- "text", COLUMN_WIDGET_NAME, +- NULL); +- gtk_tree_view_column_set_resizable (col, TRUE); +- gtk_tree_view_append_column (GTK_TREE_VIEW (treeview), col); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (relations_dialog), "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (relations_dialog_response_cb), +- value_widget); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (relations_dialog), "delete-event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_true), NULL); +- +- /* Save a pointer to the dialog in the value widget and vice versa, and save +- a pointer to the list store in the dialog. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (value_widget), +- GladeATKRelationsDialog, relations_dialog); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (relations_dialog), +- GladeATKValueWidget, value_widget); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (relations_dialog), +- GladeATKRelationsListStore, list_store); +- +- return relations_dialog; +-} +- +- +-/* This is a recursive function to traverse the widget hierarchy and add all +- the GbWidgets to the list. */ +-void +-scan_widgets (GtkWidget *widget, GList **widget_list) +-{ +- /* First add this widget, if it is a GbWidget. */ +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- { +- /* GbWidget names shouldn't be empty, but check just in case. */ +- const gchar *name = gtk_widget_get_name (widget); +- if (name && *name) +- *widget_list = g_list_prepend (*widget_list, widget); +- } +- +- /* Now add child widgets recursively. */ +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, (GtkCallback) scan_widgets, +- widget_list); +-} +- +- +-gint +-compare_widget_names (GtkWidget *a, GtkWidget *b) +-{ +- const char *namea = gtk_widget_get_name (a); +- const char *nameb = gtk_widget_get_name (b); +- return g_utf8_collate (namea, nameb); +-} +- +- +-/* Remove all the weak pointers to the widgets. */ +-static void +-clear_relations_dialog_weak_pointers (GList *widget_pointers) +-{ +- GList *elem; +- +- for (elem = widget_pointers; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GtkWidget *widget = elem->data; +- if (widget) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Removing weak pointer Object:%p Pointer:%p\n", +- widget, &elem->data); +-#endif +- g_object_remove_weak_pointer (G_OBJECT (widget), &elem->data); +- } +- } +- +- g_list_free (widget_pointers); +-} +- +- +-/* This refreshes the contents of a relations dialog. It clears the list, +- then adds all widgets in the same component as the widget shown in the +- property editor, selecting those that are in this relation. */ +-/* FIXME: Note that we could share the list of widgets in the component among +- all the relations dialogs. That would be more efficient, though it should +- only make a difference when several relations dialogs are left open. */ +-static void +-glade_atk_refresh_relations_dialog (GtkWidget *relations_dialog) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget, *value_widget, *toplevel; +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- GList *widget_list = NULL, *elem, *targets = NULL; +- GtkListStore *list_store; +- GList *widget_pointers; +- AtkRelationType relationship; +- +- widget = property_get_widget (); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- +- value_widget = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (relations_dialog), +- GladeATKValueWidget); +- g_return_if_fail (value_widget != NULL); +- +- /* Get a pointer to the list store that we set when creating the dialog. */ +- list_store = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (relations_dialog), +- GladeATKRelationsListStore); +- g_return_if_fail (list_store != NULL); +- +- /* Clear the list. */ +- gtk_list_store_clear (list_store); +- +- /* Remove all the weak pointers to the widgets. */ +- widget_pointers = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (relations_dialog), +- GladeATKRelationsWidgets); +- clear_relations_dialog_weak_pointers (widget_pointers); +- widget_pointers = NULL; +- +- /* Traverse the widget hierarchy of the window the widget is in, adding +- all GbWidgets to a list, and sort it by their names. */ +- toplevel = glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- scan_widgets (toplevel, &widget_list); +- widget_list = g_list_sort (widget_list, (GCompareFunc) compare_widget_names); +- +- /* Get the current relations, so we can check them in the list. */ +- relationship = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (value_widget), GladeATKRelationType)); +- for (elem = wdata->relations; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GladeRelation *relation = elem->data; +- if (relation->relationship == relationship) +- { +- targets = relation->targets; +- break; +- } +- } +- +- /* Now add the widgets to the list store. If the widget is already +- in the relation, check the checkbox. */ +- for (elem = widget_list; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GtkWidget *widget_to_add = elem->data; +- GtkTreeIter iter; +- gboolean selected = FALSE; +- +- if (g_list_find (targets, widget_to_add)) +- selected = TRUE; +- +- gtk_list_store_append (list_store, &iter); +- gtk_list_store_set (list_store, &iter, +- 0, selected, +- 1, gtk_widget_get_name (widget_to_add), +- -1); +- +- widget_pointers = g_list_prepend (widget_pointers, widget_to_add); +- /* Add a weak pointer, so it gets set to NULL if the widget is +- destroyed. */ +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Adding weak pointer Object:%p Pointer:%p\n", +- widget_to_add, &widget_pointers->data); +-#endif +- g_object_add_weak_pointer (G_OBJECT (widget_to_add), +- &widget_pointers->data); +- } +- +- widget_pointers = g_list_reverse (widget_pointers); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (relations_dialog), +- GladeATKRelationsWidgets, widget_pointers); +- +- gtk_dialog_set_response_sensitive (GTK_DIALOG (relations_dialog), +- GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY, FALSE); +-} +- +- +-/* This is the callback that is called when the little button on the right +- of each relation property is clicked. value_button is the little button +- that was clicked. value_widget is the entry to the left of it. */ +-static void +-show_relations_dialog (GtkWidget *value_button, +- gpointer value_widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *relations_dialog; +- +- /* Create the dialog if it we don't already have one for this relation. */ +- relations_dialog = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (value_widget), +- GladeATKRelationsDialog); +- if (!relations_dialog) +- relations_dialog = create_relations_dialog (value_widget); +- +- glade_atk_refresh_relations_dialog (relations_dialog); +- +- /* Show the dialog, or raise it if it is already shown. */ +- gtk_widget_show (relations_dialog); +- gdk_window_show (GTK_WIDGET (relations_dialog)->window); +- gdk_window_raise (GTK_WIDGET (relations_dialog)->window); +-} +- +- +-/* This updates any relations dialogs which are currently visible, when the +- widget being shown in the property editor changes (maybe to NULL). */ +-void +-glade_atk_update_relation_dialogs (void) +-{ +- GList *elem; +- +- /* Iterate over the list of relations value widgets (the entry fields in +- the property editor). Get the associated dialog, if it has been created, +- and check if it is visible. If it is, refresh it. */ +- for (elem = relations_properties; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GtkWidget *value_widget = elem->data; +- GtkWidget *relations_dialog; +- +- relations_dialog = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (value_widget), +- GladeATKRelationsDialog); +- if (relations_dialog && GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (relations_dialog)) +- { +- glade_atk_refresh_relations_dialog (relations_dialog); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/*************************************************************************** +- * Creating the initial properties in the property editor. +- ***************************************************************************/ +- +-/* This creates the ATK properties page of the property editor. +- We add the standard atk properties and relations here. Actions and other +- relations may get added as needed. */ +-void +-glade_atk_create_property_page (GtkNotebook *notebook) +-{ +- GtkWidget *page, *icon, *vbox, *table; +- GdkPixbuf *pixbuf; +- /* Don't use AtkRelationType here since new values can be registered +- dynamically, which can cause problems with optimizing compilers. */ +- int relationship; +- +- page = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (page), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_widget_show (page); +- +- /* We use an icon for the notebook tab, as there isn't much room for text. */ +- pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data ((const char**) glade_atk_xpm); +- icon = gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (pixbuf); +- gdk_pixbuf_unref (pixbuf); +- gtk_widget_show (icon); +- +- gtk_notebook_append_page (notebook, page, icon); +- +- vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (page), vbox); +- gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type (GTK_VIEWPORT (GTK_BIN (page)->child), +- GTK_SHADOW_NONE); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox); +- +- table = gtk_table_new (1, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 1); +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), table, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- property_set_table_position (table, 0); +- +- property_add_string (GladeATKName, _("Name:"), +- _("The name of the widget to pass to assistive technologies")); +- property_add_text (GladeATKDescription, _("Description:"), +- _("The description of the widget to pass to assistive technologies"), 4); +-#if 0 +- property_add_text (GladeATKTableCaption, _("Table Caption:"), +- _("The table caption to pass to assistive technologies"), 2); +-#endif +- +- /* We create separate tables for the actions and relations as we need to be +- able to add properties to them as they are needed. */ +- actions_table = gtk_table_new (1, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (actions_table), 1); +- gtk_widget_show (actions_table); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), actions_table, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- action_properties = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- +- relations_table = gtk_table_new (1, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (relations_table), 1); +- gtk_widget_show (relations_table); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), relations_table, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- /* We assume that all relation types will have already been registered by +- now. I hope that is correct. */ +- property_set_table_position (relations_table, 0); +- for (relationship = 0; ; relationship++) +- { +- /* Skip these 2 as they aren't real relations. */ +- if (relationship != ATK_RELATION_NULL +- && relationship != ATK_RELATION_LAST_DEFINED) +- { +- const gchar *name = atk_relation_type_get_name (relationship); +- char *property_name, *property_label; +- GtkWidget *value_widget; +- +- if (!name) +- break; +- +- property_name = glade_atk_get_relation_property_name (name); +- property_label = glade_atk_get_relation_property_label (name); +- +- property_add_dialog (property_name, property_label, +- _("Select the widgets with this relationship"), +- FALSE, show_relations_dialog); +- +- /* Store the property name and the relation type in the value widget, +- so we can find them later. */ +- value_widget = property_get_value_widget (property_name); +- relations_properties = g_list_prepend (relations_properties, +- value_widget); +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (value_widget), +- GladeATKPropertyName, property_name, +- g_free); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (value_widget), +- GladeATKRelationType, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (relationship)); +- +- g_free (property_label); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/*************************************************************************** +- * Showing properties in the property editor. +- ***************************************************************************/ +- +-static void +-glade_atk_get_atk_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkObject * atko, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- const char *name, *description; +-#if 0 +- const char *table_caption; +- gboolean show_table_caption = FALSE; +-#endif +- +- name = atk_object_get_name (atko); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, GladeATKName, name); +- +- description = atk_object_get_description (atko); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, GladeATKDescription, description); +- +-#if 0 +- if (GTK_IS_TREE_VIEW (widget)) +- { +- show_table_caption = TRUE; +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (atko), +- "AtkObject::accessible-table-caption", &table_caption, +- NULL); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, GladeATKTableCaption, +- table_caption); +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- property_set_visible (GladeATKTableCaption, show_table_caption); +-#endif +-} +- +- +-/* Returns the property name to use in the property editor given an action +- name. We need to add a prefix to make sure we don't clash with other +- types of properties. The returned string must be freed. */ +-static gchar * +-glade_atk_get_action_property_name (const char *name) +-{ +- return g_strdup_printf ("AtkAction:%s", name); +-} +- +- +-static void +-hide_action_properties (const gchar * key, gpointer data, gpointer user_data) +-{ +- property_set_visible (key, FALSE); +-} +- +- +-/* This table lets us translate action names to show in the property editor. +- These are the only 3 actions I can find at present. */ +-GladePropertyLabel action_names_table[] = { +- { "click", N_("Click") }, +- { "press", N_("Press") }, +- { "release", N_("Release") } +-}; +- +-/* This returns the label to use for the given action name. We hardcode some +- strings here so we can translate the action names. The returned string +- should be freed. */ +-static gchar* +-get_action_property_label (const gchar *name) +-{ +- const char *label = name; +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < G_N_ELEMENTS (action_names_table); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (name, action_names_table[i].name)) +- label = _(action_names_table[i].label); +- } +- +- return g_strdup_printf ("%s:", label); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_atk_get_actions (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkAction * action, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint n_actions, i; +- +- /* Hide all the action properties. We'll show the ones the widget supports +- after. */ +- g_hash_table_foreach (action_properties, (GHFunc) hide_action_properties, +- NULL); +- +- n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action); +- for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++) +- { +- const char *name, *description; +- char *property_name, *property_label; +- GtkWidget *value; +- gboolean free_property_name; +- +- name = atk_action_get_name (action, i); +- description = atk_action_get_description (action, i); +- property_name = glade_atk_get_action_property_name (name); +- free_property_name = TRUE; +- +- /* If we already have a property widget for this action, then show it, +- else create a new property widget to edit the description. */ +- value = property_get_value_widget (property_name); +- if (value) +- { +- property_set_visible (property_name, TRUE); +- } +- else +- { +- property_set_table_position (actions_table, n_action_properties); +- property_label = get_action_property_label (name); +- property_add_text (property_name, property_label, +- _("Enter the description of the action to pass to assistive technologies"), 2); +- g_free (property_label); +- n_action_properties++; +- +- /* Add to our hash. */ +- value = property_get_value_widget (property_name); +- g_hash_table_insert (action_properties, property_name, value); +- free_property_name = FALSE; +- } +- +- /* Now set the current value. */ +- property_set_text (property_name, description); +- +- if (free_property_name) +- g_free (property_name); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_atk_get_relations (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkObject * atko, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- GList *elem; +- GString *buffer; +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- +- buffer = g_string_sized_new (256); +- +- /* Clear all the relations properties. */ +- for (elem = relations_properties; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GtkWidget *value_widget = elem->data; +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (value_widget), ""); +- } +- +- /* Step through each of the relations in the GladeWidgetData. */ +- for (elem = wdata->relations; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GladeRelation *relation = elem->data; +- const gchar *relation_name; +- char *property_name; +- GtkWidget *value_widget; +- +- /* Find the property for the relationship. */ +- relation_name = atk_relation_type_get_name (relation->relationship); +- property_name = glade_atk_get_relation_property_name (relation_name); +- +- value_widget = property_get_value_widget (property_name); +- if (value_widget) +- { +- GList *target; +- +- /* Convert the list of target widgets to a comma-separated string. */ +- for (target = relation->targets; target; target = target->next) +- { +- GtkWidget *target_widget = target->data; +- +- /* Remember this is a weak pointer so may be NULL. */ +- if (target_widget) +- { +- const char *target_name = gtk_widget_get_name (target_widget); +- if (target_name && *target_name) +- { +- /* Add a comma if the string isn't empty. */ +- if (buffer->len > 0) +- g_string_append_c (buffer, ','); +- g_string_append (buffer, target_name); +- } +- } +- } +- +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (value_widget), buffer->str); +- g_string_truncate (buffer, 0); +- } +- +- g_free (property_name); +- } +- +- g_string_free (buffer, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-/* This shows the widget's ATK properties in the property editor. */ +-void +-glade_atk_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- AtkObject *atko; +- +- atko = gtk_widget_get_accessible (widget); +- +- glade_atk_get_atk_properties (widget, atko, data); +- +- if (ATK_IS_ACTION (atko)) +- { +- glade_atk_get_actions (widget, ATK_ACTION (atko), data); +- gtk_widget_show (actions_table); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_widget_hide (actions_table); +- } +- +- glade_atk_get_relations (widget, atko, data); +-} +- +- +-/*************************************************************************** +- * Applying properties from the property editor. +- ***************************************************************************/ +- +-static void +-glade_atk_set_atk_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkObject * atko, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- char *name, *description; +- +- name = gb_widget_input_string (data, GladeATKName); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- /* Set a flag to indicate the name has been set explicitly. */ +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (atko), GladeATKName, "T"); +- atk_object_set_name (atko, name); +- } +- +- description = gb_widget_input_text (data, GladeATKDescription); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (atko), GladeATKDescription, "T"); +- atk_object_set_description (atko, description); +- } +- g_free (description); +- +-#if 0 +- if (GTK_IS_TREE_VIEW (widget)) +- { +- char *table_caption; +- +- table_caption = gb_widget_input_text (data, GladeATKTableCaption); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (atko), GladeATKTableCaption, "T"); +- g_object_set (G_OBJECT (atko), +- "AtkObject::accessible-table-caption", table_caption, +- NULL); +- } +- g_free (table_caption); +- } +-#endif +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_atk_set_actions (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkAction * action, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint n_actions, i; +- +- n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action); +- for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++) +- { +- const char *name; +- char *property_name, *description; +- +- name = atk_action_get_name (action, i); +- property_name = glade_atk_get_action_property_name (name); +- +- description = gb_widget_input_text (data, property_name); +- if (data->apply) +- atk_action_set_description (action, i, description); +- g_free (description); +- +- g_free (property_name); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This applies the ATK properties from the property editor. */ +-void +-glade_atk_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- AtkObject *atko; +- +- atko = gtk_widget_get_accessible (widget); +- +- glade_atk_set_atk_properties (widget, atko, data); +- +- if (ATK_IS_ACTION (atko)) +- glade_atk_set_actions (widget, ATK_ACTION (atko), data); +- +- /* Note that we don't have to set the relations here, since that is done +- when the relations dialog is closed. */ +-} +- +- +-/*************************************************************************** +- * Saving properties in the XML. +- ***************************************************************************/ +- +-static void +-save_atk_property (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, GString *buffer, gint indent, +- const gchar * tag_name, const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (tag_value == NULL) +- return; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (data->widget, tag_name, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- +- save_buffer_add_indent (buffer, indent); +- g_string_append (buffer, "<atkproperty name=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (buffer, tag_name); +- g_string_append_c (buffer, '"'); +- +- if (translatable) +- { +- g_string_append (buffer, " translatable=\"yes\""); +- +- if (context) +- g_string_append (buffer, " context=\"yes\""); +- +- if (comments && *comments) +- { +- g_string_append (buffer, " comments=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (buffer, comments); +- g_string_append_c (buffer, '"'); +- } +- } +- +- g_string_append_c (buffer, '>'); +- +- save_buffer_add_string (buffer, tag_value); +- g_string_append (buffer, "</atkproperty>\n"); +- +- if (data->save_translatable_strings) +- save_add_translatable_string (data, tag_value); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_atk_save_atk_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkObject * atko, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- GString * buffer, +- gint indent) +-{ +- const char *name, *description; +- +- /* We only save the name, description and caption if they are set explicitly +- by the user, and are not empty. There may be default settings. */ +- name = atk_object_get_name (atko); +- if (name && *name && g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (atko), GladeATKName)) +- save_atk_property (data, buffer, indent, GladeATKName, name); +- +- description = atk_object_get_description (atko); +- if (description && *description +- && g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (atko), GladeATKDescription)) +- save_atk_property (data, buffer, indent, GladeATKDescription, description); +- +-#if 0 +- if (GTK_IS_TREE_VIEW (widget)) +- { +- const char *table_caption; +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (atko), +- "AtkObject::accessible-table-caption", &table_caption, +- NULL); +- if (table_caption && *table_caption +- && g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (atko), GladeATKTableCaption)) +- save_atk_property (data, buffer, indent, GladeATKTableCaption, +- table_caption); +- } +-#endif +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_atk_save_actions (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkAction * action, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- GString * buffer, +- gint indent) +-{ +- gint n_actions, i; +- +- n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action); +- for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++) +- { +- const char *name, *description; +- +- name = atk_action_get_name (action, i); +- description = atk_action_get_description (action, i); +- +- if (description && *description) +- { +- save_buffer_add_indent (buffer, indent); +- g_string_append (buffer, "<atkaction action_name=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (buffer, name); +- g_string_append (buffer, "\" description=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (buffer, description); +- g_string_append (buffer, "\"/>\n"); +- +- if (data->save_translatable_strings) +- save_add_translatable_string (data, description); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_atk_save_relations (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkObject * atko, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- GString * buffer, +- gint indent) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- GList *elem; +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- +- for (elem = wdata->relations; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GladeRelation *relation = elem->data; +- const gchar *relation_name; +- GList *target; +- +- relation_name = atk_relation_type_get_name (relation->relationship); +- +- /* We output a separate <atkrelation> element for each target. */ +- for (target = relation->targets; target; target = target->next) +- { +- GtkWidget *widget = target->data; +- if (widget) +- { +- const gchar *target_name = gtk_widget_get_name (widget); +- if (target_name && *target_name) +- { +- save_buffer_add_indent (buffer, indent); +- g_string_append (buffer, "<atkrelation target=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (buffer, target_name); +- g_string_append (buffer, "\" type=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (buffer, relation_name); +- g_string_append (buffer, "\"/>\n"); +- } +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This saves the ATK properties in the XML file. */ +-void +-glade_atk_save_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- AtkObject *atko; +- GString *buffer; +- gint indent; +- +- atko = gtk_widget_get_accessible (widget); +- +- /* We output all the ATK properties into a buffer. Then if it isn't empty +- we output an <accessibility> element with the buffer contents. */ +- buffer = g_string_sized_new (1024); +- indent = data->indent + 1; +- +- glade_atk_save_atk_properties (widget, atko, data, buffer, indent); +- +- if (ATK_IS_ACTION (atko)) +- glade_atk_save_actions (widget, ATK_ACTION (atko), data, buffer, indent); +- +- glade_atk_save_relations (widget, atko, data, buffer, indent); +- +- if (buffer->len > 0) +- { +- save_start_tag (data, "accessibility"); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, buffer->str); +- save_end_tag (data, "accessibility"); +- } +- +- g_string_free (buffer, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-/*************************************************************************** +- * Loading properties from the XML. +- ***************************************************************************/ +- +-static void +-glade_atk_load_atk_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkObject * atko, +- GladeWidgetInfo * info) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < info->n_atk_props; i++) +- { +- GladeProperty *prop = &info->atk_props[i]; +- +- if (!strcmp (prop->name, GladeATKName)) +- { +- /* Set a flag to indicate the name has been set explicitly. */ +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (atko), GladeATKName, "T"); +- atk_object_set_name (atko, prop->value); +- +- glade_util_set_translation_properties (widget, GladeATKName, +- prop->translatable, +- prop->translator_comments, +- prop->context_prefix); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (prop->name, GladeATKDescription)) +- { +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (atko), GladeATKDescription, "T"); +- atk_object_set_description (atko, prop->value); +- +- glade_util_set_translation_properties (widget, GladeATKDescription, +- prop->translatable, +- prop->translator_comments, +- prop->context_prefix); +- } +-#if 0 +- else if (GTK_IS_TREE_VIEW (widget) +- && !strcmp (prop->name, GladeATKTableCaption)) +- { +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (atko), GladeATKTableCaption, "T"); +- g_object_set (G_OBJECT (atko), +- "AtkObject::accessible-table-caption", prop->value, +- NULL); +- +- glade_util_set_translation_properties (widget, GladeATKTableCaption, +- prop->translatable, +- prop->translator_comments, +- prop->context_prefix); +- } +-#endif +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_atk_load_actions (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkAction * action, +- GladeWidgetInfo * info) +-{ +- gint n_actions, i, j; +- +- n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action); +- +- for (j = 0; j < info->n_atk_actions; j++) +- { +- GladeAtkActionInfo *action_info = &info->atk_actions[j]; +- +- for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++) +- { +- const char *name; +- +- name = atk_action_get_name (action, i); +- if (!strcmp (name, action_info->action_name)) +- { +- atk_action_set_description (action, i, action_info->description); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_atk_load_relations (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkObject * atko, +- GladeWidgetInfo *info, +- GHashTable *all_widgets) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- gint i; +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- +- for (i = 0; i < info->n_relations; i++) +- { +- GladeAtkRelationInfo *relation = &info->relations[i]; +- AtkRelationType relationship = ATK_RELATION_NULL; +- GtkWidget *target = NULL; +- +- /* Convert the type string to an integer. */ +- if (relation->type && relation->type[0]) +- { +- relationship = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type); +- if (relationship == ATK_RELATION_NULL) +- g_warning ("Couldn't find relation type: %s", relation->type); +- } +- else +- g_warning ("<atkrelation> element has no type"); +- +- /* Try to find the target widget. */ +- if (relation->target && relation->target[0]) +- { +- target = g_hash_table_lookup (all_widgets, relation->target); +- if (!target) +- g_warning ("Couldn't find relation target: %s", relation->target); +- } +- else +- g_warning ("<atkrelation> element has no target"); +- +- /* Add the target to the widget's GladeWidgetData. */ +- if (relationship != ATK_RELATION_NULL && target) +- { +- glade_widget_data_add_relation (wdata, relationship, target); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This loads the ATK properties from the XML file. It is called after the +- entire XML file is loaded and all the widgets are created, so that it +- can resolve relation targets properly. */ +-void +-glade_atk_load_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GladeWidgetInfo * info, +- GHashTable *all_widgets) +-{ +- AtkObject *atko; +- +- atko = gtk_widget_get_accessible (widget); +- +- glade_atk_load_atk_properties (widget, atko, info); +- +- if (ATK_IS_ACTION (atko)) +- glade_atk_load_actions (widget, ATK_ACTION (atko), info); +- +- glade_atk_load_relations (widget, atko, info, all_widgets); +-} +- +- +- +- +- +-/*************************************************************************** +- * Generating source code. +- ***************************************************************************/ +- +-static void +-glade_gtk_source_add_v (GString *buffer, +- const gchar *format, +- va_list args) +-{ +- gchar *buf; +- +- buf = g_strdup_vprintf (format, args); +- g_string_append (buffer, buf); +- g_free (buf); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_atk_source_add (GString *buffer, +- const gchar *format, +- ...) +-{ +- va_list args; +- +- va_start (args, format); +- glade_gtk_source_add_v (buffer, format, args); +- va_end (args); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_atk_source_add_translator_comments (GString *buffer, +- gboolean translatable, +- const gchar *comments) +-{ +- /* If the property isn't being translated we don't bother outputting the +- translator comments. */ +- if (!translatable || !comments || comments[0] == '\0') +- return; +- +- /* We simply output it in a C comment. +- FIXME: If the comments contain an end of comment marker it won't +- compile. */ +- g_string_append (buffer, " /* "); +- g_string_append (buffer, comments); +- g_string_append (buffer, " */\n"); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_atk_write_atk_properties_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkObject * atko, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- GString * buffer) +-{ +- const char *name, *description; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- /* We only generate code for setting the name, description and caption if +- they are set explicitly by the user, and are not empty. There may be +- default settings. */ +- name = atk_object_get_name (atko); +- if (name && *name && g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (atko), GladeATKName)) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, GladeATKName, +- &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- glade_atk_source_add_translator_comments (buffer, translatable, +- comments); +- +- glade_atk_source_add (buffer, +- " atk_object_set_name (atko, %s);\n", +- source_make_string_full (name, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- +- description = atk_object_get_description (atko); +- if (description && *description +- && g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (atko), GladeATKDescription)) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, GladeATKDescription, +- &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- glade_atk_source_add_translator_comments (buffer, translatable, +- comments); +- +- glade_atk_source_add (buffer, +- " atk_object_set_description (atko, %s);\n", +- source_make_string_full (description, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- +-#if 0 +- if (GTK_IS_TREE_VIEW (widget)) +- { +- const char *table_caption; +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (atko), +- "AtkObject::accessible-table-caption", &table_caption, +- NULL); +- if (table_caption && *table_caption +- && g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (atko), GladeATKTableCaption)) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, GladeATKTableCaption, +- &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- glade_atk_source_add_translator_comments (buffer, translatable, +- comments); +- +- glade_atk_source_add (buffer, +- " g_object_set (G_OBJECT (atko), \"AtkObject::accessible-table-caption\", %s,\n" +- " NULL);\n", +- source_make_string_full (table_caption, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- +- } +- } +-#endif +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_atk_write_actions_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkAction * action, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- GString * buffer) +-{ +- gint n_actions, i; +- +- n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action); +- for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++) +- { +- const char *name, *description; +- +- name = atk_action_get_name (action, i); +- description = atk_action_get_description (action, i); +- +- if (description && *description) +- { +- /* We use a support function to set the action description. */ +- glade_atk_source_add (buffer, +- " glade_set_atk_action_description (ATK_ACTION (atko), %s,\n", +- source_make_string (name, FALSE)); +- +- glade_atk_source_add (buffer, +- " %s);\n", +- source_make_string (description, +- data->use_gettext)); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_atk_write_relations_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- AtkObject * atko, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- GString * buffer) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- gint max_targets = 0; +- GList *elem; +- gchar *decl; +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- +- if (!wdata->relations) +- return; +- +- /* Find out the maximum number of targets in the relations. We'll use one +- temporary targets array for all of them. */ +- for (elem = wdata->relations; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GladeRelation *relation = elem->data; +- gint n_targets = 0; +- GList *target; +- +- for (target = relation->targets; target; target = target->next) +- { +- if (target->data) +- n_targets++; +- } +- +- max_targets = MAX (max_targets, n_targets); +- } +- +- if (max_targets == 0) +- return; +- +- source_ensure_decl (data, " AtkRelationSet *tmp_relation_set;\n"); +- source_ensure_decl (data, " AtkRelationType tmp_relationship;\n"); +- source_ensure_decl (data, " AtkRelation *tmp_relation;\n"); +- glade_atk_source_add (buffer, +- " tmp_relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (atko);\n"); +- +- /* Output the declaration of the temporary targets array. */ +- decl = g_strdup_printf (" AtkObject *%s_relation_targets[%i];\n", +- data->wname, max_targets); +- source_ensure_decl (data, decl); +- g_free (decl); +- +- for (elem = wdata->relations; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GladeRelation *relation = elem->data; +- gint n_targets = 0, target_num = 0; +- GList *target; +- const gchar *relation_name; +- +- /* Remember that target widgets may be NULL if the target widget is +- destroyed, so we count how many non-NULL targets there are. */ +- for (target = relation->targets; target; target = target->next) +- { +- if (target->data) +- n_targets++; +- } +- +- if (n_targets == 0) +- continue; +- +- /* We have to get a reference to all the AtkObjects and add them to the +- targets array. */ +- for (target = relation->targets; target; target = target->next) +- { +- GtkWidget *target_widget = target->data; +- gchar *target_name; +- +- target_name = source_create_valid_identifier (gtk_widget_get_name (target_widget)); +- glade_atk_source_add (buffer, +- " %s_relation_targets[%i] = gtk_widget_get_accessible (%s);\n", +- data->wname, target_num, target_name); +- g_free (target_name); +- target_num++; +- } +- +- /* We have to output code to lookup the relationship code from the +- string name, as it may be an externally-defined relationship so the +- code may change. */ +- relation_name = atk_relation_type_get_name (relation->relationship); +- +- glade_atk_source_add (buffer, +- " tmp_relationship = atk_relation_type_for_name (%s);\n", +- source_make_string (relation_name, FALSE)); +- glade_atk_source_add (buffer, +- " tmp_relation = atk_relation_new (%s_relation_targets, %i, tmp_relationship);\n", +- data->wname, target_num); +- +- +- glade_atk_source_add (buffer, +- " atk_relation_set_add (tmp_relation_set, tmp_relation);\n" +- " g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (tmp_relation));\n"); +- } +- +- glade_atk_source_add (buffer, " g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (tmp_relation_set));\n"); +-} +- +- +-/* This generates the source code to set the ATK properties, event descriptions +- and relations. */ +-void +-glade_atk_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- AtkObject *atko; +- GString *buffer; +- +- atko = gtk_widget_get_accessible (widget); +- +- /* We output all the ATK code into a buffer. Then if it isn't empty +- we output the declaration for the AtkObject and the get_accessible() +- call. */ +- buffer = g_string_sized_new (1024); +- +- glade_atk_write_atk_properties_source (widget, atko, data, buffer); +- +- if (ATK_IS_ACTION (atko)) +- glade_atk_write_actions_source (widget, ATK_ACTION (atko), data, buffer); +- +- glade_atk_write_relations_source (widget, atko, data, buffer); +- +- if (buffer->len > 0) +- { +- source_ensure_decl (data, " AtkObject *atko;\n"); +- +- source_add_to_buffer (data, GLADE_ATK_SOURCE, +- " atko = gtk_widget_get_accessible (%s);\n%s\n", +- data->wname, buffer->str); +- } +- +- g_string_free (buffer, TRUE); +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/glade_clipboard.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,654 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998-1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include "config.h" +- +-#include <string.h> +-#include <locale.h> +-#include <stdlib.h> +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#include <gnome.h> +-#else +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#include "editor.h" +-#include "glade_clipboard.h" +-#include "gbwidget.h" +-#include "load.h" +-#include "tree.h" +-#include "utils.h" +-#include "gb.h" +-#include "glade_project_window.h" +- +-typedef struct _GladeClipboardItem GladeClipboardItem; +- +-struct _GladeClipboardItem +-{ +- GladeProject *project; +- GtkType type; +- gchar *xml_data; +- gboolean names_unique; +-}; +- +- +-static GtkWindowClass *parent_class = NULL; +- +-static void glade_clipboard_class_init (GladeClipboardClass * klass); +-static void glade_clipboard_init (GladeClipboard * clipboard); +- +-static void glade_clipboard_cut_or_copy (GladeClipboard *clipboard, +- GladeProject *project, +- GtkWidget *widget, +- gboolean cut); +-static void glade_clipboard_add (GladeClipboard *clipboard, +- GladeProject *project, +- gboolean names_unique, +- GtkWidget *widget, +- gchar *xml_data); +-static GladeClipboardItem* glade_clipboard_get_current_item (GladeClipboard *clipboard); +- +-static void glade_clipboard_on_project_destroy (GladeProject *project, +- GladeClipboardItem *item); +- +- +-#define GLADE_PASTE_BUFFER_INCREMENT 1024 +- +- +-GType +-glade_clipboard_get_type (void) +-{ +- static GType glade_clipboard_type = 0; +- +- if (!glade_clipboard_type) +- { +- GtkTypeInfo glade_clipboard_info = +- { +- "GladeClipboard", +- sizeof (GladeClipboard), +- sizeof (GladeClipboardClass), +- (GtkClassInitFunc) glade_clipboard_class_init, +- (GtkObjectInitFunc) glade_clipboard_init, +- /* reserved_1 */ NULL, +- /* reserved_2 */ NULL, +- (GtkClassInitFunc) NULL, +- }; +- +- glade_clipboard_type = gtk_type_unique (gtk_window_get_type (), +- &glade_clipboard_info); +- } +- return glade_clipboard_type; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_clipboard_class_init (GladeClipboardClass * klass) +-{ +- GtkObjectClass *object_class; +- +- object_class = (GtkObjectClass *) klass; +- +- parent_class = gtk_type_class (gtk_window_get_type ()); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_clipboard_init (GladeClipboard * clipboard) +-{ +- GtkWidget *vbox, *scrolled_win; +- +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (clipboard), _ ("Clipboard")); +- gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (clipboard), FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (clipboard), "clipboard", "Glade"); +- gtk_window_set_default_size (GTK_WINDOW (clipboard), 150, 200); +- gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (clipboard), +- glade_get_global_accel_group ()); +- +- vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 4); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (clipboard), vbox); +- +- clipboard->clist = gtk_clist_new (1); +- gtk_clist_set_row_height (GTK_CLIST (clipboard->clist), 23); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (clipboard->clist, 100, 100); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (clipboard->clist), 0, 100); +- gtk_clist_set_selection_mode (GTK_CLIST (clipboard->clist), +- GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE); +- gtk_widget_show (clipboard->clist); +- +- scrolled_win = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolled_win), clipboard->clist); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolled_win), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), scrolled_win, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (scrolled_win); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (clipboard), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_util_close_window_on_delete), +- NULL); +- +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (clipboard), "hide", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_uncheck_clipboard_menu_item), +- NULL); +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget * +-glade_clipboard_new (void) +-{ +- return GTK_WIDGET (gtk_type_new (glade_clipboard_get_type ())); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_clipboard_cut (GladeClipboard *clipboard, +- GladeProject *project, +- GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- glade_clipboard_cut_or_copy (clipboard, project, widget, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_clipboard_copy (GladeClipboard *clipboard, +- GladeProject *project, +- GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- glade_clipboard_cut_or_copy (clipboard, project, widget, FALSE); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_clipboard_cut_or_copy (GladeClipboard *clipboard, +- GladeProject *project, +- GtkWidget *widget, +- gboolean cut) +-{ +- GbWidgetGetArgData data = { 0 }; +- gchar *old_locale, *saved_locale; +- GList *selection; +- gboolean is_component; +- +- if (widget == NULL) +- { +- selection = editor_get_selection (); +- if (selection) +- widget = GTK_WIDGET (selection->data); +- } +- +- if (widget == NULL || GB_IS_PLACEHOLDER (widget)) +- return; +- +- data.project = project; +- data.action = GB_SAVING; +- data.copying_to_clipboard = TRUE; +- data.error = NULL; +- +- /* Initialize the output buffer. */ +- data.buffer = g_string_sized_new (1024); +- data.indent = 0; +- +- /* We don't need the translatable strings. */ +- data.save_translatable_strings = FALSE; +- data.translatable_strings = NULL; +- +- old_locale = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, NULL); +- saved_locale = g_strdup (old_locale); +- setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C"); +- +- g_string_append (data.buffer, +- "<?xml version=\"1.0\" standalone=\"no\"?> <!--*- mode: xml -*-->\n" +- "<!DOCTYPE glade-interface SYSTEM \"http://glade.gnome.org/glade-project-2.0.dtd\">\n" +- "\n" +- "<glade-interface>\n"); +- +- /* If the widget is not a toplevel widget, we add a dummy parent to it. +- This is so that we keep the packing properties of the widget. */ +- is_component = glade_util_is_component (widget); +- if (!is_component) +- { +- g_string_append (data.buffer, +- "<widget class=\"GtkWindow\" id=\"glade-dummy-container\">\n"); +- data.indent++; +- } +- +- gb_widget_save (widget, &data); +- +- if (!is_component) +- { +- g_string_append (data.buffer, +- "</widget>\n"); +- } +- +- g_string_append (data.buffer, +- "\n</glade-interface>\n"); +- +- setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, saved_locale); +- g_free (saved_locale); +- +- if (data.error == NULL) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Adding to clipboard:\n%s\n", data.buffer->str); +-#endif +- glade_clipboard_add (GLADE_CLIPBOARD (clipboard), project, cut, +- widget, data.buffer->str); +- if (cut) +- editor_delete_widget (widget); +- } +- else +- /* This shouldn't happen. */ +- g_warning ("Error saving widget to clipboard"); +- +- g_string_free (data.buffer, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-static void +-initialize_all_widgets_cb (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- const gchar *widget_name; +- +- /* If this is the widget we are replacing, just return. We don't want to +- add it or its descendants to all_widgets. They will no longer exist, so +- ATK relations can't use them. */ +- if (widget == data->replacing_widget) +- return; +- +- /* Add this widget to the all_widgets hash. */ +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- { +- widget_name = gtk_widget_get_name (widget); +- if (widget_name && *widget_name) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Initializing pointer to widget: %s, %p\n", +- widget_name, widget); +-#endif +- g_hash_table_insert (data->all_widgets, (gpointer) widget_name, +- widget); +- } +- } +- +- /* Now recursively add the children. */ +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, (GtkCallback) initialize_all_widgets_cb, +- data); +-} +- +- +-/* This adds all widgets that are in the window being pasted into to the +- all_widgets hash, so ATK relations to other widgets will be set when +- pasting. */ +-static void +-glade_clipboard_initialize_all_widgets (GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *toplevel; +- +- /* If we aren't pasting into a component, just return. */ +- if (!data->replacing_widget) +- return; +- +- toplevel = glade_util_get_toplevel (data->replacing_widget); +- +- initialize_all_widgets_cb (toplevel, data); +-} +- +- +-/* The widget argument is the widget to be pasted over, i.e. the widget in +- the current interface that will be replaced by the clipboard item. +- If it is NULL, the currently selected widget will be used. */ +-void +-glade_clipboard_paste (GladeClipboard *clipboard, +- GladeProject *project, +- GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GladeClipboardItem *item; +- GbWidgetSetArgData data = { 0 }; +- GtkWidget *parent, *new_widget = NULL; +- gchar *saved_locale, *saved_timezone, *child_name; +- GList *selection; +- gboolean is_component = FALSE; +- +- item = glade_clipboard_get_current_item (clipboard); +- if (item == NULL) +- return; +- +- if (widget == NULL) +- { +- selection = editor_get_selection (); +- if (selection) +- widget = GTK_WIDGET (selection->data); +- } +- +- if (gtk_type_is_a (item->type, gtk_window_get_type ()) +- || gtk_type_is_a (item->type, gtk_menu_get_type ())) +- is_component = TRUE; +- +- /* We can only paste toplevel components, i.e. windows and menus, into the +- project, and not into other widgets. */ +- if (widget == NULL) +- { +- if (!is_component) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You need to select a widget to paste into"), widget); +- return; +- } +- } +- else +- { +- if (is_component) +- widget = NULL; +- } +- +- if (widget) +- { +- /* Don't allow pasting into any windows/dialogs. */ +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) +- || GTK_IS_DIALOG (widget) +- || GTK_IS_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget) +- || GTK_IS_INPUT_DIALOG (widget) +- || GTK_IS_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (widget) +- || GTK_IS_FILE_SELECTION (widget) +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- || GNOME_IS_APP (widget) +- || GNOME_IS_DIALOG (widget) +-#endif +- ) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You can't paste into windows or dialogs."), widget); +- return; +- } +- +- /* SPECIAL CODE: Don't allow pasting into dialog widgets. */ +- child_name = gb_widget_get_child_name (widget); +- if (child_name) +- { +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildOKButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCancelButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildHelpButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildApplyButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildSaveButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildCloseButton) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogVBox) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogActionArea) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildComboEntry) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildComboList) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildFontSelection) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildColorSelection) +- || !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeEntry) +- ) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You can't paste into the selected widget, since\nit is created automatically by its parent."), widget); +- return; +- } +- } +- +- /* Only allow menuitems to be pasted into menus or menubars. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU_SHELL (widget) +- && !gtk_type_is_a (item->type, gtk_menu_item_get_type ())) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Only menu items can be pasted into a menu or menu bar."), widget); +- return; +- } +- +- /* Only allow menuitems to replace menuitems. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (widget) +- && !gtk_type_is_a (item->type, gtk_menu_item_get_type ())) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Only menu items can be pasted into a menu or menu bar."), widget); +- return; +- } +- +- /* Only buttons can be pasted into a dialog action area. */ +- if (widget->parent) +- { +- child_name = gb_widget_get_child_name (widget->parent); +- if (child_name && !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogActionArea) +- && item->type != GTK_TYPE_BUTTON) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Only buttons can be pasted into a dialog action area."), widget); +- return; +- } +- } +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK (widget)) +- { +- if (!gtk_type_is_a (item->type, bonobo_dock_item_get_type ())) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Only GnomeDockItem widgets can be pasted into a GnomeDock."), widget); +- return; +- } +- } +- +- if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (widget)) +- { +- if (!gtk_type_is_a (item->type, bonobo_dock_item_get_type ())) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Only GnomeDockItem widgets can be pasted over a GnomeDockItem."), widget); +- return; +- } +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Sorry - pasting over a GnomeDockItem is not implemented yet."), widget); +- return; +- } +- +- if (gtk_type_is_a (item->type, bonobo_dock_item_get_type ())) +- { +- if (!BONOBO_IS_DOCK (widget) && !BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (widget)) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("GnomeDockItem widgets can only be pasted into a GnomeDock."), widget); +- return; +- } +- } +-#endif +- } +- +- data.project = project; +- data.filename = NULL; +- data.xml_buffer = item->xml_data; +- data.status = GLADE_STATUS_OK; +- data.all_widgets = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- +- /* We normally create new names for the widgets pasted, discarding the names +- in the XML data. However, if the widgets were cut to the clipboard, and +- we are pasting into the same project for the first time, then we use +- the original names. */ +- data.discard_names = TRUE; +- if (project == item->project) +- { +- if (item->names_unique) +- { +- data.discard_names = FALSE; +- item->names_unique = FALSE; +- } +- } +- +- /* We always try to replace the selected widget, unless it is a GtkFixed, +- GtkLayout, or GtkPacker, in which case we add the pasted widget as a +- child. If we didn't do this, then it would be quite difficult to paste +- children into these widgets. I did consider adding the widget as a child +- when pasting into other containers like boxes and tables, but then we +- have a problem with composite widgets, where we may accidentally paste +- inside the composite (e.g. inside its toplevel vbox). +- For Gnome, we also allow pasting GnomeDockItems into GnomeDocks. */ +- parent = NULL; +- data.replacing_widget = NULL; +- if (widget) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_FIXED (widget) +- || GTK_IS_LAYOUT (widget) +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- || BONOBO_IS_DOCK (widget) +-#endif +- ) +- { +- parent = widget; +- } +- else +- { +- parent = widget->parent; +- data.replacing_widget = widget; +- } +- } +- +- /* Initialize the all_widgets hash with all widget names in the component, +- except the widget being replaced and any of its descendants. This is +- done so that ATK relations to targets in the component will still be OK. +- */ +- glade_clipboard_initialize_all_widgets (&data); +- +- tree_freeze (); +- +- /* Set the locale to "C". */ +- saved_locale = g_strdup (setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, NULL)); +- setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C"); +- +- /* Set the timezone to "UTC". */ +- saved_timezone = glade_util_set_timezone ("UTC"); +- +- /* Now parse the clipboard data. */ +- data.interface = glade_parser_parse_buffer (data.xml_buffer, +- strlen (data.xml_buffer), NULL); +- if (!data.interface || data.interface->n_toplevels != 1) +- { +- /* I don't think this should happen, except due to bugs. */ +- g_warning ("Error pasting from clipboard"); +- glade_interface_destroy (data.interface); +- g_hash_table_destroy (data.all_widgets); +- return; +- } +- +- /* If the widget is a toplevel component, we use the top widget info and +- no child info. If not, we use the first child, as the toplevel will be +- a dummy container. */ +- data.child_info = NULL; +- data.widget_info = data.interface->toplevels[0]; +- +- if (!is_component) +- { +- if (data.widget_info->n_children != 1 +- || data.widget_info->children == NULL) +- { +- data.status = GLADE_STATUS_ERROR; +- } +- else +- { +- data.child_info = &data.widget_info->children[0]; +- data.widget_info = data.child_info->child; +- } +- } +- +- /* Create the widget. */ +- if (data.status == GLADE_STATUS_OK) +- new_widget = gb_widget_load (NULL, &data, parent); +- +- /* Destroy the parse data. */ +- glade_interface_destroy (data.interface); +- +- /* Reset the timezone. */ +- glade_util_reset_timezone (saved_timezone); +- +- /* Reset the locale. */ +- setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, saved_locale); +- g_free (saved_locale); +- +- tree_thaw (); +- +- g_hash_table_destroy (data.all_widgets); +- +- if (data.status != GLADE_STATUS_OK) +- { +- /* I don't think this should happen, except due to bugs. */ +- g_warning ("Error pasting from clipboard"); +- return; +- } +- +- /* If a window was pasted, show it. */ +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (new_widget)) +- glade_project_show_component (project, new_widget); +-} +- +- +-/* This adds the XML for a widget (and any descendants) to the clipboard. +- If the widget has been cut and is later pasted into the same project, +- then the same widget names can be used. Otherwise new widget names have +- to be created. The widget parameter is used to get the widget's name and +- class and to look up its pixmap to display in the clipboard. +- The xml_data parameter is copied. */ +-static void +-glade_clipboard_add (GladeClipboard *clipboard, +- GladeProject *project, +- gboolean names_unique, +- GtkWidget *widget, +- gchar *xml_data) +-{ +- GladeClipboardItem *item; +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- gchar *name; +- +- name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (widget); +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (gbwidget != NULL); +- +- item = g_new (GladeClipboardItem, 1); +- item->project = project; +- item->type = GTK_OBJECT_TYPE (widget); +- item->xml_data = g_strdup (xml_data); +- item->names_unique = names_unique; +- +- /* Connect to the project's destroy signal to set the pointer to NULL, so +- we never have invalid pointers. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (project), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_clipboard_on_project_destroy), +- item); +- +- gtk_clist_insert (GTK_CLIST (clipboard->clist), 0, &name); +- gtk_clist_set_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clipboard->clist), 0, item); +- +- gtk_clist_set_pixtext (GTK_CLIST (clipboard->clist), 0, 0, name, 3, +- gbwidget->gdkpixmap, gbwidget->mask); +- +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (clipboard->clist), 0, 0); +-} +- +- +-/* This returns the currently-selected GladeClipboardItem, or NULL if no item +- is currently selected (i.e. the clipboard is empty). */ +-static GladeClipboardItem* +-glade_clipboard_get_current_item (GladeClipboard *clipboard) +-{ +- GList *selection; +- +- selection = GTK_CLIST (clipboard->clist)->selection; +- if (selection == NULL) +- return NULL; +- +- return (GladeClipboardItem*) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clipboard->clist), GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_clipboard_on_project_destroy (GladeProject *project, +- GladeClipboardItem *item) +-{ +- if (item) +- item->project = NULL; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/glade_gnome.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,1032 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998-1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-/* +- * This file contains general Gnome-related declarations & code. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- +-#include <gnome.h> +- +-#include "glade_gnome.h" +-#include "glade_project.h" +-#include "source.h" +-#include "utils.h" +- +- +-static void glade_gnome_write_menu_item_standard_source (GtkMenuItem * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void glade_gnome_write_radio_menu_item_source (GtkMenuItem * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- GString *source_buffer, +- gchar *label, +- gchar *tooltip, +- gchar *handler, +- gchar *accel_key_buffer, +- gchar *accel_mods); +-static void glade_gnome_finish_radio_menu_item_group_source (GtkMenuShell * menu_shell, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData *data); +-static gboolean glade_gnome_is_first_radio_menu_item_in_group (GtkMenuItem *menuitem); +- +- +- +-/* +- * I intend to tidy up all the code for choice properties at some point, +- * so we don't duplicate them and we use simple convenience functions for them. +- */ +- +-/* Choices for the BonoboDockItem placement. */ +-const gint GladePlacementValues[] = +-{ +- BONOBO_DOCK_TOP, +- BONOBO_DOCK_RIGHT, +- BONOBO_DOCK_BOTTOM, +- BONOBO_DOCK_LEFT, +- BONOBO_DOCK_FLOATING +-}; +-const gint GladePlacementSize = sizeof (GladePlacementValues) / sizeof (gint); +-const gchar *GladePlacementSymbols[] = +-{ +- "BONOBO_DOCK_TOP", +- "BONOBO_DOCK_RIGHT", +- "BONOBO_DOCK_BOTTOM", +- "BONOBO_DOCK_LEFT", +- "BONOBO_DOCK_FLOATING" +-}; +- +- +-/* Choices for the BonoboDockItem Orientation. */ +-const gchar *GladeOrientationChoices[] = +-{ +- "Horizontal", +- "Vertical", +- NULL +-}; +-const gint GladeOrientationValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, +- GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL +-}; +-const gint GladeOrientationSize = sizeof (GladeOrientationValues) / sizeof (GladeOrientationValues[0]); +-const gchar *GladeOrientationSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL", +- "GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL" +-}; +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Stock Gnome Menu Items. +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-/* These are indices of a few special items, so if you change the +- GladeStockMenuItemValues array be sure to update this. */ +-const gint GladeStockMenuItemNew = 3; +-const gint GladeStockMenuHelpTree = 37; +- +-/* These are copied from gnome-libs/libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.h +- The first item is 'None' to indicate no stock item is being used. */ +-GnomeUIInfo GladeStockMenuItemValues[] = +-{ +- /* 0 */ +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, N_("None"), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL, 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- /* 1 */ +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- +- /* 2 */ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_FILE_TREE (NULL), +- /* 3 - see GladeStockMenuItemNew above. */ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_ITEM (N_("_New"), NULL, NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_OPEN_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SAVE_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SAVE_AS_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_REVERT_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PRINT_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PRINT_SETUP_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_CLOSE_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_QUIT_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- +- /* 13 */ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_EDIT_TREE (NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_CUT_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_COPY_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PASTE_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SELECT_ALL_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_CLEAR_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_UNDO_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_REDO_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_FIND_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_FIND_AGAIN_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_REPLACE_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PROPERTIES_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- +- /* 26 */ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_VIEW_TREE (NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- +- /* 28 */ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SETTINGS_TREE (NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PREFERENCES_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- +- /* 31 */ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_FILES_TREE (NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- +- /* 33 */ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_WINDOWS_TREE (NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_WINDOW_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_CLOSE_WINDOW_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- +- /* 37 */ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_HELP_TREE (NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_ABOUT_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- +- /* 40 */ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_GAME_TREE (NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_GAME_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PAUSE_GAME_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_RESTART_GAME_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_UNDO_MOVE_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_REDO_MOVE_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_HINT_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SCORES_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_END_GAME_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_END +-}; +- +- +-/* These were created by a perl script using the above. */ +-const gchar* GladeStockMenuItemSymbols[] = +-{ +- NULL, +- NULL, +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_FILE_TREE", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_OPEN_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SAVE_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SAVE_AS_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_REVERT_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PRINT_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PRINT_SETUP_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_CLOSE_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_EXIT_ITEM", +- NULL, +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_EDIT_TREE", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_CUT_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_COPY_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PASTE_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SELECT_ALL_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_CLEAR_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_UNDO_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_REDO_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_FIND_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_FIND_AGAIN_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_REPLACE_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PROPERTIES_ITEM", +- NULL, +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_VIEW_TREE", +- NULL, +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SETTINGS_TREE", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PREFERENCES_ITEM", +- NULL, +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_FILES_TREE", +- NULL, +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_WINDOWS_TREE", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_WINDOW_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_CLOSE_WINDOW_ITEM", +- NULL, +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_HELP_TREE", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_ABOUT_ITEM", +- NULL, +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_GAME_TREE", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_GAME_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PAUSE_GAME_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_RESTART_GAME_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_UNDO_MOVE_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_REDO_MOVE_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_HINT_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SCORES_ITEM", +- "GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_END_GAME_ITEM", +- NULL +-}; +- +-const gint GladeStockMenuItemSize = sizeof (GladeStockMenuItemSymbols) / sizeof (GladeStockMenuItemSymbols[0]); +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Functions to output GnomeUIInfo structs in the source code. +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-/* This creates the start of the GnomeUIInfo structs, and is called by the +- write_source functions of menus and menubars if we are building a Gnome +- application. The menuitems call glade_gnome_write_menu_item_source() to +- add to this, and the entire structure is added to one of the main source +- buffers at the end of gb_widget_write_source (), by calling +- glade_gnome_finish_menu_source(). */ +-void +-glade_gnome_start_menu_source (GtkMenuShell * menu_shell, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GString *source_buffer; +- GtkWidget *parent_item; +- gint uiinfo_index = 0, stock_item_index; +- +- source_buffer = g_string_sized_new (1024); +- g_string_sprintf (source_buffer, "static GnomeUIInfo %s_uiinfo[] =\n{\n", +- data->real_wname); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (menu_shell), "glade-uiinfo", source_buffer); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (menu_shell), "glade-uiinfo-name", +- g_strdup (data->real_wname)); +- +- /* See if this is the start of the 'Help' menu, and if it is output the +- GNOMEUIINFO_HELP item which inserts all the topics from topic.dat. */ +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_help_support (data->project) +- && GTK_IS_MENU (menu_shell)) +- { +- parent_item = gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (menu_shell)); +- +- if (parent_item) +- { +- stock_item_index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (parent_item), GladeMenuItemStockIndexKey)); +- if (stock_item_index == GladeStockMenuHelpTree) +- { +- g_string_sprintfa (source_buffer, " GNOMEUIINFO_HELP (%s),\n", +- source_make_string (data->program_name, +- FALSE)); +- uiinfo_index++; +- } +- } +- } +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (menu_shell), "glade-uiinfo-index", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (uiinfo_index)); +-} +- +- +-/* This is called after a menu or menubar has been output. It finishes off +- the GnomeUIInfo struct and adds it to the GLADE_UIINFO source buffer. */ +-void +-glade_gnome_finish_menu_source (GtkMenuShell * menu_shell, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GString *source_buffer; +- gchar *uiinfo_name; +- +- /* Finish off any radio group. */ +- glade_gnome_finish_radio_menu_item_group_source (menu_shell, data); +- +- source_buffer = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (menu_shell), +- "glade-uiinfo"); +- g_return_if_fail (source_buffer != NULL); +- +- uiinfo_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (menu_shell), +- "glade-uiinfo-name"); +- g_return_if_fail (uiinfo_name != NULL); +- +- g_string_append (source_buffer, " GNOMEUIINFO_END\n};\n\n"); +- g_string_append (data->source_buffers[GLADE_UIINFO], source_buffer->str); +- g_string_free (source_buffer, TRUE); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (menu_shell), "glade-uiinfo", NULL); +- +- g_free (uiinfo_name); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (menu_shell), "glade-uiinfo-name", NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* This is called by the write_source functions of all menu items when +- outputting Gnome source code. It adds to the GnomeUIInfo structs stored +- in the parent menu/menubar. */ +-void +-glade_gnome_write_menu_item_source (GtkMenuItem * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GString *source_buffer; +- gint stock_item_index; +- gboolean has_child_menu = FALSE; +- GList *tmp_list; +- GladeSignal *activate_signal = NULL; +- GladeAccelerator *activate_accel = NULL; +- gchar *handler = NULL, *child_uiinfo_name = NULL; +- +- source_buffer = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_WIDGET (widget)->parent), "glade-uiinfo"); +- g_return_if_fail (source_buffer != NULL); +- +- /* First check if it is a separator, since they are simple. */ +- if (GTK_IS_SEPARATOR_MENU_ITEM (widget) || GTK_BIN (widget)->child == NULL) +- { +- g_string_append (source_buffer, " GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR,\n"); +- glade_gnome_write_menu_item_standard_source (widget, data); +- return; +- } +- +- if (widget->submenu) +- { +- const char *child_menu_name = gtk_widget_get_name (widget->submenu); +- +- has_child_menu = TRUE; +- child_uiinfo_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_menu_name); +- } +- +- +- /* Find 'activate' handler in widget data. */ +- tmp_list = data->widget_data->signals; +- while (tmp_list) +- { +- GladeSignal *signal = (GladeSignal *) tmp_list->data; +- if (!strcmp (signal->name, "activate")) +- { +- activate_signal = signal; +- handler = source_create_valid_identifier (signal->handler); +- break; +- } +- tmp_list = tmp_list->next; +- } +- +- /* Find 'activate' accelerator in widget data. */ +- tmp_list = data->widget_data->accelerators; +- while (tmp_list) +- { +- GladeAccelerator *accel = (GladeAccelerator *) tmp_list->data; +- if (!strcmp (accel->signal, "activate")) +- { +- activate_accel = accel; +- break; +- } +- tmp_list = tmp_list->next; +- } +- +- /* See if it is a stock item. */ +- stock_item_index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladeMenuItemStockIndexKey)); +- if (stock_item_index > 0) +- { +- GnomeUIInfo *uiinfo; +- +- uiinfo = &GladeStockMenuItemValues[stock_item_index]; +- +- /* Special code for the New item. If it has children it is +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_SUBTREE, else it is GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_ITEM +- and we must also output the label and tooltip. */ +- if (stock_item_index == GladeStockMenuItemNew) +- { +- if (has_child_menu) +- { +- g_string_sprintfa (source_buffer, +- " GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_SUBTREE (%s_uiinfo),\n", +- child_uiinfo_name); +- } +- else +- { +- gchar *label, *tooltip; +- +- label = glade_util_get_label_text (GTK_BIN (widget)->child); +- tooltip = data->widget_data->tooltip ? g_strdup (source_make_static_string (data->widget_data->tooltip, data->use_gettext)) : NULL; +- +- g_string_sprintfa (source_buffer, +- " GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_ITEM (%s, %s, %s, NULL),\n", +- source_make_static_string (label, data->use_gettext), +- tooltip ? tooltip : "NULL", +- handler ? handler : "NULL"); +- g_free (tooltip); +- g_free (label); +- } +- } +- /* See if it is a subtree item. */ +- else if (uiinfo->type == GNOME_APP_UI_SUBTREE_STOCK) +- { +- if (has_child_menu) +- { +- g_string_sprintfa (source_buffer, " %s (%s_uiinfo),\n", +- GladeStockMenuItemSymbols[stock_item_index], +- child_uiinfo_name); +- } +- else +- { +- /* The stock subtree item should really have children, but if it +- doesn't, we just output an empty GnomeUIInfo struct here. */ +- g_string_sprintfa (source_buffer, " %s (%s_uiinfo),\n", +- GladeStockMenuItemSymbols[stock_item_index], +- data->real_wname); +- g_string_sprintfa (data->source_buffers[GLADE_UIINFO], +- "static GnomeUIInfo %s_uiinfo[] =\n{\n" +- " GNOMEUIINFO_END\n};\n\n", +- data->real_wname); +- } +- } +- /* It must be a normal stock item. */ +- else +- { +- g_string_sprintfa (source_buffer, " %s (%s, NULL),\n", +- GladeStockMenuItemSymbols[stock_item_index], +- handler ? handler : "NULL"); +- } +- } +- else +- /* It is an ordinary menu item, so we need to output its type, label, +- tooltip, accelerator, and icon (stock or ordinary), and also check +- if it has a child menu. */ +- { +- gchar *type, *label, *tooltip, *icon_name = NULL, *accel_mods; +- gchar *pixmap_type, *pixmap_info, *pixmap_filename; +- gchar accel_key_buffer[128]; +- gboolean free_pixmap_info; +- +- label = glade_util_get_label_text (GTK_BIN (widget)->child); +- tooltip = data->widget_data->tooltip ? g_strdup (source_make_static_string (data->widget_data->tooltip, data->use_gettext)) : NULL; +- +- /* Determine if the item has an icon and if it is a stock icon or an +- xpm file. */ +- free_pixmap_info = FALSE; +- if (GTK_IS_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (widget)) +- { +- GtkWidget *image; +- image = gtk_image_menu_item_get_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (widget)); +- if (image) +- icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (image), GladeIconKey); +- } +- if (icon_name && icon_name[0]) +- { +- if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon_name)) +- { +- pixmap_type = "GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK"; +- pixmap_info = g_strdup (source_make_string (icon_name, FALSE)); +- free_pixmap_info = TRUE; +- } +- else +- { +- pixmap_type = "GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_FILENAME"; +- pixmap_filename = g_strdup_printf ("%s%c%s", data->program_name, +- G_DIR_SEPARATOR, +- g_basename (icon_name)); +- pixmap_info = g_strdup (source_make_string (pixmap_filename, +- FALSE)); +- g_free (pixmap_filename); +- free_pixmap_info = TRUE; +- } +- } +- else +- { +- pixmap_type = "GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE"; +- pixmap_info = "NULL"; +- } +- +- strcpy (accel_key_buffer, "0"); +- accel_mods = "0"; +- if (activate_accel) +- { +- /* Make sure we don't overflow the buffer. */ +- if (strlen (activate_accel->key) < 100) +- { +- strcpy (accel_key_buffer, "GDK_"); +- strcat (accel_key_buffer, activate_accel->key); +- } +- else +- g_warning ("Overflow of accel_key_buffer"); +- +- accel_mods = glade_util_create_modifiers_string (activate_accel->modifiers); +- } +- +- if (has_child_menu) +- { +- type = "GNOME_APP_UI_SUBTREE"; +- g_string_sprintfa (source_buffer, +- " {\n" +- " %s, %s,\n" +- " %s,\n" +- " %s_uiinfo, NULL, NULL,\n" +- " %s, %s,\n" +- " %s, (GdkModifierType) %s, NULL\n" +- " },\n", +- type, +- source_make_static_string (label, +- data->use_gettext), +- tooltip ? tooltip : "NULL", +- child_uiinfo_name, +- pixmap_type, pixmap_info, +- accel_key_buffer, accel_mods); +- +- } +- else +- { +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (widget)) +- { +- glade_gnome_write_radio_menu_item_source (widget, data, +- source_buffer, label, +- tooltip, handler, +- accel_key_buffer, +- accel_mods); +- } +- else +- { +- if (GTK_IS_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (widget)) +- { +- type = "GNOME_APP_UI_TOGGLEITEM"; +- pixmap_type = "GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE"; +- if (free_pixmap_info) +- g_free (pixmap_info); +- pixmap_info = "NULL"; +- free_pixmap_info = FALSE; +- } +- else +- type = "GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM"; +- +- g_string_sprintfa (source_buffer, +- " {\n" +- " %s, %s,\n" +- " %s,\n" +- " (gpointer) %s, NULL, NULL,\n" +- " %s, %s,\n" +- " %s, (GdkModifierType) %s, NULL\n" +- " },\n", +- type, +- source_make_static_string (label, +- data->use_gettext), +- tooltip ? tooltip : "NULL", +- handler ? handler : "NULL", +- pixmap_type, pixmap_info, +- accel_key_buffer, accel_mods); +- } +- } +- +- if (free_pixmap_info) +- g_free (pixmap_info); +- g_free (tooltip); +- g_free (label); +- } +- +- glade_gnome_write_menu_item_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- +- /* If there is an "activate" signal handler, we may need to output the empty +- handler function and declaration, depending on its last modification +- time. */ +- if (activate_signal) +- { +- /* Check if we need to output it. */ +- if (data->creating_callback_files +- || (activate_signal->last_modification_time > data->last_write_time)) +- { +- gb_widget_write_signal_handler_source (GTK_WIDGET (widget), data, +- "activate", handler); +- } +- } +- +- g_free (handler); +- g_free (child_uiinfo_name); +-} +- +- +-/* This outputs code to save the pointer to the widget and possibly set its +- name, using the index into the GnomeUIInfo struct. */ +-static void +-glade_gnome_write_menu_item_standard_source (GtkMenuItem * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata = data->widget_data; +- gchar *uiinfo_name, *uiinfo_name_key, *uiinfo_index_key; +- gint uiinfo_index; +- +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (widget)) +- { +- uiinfo_name_key = "glade-radio-group-uiinfo-name"; +- uiinfo_index_key = "glade-radio-group-uiinfo-index"; +- } +- else +- { +- uiinfo_name_key = "glade-uiinfo-name"; +- uiinfo_index_key = "glade-uiinfo-index"; +- } +- +- uiinfo_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_WIDGET (widget)->parent), +- uiinfo_name_key); +- g_return_if_fail (uiinfo_name != NULL); +- +- uiinfo_index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_WIDGET (widget)->parent), uiinfo_index_key)); +- +- if (data->set_widget_names) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_widget_set_name (%s_uiinfo[%i].widget, \"%s\");\n", +- uiinfo_name, uiinfo_index, data->real_wname); +- +- if (!data->use_component_struct) +- { +- source_add_to_buffer (data, GLADE_OBJECT_HOOKUP, +- " GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT (%s, %s_uiinfo[%i].widget, %s);\n", +- data->component_name, +- uiinfo_name, uiinfo_index, +- source_make_string (data->real_wname, FALSE)); +- } +- +- if (GTK_IS_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (widget) && wdata->flags & GLADE_ACTIVE) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (%s_uiinfo[%i].widget), TRUE);\n", +- uiinfo_name, uiinfo_index); +- +- if (!(wdata->flags & GLADE_SENSITIVE)) +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_widget_set_sensitive (%s_uiinfo[%i].widget, FALSE);\n", +- uiinfo_name, uiinfo_index); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_WIDGET (widget)->parent), +- uiinfo_index_key, GINT_TO_POINTER (uiinfo_index + 1)); +-} +- +- +-/* This outputs the source for a radio menu item. The group of radio items +- is placed in a separate GnomeUIInfo struct, and a pointer to that is added +- in the menus GnomeUIInfo. +- First we check if the radio item is the start of a new group. +- If it is, we finish off any previous group and start a new one. */ +-static void +-glade_gnome_write_radio_menu_item_source (GtkMenuItem * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- GString *source_buffer, +- gchar *label, +- gchar *tooltip, +- gchar *handler, +- gchar *accel_key_buffer, +- gchar *accel_mods) +-{ +- GString *group_source_buffer; +- gint uiinfo_index; +- +- if (glade_gnome_is_first_radio_menu_item_in_group (widget)) +- { +- /* Finish off any existing group. */ +- glade_gnome_finish_radio_menu_item_group_source (GTK_MENU_SHELL (GTK_WIDGET (widget)->parent), data); +- +- /* Start the new group. */ +- group_source_buffer = g_string_sized_new (1024); +- g_string_sprintf (group_source_buffer, +- "static GnomeUIInfo %s_uiinfo[] =\n{\n", +- data->real_wname); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_WIDGET (widget)->parent), +- "glade-radio-group-uiinfo", group_source_buffer); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_WIDGET (widget)->parent), +- "glade-radio-group-uiinfo-name", +- g_strdup (data->real_wname)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_WIDGET (widget)->parent), +- "glade-radio-group-uiinfo-index", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (0)); +- +- /* Insert the radio group into the menu's GnomeUIInfo struct. */ +- g_string_sprintfa (source_buffer, +- " {\n" +- " GNOME_APP_UI_RADIOITEMS, NULL, NULL, %s_uiinfo,\n" +- " NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL, 0,\n" +- " (GdkModifierType) 0, NULL\n" +- " },\n", +- data->real_wname); +- +- /* We need to increment the index of the parent uiinfo, so that the +- GNOME_APP_UI_RADIOITEMS element is skipped. */ +- uiinfo_index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_WIDGET (widget)->parent), "glade-uiinfo-index")); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_WIDGET (widget)->parent), +- "glade-uiinfo-index", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (uiinfo_index + 1)); +- } +- else +- { +- group_source_buffer = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_WIDGET (widget)->parent), +- "glade-radio-group-uiinfo"); +- g_return_if_fail (group_source_buffer != NULL); +- } +- +- g_string_sprintfa (group_source_buffer, +- " {\n" +- " GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, %s,\n" +- " %s,\n" +- " (gpointer) %s, NULL, NULL,\n" +- " GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL,\n" +- " %s, (GdkModifierType) %s, NULL\n" +- " },\n", +- source_make_static_string (label, +- data->use_gettext), +- tooltip ? tooltip : "NULL", +- handler ? handler : "NULL", +- accel_key_buffer, accel_mods); +-} +- +- +-/* This checks if the menu has any unfinished radio group GnomeUIInfo struct +- attached. If it does it is added to the final source buffer and freed. */ +-static void +-glade_gnome_finish_radio_menu_item_group_source (GtkMenuShell * menu_shell, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData *data) +-{ +- GString *group_source_buffer; +- gchar *group_uiinfo_name; +- +- group_source_buffer = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (menu_shell), +- "glade-radio-group-uiinfo"); +- if (!group_source_buffer) +- return; +- +- group_uiinfo_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (menu_shell), +- "glade-radio-group-uiinfo-name"); +- g_return_if_fail (group_uiinfo_name != NULL); +- +- /* Finish the struct and add it onto the final source buffer. */ +- g_string_append (group_source_buffer, " GNOMEUIINFO_END\n};\n\n"); +- g_string_append (data->source_buffers[GLADE_UIINFO], +- group_source_buffer->str); +- +- /* Now free it and reset the pointer. */ +- g_string_free (group_source_buffer, TRUE); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (menu_shell), "glade-radio-group-uiinfo", +- NULL); +- +- g_free (group_uiinfo_name); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (menu_shell), +- "glade-radio-group-uiinfo-name", NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* This returns TRUE if the given radio menu item is the first item in a +- radio group. FIXME: radio items must be next to each other in GNOME menus, +- but we don't enforce that in the menu editor. */ +-static gboolean +-glade_gnome_is_first_radio_menu_item_in_group (GtkMenuItem *menuitem) +-{ +- GList *children, *elem; +- GtkWidget *prev_item; +- GSList *group, *prev_group; +- +- children = GTK_MENU_SHELL (GTK_WIDGET (menuitem)->parent)->children; +- +- elem = g_list_find (children, menuitem); +- g_return_val_if_fail (elem != NULL, FALSE); +- +- /* If the item is the first item, it must start a new group. */ +- if (elem == children) +- return TRUE; +- +- /* If the previous item is not a radio item, it must be in a new group. */ +- prev_item = GTK_WIDGET (elem->prev->data); +- if (!GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (prev_item)) +- return TRUE; +- +- /* If the item's group isn't the same as the previous item's, it must start +- a new group. */ +- group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (menuitem)); +- prev_group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (prev_item)); +- +- if (group != prev_group) +- return TRUE; +- else +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Utility Functions. +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-/* If the given widget is a dock item inside a GnomeApp it returns the +- GnomeApp, otherwise it returns NULL. */ +-GnomeApp* +-glade_gnome_is_app_dock_item (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dock, *app; +- +- if (!BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (widget)) +- return NULL; +- +- if (!widget->parent) +- return NULL; +- +- /* Floating items are direct children of a BonoboDock. +- Other items are children of a BonoboDockBand. */ +- if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK (widget->parent)) +- { +- dock = widget->parent; +- } +- else +- { +- if (!BONOBO_IS_DOCK_BAND (widget->parent)) +- return NULL; +- dock = widget->parent->parent; +- if (!dock || !BONOBO_IS_DOCK (dock)) +- return NULL; +- } +- +- if (!dock->parent || !GTK_IS_VBOX (dock->parent)) +- return NULL; +- +- app = dock->parent->parent; +- if (!app || !GNOME_IS_APP (app)) +- return NULL; +- +- return GNOME_APP (app); +-} +- +- +-/* Tries to translate the text in Glade's domain, and if there is no +- translation try the gnome-libs domain. */ +-gchar* +-glade_gnome_gettext (const gchar *text) +-{ +-#ifdef ENABLE_NLS +- char *s; +- +- s = gettext (text); +- if (s == text) +- s = dgettext (GLADE_LIBGNOMEUI_GETTEXT_PACKAGE, text); +- +- return s; +-#else +- return text; +-#endif +-} +- +- +-/* The indices come from GladeStockMenuItemValues in glade_gnome.c */ +-static gint FileMenuIndices[] = { 3, 4, 5, 6, -1, 11 }; +-static GnomeUIInfo FileMenu[] = +-{ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_ITEM (N_("_New"), N_("Create a new file"), +- NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_OPEN_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SAVE_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SAVE_AS_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_QUIT_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_END +-}; +- +-static gint EditMenuIndices[] = { 14, 15, 16, 18, -1, 24, -1, 29 }; +-static GnomeUIInfo EditMenu[] = +-{ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_CUT_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_COPY_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PASTE_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_CLEAR_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PROPERTIES_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PREFERENCES_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_END +-}; +- +-static gint ViewMenuIndices[] = { -1 }; +-static GnomeUIInfo ViewMenu[] = +-{ +- GNOMEUIINFO_END +-}; +- +-static gint HelpMenuIndices[] = { 38 }; +-static GnomeUIInfo HelpMenu[] = +-{ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_ABOUT_ITEM (NULL, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_END +-}; +- +-static gint MainMenuIndices[] = { 2, 13, 26, 37 }; +-static GnomeUIInfo MainMenu[] = +-{ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_FILE_TREE (FileMenu), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_EDIT_TREE (EditMenu), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_VIEW_TREE (ViewMenu), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_HELP_TREE (HelpMenu), +- GNOMEUIINFO_END +-}; +- +- +-static void +-glade_gnome_setup_menu_items (GnomeUIInfo *uiinfo, gint *indices) +-{ +- gint i = 0; +- gchar *name, *dest; +- const gchar *src; +- +- while (uiinfo->type != GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO) +- { +- if (uiinfo->widget) +- { +- if (indices[i] == -1) +- { +- gb_widget_create_from (uiinfo->widget, "separator"); +- } +- else +- { +- name = g_malloc (strlen (uiinfo->label)); +- /* Convert spaces to underscores, and ignore periods (e.g. in +- "Open...") and underscores (e.g. in "_Open"). */ +- for (src = uiinfo->label, dest = name; *src; src++) +- { +- if (*src == ' ') +- *dest++ = '_'; +- else if (*src == '.') +- continue; +- else if (*src == '_') +- continue; +- else +- *dest++ = *src; +- } +- *dest = '\0'; +- +- gb_widget_create_from (uiinfo->widget, name); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (uiinfo->widget), +- GladeMenuItemStockIndexKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (indices[i])); +- +- /* If the item has a child menu, turn it into a GbWidget. +- If not, add a default handler to the item. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (uiinfo->widget) +- && GTK_MENU_ITEM (uiinfo->widget)->submenu) +- { +- gchar *submenu_name; +- +- submenu_name = g_strdup_printf ("%s_menu", +- uiinfo->widget->name); +- gtk_widget_set_name (GTK_MENU_ITEM (uiinfo->widget)->submenu, +- submenu_name); +- g_free (submenu_name); +- gb_widget_create_from (GTK_MENU_ITEM (uiinfo->widget)->submenu, NULL); +- } +- else +- { +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- GladeSignal *signal; +- gchar *start = "on_", *end = "_activate"; +- +- signal = g_new (GladeSignal, 1); +- signal->name = g_strdup ("activate"); +- /* Generate a default handler name. */ +- signal->handler = g_malloc (strlen (uiinfo->widget->name) + 1 +- + strlen (start) + strlen (end)); +- strcpy (signal->handler, start); +- strcat (signal->handler, uiinfo->widget->name); +- strcat (signal->handler, end); +- +- signal->object = NULL; +- signal->after = FALSE; +- signal->data = NULL; +- signal->last_modification_time = time (NULL); +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (uiinfo->widget), +- GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- wdata->signals = g_list_append (wdata->signals, signal); +- } +- } +- } +- uiinfo++; +- i++; +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This sets up defaults menus for GtkMenuBar and GnomeApp widgets. */ +-void +-glade_gnome_setup_initial_menus (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- /* We create a standard menubar and toolbar which the user can edit or +- simply delete anything they don't want. */ +- if (GNOME_IS_APP (widget)) +- gnome_app_create_menus (GNOME_APP (widget), MainMenu); +- else if (GTK_IS_MENU_BAR (widget)) +- gnome_app_fill_menu (GTK_MENU_SHELL (widget), MainMenu, NULL, TRUE, 0); +- else +- g_assert_not_reached (); +- +- /* Turn all the menus & menuitems into GbWidgets and add default +- handlers. */ +- glade_gnome_setup_menu_items (FileMenu, FileMenuIndices); +- glade_gnome_setup_menu_items (EditMenu, EditMenuIndices); +- glade_gnome_setup_menu_items (ViewMenu, ViewMenuIndices); +- glade_gnome_setup_menu_items (HelpMenu, HelpMenuIndices); +- glade_gnome_setup_menu_items (MainMenu, MainMenuIndices); +-} +- +- +- +- +-#endif /* USE_GNOME */ +--- a/tools/glade/glade/glade_gnomelib.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998-1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- +-#include "glade.h" +-#include "gbwidget.h" +- +-/* I've commented this out to avoid warnings. */ +-/*gchar *libname = "GNOME 1.0";*/ +- +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_about_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_app_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_appbar_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_canvas_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_color_picker_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_date_edit_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_dialog_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_bonobo_dock_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_bonobo_dock_band_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_bonobo_dock_item_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_druid_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_entry_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_file_entry_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_font_picker_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_href_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_icon_entry_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_icon_list_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_icon_selection_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_message_box_init (); +-#if 0 +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_paper_selector_init (); +-#endif +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_pixmap_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gnome_property_box_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_bonobo_control_init (); +- +-static GladeWidgetInitData gnome_page[] = +-{ +- { "GnomeApp", gb_gnome_app_init }, +- { "GnomeDruid", gb_gnome_druid_init }, +- { "GnomeCanvas", gb_gnome_canvas_init }, +- { "GnomeIconSelection", gb_gnome_icon_selection_init }, +- +- { "GnomeIconEntry", gb_gnome_icon_entry_init }, +- { "GnomeHRef", gb_gnome_href_init }, +- { "GnomeDateEdit", gb_gnome_date_edit_init }, +- { "GnomeAppBar", gb_gnome_appbar_init }, +- +- +-#if 0 +- { "GnomePaperSelector", gb_gnome_paper_selector_init }, +-#endif +- +- +- { "BonoboWidget", gb_bonobo_control_init }, +- +- { NULL, NULL } +-}; +- +-static GladeWidgetInitData gnome_deprecated[] = +-{ +- { "GnomePixmap", gb_gnome_pixmap_init }, +- +- { "GnomeDialog", gb_gnome_dialog_init }, +- { "GnomeMessageBox", gb_gnome_message_box_init }, +- { "GnomePropertyBox", gb_gnome_property_box_init }, +- { "GnomeAbout", gb_gnome_about_init }, +- +- { "GnomeIconList", gb_gnome_icon_list_init }, +- { "GnomeEntry", gb_gnome_entry_init }, +- { "GnomeFileEntry", gb_gnome_file_entry_init }, +- { "GnomePixmapEntry", gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_init }, +- +- { "GnomeColorPicker", gb_gnome_color_picker_init }, +- { "GnomeFontPicker", gb_gnome_font_picker_init }, +- +- { NULL, NULL } +-}; +- +-static GladeWidgetInitData notshown[] = +-{ +- { "BonoboDock", gb_bonobo_dock_init }, +- { "BonoboDockItem", gb_bonobo_dock_item_init }, +- { "GnomeDruidPageEdge", gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_init }, +- { "GnomeDruidPageStandard", gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_init }, +- +- /* Unfinished. */ +- { NULL, NULL } +-}; +- +-static GladePaletteSectionData sections[] = +-{ +- /* Note that glade_palette_set_show_gnome_widgets() has some of these +- strings hard-coded now, so keep up-to-date. */ +- { N_("_Gnome"), gnome_page }, +- { N_("Dep_recated"), gnome_deprecated }, +- { "NotShown", notshown }, +- { NULL, NULL } +-}; +- +-GladePaletteSectionData *get_gnome_widgets() +-{ +- return sections; +-} +- +-#endif +--- a/tools/glade/glade/glade_gtk12lib.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998-1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#include "glade.h" +-#include "gbwidget.h" +- +-/* I've commented this out to avoid warnings. */ +-/*static gchar *libname = "GTK+ 1.2";*/ +- +-GbWidget *gb_label_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_entry_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_button_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_toggle_button_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_check_button_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_radio_button_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_option_menu_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_combo_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_combo_box_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_combo_box_entry_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_list_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_clist_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_spin_button_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_hscale_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_vscale_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_hruler_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_vruler_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_hscrollbar_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_vscrollbar_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_menu_bar_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_statusbar_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_toolbar_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_progress_bar_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_arrow_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_image_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_drawing_area_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_hseparator_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_vseparator_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_hbox_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_vbox_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_table_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_fixed_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_hbutton_box_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_vbutton_box_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_frame_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_aspect_frame_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_hpaned_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_vpaned_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_handle_box_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_notebook_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_alignment_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_event_box_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_scrolled_window_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_viewport_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_expander_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_curve_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_gamma_curve_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_color_selection_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_preview_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_window_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_dialog_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_file_chooser_button_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_file_chooser_widget_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_file_chooser_dialog_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_file_selection_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_color_selection_dialog_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_input_dialog_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_list_item_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_menu_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_menu_item_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_check_menu_item_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_radio_menu_item_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_image_menu_item_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_separator_menu_item_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_ctree_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_accel_label_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_font_selection_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_font_selection_dialog_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_calendar_init(); +-GbWidget *gb_custom_init(); +-GbWidget *gb_layout_init(); +-GbWidget *gb_text_view_init(); +-GbWidget *gb_tree_view_init(); +-GbWidget *gb_color_button_init(); +-GbWidget *gb_font_button_init(); +-GbWidget *gb_tool_item_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_tool_button_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_toggle_tool_button_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_radio_tool_button_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_separator_tool_item_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_about_dialog_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_icon_view_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_menu_tool_button_init (); +-GbWidget *gb_cell_view_init (); +- +- +-static GladeWidgetInitData gtk_standard[] = +-{ +- { "GtkWindow", gb_window_init }, +- { "GtkMenuBar", gb_menu_bar_init }, +- { "GtkToolbar", gb_toolbar_init }, +- { "GtkHandleBox", gb_handle_box_init }, +- +- { "GtkToolButton", gb_tool_button_init }, +- { "GtkToggleToolButton", gb_toggle_tool_button_init }, +- { "GtkRadioToolButton", gb_radio_tool_button_init }, +- { "GtkSeparatorToolItem", gb_separator_tool_item_init }, +- +- { "GtkLabel", gb_label_init }, +- { "GtkEntry", gb_entry_init }, +- { "GtkComboBoxEntry", gb_combo_box_entry_init }, +- { "GtkTextView", gb_text_view_init }, +- +- { "GtkButton", gb_button_init }, +- { "GtkToggleButton", gb_toggle_button_init }, +- { "GtkCheckButton", gb_check_button_init }, +- { "GtkRadioButton", gb_radio_button_init }, +- +- { "GtkComboBox", gb_combo_box_init }, +- { "GtkSpinButton", gb_spin_button_init }, +- { "GtkTreeView", gb_tree_view_init }, +- { "GtkIconView", gb_icon_view_init }, +- +- { "GtkHSeparator", gb_hseparator_init }, +- { "GtkVSeparator", gb_vseparator_init }, +- { "GtkImage", gb_image_init }, +- { "GtkDrawingArea", gb_drawing_area_init }, +- +- { "GtkDialog", gb_dialog_init }, +- { "GtkFileChooserDialog", gb_file_chooser_dialog_init }, +- { "GtkColorSelectionDialog", gb_color_selection_dialog_init }, +- { "GtkFontSelectionDialog", gb_font_selection_dialog_init }, +- +- { "GtkHBox", gb_hbox_init }, +- { "GtkVBox", gb_vbox_init }, +- { "GtkTable", gb_table_init }, +- { "GtkFixed", gb_fixed_init }, +- +- { "GtkHButtonBox", gb_hbutton_box_init }, +- { "GtkVButtonBox", gb_vbutton_box_init }, +- { "GtkHPaned", gb_hpaned_init }, +- { "GtkVPaned", gb_vpaned_init }, +- +- { "GtkNotebook", gb_notebook_init }, +- { "GtkFrame", gb_frame_init }, +- { "GtkScrolledWindow", gb_scrolled_window_init }, +- { "GtkStatusbar", gb_statusbar_init }, +- +- +- { NULL, NULL } +-}; +- +- +-static GladeWidgetInitData gtk_advanced[] = +-{ +- { "GtkAboutDialog", gb_about_dialog_init }, +- { "GtkInputDialog", gb_input_dialog_init }, +- { "GtkMenuToolButton", gb_menu_tool_button_init }, +- { "GtkToolItem", gb_tool_item_init }, +- +- { "GtkHScale", gb_hscale_init }, +- { "GtkVScale", gb_vscale_init }, +- { "GtkHRuler", gb_hruler_init }, +- { "GtkVRuler", gb_vruler_init }, +- +- { "GtkAlignment", gb_alignment_init }, +- { "GtkEventBox", gb_event_box_init }, +- { "GtkCalendar", gb_calendar_init }, +- { "GtkProgressBar", gb_progress_bar_init }, +- +- { "GtkLayout", gb_layout_init }, +- { "GtkAspectFrame", gb_aspect_frame_init }, +- { "GtkArrow", gb_arrow_init }, +- { "GtkExpander", gb_expander_init }, +- +- +- { "GtkCurve", gb_curve_init }, +- { "GtkGammaCurve", gb_gamma_curve_init }, +- { "GtkHScrollbar", gb_hscrollbar_init }, +- { "GtkVScrollbar", gb_vscrollbar_init }, +- +- { "GtkFileChooserWidget", gb_file_chooser_widget_init }, +- { "GtkColorSelection", gb_color_selection_init }, +- { "GtkFontSelection", gb_font_selection_init }, +- { "GtkCellView", gb_cell_view_init }, +- +- { "GtkFileChooserButton", gb_file_chooser_button_init }, +- { "GtkColorButton", gb_color_button_init }, +- { "GtkFontButton", gb_font_button_init }, +- { "GtkMenu", gb_menu_init }, +- +- { "GtkViewport", gb_viewport_init }, +- +- { "Custom", gb_custom_init }, /* Our special custom widget. */ +- +- { NULL, NULL } +-}; +- +-static GladeWidgetInitData gtk_deprecated[] = +-{ +- { "GtkCList", gb_clist_init }, +- { "GtkCTree", gb_ctree_init }, +- { "GtkList", gb_list_init }, +- { "GtkCombo", gb_combo_init }, +- +- { "GtkFileSelection", gb_file_selection_init }, +- { "GtkOptionMenu", gb_option_menu_init }, +- { "GtkPreview", gb_preview_init }, +- +- { NULL, NULL } +-}; +- +-static GladeWidgetInitData notshown[] = +-{ +- { "GtkAccelLabel", gb_accel_label_init }, +- { "GtkListItem", gb_list_item_init }, +- { "GtkMenuItem", gb_menu_item_init }, +- { "GtkCheckMenuItem", gb_check_menu_item_init }, +- { "GtkRadioMenuItem", gb_radio_menu_item_init }, +- { "GtkImageMenuItem", gb_image_menu_item_init }, +- { "GtkSeparatorMenuItem", gb_separator_menu_item_init }, +- +- { NULL, NULL } +-}; +- +-static GladePaletteSectionData sections[] = +-{ +- /* Note that glade_palette_set_show_gnome_widgets() has some of these +- strings hard-coded now, so keep up-to-date. */ +- { N_("GTK+ _Basic"), gtk_standard }, +- { N_("GTK+ _Additional"), gtk_advanced }, +- { N_("Dep_recated"), gtk_deprecated }, +- { "NotShown", notshown }, +- { NULL, NULL } +-}; +- +-GladePaletteSectionData *get_gtk_widgets() +-{ +- return sections; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/glade_keys_dialog.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-/* +- * The Accelerator Keys dialog for selecting an accelerator key. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkbutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkclist.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkstock.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h> +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#include <gnome.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "keys.h" +-#include "glade_keys_dialog.h" +-#include "gbwidget.h" +- +-static void glade_keys_dialog_class_init (GladeKeysDialogClass *klass); +-static void glade_keys_dialog_init (GladeKeysDialog *dialog); +- +-static GtkDialogClass *parent_class = NULL; +- +- +-GType +-glade_keys_dialog_get_type (void) +-{ +- static GType glade_keys_dialog_type = 0; +- +- if (!glade_keys_dialog_type) +- { +- GtkTypeInfo glade_keys_dialog_info = +- { +- "GladeKeysDialog", +- sizeof (GladeKeysDialog), +- sizeof (GladeKeysDialogClass), +- (GtkClassInitFunc) glade_keys_dialog_class_init, +- (GtkObjectInitFunc) glade_keys_dialog_init, +- /* reserved_1 */ NULL, +- /* reserved_2 */ NULL, +- (GtkClassInitFunc) NULL, +- }; +- +- glade_keys_dialog_type = gtk_type_unique (gtk_dialog_get_type (), +- &glade_keys_dialog_info); +- } +- +- return glade_keys_dialog_type; +-} +- +-static void +-glade_keys_dialog_class_init (GladeKeysDialogClass *klass) +-{ +- GtkObjectClass *object_class; +- GtkWidgetClass *widget_class; +- +- object_class = (GtkObjectClass*) klass; +- widget_class = (GtkWidgetClass*) klass; +- +- parent_class = gtk_type_class (gtk_dialog_get_type ()); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_keys_dialog_init (GladeKeysDialog *dialog) +-{ +- GtkWidget *scrolled_win; +- int i, row; +- gchar *titles[1]; +- +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), _("Select Accelerator Key")); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), "accelerator_key", "Glade"); +- +- titles[0] = _("Keys"); +- dialog->clist = gtk_clist_new_with_titles (1, titles); +- gtk_clist_column_titles_passive (GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist)); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (dialog->clist, 200, 300); +- gtk_widget_show (dialog->clist); +- +- scrolled_win = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolled_win), dialog->clist); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolled_win), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->vbox), scrolled_win, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (scrolled_win); +- +- /* Insert events & descriptions */ +- gtk_clist_freeze (GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist)); +- +- i = 0; +- while (GbKeys[i].name) +- { +- row = gtk_clist_append (GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist), +- (gchar**) (&GbKeys[i].name)); +- gtk_clist_set_row_data (GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist), row, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (i)); +- i++; +- } +- +- gtk_clist_thaw (GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist)); +- +- gtk_dialog_add_buttons (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget* +-glade_keys_dialog_new () +-{ +- GladeKeysDialog *dialog; +- +- dialog = gtk_type_new (glade_keys_dialog_get_type ()); +- +- return GTK_WIDGET (dialog); +-} +- +- +-/* This returns TRUE if a key is currently selected, and the given pointer +- is set to the key value. */ +-gboolean +-glade_keys_dialog_get_key (GladeKeysDialog *dialog, +- guint *key) +-{ +- GList *selection = GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist)->selection; +- gint row, index; +- +- if (selection) +- { +- row = GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data); +- index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist), row)); +- *key = GbKeys[index].key; +- return TRUE; +- } +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* This returns the name of the key currently selected, or NULL if none is +- selected. */ +-gchar* +-glade_keys_dialog_get_key_symbol (GladeKeysDialog *dialog) +-{ +- GList *selection = GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist)->selection; +- gint row, index; +- +- if (selection) +- { +- row = GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data); +- index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist), row)); +- return GbKeys[index].name; +- } +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* This sets the current key, using the given key value. */ +-void +-glade_keys_dialog_set_key (GladeKeysDialog *dialog, +- guint key) +-{ +- gint row, index; +- +- for (row = 0; row < GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist)->rows; row++) +- { +- index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist), row)); +- if (GbKeys[index].key == key) +- { +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist), row, 0); +- break; +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This sets the current key, using the given key name. */ +-void +-glade_keys_dialog_set_key_symbol (GladeKeysDialog *dialog, +- const gchar *key) +-{ +- gint row, index; +- +- for (row = 0; row < GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist)->rows; row++) +- { +- index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist), row)); +- if (!strcmp (GbKeys[index].name, key)) +- { +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (dialog->clist), row, 0); +- break; +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This finds the key value corresponding to the given string, which may be +- a symbol in gdkkeysyms.h, e.g. 'GDK_Tab', or a simple character, e.g. 'S'. +- Note that for GTK 1.0 this is a gchar, but for GTK 1.2 it is a guint. */ +-guint +-glade_keys_dialog_find_key (const gchar *symbol) +-{ +- static GHashTable *keys_hash = NULL; +- guint key; +- gint i; +- +- /* If this is the first call, create the GHashTable. */ +- if (keys_hash == NULL) +- { +- keys_hash = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- for (i = 0; GbKeys[i].name; i++) +- { +- if (GbKeys[i].key == 0) +- g_warning ("GDK Key value is 0 - will not be found"); +- g_hash_table_insert (keys_hash, GbKeys[i].name, +- GUINT_TO_POINTER (GbKeys[i].key)); +- } +- } +- +- /* Lookup the key in the GHashTable. */ +- key = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_hash_table_lookup (keys_hash, symbol)); +- if (key) +- return key; +- +- /* If it's not found, return the first char. */ +- return (guint) symbol[0]; +-} +- +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/glade_menu_editor.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,3729 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-/* +- * The Menu Editor window, based on initial work by Javier Arriero Pas +- * and John Looney. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +-#include <time.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkarrow.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkaccellabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkclist.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkcombo.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkentry.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkeventbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkframe.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhbbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhseparator.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkiconfactory.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkimage.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklist.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenubar.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkradiobutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkseparatormenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkstock.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktable.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktearoffmenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkvbox.h> +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "glade_gnome.h" +-#endif +- +-#include "gb.h" +-#include "glade_menu_editor.h" +-#include "glade_keys_dialog.h" +-#include "glade_project.h" +-#include "gbwidget.h" +-#include "tree.h" +-#include "utils.h" +- +-#define GladeMenuEditorIndexKey "glade-menu-editor-index-key" +-#define GladeMenuEditorStockIDKey "glade-menu-editor-stock-id" +- +-/* How many pixels to indent levels of the menu hierarchy in the clist. */ +-#define GB_INDENT 10 +- +-/* The text to display if the item is a separator. */ +-#define GB_SEPARATOR_TEXT "---" +- +-/* This sets the order of the clist columns. */ +-#define GB_MENUED_NUM_COLS 8 +- +-#define GLD_COL_LABEL 0 +-#define GLD_COL_TYPE 1 +-#define GLD_COL_ACCEL 2 +-#define GLD_COL_NAME 3 +-#define GLD_COL_HANDLER 4 +-#define GLD_COL_ACTIVE 5 +-#define GLD_COL_GROUP 6 +-#define GLD_COL_ICON 7 +- +-typedef enum +- { +- GB_MENU_ITEM_NORMAL, +- GB_MENU_ITEM_CHECK, +- GB_MENU_ITEM_RADIO +- } +-GbMenuItemType; +- +- +-/* This holds information on one menu item. */ +-typedef struct _GbMenuItemData GbMenuItemData; +-struct _GbMenuItemData +- { +- gint stock_item_index; /* Stock menu item index, 0 == None. */ +- gchar *label; /* Text to display. */ +- gchar *name; /* Widget name. */ +- gchar *handler; /* Handler to call when selected. */ +- time_t last_mod_time; /* The time the handler was last updated. */ +- gchar *icon; /* Icon filename, or Stock icon name. */ +- gchar *tooltip; /* Tooltip text. */ +- GbMenuItemType type; /* Type - normal/check/radio. */ +- gboolean active; /* If the item is initially active. */ +- GbMenuItemData *group; /* Points to the item data of the first widget +- in the radio group, or NULL if it is in its +- own group or is the first item in group. */ +- guint8 modifiers; /* Control/Shift/Alt flags. */ +- gchar *key; /* Name of accelerator key. */ +- +- gint level; /* Level in menu hierarchy. */ +- gboolean generate_name; /* If the name should be auto-generated. */ +- gboolean generate_handler; /* If the handler should be auto-generated. */ +- +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; /* The widget data associated with the old +- menu item, if there was one. */ +- }; +- +- +-static void glade_menu_editor_class_init (GladeMenuEditorClass * klass); +-static void glade_menu_editor_init (GladeMenuEditor * dialog); +-static void glade_menu_editor_destroy (GtkObject *object); +- +-/* If the menu widget we are editing is destroyed, the menu editor is destroyed +- as well. */ +-static void glade_menu_editor_on_menu_destroyed (GtkWidget *menu, +- GtkWidget *menued); +- +-static void on_menu_editor_ok (GtkWidget *button, +- GladeMenuEditor *menued); +-static void on_menu_editor_apply (GtkWidget *button, +- GladeMenuEditor *menued); +-static void on_menu_editor_close (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeMenuEditor *menued); +- +-/* This sets the menubar/popup menu whose children are displayed in the +- menu editor, i.e. converted to items in the clist. */ +-static void glade_menu_editor_set_menu (GladeMenuEditor *menued, +- GtkMenuShell *menu); +- +-/* This updates the given widget, based on the settings in the menu editor. +- It removes all the current children of the menu and recreates it. */ +-static void glade_menu_editor_update_menu (GladeMenuEditor *menued); +- +- +-static gboolean on_key_press (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEventKey * event, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_clist_select_row (GtkWidget * clist, +- gint row, +- gint column, +- GdkEventButton * event, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_clist_unselect_row (GtkWidget * clist, +- gint row, +- gint column, +- GdkEventButton * event, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_entry_changed (GtkWidget * entry, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_icon_button_clicked (GtkWidget * button, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_icon_filesel_response (GtkWidget * filesel, +- gint response_id, +- GladeMenuEditor *menued); +-static void on_stock_item_entry_changed (GtkWidget * entry, +- gpointer user_data); +-static gboolean on_label_entry_key_press (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEventKey * event, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_radiobutton_toggled (GtkWidget * togglebutton, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_checkbutton_toggled (GtkWidget * togglebutton, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_state_button_toggled (GtkToggleButton * togglebutton, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_accel_key_button_clicked (GtkButton * button, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_up_button_clicked (GtkButton * button, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_down_button_clicked (GtkButton * button, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_left_button_clicked (GtkButton * button, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_right_button_clicked (GtkButton * button, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_add_button_clicked (GtkWidget * button, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_add_child_button_clicked (GtkWidget * button, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void on_add_separator_button_clicked (GtkWidget * button, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void add_item (GladeMenuEditor * menued, +- gboolean as_child, +- gboolean separator); +-static void on_delete_button_clicked (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer user_data); +- +-static void on_keys_dialog_clist_select (GtkWidget * widget, +- gint row, +- gint column, +- GdkEventButton * bevent, +- GladeMenuEditor * menued); +-static void on_keys_dialog_response (GtkWidget * widget, gint response_id, +- GladeMenuEditor * menued); +- +-static gint get_selected_row (GladeMenuEditor * menued); +-static GbMenuItemData* get_selected_item (GladeMenuEditor * menued); +-static void set_interface_state (GladeMenuEditor * menued); +-static gchar *get_accel_string (gchar * key, +- guint8 modifiers); +-static void insert_item (GtkCList * clist, +- GbMenuItemData * item, +- gint row); +-static void ensure_visible (GtkWidget *clist, +- gint row); +-static void update_current_item (GladeMenuEditor * menued); +-static gboolean item_property_changed (gchar *new, gchar *old); +-static gchar* copy_item_property (gchar *property); +-static void clear_form (GladeMenuEditor * menued, +- gboolean full); +-static void show_item_properties (GladeMenuEditor * menued); +-static void insert_items (GtkWidget * clist, +- GList * items, +- gint row); +-static GList *remove_item_and_children (GtkWidget * clist, +- gint row); +-static GtkWidget* create_radio_menu_item (GtkMenuShell *menu, +- GbMenuItemData *item, +- GHashTable *group_hash); +-static gchar* generate_name (GladeMenuEditor *menued, +- gchar *label); +-static gchar* generate_handler (GladeMenuEditor *menued, +- gint row, +- gchar *label, +- gchar *name); +-static void check_generated_handlers (GladeMenuEditor *menued); +-static gboolean is_parent (GladeMenuEditor *menued, +- gint row); +-static void set_submenu (GladeMenuEditor *menued, +- GtkMenuShell *menu, +- gint level); +-static void glade_menu_editor_reset (GladeMenuEditor *menued); +-static void glade_menu_editor_free_item (GbMenuItemData *item); +- +-static void update_radio_groups (GladeMenuEditor * menued); +-static void normalize_radio_groups (GladeMenuEditor * menued); +-static GbMenuItemData* find_radio_group (GtkRadioMenuItem *menuitem, +- GList **groups, +- GbMenuItemData *item); +-static void remove_from_radio_group (GladeMenuEditor * menued, +- GbMenuItemData *item); +- +-static GtkWindowClass *parent_class = NULL; +- +- +-GType +-glade_menu_editor_get_type (void) +-{ +- static GType glade_menu_editor_type = 0; +- +- if (!glade_menu_editor_type) +- { +- GtkTypeInfo glade_menu_editor_info = +- { +- "GladeMenuEditor", +- sizeof (GladeMenuEditor), +- sizeof (GladeMenuEditorClass), +- (GtkClassInitFunc) glade_menu_editor_class_init, +- (GtkObjectInitFunc) glade_menu_editor_init, +- /* reserved_1 */ NULL, +- /* reserved_2 */ NULL, +- (GtkClassInitFunc) NULL, +- }; +- +- glade_menu_editor_type = gtk_type_unique (gtk_window_get_type (), +- &glade_menu_editor_info); +- } +- +- return glade_menu_editor_type; +-} +- +-static void +-glade_menu_editor_class_init (GladeMenuEditorClass * class) +-{ +- GtkObjectClass *object_class; +- GtkWidgetClass *widget_class; +- +- object_class = (GtkObjectClass *) class; +- widget_class = (GtkWidgetClass *) class; +- +- parent_class = gtk_type_class (gtk_window_get_type ()); +- +- object_class->destroy = glade_menu_editor_destroy; +-} +- +- +-/* FIXME: This is mostly a temporary hack until GtkEntry is fixed in GTK+ +- 2.0.x so we don't get "changed" twice when we call gtk_entry_set_text(). +- Though we also need this to set it to "" when NULL is passed in. */ +-static void +-set_entry_text (GtkEntry *entry, +- const gchar *text) +-{ +- gint tmp_pos; +- +- GtkEditable *editable; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ENTRY (entry)); +- +- if (!text) +- text = ""; +- +- editable = GTK_EDITABLE (entry); +- +- g_signal_handlers_block_by_func (editable, on_entry_changed, NULL); +- gtk_editable_delete_text (GTK_EDITABLE(entry), 0, -1); +- g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func (editable, on_entry_changed, NULL); +- +- tmp_pos = 0; +- gtk_editable_insert_text (editable, text, strlen (text), &tmp_pos); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_menu_editor_init (GladeMenuEditor * menued) +-{ +- menued->keys_dialog = NULL; +- menued->filesel = NULL; +- menued->project = NULL; +- menued->menu = NULL; +- menued->updating_widgets = FALSE; +- menued->gnome_support = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_menu_editor_construct (GladeMenuEditor * menued, +- GladeProject * project) +-{ +- GtkWidget *vbox2, *vbox1, *scrolled_win; +- GtkWidget *hbox1; +- GtkWidget *vbox3; +- GtkWidget *table1; +- GtkWidget *eventbox3; +- GtkWidget *eventbox2; +- GtkWidget *eventbox1; +- GtkWidget *table2; +- GSList *table2_group = NULL; +- GtkWidget *table3; +- GtkWidget *accel_key_button; +- GtkWidget *hbox2; +- GtkWidget *label9; +- GtkWidget *label8; +- GtkWidget *hbuttonbox3; +- GtkWidget *arrow1; +- GtkWidget *arrow2; +- GtkWidget *arrow3; +- GtkWidget *arrow4; +- GtkWidget *button_table; +- GtkWidget *hseparator1; +- GtkWidget *hbuttonbox1; +- GtkWidget *listitem; +- GtkTooltips *tooltips; +- gchar *titles[GB_MENUED_NUM_COLS]; +- gint row; +- GSList *elem; +- gchar *stock_id; +- GtkWidget *icon_hbox; +- gchar *label_text; +- gint idx; +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- GnomeUIInfo *uiinfo; +- GtkWidget *pixmap, *label, *hbox, *separator; +-#endif +- +- menued->project = project; +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (project)) +- menued->gnome_support = TRUE; +-#endif +- +- tooltips = gtk_tooltips_new (); +- +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (menued), 8); +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (menued), _ ("Menu Editor")); +- gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (menued), FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (menued), "menu_editor", "Glade"); +- +- vbox2 = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox2); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menued), vbox2); +- +- hbox1 = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 6); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), hbox1, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- vbox1 = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 4); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox1), vbox1, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- titles[GLD_COL_LABEL] = _("Label"); +- titles[GLD_COL_TYPE] = _("Type"); +- titles[GLD_COL_ACCEL] = _("Accelerator"); +- titles[GLD_COL_NAME] = _("Name"); +- titles[GLD_COL_HANDLER] = _("Handler"); +- titles[GLD_COL_ACTIVE] = _("Active"); +- titles[GLD_COL_GROUP] = _("Group"); +- titles[GLD_COL_ICON] = _("Icon"); +- +- menued->clist = gtk_clist_new_with_titles (GB_MENUED_NUM_COLS, titles); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->clist); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (menued->clist, GTK_CAN_FOCUS); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->clist), "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_key_press), +- NULL); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (menued->clist, 300, -1); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->clist), "select_row", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_clist_select_row), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->clist), "unselect_row", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_clist_unselect_row), NULL); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), GLD_COL_LABEL, 144); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), GLD_COL_TYPE, 42); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), GLD_COL_ACCEL, 120); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), GLD_COL_NAME, 100); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), GLD_COL_HANDLER, 172); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), GLD_COL_ICON, 172); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), GLD_COL_ACTIVE, 42); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), GLD_COL_GROUP, 75); +- gtk_clist_column_titles_show (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist)); +- gtk_clist_column_titles_passive (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist)); +- +- scrolled_win = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolled_win), menued->clist); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolled_win), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox1), scrolled_win, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (scrolled_win); +- +- hbuttonbox3 = gtk_hbutton_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (hbuttonbox3); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox1), hbuttonbox3, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (hbuttonbox3), +- GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD); +- gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (hbuttonbox3), 6); +- +- menued->up_button = gtk_button_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->up_button); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (hbuttonbox3), menued->up_button); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menued->up_button, _ ("Move the item and its children up one place in the list"), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->up_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_up_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- arrow1 = gtk_arrow_new (GTK_ARROW_UP, GTK_SHADOW_OUT); +- gtk_widget_show (arrow1); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menued->up_button), arrow1); +- +- menued->down_button = gtk_button_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->down_button); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (hbuttonbox3), menued->down_button); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menued->down_button, _ ("Move the item and its children down one place in the list"), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->down_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_down_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- arrow2 = gtk_arrow_new (GTK_ARROW_DOWN, GTK_SHADOW_OUT); +- gtk_widget_show (arrow2); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menued->down_button), arrow2); +- +- menued->left_button = gtk_button_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->left_button); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (hbuttonbox3), menued->left_button); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menued->left_button, _ ("Move the item and its children up one level"), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->left_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_left_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- arrow3 = gtk_arrow_new (GTK_ARROW_LEFT, GTK_SHADOW_OUT); +- gtk_widget_show (arrow3); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menued->left_button), arrow3); +- +- menued->right_button = gtk_button_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->right_button); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (hbuttonbox3), menued->right_button); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menued->right_button, _ ("Move the item and its children down one level"), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->right_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_right_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- arrow4 = gtk_arrow_new (GTK_ARROW_RIGHT, GTK_SHADOW_OUT); +- gtk_widget_show (arrow4); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menued->right_button), arrow4); +- +- vbox3 = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 6); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox3); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox1), vbox3, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- table1 = gtk_table_new (5, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_widget_show (table1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox3), table1, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table1), 2); +- gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table1), 4); +- row = 0; +- +- menued->stock_items = gtk_stock_list_ids (); +- menued->stock_items = g_slist_sort (menued->stock_items, +- glade_util_compare_stock_labels); +- +- if (!menued->gnome_support) +- { +- eventbox1 = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox1); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), eventbox1, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox1, _ ("The stock item to use."), +- NULL); +- +- menued->stock_label = gtk_label_new (_ ("Stock Item:")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->stock_label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox1), menued->stock_label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (menued->stock_label), 0, 0.5); +- +- menued->stock_combo = gtk_combo_new (); +- gb_widget_set_usize (menued->stock_combo, 100, -1); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), menued->stock_combo, 1, 3, +- row, row + 1, GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_combo_set_value_in_list (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo), +- FALSE, FALSE); +- gtk_editable_set_editable (GTK_EDITABLE (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo)->entry), +- FALSE); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->stock_combo); +- +- listitem = gtk_list_item_new_with_label (_("None")); +- gtk_widget_show (listitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo)->list), +- listitem); +- +- for (elem = menued->stock_items, idx = 1; elem; elem = elem->next, idx++) +- { +- GtkStockItem item; +- GtkWidget *listitem, *hbox, *image, *label; +- GtkIconSet *icon_set; +- GtkIconSize *sizes; +- gint n_sizes, i; +- gboolean has_menu_size; +- +- stock_id = elem->data; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Stock ID: %s\n", stock_id); +-#endif +- +- /* Only show GTK+ stock items. */ +- if (strncmp (stock_id, "gtk-", 4) != 0) +- continue; +- +- /* Check that the icon has a menu size. */ +- has_menu_size = FALSE; +- icon_set = gtk_icon_factory_lookup_default (stock_id); +- if (icon_set) +- { +- gtk_icon_set_get_sizes (icon_set, &sizes, &n_sizes); +- for (i = 0; i < n_sizes; i++) +- { +- if (sizes[i] == GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU) +- has_menu_size = TRUE; +- } +- g_free (sizes); +- } +- +- if (!has_menu_size) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Skipping: %s\n", stock_id); +-#endif +- continue; +- } +- +- if (gtk_stock_lookup (stock_id, &item)) +- { +- listitem = gtk_list_item_new (); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (listitem), +- GladeMenuEditorIndexKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (idx)); +- gtk_widget_show (listitem); +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 3); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (listitem), hbox); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_id, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); +- +- if (image) +- { +- gtk_widget_show (image); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), image, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- } +- +- label = gtk_type_new (GTK_TYPE_ACCEL_LABEL); +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (label), item.label); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- +- gtk_combo_set_item_string (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo), +- GTK_ITEM (listitem), stock_id); +- +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo)->list), listitem); +- } +- else +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Lookup failed for stock_id: %s (probably a stock image only\n", stock_id); +-#endif +- } +- } +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo)->entry), +- "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_stock_item_entry_changed), +- NULL); +- row++; +- } +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (menued->gnome_support) +- { +- /* Gnome stock item. */ +- eventbox1 = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox1); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), eventbox1, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox1, +- _ ("The stock Gnome item to use."), NULL); +- +- menued->stock_label = gtk_label_new (_ ("Stock Item:")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->stock_label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox1), menued->stock_label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (menued->stock_label), 0, 0.5); +- +- menued->stock_combo = gtk_combo_new (); +- gb_widget_set_usize (menued->stock_combo, 100, -1); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), menued->stock_combo, 1, 3, +- row, row + 1, GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_combo_set_value_in_list (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo), +- FALSE, FALSE); +- gtk_editable_set_editable (GTK_EDITABLE (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo)->entry), +- FALSE); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->stock_combo); +- +- for (uiinfo = GladeStockMenuItemValues; +- uiinfo->type != GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO; +- uiinfo++) +- { +- pixmap = NULL; +- label = NULL; +- label_text = NULL; +- +- if (uiinfo->type == GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM_CONFIGURABLE) +- gnome_app_ui_configure_configurable (uiinfo); +- +- uiinfo->widget = NULL; +- +- switch (uiinfo->type) { +- case GNOME_APP_UI_SEPARATOR: +- uiinfo->widget = gtk_list_item_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (uiinfo->widget); +- separator = gtk_hseparator_new(); +- gtk_widget_show (separator); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (uiinfo->widget), separator); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (uiinfo->widget, FALSE); +- gtk_combo_set_item_string (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo), +- GTK_ITEM (uiinfo->widget), ""); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo)->list), uiinfo->widget); +- break; +- case GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM: +- case GNOME_APP_UI_SUBTREE_STOCK: +- if (uiinfo->pixmap_type == GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK) +- pixmap = gtk_image_new_from_stock (uiinfo->pixmap_info, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); +- +- if (uiinfo->label && uiinfo->label[0]) +- { +- uiinfo->widget = gtk_list_item_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (uiinfo->widget); +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 3); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (uiinfo->widget), hbox); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- if (!pixmap && uiinfo->type != GNOME_APP_UI_SUBTREE_STOCK) +- { +- /* Create a dummy widget to fill in the space. */ +- pixmap = gtk_alignment_new (0, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_widget_set_size_request (pixmap, 16, -1); +- } +- +- if (pixmap) +- { +- gtk_widget_show (pixmap); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), pixmap, +- FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- } +- +- label = gtk_accel_label_new (""); +- /* Most of the label text is from Gnome, but 2 of them are +- ours, so we use a utility function to find the translation. +- */ +- label_text = glade_gnome_gettext (uiinfo->label); +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (label), +- label_text); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- +- gtk_combo_set_item_string (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo), +- GTK_ITEM (uiinfo->widget), +- label_text); +- +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo)->list), uiinfo->widget); +- } +- break; +- +- default: +- g_warning ("Invalid UIINFO item type"); +- } +- } +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo)->entry), +- "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_stock_item_entry_changed), +- NULL); +- +- row++; +- } +-#endif /* USE_GNOME */ +- +- /* Item Label. */ +- eventbox1 = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox1); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), eventbox1, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox1, _ ("The text of the menu item, or empty for separators."), NULL); +- +- menued->label_label = gtk_label_new (_ ("Label:")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->label_label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox1), menued->label_label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (menued->label_label), 0, 0.5); +- +- menued->label_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->label_entry); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), menued->label_entry, 1, 3, +- row, row + 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->label_entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_entry_changed), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->label_entry), "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_label_entry_key_press), +- NULL); +- row++; +- +- /* Item Name. */ +- eventbox2 = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox2); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), eventbox2, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox2, _ ("The name of the widget"), +- NULL); +- +- menued->name_label = gtk_label_new (_ ("Name:")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->name_label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox2), menued->name_label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (menued->name_label), 0, 0.5); +- +- menued->name_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->name_entry); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), menued->name_entry, 1, 3, row, row + 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->name_entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_entry_changed), NULL); +- row++; +- +- /* Item Handler. */ +- eventbox3 = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox3); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), eventbox3, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox3, _ ("The function to be called when the item is selected"), NULL); +- +- menued->handler_label = gtk_label_new (_ ("Handler:")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->handler_label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox3), menued->handler_label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (menued->handler_label), 0, 0.5); +- +- menued->handler_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->handler_entry); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), menued->handler_entry, 1, 3, +- row, row + 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->handler_entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_entry_changed), NULL); +- row++; +- +- /* Item Icon. */ +- eventbox1 = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox1); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), eventbox1, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox1, _ ("An optional icon to show on the left of the menu item."), NULL); +- +- menued->icon_label = gtk_label_new (_ ("Icon:")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->icon_label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox1), menued->icon_label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (menued->icon_label), 0, 0.5); +- +- icon_hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 2); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), icon_hbox, 1, 3, row, row + 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (icon_hbox); +- +- menued->icon_widget = gtk_combo_new (); +- gtk_editable_set_editable (GTK_EDITABLE (GTK_COMBO (menued->icon_widget)->entry), +- FALSE); +- gb_widget_set_usize (menued->icon_widget, 100, -1); +- +- /* Add a "None" item first, so it is easy to reset the pixmap. */ +- listitem = gtk_list_item_new_with_label (_("None")); +- gtk_widget_show (listitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (GTK_COMBO (menued->icon_widget)->list), +- listitem); +- +- for (elem = menued->stock_items; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GtkStockItem item; +- GtkWidget *listitem, *hbox, *image, *label; +- GtkIconSet *icon_set; +- GtkIconSize *sizes; +- gint n_sizes, i; +- gboolean has_menu_size; +- +- stock_id = elem->data; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Stock ID: %s\n", stock_id); +-#endif +- +- /* Show only GTK+ stock items in GTK+ projects. */ +- if (!menued->gnome_support && (strncmp (stock_id, "gtk-", 4) != 0)) +- continue; +-#if 0 +- /* Only show GnomeDB stock items if GnomeDB support is on. */ +- if (!menued->gnome_db_support && !strncmp (stock_id, "gnome-db-", 9)) +- continue; +-#endif +- +- /* Check that the icon has a menu size. */ +- has_menu_size = FALSE; +- icon_set = gtk_icon_factory_lookup_default (stock_id); +- if (icon_set) +- { +- gtk_icon_set_get_sizes (icon_set, &sizes, &n_sizes); +- for (i = 0; i < n_sizes; i++) +- { +- if (sizes[i] == GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU) +- has_menu_size = TRUE; +- } +- g_free (sizes); +- } +- +- if (!has_menu_size) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Skipping: %s\n", stock_id); +-#endif +- continue; +- } +- +- image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_id, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); +- if (image) +- { +- listitem = gtk_list_item_new (); +- /* We store a pointer to the stock_id from the stock_items list, +- so we don't need to free it, but if stock_items is destroyed it +- will no longer be valid. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (listitem), +- GladeMenuEditorStockIDKey, stock_id); +- gtk_widget_show (listitem); +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 3); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (listitem), hbox); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- gtk_widget_show (image); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), image, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- +- if (gtk_stock_lookup (stock_id, &item)) +- label_text = item.label; +- else +- /* FIXME: We have no name to use for the image. */ +- label_text = stock_id; +- +- label = gtk_type_new (GTK_TYPE_ACCEL_LABEL); +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (label), label_text); +- +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- gtk_combo_set_item_string (GTK_COMBO (menued->icon_widget), +- GTK_ITEM (listitem), stock_id); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (GTK_COMBO (menued->icon_widget)->list), +- listitem); +- } +- } +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_COMBO (menued->icon_widget)->entry), +- "changed", GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_entry_changed), NULL); +- +- gtk_widget_show (menued->icon_widget); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (icon_hbox), menued->icon_widget, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- menued->icon_button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("..."); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->icon_button); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (icon_hbox), menued->icon_button, +- FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->icon_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_icon_button_clicked), NULL); +- row++; +- +- /* Tooltip. */ +- eventbox3 = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox3); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), eventbox3, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox3, _ ("The tip to show when the mouse is over the item"), NULL); +- +- menued->tooltip_label = gtk_label_new (_ ("Tooltip:")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->tooltip_label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox3), menued->tooltip_label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (menued->tooltip_label), 0, 0.5); +- +- menued->tooltip_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->tooltip_entry); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table1), menued->tooltip_entry, 1, 3, +- row, row + 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->tooltip_entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_entry_changed), NULL); +- row++; +- +- /* Buttons to add/delete items. */ +- button_table = gtk_table_new (2, 2, TRUE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (button_table), 1); +- gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GTK_TABLE (button_table), 2); +- gtk_widget_show (button_table); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox3), button_table, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- menued->add_button = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Add")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->add_button); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (button_table), menued->add_button, +- 0, 1, 0, 1, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menued->add_button, +- _ ("Add a new item below the selected item."), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->add_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_add_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- menued->add_child_button = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Add _Child")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->add_child_button); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (button_table), menued->add_child_button, +- 1, 2, 0, 1, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menued->add_child_button, +- _ ("Add a new child item below the selected item."), +- NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->add_child_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_add_child_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- menued->add_separator_button = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Add _Separator")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->add_separator_button); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (button_table), menued->add_separator_button, +- 0, 1, 1, 2, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menued->add_separator_button, +- _ ("Add a separator below the selected item."), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->add_separator_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_add_separator_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- menued->delete_button = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Delete")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->delete_button); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (button_table), menued->delete_button, +- 1, 2, 1, 2, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menued->delete_button, +- _ ("Delete the current item"), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->delete_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_delete_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- /* Type radio options and toggle options. */ +- menued->type_frame = gtk_frame_new (_ ("Item Type:")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->type_frame); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox3), menued->type_frame, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- table2 = gtk_table_new (3, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table2), 4); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table2), 1); +- gtk_widget_show (table2); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menued->type_frame), table2); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (table2), 4); +- +- eventbox1 = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox1); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table2), eventbox1, 1, 2, 1, 2, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox1, +- _ ("If the item is initially on."), NULL); +- +- menued->state_label = gtk_label_new (_("Active:")); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (menued->state_label), 0, 0.5); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->state_label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox1), menued->state_label); +- +- menued->state_togglebutton = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label (_("No")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->state_togglebutton); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table2), menued->state_togglebutton, 2, 3, 1, 2, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- +- hbox2 = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 4); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox2); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table2), hbox2, 1, 3, 2, 3, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- +- eventbox1 = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox2), eventbox1, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox1, +- _ ("The radio menu item's group"), NULL); +- +- menued->group_label = gtk_label_new (_ ("Group:")); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (menued->group_label), 0, 0.5); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->group_label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox1), menued->group_label); +- +- menued->group_combo = gtk_combo_new (); +- gtk_editable_set_editable (GTK_EDITABLE (GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->entry), +- FALSE); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->entry, 60, -1); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->group_combo); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox2), menued->group_combo, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->entry), +- "changed", GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_entry_changed), NULL); +- +- menued->radio_radiobutton = gtk_radio_button_new_with_label (table2_group, +- _ ("Radio")); +- table2_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (menued->radio_radiobutton)); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->radio_radiobutton); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table2), menued->radio_radiobutton, 0, 1, 2, 3, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- +- menued->check_radiobutton = gtk_radio_button_new_with_label (table2_group, +- _ ("Check")); +- table2_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (menued->check_radiobutton)); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->check_radiobutton); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table2), menued->check_radiobutton, 0, 1, 1, 2, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- +- menued->normal_radiobutton = gtk_radio_button_new_with_label (table2_group, +- _ ("Normal")); +- table2_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (menued->normal_radiobutton)); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->normal_radiobutton); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table2), menued->normal_radiobutton, 0, 1, 0, 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->normal_radiobutton), TRUE); +- +- +- /* Accelerator key options. */ +- menued->accel_frame = gtk_frame_new (_ ("Accelerator:")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->accel_frame); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox3), menued->accel_frame, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- table3 = gtk_table_new (2, 2, FALSE); +- gtk_widget_show (table3); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menued->accel_frame), table3); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (table3), 4); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table3), 2); +- gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table3), 4); +- +- hbox2 = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 2); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox2); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table3), hbox2, 1, 2, 1, 2, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- +- menued->accel_key_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (menued->accel_key_entry, 100, -1); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->accel_key_entry); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox2), menued->accel_key_entry, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->accel_key_entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_entry_changed), NULL); +- +- accel_key_button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("..."); +- gtk_widget_show (accel_key_button); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox2), accel_key_button, +- FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (accel_key_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_accel_key_button_clicked), +- NULL); +- +- hbox2 = gtk_hbox_new (TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox2); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table3), hbox2, 1, 2, 0, 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- +- menued->accel_ctrl_checkbutton = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_ ("Ctrl")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->accel_ctrl_checkbutton); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox2), menued->accel_ctrl_checkbutton, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- menued->accel_shift_checkbutton = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_ ("Shift")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->accel_shift_checkbutton); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox2), menued->accel_shift_checkbutton, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- menued->accel_alt_checkbutton = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_ ("Alt")); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->accel_alt_checkbutton); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox2), menued->accel_alt_checkbutton, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- label9 = gtk_label_new (_ ("Key:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label9); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table3), label9, 0, 1, 1, 2, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label9), 0, 0.5); +- +- label8 = gtk_label_new (_ ("Modifiers:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label8); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table3), label8, 0, 1, 0, 1, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label8), 0, 0.5); +- +- +- hseparator1 = gtk_hseparator_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (hseparator1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), hseparator1, FALSE, TRUE, 8); +- +- +- /* OK, Apply & Cancel buttons. */ +- hbuttonbox1 = gtk_hbutton_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (hbuttonbox1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), hbuttonbox1, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (hbuttonbox1), GTK_BUTTONBOX_END); +- gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (hbuttonbox1), 8); +- +- menued->cancel_button = gtk_button_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_CANCEL); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->cancel_button); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (hbuttonbox1), menued->cancel_button); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (menued->cancel_button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- +- menued->apply_button = gtk_button_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_APPLY); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->apply_button); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (hbuttonbox1), menued->apply_button); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (menued->apply_button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- +- menued->ok_button = gtk_button_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_OK); +- gtk_widget_show (menued->ok_button); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (hbuttonbox1), menued->ok_button); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (menued->ok_button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_widget_grab_default (menued->ok_button); +- +- +- /* Now set up all the signal handlers. */ +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (menued->normal_radiobutton), "toggled", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_radiobutton_toggled), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (menued->check_radiobutton), "toggled", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_radiobutton_toggled), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (menued->radio_radiobutton), "toggled", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_radiobutton_toggled), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->state_togglebutton), "toggled", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_state_button_toggled), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->accel_ctrl_checkbutton), "toggled", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_checkbutton_toggled), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->accel_shift_checkbutton), "toggled", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_checkbutton_toggled), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->accel_alt_checkbutton), "toggled", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_checkbutton_toggled), NULL); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->ok_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_menu_editor_ok), menued); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->apply_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_menu_editor_apply), menued); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->cancel_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_menu_editor_close), menued); +- +- set_interface_state (menued); +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget* +-glade_menu_editor_new (GladeProject *project, +- GtkMenuShell *menu) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- +- menued = gtk_type_new (glade_menu_editor_get_type ()); +- glade_menu_editor_construct (menued, project); +- glade_menu_editor_set_menu (menued, menu); +- +- return GTK_WIDGET (menued); +-} +- +-static void +-glade_menu_editor_destroy (GtkObject *object) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- GSList *elem; +- +- g_return_if_fail (object != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (GLADE_IS_MENU_EDITOR (object)); +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (object); +- +- /* Free all the GbMenuItemData elements & disconnect our destroy handler +- on the menu widget. */ +- glade_menu_editor_reset (menued); +- +- if (menued->keys_dialog) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (menued->keys_dialog); +- menued->keys_dialog = NULL; +- } +- +- if (menued->filesel) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (menued->filesel); +- menued->filesel = NULL; +- } +- +- for (elem = menued->stock_items; elem; elem = elem->next) +- g_free (elem->data); +- g_slist_free (menued->stock_items); +- menued->stock_items = NULL; +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************** +- * Signal Handlers +- **************************************************************************/ +- +-static void +-on_clist_select_row (GtkWidget * clist, +- gint row, +- gint column, +- GdkEventButton * event, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (clist)); +- +- show_item_properties (menued); +- +- if (event && !GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (clist)) +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (clist); +- +- set_interface_state (menued); +-} +- +-static void +-on_clist_unselect_row (GtkWidget * clist, +- gint row, +- gint column, +- GdkEventButton * event, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (clist)); +- +- clear_form (menued, FALSE); +- +- if (event && !GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (clist)) +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (clist); +- +- set_interface_state (menued); +-} +- +-/* This will only call update_current_item if the text is different to the +- corresponding item field, since we don't want to propogate updates when +- we are setting the entry. */ +-static void +-on_entry_changed (GtkWidget * entry, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- GtkCList *clist; +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- gchar *text, *item_text; +- gboolean changed = FALSE; +- gint row; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In on_entry_changed\n"); +-#endif +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (entry)); +- +- /* If we are setting the widget values, just return. */ +-#if 1 +- if (menued->updating_widgets) +- return; +-#endif +- +- clist = GTK_CLIST (menued->clist); +- row = get_selected_row (menued); +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Selected row: %i\n", row); +-#endif +- if (row == -1) +- return; +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), +- row); +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Item %p Label:%s Name:%s Handler:%s\n", item, item->label, +- item->name, item->handler); +-#endif +- +- text = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (entry)); +- +- if (entry == menued->label_entry) +- { +- item_text = item->label; +- } +- else if (entry == menued->name_entry) +- { +- item_text = item->name; +- } +- else if (entry == menued->handler_entry) +- { +- item_text = item->handler; +- } +- else if (entry == GTK_COMBO (menued->icon_widget)->entry) +- { +- /* If the user selects the 'None' item from the combo, we reset the +- text to "" and return. This callback will be called again. */ +- if (!strcmp (text, _("None"))) +- { +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (entry), ""); +- return; +- } +- +- item_text = item->icon; +- } +- else if (entry == menued->tooltip_entry) +- { +- item_text = item->tooltip; +- } +- else if (entry == GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->entry) +- { +- item_text = item->group ? item->group->name : item->name; +- } +- else if (entry == menued->accel_key_entry) +- { +- item_text = item->key; +- } +- else +- return; +- +- if (item_text == NULL) +- { +- if (strlen (text) > 0) +- changed = TRUE; +- } +- else +- { +- if (strcmp (text, item_text)) +- changed = TRUE; +- } +- +- if (changed) +- { +- if (entry == menued->label_entry) +- { +- if (item->generate_name) +- { +- glade_project_release_widget_name (menued->project, item->name); +- g_free (item->name); +- item->name = generate_name (menued, text); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->name_entry), +- item->name ? item->name : ""); +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_NAME, +- item->name ? item->name : ""); +- if (item->generate_handler) +- { +- g_free (item->handler); +- +- item->handler = generate_handler (menued, row, text, +- item->name); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->handler_entry), +- item->handler ? item->handler : ""); +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_HANDLER, +- item->handler ? item->handler : ""); +- } +- } +- } +- else if (entry == menued->name_entry) +- { +- item->generate_name = FALSE; +- if (item->generate_handler) +- { +- g_free (item->handler); +- item->handler = generate_handler (menued, row, item->label, +- text); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->handler_entry), +- item->handler ? item->handler : ""); +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_HANDLER, +- item->handler ? item->handler : ""); +- } +- } +- else if (entry == menued->handler_entry) +- { +- item->generate_handler = FALSE; +- } +- +- update_current_item (menued); +- set_interface_state (menued); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This will only call update_current_item if the text is different to the +- corresponding item field, since we don't want to propogate updates when +- we are setting the entry. */ +-static void +-on_stock_item_entry_changed (GtkWidget * entry, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- GtkCList *clist; +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- gint row; +- GtkListItem *listitem; +- gint stock_item_index = 0; +- const gchar *text; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (entry)); +- +- text = gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo)->entry)); +- /* FIXME GTK+ 1.3.x bug workaround. It emits "changed" twice, once when the +- existing text is deleted. So we just return if the text is empty. */ +- if (text[0] == '\0') +- return; +- +- clist = GTK_CLIST (menued->clist); +- row = get_selected_row (menued); +- if (row == -1) +- return; +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), +- row); +- +- /* Find the index of the selected item. */ +- listitem = glade_util_gtk_combo_find (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo)); +- g_return_if_fail (listitem != NULL); +- +- if (menued->gnome_support) +- { +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- stock_item_index = g_list_index (GTK_LIST (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo)->list)->children, listitem); +-#endif +- } +- else +- { +- GtkStockItem item; +- +- stock_item_index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (listitem), GladeMenuEditorIndexKey)); +- if (gtk_stock_lookup (text, &item)) +- text = item.label; +- else +- stock_item_index = 0; +- } +- +- if (item->stock_item_index != stock_item_index) +- { +- item->stock_item_index = stock_item_index; +- +- /* If the stock item is reset to 'None', get a new item name, and reset +- generate_name/handler to TRUE. */ +- if (stock_item_index == 0) +- { +- item->generate_name = TRUE; +- item->generate_handler = TRUE; +- +- item->label = glade_project_new_widget_name (menued->project, +- "item"); +- item->name = g_strdup (item->label); +- item->handler = generate_handler (menued, row, item->label, +- item->name); +- show_item_properties (menued); +- +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_LABEL, +- item->label ? item->label : GB_SEPARATOR_TEXT); +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_NAME, +- item->name ? item->name : ""); +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_HANDLER, +- item->handler ? item->handler : ""); +- } +- else +- { +- /* These will trigger callbacks, and will generate the name +- and handler if appropriate. */ +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->label_entry), text); +- +- /* Stock menu items are all normal items. */ +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->normal_radiobutton), TRUE); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->entry), ""); +- +- /* Reset the accelerator keys, as that is handled automatically. */ +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->accel_ctrl_checkbutton), FALSE); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->accel_shift_checkbutton), FALSE); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->accel_alt_checkbutton), FALSE); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->accel_key_entry), ""); +- } +- } +- +- set_interface_state (menued); +-} +- +- +-static gboolean +-on_label_entry_key_press (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEventKey * event, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget)); +- +- /* If the Return key is pressed, we add a new item beneath the selected item. +- This makes it very easy to add several menus. If the Control key is +- pressed, we add the item as a child, otherwise we add it as a sibling. */ +- if (event->keyval == GDK_Return) +- { +- if (event->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) +- { +- add_item (menued, TRUE, FALSE); +- /* Since we are added a child, we may need to set the parent's +- handler to NULL if it has been auto-generated. */ +- check_generated_handlers (menued); +- } +- else +- { +- add_item (menued, FALSE, FALSE); +- } +- return TRUE; +- } +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_radiobutton_toggled (GtkWidget * togglebutton, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- GbMenuItemType type = 0; +- gboolean changed = FALSE; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (togglebutton))); +- item = get_selected_item (menued); +- if (item == NULL) +- return; +- +- if (togglebutton == menued->normal_radiobutton) +- type = GB_MENU_ITEM_NORMAL; +- else if (togglebutton == menued->check_radiobutton) +- type = GB_MENU_ITEM_CHECK; +- else if (togglebutton == menued->radio_radiobutton) +- type = GB_MENU_ITEM_RADIO; +- +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (togglebutton)->active) +- { +- if (type != item->type) +- changed = TRUE; +- } +- else +- { +- if (type == item->type) +- changed = TRUE; +- } +- +- if (changed) +- { +- update_current_item (menued); +- set_interface_state (menued); +- } +-} +- +-static void +-on_checkbutton_toggled (GtkWidget * togglebutton, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- guint active; +- guint8 currently_active = 0; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (togglebutton))); +- active = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (togglebutton)->active; +- item = get_selected_item (menued); +- if (item == NULL) +- return; +- if (togglebutton == menued->accel_ctrl_checkbutton) +- currently_active = item->modifiers & GDK_CONTROL_MASK; +- if (togglebutton == menued->accel_shift_checkbutton) +- currently_active = item->modifiers & GDK_SHIFT_MASK; +- if (togglebutton == menued->accel_alt_checkbutton) +- currently_active = item->modifiers & GDK_MOD1_MASK; +- +- if ((active && !currently_active) || (!active && currently_active)) +- { +- update_current_item (menued); +- set_interface_state (menued); +- } +-} +- +-static void +-on_state_button_toggled (GtkToggleButton * togglebutton, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- GtkWidget *label; +- guint active; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (togglebutton))); +- active = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (togglebutton)->active; +- label = GTK_BIN (togglebutton)->child; +- gtk_label_set_text (GTK_LABEL (label), active ? _("Yes") : _("No")); +- +- item = get_selected_item (menued); +- if (item == NULL) +- return; +- if ((item->active && !active) || (!item->active && active)) +- update_current_item (menued); +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************** +- * Accelerator Keys Dialog. +- **************************************************************************/ +-static void +-on_accel_key_button_clicked (GtkButton * button, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (button))); +- +- if (menued->keys_dialog == NULL) +- { +- menued->keys_dialog = glade_keys_dialog_new (); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (menued->keys_dialog), +- GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (menued->keys_dialog), +- GTK_WINDOW (menued)); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GLADE_KEYS_DIALOG (menued->keys_dialog)->clist), +- "select_row", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_keys_dialog_clist_select), +- menued); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GLADE_KEYS_DIALOG (menued->keys_dialog)), +- "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_keys_dialog_response), +- menued); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (menued->keys_dialog)); +-} +- +-static void +-on_keys_dialog_clist_select (GtkWidget * widget, gint row, gint column, +- GdkEventButton * bevent, GladeMenuEditor * menued) +-{ +- if (bevent && bevent->type == GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS) +- on_keys_dialog_response (widget, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, menued); +-} +- +-static void +-on_keys_dialog_response (GtkWidget * widget, gint response_id, +- GladeMenuEditor * menued) +-{ +- gchar *key_symbol; +- +- if (response_id == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- { +- key_symbol = glade_keys_dialog_get_key_symbol (GLADE_KEYS_DIALOG (menued->keys_dialog)); +- if (key_symbol) +- { +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->accel_key_entry), key_symbol); +- } +- } +- +- glade_util_close_window (menued->keys_dialog); +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************** +- * Arrow Button callbacks. +- **************************************************************************/ +- +-static void +-on_up_button_clicked (GtkButton * button, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- GtkWidget *clist; +- GbMenuItemData *item, *prev_item; +- gint row, new_row, i, level; +- GList *items; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (button))); +- clist = menued->clist; +- row = get_selected_row (menued); +- if (row == -1 || row == 0) +- return; +- +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- level = item->level; +- +- /* Find the new position of the item and its children. */ +- new_row = -1; +- for (i = row - 1; i >= 0; i--) +- { +- prev_item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), +- i); +- if (prev_item->level == level) +- { +- new_row = i; +- break; +- } +- else if (prev_item->level < level) +- break; +- } +- +- /* Return if we can't move the item up. */ +- if (new_row == -1) +- return; +- +- /* Remove item and children. */ +- items = remove_item_and_children (clist, row); +- +- /* Now insert at new position. */ +- insert_items (clist, items, new_row); +- ensure_visible (clist, new_row); +- +- g_list_free (items); +- +- /* Make sure all items in the group point to the first one. */ +- normalize_radio_groups (menued); +- +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (clist), new_row, 0); +- set_interface_state (menued); +-} +- +-static void +-on_down_button_clicked (GtkButton * button, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- GtkWidget *clist; +- GbMenuItemData *item, *next_item; +- gint row, new_row, i, level; +- gboolean found_next_item; +- GList *items; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (button))); +- clist = menued->clist; +- row = get_selected_row (menued); +- if (row == -1 || row == GTK_CLIST (clist)->rows - 1) +- return; +- +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- level = item->level; +- +- /* Find the new position of the item and its children. */ +- new_row = -1; +- found_next_item = FALSE; +- for (i = row + 1; i < GTK_CLIST (clist)->rows; i++) +- { +- next_item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), +- i); +- /* We have to skip all the children of the next item as well. */ +- if (next_item->level == level) +- { +- if (found_next_item) +- { +- new_row = i; +- break; +- } +- else +- found_next_item = TRUE; +- } +- else if (next_item->level < level) +- break; +- } +- +- /* Return if we can't move the item up. */ +- if (new_row == -1) +- { +- if (found_next_item) +- new_row = i; +- else +- return; +- } +- +- /* Remove item and children. */ +- items = remove_item_and_children (clist, row); +- /* Remember that the new_row needs to be shifted because we deleted items. */ +- new_row -= g_list_length (items); +- +- /* Now insert at new position. */ +- insert_items (clist, items, new_row); +- ensure_visible (clist, new_row); +- +- g_list_free (items); +- +- /* Make sure all items in the group point to the first one. */ +- normalize_radio_groups (menued); +- +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (clist), new_row, 0); +- set_interface_state (menued); +-} +- +-static void +-on_left_button_clicked (GtkButton * button, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- GtkWidget *clist; +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- gint row, i, level; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (button))); +- clist = menued->clist; +- row = get_selected_row (menued); +- if (row == -1) +- return; +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- level = item->level; +- if (item->level > 0) +- item->level--; +- gtk_clist_set_shift (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, 0, 0, item->level * GB_INDENT); +- +- for (i = row + 1; i < GTK_CLIST (clist)->rows; i++) +- { +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), i); +- if (item->level <= level) +- break; +- item->level--; +- gtk_clist_set_shift (GTK_CLIST (clist), i, 0, 0, +- item->level * GB_INDENT); +- } +- check_generated_handlers (menued); +- set_interface_state (menued); +-} +- +-static void +-on_right_button_clicked (GtkButton * button, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- GtkWidget *clist; +- GbMenuItemData *item, *prev_item; +- gint row, i, level; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (button))); +- clist = menued->clist; +- row = get_selected_row (menued); +- if (row == -1 || row == 0) +- return; +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- prev_item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), +- row - 1); +- if (prev_item->level < item->level) +- return; +- +- level = item->level; +- item->level++; +- gtk_clist_set_shift (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, 0, 0, item->level * GB_INDENT); +- +- for (i = row + 1; i < GTK_CLIST (clist)->rows; i++) +- { +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), i); +- if (item->level <= level) +- break; +- item->level++; +- gtk_clist_set_shift (GTK_CLIST (clist), i, 0, 0, +- item->level * GB_INDENT); +- } +- +- check_generated_handlers (menued); +- set_interface_state (menued); +-} +- +-static void +-on_add_button_clicked (GtkWidget * button, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (button))); +- add_item (menued, FALSE, FALSE); +-} +- +-static void +-on_add_child_button_clicked (GtkWidget * button, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (button))); +- add_item (menued, TRUE, FALSE); +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************** +- * +- **************************************************************************/ +- +-static void +-on_add_separator_button_clicked (GtkWidget * button, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (button))); +- add_item (menued, FALSE, TRUE); +-} +- +-static gboolean +-on_key_press (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEventKey * event, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- switch (event->keyval) +- { +- case GDK_Delete: +- on_delete_button_clicked (widget, NULL); +- break; +- } +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +-static void +-on_delete_button_clicked (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- GtkWidget *clist; +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- gint row, level, i; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (widget))); +- clist = menued->clist; +- row = get_selected_row (menued); +- if (row == -1) +- return; +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- level = item->level; +- +- gtk_clist_remove (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- +- /* Update any other items in the same radio group. */ +- if (item->type == GB_MENU_ITEM_RADIO) +- remove_from_radio_group (menued, item); +- +- glade_menu_editor_free_item (item); +- +- /* Move all children up a level */ +- for (i = row; i < GTK_CLIST (clist)->rows; i++) +- { +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), i); +- if (item->level <= level) +- break; +- item->level--; +- gtk_clist_set_shift (GTK_CLIST (clist), i, 0, 0, +- item->level * GB_INDENT); +- } +- +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, 0); +- set_interface_state (menued); +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************** +- * File Selection for selecting icon xpm files. +- **************************************************************************/ +-#define GLADE_RESPONSE_CLEAR 1 +- +-static void +-on_icon_button_clicked (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeMenuEditor *menued; +- gchar *icon; +- +- menued = GLADE_MENU_EDITOR (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (widget))); +- +- if (menued->filesel == NULL) +- { +- menued->filesel = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Select icon"), +- GTK_WINDOW (menued), +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_CLEAR, GLADE_RESPONSE_CLEAR, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (menued->filesel), +- GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- +- g_signal_connect (menued->filesel, "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_icon_filesel_response), menued); +- g_signal_connect (menued->filesel, "delete_event", +- G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); +- } +- +- icon = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->icon_widget)->entry)); +- if (icon && *icon) +- glade_util_set_file_selection_filename (menued->filesel, icon); +- +- gtk_window_present (GTK_WINDOW (menued->filesel)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_icon_filesel_response (GtkWidget * filesel, +- gint response_id, +- GladeMenuEditor *menued) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- +- if (response_id == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- { +- filename = glade_util_get_file_selection_filename (filesel); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->icon_widget)->entry), +- filename); +- g_free (filename); +- } +- else if (response_id == GLADE_RESPONSE_CLEAR) +- { +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->icon_widget)->entry), +- ""); +- } +- +- glade_util_close_window (menued->filesel); +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************** +- * Utility functions +- **************************************************************************/ +- +- +-/* This returns the index of the currently selected row in the clist, or -1 +- if no item is currently selected. */ +-static gint +-get_selected_row (GladeMenuEditor * menued) +-{ +- if (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist)->selection == NULL) +- return -1; +- return GPOINTER_TO_INT (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist)->selection->data); +-} +- +-/* This returns the currently selected item, or NULL if no item is currently +- selected. */ +-static GbMenuItemData* +-get_selected_item (GladeMenuEditor * menued) +-{ +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- gint row; +- +- row = get_selected_row (menued); +- if (row == -1) +- return NULL; +- item = gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), row); +- return item; +-} +- +-/* This set the sensitivity of the buttons according to the current state. */ +-static void +-set_interface_state (GladeMenuEditor * menued) +-{ +- GbMenuItemData *item, *tmp_item; +- GtkCList *clist; +- gboolean up_button_sens = FALSE, down_button_sens = FALSE; +- gboolean left_button_sens = FALSE, right_button_sens = FALSE; +- gboolean add_button_sens = FALSE, delete_button_sens = FALSE; +- gboolean state_sens = FALSE, group_sens = FALSE; +- gboolean form_sens = FALSE, type_sens = FALSE, accel_sens = FALSE; +- gboolean label_sens = FALSE, icon_sens = FALSE; +- gint index; +- +- clist = GTK_CLIST (menued->clist); +- +- /* Figure out which of the arrow buttons should be sensitive. */ +- +- /* The Add button is always sensitive, since empty labels are separators. */ +- add_button_sens = TRUE; +- +- /* The Delete button and the entire form are sensitive if an item is +- selected in the clist. */ +- index = get_selected_row (menued); +- if (index != -1) +- { +- form_sens = TRUE; +- type_sens = TRUE; +- label_sens = TRUE; +- icon_sens = TRUE; +- delete_button_sens = TRUE; +- +- if (index > 0) +- up_button_sens = TRUE; +- if (index < clist->rows - 1) +- down_button_sens = TRUE; +- +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (clist, index); +- if (item->level > 0) +- left_button_sens = TRUE; +- +- /* The accelerator modifier and key are sensitive if this is not a +- toplevel item on a menubar. */ +- if (!GTK_IS_MENU_BAR (menued->menu) || item->level != 0) +- accel_sens = TRUE; +- +- if (index > 0) +- { +- tmp_item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (clist, +- index - 1); +- if (tmp_item->level >= item->level) +- right_button_sens = TRUE; +- } +- +- /* Figure out if the radio group widgets should be sensitive. */ +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->radio_radiobutton)->active) +- { +- group_sens = TRUE; +- state_sens = TRUE; +- icon_sens = FALSE; +- } +- +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->check_radiobutton)->active) +- { +- state_sens = TRUE; +- icon_sens = FALSE; +- } +- +- if (item->stock_item_index) +- { +- /* For the 'New' menu item, a label and tooltip must be provided. */ +- if (menued->gnome_support) +- { +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (item->stock_item_index != GladeStockMenuItemNew) +- label_sens = FALSE; +-#endif +- } +- else +- { +- /* We don't allow the "New" label to be changed for GTK+ stock +- items now, to be compatable with libglade. It did make it a +- bit too complicated anyway. */ +-#if 0 +- const char *stock_id = g_slist_nth_data (menued->stock_items, +- item->stock_item_index - 1); +- if (strcmp (stock_id, GTK_STOCK_NEW)) +-#endif +- label_sens = FALSE; +- } +- +- icon_sens = FALSE; +- type_sens = FALSE; +- accel_sens = FALSE; +- } +- } +- +- /* Now set the sensitivity of the widgets. */ +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->stock_label, form_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->stock_combo, form_sens); +- +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->icon_label, icon_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->icon_widget, icon_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->icon_button, icon_sens); +- +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->name_label, form_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->name_entry, form_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->handler_label, form_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->handler_entry, form_sens); +- +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->label_label, label_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->label_entry, label_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->tooltip_label, label_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->tooltip_entry, label_sens); +- +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->add_button, add_button_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->add_separator_button, add_button_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->delete_button, delete_button_sens); +- +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->type_frame, type_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->state_label, state_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->state_togglebutton, state_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->group_label, group_sens); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->group_combo, group_sens); +- +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (menued->accel_frame, accel_sens); +-} +- +- +-/* This gets a string representing the accelerator key + modifiers. +- It returns a pointer to a static buffer. */ +-static gchar * +-get_accel_string (gchar * key, guint8 modifiers) +-{ +- static gchar buffer[32]; +- +- buffer[0] = '\0'; +- if (modifiers & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) +- strcat (buffer, "C+"); +- if (modifiers & GDK_SHIFT_MASK) +- strcat (buffer, "S+"); +- if (modifiers & GDK_MOD1_MASK) +- strcat (buffer, "A+"); +- if (key) +- strcat (buffer, key); +- return buffer; +-} +- +- +-static gchar* +-get_stock_item_label (GladeMenuEditor * menued, gint stock_item_index) +-{ +- if (menued->gnome_support) +- { +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- /* Most of the label text is from Gnome, but 2 of them are ours, +- so we use a utility function to find the translation. */ +- return glade_gnome_gettext (GladeStockMenuItemValues[stock_item_index].label); +-#else +- /* This shouldn't happen. */ +- g_warning ("Trying to use GNOME stock items in GTK+ version of Glade"); +- return NULL; +-#endif +- } +- else +- { +- gchar *stock_id; +- +- if (stock_item_index <= 0) +- return _("None"); +- +- stock_id = g_slist_nth_data (menued->stock_items, stock_item_index - 1); +- return stock_id; +- +-#if 0 +- GtkStockItem item; +- gtk_stock_lookup (stock_id, &item); +- return item.label; +-#endif +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This shows the properties of the item currently selected in the clist. */ +-static void +-show_item_properties (GladeMenuEditor * menued) +-{ +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- GtkWidget *clist; +- +- clist = menued->clist; +- item = get_selected_item (menued); +- if (item == NULL) +- return; +- +- menued->updating_widgets = TRUE; +- +- /* Now set them to the item's properties. */ +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo)->entry), +- get_stock_item_label (menued, item->stock_item_index)); +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Setting label_entry to: %s\n", item->label); +-#endif +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->label_entry), item->label); +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Setting name_entry to: %s\n", item->name); +-#endif +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->name_entry), item->name); +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Setting handler_entry to: %s\n", item->handler); +-#endif +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->handler_entry), item->handler); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->icon_widget)->entry), +- item->icon); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->tooltip_entry), item->tooltip); +- +- if (item->type == GB_MENU_ITEM_NORMAL) +- { +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->normal_radiobutton), TRUE); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->entry), ""); +- } +- else if (item->type == GB_MENU_ITEM_CHECK) +- { +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->check_radiobutton), TRUE); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->entry), ""); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->radio_radiobutton), TRUE); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->entry), +- item->group ? item->group->name : item->name); +- } +- +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->state_togglebutton), item->active); +- +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->accel_ctrl_checkbutton), (item->modifiers & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) ? TRUE : FALSE); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->accel_shift_checkbutton), (item->modifiers & GDK_SHIFT_MASK) ? TRUE : FALSE); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->accel_alt_checkbutton), (item->modifiers & GDK_MOD1_MASK) ? TRUE : FALSE); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->accel_key_entry), +- item->key ? item->key : ""); +- +- update_radio_groups (menued); +- +- menued->updating_widgets = FALSE; +-} +- +-/* This adds a new menuitem. If separator is FALSE, it adds a normal item +- with the label 'New Item'. If separator is TRUE it adds a separator. +- It is added to the clist beneath the currently selected item, or at the +- end of the list if no item is selected. If as_child is TRUE it adds the +- item as a child of the selected item, else it adds it as a sibling. +-*/ +-static void +-add_item (GladeMenuEditor * menued, +- gboolean as_child, +- gboolean separator) +-{ +- GbMenuItemData *item, *selected_item; +- GtkWidget *clist; +- gint row; +- +- item = g_new0 (GbMenuItemData, 1); +- item->stock_item_index = 0; +- if (separator) +- { +- item->label = NULL; +- item->name = glade_project_new_widget_name (menued->project, +- _("separator")); +- } +- else +- { +- item->label = glade_project_new_widget_name (menued->project, "item"); +- item->name = g_strdup (item->label); +- } +- item->handler = generate_handler (menued, -1, item->label, item->name); +- /* This is a flag to indicate that the last_mod_time should be set when +- the 'Apply' button is clicked. */ +- item->last_mod_time = (time_t) -2; +- item->icon = NULL; +- item->tooltip = NULL; +- item->type = GB_MENU_ITEM_NORMAL; +- item->active = FALSE; +- item->group = NULL; +- item->modifiers = 0; +- item->key = NULL; +- item->level = 0; +- item->generate_name = TRUE; +- item->generate_handler = TRUE; +- +- clist = menued->clist; +- row = get_selected_row (menued); +- if (row != -1) +- { +- selected_item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- item->level = selected_item->level + (as_child ? 1 : 0); +- insert_item (GTK_CLIST (clist), item, row + 1); +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (clist), row + 1, 0); +- ensure_visible (clist, row + 1); +- } +- else +- { +- item->level = 0; +- insert_item (GTK_CLIST (clist), item, -1); +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (clist), GTK_CLIST (clist)->rows - 1, 0); +- ensure_visible (clist, GTK_CLIST (clist)->rows - 1); +- } +- +- set_interface_state (menued); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (menued->label_entry); +- gtk_editable_select_region (GTK_EDITABLE (menued->label_entry), 0, -1); +-} +- +-/* This adds the item to the clist at the given position. */ +-static void +-insert_item (GtkCList * clist, GbMenuItemData * item, gint row) +-{ +- gchar *rowdata[GB_MENUED_NUM_COLS]; +- +- /* Empty labels are understood to be separators. */ +- if (item->label && strlen (item->label) > 0) +- rowdata[GLD_COL_LABEL] = item->label; +- else +- rowdata[GLD_COL_LABEL] = GB_SEPARATOR_TEXT; +- if (item->type == GB_MENU_ITEM_NORMAL) +- rowdata[GLD_COL_TYPE] = ""; +- else if (item->type == GB_MENU_ITEM_CHECK) +- rowdata[GLD_COL_TYPE] = _("Check"); +- else if (item->type == GB_MENU_ITEM_RADIO) +- rowdata[GLD_COL_TYPE] = _("Radio"); +- rowdata[GLD_COL_ACCEL] = get_accel_string (item->key, item->modifiers); +- rowdata[GLD_COL_NAME] = item->name ? item->name : ""; +- rowdata[GLD_COL_HANDLER] = item->handler ? item->handler : ""; +- rowdata[GLD_COL_ICON] = item->icon ? item->icon : ""; +- rowdata[GLD_COL_ACTIVE] = item->active ? _("Yes") : ""; +- rowdata[GLD_COL_GROUP] = item->group ? item->group->name : item->name; +- if (item->type != GB_MENU_ITEM_RADIO || !rowdata[GLD_COL_GROUP]) +- rowdata[GLD_COL_GROUP] = ""; +- +- if (row >= 0) +- gtk_clist_insert (clist, row, rowdata); +- else +- row = gtk_clist_append (GTK_CLIST (clist), rowdata); +- +- gtk_clist_set_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, item); +- gtk_clist_set_shift (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, 0, 0, item->level * GB_INDENT); +-} +- +-/* This makes sure the given row is visible. */ +-static void +-ensure_visible (GtkWidget *clist, +- gint row) +-{ +- if (gtk_clist_row_is_visible (GTK_CLIST (clist), row) +- != GTK_VISIBILITY_FULL) +- gtk_clist_moveto(GTK_CLIST(clist), row, -1, 0.5, 0); +-} +- +- +-static GbMenuItemData* +-find_group_item (GladeMenuEditor * menued, char *group_name) +-{ +- gint rows, row; +- +- if (!group_name || !group_name[0]) +- return NULL; +- +- rows = GTK_CLIST (menued->clist)->rows; +- +- for (row = 0; row < rows; row++) +- { +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- item = gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), row); +- +- if (item->name && !strcmp (item->name, group_name)) +- return item; +- } +- +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* This updates the currently selected item in the clist, updating each field +- if it is different to the settings in the form elements. */ +-static void +-update_current_item (GladeMenuEditor * menued) +-{ +- GbMenuItemData *item, *group_item; +- GtkCList *clist; +- gchar *name, *label, *handler, *tooltip, *group_name, *key; +- gchar *icon; +- GbMenuItemType type; +- gint row; +- guint8 modifiers; +- gboolean active, update_accelerator = FALSE; +- +- clist = GTK_CLIST (menued->clist); +- row = get_selected_row (menued); +- if (row == -1) +- return; +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), +- row); +- +- name = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->name_entry)); +- if (item_property_changed (name, item->name)) +- { +- g_free (item->name); +- item->name = copy_item_property (name); +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_NAME, +- item->name ? item->name : ""); +- } +- +- label = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->label_entry)); +- if (item_property_changed (label, item->label)) +- { +- g_free (item->label); +- item->label = copy_item_property (label); +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_LABEL, +- item->label ? item->label : GB_SEPARATOR_TEXT); +- } +- +- handler = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->handler_entry)); +- if (item_property_changed (handler, item->handler)) +- { +- g_free (item->handler); +- item->handler = copy_item_property (handler); +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_HANDLER, +- item->handler ? item->handler : ""); +- +- /* This is a flag to indicate that the last_mod_time should be set when +- the 'Apply' button is clicked. */ +- item->last_mod_time = (time_t) -2; +- } +- +- icon = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->icon_widget)->entry)); +- if (item_property_changed (icon, item->icon)) +- { +- g_free (item->icon); +- item->icon = copy_item_property (icon); +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_ICON, +- item->icon ? item->icon : ""); +- } +- +- tooltip = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->tooltip_entry)); +- if (item_property_changed (tooltip, item->tooltip)) +- { +- g_free (item->tooltip); +- item->tooltip = copy_item_property (tooltip); +- } +- +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->normal_radiobutton)->active) +- type = GB_MENU_ITEM_NORMAL; +- else if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->check_radiobutton)->active) +- type = GB_MENU_ITEM_CHECK; +- else +- type = GB_MENU_ITEM_RADIO; +- if (item->type != type) +- { +- /* If the item is changing from a radio item to something else, make +- sure other items in the same group no longer point to it. */ +- if (item->type == GB_MENU_ITEM_RADIO) +- remove_from_radio_group (menued, item); +- +- item->type = type; +- if (type == GB_MENU_ITEM_NORMAL) +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_TYPE, ""); +- else if (type == GB_MENU_ITEM_CHECK) +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_TYPE, _("Check")); +- else if (type == GB_MENU_ITEM_RADIO) +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_TYPE, _("Radio")); +- } +- +- active = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->state_togglebutton)->active +- ? TRUE : FALSE; +- if (active != item->active) +- { +- item->active = active; +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_ACTIVE, active ? _("Yes") : ""); +- } +- +- group_name = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->entry)); +- group_item = find_group_item (menued, group_name); +- if (group_item != item->group) +- { +- char *group_text = group_item ? group_item->name : item->name; +- if (item->type != GB_MENU_ITEM_RADIO) +- group_text = NULL; +- item->group = group_item; +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_GROUP, +- group_text ? group_text : ""); +- } +- +- key = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->accel_key_entry)); +- if (item_property_changed (key, item->key)) +- { +- g_free (item->key); +- item->key = copy_item_property (key); +- update_accelerator = TRUE; +- } +- +- modifiers = 0; +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->accel_ctrl_checkbutton)->active) +- modifiers |= GDK_CONTROL_MASK; +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->accel_shift_checkbutton)->active) +- modifiers |= GDK_SHIFT_MASK; +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->accel_alt_checkbutton)->active) +- modifiers |= GDK_MOD1_MASK; +- if (modifiers != item->modifiers) +- { +- item->modifiers = modifiers; +- update_accelerator = TRUE; +- } +- +- if (update_accelerator) +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_ACCEL, +- get_accel_string (item->key, item->modifiers)); +- +- set_interface_state (menued); +-} +- +-/* This checks if the new value is different to the old, but an empty string +- in new is taken to be equal to NULL as well. */ +-static gboolean +-item_property_changed (gchar *new, gchar *old) +-{ +- if (old == NULL) +- return (new == NULL || new[0] == '\0') ? FALSE : TRUE; +- if (new == NULL) +- return TRUE; +- if (!strcmp (old, new)) +- return FALSE; +- return TRUE; +-} +- +-/* This returns a copy of the given property string, or NULL if it is an +- empty string. */ +-static gchar* +-copy_item_property (gchar *property) +-{ +- if (property[0] == '\0') +- return NULL; +- return g_strdup (property); +-} +- +- +-/* This clears the form, ready to add a new item. If full is TRUE it resets +- the type checkbuttons, group and accelerator modifiers. When adding items +- full is set to FALSE so the user can add several items of the same type. */ +-static void +-clear_form (GladeMenuEditor * menued, +- gboolean full) +-{ +- gtk_list_select_item (GTK_LIST (GTK_COMBO (menued->stock_combo)->list), 0); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->icon_widget)->entry), ""); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->label_entry), ""); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->name_entry), ""); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->handler_entry), ""); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->tooltip_entry), ""); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (menued->accel_key_entry), ""); +- +- if (full) +- { +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->normal_radiobutton), TRUE); +- set_entry_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->entry), +- ""); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->accel_ctrl_checkbutton), FALSE); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->accel_shift_checkbutton), FALSE); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (menued->accel_alt_checkbutton), FALSE); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This removes an item and its children from the clist, and returns a list +- of the removed items. */ +-static GList * +-remove_item_and_children (GtkWidget * clist, +- gint row) +-{ +- GList *items = NULL; +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- gint level; +- +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- level = item->level; +- items = g_list_append (items, item); +- gtk_clist_remove (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- +- while (row < GTK_CLIST (clist)->rows) +- { +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- if (item->level > level) +- { +- items = g_list_append (items, item); +- gtk_clist_remove (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- } +- else +- break; +- } +- return items; +-} +- +-/* This inserts the given list of items at the given position in the clist. */ +-static void +-insert_items (GtkWidget * clist, +- GList * items, +- gint row) +-{ +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- +- while (items) +- { +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) items->data; +- insert_item (GTK_CLIST (clist), item, row++); +- items = items->next; +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This returns the default name of the widget, given its label. The returned +- string should be freed at some point. */ +-static gchar* +-generate_name (GladeMenuEditor *menued, +- gchar *label) +-{ +- gchar *prefix, *name, *src, *dest; +- +- /* For empty labels, i.e. separators, use 'separator'. */ +- if (label == NULL || label[0] == '\0') +- { +- return glade_project_new_widget_name (menued->project, _("separator")); +- } +- +- prefix = g_malloc (strlen (label) + 1); +- /* Convert spaces to underscores, and ignore periods (e.g. in "Open...") +- and underscores (e.g. in "_Open"). */ +- for (src = label, dest = prefix; *src; src++) +- { +- if (*src == ' ') +- *dest++ = '_'; +- else if (*src == '.') +- continue; +- else if (*src == '_') +- continue; +- else +- *dest++ = *src; +- } +- *dest = '\0'; +- +- if (dest >= prefix + strlen (label) + 1) +- g_warning ("Buffer overflow"); +- +- /* Get rid of any trailing digits. */ +- dest--; +- while (*dest >= '0' && *dest <= '9') +- { +- *dest = '\0'; +- dest--; +- } +- +- name = glade_project_new_widget_name (menued->project, prefix); +- g_free (prefix); +- +- return name; +-} +- +-/* This returns the default 'activate' handler name, given the name of the +- item. The returned string should be freed at some point. */ +-static gchar* +-generate_handler (GladeMenuEditor *menued, gint row, gchar *label, gchar *name) +-{ +- gchar *handler, *start = "on_", *end = "_activate"; +- +- /* For empty labels, i.e. separators, and items with submenus, there is no +- handler by default. */ +- if (label == NULL || label[0] == '\0' || is_parent (menued, row)) +- return NULL; +- +- handler = g_malloc (strlen (name) + strlen (start) + strlen (end) + 1); +- strcpy (handler, start); +- strcat (handler, name); +- strcat (handler, end); +- +- return handler; +-} +- +- +-/* This makes sure the default handlers are updated as items are moved around. +- */ +-static void +-check_generated_handlers (GladeMenuEditor *menued) +-{ +- GtkCList *clist; +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- gint row; +- gchar *handler; +- +- clist = GTK_CLIST (menued->clist); +- for (row = 0; row < clist->rows; row++) +- { +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (clist, row); +- if (item->generate_handler) +- { +- handler = generate_handler (menued, row, item->label, item->name); +- if (item_property_changed (handler, item->handler)) +- { +- g_free (item->handler); +- item->handler = handler; +- gtk_clist_set_text (clist, row, GLD_COL_HANDLER, handler); +- } +- else +- { +- g_free (handler); +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This returns TRUE id the item in the given row is a parent, or FALSE +- if the row doesn't exist or isn't a parent. */ +-static gboolean +-is_parent (GladeMenuEditor *menued, +- gint row) +-{ +- GtkCList *clist; +- GbMenuItemData *item, *next_item; +- +- clist = GTK_CLIST (menued->clist); +- if (row < 0 || row >= clist->rows - 1) +- return FALSE; +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (clist, row); +- next_item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (clist, row + 1); +- if (next_item->level > item->level) +- return TRUE; +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_menu_editor_ok (GtkWidget *button, +- GladeMenuEditor *menued) +-{ +- glade_menu_editor_update_menu (menued); +- gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (menued)); +-} +- +-static void +-on_menu_editor_apply (GtkWidget *button, +- GladeMenuEditor *menued) +-{ +- glade_menu_editor_update_menu (menued); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_menu_editor_close (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeMenuEditor *menued) +-{ +- gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (menued)); +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************** +- * Public functions +- **************************************************************************/ +- +-/* This checks if the given icon string is a stock icon name, and if it is +- it returns the stock ID instead. If not, it just returns the icon. */ +-static gchar* +-get_stock_id_from_icon_name (GladeMenuEditor *menued, +- gchar *icon) +-{ +- if (!icon || *icon == '\0') +- return NULL; +- +- /* We use the stock id instead of the text now, so we don't need this. */ +-#if 0 +- GList *clist; +- +- clist = GTK_LIST (GTK_COMBO (menued->icon_widget)->list)->children; +- +- while (clist && clist->data) +- { +- gchar* ltext = glade_util_gtk_combo_func (GTK_LIST_ITEM (clist->data)); +- if (!ltext) +- continue; +- if (!strcmp (ltext, icon)) +- { +- gchar *stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (clist->data), +- GladeMenuEditorStockIDKey); +- return stock_id; +- } +- clist = clist->next; +- } +-#endif +- +- return icon; +-} +- +- +-/* This updates the menu, based on the settings in the menu editor. +- It removes all the current children of the menu and recreates it. +- Note that it has to reload all the xpm files for pixmaps, so its not +- very efficient, but they're small so it shouldn't be too bad. */ +-static void +-glade_menu_editor_update_menu (GladeMenuEditor *menued) +-{ +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- GtkWidget *menuitem, *label, *prev_item = NULL, *child_menu; +- GtkCList *clist; +- GtkMenuShell *current_menu; +- GList *menus; +- GHashTable *group_hash; +- gchar *child_name; +- gint i, level; +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- GtkAccelGroup *accel_group; +- GtkWidget *pixmap = NULL; +- gboolean use_pixmap_menu_item; +- gchar *stock_id, *icon_name; +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- GnomeUIInfo *uiinfo = NULL; +-#endif +- +- /* Remove existing children of the menu. Note that this will result in the +- old widget names being released, so we need to reserve the new names, +- even if they are the same. */ +- while (menued->menu->children) +- { +- menuitem = menued->menu->children->data; +- gtk_widget_destroy (menuitem); +- } +- +- /* FIXME: This seems to be necessary to re-initialise the menu. I don't know +- why. */ +- menued->menu->menu_flag = TRUE; +- +- clist = GTK_CLIST (menued->clist); +- +- /* Now reserve all the the new widget names. */ +- for (i = 0; i < clist->rows; i++) +- { +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (clist, i); +- +- if (item->name && item->name[0]) +- glade_project_reserve_name (menued->project, item->name); +- } +- +- /* Now add widgets according to the items in the menu editor clist. */ +- level = 0; +- menus = g_list_append (NULL, menued->menu); +- group_hash = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL); +- +- /* Make sure all items in the group point to the first one. */ +- normalize_radio_groups (menued); +- +- for (i = 0; i < clist->rows; i++) +- { +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (clist, i); +- +- icon_name = get_stock_id_from_icon_name (menued, item->icon); +- stock_id = NULL; +- +- if (item->level > level) +- { +- child_menu = gb_widget_new_full ("GtkMenu", FALSE, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, +- NULL, GB_CREATING, NULL); +- child_name = g_strdup_printf ("%s_menu", prev_item->name); +- gtk_widget_set_name (child_menu, child_name); +- g_free (child_name); +- level = item->level; +- /* We use the menus GList as a stack, pushing menus onto the +- front. */ +- menus = g_list_prepend (menus, child_menu); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (prev_item), child_menu); +- tree_add_widget (child_menu); +- } +- while (item->level < level) +- { +- /* This removes/pops the first menu in the list. */ +- menus = g_list_remove_link (menus, menus); +- level--; +- } +- current_menu = GTK_MENU_SHELL (menus->data); +- +- pixmap = NULL; +- if (item->label && strlen (item->label) > 0) +- { +- label = gtk_accel_label_new (""); +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (label), item->label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- use_pixmap_menu_item = FALSE; +- +- if (menued->gnome_support) +- { +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (item->stock_item_index) +- { +- uiinfo = &GladeStockMenuItemValues[item->stock_item_index]; +- if (uiinfo->pixmap_type == GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK) +- { +- pixmap = gtk_image_new_from_stock (uiinfo->pixmap_info, +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); +- use_pixmap_menu_item = TRUE; +- } +- } +-#endif +- } +- else +- { +- if (item->stock_item_index) +- { +- stock_id = g_slist_nth_data (menued->stock_items, +- item->stock_item_index - 1); +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Stock ID for icon: %s\n", stock_id); +-#endif +- pixmap = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_id, +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); +- use_pixmap_menu_item = TRUE; +- } +- } +- +- if (!item->stock_item_index && icon_name) +- { +- pixmap = gb_widget_new ("GtkImage", NULL); +- if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon_name)) +- { +- gtk_image_set_from_stock (GTK_IMAGE (pixmap), icon_name, +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_image_set_from_file (GTK_IMAGE (pixmap), icon_name); +- +- /* Add the pixmap to the project, so the file is copied. +- It should be removed from the project in the menuitem +- GbWidget.destroy function. */ +- glade_project_add_pixmap (menued->project, icon_name); +- } +- gb_widget_set_child_name (pixmap, GladeChildMenuItemImage); +- use_pixmap_menu_item = TRUE; +- } +- +- if (item->type == GB_MENU_ITEM_NORMAL) +- { +- if (use_pixmap_menu_item) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_image_menu_item_new (); +- if (pixmap) +- { +- gtk_widget_show (pixmap); +- gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), +- pixmap); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new (); +- } +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem), label); +- } +- else if (item->type == GB_MENU_ITEM_CHECK) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_check_menu_item_new (); +- if (item->active) +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), +- TRUE); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem), label); +- } +- else +- { +- menuitem = create_radio_menu_item (current_menu, +- item, group_hash); +- if (item->active) +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), +- TRUE); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem), label); +- } +- +- gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget (GTK_ACCEL_LABEL (label), menuitem); +- } +- else +- { +- /* This creates a separator. */ +- menuitem = gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); +- } +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- /* Save the stock name and icon in the menuitem. */ +- if (item->stock_item_index) +- { +- if (menued->gnome_support) +- { +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), +- GladeMenuItemStockIndexKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (item->stock_item_index)); +-#endif +- } +- else +- { +- gchar *stock_id; +- +- stock_id = g_slist_nth_data (menued->stock_items, +- item->stock_item_index - 1); +- +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), +- GladeMenuItemStockIDKey, +- g_strdup (stock_id), +- g_free); +- } +- } +- else if (item->icon && pixmap) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (pixmap), GladeIconKey, +- g_strdup (icon_name), g_free); +- } +- +- +- /* Turn it into a GbWidget, and add the 'activate' handler and the +- accelerator. */ +- if (item->name == NULL || item->name[0] == '\0') +- { +- g_free (item->name); +- item->name = glade_project_new_widget_name (menued->project, "item"); +- } +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup_class (gtk_type_name (GTK_OBJECT_TYPE (menuitem))); +- +- if (item->wdata) +- wdata = glade_widget_data_copy (item->wdata); +- else +- wdata = glade_widget_data_new (gbwidget); +- +- wdata->gbwidget = gbwidget; +- +- gb_widget_create_from_full (menuitem, NULL, wdata); +- gtk_widget_set_name (menuitem, item->name); +- +- if (item->active) +- wdata->flags |= GLADE_ACTIVE; +- else +- wdata->flags &= ~GLADE_ACTIVE; +- +- g_free (wdata->tooltip); +- wdata->tooltip = g_strdup (item->tooltip); +- /* FIXME: Should set tooltip? Or for Gnome install in appbar? */ +- +- if (item->handler && strlen (item->handler) > 0) +- { +- GladeSignal *signal = g_new (GladeSignal, 1); +- signal->name = g_strdup ("activate"); +- signal->handler = g_strdup (item->handler); +- signal->object = NULL; +- signal->after = FALSE; +- signal->data = NULL; +- +- /* If the last mod time is set to the special value, we set it to +- the current time now. */ +- if (item->last_mod_time == (time_t) -2) { +- item->last_mod_time = time (NULL); +- if (item->last_mod_time == (time_t) -1) +- g_warning ("Can't get current time"); +- } +- +- signal->last_modification_time = item->last_mod_time; +- wdata->signals = g_list_append (wdata->signals, signal); +- } +- +- if (item->key && strlen (item->key) > 0) +- { +- GladeAccelerator *accel = g_new (GladeAccelerator, 1); +- guint key; +- accel->modifiers = item->modifiers; +- accel->key = g_strdup (item->key); +- accel->signal = g_strdup ("activate"); +- wdata->accelerators = g_list_append (wdata->accelerators, accel); +- +- /* We can only add accelerators to menus, not menubars. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (current_menu)) +- { +- key = glade_keys_dialog_find_key (item->key); +- accel_group = GTK_MENU (current_menu)->accel_group; +- gtk_widget_add_accelerator (menuitem, "activate", accel_group, +- key, item->modifiers, +- GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); +- } +- } +- +- if (menued->gnome_support) +- { +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- /* For stock menu items, we use the configured accelerator keys. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (current_menu) +- && item->stock_item_index && uiinfo->accelerator_key != 0) +- { +- accel_group = GTK_MENU (current_menu)->accel_group; +- gtk_widget_add_accelerator (menuitem, "activate", accel_group, +- uiinfo->accelerator_key, +- uiinfo->ac_mods, +- GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); +- } +-#endif +- } +- else +- { +- /* For stock menu items, we use the configured accelerator keys. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (current_menu) && item->stock_item_index && stock_id) +- { +- GtkStockItem item; +- +- gtk_stock_lookup (stock_id, &item); +- if (item.keyval) +- { +- accel_group = GTK_MENU (current_menu)->accel_group; +- gtk_widget_add_accelerator (menuitem, "activate", +- accel_group, +- item.keyval, item.modifier, +- GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); +- } +- } +- } +- +- /* Add the menuitem to the current menu. */ +- gtk_menu_shell_append (current_menu, menuitem); +- tree_add_widget (menuitem); +- prev_item = menuitem; +- } +- g_list_free (menus); +- g_hash_table_destroy (group_hash); +- +- /* Make sure the displayed item is correct. */ +- show_item_properties (menued); +-} +- +- +-/* This creates a radio menu item using the appropriate radio group. +- If the item's group is not NULL and doesn't points to the item itself, +- then it will search the list of groups to find the group. If it can't find +- a group, or it didn't have one it creates a new group. +- If it creates a new group it adds this item to the list of groups. */ +-static GtkWidget* +-create_radio_menu_item (GtkMenuShell *menu, +- GbMenuItemData *item, +- GHashTable *group_hash) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- GSList *group = NULL; +- +- if (item->group && item->group != item) +- { +- GtkRadioMenuItem *group_widget = g_hash_table_lookup (group_hash, +- item->group); +- if (group_widget) +- group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (group_widget); +- } +- +- menuitem = gtk_radio_menu_item_new (group); +- if (!group) +- g_hash_table_insert (group_hash, item, menuitem); +- +- return menuitem; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_menu_editor_on_menu_destroyed (GtkWidget *menu, +- GtkWidget *menued) +-{ +- gtk_widget_destroy (menued); +-} +- +- +-/* This converts the given menu/menubar into the list of items displayed in +- the menu editor. */ +-static void +-glade_menu_editor_set_menu (GladeMenuEditor *menued, +- GtkMenuShell *menu) +-{ +- /* First clear any current items and radio groups. */ +- glade_menu_editor_reset (menued); +- +- /* Connect to the destroy signal of the menu widget, so we can destroy the +- menu editor when the widget is destroyed. */ +- menued->menu_destroy_handler_id = gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menu), +- "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_menu_editor_on_menu_destroyed), +- menued); +- +- /* Now add each of the menus/menuitems in the given menu. */ +- menued->menu = menu; +- +- set_submenu (menued, menu, 0); +-} +- +- +-/* This checks if the given icon_name is a stock ID, and if it is it returns +- the text to display instead. If not, it returns icon_name. */ +-static gchar* +-get_icon_name_from_stock_id (GladeMenuEditor *menued, +- gchar *icon_name) +-{ +- /* We use the stock id instead of the text now. */ +-#if 0 +- GtkStockItem item; +- if (icon_name && gtk_stock_lookup (icon_name, &item)) +- return item.label; +- else +-#endif +- +- return icon_name; +-} +- +- +-/* This recursively adds menus. */ +-static void +-set_submenu (GladeMenuEditor *menued, +- GtkMenuShell *menu, +- gint level) +-{ +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- GtkWidget *menuitem, *label; +- GList *child, *tmp_list; +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- gchar *icon_name; +- GList *groups = NULL; +- +- child = menu->children; +- while (child) +- { +- menuitem = GTK_WIDGET (child->data); +- +- if (!GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (menuitem)) +- { +- g_warning ("Menu widget is not a menu item"); +- child = child->next; +- continue; +- } +- /* FIXME: We can't handle tearoff menuitems at present. */ +- if (GTK_IS_TEAROFF_MENU_ITEM (menuitem)) +- { +- child = child->next; +- continue; +- } +- +- wdata = (GladeWidgetData*) gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT(menuitem), +- GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- if (wdata == NULL) +- { +- g_warning ("Menu widget has no GladeWidgetData"); +- child = child->next; +- continue; +- } +- +- item = g_new0 (GbMenuItemData, 1); +- +- if (menued->gnome_support) +- { +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- item->stock_item_index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), GladeMenuItemStockIndexKey)); +-#endif +- } +- else +- { +- gchar *stock_id; +- GSList *elem; +- gint idx; +- +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), +- GladeMenuItemStockIDKey); +- item->stock_item_index = 0; +- if (stock_id) +- { +- for (elem = menued->stock_items, idx = 1; elem; +- elem = elem->next, idx++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (elem->data, stock_id)) +- { +- item->stock_item_index = idx; +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- } +- +- item->name = g_strdup (gtk_widget_get_name (menuitem)); +- item->label = NULL; +- item->handler = NULL; +- item->last_mod_time = 0; +- item->icon = NULL; +- +- /* If it isn't a stock item, we check if it has an icon set. */ +- if (item->stock_item_index == 0 && GTK_IS_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (menuitem)) +- { +- GtkWidget *image; +- image = gtk_image_menu_item_get_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (menuitem)); +- if (image) +- { +- icon_name = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (image), GladeIconKey); +- item->icon = g_strdup (get_icon_name_from_stock_id (menued, icon_name)); +- } +- } +- +- item->tooltip = g_strdup (wdata->tooltip); +- item->type = GB_MENU_ITEM_NORMAL; +- item->active = FALSE; +- item->group = NULL; +- item->modifiers = 0; +- item->key = NULL; +- item->level = level; +- item->generate_name = FALSE; +- item->generate_handler = FALSE; +- item->wdata = glade_widget_data_copy (wdata); +- +- if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (menuitem)) +- { +- item->type = GB_MENU_ITEM_RADIO; +- item->group = find_radio_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), +- &groups, item); +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem)) +- item->type = GB_MENU_ITEM_CHECK; +- +- label = GTK_BIN (menuitem)->child; +- if (label && GTK_IS_LABEL (label)) +- item->label = glade_util_get_label_text (label); +- +- if (GTK_IS_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem) +- && GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem)->active) +- item->active = TRUE; +- +- /* Find 'activate' handler in widget data. */ +- tmp_list = item->wdata->signals; +- while (tmp_list) +- { +- GladeSignal *signal = (GladeSignal *) tmp_list->data; +- if (!strcmp (signal->name, "activate")) +- { +- item->handler = g_strdup (signal->handler); +- item->last_mod_time = signal->last_modification_time; +- +- /* Remove the signal from our copy of the GladeWidgetData. */ +- glade_widget_data_free_signal (signal); +- item->wdata->signals = g_list_remove (item->wdata->signals, +- signal); +- break; +- } +- tmp_list = tmp_list->next; +- } +- +- /* Find 'activate' accelerator in widget data. */ +- tmp_list = item->wdata->accelerators; +- while (tmp_list) +- { +- GladeAccelerator *accel = (GladeAccelerator *) tmp_list->data; +- if (!strcmp (accel->signal, "activate")) +- { +- item->key = g_strdup (accel->key); +- item->modifiers = accel->modifiers; +- +- /* Remove the accel from our copy of the GladeWidgetData. */ +- glade_widget_data_free_accel (accel); +- item->wdata->accelerators = g_list_remove (item->wdata->accelerators, +- accel); +- break; +- } +- tmp_list = tmp_list->next; +- } +- +- +- insert_item (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), item, -1); +- +- if (GTK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem)->submenu) +- { +- set_submenu (menued, +- GTK_MENU_SHELL (GTK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem)->submenu), +- level + 1); +- } +- +- child = child->next; +- } +- +- g_list_free (groups); +-} +- +- +-/* This clears the clist, freeing all GbMenuItemDatas, and resets the radio +- group combo, freeing all the current radio groups. */ +-static void +-glade_menu_editor_reset (GladeMenuEditor *menued) +-{ +- GbMenuItemData *item; +- gint i; +- +- /* Disconnect our destroy handler on the menu widget. */ +- if (menued->menu) +- { +- gtk_signal_disconnect (GTK_OBJECT (menued->menu), +- menued->menu_destroy_handler_id); +- menued->menu = NULL; +- } +- +- for (i = 0; i < GTK_CLIST (menued->clist)->rows; i++) +- { +- item = (GbMenuItemData *) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), i); +- glade_menu_editor_free_item (item); +- +- } +- gtk_clist_clear (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist)); +- +- gtk_list_clear_items (GTK_LIST (GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->list), +- 0, -1); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_menu_editor_free_item (GbMenuItemData *item) +-{ +- g_free (item->name); +- g_free (item->label); +- g_free (item->handler); +- g_free (item->icon); +- g_free (item->tooltip); +- g_free (item->key); +- +- if (item->wdata) +- glade_widget_data_free (item->wdata); +- +- g_free (item); +-} +- +- +-/* Make sure all item group fields point to the first item in the group. */ +-static void +-normalize_radio_groups (GladeMenuEditor * menued) +-{ +- GbMenuItemData *item, *group; +- GList *groups = NULL; +- gint rows, row; +- +- /* Step through each row checking each radio item. */ +- rows = GTK_CLIST (menued->clist)->rows; +- for (row = 0; row < rows; row++) +- { +- item = gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), row); +- if (item->type != GB_MENU_ITEM_RADIO) +- continue; +- +- /* Follow the chain of groups until we get the real one. */ +- group = item->group; +- while (group && group->group && group->group != group) +- group = group->group; +- +- /* If it is a new group, add it to the list. */ +- if (!group || group == item) +- { +- groups = g_list_prepend (groups, item); +- item->group = NULL; +- } +- /* Else check if the group item is after the current one. If it is, +- then we make the current item the group leader. We assume that if +- we haven't seen the group item yet, it must be after this one. */ +- else if (!g_list_find (groups, group)) +- { +- groups = g_list_prepend (groups, item); +- group->group = item; +- item->group = NULL; +- } +- else +- { +- item->group = group; +- } +- } +- +- g_list_free (groups); +-} +- +- +-/* This recreates the list of available radio groups, and puts them in the +- combo's drop-down list. */ +-static void +-update_radio_groups (GladeMenuEditor * menued) +-{ +- GbMenuItemData *item, *tmp_item; +- GList *groups = NULL, *elem; +- gint item_row, row, parent_row, rows; +- GtkCombo *combo; +- GtkList *list; +- GtkWidget *li; +- +- /* Make sure all item group fields point to the first item in the group. */ +- normalize_radio_groups (menued); +- +- item_row = get_selected_row (menued); +- if (item_row == -1) +- { +- gtk_list_clear_items (GTK_LIST (GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->list), +- 0, -1); +- return; +- } +- +- item = gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), item_row); +- +- /* Step backwards to find the parent item. */ +- parent_row = -1; +- for (row = item_row - 1; row > 0; row--) +- { +- tmp_item = gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), row); +- if (tmp_item->level < item->level) +- { +- parent_row = row; +- break; +- } +- } +- +- /* Now step through the items, checking all items that are on the same +- level as the current one, until we reach the end of the list or find an +- item on a higher level. */ +- rows = GTK_CLIST (menued->clist)->rows; +- for (row = parent_row + 1; row < rows; row++) +- { +- tmp_item = gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), row); +- if (tmp_item->level < item->level) +- break; +- +- if (tmp_item->level == item->level +- && tmp_item->type == GB_MENU_ITEM_RADIO +- && tmp_item->name && tmp_item->name[0]) +- { +- /* If the item has its group set to NULL or itself, then it is a new +- group, so add its name. */ +- if (!tmp_item->group || tmp_item->group == tmp_item) +- groups = g_list_prepend (groups, tmp_item->name); +- } +- } +- +- groups = g_list_sort (groups, (GCompareFunc)strcmp); +- +- combo = GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo); +- list = GTK_LIST (combo->list); +- +- /* We have to block the combo's list's selection changed signal, or it +- causes problems. */ +- gtk_signal_handler_block (GTK_OBJECT (list), +- GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->list_change_id); +- +- gtk_list_clear_items (list, 0, -1); +- +- /* Add the special 'New' item to create a new group. */ +- li = gtk_list_item_new_with_label (_("New")); +- gtk_widget_show (li); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (list), li); +- gtk_combo_set_item_string (combo, GTK_ITEM (li), ""); +- +- /* Add a separator. */ +- li = gtk_list_item_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (li); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (list), li); +- +- for (elem = groups; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- li = gtk_list_item_new_with_label (elem->data); +- gtk_widget_show (li); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (list), li); +- } +- +- gtk_signal_handler_unblock (GTK_OBJECT (list), +- GTK_COMBO (menued->group_combo)->list_change_id); +- g_list_free (groups); +-} +- +- +-/* This finds the group item to use for the given radiomenuitem widget. +- It searches the list of group items to find the first one that is also in +- the radiomenuitem's group list. If none is found, it creates a new group +- and adds it to the list. */ +-static GbMenuItemData* +-find_radio_group (GtkRadioMenuItem *menuitem, GList **groups, +- GbMenuItemData *item) +-{ +- GSList *item_group_list; +- GList *elem; +- +- item_group_list = menuitem->group; +- +- /* The groups list contains pairs of GSList + GbMenuItemData*. */ +- for (elem = *groups; elem; elem = elem->next->next) +- { +- GSList *elem_group = elem->data; +- GbMenuItemData *elem_item = elem->next->data; +- +- if (elem_group == item_group_list) +- return elem_item; +- } +- +- /* We couldn't find an existing group that matches, so we create a new one. +- */ +- *groups = g_list_prepend (*groups, item); +- *groups = g_list_prepend (*groups, item_group_list); +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* This is called to make sure that no items have the given item as their +- group leader. It is called when an item is removed, or when its type is +- changed from a radio item to something else. +- +- It steps through the list, checking for radio items with +- the group field set to the given item. The first time it finds one, it +- creates a new group. It sets the group field of all other items in the +- same group to the new first item in the group. */ +-static void +-remove_from_radio_group (GladeMenuEditor * menued, +- GbMenuItemData *item) +-{ +- GbMenuItemData *new_group_item = NULL; +- gint rows, row; +- +- rows = GTK_CLIST (menued->clist)->rows; +- for (row = 0; row < rows; row++) +- { +- GbMenuItemData *tmp_item; +- tmp_item = gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (menued->clist), row); +- +- if (tmp_item->type == GB_MENU_ITEM_RADIO +- && tmp_item->group == item && tmp_item != item) +- { +- if (new_group_item) +- { +- tmp_item->group = new_group_item; +- } +- else +- { +- tmp_item->group = NULL; +- new_group_item = tmp_item; +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/glade_palette.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,544 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkhbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhseparator.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtknotebook.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkpixmap.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkradiobutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktable.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkvbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtksignal.h> +- +-#include "graphics/selector.xpm" +-#include "glade_palette.h" +-#include "glade.h" +- +-GtkWidget *glade_palette = NULL; +- +-#define GLADE_CLASS_ID_KEY "GladeClassID" +- +-static void glade_palette_class_init (GladePaletteClass * klass); +-static void glade_palette_init (GladePalette * glade_palette); +- +-static GladePaletteSection *new_section (GladePalette * palette, +- const gchar * section); +-static void rebuild_page (gpointer key, +- GladePaletteSection * page, +- GladePalette * palette); +-static void remove_button (gpointer button, +- gpointer table); +-static void add_button (GtkWidget * button, +- GladePaletteSection * sect); +-static void on_palette_button_toggled (GtkWidget * button, +- GladePalette * palette); +-static void on_section_button_clicked (GtkWidget * button, +- GladePalette * palette); +- +-enum +-{ +- SELECT_ITEM, +- UNSELECT_ITEM, +- LAST_SIGNAL +-}; +- +-static guint glade_palette_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = {0}; +- +-static GtkWindowClass *parent_class = NULL; +- +- +-GType +-glade_palette_get_type (void) +-{ +- static GType palette_type = 0; +- +- if (!palette_type) +- { +- GtkTypeInfo palette_info = +- { +- "GladePalette", +- sizeof (GladePalette), +- sizeof (GladePaletteClass), +- (GtkClassInitFunc) glade_palette_class_init, +- (GtkObjectInitFunc) glade_palette_init, +- /* reserved_1 */ NULL, +- /* reserved_2 */ NULL, +- (GtkClassInitFunc) NULL, +- }; +- +- palette_type = gtk_type_unique (gtk_window_get_type (), &palette_info); +- } +- return palette_type; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_palette_class_init (GladePaletteClass * klass) +-{ +- GtkObjectClass *object_class; +- +- object_class = (GtkObjectClass *) klass; +- +- parent_class = gtk_type_class (gtk_window_get_type ()); +- +- glade_palette_signals[SELECT_ITEM] = +- gtk_signal_new ("select_item", +- GTK_RUN_LAST, +- GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class), +- GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GladePaletteClass, select_item), +- gtk_marshal_VOID__STRING, +- GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1, GTK_TYPE_STRING); +- glade_palette_signals[UNSELECT_ITEM] = +- gtk_signal_new ("unselect_item", +- GTK_RUN_LAST, +- GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class), +- GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GladePaletteClass, unselect_item), +- gtk_marshal_VOID__STRING, +- GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1, GTK_TYPE_STRING); +- +- klass->select_item = NULL; +- klass->unselect_item = NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* Ensure the correct button is depressed when the page is switched with +- keyboard accelerators. */ +-static void +-on_notebook_switch_page (GtkNotebook *notebook, GtkNotebookPage *page, +- guint page_num, GladePalette *palette) +-{ +- GSList *elem; +- gint last_page; +- +- last_page = g_list_length (notebook->children) - 1; +- +- for (elem = palette->section_button_group; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GladePaletteSection *sect = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (elem->data), "section"); +- +- if ((sect->page == -1 && page_num == last_page) +- || sect->page == page_num) +- { +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (elem->data), TRUE); +- break; +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_palette_init (GladePalette * palette) +-{ +- GtkWidget *seperator, *hbox; +- GdkPixmap *gdkpixmap; +- GdkBitmap *gdkmask; +- GtkWidget *pixmap; +- GtkReliefStyle relief_style; +- +- palette->width = 4; +- palette->selected_widget = NULL; +- palette->hold_selected_widget = FALSE; +- palette->sections = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- palette->tooltips = gtk_tooltips_new (); +- +- palette->vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (palette), palette->vbox); +- gtk_widget_show (palette->vbox); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 2); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (palette->vbox), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- relief_style = GTK_RELIEF_NONE; +- +- palette->selector = gtk_radio_button_new (NULL); +- gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (palette->selector), relief_style); +- +- gdkpixmap = gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm_d (NULL, gtk_widget_get_colormap (GTK_WIDGET (palette)), &gdkmask, NULL, selector_xpm); +- pixmap = gtk_pixmap_new (gdkpixmap, gdkmask); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (GLADE_PALETTE (palette)->selector), +- pixmap); +- gtk_widget_show (pixmap); +- +- palette->widget_button_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (palette->selector)); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_mode (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (palette->selector), FALSE); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), palette->selector, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (palette->selector), "toggled", +- (GtkSignalFunc) on_palette_button_toggled, palette); +- gtk_widget_show (palette->selector); +- /* Don't translate 'Selector' here, since it is not displayed, and we test +- for it later. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (palette->selector), GLADE_CLASS_ID_KEY, +- "Selector"); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (palette->tooltips, palette->selector, +- _ ("Selector"), NULL); +- +- palette->selected_item_label = gtk_label_new (_ ("Selector")); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (palette->selected_item_label), 0, 0.5); +- gtk_widget_show (palette->selected_item_label); +- +- gtk_widget_set_usize (palette->selected_item_label, 10, -1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), palette->selected_item_label, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- seperator = gtk_hseparator_new (); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (palette->vbox), seperator, FALSE, TRUE, 3); +- gtk_widget_show (seperator); +- +- palette->notebook = gtk_notebook_new (); +- /* We use gtk_box_pack_end, so we can later add buttons for new categories +- at the right place with gtk_box_pack_start */ +- gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (palette->vbox), palette->notebook, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs (GTK_NOTEBOOK (palette->notebook), FALSE); +- gtk_notebook_set_show_border (GTK_NOTEBOOK (palette->notebook), FALSE); +- gtk_widget_show (palette->notebook); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (palette->notebook), "switch_page", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_notebook_switch_page), palette); +- +- seperator = gtk_hseparator_new (); +- gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (palette->vbox), seperator, FALSE, TRUE, 3); +- gtk_widget_show (seperator); +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget * +-glade_palette_new () +-{ +- return GTK_WIDGET (gtk_type_new (glade_palette_get_type ())); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_palette_add_widget (GladePalette *palette, +- const gchar *section, +- const gchar *name, +- GdkPixmap *gdkpixmap, +- GdkBitmap *mask, +- const gchar *tooltip) +-{ +- GladePaletteSection *sect; +- GtkWidget *button; +- GtkWidget *pixmap; +- GtkReliefStyle relief_style; +- +- g_return_if_fail (palette != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (GLADE_IS_PALETTE (palette)); +- g_return_if_fail (gdkpixmap != NULL); +- +- if (!(sect = g_hash_table_lookup (palette->sections, section))) +- sect = new_section (palette, section); +- +- relief_style = GTK_RELIEF_NONE; +- +- button = gtk_radio_button_new (palette->widget_button_group); +- gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (button), relief_style); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_mode (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button), FALSE); +- palette->widget_button_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (button)); +- +- pixmap = gtk_pixmap_new (gdkpixmap, mask); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (button), pixmap); +- gtk_widget_show (pixmap); +- +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (button), GLADE_CLASS_ID_KEY, +- (gpointer) name); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "toggled", +- (GtkSignalFunc) on_palette_button_toggled, palette); +- +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (palette->tooltips, button, tooltip, NULL); +- +- sect->buttons = g_list_append (sect->buttons, button); +- g_hash_table_insert (sect->buttonhash, (gpointer) name, button); +- /* so we can use the same code as from rebuild_page */ +- gtk_widget_ref (button); +- add_button (button, sect); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_palette_remove_widget (GladePalette * palette, +- const gchar * section, +- const gchar * name) +-{ +- GladePaletteSection *sect; +- GtkWidget *button; +- +- sect = g_hash_table_lookup (palette->sections, section); +- g_return_if_fail (sect != NULL); +- button = GTK_WIDGET (g_hash_table_lookup (sect->buttonhash, name)); +- g_return_if_fail (button != NULL); +- g_hash_table_remove (sect->buttonhash, name); +- sect->buttons = g_list_remove (sect->buttons, button); +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (sect->table), button); +- rebuild_page ((gpointer)section, sect, palette); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_palette_set_width (GladePalette * palette, guint columns) +-{ +- palette->width = columns; +- g_hash_table_foreach (palette->sections, (GHFunc) rebuild_page, palette); +-} +- +- +-static GladePaletteSection * +-new_section (GladePalette * palette, +- const gchar * section) +-{ +- GladePaletteSection *sect; +- GtkWidget *button; +- gboolean deprecated_page = FALSE; +- +- if (!strcmp (section, _("Dep_recated"))) +- deprecated_page = TRUE; +- +- sect = g_new (GladePaletteSection, 1); +- sect->x = sect->y = 0; +- sect->table = gtk_table_new (1, palette->width, TRUE); +- gtk_widget_show (sect->table); +- sect->buttons = NULL; +- sect->buttonhash = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- +- sect->section_button = button = gtk_radio_button_new_with_mnemonic (palette->section_button_group, section); +- gtk_widget_set_name (button, section); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (button, 20, -1); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_mode (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button), FALSE); +- palette->section_button_group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (button)); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (button), "section", sect); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_section_button_clicked), palette); +- g_hash_table_insert (palette->sections, (gpointer) section, sect); +- +- /* Place the deprecated section last. */ +- if (deprecated_page) +- { +- sect->page = -1; +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (palette->notebook), sect->table, +- NULL); +- gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (palette->vbox), button, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- } +- else +- { +- sect->page = palette->next_page_to_add++; +- gtk_notebook_insert_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (palette->notebook), sect->table, +- NULL, sect->page); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (palette->vbox), button, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- } +- +- return sect; +-} +- +-static void +-rebuild_page (gpointer key, +- GladePaletteSection * sect, +- GladePalette * palette) +-{ +- g_list_foreach (g_list_first (sect->buttons), remove_button, sect->table); +- sect->x = 0; +- sect->y = 0; +- gtk_table_resize (GTK_TABLE (sect->table), 1, palette->width); +- g_list_foreach (g_list_first (sect->buttons), (GFunc) add_button, sect); +-} +- +-static void +-remove_button (gpointer button, +- gpointer table) +-{ +- g_return_if_fail (button != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (table != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (table)); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (button)); +- gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (button)); +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (table), GTK_WIDGET (button)); +-} +- +-static void +-add_button (GtkWidget * button, +- GladePaletteSection * sect) +-{ +- GladePalette *palette; +- +- /* notebook vbox palette */ +- palette = GLADE_PALETTE (GTK_WIDGET (sect->table)->parent->parent->parent); +- if (sect->x >= palette->width) +- { +- /* new row */ +- sect->x = 0; +- sect->y++; +- } +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (sect->table), button, sect->x, sect->x + 1, +- sect->y, sect->y + 1, 0, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_widget_unref (button); +- sect->x++; +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_palette_button_toggled (GtkWidget * button, +- GladePalette * palette) +-{ +- GdkModifierType modifiers; +- +- if ((GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button)->active)) +- { +- if (button == palette->selector) +- { +- palette->selected_widget = NULL; +- gtk_label_set_text (GTK_LABEL (palette->selected_item_label), +- _("Selector")); +- palette->hold_selected_widget = FALSE; +- } +- else +- { +- palette->selected_widget = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (button), +- GLADE_CLASS_ID_KEY); +- gtk_label_set_text (GTK_LABEL (palette->selected_item_label), +- palette->selected_widget); +- gdk_window_get_pointer (button->window, NULL, NULL, &modifiers); +- palette->hold_selected_widget = (modifiers & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) +- ? TRUE : FALSE; +- } +- gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (palette), +- glade_palette_signals[SELECT_ITEM], +- palette->selected_widget); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (palette), +- glade_palette_signals[UNSELECT_ITEM], +- palette->selected_widget); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_section_button_clicked (GtkWidget * button, +- GladePalette * palette) +-{ +- GladePaletteSection *sect; +- +- sect = (GladePaletteSection*) gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (button), +- "section"); +- gtk_notebook_set_current_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (palette->notebook), sect->page); +-} +- +- +-/* Resets the palette so that the selector is selected, unless the existing +- item was selected while holding the Ctrl key. */ +-void +-glade_palette_reset_selection (GladePalette *palette, +- gboolean allow_hold) +-{ +- if (!palette->hold_selected_widget || !allow_hold) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (palette->selector), TRUE); +-} +- +- +-/* Returns TRUE if the selector is currently selected. */ +-gboolean +-glade_palette_is_selector_on (GladePalette *palette) +-{ +- return (palette->selected_widget == NULL) ? TRUE : FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* Returns the class name of the currently selected widget. */ +-gchar * +-glade_palette_get_widget_class (GladePalette *palette) +-{ +- return palette->selected_widget; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_palette_set_show_section (GladePalette *palette, +- GladePaletteSection *sect, +- gboolean show) +-{ +- if (show) +- gtk_widget_show (sect->section_button); +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (sect->section_button); +-} +- +- +-static void +-set_button_visibility (GladePaletteSection *sect, +- const gchar *name, +- gboolean show) +-{ +- GtkWidget *button = g_hash_table_lookup (sect->buttonhash, name); +- if (button) +- { +- if (show) +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (button); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Shows or hides the GNOME widgets. */ +-void +-glade_palette_set_show_gnome_widgets (GladePalette *palette, +- gboolean show_gnome, +- gboolean show_gnome_db) +-{ +- GladePaletteSection *sect; +- +- /* Show the main page, and make the selector active. */ +- gtk_notebook_set_current_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (palette->notebook), 0); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (palette->selector), TRUE); +- +- /* Show or hide the Gnome page if it exists. */ +- sect = g_hash_table_lookup (palette->sections, "_Gnome"); +- if (sect) +- glade_palette_set_show_section (palette, sect, show_gnome); +- +- /* Show or hide the GnomeDB page if it exists. */ +- sect = g_hash_table_lookup (palette->sections, "Gnome _DB"); +- if (sect) +- glade_palette_set_show_section (palette, sect, show_gnome_db); +- +- /* Show or hide the GNOME widgets on the Deprecated page if they exist. */ +- sect = g_hash_table_lookup (palette->sections, "Dep_recated"); +- if (sect) +- { +- set_button_visibility (sect, "GnomeDialog", show_gnome); +- set_button_visibility (sect, "GnomeMessageBox", show_gnome); +- set_button_visibility (sect, "GnomePropertyBox", show_gnome); +- set_button_visibility (sect, "GnomePixmap", show_gnome); +- set_button_visibility (sect, "GnomeColorPicker", show_gnome); +- set_button_visibility (sect, "GnomeFontPicker", show_gnome); +- set_button_visibility (sect, "GnomeAbout", show_gnome); +- set_button_visibility (sect, "GnomeIconList", show_gnome); +- set_button_visibility (sect, "GnomeEntry", show_gnome); +- set_button_visibility (sect, "GnomeFileEntry", show_gnome); +- set_button_visibility (sect, "GnomePixmapEntry", show_gnome); +- } +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/glade_project.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,1992 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998-1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +-*/ +- +-#include <string.h> +-#include <sys/stat.h> +-#ifndef _WIN32 +-#include <unistd.h> +-#endif +-#include <errno.h> +- +-#include <dirent.h> +- +-#include <libxml/parser.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#include "editor.h" +-#include "glade_menu_editor.h" +-#include "glade_project.h" +-#include "load.h" +-#include "property.h" +-#include "save.h" +-#include "source.h" +-#include "tree.h" +-#include "utils.h" +- +-/* FIXME: This is the current project. We only support one open at present. */ +-GladeProject *current_project = NULL; +- +- +-/* The order must match the GladeLanguageType enum in glade_project.h. */ +-gchar *GladeLanguages[] = { "C", "C++" , "Ada 95", "Perl", "Eiffel" }; +-#if 1 +-gint GladeNumLanguages = 3; /* Only C, C++ and Ada ported to GTK+ 2. */ +-#else +-gint GladeNumLanguages = sizeof (GladeLanguages) / sizeof (GladeLanguages[0]); +-#endif +- +-static void glade_project_class_init (GladeProjectClass * klass); +-static void glade_project_init (GladeProject *project); +-static void glade_project_destroy (GtkObject *object); +- +-static GladeError* glade_project_write_c_source (GladeProject *project); +-static GladeError* glade_project_write_cxx_source (GladeProject *project); +-static GladeError* glade_project_write_ada95_source (GladeProject *project); +-static GladeError* glade_project_write_perl_source (GladeProject *project); +-static GladeError* glade_project_write_eiffel_source (GladeProject *project); +- +-static void free_key (gchar *key, +- gchar *value, +- gpointer data); +- +-static gchar* glade_project_find_id (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *name); +-static void glade_project_real_ensure_widgets_named (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeProject *project); +- +-enum +-{ +- ADD_COMPONENT, +- REMOVE_COMPONENT, +- COMPONENT_CHANGED, +- LAST_SIGNAL +-}; +- +-static guint glade_project_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = {0}; +- +-static GtkObjectClass *parent_class = NULL; +- +- +-GType +-glade_project_get_type (void) +-{ +- static GType glade_project_type = 0; +- +- if (!glade_project_type) +- { +- GtkTypeInfo glade_project_info = +- { +- "GladeProject", +- sizeof (GladeProject), +- sizeof (GladeProjectClass), +- (GtkClassInitFunc) glade_project_class_init, +- (GtkObjectInitFunc) glade_project_init, +- /* reserved_1 */ NULL, +- /* reserved_2 */ NULL, +- (GtkClassInitFunc) NULL, +- }; +- +- glade_project_type = gtk_type_unique (gtk_object_get_type (), +- &glade_project_info); +- } +- +- return glade_project_type; +-} +- +-static void +-glade_project_class_init (GladeProjectClass * klass) +-{ +- GtkObjectClass *object_class; +- +- object_class = (GtkObjectClass *) klass; +- +- parent_class = gtk_type_class (gtk_object_get_type ()); +- +- glade_project_signals[ADD_COMPONENT] = +- gtk_signal_new ("add_component", +- GTK_RUN_LAST, +- GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class), +- GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GladeProjectClass, add_component), +- gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT, +- GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1, GTK_TYPE_OBJECT); +- glade_project_signals[REMOVE_COMPONENT] = +- gtk_signal_new ("remove_component", +- GTK_RUN_LAST, +- GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class), +- GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GladeProjectClass, remove_component), +- gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT, +- GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1, GTK_TYPE_OBJECT); +- glade_project_signals[COMPONENT_CHANGED] = +- gtk_signal_new ("component_changed", +- GTK_RUN_LAST, +- GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class), +- GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GladeProjectClass, component_changed), +- gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT, +- GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1, GTK_TYPE_OBJECT); +- +- klass->add_component = NULL; +- klass->remove_component = NULL; +- klass->component_changed = NULL; +- +- object_class->destroy = glade_project_destroy; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_init (GladeProject * project) +-{ +- project->xml_filename = NULL; +- +- /* The default project name, used when new projects are created. */ +- project->name = NULL; +- project->program_name = NULL; +- project->directory = NULL; +- project->source_directory = NULL; +- project->pixmaps_directory = NULL; +- +- project->language = GLADE_LANGUAGE_C; +- property_show_lang_specific_page (project->language); +- +- project->changed = FALSE; +- +- project->unique_id_hash = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- +- project->components = NULL; +- +- project->pixmap_filenames = NULL; +- +- project->current_directory = NULL; +- +- project->gettext_support = TRUE; +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- project->gnome_support = TRUE; +-#else +- project->gnome_support = FALSE; +-#endif +- +- project->gnome_db_support = FALSE; +- project->gnome_help_support = FALSE; +- +- project->use_widget_names = FALSE; +- project->output_main_file = TRUE; +- project->output_support_files = TRUE; +- project->output_build_files = TRUE; +- project->backup_source_files = TRUE; +- +- project->main_source_file = g_strdup ("interface.c"); +- project->main_header_file = g_strdup ("interface.h"); +- project->handler_source_file = g_strdup ("callbacks.c"); +- project->handler_header_file = g_strdup ("callbacks.h"); +- +- project->support_source_file = g_strdup ("support.c"); +- project->support_header_file = g_strdup ("support.h"); +- +- project->output_translatable_strings = FALSE; +- project->translatable_strings_file = NULL; +-} +- +- +-GladeProject* +-glade_project_new (void) +-{ +- /* FIXME: Currently we only support one project open, so we have to destroy +- any existing project, and reset everything. */ +- if (current_project) +- { +- property_set_widget (NULL); +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +- gtk_object_destroy (GTK_OBJECT (current_project)); +- /* Delete all GbStyles and reset hash table. Do this after all widgets +- are destroyed. */ +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +- gb_widget_reset_gb_styles (); +-#endif +- } +- +- current_project = GLADE_PROJECT (gtk_type_new (glade_project_get_type())); +- return current_project; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_destroy (GtkObject *object) +-{ +- GladeProject *project; +- GList *tmp_list; +- +- project = GLADE_PROJECT (object); +- +- g_free (project->xml_filename); +- project->xml_filename = NULL; +- +- g_free (project->name); +- project->name = NULL; +- +- g_free (project->program_name); +- project->program_name = NULL; +- +- g_free (project->directory); +- project->directory = NULL; +- +- g_free (project->source_directory); +- project->source_directory = NULL; +- +- g_free (project->pixmaps_directory); +- project->pixmaps_directory = NULL; +- +- /* Destroy all project components. */ +- tmp_list = project->components; +- while (tmp_list) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (tmp_list->data)); +- tmp_list = tmp_list->next; +- } +- g_list_free (project->components); +- project->components = NULL; +- +- /* Empty the tree. Do this after the widgets are destroyed as it is a bit +- safer since the widgets won't ever have invalid pointers to the tree +- nodes. */ +- tree_clear (); +- +- /* Destroy the unique id hash. */ +- if (project->unique_id_hash) +- { +- g_hash_table_foreach (project->unique_id_hash, (GHFunc) free_key, NULL); +- g_hash_table_destroy (project->unique_id_hash); +- project->unique_id_hash = NULL; +- } +- +- /* Free all pixmap filenames. */ +- tmp_list = project->pixmap_filenames; +- while (tmp_list) +- { +- g_free (tmp_list->data); +- tmp_list = tmp_list->next; +- } +- g_list_free (project->pixmap_filenames); +- project->pixmap_filenames = NULL; +- +- g_free (project->current_directory); +- project->current_directory = NULL; +- +- g_free (project->main_source_file); +- project->main_source_file = NULL; +- +- g_free (project->main_header_file); +- project->main_header_file = NULL; +- +- g_free (project->handler_source_file); +- project->handler_source_file = NULL; +- +- g_free (project->handler_header_file); +- project->handler_header_file = NULL; +- +- g_free (project->support_source_file); +- project->support_source_file = NULL; +- +- g_free (project->support_header_file); +- project->support_header_file = NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* This is called for each id in the unique id hash. We have to free the +- id strings, since they were g_strdup'ed. */ +-static void +-free_key (gchar *key, +- gchar *value, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- g_free (key); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-glade_project_open (const gchar *xml_filename, +- GladeProject **project_return) +-{ +- gboolean status; +- GladeProject *project; +- +- project = glade_project_new (); +- project->xml_filename = g_strdup (xml_filename); +- +- tree_freeze (); +- +- status = load_project_file (project); +- +- tree_thaw (); +- +- if (!status) +- { +- gtk_object_destroy (GTK_OBJECT (project)); +- current_project = NULL; +- } +- else +- { +- *project_return = project; +- } +- return status; +-} +- +- +-GladeError* +-glade_project_save (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- GladeError *error; +- +- error = glade_util_ensure_directory_exists (project->directory); +- if (error) +- return error; +- +- /* Copy any pixmaps to the project's pixmaps directory. */ +- error = glade_project_copy_all_pixmaps (project); +- if (error) +- return error; +- +- error = save_project_file (project); +- if (error == NULL) +- glade_project_set_changed (project, FALSE); +- +- return error; +-} +- +- +-GladeError* +-glade_project_write_source (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- GladeError *error; +- +- /* First we check that we have a project directory, a source directory, +- and a pixmaps directory, and that the source directory is the same as +- the project directory or is a subdirectory of it. */ +- if (project->directory == NULL) +- { +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, +- _("The project directory is not set.\n" +- "Please set it using the Project Options dialog.\n")); +- } +- +- if (project->source_directory == NULL) +- { +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, +- _("The source directory is not set.\n" +- "Please set it using the Project Options dialog.\n")); +- } +- +- if (!glade_util_directories_equivalent (project->directory, +- project->source_directory) +- && !glade_util_directory_contains_file (project->directory, +- project->source_directory)) +- { +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, +- _("Invalid source directory:\n\n" +- "The source directory must be the project directory\n" +- "or a subdirectory of the project directory.\n")); +- } +- +- if (project->pixmaps_directory == NULL) +- { +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, +- _("The pixmaps directory is not set.\n" +- "Please set it using the Project Options dialog.\n")); +- } +- +- /* Copy any pixmaps to the project's pixmaps directory. */ +- error = glade_project_copy_all_pixmaps (project); +- if (error) +- return error; +- +- /* We call a function according to the project's language. */ +- switch (project->language) +- { +- case GLADE_LANGUAGE_C: +- return glade_project_write_c_source (project); +- case GLADE_LANGUAGE_CPP: +- return glade_project_write_cxx_source (project); +- case GLADE_LANGUAGE_ADA95: +- return glade_project_write_ada95_source (project); +- case GLADE_LANGUAGE_PERL: +- return glade_project_write_perl_source (project); +- case GLADE_LANGUAGE_EIFFEL: +- return glade_project_write_eiffel_source (project); +- default: +- break; +- } +- +- /* Shouldn't get here. */ +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, +- _("Sorry - generating source for %s is not implemented yet"), +- GladeLanguages[project->language]); +-} +- +- +-/* C source code output is built in to Glade, so we just call the main +- C source code generation function here. */ +-static GladeError* +-glade_project_write_c_source (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return source_write (project); +-} +- +-/* +- * Iterate through the list of widgets to ensure we're not using any +- * deprecated widgets in the project when emitting C++ code. +- */ +-static gboolean +-check_deprecated_widget (GList* list) +-{ +- GtkWidget* widget; +- GList* tmpList; +- gboolean status; +- +- for (; list != NULL; list = list->next ) +- { +- widget = GTK_WIDGET (list->data); +- +- if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget)) +- { +- tmpList = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (widget)); +- status = check_deprecated_widget (tmpList); +- g_list_free (tmpList); +- +- if (!status) +- { +- return FALSE; +- } +- } +- +- /* Check if any deprecated widgets are being used. Note that we only +- check for widgets created by Glade, since GtkCombo uses a GtkList +- internally and we don't want to disallow that. */ +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget) +- && (GTK_IS_CLIST (widget) || +- GTK_IS_CTREE (widget) || +- GTK_IS_LIST (widget) || +- GTK_IS_PIXMAP (widget) || +- GTK_IS_PREVIEW (widget) )) +- { +- return FALSE; +- } +- } +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +-/* Use system() to run glade-- on the XML file to generate C++ source code. */ +-static GladeError* +-glade_project_write_cxx_source (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- gchar *command_buffer; +- gint status; +- +- /* +- * Ensure that our project does not have deprecated widgets +- * that gtkmm-2 doesn't support. +- */ +- if ( !check_deprecated_widget (project->components)) +- { +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, +- _("Your project uses deprecated widgets that Gtkmm-2\n" +- "does not support. Check your project for these\n" +- "widgets, and use their replacements.")); +- } +- +- command_buffer = g_strdup_printf ("glade-- %s", project->xml_filename); +- status = system (command_buffer); +- g_free (command_buffer); +- +- if (status != 0) +- { +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, +- _("Error running glade-- to generate the C++ source code.\n" +- "Check that you have glade-- installed and that it is in your PATH.\n" +- "Then try running 'glade-- <project_file.glade>' in a terminal.")); +- } +- +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* Use system() to run gate on the XML file to generate Ada95 source code. */ +-static GladeError* +-glade_project_write_ada95_source (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- gchar *command_buffer; +- gint status; +- +-#ifdef _WIN32 +- chdir(project->directory); +-#endif +- +- command_buffer = g_strdup_printf ("gate %s", project->xml_filename); +- status = system (command_buffer); +- g_free (command_buffer); +- +- if (status != 0) +- { +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, +- _("Error running gate to generate the Ada95 source code.\n" +- "Check that you have gate installed and that it is in your PATH.\n" +- "Then try running 'gate <project_file.glade>' in a terminal.")); +- } +- +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* Use system() to run gate on the XML file to generate Ada95 source code. */ +-static GladeError* +-glade_project_write_perl_source (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- gchar *command_buffer; +- gint status; +- +- command_buffer = g_strdup_printf ("glade2perl %s", project->xml_filename); +- status = system (command_buffer); +- g_free (command_buffer); +- +- if (status != 0) +- { +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, +- _("Error running glade2perl to generate the Perl source code.\n" +- "Check that you have glade2perl installed and that it is in your PATH.\n" +- "Then try running 'glade2perl <project_file.glade>' in a terminal.")); +- } +- +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* Use system() to run eglade on the XML file to generate Eiffel source code. */ +-static GladeError* +-glade_project_write_eiffel_source (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- gchar *command_buffer; +- gint status; +- +- command_buffer = g_strdup_printf ("eglade %s", project->xml_filename); +- status = system (command_buffer); +- g_free (command_buffer); +- +- if (status != 0) +- { +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, +- _("Error running eglade to generate the Eiffel source code.\n" +- "Check that you have eglade installed and that it is in your PATH.\n" +- "Then try running 'eglade <project_file.glade>' in a terminal.")); +- } +- +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* This should be called by anything which changes the project - adding or +- removing widgets, changing properties, setting project options etc. +- FIXME: It's not used throughout Glade yet. */ +-void +-glade_project_set_changed (GladeProject *project, +- gboolean changed) +-{ +- project->changed = changed; +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-glade_project_get_name (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->name; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_name (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *name) +-{ +- if (glade_util_strings_equivalent (project->name, name)) +- return; +- g_free (project->name); +- project->name = g_strdup (name); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-glade_project_get_program_name (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->program_name; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_program_name (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *program_name) +-{ +- if (glade_util_strings_equivalent (project->program_name, program_name)) +- return; +- g_free (project->program_name); +- project->program_name = g_strdup (program_name); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-glade_project_get_xml_filename (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->xml_filename; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_xml_filename (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *filename) +-{ +- gchar *xml_directory; +- +- if (glade_util_strings_equivalent (project->xml_filename, filename)) +- return; +- g_free (project->xml_filename); +- project->xml_filename = g_strdup (filename); +- xml_directory = glade_util_dirname (filename); +- +- /* If the project directories are not set, set them to defaults based on +- the directory the XML file is in. */ +- if (!project->directory || project->directory[0] == '\0') +- { +- project->directory = g_strdup (xml_directory); +- } +- +- if (!project->source_directory || project->source_directory[0] == '\0') +- { +- project->source_directory = glade_util_make_path (project->directory, +- "src"); +- } +- +- if (!project->pixmaps_directory || project->pixmaps_directory[0] == '\0') +- { +- project->pixmaps_directory = glade_util_make_path (project->directory, +- "pixmaps"); +- } +- +- g_free (xml_directory); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-glade_project_get_directory (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->directory; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_directory (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *directory) +-{ +- if (glade_util_strings_equivalent (project->directory, directory)) +- return; +- g_free (project->directory); +- project->directory = g_strdup (directory); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +- +- /* If the pixmaps directory is not set, set it to defaults based on +- the source directory. */ +- if (directory && directory[0] != '\0') +- { +- if (!project->pixmaps_directory || project->pixmaps_directory[0] == '\0') +- { +- project->pixmaps_directory = glade_util_make_path (directory, +- "pixmaps"); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-glade_project_get_source_directory (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->source_directory; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_source_directory (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *directory) +-{ +- if (glade_util_strings_equivalent (project->source_directory, directory)) +- return; +- g_free (project->source_directory); +- project->source_directory = g_strdup (directory); +- +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-glade_project_get_pixmaps_directory (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->pixmaps_directory; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_pixmaps_directory (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *directory) +-{ +- if (glade_util_strings_equivalent (project->pixmaps_directory, directory)) +- return; +- g_free (project->pixmaps_directory); +- project->pixmaps_directory = g_strdup (directory); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gint +-glade_project_get_language (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->language; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_language (GladeProject *project, +- GladeLanguageType language) +-{ +- if (project->language == language) +- return; +- project->language = language; +- property_show_lang_specific_page (language); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-glade_project_set_language_name (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *language_name) +-{ +- gint language; +- +- if (language_name == NULL || language_name[0] == '\0') +- return FALSE; +- +- for (language = 0; language < GladeNumLanguages; language++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (language_name, GladeLanguages[language])) +- { +- glade_project_set_language (project, language); +- return TRUE; +- } +- } +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_add_component (GladeProject *project, +- GtkWidget *component) +-{ +- project->components = g_list_append (project->components, component); +- tree_add_widget (component); +- gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (project), +- glade_project_signals[ADD_COMPONENT], component); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_show_component (GladeProject *project, +- GtkWidget *component) +-{ +- /* Popup menus are shown in the menu editor. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (component)) +- { +- GtkWidget *menued; +- +- menued = glade_menu_editor_new (project, GTK_MENU_SHELL (component)); +- gtk_widget_show (menued); +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (component)) +- { +- gtk_widget_show (component); +- /* This maps the window, which de-iconifies it according to the ICCCM. */ +- gdk_window_show (component->window); +- /* This raises is to the top, in case it was hidden. */ +- gdk_window_raise (component->window); +- } +- else +- g_warning ("Don't know how to show component."); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_component_changed (GladeProject *project, +- GtkWidget *component) +-{ +- gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (project), +- glade_project_signals[COMPONENT_CHANGED], component); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_foreach_component (GladeProject *project, +- GtkCallback callback, +- gpointer callback_data) +-{ +- GList *tmp_list; +- +- g_return_if_fail (project != NULL); +- +- tmp_list = project->components; +- while (tmp_list) +- { +- (*callback) (GTK_WIDGET (tmp_list->data), callback_data); +- tmp_list = tmp_list->next; +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_remove_component (GladeProject *project, +- GtkWidget *component) +-{ +- project->components = g_list_remove (project->components, component); +- gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (project), +- glade_project_signals[REMOVE_COMPONENT], component); +- +- /* FIXME: These could be better. */ +- property_set_widget (NULL); +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (component); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-/* These add/remove pixmaps to the project. The same filename can appear +- more than once in the project's list of pixmaps, so refcounting isn't +- needed. The filename is copied. */ +-void +-glade_project_add_pixmap (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *filename) +-{ +- if (filename && filename[0]) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Adding pixmap: %s\n", filename); +-#endif +- project->pixmap_filenames = g_list_prepend (project->pixmap_filenames, +- g_strdup (filename)); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This removes the given pixmap from the project. If the pixmap isn't in +- the project it is ignored. */ +-void +-glade_project_remove_pixmap (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *filename) +-{ +- GList *element; +- +- if (!filename) +- return; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Removing pixmap: %s\n", filename); +-#endif +- +- element = project->pixmap_filenames; +- while (element) +- { +- if (!strcmp (element->data, filename)) +- { +- project->pixmap_filenames = g_list_remove_link (project->pixmap_filenames, element); +- g_free (element->data); +- g_list_free (element); +- +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +- break; +- } +- element = element->next; +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This ensures that all pixmaps are in the project's pixmaps directory, +- by copying them if necessary. Note that it doesn't change the pixmap +- filenames in the list. They will be updated the next time the project is +- opened. */ +-GladeError* +-glade_project_copy_all_pixmaps (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- gchar *pixmaps_dir, *filename, *new_filename; +- gint pixmaps_dir_len; +- GList *element; +- GladeError *error = NULL; +- gboolean checked_pixmaps_dir = FALSE; +- +- pixmaps_dir = glade_project_get_pixmaps_directory (project); +- if (!pixmaps_dir || pixmaps_dir[0] == '\0') +- { +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, +- _("The pixmap directory is not set.\n" +- "Please set it using the Project Options dialog.\n")); +- } +- +- pixmaps_dir_len = strlen (pixmaps_dir); +- +- element = project->pixmap_filenames; +- while (element) +- { +- filename = (gchar*) element->data; +- +- /* If the start of the pixmap filename doesn't match the pixmaps +- directory, we make sure it is copied there. */ +- if (!glade_util_directory_contains_file (pixmaps_dir, filename)) +- { +- new_filename = glade_util_make_path (pixmaps_dir, +- g_basename (filename)); +- +- /* Check if it already exists, and copy if it doesn't. */ +- if (!glade_util_file_exists (new_filename)) +- { +- /* We only want to do this once. */ +- if (!checked_pixmaps_dir) +- { +- checked_pixmaps_dir = TRUE; +- error = glade_util_ensure_directory_exists (project->pixmaps_directory); +- if (error) +- { +- g_free (new_filename); +- break; +- } +- } +- +- error = glade_util_copy_file (filename, new_filename); +- g_free (new_filename); +- if (error) +- break; +- } +- } +- element = element->next; +- } +- +- return error; +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-glade_project_get_current_directory (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->current_directory; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_current_directory (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *directory) +-{ +- g_free (project->current_directory); +- project->current_directory = g_strdup (directory); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-glade_project_get_gnome_support (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->gnome_support; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_gnome_support (GladeProject *project, +- gboolean gnome_support) +-{ +- if (project->gnome_support == gnome_support) +- return; +- +- /* If we don't have Gnome support compiled-in, we can't build a Gnome app. */ +-#ifndef USE_GNOME +- if (gnome_support == TRUE) +- return; +-#endif +- +- project->gnome_support = gnome_support; +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-glade_project_get_gnome_db_support (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->gnome_db_support; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_gnome_db_support (GladeProject *project, +- gboolean gnome_db_support) +-{ +- if (project->gnome_db_support == gnome_db_support) +- return; +- +- project->gnome_db_support = gnome_db_support; +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * C Output options. +- */ +-gboolean +-glade_project_get_gettext_support (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->gettext_support; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_gettext_support (GladeProject *project, +- gboolean gettext_support) +-{ +- if (project->gettext_support == gettext_support) +- return; +- project->gettext_support = gettext_support; +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-glade_project_get_use_widget_names (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->use_widget_names; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_use_widget_names (GladeProject *project, +- gboolean use_widget_names) +-{ +- if (project->use_widget_names == use_widget_names) +- return; +- project->use_widget_names = use_widget_names; +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-glade_project_get_output_main_file (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->output_main_file; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_output_main_file (GladeProject *project, +- gboolean output_main_file) +-{ +- if (project->output_main_file == output_main_file) +- return; +- project->output_main_file = output_main_file; +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-glade_project_get_output_support_files (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->output_support_files; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_output_support_files (GladeProject *project, +- gboolean output_support_files) +-{ +- if (project->output_support_files == output_support_files) +- return; +- project->output_support_files = output_support_files; +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-glade_project_get_output_build_files (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->output_build_files; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_output_build_files (GladeProject *project, +- gboolean output_build_files) +-{ +- if (project->output_build_files == output_build_files) +- return; +- project->output_build_files = output_build_files; +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-glade_project_get_backup_source_files (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->backup_source_files; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_backup_source_files (GladeProject *project, +- gboolean backup_source_files) +-{ +- if (project->backup_source_files == backup_source_files) +- return; +- project->backup_source_files = backup_source_files; +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-glade_project_get_gnome_help_support (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->gnome_help_support; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_gnome_help_support (GladeProject *project, +- gboolean gnome_help_support) +-{ +- if (project->gnome_help_support == gnome_help_support) +- return; +- +- project->gnome_help_support = gnome_help_support; +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-/* FIXME: These will be removed when the source code output is improved. */ +-void +-glade_project_get_source_files (GladeProject *project, +- gchar **main_source_file, +- gchar **main_header_file, +- gchar **handler_source_file, +- gchar **handler_header_file) +-{ +- *main_source_file = project->main_source_file; +- *main_header_file = project->main_header_file; +- *handler_source_file = project->handler_source_file; +- *handler_header_file = project->handler_header_file; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_source_files (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *main_source_file, +- const gchar *main_header_file, +- const gchar *handler_source_file, +- const gchar *handler_header_file) +-{ +- if (glade_util_strings_equivalent (project->main_source_file, +- main_source_file) +- && glade_util_strings_equivalent (project->main_header_file, +- main_header_file) +- && glade_util_strings_equivalent (project->handler_source_file, +- handler_source_file) +- && glade_util_strings_equivalent (project->handler_header_file, +- handler_header_file)) +- return; +- +- g_free (project->main_source_file); +- g_free (project->main_header_file); +- g_free (project->handler_source_file); +- g_free (project->handler_header_file); +- project->main_source_file = g_strdup (main_source_file); +- project->main_header_file = g_strdup (main_header_file); +- project->handler_source_file = g_strdup (handler_source_file); +- project->handler_header_file = g_strdup (handler_header_file); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-glade_project_get_support_source_file (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->support_source_file; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_support_source_file (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar* support_source_file) +-{ +- if (glade_util_strings_equivalent (project->support_source_file, +- support_source_file)) +- return; +- g_free (project->support_source_file); +- project->support_source_file = g_strdup (support_source_file); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-glade_project_get_support_header_file (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->support_header_file; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_support_header_file (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar* support_header_file) +-{ +- if (glade_util_strings_equivalent (project->support_header_file, +- support_header_file)) +- return; +- g_free (project->support_header_file); +- project->support_header_file = g_strdup (support_header_file); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * libglade options. +- */ +- +-gboolean +-glade_project_get_output_translatable_strings (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->output_translatable_strings; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_output_translatable_strings (GladeProject *project, +- gboolean output_translatable_strings) +-{ +- if (project->output_translatable_strings == output_translatable_strings) +- return; +- project->output_translatable_strings = output_translatable_strings; +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-glade_project_get_translatable_strings_file (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- return project->translatable_strings_file; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_set_translatable_strings_file (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar* file) +-{ +- if (glade_util_strings_equivalent (project->translatable_strings_file, file)) +- return; +- g_free (project->translatable_strings_file); +- project->translatable_strings_file = g_strdup (file); +- glade_project_set_changed (project, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Loading Project Options. +- */ +-typedef enum { +- PARSER_OPTION, +- PARSER_UNKNOWN +-} OptionsParserState; +- +-typedef struct _GladeOptionsParseState GladeOptionsParseState; +-struct _GladeOptionsParseState { +- OptionsParserState state; +- +- GladeProject *project; +- +- gchar *base_directory; +- +- GString *option_name; +- GString *option_value; +-}; +- +- +-/* This sets one project option, as it is loaded by the SAX parser. */ +-void +-glade_project_load_option (GladeOptionsParseState *state) +-{ +- GladeProject *project; +- gchar *base, *option_name, *option_value; +- +- project = state->project; +- base = state->base_directory; +- option_name = state->option_name->str; +- option_value = state->option_value->str; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Setting Option:'%s' to '%s'\n", option_name, option_value); +-#endif +- +- if (!strcmp (option_name, "name")) +- { +- g_free (project->name); +- project->name = glade_util_copy_string (option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "program_name")) +- { +- g_free (project->program_name); +- project->program_name = glade_util_copy_string (option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "directory") && base) +- { +- g_free (project->directory); +- project->directory = glade_util_make_absolute_path (base, option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "source_directory") && base) +- { +- g_free (project->source_directory); +- project->source_directory = glade_util_make_absolute_path (base, +- option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "pixmaps_directory") && base) +- { +- g_free (project->pixmaps_directory); +- project->pixmaps_directory = glade_util_make_absolute_path (base, +- option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "language")) +- { +- if (!glade_project_set_language_name (project, option_value)) +- g_warning ("Invalid source language"); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "gnome_support")) +- { +- gboolean gnome_support = load_parse_bool (NULL, option_value); +-#ifndef USE_GNOME +- if (gnome_support == TRUE) +- { +- g_warning ("Glade has been compiled without support for Gnome."); +- } +-#endif +- project->gnome_support = gnome_support; +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "gnome_db_support")) +- { +- gboolean gnome_db_support = load_parse_bool (NULL, option_value); +-#ifndef USE_GNOME_DB +- if (gnome_db_support == TRUE) +- { +- g_warning ("Glade has been compiled without support for Gnome DB."); +- } +-#endif +- project->gnome_db_support = gnome_db_support; +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "gettext_support")) +- { +- project->gettext_support = load_parse_bool (NULL, option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "use_widget_names")) +- { +- project->use_widget_names = load_parse_bool (NULL, option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "output_main_file")) +- { +- project->output_main_file = load_parse_bool (NULL, option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "output_support_files")) +- { +- project->output_support_files = load_parse_bool (NULL, option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "output_build_files")) +- { +- project->output_build_files = load_parse_bool (NULL, option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "backup_source_files")) +- { +- project->backup_source_files = load_parse_bool (NULL, option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "gnome_help_support")) +- { +- project->gnome_help_support = load_parse_bool (NULL, option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "main_source_file")) +- { +- g_free (project->main_source_file); +- project->main_source_file = glade_util_copy_string (option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "main_header_file")) +- { +- g_free (project->main_header_file); +- project->main_header_file = glade_util_copy_string (option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "handler_source_file")) +- { +- g_free (project->handler_source_file); +- project->handler_source_file = glade_util_copy_string (option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "handler_header_file")) +- { +- g_free (project->handler_header_file); +- project->handler_header_file = glade_util_copy_string (option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "support_source_file")) +- { +- g_free (project->support_source_file); +- project->support_source_file = glade_util_copy_string (option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "support_header_file")) +- { +- g_free (project->support_header_file); +- project->support_header_file = glade_util_copy_string (option_value); +- } +- +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "output_translatable_strings")) +- { +- project->output_translatable_strings = load_parse_bool (NULL, option_value); +- } +- else if (!strcmp (option_name, "translatable_strings_file") && base) +- { +- g_free (project->translatable_strings_file); +- project->translatable_strings_file = glade_util_make_absolute_path (base, option_value); +- } +- +- else +- { +- g_warning ("Unknown project option: %s\n", option_name); +- } +-} +- +- +-static xmlEntityPtr +-glade_options_parser_get_entity(GladeOptionsParseState *state, const xmlChar *name) +-{ +- return xmlGetPredefinedEntity(name); +-} +- +-static void +-glade_options_parser_warning(GladeOptionsParseState *state, const char *msg, ...) +-{ +- va_list args; +- +- va_start(args, msg); +- g_logv("XML", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING, msg, args); +- va_end(args); +-} +- +-static void +-glade_options_parser_error(GladeOptionsParseState *state, const char *msg, ...) +-{ +- va_list args; +- +- va_start(args, msg); +- g_logv("XML", G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL, msg, args); +- va_end(args); +-} +- +-static void +-glade_options_parser_fatal_error(GladeOptionsParseState *state, const char *msg, ...) +-{ +- va_list args; +- +- va_start(args, msg); +- g_logv("XML", G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, msg, args); +- va_end(args); +-} +- +-static void +-glade_options_parser_start_document(GladeOptionsParseState *state) +-{ +- state->state = PARSER_UNKNOWN; +- +- state->option_name = g_string_sized_new (128); +- state->option_value = g_string_sized_new (1024); +-} +- +-static void +-glade_options_parser_end_document(GladeOptionsParseState *state) +-{ +- g_string_free (state->option_name, TRUE); +- g_string_free (state->option_value, TRUE); +-} +- +-static void +-glade_options_parser_start_element(GladeOptionsParseState *state, +- const xmlChar *name, const xmlChar **attrs) +-{ +- g_string_assign (state->option_name, name); +- g_string_truncate (state->option_value, 0); +- +- state->state = PARSER_OPTION; +-} +- +-static void +-glade_options_parser_end_element(GladeOptionsParseState *state, const xmlChar *name) +-{ +- if (state->state != PARSER_OPTION) +- return; +- +- glade_project_load_option (state); +- +- state->state = PARSER_UNKNOWN; +-} +- +-static void +-glade_options_parser_characters(GladeOptionsParseState *state, const xmlChar *chars, int len) +-{ +- switch (state->state) { +- case PARSER_OPTION: +- g_string_append_len (state->option_value, chars, len); +- break; +- default: +- /* don't care about content in any other states */ +- break; +- } +-} +- +-static xmlSAXHandler glade_options_parser = { +- 0, /* internalSubset */ +- 0, /* isStandalone */ +- 0, /* hasInternalSubset */ +- 0, /* hasExternalSubset */ +- 0, /* resolveEntity */ +- (getEntitySAXFunc)glade_options_parser_get_entity, /* getEntity */ +- 0, /* entityDecl */ +- 0, /* notationDecl */ +- 0, /* attributeDecl */ +- 0, /* elementDecl */ +- 0, /* unparsedEntityDecl */ +- 0, /* setDocumentLocator */ +- (startDocumentSAXFunc)glade_options_parser_start_document, /* startDocument */ +- (endDocumentSAXFunc)glade_options_parser_end_document, /* endDocument */ +- (startElementSAXFunc)glade_options_parser_start_element, /* startElement */ +- (endElementSAXFunc)glade_options_parser_end_element, /* endElement */ +- 0, /* reference */ +- (charactersSAXFunc)glade_options_parser_characters, /* characters */ +- 0, /* ignorableWhitespace */ +- 0, /* processingInstruction */ +- (commentSAXFunc)0, /* comment */ +- (warningSAXFunc)glade_options_parser_warning, /* warning */ +- (errorSAXFunc)glade_options_parser_error, /* error */ +- (fatalErrorSAXFunc)glade_options_parser_fatal_error, /* fatalError */ +-}; +- +- +- +- +-/* Returns TRUE if the options file was found and loaded OK. */ +-gboolean +-glade_project_load_options (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- gchar *filename, *base; +- gboolean retval = FALSE; +- +- /* Check if the options file exists. If it doesn't we use defaults for +- everything. */ +- filename = g_strdup_printf ("%sp", GladeSessionFile ? GladeSessionFile : project->xml_filename); +- base = project->xml_filename ? g_dirname (project->xml_filename) : NULL; +- +- if (glade_util_file_exists (filename)) +- { +- GladeOptionsParseState state = { 0 }; +- +- state.project = project; +- state.base_directory = base; +- +- if (xmlSAXUserParseFile (&glade_options_parser, &state, filename) < 0) +- { +- g_warning("document not well formed!"); +- } +- else +- { +- retval = TRUE; +- } +- } +- +- /* Check that the directory options are set to defaults, but only if we +- have a project filename set. We may not have one when loading a session +- file. */ +- if (base) +- { +- if (project->directory == NULL) +- project->directory = g_strdup (base); +- if (project->source_directory == NULL) +- project->source_directory = glade_util_make_absolute_path (base, "src"); +- if (project->pixmaps_directory == NULL) +- project->pixmaps_directory = glade_util_make_absolute_path (base, +- "pixmaps"); +- } +- +- g_free (filename); +- g_free (base); +- +- return retval; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Saving Project Options. +- */ +-static void +-save_option (GString *buffer, gint indent, gchar *tag_name, gchar *tag_value) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < indent; i++) +- g_string_append (buffer, " "); +- +- g_string_append_printf (buffer, "<%s>%s</%s>\n", +- tag_name, tag_value ? tag_value : "", tag_name); +-} +- +- +-static void +-save_bool_option (GString *buffer, gint indent, gchar *tag_name, +- gboolean tag_value) +-{ +- save_option (buffer, indent, tag_name, tag_value ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"); +-} +- +- +-GladeError* +-glade_project_save_options (GladeProject *project, +- FILE *fp) +-{ +- GladeError *error = NULL; +- GString *buffer; +- gchar *base_dir, *dir, *file; +- gint indent = 1, bytes_written; +- +- buffer = g_string_sized_new (1024); +- +- g_string_append (buffer, "<glade-project>\n"); +- +- save_option (buffer, indent, "name", project->name); +- save_option (buffer, indent, "program_name", project->program_name); +- +- /* All directories are saved relative to the xml file's directory. */ +- base_dir = glade_util_dirname (project->xml_filename); +- +- /* We use defaults for most properties so only a few properties need to be +- saved. */ +- +- dir = glade_util_make_relative_path (base_dir, project->directory); +- if (strcmp (dir, "")) +- save_option (buffer, indent, "directory", dir); +- g_free (dir); +- +- dir = glade_util_make_relative_path (base_dir, project->source_directory); +- if (strcmp (dir, "src")) +- save_option (buffer, indent, "source_directory", dir); +- g_free (dir); +- +- dir = glade_util_make_relative_path (base_dir, project->pixmaps_directory); +- if (strcmp (dir, "pixmaps")) +- save_option (buffer, indent, "pixmaps_directory", dir); +- g_free (dir); +- +- if (project->language != GLADE_LANGUAGE_C) +- save_option (buffer, indent, "language", GladeLanguages[project->language]); +- if (!project->gnome_support) +- save_bool_option (buffer, indent, "gnome_support", project->gnome_support); +- +- if (project->gnome_db_support) +- save_bool_option (buffer, indent, "gnome_db_support", project->gnome_db_support); +- +- +- /* +- * C Options. +- */ +- if (!project->gettext_support) +- save_bool_option (buffer, indent, "gettext_support", project->gettext_support); +- if (project->use_widget_names) +- save_bool_option (buffer, indent, "use_widget_names", project->use_widget_names); +- if (!project->output_main_file) +- save_bool_option (buffer, indent, "output_main_file", project->output_main_file); +- if (!project->output_support_files) +- save_bool_option (buffer, indent, "output_support_files", project->output_support_files); +- if (!project->output_build_files) +- save_bool_option (buffer, indent, "output_build_files", project->output_build_files); +- if (!project->backup_source_files) +- save_bool_option (buffer, indent, "backup_source_files", project->backup_source_files); +- if (project->gnome_help_support) +- save_bool_option (buffer, indent, "gnome_help_support", project->gnome_help_support); +- +- if (!project->main_source_file +- || strcmp (project->main_source_file, "interface.c")) +- save_option (buffer, indent, "main_source_file", project->main_source_file); +- if (!project->main_header_file +- || strcmp (project->main_header_file, "interface.h")) +- save_option (buffer, indent, "main_header_file", project->main_header_file); +- if (!project->handler_source_file +- || strcmp (project->handler_source_file, "callbacks.c")) +- save_option (buffer, indent, "handler_source_file", project->handler_source_file); +- if (!project->handler_header_file +- || strcmp (project->handler_header_file, "callbacks.h")) +- save_option (buffer, indent, "handler_header_file", project->handler_header_file); +- if (!project->support_source_file +- || strcmp (project->support_source_file, "support.c")) +- save_option (buffer, indent, "support_source_file", project->support_source_file); +- if (!project->support_header_file +- || strcmp (project->support_header_file, "support.h")) +- save_option (buffer, indent, "support_header_file", project->support_header_file); +- +- if (project->output_translatable_strings) +- save_bool_option (buffer, indent, "output_translatable_strings", TRUE); +- if (project->translatable_strings_file +- && project->translatable_strings_file[0]) +- { +- file = glade_util_make_relative_path (base_dir, project->translatable_strings_file); +- if (strcmp (file, "")) +- save_option (buffer, indent, "translatable_strings_file", file); +- g_free (file); +- } +- +- g_free (base_dir); +- +- g_string_append (buffer, "</glade-project>\n"); +- +- bytes_written = fwrite (buffer->str, sizeof (gchar), buffer->len, fp); +- if (bytes_written != buffer->len) +- error = glade_error_new_system (_("Error writing project XML file\n")); +- +- g_string_free (buffer, TRUE); +- +- return error; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Functions to do with ensuring widget names are unique. +- */ +- +-/* This returns a unique name for a widget using the given base name, often +- a widget class name. If the base name starts with 'Gtk' or 'Gnome' then +- that is taken off. The base name is converted to lower case and a number is +- added on to the end of it to ensure that no other widget in the project +- uses the same name. */ +-gchar* +-glade_project_new_widget_name (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *base_name) +-{ +- char new_widget_name[128], *id_start; +- gint widget_id, i, new_widget_name_len; +- +- /* Check we won't overflow the buffer. */ +- g_return_val_if_fail (strlen (base_name) < 100, g_strdup (base_name)); +- +- /* Skip 'Gtk' or 'Gnome' at the start of all class names. */ +- if (!strncmp (base_name, "Gtk", 3)) +- base_name += 3; +- else if (!strncmp (base_name, "Gnome", 5)) +- base_name += 5; +- +- strcpy (new_widget_name, base_name); +- +- /* Remove any id number at the end of the name. */ +- id_start = glade_project_find_id (project, new_widget_name); +- if (id_start) +- *id_start = '\0'; +- +- /* convert name to lower case (only normal ASCII chars) */ +- new_widget_name_len = strlen (new_widget_name); +- for (i = 0; i < new_widget_name_len; i++) +- { +- if ((new_widget_name[i] >= 'A') && (new_widget_name[i] <= 'Z')) +- new_widget_name[i] += 'a' - 'A'; +- } +- +- widget_id = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_hash_table_lookup (project->unique_id_hash, +- new_widget_name)); +- if (widget_id == 0) +- { +- widget_id = 1; +- g_hash_table_insert (project->unique_id_hash, g_strdup (new_widget_name), +- GINT_TO_POINTER (widget_id)); +- } +- else +- { +- widget_id++; +- /* We don't need to g_strdup new_widget_name since it is already in the +- hash. */ +- g_hash_table_insert (project->unique_id_hash, new_widget_name, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (widget_id)); +- } +- +- /* Add the ID onto the end of the name. */ +- sprintf (new_widget_name + strlen (new_widget_name), "%i", widget_id); +- +- MSG1 ("Allocating new widget name: %s", new_widget_name); +- return g_strdup (new_widget_name); +-} +- +- +-/* This releases a widget name, so that it can possibly be used again. +- It will only be reused if it is the last ID with the same prefix. This is +- still useful as it means that if a name is generated based on something +- the user edits (e.g. a menuitem label), only the final name is reserved - +- all the intermediate names get released so we don't waste IDs. */ +-void +-glade_project_release_widget_name (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *name) +-{ +- gchar buffer[128]; +- const gchar *id_start; +- gint id = 0, current_id; +- gpointer hash_key, hash_value; +- gboolean found; +- +- id_start = glade_project_find_id (project, name); +- if (id_start == NULL) +- return; +- +- /* Make sure we won't overflow the buffer. */ +- g_return_if_fail (id_start - name < 127); +- +- id = atoi (id_start); +- if (id == 0) +- return; +- +- strncpy (buffer, name, id_start - name); +- buffer[id_start - name] = '\0'; +- +- found = g_hash_table_lookup_extended (project->unique_id_hash, buffer, +- &hash_key, &hash_value); +- if (found) +- { +- current_id = GPOINTER_TO_INT (hash_value); +- /* We only release the ID if it is the last one. */ +- if (current_id == id) +- { +- /* If the current ID is 1, remove it from the hash completely. */ +- if (current_id == 1) +- { +- g_hash_table_remove (project->unique_id_hash, buffer); +- g_free (hash_key); +- } +- else +- { +- /* We don't need to g_strdup buffer since it is already in the +- hash. */ +- g_hash_table_insert (project->unique_id_hash, buffer, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (id - 1)); +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Check if the name has a trailing ID number, and if so compare it to the +- current maximum in the ID hash and update if necessary. */ +-void +-glade_project_reserve_name (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *name) +-{ +- gchar buffer[128]; +- const gchar *id_start; +- gint id = 0, current_id; +- +- id_start = glade_project_find_id (project, name); +- if (id_start == NULL) +- return; +- +- /* Make sure we won't overflow the buffer. */ +- g_return_if_fail (id_start - name < 127); +- +- id = atoi (id_start); +- if (id == 0) +- return; +- +- strncpy (buffer, name, id_start - name); +- buffer[id_start - name] = '\0'; +- +- current_id = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_hash_table_lookup (project->unique_id_hash, +- buffer)); +- if (current_id == 0) +- { +- g_hash_table_insert (project->unique_id_hash, g_strdup (buffer), +- GINT_TO_POINTER (id)); +- } +- else if (id > current_id) +- { +- /* We don't need to g_strdup buffer since it is already in the hash. */ +- g_hash_table_insert (project->unique_id_hash, buffer, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (id)); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This returns the start of the ID number at the end of the widget name, +- or NULL if there is no number. */ +-static gchar* +-glade_project_find_id (GladeProject *project, +- const gchar *name) +-{ +- gint pos; +- +- pos = strlen (name) - 1; +- if (pos <= 0) +- return NULL; +- +- /* Step back from the end of the string to find the first digit. */ +- while (pos > 0 && name[pos] >= '0' && name[pos] <= '9') +- pos--; +- +- /* We may have gone too far, so check. */ +- if (!(name[pos] >= '0' && name[pos] <= '9')) +- pos++; +- +- /* If there is no trailing number return NULL. */ +- if (name[pos] == '\0') +- return NULL; +- +- return (gchar*) &name[pos]; +-} +- +- +-/* This recursively descends a widget tree, ensuring that all widgets have +- names. If any names are NULL, default names are created for them. */ +-void +-glade_project_ensure_widgets_named (GladeProject *project, +- GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- /* We have to switch the arguments for the recursive calls to work. */ +- glade_project_real_ensure_widgets_named (widget, project); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_real_ensure_widgets_named (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeProject *project) +-{ +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget) && widget->name == NULL) +- { +- gchar *class = gb_widget_get_class_id (widget); +- gtk_widget_set_name (widget, +- glade_project_new_widget_name (project, class)); +- MSG1 ("set default name for widget: %s\n", gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +- } +- +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, (GtkCallback) glade_project_real_ensure_widgets_named, project); +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/glade_project_options.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,1433 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <ctype.h> +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkalignment.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkentry.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkeventbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkframe.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhbbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtknotebook.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkoptionmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkradiobutton.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkstock.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkvbox.h> +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#include <gnome.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "glade_project_options.h" +-#include "utils.h" +- +- +-static GtkWindowClass *parent_class = NULL; +- +- +-static void glade_project_options_class_init (GladeProjectOptionsClass * klass); +-static void glade_project_options_init (GladeProjectOptions * project_options); +-static void glade_project_options_destroy (GtkObject *object); +- +-static void glade_project_options_set_project (GladeProjectOptions *options, +- GladeProject *project); +-static void glade_project_options_directory_changed (GtkWidget * entry, +- GladeProjectOptions *options); +-static void glade_project_options_name_changed (GtkWidget * entry, +- GladeProjectOptions *options); +-static void glade_project_options_program_name_changed (GtkWidget * entry, +- GladeProjectOptions *options); +-static void glade_project_options_xml_filename_changed (GtkWidget * entry, +- GladeProjectOptions *options); +-static void glade_project_options_generate_name (GladeProjectOptions *options); +-static void glade_project_options_generate_program_name (GladeProjectOptions *options); +-static void glade_project_options_generate_xml_filename (GladeProjectOptions *options); +-static gchar* glade_project_options_generate_project_name_from_directory (gchar *directory); +-static gchar* glade_project_options_generate_program_name_from_project_name (gchar *project_name); +-static gchar* glade_project_options_generate_xml_filename_from_program_name (gchar *program_name); +-static void glade_project_options_translatable_strings_toggled (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeProjectOptions *options); +-static void glade_project_options_show_file_selection (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void on_filesel_response (GtkWidget *widget, +- gint response_id, +- GladeProjectOptions *options); +-static void glade_project_options_ok (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeProjectOptions *options); +-static gchar* get_entry_text (GtkWidget *entry); +-static gboolean glade_project_options_check_valid (GladeProjectOptions *options); +- +-GType +-glade_project_options_get_type (void) +-{ +- static GType glade_project_options_type = 0; +- +- if (!glade_project_options_type) +- { +- GtkTypeInfo glade_project_options_info = +- { +- "GladeProjectOptions", +- sizeof (GladeProjectOptions), +- sizeof (GladeProjectOptionsClass), +- (GtkClassInitFunc) glade_project_options_class_init, +- (GtkObjectInitFunc) glade_project_options_init, +- /* reserved_1 */ NULL, +- /* reserved_2 */ NULL, +- (GtkClassInitFunc) NULL, +- }; +- +- glade_project_options_type = gtk_type_unique (gtk_window_get_type (), +- &glade_project_options_info); +- } +- return glade_project_options_type; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_options_class_init (GladeProjectOptionsClass * klass) +-{ +- GtkObjectClass *object_class; +- +- object_class = (GtkObjectClass *) klass; +- +- parent_class = gtk_type_class (gtk_window_get_type ()); +- +- object_class->destroy = glade_project_options_destroy; +-} +- +-static void +-set_accessible_description (GtkWidget *widget, const gchar *desc) +-{ +- AtkObject *atk_widget; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget)); +- +- atk_widget = gtk_widget_get_accessible (widget); +- +- if (desc) +- atk_object_set_description (atk_widget, desc); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_options_init (GladeProjectOptions * options) +-{ +- GtkTooltips *tooltips; +- GtkWidget *main_vbox, *notebook; +- GtkWidget *general_options_vbox, *c_options_vbox, *libglade_options_vbox; +- GtkWidget *vbox, *table, *label, *button, *eventbox, *alignment; +- GtkWidget *hbox, *hbbox, *radio_button, *frame; +- gint row, language; +- GSList *group; +- +- options->generate_program_name = FALSE; +- options->generate_xml_filename = FALSE; +- options->language_buttons = NULL; +- options->filesel = NULL; +- options->auto_generation_level = 0; +- +- tooltips = gtk_tooltips_new (); +- +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (options), 4); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (options), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (options), _("Project Options")); +- gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (options), FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (options), "project_options", "Glade"); +- +- main_vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 4); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (options), main_vbox); +- gtk_widget_show (main_vbox); +- +- notebook = gtk_notebook_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (notebook); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (main_vbox), notebook, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- +- /* +- * General Page. +- */ +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("General")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- general_options_vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (general_options_vbox); +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), general_options_vbox, +- label); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (general_options_vbox), 7); +- +- frame = gtk_frame_new (_("Basic Options:")); +- gtk_widget_show (frame); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (general_options_vbox), frame, FALSE, TRUE, 4); +- +- table = gtk_table_new (3, 4, TRUE); +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 2); +- gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 4); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame), table); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (table), 4); +- +- /* Project Directory. */ +- row = 0; +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), eventbox, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, +- _("The project directory"), NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Project Directory:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 4); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), hbox, +- 1, 4, row, row + 1, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- +- options->directory_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (options->directory_entry); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), options->directory_entry, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (options->directory_entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_options_directory_changed), +- options); +- +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Browse...")); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), button, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (GTK_BIN (button)->child), 8, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_options_show_file_selection), +- NULL); +- +- /* Project Name. */ +- row++; +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), eventbox, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, +- _("The name of the current project"), NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Project Name:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- +- options->name_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (options->name_entry, 80, -1); +- gtk_widget_show (options->name_entry); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), options->name_entry, +- 1, 2, row, row + 1, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (options->name_entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_options_name_changed), +- options); +- +- /* Program Name. */ +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), eventbox, 2, 3, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, +- _("The name of the program"), NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Program Name:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- +- options->program_name_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (options->program_name_entry, 80, -1); +- gtk_widget_show (options->program_name_entry); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), options->program_name_entry, +- 3, 4, row, row + 1, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (options->program_name_entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_options_program_name_changed), +- options); +- +- /* Project XML File. */ +- row++; +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), eventbox, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, +- _("The project file"), NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Project File:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- +- options->xml_filename_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (options->xml_filename_entry, 80, -1); +- gtk_widget_show (options->xml_filename_entry); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), options->xml_filename_entry, +- 1, 4, row, row + 1, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (options->xml_filename_entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_options_xml_filename_changed), +- options); +- +- +- /* Project Source Directory. */ +- frame = gtk_frame_new (_("Subdirectories:")); +- gtk_widget_show (frame); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (general_options_vbox), frame, FALSE, TRUE, 4); +- +- table = gtk_table_new (1, 4, TRUE); +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 2); +- gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 4); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame), table); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (table), 4); +- +- row = 0; +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), eventbox, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, +- _("The directory to save generated source code"), +- NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Source Directory:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_label_set_justify (GTK_LABEL (label), GTK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- +- options->source_directory_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (options->source_directory_entry, 80, -1); +- gtk_widget_show (options->source_directory_entry); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), options->source_directory_entry, +- 1, 2, row, row + 1, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- +- +- /* Project Pixmaps Directory. */ +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), eventbox, 2, 3, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, +- _("The directory to store pixmaps"), +- NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Pixmaps Directory:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_label_set_justify (GTK_LABEL (label), GTK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- +- options->pixmaps_directory_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (options->pixmaps_directory_entry, 80, -1); +- gtk_widget_show (options->pixmaps_directory_entry); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), options->pixmaps_directory_entry, +- 3, 4, row, row + 1, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- +- +- /* Project License. */ +- /* Take this out until we actually use it. */ +-#if 0 +- row++; +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), eventbox, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, +- _("The license which is added at the top of generated files"), NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("License:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_label_set_justify (GTK_LABEL (label), GTK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- +- options->license_option_menu = gtk_option_menu_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (options->license_option_menu); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), options->license_option_menu, +- 1, 3, row, row + 1, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- +- menu = gtk_menu_new (); +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label ("GNU General Public License"); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_option_menu_set_menu (GTK_OPTION_MENU (options->license_option_menu), +- menu); +-#endif +- +- /* Source Language. */ +- frame = gtk_frame_new (_("Language:")); +- /* Change this to 0 if you don't want the language option (C/C++/Perl). */ +-#if 1 +- gtk_widget_show (frame); +-#endif +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (general_options_vbox), frame, FALSE, TRUE, 4); +- +- alignment = gtk_alignment_new (0.0, 0.5, 0.0, 0.0); +- gtk_widget_show (alignment); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame), alignment); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (TRUE, 4); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 0); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (alignment), hbox); +- +- options->language_buttons = g_new (GtkWidget*, GladeNumLanguages); +- group = NULL; +- for (language = 0; language < GladeNumLanguages; language++) +- { +- radio_button = gtk_radio_button_new_with_label (group, +- GladeLanguages[language]); +- gtk_widget_show (radio_button); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), radio_button, FALSE, TRUE, 4); +- group = gtk_radio_button_get_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (radio_button)); +- +- options->language_buttons[language] = radio_button; +- } +- +- /* Gnome Support. */ +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- frame = gtk_frame_new (_("Gnome:")); +- gtk_widget_show (frame); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (general_options_vbox), frame, FALSE, TRUE, 4); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (TRUE, 4); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame), hbox); +- +- options->gnome_support = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Enable Gnome Support")); +- /* This can't be changed now. */ +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (options->gnome_support, FALSE); +- gtk_widget_show (options->gnome_support); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), options->gnome_support, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, options->gnome_support, +- _("If a Gnome application is to be built"), NULL); +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME_DB +- options->gnome_db_support = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Enable Gnome DB Support")); +- gtk_widget_show (options->gnome_db_support); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), options->gnome_db_support, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, options->gnome_db_support, +- _("If a Gnome DB application is to be built"), NULL); +-#endif /* USE_GNOME_DB */ +- +-#endif /* USE_GNOME */ +- +- +- /* +- * C Options Page. +- */ +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("C Options")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- c_options_vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (c_options_vbox); +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), c_options_vbox, label); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (c_options_vbox), 7); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (NULL); +- gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), _("<b>Note:</b> for large applications the use of libglade is recommended.")); +- gtk_widget_set_size_request (label, 400, -1); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- gtk_label_set_line_wrap (GTK_LABEL (label), TRUE); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (c_options_vbox), label, FALSE, TRUE, 4); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (TRUE, 4); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (c_options_vbox), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 4); +- +- frame = gtk_frame_new (_("General Options:")); +- gtk_widget_show (frame); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), frame, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- vbox = gtk_vbox_new (TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox), 0); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame), vbox); +- +- /* Gettext Support. */ +- options->gettext_support = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Gettext Support")); +- gtk_widget_show (options->gettext_support); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), options->gettext_support, +- FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, options->gettext_support, +- _("If strings are marked for translation by gettext"), +- NULL); +- +- /* Setting widget names. */ +- options->use_widget_names = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Set Widget Names")); +- gtk_widget_show (options->use_widget_names); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), options->use_widget_names, +- FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, options->use_widget_names, +- _("If widget names are set in the source code"), +- NULL); +- +- /* Backing up source files. */ +- options->backup_source_files = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Backup Source Files")); +- gtk_widget_show (options->backup_source_files); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), options->backup_source_files, +- FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, options->backup_source_files, +- _("If copies of old source files are made"), +- NULL); +- +- /* Gnome Help System support. */ +- options->gnome_help_support = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Gnome Help Support")); +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- gtk_widget_show (options->gnome_help_support); +-#endif +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), options->gnome_help_support, +- FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, options->gnome_help_support, +- _("If support for the Gnome Help system should be included"), +- NULL); +- +- frame = gtk_frame_new (_("File Output Options:")); +- gtk_widget_show (frame); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), frame, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- vbox = gtk_vbox_new (TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox), 0); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame), vbox); +- +- /* Outputting main file. */ +- options->output_main_file = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Output main.c File")); +- gtk_widget_show (options->output_main_file); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), options->output_main_file, +- FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, options->output_main_file, +- _("If a main.c file is output containing a main() function, if it doesn't already exist"), +- NULL); +- +- /* Outputting support files. */ +- options->output_support_files = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Output Support Functions")); +- gtk_widget_show (options->output_support_files); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), options->output_support_files, +- FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, options->output_support_files, +- _("If the support functions are output"), +- NULL); +- +- /* Outputting build files. */ +- options->output_build_files = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Output Build Files")); +- gtk_widget_show (options->output_build_files); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), options->output_build_files, +- FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, options->output_build_files, +- _("If files for building the source code are output, including Makefile.am and configure.in, if they don't already exist"), +- NULL); +- +- /* Main source file. */ +- frame = gtk_frame_new (_("Interface Creation Functions:")); +- gtk_widget_show (frame); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (c_options_vbox), frame, FALSE, TRUE, 4); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (TRUE, 4); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 4); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame), hbox); +- +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), eventbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, _("The file in which the functions to create the interface are written"), NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Source File:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- +- options->main_source_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (options->main_source_entry); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (options->main_source_entry, 80, -1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), options->main_source_entry, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- /* Main header file. */ +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), eventbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, _("The file in which the declarations of the functions to create the interface are written"), NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Header File:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- +- options->main_header_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (options->main_header_entry); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (options->main_header_entry, 80, -1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), options->main_header_entry, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- set_accessible_description (options->main_source_entry, _("Source file for interface creation functions")); +- set_accessible_description (options->main_header_entry, _("Header file for interface creation functions")); +- +- /* Handler source file. */ +- frame = gtk_frame_new (_("Signal Handler & Callback Functions:")); +- gtk_widget_show (frame); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (c_options_vbox), frame, FALSE, TRUE, 4); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (TRUE, 4); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 4); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame), hbox); +- +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), eventbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, _("The file in which the empty signal handler and callback functions are written"), NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Source File:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- +- options->handler_source_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (options->handler_source_entry); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (options->handler_source_entry, 80, -1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), options->handler_source_entry, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- /* Handler header file. */ +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), eventbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, _("The file in which the declarations of the signal handler and callback functions are written"), NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Header File:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- +- options->handler_header_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (options->handler_header_entry); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (options->handler_header_entry, 80, -1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), options->handler_header_entry, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- set_accessible_description (options->handler_source_entry, _("Source file for signal handler and callback functions")); +- set_accessible_description (options->handler_header_entry, _("Header file for signal handler and callback functions")); +- +- /* Support source file. */ +- frame = gtk_frame_new (_("Support Functions:")); +- gtk_widget_show (frame); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (c_options_vbox), frame, FALSE, TRUE, 4); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (TRUE, 4); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 4); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame), hbox); +- +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), eventbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, _("The file in which the support functions are written"), NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Source File:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- +- options->support_source_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (options->support_source_entry); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (options->support_source_entry, 80, -1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), options->support_source_entry, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- /* Support header file. */ +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), eventbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, _("The file in which the declarations of the support functions are written"), NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Header File:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- +- options->support_header_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (options->support_header_entry); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (options->support_header_entry, 80, -1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), options->support_header_entry, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- set_accessible_description (options->support_source_entry, _("Source file for support functions")); +- set_accessible_description (options->support_header_entry, _("Header file for support functions")); +- +- /* +- * libglade Options Page. +- */ +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("LibGlade Options")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- libglade_options_vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (libglade_options_vbox); +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), libglade_options_vbox, +- label); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (libglade_options_vbox), 7); +- +- frame = gtk_frame_new (_("Translatable Strings:")); +- gtk_widget_show (frame); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (libglade_options_vbox), frame, FALSE, TRUE, 4); +- +- table = gtk_table_new (2, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 2); +- gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 2); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame), table); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (table), 4); +- +- row = 0; +- +- label = gtk_label_new (NULL); +- gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), _("<b>Note:</b> this option is deprecated - use intltool instead.")); +- gtk_widget_set_size_request (label, 400, -1); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- gtk_label_set_line_wrap (GTK_LABEL (label), TRUE); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), label, +- 0, 3, row, row + 1, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- row++; +- +- /* Output translatable strings. */ +- options->output_translatable_strings = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Save Translatable Strings")); +- gtk_widget_show (options->output_translatable_strings); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), options->output_translatable_strings, +- 0, 3, row, row + 1, GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, options->output_translatable_strings, +- _("If translatable strings are saved in a separate C source file, to enable translation of interfaces loaded by libglade"), +- NULL); +- +- /* Translatable Strings File. */ +- row++; +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), eventbox, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, +- _("The C source file to save all translatable strings in"), NULL); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("File:")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0.5); +- options->translatable_strings_filename_label = label; +- +- options->translatable_strings_filename_entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (options->translatable_strings_filename_entry); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), +- options->translatable_strings_filename_entry, +- 1, 2, row, row + 1, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 0, 0); +- +- +- /* The button box with OK & Cancel buttons. */ +- hbbox = gtk_hbutton_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (hbbox); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (main_vbox), hbbox, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (hbbox), GTK_BUTTONBOX_END); +- gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (hbbox), 8); +- +- options->cancel_button = gtk_button_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_CANCEL); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (options->cancel_button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_widget_show (options->cancel_button); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (hbbox), options->cancel_button); +- gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (options->cancel_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy), +- GTK_OBJECT (options)); +- +- options->ok_button = gtk_button_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_OK); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (options->ok_button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_widget_show (options->ok_button); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (hbbox), options->ok_button); +- gtk_widget_grab_default (options->ok_button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (options->ok_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_options_ok), options); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (options), "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_util_check_key_is_esc), +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GladeEscDestroys)); +- +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (options->directory_entry); +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget * +-glade_project_options_new (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- GladeProjectOptions *options; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (GLADE_IS_PROJECT (project), NULL); +- +- options = GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS (gtk_type_new (glade_project_options_get_type ())); +- glade_project_options_set_project (options, project); +- +- return GTK_WIDGET (options); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_options_destroy (GtkObject *object) +-{ +- GladeProjectOptions *options; +- +- options = GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS (object); +- +- g_free (options->language_buttons); +- options->language_buttons = NULL; +- +- /* FIXME: Maybe we need to disconnect the destroy signal handler added to +- the project. */ +- +- if (options->filesel) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (options->filesel); +- options->filesel = NULL; +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This sets which project which we show the options of. */ +-static void +-glade_project_options_set_project (GladeProjectOptions *options, +- GladeProject *project) +-{ +- GladeError *error; +- gchar *base = NULL, *next_project_dir = NULL; +- gint next_project_num = -1; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GLADE_IS_PROJECT (project)); +- +- options->project = project; +- options->generate_name = FALSE; +- options->generate_program_name = FALSE; +- options->generate_xml_filename = FALSE; +- +- /* If the project directory has been set, we show it, else we show the +- next free project directory in $HOME/Projects as the default. */ +- if (project->directory && project->directory[0]) +- { +- base = project->directory; +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->directory_entry), base); +- } +- else +- { +- error = glade_util_get_next_free_project_directory (&next_project_dir, +- &next_project_num); +- if (!error) +- { +- base = next_project_dir; +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->directory_entry), base); +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning ("Couldn't find next free project directory."); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->directory_entry), ""); +- } +- } +- +- /* Project name. */ +- if (project->name && project->name[0]) +- { +- gchar *generated_project_name; +- +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->name_entry), project->name); +- +- /* See if it matches what would have been auto-generated. */ +- generated_project_name = glade_project_options_generate_project_name_from_directory (base); +- if (!strcmp (generated_project_name, project->name)) +- options->generate_name = TRUE; +- g_free (generated_project_name); +- } +- else +- { +- glade_project_options_generate_name (options); +- options->generate_name = TRUE; +- } +- +- /* Program name. */ +- if (project->program_name && project->program_name[0]) +- { +- gchar *generated_program_name; +- +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->program_name_entry), +- project->program_name); +- +- /* See if it matches what would have been auto-generated. */ +- generated_program_name = glade_project_options_generate_program_name_from_project_name (project->name); +- if (!strcmp (generated_program_name, project->program_name)) +- options->generate_program_name = TRUE; +- g_free (generated_program_name); +- } +- else +- { +- glade_project_options_generate_program_name (options); +- options->generate_program_name = TRUE; +- } +- +- /* XML filename. */ +- if (project->xml_filename && project->xml_filename[0]) +- { +- gchar *xml_filename_relative, *generated_filename; +- +- xml_filename_relative = glade_util_make_relative_path (base, project->xml_filename); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->xml_filename_entry), +- xml_filename_relative); +- +- /* See if it matches what would have been auto-generated. */ +- generated_filename = glade_project_options_generate_xml_filename_from_program_name (project->program_name); +- if (!strcmp (generated_filename, xml_filename_relative)) +- options->generate_xml_filename = TRUE; +- g_free (generated_filename); +- g_free (xml_filename_relative); +- } +- else +- { +- glade_project_options_generate_xml_filename (options); +- options->generate_xml_filename = TRUE; +- } +- +- /* Source directory. */ +- if (project->source_directory && project->source_directory[0]) +- { +- gchar *srcdir_relative; +- +- srcdir_relative = glade_util_make_relative_path (base, project->source_directory); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->source_directory_entry), +- srcdir_relative); +- g_free (srcdir_relative); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->source_directory_entry), +- "src"); +- } +- +- /* Pixmaps directory. */ +- if (project->pixmaps_directory && project->pixmaps_directory[0]) +- { +- gchar *pixmaps_relative; +- +- pixmaps_relative = glade_util_make_relative_path (base, project->pixmaps_directory); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->pixmaps_directory_entry), +- pixmaps_relative); +- g_free (pixmaps_relative); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->pixmaps_directory_entry), +- "pixmaps"); +- } +- +- +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->language_buttons[project->language]), TRUE); +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->gnome_support), +- project->gnome_support); +-#ifdef USE_GNOME_DB +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->gnome_db_support), +- project->gnome_db_support); +-#endif +-#endif +- +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->gettext_support), +- project->gettext_support); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->use_widget_names), +- project->use_widget_names); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->output_main_file), +- project->output_main_file); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->output_support_files), +- project->output_support_files); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->output_build_files), +- project->output_build_files); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->backup_source_files), +- project->backup_source_files); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->gnome_help_support), +- project->gnome_help_support); +- +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->main_source_entry), +- project->main_source_file +- ? project->main_source_file : ""); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->main_header_entry), +- project->main_header_file +- ? project->main_header_file : ""); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->handler_source_entry), +- project->handler_source_file +- ? project->handler_source_file : ""); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->handler_header_entry), +- project->handler_header_file +- ? project->handler_header_file : ""); +- +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->support_source_entry), +- project->support_source_file +- ? project->support_source_file : ""); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->support_header_entry), +- project->support_header_file +- ? project->support_header_file : ""); +- +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->output_translatable_strings), +- project->output_translatable_strings); +- if (project->translatable_strings_file +- && project->translatable_strings_file[0]) +- { +- gchar *filename; +- +- filename = glade_util_make_relative_path (base, project->translatable_strings_file); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->translatable_strings_filename_entry), +- filename); +- g_free (filename); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->translatable_strings_filename_entry), ""); +- } +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (options->output_translatable_strings), +- "toggled", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_options_translatable_strings_toggled), +- options); +- +- /* Set the sensitivity of the options. */ +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (options->translatable_strings_filename_label, +- project->output_translatable_strings); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (options->translatable_strings_filename_entry, +- project->output_translatable_strings); +- +- +- /* Connect to the project's destroy signal so we can destroy ourself. */ +- gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (project), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy), +- GTK_OBJECT (options)); +- +- g_free (next_project_dir); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_options_directory_changed (GtkWidget * entry, +- GladeProjectOptions *options) +-{ +- if (options->generate_name) +- glade_project_options_generate_name (options); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_options_name_changed (GtkWidget * entry, +- GladeProjectOptions *options) +-{ +- if (options->generate_program_name) +- glade_project_options_generate_program_name (options); +- +- /* If this option has been edited by the user, turn auto-generation off. */ +- if (options->auto_generation_level == 0) +- options->generate_name = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_options_program_name_changed (GtkWidget * entry, +- GladeProjectOptions *options) +-{ +- if (options->generate_xml_filename) +- glade_project_options_generate_xml_filename (options); +- +- /* If this option has been edited by the user, turn auto-generation off. */ +- if (options->auto_generation_level == 0) +- options->generate_program_name = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_options_xml_filename_changed (GtkWidget * entry, +- GladeProjectOptions *options) +-{ +- /* If this option has been edited by the user, turn auto-generation off. */ +- if (options->auto_generation_level == 0) +- options->generate_xml_filename = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_options_generate_name (GladeProjectOptions *options) +-{ +- gchar *directory, *project_name; +- +- directory = (char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->directory_entry)); +- project_name = glade_project_options_generate_project_name_from_directory (directory); +- options->auto_generation_level++; +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->name_entry), project_name); +- options->auto_generation_level--; +- g_free (project_name); +-} +- +- +-static gchar* +-glade_project_options_generate_project_name_from_directory (gchar *directory) +-{ +- gchar *project_name; +- +- if (directory == NULL) +- return g_strdup (""); +- +- project_name = g_strdup (g_basename (directory)); +- if (project_name[0] != '\0') +- project_name[0] = toupper (project_name[0]); +- return project_name; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_options_generate_program_name (GladeProjectOptions *options) +-{ +- gchar *project_name, *program_name; +- +- project_name = (char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->name_entry)); +- program_name = glade_project_options_generate_program_name_from_project_name (project_name); +- options->auto_generation_level++; +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->program_name_entry), program_name); +- options->auto_generation_level--; +- g_free (program_name); +-} +- +- +-static gchar* +-glade_project_options_generate_program_name_from_project_name (gchar *project_name) +-{ +- gchar *program_name, *pos; +- +- if (project_name == NULL) +- return g_strdup (""); +- +- program_name = g_strdup (project_name); +- g_strdown (program_name); +- /* Try to convert any characters which shouldn't be in a program name to '-'. +- We'll allow alphanumerics and characters in [.+-_] */ +- for (pos = program_name; *pos; pos++) +- { +- if (!(isalnum (*pos) || *pos == '.' || *pos == '+' || *pos == '-' +- || *pos == '_')) +- *pos = '-'; +- } +- return program_name; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_options_generate_xml_filename (GladeProjectOptions *options) +-{ +- gchar *program_name, *xml_filename; +- +- program_name = (char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->program_name_entry)); +- xml_filename = glade_project_options_generate_xml_filename_from_program_name (program_name); +- options->auto_generation_level++; +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->xml_filename_entry), xml_filename); +- options->auto_generation_level--; +- g_free (xml_filename); +-} +- +- +-static gchar* +-glade_project_options_generate_xml_filename_from_program_name (gchar *program_name) +-{ +- gchar *xml_filename; +- +- if (program_name == NULL) +- return g_strdup (""); +- +- xml_filename = g_strdup_printf ("%s.glade", program_name); +- return xml_filename; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_options_translatable_strings_toggled (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeProjectOptions *options) +-{ +- gboolean sensitive; +- +- sensitive = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->output_translatable_strings)->active; +- +- /* Set the sensitivity of the options. */ +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (options->translatable_strings_filename_label, +- sensitive); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (options->translatable_strings_filename_entry, +- sensitive); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_options_show_file_selection (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectOptions *options; +- gchar *filename; +- +- options = GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget)); +- +- if (options->filesel == NULL) +- { +- options->filesel = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Select the Project Directory"), +- GTK_WINDOW (options), +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_CREATE_FOLDER, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (options->filesel), +- GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- +- g_signal_connect (options->filesel, "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_filesel_response), options); +- g_signal_connect (options->filesel, "delete_event", +- G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); +- } +- +- filename = (char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->directory_entry)); +- if (glade_util_file_exists (filename)) +- { +- glade_util_set_file_selection_filename (options->filesel, filename); +- } +- +- gtk_window_present (GTK_WINDOW (options->filesel)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_filesel_response (GtkWidget *widget, +- gint response_id, +- GladeProjectOptions *options) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- +- if (response_id == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- { +- filename = glade_util_get_file_selection_filename (options->filesel); +- if (filename) +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (options->directory_entry), filename); +- g_free (filename); +- } +- +- glade_util_close_window (options->filesel); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_options_ok (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeProjectOptions *options) +-{ +- GladeProject *project; +- gchar *xml_filename, *directory, *source_directory, *pixmaps_directory; +- gchar *strings_filename; +- gint language; +- +- project = options->project; +- +- /* First check that the options are valid, according to the requested action. +- If not, we need to stop the signal so the dialog isn't closed. */ +- if (!glade_project_options_check_valid (options)) +- { +- gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "clicked"); +- return; +- } +- +- /* The project directory is the only aboslute path. Everything else is +- relative to it, so needs to be turned into an absolute path here. */ +- directory = get_entry_text (options->directory_entry); +- glade_project_set_directory (project, directory); +- +- glade_project_set_name (project, get_entry_text (options->name_entry)); +- glade_project_set_program_name (project, get_entry_text (options->program_name_entry)); +- +- pixmaps_directory = get_entry_text (options->pixmaps_directory_entry); +- pixmaps_directory = glade_util_make_absolute_path (directory, +- pixmaps_directory); +- glade_project_set_pixmaps_directory (project, pixmaps_directory); +- g_free (pixmaps_directory); +- +- source_directory = get_entry_text (options->source_directory_entry); +- source_directory = glade_util_make_absolute_path (directory, +- source_directory); +- glade_project_set_source_directory (project, source_directory); +- g_free (source_directory); +- +- xml_filename = get_entry_text (options->xml_filename_entry); +- xml_filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (directory, xml_filename); +- glade_project_set_xml_filename (project, xml_filename); +- g_free (xml_filename); +- +- for (language = 0; language < GladeNumLanguages; language++) +- { +- +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->language_buttons[language])->active) +- { +- glade_project_set_language_name (project, GladeLanguages[language]); +- break; +- } +- } +- +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- glade_project_set_gnome_support (project, GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->gnome_support)->active ? TRUE : FALSE); +-#ifdef USE_GNOME_DB +- glade_project_set_gnome_db_support (project, GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->gnome_db_support)->active ? TRUE : FALSE); +-#endif +-#endif +- +- glade_project_set_gettext_support (project, GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->gettext_support)->active ? TRUE : FALSE); +- +- glade_project_set_use_widget_names (project, GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->use_widget_names)->active ? TRUE : FALSE); +- +- glade_project_set_output_main_file (project, GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->output_main_file)->active ? TRUE : FALSE); +- +- glade_project_set_output_support_files (project, GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->output_support_files)->active ? TRUE : FALSE); +- +- glade_project_set_output_build_files (project, GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->output_build_files)->active ? TRUE : FALSE); +- +- glade_project_set_backup_source_files (project, GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->backup_source_files)->active ? TRUE : FALSE); +- +- glade_project_set_gnome_help_support (project, GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->gnome_help_support)->active ? TRUE : FALSE); +- +- glade_project_set_source_files (project, +- get_entry_text (options->main_source_entry), +- get_entry_text (options->main_header_entry), +- get_entry_text (options->handler_source_entry), +- get_entry_text (options->handler_header_entry)); +- glade_project_set_support_source_file (project, get_entry_text (options->support_source_entry)); +- glade_project_set_support_header_file (project, get_entry_text (options->support_header_entry)); +- +- glade_project_set_output_translatable_strings (project, GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->output_translatable_strings)->active ? TRUE : FALSE); +- +- strings_filename = get_entry_text (options->translatable_strings_filename_entry); +- strings_filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (directory, +- strings_filename); +- glade_project_set_translatable_strings_file (project, strings_filename); +- g_free (strings_filename); +- +- g_free (directory); +- gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (options)); +-} +- +- +-/* This returns a pointer to the text in the given entry, or NULL if the entry +- is empty. */ +-static gchar* +-get_entry_text (GtkWidget *entry) +-{ +- gchar *text; +- +- text = (char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (entry)); +- if (text && text[0] != '\0') +- return text; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_options_set_action (GladeProjectOptions *options, +- GladeProjectOptionsAction action) +-{ +- options->action = action; +-} +- +- +-/* This checks that all the options needed for the required action have been +- set, and returns TRUE if so. */ +-static gboolean +-glade_project_options_check_valid (GladeProjectOptions *options) +-{ +- gchar *error = NULL; +- gchar *directory, *xml_filename, *project_name, *program_name; +- gchar *source_directory, *pixmaps_directory; +- gboolean output_translatable_strings; +- gchar *translatable_strings_filename; +- +- directory = get_entry_text (options->directory_entry); +- xml_filename = get_entry_text (options->xml_filename_entry); +- project_name = get_entry_text (options->name_entry); +- program_name = get_entry_text (options->program_name_entry); +- source_directory = get_entry_text (options->source_directory_entry); +- pixmaps_directory = get_entry_text (options->pixmaps_directory_entry); +- output_translatable_strings = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (options->output_translatable_strings)->active; +- translatable_strings_filename = get_entry_text (options->translatable_strings_filename_entry); +- +- switch (options->action) +- { +- case GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS_ACTION_NORMAL: +- if (output_translatable_strings +- && (translatable_strings_filename == NULL +- || translatable_strings_filename[0] == '\0')) +- error = _("You need to set the Translatable Strings File option"); +- break; +- case GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS_ACTION_SAVE: +- if (directory == NULL || directory[0] == '\0') +- error = _("You need to set the Project Directory option"); +- else if (xml_filename == NULL || xml_filename[0] == '\0') +- error = _("You need to set the Project File option"); +- else if (output_translatable_strings +- && (translatable_strings_filename == NULL +- || translatable_strings_filename[0] == '\0')) +- error = _("You need to set the Translatable Strings File option"); +- break; +- case GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS_ACTION_BUILD: +- if (directory == NULL || directory[0] == '\0') +- error = _("You need to set the Project Directory option"); +- else if (xml_filename == NULL || xml_filename[0] == '\0') +- error = _("You need to set the Project File option"); +- else if (output_translatable_strings +- && (translatable_strings_filename == NULL +- || translatable_strings_filename[0] == '\0')) +- error = _("You need to set the Translatable Strings File option"); +- else if (project_name == NULL || project_name[0] == '\0') +- error = _("You need to set the Project Name option"); +- else if (program_name == NULL || program_name[0] == '\0') +- error = _("You need to set the Program Name option"); +-#if 0 +- else if (source_directory == NULL || source_directory[0] == '\0') +- error = _("You need to set the Source Directory option"); +-#endif +- else if (pixmaps_directory == NULL || pixmaps_directory[0] == '\0') +- error = _("You need to set the Pixmaps Directory option"); +- break; +- } +- +- if (error) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (error, GTK_WIDGET (options)); +- return FALSE; +- } +- +- return TRUE; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/glade_project_window.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,2108 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +-#include <locale.h> +- +-#include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkhbbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkimage.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenubar.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkseparatormenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkstatusbar.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkstock.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktextview.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkvbox.h> +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#include <gnome.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "glade.h" +-#include "glade_clipboard.h" +-#include "glade_palette.h" +-#include "glade_project_options.h" +-#include "glade_project_window.h" +-#include "editor.h" +-#include "gbwidget.h" +-#include "load.h" +-#include "property.h" +-#include "tree.h" +-#include "utils.h" +- +-/* This is the main project window. */ +-static GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- +-/* This is used to store a pointer to a GladeProjectWindow in the main window. +- */ +-static gchar *GladeProjectWindowKey = "GladeProjectWindowKey"; +- +-/* The menuitem's to show/hide the various windows. */ +-static GtkWidget *palette_item = NULL; +-static GtkWidget *property_editor_item = NULL; +-static GtkWidget *widget_tree_item = NULL; +-static GtkWidget *clipboard_item = NULL; +- +-/* stuff for opening a file when dragged into glade */ +-enum +-{ +- TARGET_URI_LIST +-}; +- +-static GtkTargetEntry drop_types[] = +-{ +- {"text/uri-list", 0, TARGET_URI_LIST} +-}; +- +- +-static gboolean glade_project_window_delete_event (GtkWidget *widget, +- GdkEvent *event, +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window); +-static void glade_project_window_destroy (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +- +-static void glade_project_window_new_project (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_on_new_project_ok (GladeProjectWindow *project_window); +-static void glade_project_window_on_open_project (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_real_open_project (GtkWidget *widget, +- gint response_id, +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window); +- +-static void glade_project_window_drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget, +- GdkDragContext *context, +- gint x, gint y, +- GtkSelectionData *selection_data, +- guint info, guint time, gpointer data); +-#if 0 +-static void glade_project_window_show_loading_errors (GladeProjectWindow *project_window, +- GList *errors); +-#endif +-static GtkWidget* glade_project_window_new_errors_dialog (GladeProjectWindow *project_window, +- GtkWidget **text_return); +- +-static void glade_project_window_on_edit_options (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_edit_options (GladeProjectWindow *project_window, +- GladeProjectOptionsAction action); +-static void glade_project_window_save_project (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-#if 0 +-static void glade_project_window_on_save_project_as (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_save_project_as (GladeProjectWindow *project_window); +-static void glade_project_window_save_as_callback (GtkWidget *widget, +- gint response_id, +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window); +-#endif +-static gboolean glade_project_window_real_save_project (GladeProjectWindow *project_window, +- gboolean warn_before_overwrite); +-static void glade_project_window_write_source (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_real_write_source (GladeProjectWindow *project_window); +-static void glade_project_window_show_error (GladeProjectWindow *project_window, +- GladeError *error, +- gchar *title); +- +-static void glade_project_window_quit (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_show_quit_dialog (GladeProjectWindow *project_window); +- +-static void glade_project_window_cut (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_copy (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_paste (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_delete (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_real_delete (GladeProjectWindow *project_window); +- +-static void glade_project_window_toggle_palette (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_toggle_property_editor (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_toggle_widget_tree (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_toggle_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_toggle_tooltips (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_toggle_grid (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_edit_grid_settings (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_toggle_snap (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void glade_project_window_edit_snap_settings (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +- +-static void glade_project_window_about (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +- +-static gint glade_project_window_key_press_event (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEventKey * event, +- gpointer data); +- +-static void glade_project_window_options_ok (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window); +-static void glade_project_window_update_title (GladeProjectWindow *project_window); +- +- +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-static void +-glade_project_window_show_help_doc (const gchar *docname, +- GtkWidget *transient_widget) +-{ +- GError *error = NULL; +- +- gnome_help_display (docname, NULL, &error); +- if (error) { +- char *message; +- message = g_strdup_printf (_("Couldn't show help file: %s.\n\nError: %s"), +- docname, error->message); +- glade_util_show_message_box (message, transient_widget); +- g_free (message); +- g_error_free (error); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_show_glade_faq (GtkWidget *menuitem, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- glade_project_window_show_help_doc ("glade-faq", menuitem); +-} +-#endif +- +- +-/* +- * These are the menubar and toolbar definitions for Gnome. +- */ +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-static GnomeUIInfo FileMenu[] = +-{ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_NEW_ITEM (N_("_New"), N_("Create a new project"), +- glade_project_window_new_project, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_OPEN_ITEM (glade_project_window_on_open_project, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SAVE_ITEM (glade_project_window_save_project, NULL), +- /*GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SAVE_AS_ITEM (glade_project_window_on_save_project_as, +- NULL),*/ +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, N_("_Build"), +- N_("Output the project source code"), +- glade_project_window_write_source, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_CONVERT, +- 'B', GDK_CONTROL_MASK, NULL +- }, +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, N_("Op_tions..."), +- N_("Edit the project options"), +- glade_project_window_on_edit_options, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_PROPERTIES, +- 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_QUIT_ITEM (glade_project_window_quit, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_END +-}; +- +-static GnomeUIInfo EditMenu[] = +-{ +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_CUT_ITEM (glade_project_window_cut, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_COPY_ITEM (glade_project_window_copy, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_PASTE_ITEM (glade_project_window_paste, NULL), +- { GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, N_("_Delete"), N_("Delete the selected widget"), +- glade_project_window_delete, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GNOME_STOCK_MENU_TRASH, +- GDK_DELETE, 0, NULL }, +- GNOMEUIINFO_END +-}; +- +- +-/* These must match the indices of the appropriate items in the settings +- GnomeUIInfo array. We need them to set the initial state. */ +-#define GLADE_PALETTE_ITEM 0 +-#define GLADE_PROPERTY_EDITOR_ITEM 1 +-#define GLADE_WIDGET_TREE_ITEM 2 +-#define GLADE_CLIPBOARD_ITEM 3 +- +-static GnomeUIInfo ViewMenu[] = +-{ +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_TOGGLEITEM, N_("Show _Palette"), N_("Show the palette of widgets"), +- glade_project_window_toggle_palette, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL, +- 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_TOGGLEITEM, N_("Show Property _Editor"), +- N_("Show the property editor"), +- glade_project_window_toggle_property_editor, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL, +- 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_TOGGLEITEM, N_("Show Widget _Tree"), +- N_("Show the widget tree"), +- glade_project_window_toggle_widget_tree, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL, +- 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_TOGGLEITEM, N_("Show _Clipboard"), +- N_("Show the clipboard"), +- glade_project_window_toggle_clipboard, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL, +- 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- GNOMEUIINFO_END +-}; +- +- +-/* These must match the indices of the appropriate items in the settings +- GnomeUIInfo array. We need them to set the initial state. */ +-#define GLADE_SHOW_GRID_ITEM 0 +-#define GLADE_SNAP_TO_GRID_ITEM 1 +-#define GLADE_SHOW_TOOLTIPS_ITEM 2 +- +-static GnomeUIInfo SettingsMenu[] = +-{ +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_TOGGLEITEM, N_("Show _Grid"), +- N_("Show the grid (in fixed containers only)"), +- glade_project_window_toggle_grid, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL, +- 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_TOGGLEITEM, N_("_Snap to Grid"), +- N_("Snap widgets to the grid"), +- glade_project_window_toggle_snap, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL, +- 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_TOGGLEITEM, N_("Show _Widget Tooltips"), +- N_("Show the tooltips of created widgets"), +- glade_project_window_toggle_tooltips, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL, +- 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, N_("Set Grid _Options..."), +- N_("Set the grid style and spacing"), +- glade_project_window_edit_grid_settings, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL, +- 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, N_("Set Snap O_ptions..."), +- N_("Set options for snapping to the grid"), +- glade_project_window_edit_snap_settings, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL, +- 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- GNOMEUIINFO_END +-}; +- +-static GnomeUIInfo HelpMenu[] = +-{ +- GNOMEUIINFO_HELP ("glade-user-guide"), +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, N_("_FAQ"), +- N_("View the Glade FAQ"), +- glade_project_window_show_glade_faq, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL, +- 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_ABOUT_ITEM (glade_project_window_about, NULL), +- GNOMEUIINFO_END +-}; +- +-static GnomeUIInfo MainMenu[] = +-{ +- GNOMEUIINFO_SUBTREE (N_("_Project"), FileMenu), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_EDIT_TREE (EditMenu), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_VIEW_TREE (ViewMenu), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_SETTINGS_TREE (SettingsMenu), +- GNOMEUIINFO_MENU_HELP_TREE (HelpMenu), +- GNOMEUIINFO_END +-}; +- +-static GnomeUIInfo ToolBar[] = +-{ +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, N_("New"), N_("New Project"), +- glade_project_window_new_project, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GNOME_STOCK_PIXMAP_NEW, 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, N_("Open"), N_("Open Project"), +- glade_project_window_on_open_project, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GNOME_STOCK_PIXMAP_OPEN, 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, N_("Save"), N_("Save Project"), +- glade_project_window_save_project, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GNOME_STOCK_PIXMAP_SAVE, 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- GNOMEUIINFO_SEPARATOR, +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, N_("Options"), N_("Project Options"), +- glade_project_window_on_edit_options, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_PROPERTIES, 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- { +- GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, N_("Build"), N_("Build the Source Code"), +- glade_project_window_write_source, NULL, NULL, +- GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_CONVERT, 0, 0, NULL +- }, +- GNOMEUIINFO_END +-}; +-#endif +- +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-GladeProjectWindow* +-glade_project_window_new (void) +-{ +- GtkWidget *scrolled_win; +- GtkWidget *show_grid_item, *snap_to_grid_item, *show_tooltips_item; +- +- project_window = g_new (GladeProjectWindow, 1); +- project_window->current_directory = NULL; +- +- project_window->window = gnome_app_new ("Glade", "Glade"); +- gtk_widget_set_name (project_window->window, "GladeProjectWindow"); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window), +- "project", "Glade"); +- +- /* We want all the keyboard accelerators from the menus to work anywhere in +- the Glade GUI, including windows being designed. So we add the accel +- group to every window. */ +- GNOME_APP (project_window->window)->accel_group = glade_get_global_accel_group (); +- gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window), +- glade_get_global_accel_group ()); +- +- /* Save a pointer to the GladeProjectWindow, so we can find it in callbacks. +- */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (project_window->window), +- GladeProjectWindowKey, project_window); +- +- gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window), 0, 0); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (project_window->window), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_destroy), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (project_window->window), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_delete_event), +- project_window); +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (project_window->window), +- "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_key_press_event), +- NULL); +- +- /* support for opening a file by dragging onto the project window */ +- gtk_drag_dest_set (project_window->window, +- GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL, +- drop_types, G_N_ELEMENTS (drop_types), +- GDK_ACTION_COPY | GDK_ACTION_MOVE); +- +- g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (project_window->window), "drag-data-received", +- G_CALLBACK (glade_project_window_drag_data_received), NULL); +- +- gnome_app_create_menus (GNOME_APP (project_window->window), MainMenu); +- +- /* Set the states of the toggle items. */ +- palette_item = ViewMenu[GLADE_PALETTE_ITEM].widget; +- property_editor_item = ViewMenu[GLADE_PROPERTY_EDITOR_ITEM].widget; +- widget_tree_item = ViewMenu[GLADE_WIDGET_TREE_ITEM].widget; +- clipboard_item = ViewMenu[GLADE_CLIPBOARD_ITEM].widget; +- +- show_grid_item = SettingsMenu[GLADE_SHOW_GRID_ITEM].widget; +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (show_grid_item), +- editor_get_show_grid ()); +- +- snap_to_grid_item = SettingsMenu[GLADE_SNAP_TO_GRID_ITEM].widget; +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (snap_to_grid_item), +- editor_get_snap_to_grid ()); +- +- show_tooltips_item = SettingsMenu[GLADE_SHOW_TOOLTIPS_ITEM].widget; +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (show_tooltips_item), +- gb_widget_get_show_tooltips ()); +- +- +- gnome_app_create_toolbar (GNOME_APP (project_window->window), ToolBar); +- +- /* Create list of components */ +- project_window->project_view = glade_project_view_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (project_window->project_view); +- +- scrolled_win = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolled_win), +- project_window->project_view); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolled_win), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_widget_show(scrolled_win); +- +- gnome_app_set_contents (GNOME_APP (project_window->window), scrolled_win); +- +- /* Create status bar. */ +- project_window->statusbar = gtk_statusbar_new (); +- gnome_app_set_statusbar (GNOME_APP (project_window->window), +- project_window->statusbar); +- gnome_app_install_statusbar_menu_hints (GTK_STATUSBAR (project_window->statusbar), MainMenu); +- +- return project_window; +-} +- +-#else +- +-#if 0 +-static GtkItemFactoryEntry menu_items[] = +-{ +- { "/_File", NULL, +- 0, 0, "<Branch>" }, +- { "/File/tearoff1", NULL, +- 0, 0, "<Tearoff>" }, +- { "/File/_New Project", NULL, +- glade_project_window_new_project, 0, "<StockItem>", GTK_STOCK_NEW }, +- { "/File/_Open", NULL, +- glade_project_window_on_open_project, 0, "<StockItem>", GTK_STOCK_OPEN }, +- { "/File/_Save", NULL, +- glade_project_window_save_project, 0, "<StockItem>", GTK_STOCK_SAVE }, +- { "/File/sep1", NULL, +- 0, 0, "<Separator>" }, +- { "/File/_Build Source Code", NULL, +- glade_project_window_write_source, 0, "<StockItem>", GTK_STOCK_CONVERT }, +- { "/File/_Project Options", NULL, +- glade_project_window_on_edit_options, 0, "<StockItem>", GTK_STOCK_PROPERTIES }, +- { "/File/_Quit", NULL, +- glade_project_window_quit, 0, "<StockItem>", GTK_STOCK_QUIT }, +- +- { "/_Edit", NULL, +- 0, 0, "<Branch>" }, +- +- { "/_View", NULL, +- 0, 0, "<Branch>" }, +- +- { "/_Help", NULL, +- 0, 0, "<LastBranch>" }, +- { "/Help/_About", NULL, +- glade_project_window_about, 0 }, +-}; +- +-static int nmenu_items = sizeof (menu_items) / sizeof (menu_items[0]); +-#endif +- +-static void +-add_stock_menu_item (GtkMenu *menu, gchar *stock_id, gchar *label, +- GtkSignalFunc callback, GtkAccelGroup *accel_group, +- GtkTooltips *tooltips, gchar *tip) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- +- menuitem = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock (stock_id, accel_group); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- +- if (label) +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (GTK_BIN (menuitem)->child), +- label); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", callback, NULL); +- +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menuitem, tip, NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +-} +- +- +-GladeProjectWindow* +-glade_project_window_new (void) +-{ +- GtkTooltips *tooltips; +- +- GtkWidget *menubar; +- GtkWidget *menu; +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- GtkWidget *image; +- GtkWidget *toolbar; +- GdkColormap *colormap; +- GtkAccelGroup *accel_group; +- GtkWidget *scrolled_win; +- GtkWidget *vbox_main; +- GtkIconSize icon_size; +- GtkToolbarChild *toolbar_child; +- GList *elem; +- +- project_window = g_new (GladeProjectWindow, 1); +- project_window->current_directory = NULL; +- +- project_window->window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); +- gtk_widget_set_name (project_window->window, "GladeProjectWindow"); +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window), "Glade"); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window), +- "project", "Glade"); +- +- /* Save a pointer to the GladeProjectWindow, so we can find it in callbacks. +- */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (project_window->window), +- GladeProjectWindowKey, project_window); +- +- gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window), 0, 0); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (project_window->window), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_destroy), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (project_window->window), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_delete_event), +- project_window); +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (project_window->window), +- "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_key_press_event), +- NULL); +- +- tooltips = gtk_tooltips_new (); +- +- vbox_main = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (project_window->window), vbox_main); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox_main); +- +- /* Create accelerator table */ +- accel_group = glade_get_global_accel_group (); +- gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window), +- accel_group); +- +-#if 0 +- /* Create the menubar items, using the factory. */ +- item_factory = gtk_item_factory_new (GTK_TYPE_MENU_BAR, "<main>", +- accel_group); +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (project_window->window), "<main>", +- item_factory, (GtkDestroyNotify) gtk_object_unref); +- gtk_item_factory_create_items (item_factory, nmenu_items, menu_items, NULL); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox_main), +- gtk_item_factory_get_widget (item_factory, "<main>"), +- FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show_all (vbox_main); +-#endif +- +- /* create menu bar */ +- menubar = gtk_menu_bar_new (); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox_main), menubar, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (menubar); +- +- /* create File menu */ +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Project")); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), menuitem); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menu = gtk_menu_new (); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), menu); +- +- add_stock_menu_item (GTK_MENU (menu), GTK_STOCK_NEW, _("_New"), +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_new_project), +- accel_group, tooltips, _("Create a new project")); +- +- add_stock_menu_item (GTK_MENU (menu), GTK_STOCK_OPEN, NULL, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_on_open_project), +- accel_group, tooltips, _("Open an existing project")); +- +- add_stock_menu_item (GTK_MENU (menu), GTK_STOCK_SAVE, NULL, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_save_project), +- accel_group, tooltips, _("Save project")); +- +- /* +- add_stock_menu_item (GTK_MENU (menu), GTK_STOCK_SAVE_AS, NULL, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_save_project_as), +- accel_group, tooltips, _("Save project to a new file")); +- */ +- +- menuitem = gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Build")); +- image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_CONVERT, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); +- gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), image); +- gtk_widget_show (image); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_write_source), +- NULL); +- gtk_widget_add_accelerator (menuitem, "activate", accel_group, +- 'B', GDK_CONTROL_MASK, GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menuitem, +- _("Output the project source code"), NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Op_tions...")); +- image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_PROPERTIES, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); +- gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), image); +- gtk_widget_show (image); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_on_edit_options), +- NULL); +- +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menuitem, _("Edit the project options"), +- NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- add_stock_menu_item (GTK_MENU (menu), GTK_STOCK_QUIT, NULL, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_quit), +- accel_group, tooltips, _("Quit Glade")); +- +- +- /* Create Edit menu */ +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Edit")); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), menuitem); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menu = gtk_menu_new (); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), menu); +- +- add_stock_menu_item (GTK_MENU (menu), GTK_STOCK_CUT, NULL, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_cut), +- accel_group, tooltips, +- _("Cut the selected widget to the clipboard")); +- +- add_stock_menu_item (GTK_MENU (menu), GTK_STOCK_COPY, NULL, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_copy), +- accel_group, tooltips, +- _("Copy the selected widget to the clipboard")); +- +- add_stock_menu_item (GTK_MENU (menu), GTK_STOCK_PASTE, NULL, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_paste), +- accel_group, tooltips, +- _("Paste the widget from the clipboard over the selected widget")); +- +- add_stock_menu_item (GTK_MENU (menu), GTK_STOCK_DELETE, NULL, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_delete), +- accel_group, tooltips, +- _("Delete the selected widget")); +- +- +- /* Create View menu */ +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_View")); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), menuitem); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menu = gtk_menu_new (); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), menu); +- +- menuitem = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Show _Palette")); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_toggle_palette), +- NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menuitem, _("Show the palette of widgets"), +- NULL); +- palette_item = menuitem; +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Show Property _Editor")); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_toggle_property_editor), +- NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menuitem, +- _("Show the property editor"), NULL); +- property_editor_item = menuitem; +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Show Widget _Tree")); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_toggle_widget_tree), +- NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menuitem, +- _("Show the widget tree"), NULL); +- widget_tree_item = menuitem; +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Show _Clipboard")); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_toggle_clipboard), +- NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menuitem, +- _("Show the clipboard"), NULL); +- clipboard_item = menuitem; +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Show _Widget Tooltips")); +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), +- gb_widget_get_show_tooltips ()); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_toggle_tooltips), +- NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menuitem, +- _("Show the tooltips of created widgets"), NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Grid")); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- /* Create Grid submenu */ +- menu = gtk_menu_new (); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), menu); +- +- menuitem = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Show Grid")); +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), +- editor_get_show_grid ()); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_toggle_grid), +- NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menuitem, +- _("Show the grid (in fixed containers only)"), NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Set Grid _Options...")); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_edit_grid_settings), +- NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menuitem, +- _("Set the spacing between grid lines"), NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("S_nap to Grid")); +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), +- editor_get_snap_to_grid ()); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_toggle_snap), +- NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menuitem, +- _("Snap widgets to the grid (in fixed containers only)"), +- NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Set Snap O_ptions...")); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_edit_snap_settings), +- NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, menuitem, +- _("Set which parts of a widget snap to the grid"), NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- /* Create Help menu */ +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Help")); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), menuitem); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menu = gtk_menu_new (); +- gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), menu); +- +- /* Don't show these yet as we have no help pages. +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Contents")); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Index")); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- */ +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_About...")); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_about), +- NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- +- /* Create toolbar */ +- toolbar = gtk_toolbar_new (); +- /*gtk_toolbar_set_button_relief (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar), GTK_RELIEF_HALF);*/ +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox_main), toolbar, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (toolbar); +- +- colormap = gtk_widget_get_colormap (toolbar); +- +- /* I've taken this out to try to make the window smaller. */ +-#if 0 +- gtk_toolbar_insert_stock (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar), GTK_STOCK_NEW, +- _("New Project"), "", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_new_project), +- NULL, -1); +-#endif +- gtk_toolbar_insert_stock (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar), GTK_STOCK_OPEN, +- _("Open Project"), "", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_on_open_project), +- NULL, -1); +- gtk_toolbar_insert_stock (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar), GTK_STOCK_SAVE, +- _("Save Project"), "", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_save_project), +- NULL, -1); +- gtk_toolbar_append_space (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar)); +- +- icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar)); +- image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_PROPERTIES, icon_size); +- gtk_toolbar_append_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar), "", +- _("Project Options"), "", image, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_on_edit_options), +- NULL); +- elem = g_list_last (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar)->children); +- toolbar_child = elem->data; +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (toolbar_child->label), +- _("Optio_ns")); +- +- image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_CONVERT, icon_size); +- gtk_toolbar_append_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar), "", +- _("Write Source Code"), "", image, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_write_source), +- NULL); +- elem = g_list_last (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar)->children); +- toolbar_child = elem->data; +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (toolbar_child->label), +- _("_Build")); +- +- /* Create list of components */ +- project_window->project_view = glade_project_view_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (project_window->project_view); +- +- scrolled_win = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolled_win), +- project_window->project_view); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolled_win), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_widget_show(scrolled_win); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox_main), scrolled_win, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- /* Create status bar. */ +- project_window->statusbar = gtk_statusbar_new (); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox_main), project_window->statusbar, +- FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (project_window->statusbar); +- +- return project_window; +-} +-#endif +- +- +-/* This returns the GladeProjectWindow given any widget in the window, +- e.g. a menuitem or a toolbar item, or NULL if not found. */ +-static GladeProjectWindow* +-get_glade_project_window (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- /* We just use a global now. */ +- return project_window; +- +-#if 0 +- return (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (glade_util_get_toplevel (widget)), +- GladeProjectWindowKey)); +-#endif +-} +- +- +-static gboolean +-glade_project_window_delete_event (GtkWidget *widget, +- GdkEvent *event, +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window) +-{ +- glade_project_window_show_quit_dialog (project_window); +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_destroy (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (project_window->window); +- g_free (project_window->current_directory); +- g_free (project_window); +- +- gtk_exit (0); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_new_project (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- GtkWidget *dialog, *label; +- gint response; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- +- /* If we don't currently have a project, there's no point in prompting for +- confirmation. */ +- if (current_project == NULL) +- { +- glade_project_window_on_new_project_ok (project_window); +- return; +- } +- +- dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (_("Glade"), +- GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window), +- GTK_DIALOG_MODAL, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Are you sure you want to create a new project?")); +- gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (label), 20, 20); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->vbox), label, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), "new_project", "Glade"); +- +- response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)); +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +- +- if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- glade_project_window_on_new_project_ok (project_window); +-} +- +- +-/* This sets the palette sensitive if a project is open or insensitive if +- not, and shows/hides the GNOME widgets as appropriate. */ +-static void +-glade_project_window_setup_interface (GladeProjectWindow *project_window) +-{ +- gboolean gnome_support = TRUE; +- gboolean gnome_db_support = TRUE; +- +- /* Make sure the arrow is selected in the palette. */ +- glade_palette_reset_selection (GLADE_PALETTE (glade_palette), FALSE); +- +- if (current_project) +- { +- gnome_support = glade_project_get_gnome_support (current_project); +- gnome_db_support = glade_project_get_gnome_db_support (current_project); +- } +- +- glade_palette_set_show_gnome_widgets (GLADE_PALETTE (glade_palette), +- gnome_support, gnome_db_support); +- +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GTK_BIN (glade_palette)->child, +- current_project ? TRUE : FALSE); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_on_new_project_ok (GladeProjectWindow *project_window) +-{ +- GladeProject *project; +- +- /* In the GNOME version we need to ask the user to specify whether they +- want a GTK+ or GNOME project. The menu stock systems are different. */ +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#define RESPONSE_GNOME 1 +-#define RESPONSE_GTK 2 +- +- GtkWidget *dialog, *label; +- gint response; +- +- dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (_("New Project"), +- GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window), +- GTK_DIALOG_MODAL, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- _("New _GTK+ Project"), RESPONSE_GTK, +- _("New G_NOME Project"), RESPONSE_GNOME, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), RESPONSE_GNOME); +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Which type of project do you want to create?")); +- gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (label), 20, 20); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->vbox), label, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), "new_project_type", "Glade"); +- +- response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)); +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +- +- if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL) +- return; +- +- project = glade_project_new (); +- +- /* In the GNOME version, gnome_support defaults to TRUE, so we turn it off +- if the user requested a GTK+ project. */ +- if (response == RESPONSE_GTK) +- glade_project_set_gnome_support (project, FALSE); +- +-#else +- +- project = glade_project_new (); +- +-#endif +- +- glade_project_view_set_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view), project); +- glade_project_window_update_title (project_window); +- +- gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (project_window->statusbar), 1); +- gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (project_window->statusbar), 1, +- _("New project created.")); +- +- /* Make sure the palette is sensitive now and shows the appropriate +- widgets. */ +- glade_project_window_setup_interface (project_window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_on_open_project (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- GtkWidget *filesel; +- GtkFileFilter *filter; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- +- filesel = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Open Project"), +- GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window), +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (filesel), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (filesel), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- +- g_signal_connect (filesel, "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_real_open_project), +- project_window); +- +- filter = gtk_file_filter_new (); +- gtk_file_filter_set_name (filter, "Glade Files"); +- gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*.glade"); +- gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*.glade2"); +- gtk_file_chooser_add_filter (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filesel), filter); +- +- filter = gtk_file_filter_new (); +- gtk_file_filter_set_name (filter, "All Files"); +- gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*"); +- gtk_file_chooser_add_filter (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filesel), filter); +- +- if (project_window->current_directory) +- glade_util_set_file_selection_filename (filesel, project_window->current_directory); +- +- gtk_widget_show (filesel); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_real_open_project (GtkWidget *filesel, +- gint response_id, +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window) +-{ +- if (response_id == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- { +- gchar *filename = glade_util_get_file_selection_filename (filesel); +- if (filename) +- glade_project_window_open_project (project_window, filename); +- g_free (filename); +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (filesel); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_window_open_project (GladeProjectWindow *project_window, +- const gchar *filename) +-{ +- GladeProject *project; +- gboolean status; +- +- /* Clear the project view. Otherwise we may show an invalid project for +- a while. */ +- glade_project_view_set_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view), NULL); +- +- if (filename) +- { +- g_free (project_window->current_directory); +- project_window->current_directory = glade_util_dirname (filename); +- } +- +- status = glade_project_open (filename, &project); +- +- gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (project_window->statusbar), 1); +- if (status) +- { +- glade_project_view_set_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view), project); +- gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (project_window->statusbar), 1, +- _("Project opened.")); +- } +- else +- { +- /* For GNOME we set the current project to NULL - we can't create a new +- project without asking if it is for GNOMR or GTK+. For GTK+ we can +- create a new empty GTK+ project. */ +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- project = NULL; +-#else +- project = glade_project_new (); +-#endif +- glade_project_view_set_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view), project); +- gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (project_window->statusbar), 1, +- _("Error opening project.")); +- } +- +- /* Make sure the palette is sensitive if needed and show the appropriate +- widgets. */ +- glade_project_window_setup_interface (project_window); +- +- glade_project_window_update_title (project_window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget, +- GdkDragContext *context, +- gint x, gint y, +- GtkSelectionData *selection_data, +- guint info, guint time, gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- gchar *uri_list; +- GList *list = NULL; +- +- if (info != TARGET_URI_LIST) +- return; +- +- /* +- * Mmh... it looks like on Windows selection_data->data is not +- * NULL terminated, so we need to make sure our local copy is. +- */ +- uri_list = g_new (gchar, selection_data->length + 1); +- memcpy (uri_list, selection_data->data, selection_data->length); +- uri_list[selection_data->length] = 0; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- +- /* For now, if more than a file is dragged into glade we actually +- * only try the first one... we can open only one anyway. +- */ +- list = glade_util_uri_list_parse (uri_list); +- if (list->data) +- glade_project_window_open_project (project_window, list->data); +- +- /* we can now free each string in the list */ +- g_list_foreach (list, (GFunc) g_free, NULL); +- g_list_free (list); +-} +- +- +-/* This shows the errors in a dialog, and frees them. */ +-/* Currently unused, since we switched to using libxml. */ +-#if 0 +-static void +-glade_project_window_show_loading_errors (GladeProjectWindow *project_window, +- GList *errors) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *text; +- GtkTextBuffer *buffer; +- GList *element; +- gchar *message, buf[16]; +- +- dialog = glade_project_window_new_errors_dialog (project_window, &text); +- buffer = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (text)); +- +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), _("Errors opening project file")); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), "error", "Glade"); +- +- sprintf (buf, "\n%i", g_list_length (errors)); +- gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursor (buffer, buf, -1); +- +- message = _(" errors opening project file:"); +- gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursor (buffer, message, -1); +- gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursor (buffer, "\n\n", 2); +- +- element = errors; +- while (element) +- { +- message = (gchar*) element->data; +- gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursor (buffer, message, -1); +- g_free (message); +- element = element->next; +- } +- g_list_free (errors); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +-} +-#endif +- +- +-static GtkWidget* +-glade_project_window_new_errors_dialog (GladeProjectWindow *project_window, +- GtkWidget **text_return) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *text, *hbbox, *ok_button, *scrolled_win; +- +- dialog = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (dialog), 2); +- +- vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 4); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (dialog), vbox); +- +- text = gtk_text_view_new (); +- gtk_text_view_set_editable (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (text), FALSE); +- gtk_widget_show (text); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (text, 400, 150); +- GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (text, GTK_CAN_FOCUS); +- +- scrolled_win = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolled_win), text); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolled_win), +- GTK_POLICY_NEVER, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), scrolled_win, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show(scrolled_win); +- +- hbbox = gtk_hbutton_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (hbbox); +- gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (hbbox), GTK_BUTTONBOX_END); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- ok_button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("OK")); +- gtk_widget_show (ok_button); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (ok_button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (hbbox), ok_button); +- gtk_widget_grab_default (ok_button); +- gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (ok_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy), +- GTK_OBJECT (dialog)); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_util_check_key_is_esc), +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GladeEscDestroys)); +- +- *text_return = text; +- return dialog; +-} +- +- +-/* This shows a warning dialog when the user tries to use a command like +- Save/Options/Build when we currently have no project. */ +-static void +-glade_project_window_show_no_project_warning (GladeProjectWindow *project_window) +-{ +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("There is no project currently open.\n" +- "Create a new project with the Project/New command."), +- project_window->window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_on_edit_options (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- +- glade_project_window_edit_options (project_window, +- GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS_ACTION_NORMAL); +-} +- +- +-/* The action specifies what to do when 'OK' is clicked. It can be NULL, to +- simply update the options, or 'Save' or 'Build' to save the XML file, or +- build the source code. */ +-static void +-glade_project_window_edit_options (GladeProjectWindow *project_window, +- GladeProjectOptionsAction action) +-{ +- GladeProject *project; +- GtkWidget *options; +- +- project = glade_project_view_get_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view)); +- if (project) +- { +- options = glade_project_options_new (project); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS (options)->ok_button), +- "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_options_ok), +- project_window); +- if (action) +- glade_project_options_set_action (GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS (options), +- action); +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (project_window->window)) +- gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (options), +- GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window)); +- +- gtk_widget_show (options); +- } +- else +- { +- glade_project_window_show_no_project_warning (project_window); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_options_ok (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window) +-{ +- GladeProjectOptions *options; +- GladeProjectOptionsAction action; +- gboolean saved; +- +- options = GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget)); +- action = options->action; +- +- glade_project_window_update_title (project_window); +- glade_project_window_setup_interface (project_window); +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (options)); +- +- switch (action) +- { +- case GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS_ACTION_NORMAL: +- /* Don't need to do anything here. */ +- break; +- case GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS_ACTION_SAVE: +- glade_project_window_real_save_project (project_window, FALSE); +- break; +- case GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS_ACTION_BUILD: +- saved = glade_project_window_real_save_project (project_window, FALSE); +- if (saved) +- glade_project_window_real_write_source (project_window); +- break; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_save_project (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- GladeProject *project; +- gchar *xml_filename = NULL; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- +- project = glade_project_view_get_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view)); +- if (project) +- { +- xml_filename = glade_project_get_xml_filename (project); +- +- /* If the XML filename isn't set, show the project options dialog, +- and tell it we are saving. */ +- if (xml_filename == NULL || xml_filename[0] == '\0') +- glade_project_window_edit_options (project_window, +- GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS_ACTION_SAVE); +- else +- glade_project_window_real_save_project (project_window, FALSE); +- } +- else +- { +- glade_project_window_show_no_project_warning (project_window); +- } +-} +- +- +-#if 0 +-static void +-glade_project_window_on_save_project_as (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- +- glade_project_window_save_project_as (project_window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_save_project_as (GladeProjectWindow *project_window) +-{ +- GtkWidget *filesel; +- +- filesel = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Save Project"), +- GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window), +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_SAVE, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (filesel), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (filesel), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- +- g_signal_connect (options->filesel, "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_save_as_callback), +- project_window); +- +- if (project_window->current_directory) +- glade_util_set_file_selection_filename (filesel, project_window->current_directory); +- +- gtk_widget_show (filesel); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_save_as_callback (GtkWidget *filesel, +- gint response_id, +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window) +-{ +- GladeProject *project; +- gchar *filename; +- +- if (response_id == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- { +- filename = glade_util_get_file_selection_filename (filesel); +- +- g_free (project_window->current_directory); +- project_window->current_directory = glade_util_dirname (filename); +- +- project = glade_project_view_get_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view)); +- if (project) +- { +- glade_project_set_xml_filename (project, filename); +- glade_project_window_real_save_project (project_window, TRUE); +- } +- g_free (filename); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (filesel); +-} +-#endif +- +- +-/* Returns TRUE if the XML file is saved OK. +- FIXME: Doesn't use warn_before_overwrite. */ +-static gboolean +-glade_project_window_real_save_project (GladeProjectWindow *project_window, +- gboolean warn_before_overwrite) +-{ +- GladeProject *project; +- GladeError *error; +- +- project = glade_project_view_get_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view)); +- g_return_val_if_fail (project != NULL, GLADE_STATUS_ERROR); +- +- error = glade_project_save (project); +- +- gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (project_window->statusbar), 1); +- if (error) +- { +- glade_project_window_show_error (project_window, error, +- _("Error saving project")); +- gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (project_window->statusbar), 1, +- _("Error saving project.")); +- glade_error_free (error); +- return FALSE; +- } +- else +- gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (project_window->statusbar), 1, +- _("Project saved.")); +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_write_source (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- GladeProject *project; +- gchar *directory, *xml_filename, *project_name, *program_name; +- gchar *source_directory, *pixmaps_directory; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- +- project = glade_project_view_get_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view)); +- if (!project) +- { +- glade_project_window_show_no_project_warning (project_window); +- return; +- } +- +- /* First we need to make sure we have an XML file, a project name, and a +- program name. */ +- directory = glade_project_get_directory (project); +- xml_filename = glade_project_get_xml_filename (project); +- project_name = glade_project_get_name (project); +- program_name = glade_project_get_program_name (project); +- source_directory = glade_project_get_source_directory (project); +- pixmaps_directory = glade_project_get_pixmaps_directory (project); +- +- /* First check we have all the options we need. If not show the project +- options dialog, and tell it we are building the source. */ +- if (directory == NULL || directory[0] == '\0' +- || xml_filename == NULL || xml_filename[0] == '\0' +- || project_name == NULL || project_name[0] == '\0' +- || program_name == NULL || program_name[0] == '\0' +- || source_directory == NULL || source_directory[0] == '\0' +- || pixmaps_directory == NULL || pixmaps_directory[0] == '\0') +- { +- glade_project_window_edit_options (project_window, +- GLADE_PROJECT_OPTIONS_ACTION_BUILD); +- return; +- } +- +- /* If there is an error saving the XML file we simply return. The user +- will already have been informed of the error. */ +- if (!glade_project_window_real_save_project (project_window, FALSE)) +- return; +- glade_project_window_real_write_source (project_window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_real_write_source (GladeProjectWindow *project_window) +-{ +- GladeProject *project; +- GladeError *error; +- +- project = glade_project_view_get_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view)); +- g_return_if_fail (project != NULL); +- +- error = glade_project_write_source (project); +- +- gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (project_window->statusbar), 1); +- if (error) +- { +- glade_project_window_show_error (project_window, error, +- _("Errors writing source code")); +- gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (project_window->statusbar), 1, +- _("Error writing source.")); +- glade_error_free (error); +- return; +- } +- +- gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (project_window->statusbar), 1, +- _("Source code written.")); +-} +- +- +-/* This shows a single GladeError in a dialog. */ +-static void +-glade_project_window_show_error (GladeProjectWindow *project_window, +- GladeError *error, +- gchar *title) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *text; +- GtkTextBuffer *buffer; +- gchar *message; +- +- dialog = glade_project_window_new_errors_dialog (project_window, &text); +- buffer = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (text)); +- +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), title); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), "error", "Glade"); +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (project_window->window)) +- gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), +- GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window)); +- +- gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursor (buffer, error->message, -1); +- +- /* For system errors, we also output the system error message. */ +- if (error->status == GLADE_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR) +- { +- /* Insert a blank line between our message and the system message. */ +- gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursor (buffer, "\n", 1); +- +- message = _("System error message:"); +- gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursor (buffer, message, -1); +- +- /* Place the system error message on the next line, indented slightly. */ +- gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursor (buffer, "\n ", -1); +- +- message = (char*) g_strerror (error->system_errno); +- gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursor (buffer, message, -1); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_quit (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- +- glade_project_window_show_quit_dialog (project_window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_show_quit_dialog (GladeProjectWindow *project_window) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *label; +- +- dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (_("Glade"), +- GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window), +- GTK_DIALOG_MODAL, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_QUIT, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Are you sure you want to quit?")); +- gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (label), 20, 20); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->vbox), label, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), "quit", "Glade"); +- +- if (gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)) == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- { +- glade_save_settings (project_window, glade_palette, win_property, +- win_tree, glade_clipboard); +- gtk_widget_destroy (project_window->window); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_cut (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- GladeProject *project; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- +- project = glade_project_view_get_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view)); +- if (project == NULL) +- return; +- +- glade_clipboard_cut (GLADE_CLIPBOARD (glade_clipboard), project, NULL); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_copy (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- GladeProject *project; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- +- project = glade_project_view_get_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view)); +- if (project == NULL) +- return; +- +- glade_clipboard_copy (GLADE_CLIPBOARD (glade_clipboard), project, NULL); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_paste (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- GladeProject *project; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- +- project = glade_project_view_get_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view)); +- if (project == NULL) +- return; +- +- glade_clipboard_paste (GLADE_CLIPBOARD (glade_clipboard), project, NULL); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_delete (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (project_window != NULL); +- +- glade_project_window_real_delete (project_window); +-} +- +- +-/* If one or more items in the project view is selected, we delete them. +- If not, we delete any widgets selected in the interface. +- FIXME: I'm not sure of the correct way to handle the Delete key. Should we +- be using X selections to determine what is currently selected? */ +-static void +-glade_project_window_real_delete (GladeProjectWindow *project_window) +-{ +- if (glade_project_view_has_selection (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view))) +- glade_project_view_delete_selection (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view)); +- else +- editor_on_delete (); +-} +- +- +-static void +-refresh_menu_item (GtkWidget *menuitem, GtkWidget *window) +-{ +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), +- GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (window)); +-} +- +-void +-glade_project_window_refresh_menu_items (void) +-{ +- refresh_menu_item (palette_item, glade_palette); +- refresh_menu_item (property_editor_item, win_property); +- refresh_menu_item (widget_tree_item, win_tree); +- refresh_menu_item (clipboard_item, glade_clipboard); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_window_uncheck_palette_menu_item (void) +-{ +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (palette_item), +- FALSE); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_window_uncheck_property_editor_menu_item (void) +-{ +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (property_editor_item), +- FALSE); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_window_uncheck_widget_tree_menu_item (void) +-{ +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (widget_tree_item), +- FALSE); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_window_uncheck_clipboard_menu_item (void) +-{ +- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (clipboard_item), +- FALSE); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_toggle_palette (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gboolean show_palette; +- +- show_palette = GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (widget)->active; +- if (show_palette) +- glade_show_palette (); +- else +- glade_hide_palette (); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_toggle_property_editor (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gboolean show_property_editor; +- +- show_property_editor = GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (widget)->active; +- if (show_property_editor) +- glade_show_property_editor (); +- else +- glade_hide_property_editor (); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_toggle_widget_tree (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gboolean show_widget_tree; +- +- show_widget_tree = GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (widget)->active; +- if (show_widget_tree) +- glade_show_widget_tree (); +- else +- glade_hide_widget_tree (); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_toggle_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gboolean show_clipboard; +- +- show_clipboard = GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (widget)->active; +- if (show_clipboard) +- glade_show_clipboard (); +- else +- glade_hide_clipboard (); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_toggle_tooltips (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gboolean show_tooltips; +- +- show_tooltips = GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (widget)->active; +- gb_widget_set_show_tooltips (show_tooltips); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_toggle_grid (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gboolean show_grid; +- +- show_grid = GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (widget)->active; +- editor_set_show_grid (show_grid); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_edit_grid_settings (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- editor_show_grid_settings_dialog (widget); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_toggle_snap (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gboolean snap_to_grid; +- +- snap_to_grid = GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (widget)->active; +- editor_set_snap_to_grid (snap_to_grid); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_edit_snap_settings (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- editor_show_snap_settings_dialog (widget); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_about (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- /* VERSION comes from configure.in - the only place it should be defined */ +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- static GtkWidget *about = NULL; +- +- if (about == NULL ) +- { +- const gchar *author[] = { "Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org>", +- "Martijn van Beers <martijn@earthling.net>", +- "Jacob Berkman <jacob@ximian.com>", +- NULL }; +- const gchar *documenter[] = { NULL }; +- GtkWidget *transient_parent; +- GdkPixbuf *pixbuf = NULL; +- char *filename; +- +- filename = gnome_program_locate_file (gnome_program_get (), +- GNOME_FILE_DOMAIN_APP_PIXMAP, +- "glade-2.png", /* "glade-2/glade_logo.png", */ +- TRUE, NULL); +- if (filename) +- pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (filename, NULL); +- +- about = gnome_about_new (_("Glade"), +- VERSION, +- _("(C) 1998-2002 Damon Chaplin"), +- _("Glade is a User Interface Builder for GTK+ and GNOME."), +- author, documenter, NULL, pixbuf); +- if (pixbuf) +- gdk_pixbuf_unref (pixbuf); +- +- /* set the widget pointer to NULL when the widget is destroyed */ +- g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (about), "destroy", +- G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroyed), +- &about); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (about), "about", "Glade"); +- transient_parent = glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (transient_parent)) +- gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (about), +- GTK_WINDOW (transient_parent)); +- +- gtk_widget_show_all (GTK_WIDGET (about)); +- } +- gtk_window_present (GTK_WINDOW (about)); +- +-#else +- static GtkWidget *about = NULL; +- +- if (about == NULL ) +- { +- GtkWidget *vbox, *image, *label; +- GtkWindow *transient_parent; +- char *filename, *text; +- +- transient_parent = GTK_WINDOW (glade_util_get_toplevel (widget)); +- about = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (_("About Glade"), +- transient_parent, +- 0, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, +- GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_window_set_resizable (GTK_WINDOW (about), FALSE); +- g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (about), "response", +- G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroy), NULL); +- /* set the widget pointer to NULL when the widget is destroyed */ +- g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (about), "destroy", +- G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroyed), +- &about); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (about), "about", "Glade"); +- +- vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox), 8); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (about)->vbox), +- vbox, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- filename = g_strdup_printf ("%s/pixmaps/glade-2.png", GLADE_DATADIR); +- image = gtk_image_new_from_file (filename); +- g_free (filename); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), image, TRUE, TRUE, 8); +- +- text = g_strdup_printf ("<span size=\"xx-large\" weight=\"bold\">Glade " +- VERSION "</span>\n\n" +- "%s\n\n" +- "<span size=\"small\">%s</span>", +- _("Glade is a User Interface Builder for GTK+ and GNOME."), +- _("(C) 1998-2002 Damon Chaplin")); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (text); +- gtk_label_set_use_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), TRUE); +- gtk_label_set_justify (GTK_LABEL (label), GTK_JUSTIFY_CENTER); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), label, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show_all (GTK_WIDGET (about)); +- } +- gtk_window_present (GTK_WINDOW (about)); +-#endif +-} +- +- +-static gint +-glade_project_window_key_press_event (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEventKey * event, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- +- project_window = get_glade_project_window (widget); +- g_return_val_if_fail (project_window != NULL, FALSE); +- +- switch (event->keyval) +- { +- case GDK_Delete: +- glade_project_window_real_delete (project_window); +- break; +- } +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_project_window_set_project (GladeProjectWindow *project_window, +- GladeProject *project) +-{ +- glade_project_view_set_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view), +- project); +- glade_project_window_update_title (project_window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_project_window_update_title (GladeProjectWindow *project_window) +-{ +- GladeProject *project; +- gchar *title, *project_name = NULL; +- +- project = glade_project_view_get_project (GLADE_PROJECT_VIEW (project_window->project_view)); +- +- if (project) +- project_name = glade_project_get_name (project); +- +- if (!project_name || !project_name[0]) +- project_name = _("<untitled>"); +- +- title = g_strdup_printf ("Glade: %s", project_name); +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (project_window->window), title); +- g_free (title); +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedbcombo.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-combo.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-combo.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbCombo, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_combo_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return gnome_db_combo_new (); +-} +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_combo_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_combo_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_combo_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDbCombo, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_combo_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_combo_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_combo_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_combo_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_db_combo_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_combo_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Data-bound combo"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_combo_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_combo_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_combo_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_combo_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_combo_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_db_combo_create_popup_menu; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedbconnectprop.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-connection-properties.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-connection-properties.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbEditor, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +- +-GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_connection_properties_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return (GtkWidget *) gnome_db_connection_properties_new(NULL); +-} +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_connection_properties_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_connection_properties_new (NULL);\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +-} +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_gnome_db_connection_properties_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GType type; +- type = gnome_db_connection_properties_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_connection_properties_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("GnomeDbConnectionProperties"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_connection_properties_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_connection_properties_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedbdsnconfig.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 2001 Carlos Perell Marn <carlos@gnome-db.org> +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-dsn-config.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-dsnconfig.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbDsnConfig, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_dsnconfig_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return gnome_db_dsn_config_new (); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_dsnconfig_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_dsnconfig_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_dsnconfig_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDbBrowser, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_dsnconfig_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_dsnconfig_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_dsn_config_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_dsnconfig_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_db_dsn_config_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_dsnconfig_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("DSN Configurator"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_dsnconfig_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_dsnconfig_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_dsnconfig_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_dsnconfig_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_dsnconfig_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_db_dsnconfig_create_popup_menu; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedbdsndruid.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-dsn-config-druid.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-dsn-druid.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbDsnConfigDruid, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-/* +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDbDsnConfigDruid, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_dsn_druid_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("DSN Config Druid"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_db_dsn_config_druid_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedbeditor.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-editor.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-editor.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Editable = "GnomeDbEditor::editable"; +-static gchar *Highlight = "GnomeDbEditor::highlight"; +-static gchar *Text = "GnomeDbEditor::text"; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbEditor, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +- +-GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_editor_new(GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return (GtkWidget *) gnome_db_editor_new(); +-} +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_editor_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (Editable, _("Editable:"), _("If the text can be edited")); +- property_add_bool (Highlight, _("Highlight text:"), _("If selected, text will be highlighted inside the widget")); +- property_add_string (Text, _("Text:"), _("The text to display")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_editor_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *wtext; +- wtext = (gchar *) gnome_db_editor_get_all_text(GNOME_DB_EDITOR(widget)); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Text, wtext); +- gb_widget_output_bool(data, Editable, gnome_db_editor_get_editable(GNOME_DB_EDITOR(widget))); +-#ifdef HAVE_GTKSOURCEVIEW +- gb_widget_output_bool(data, Highlight, gnome_db_editor_get_highlight(GNOME_DB_EDITOR(widget))); +-#else +-#endif +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_editor_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean editable, highlight; +- gchar *text; +- +- editable = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Editable); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_db_editor_set_editable (GNOME_DB_EDITOR (widget), editable); +- +-#ifdef HAVE_GTKSOURCEVIEW +- highlight = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Highlight); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_db_editor_set_highlight (GNOME_DB_EDITOR (widget), highlight); +-#else +-#endif +- +- text = gb_widget_input_string (data, Text); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_db_editor_set_text (GNOME_DB_EDITOR (widget), text, -1); +-} +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_editor_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- const gchar *entry_text = (gchar *)gnome_db_editor_get_all_text (GNOME_DB_EDITOR (widget)); +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_editor_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- if (entry_text != NULL) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Text, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_db_editor_set_text (GNOME_DB_EDITOR (%s), %s, -1);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (entry_text, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- +- if (!gnome_db_editor_get_editable (GNOME_DB_EDITOR(widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, " gnome_db_editor_set_editable (GNOME_DB_EDITOR (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- if (!gnome_db_editor_get_highlight (GNOME_DB_EDITOR(widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, " gnome_db_editor_set_highlight (GNOME_DB_EDITOR (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_gnome_db_editor_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GType type; +- type = gnome_db_editor_get_type (); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_editor_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("GnomeDbEditor"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_editor_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_editor_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_editor_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_editor_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_editor_write_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedberror.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-error.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-error.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbError, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_error_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return gnome_db_error_new (); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_error_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_error_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_error_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDbError, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_error_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_error_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_error_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_error_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_db_error_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_error_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Database error viewer"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_error_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_error_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_error_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_error_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_error_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_db_error_create_popup_menu; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedberrordlg.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,232 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-error-dialog.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-error-dlg.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Title = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::title"; +-static gchar *Type = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::type"; +-static gchar *Position = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::window_position"; +-static gchar *Modal = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::modal"; +-static gchar *DefaultWidth = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::default_width"; +-static gchar *DefaultHeight = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::default_height"; +-static gchar *Shrink = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::allow_shrink"; +-static gchar *Grow = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::allow_grow"; +-static gchar *AutoShrink = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::auto_shrink"; +-static gchar *IconName = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +- +-static gchar *Resizable = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::resizable"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::gravity"; +-static gchar *Urgency = "GnomeDbErrorDlg|GtkWindow::urgency_hint"; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbErrorDlg, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_errordlg_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget; +- GList *elem; +- +- widget = gnome_db_error_dialog_new (_("Error")); +- +- /* We connect a close signal handler which always returns TRUE so that +- the built-in close functionality is skipped. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "close", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_true), NULL); +- +- /* Now we connect our normal delete_event handler. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TypeHint, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GLADE_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG_INDEX)); +- +- return widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_errordlg_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_errordlg_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_errordlg_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDbErrorDlg, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_errordlg_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_errordlg_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- gchar *title; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- title = GTK_WINDOW (widget)->title; +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_error_dialog_new (%s);\n", +- data->wname, +- title ? source_make_string_full (title, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : "NULL"); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* The title is already set above, so we pass NULL to skip it. */ +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- NULL, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_errordlg_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_db_error_dialog_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_error_dlg_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Database error dialog"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_errordlg_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_errordlg_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_errordlg_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_errordlg_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_errordlg_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_db_errordlg_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_window_destroy; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedbform.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-form.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-form.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbForm, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-/* +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_form_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_form_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_form_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_form_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDbForm, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_form_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_form_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_form_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_form_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_db_form_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_form_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Form"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_form_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_form_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_form_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_form_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_form_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_db_form_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedbgraybar.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-gray-bar.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkentry.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-graybar.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +-static gchar *Text = "GnomeDbGrayBar::text"; +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbGrayBar, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_gray_bar_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return gnome_db_gray_bar_new (""); +-} +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_gray_bar_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_string (Text, _("Text:"), _("Text inside the gray bar")); +-} +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_gray_bar_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *wtext; +- wtext = (gchar *)gnome_db_gray_bar_get_text (GNOME_DB_GRAY_BAR(widget)); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Text, wtext); +-} +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_gray_bar_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- const gchar *text; +- +- text = gb_widget_input_string (data, Text); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_db_gray_bar_set_text (GNOME_DB_GRAY_BAR (widget), text); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_gray_bar_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- const gchar *text; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- text = gnome_db_gray_bar_get_text(GNOME_DB_GRAY_BAR (widget)); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Text, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_gray_bar_new (%s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (text, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_gray_bar_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_db_gray_bar_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_graybar_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gray Bar"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_gray_bar_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_gray_bar_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_gray_bar_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_gray_bar_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_gray_bar_set_properties; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedbgrid.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-grid.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-grid.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbGrid, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_grid_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return gnome_db_grid_new (); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_grid_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_grid_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_grid_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDbGrid, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_grid_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_grid_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_grid_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_grid_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_db_grid_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_grid_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Data-bound grid"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_grid_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_grid_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_grid_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_grid_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_grid_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_db_grid_create_popup_menu; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedblogin.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-login.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-login.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbLogin, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_login_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return gnome_db_login_new (NULL); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_login_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_login_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_login_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDbLogin, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_login_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_login_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_login_new (NULL);\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_login_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_db_login_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_login_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Database login widget"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_login_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_login_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_login_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_login_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_login_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_db_login_create_popup_menu; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedblogindlg.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-login.h> +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-login-dialog.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-login-dlg.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Title = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::title"; +-static gchar *Type = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::type"; +-static gchar *Position = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::window_position"; +-static gchar *Modal = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::modal"; +-static gchar *DefaultWidth = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::default_width"; +-static gchar *DefaultHeight = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::default_height"; +-static gchar *Shrink = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::allow_shrink"; +-static gchar *Grow = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::allow_grow"; +-static gchar *AutoShrink = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::auto_shrink"; +-static gchar *IconName = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +- +-static gchar *Resizable = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::resizable"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::gravity"; +-static gchar *Urgency = "GnomeDbLoginDlg|GtkWindow::urgency_hint"; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbLoginDlg, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_logindlg_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget, *login; +- GList *elem; +- +- login = gnome_db_login_new (NULL); +- +- widget = gnome_db_login_dialog_new (_("Login")); +- +- /* We connect a close signal handler which always returns TRUE so that +- the built-in close functionality is skipped. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "close", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_true), NULL); +- +- /* Now we connect our normal delete_event handler. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TypeHint, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GLADE_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG_INDEX)); +- +- return widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_logindlg_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_logindlg_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_logindlg_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDbLoginDlg, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_logindlg_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_logindlg_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- gchar *title; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- title = GTK_WINDOW (widget)->title; +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_login_dialog_new (%s);\n", +- data->wname, +- title ? source_make_string_full (title, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : "NULL"); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* The title is already set above, so we pass NULL to skip it. */ +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- NULL, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_logindlg_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_db_login_dialog_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_login_dlg_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Database login dialog"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_logindlg_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_logindlg_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_logindlg_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_logindlg_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_logindlg_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_db_logindlg_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_window_destroy; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedbprovidersel.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-provider-selector.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-provider-sel.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbProviderSelector, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-/* +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_provider_selector_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_provider_selector_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_provider_selector_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_provider_selector_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDbProviderSelector, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_provider_selector_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_provider_selector_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_provider_selector_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_provider_selector_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_db_provider_selector_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_provider_sel_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Provider Selector"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_provider_selector_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_provider_selector_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_provider_selector_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_provider_selector_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_provider_selector_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_db_provider_selector_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedbsourcesel.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-data-source-selector.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-sourcesel.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbDataSourceSelector, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-/* +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_data_source_selector_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_data_source_selector_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_data_source_selector_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_data_source_selector_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDbDataSourceSelector, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_data_source_selector_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_data_source_selector_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_data_source_selector_new (NULL);\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_data_source_selector_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_db_data_source_selector_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_db_sourcesel_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Data Source Selector"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_data_source_selector_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_data_source_selector_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_data_source_selector_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_data_source_selector_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_data_source_selector_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_db_data_source_selector_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome-db/gnomedbtableeditor.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ +-/* GNOME DB library +- * Copyright (C), 1999-2001 The Free Software Foundation +- * +- * AUTHORS: +- * Rodrigo Moya <rodrigo@gnome-db.org> +- * +- * This Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as +- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the +- * License, or (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +- * Library General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +- * License along with this Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, +- * write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +- * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- * Revision 0.1 +- */ +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <libgnomedb/gnome-db-table-editor.h> +- +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-/* This has to be changed to the correct pixmap! */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-db-table-editor.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDbTableEditor, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +- +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_table_editor_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- return gnome_db_table_editor_new (); +-} +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_table_editor_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_table_editor_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_table_editor_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDbGrid, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_table_editor_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_db_table_editor_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_db_table_editor_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_db_table_editor_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_db_table_editor_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct =gnome_db_table_editor_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Table Editor "); /* Please FIXME*/ +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_db_table_editor_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_db_table_editor_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_db_table_editor_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_db_table_editor_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_db_table_editor_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_db_table_editor_create_popup_menu; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/bonobodock.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,510 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +-#include "../tree.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/bonobo-dock.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *AllowFloating = "BonoboDock::allow_floating"; +- +- +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_on_left (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * dock); +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_on_right (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * dock); +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_on_top (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * dock); +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_on_bottom (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * dock); +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_floating (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GtkWidget * dock); +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_add_band (GtkWidget * dock, +- BonoboDockPlacement placement); +- +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_init_widget (GtkWidget *widget); +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_size_request (GtkWidget *widget, +- GtkRequisition *requisition, +- gpointer user_data); +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget, +- GtkAllocation *allocation, +- gpointer user_data); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the funtion in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class BonoboDock, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_bonobo_dock_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = bonobo_dock_new (); +- +- /* FIXME: GnomeLibs 1.0.1 bug workaround to resize floating items. */ +- gb_bonobo_dock_init_widget (new_widget); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-/* FIXME: GnomeLibs 1.0.1 bug workaround to resize floating items. */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_create_from_widget (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetCreateFromData *data) +-{ +- gb_bonobo_dock_init_widget (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* FIXME: GnomeLibs 1.0.1 bug workaround to resize floating items. */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_init_widget (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "size_request", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_bonobo_dock_size_request), +- NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "size_allocate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_bonobo_dock_size_allocate), +- NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* FIXME: GnomeLibs 1.0.1 bug workaround to resize floating items. +- Calls gtk_widget_size_request() for all floating items, just so that they +- calculate their requisition. */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_size_request (GtkWidget *widget, GtkRequisition *requisition, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GList *lp; +- GtkWidget *w; +- GtkRequisition float_item_requisition; +- +- lp = BONOBO_DOCK (widget)->floating_children; +- while (lp != NULL) +- { +- w = lp->data; +- lp = lp->next; +- gtk_widget_size_request (w, &float_item_requisition); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* FIXME: GnomeLibs 1.0.1 bug workaround to resize floating items. +- Calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() for all floating items, allocating +- whatever the item wants in its requisition. */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget, GtkAllocation *allocation, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- GList *lp; +- GtkWidget *w; +- GtkAllocation float_item_allocation; +- +- lp = BONOBO_DOCK (widget)->floating_children; +- while (lp != NULL) +- { +- w = lp->data; +- lp = lp->next; +- +- float_item_allocation.x = 0; +- float_item_allocation.y = 0; +- float_item_allocation.width = w->requisition.width; +- float_item_allocation.height = w->requisition.height; +- gtk_widget_size_allocate (w, &float_item_allocation); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_bonobo_dock_add_child (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget * child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gchar *orientation_string, *placement_string; +- BonoboDockPlacement placement; +- GtkOrientation orientation; +- gint band_num, position, offset, placement_index, orientation_index; +- +- if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (child)) +- { +- data->loading_type = GB_CHILD_PROPERTIES; +- +- placement_string = load_choice (data, "placement"); +- placement = BONOBO_DOCK_TOP; +- if (placement_string && placement_string[0]) +- { +- placement_index = glade_util_string_array_index (GladePlacementSymbols, +- GladePlacementSize, +- placement_string); +- if (placement_index != -1) +- placement = GladePlacementValues[placement_index]; +- } +- +- if (placement == BONOBO_DOCK_FLOATING) +- { +- orientation_string = load_choice (data, "orientation"); +- orientation = GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL; +- if (orientation_string && orientation_string[0]) +- { +- orientation_index = glade_util_string_array_index (GladeOrientationSymbols, GladeOrientationSize, orientation_string); +- if (orientation_index != -1) +- orientation = GladeOrientationValues[orientation_index]; +- } +- +- /* FIXME: Where fo we put the floating item? Use 300,300 for now. */ +- bonobo_dock_add_floating_item (BONOBO_DOCK (widget), +- BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (child), +- 300, 300, orientation); +- } +- else +- { +- gboolean new_band = FALSE; +- +- band_num = load_int (data, "band"); +- position = load_int (data, "position"); +- offset = load_int (data, "offset"); +- +- /* When loading, we don't want to create a new band explicitly, +- but when pasting we do (though I'm not sure yet). */ +- if (data->xml_buffer) +- new_band = TRUE; +- +- bonobo_dock_add_item (BONOBO_DOCK (widget), BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (child), +- placement, band_num, position, offset, +- new_band /* FIXME: what should this be. */); +- } +- +- data->loading_type = GB_STANDARD_PROPERTIES; +- } +- else +- { +- bonobo_dock_set_client_area (BONOBO_DOCK (widget), child); +- } +- +- /* Floating dock items must be shown after adding to the dock, or they do +- not appear (GnomeLibs 1.0.1). */ +- gtk_widget_show (child); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (AllowFloating, _("Allow Floating:"), +- _("If floating dock items are allowed")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, AllowFloating, +- BONOBO_DOCK (widget)->floating_items_allowed); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean allow_floating; +- +- allow_floating = gb_widget_input_bool (data, AllowFloating); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- bonobo_dock_allow_floating_items (BONOBO_DOCK (widget), allow_floating); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a BonoboDock, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add dock band on top")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_on_top), +- widget); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add dock band on bottom")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_on_bottom), +- widget); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add dock band on left")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_on_left), +- widget); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add dock band on right")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_on_right), +- widget); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add floating dock item")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_floating), +- widget); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_on_left (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * dock) +-{ +- gb_bonobo_dock_add_band (dock, BONOBO_DOCK_LEFT); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_on_right (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * dock) +-{ +- gb_bonobo_dock_add_band (dock, BONOBO_DOCK_RIGHT); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_on_top (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * dock) +-{ +- gb_bonobo_dock_add_band (dock, BONOBO_DOCK_TOP); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_on_bottom (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * dock) +-{ +- gb_bonobo_dock_add_band (dock, BONOBO_DOCK_BOTTOM); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_add_band_floating (GtkWidget * menuitem, GtkWidget * dock) +-{ +- gb_bonobo_dock_add_band (dock, BONOBO_DOCK_FLOATING); +-} +- +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_add_band (GtkWidget * dock, BonoboDockPlacement placement) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dock_item, *placeholder; +- gint x, y; +- +- dock_item = gb_widget_new ("BonoboDockItem", NULL); +- +- placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (dock_item), placeholder); +- +- if (placement == BONOBO_DOCK_FLOATING) +- { +- gdk_window_get_pointer (NULL, &x, &y, NULL); +- /* Place the floating item slightly to the left and above the pointer, +- but make sure it is on the screen. */ +- x = MAX (0, x - 50); +- y = MAX (0, y - 50); +- bonobo_dock_add_floating_item (BONOBO_DOCK (dock), +- BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (dock_item), +- x, y, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); +- } +- else +- { +- bonobo_dock_add_item (BONOBO_DOCK (dock), BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (dock_item), +- placement, -1, 0, 0, TRUE); +- } +- +- /* Floating dock items must be shown after adding to the dock, or they do +- not appear (GnomeLibs 1.0.1). */ +- gtk_widget_show (dock_item); +- +- /* Show the properties of the new dock item. */ +- gb_widget_show_properties (dock_item); +- +- tree_add_widget (dock_item); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- /* If our parent is a GnomeApp we don't create the BonoboDock here. */ +- if (widget->parent && GTK_IS_VBOX (widget->parent) +- && widget->parent->parent && GNOME_IS_APP (widget->parent->parent)) +- { +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- source_add (data, " %s = GNOME_APP (%s)->dock;\n", +- data->wname, data->component_name); +- } +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = bonobo_dock_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (!BONOBO_DOCK (widget)->floating_items_allowed) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " bonobo_dock_allow_floating_items (BONOBO_DOCK (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- /* Set the initial positions for any floating dock items. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "glade-dock-item-x", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (100)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "glade-dock-item-y", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (100)); +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child menu to a BonoboDock. */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (BONOBO_IS_DOCK_ITEM (child)) +- { +- gchar *orientation; +- gint x, y; +- +- /* FIXME: We should support adding normal dock items eventually. */ +- if (!glade_gnome_is_app_dock_item (child)) +- g_warning ("Can't add normal dock items to a BonoboDock: %s", +- data->wname); +- +- if (!BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (child)->is_floating) +- g_warning ("Can't add non-floating dock items to a BonoboDock: %s", +- data->wname); +- +- if (BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (child)->orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL) +- orientation = "GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL"; +- else +- orientation = "GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL"; +- +- /* We add the floating item to the layout. I think that is OK. +- FIXME: Ideally we don't want the position of the floating item to +- be set explicitly, so the user has to position in. But I don't know +- if that can be done. So what should we do? */ +- +- x = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (parent), +- "glade-dock-item-x")); +- y = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (parent), +- "glade-dock-item-y")); +- +- source_add (data, +- " bonobo_dock_layout_add_floating_item (BONOBO_DOCK_LAYOUT (GNOME_APP (%s)->layout),\n" +- " BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (%s), %i, %i,\n" +- " %s);\n", +- data->component_name, data->wname, x, y, orientation); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (parent), "glade-dock-item-x", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (x + 50)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (parent), "glade-dock-item-y", +- GINT_TO_POINTER (y + 50)); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_app_set_contents (GNOME_APP (%s), %s);\n", +- data->component_name, data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_bonobo_dock_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = bonobo_dock_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = bonobo_dock_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome Dock"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_bonobo_dock_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_from_widget = gb_bonobo_dock_create_from_widget; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_bonobo_dock_add_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_bonobo_dock_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_bonobo_dock_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_bonobo_dock_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_bonobo_dock_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_bonobo_dock_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_bonobo_dock_write_add_child_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/bonobodockitem.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,786 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include <bonobo.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/bonobo-dock-item.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *ShadowType = "BonoboDockItem::shadow_type"; +-static gchar *Orientation = "BonoboDockItem::orientation"; +- +-/* These 5 are boolean flags in the property editor, but saved as one property, +- "behavior" in the XML. */ +-static gchar *Locked = "BonoboDockItem::locked"; +-static gchar *Exclusive = "BonoboDockItem::exclusive"; +-static gchar *NeverFloating = "BonoboDockItem::never_floating"; +-static gchar *NeverVertical = "BonoboDockItem::never_vertical"; +-static gchar *NeverHorizontal = "BonoboDockItem::never_horizontal"; +- +-/* These are only used for loading & saving - they are not displayed in the +- property editor. */ +-static gchar *Placement = "BonoboDockItem::placement"; +-static gchar *BandNum = "BonoboDockItem::band"; +-static gchar *Position = "BonoboDockItem::position"; +-static gchar *Offset = "BonoboDockItem::offset"; +-static gchar *Behavior = "BonoboDockItem::behavior"; +- +-static const gchar *GbShadowChoices[] = +-{"None", "In", "Out", +- "Etched In", "Etched Out", NULL}; +-static const gint GbShadowValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_SHADOW_NONE, +- GTK_SHADOW_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_OUT, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN, +- GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT +-}; +-static const gchar *GbShadowSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_SHADOW_NONE", +- "GTK_SHADOW_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_OUT", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN", +- "GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT" +-}; +- +- +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_item_init_widget (GtkWidget *widget); +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_item_drag_end (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer user_data); +- +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_item_add_item_before (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- BonoboDockItem * dock_item); +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_item_add_item_after (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- BonoboDockItem * dock_item); +-static void gb_bonobo_dock_item_add_item (BonoboDockItem * existing_dock_item, +- gboolean after); +-static gboolean gb_bonobo_dock_item_find_position (BonoboDockItem * dock_item, +- BonoboDockPlacement *placement, +- gint *band_num, +- gint *position, +- gint *offset); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the funtion in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class BonoboDockItem, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = bonobo_dock_item_new (NULL, BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NORMAL); +- +- gb_bonobo_dock_item_init_widget (new_widget); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_create_from_widget (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetCreateFromData *data) +-{ +- gb_bonobo_dock_item_init_widget (widget); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_init_widget (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- /* Connect a handler so we can update the properties if the item is moved. */ +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "dock_drag_end", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_bonobo_dock_item_drag_end), +- NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* If the widgets properties are currently shown, we update them if necessary. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_drag_end (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data) +-{ +- if (property_get_widget () == widget) +- { +- /* The orientation is only useful for floating items. */ +- property_set_sensitive (Orientation, +- BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->is_floating); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_add_child (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget * child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- /* Try to set up menubars and toolbars just like GnomeApp does. +- We don't do anything now. I'm not sure what we should do. */ +- +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (Locked, _("Locked:"), +- _("If the dock item is locked in position")); +- property_add_bool (Exclusive, _("Exclusive:"), +- _("If the dock item is always the only item in its band")); +- property_add_bool (NeverFloating, _("Never Floating:"), +- _("If the dock item is never allowed to float in its own window")); +- property_add_bool (NeverVertical, _("Never Vertical:"), +- _("If the dock item is never allowed to be vertical")); +- property_add_bool (NeverHorizontal, _("Never Horizontal:"), +- _("If the dock item is never allowed to be horizontal")); +- +- property_add_choice (ShadowType, _("Shadow:"), +- _("The type of shadow around the dock item"), +- GbShadowChoices); +- property_add_choice (Orientation, _("Orientation:"), +- _("The orientation of a floating dock item"), +- GladeOrientationChoices); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- if (BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->is_floating) +- { +- /* Orientation is only relevant when floating. */ +- for (i = 0; i < GladeOrientationSize; i++) +- { +- if (GladeOrientationValues[i] == BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->orientation) +- { +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Orientation, i, +- GladeOrientationSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Locked, BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_LOCKED); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Exclusive, BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_EXCLUSIVE); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, NeverFloating, BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_FLOATING); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, NeverVertical, BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_VERTICAL); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, NeverHorizontal, BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_HORIZONTAL); +- } +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbShadowValues[i] == BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->shadow_type) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, ShadowType, i, GbShadowSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- /* The orientation is only useful for floating items. */ +- property_set_sensitive (Orientation, +- BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->is_floating); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* SPECIAL CODE: "placement", "band", "position", "offset" and "behavior" +- are now packing properties, so we have this special function to save +- them, which is called directly in gb_widget_save(). */ +-void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_save_packing_properties (GtkWidget *parent, +- GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- char *behavior; +- +- save_start_tag (data, "packing"); +- +- if (BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->is_floating) +- { +- gb_widget_output_string (data, Placement, "BONOBO_DOCK_FLOATING"); +- } +- else +- { +- BonoboDockPlacement placement; +- gint band_num, position, offset, idx; +- +- if (gb_bonobo_dock_item_find_position (BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget), +- &placement, &band_num, +- &position, &offset)) +- { +- idx = glade_util_int_array_index (GladePlacementValues, +- GladePlacementSize, +- placement); +- if (idx != -1) +- gb_widget_output_string (data, Placement, +- GladePlacementSymbols[idx]); +- +- gb_widget_output_int (data, BandNum, band_num); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Position, position); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Offset, offset); +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning ("Dock band not found"); +- } +- } +- +- behavior = glade_util_string_from_flags (BONOBO_TYPE_DOCK_ITEM_BEHAVIOR, +- BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->behavior); +- save_string (data, Behavior, behavior); +- g_free (behavior); +- +- save_end_tag (data, "packing"); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean locked, exclusive, never_floating, never_vertical, never_horizontal; +- gchar *shadow, *orientation; +- BonoboDockItemBehavior behavior; +- gint i; +- +- /* This is a bit of a hack, as some of the properties are now saved as +- packing properties instead of normal properties. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- gchar *behavior_string; +- +- data->loading_type = GB_CHILD_PROPERTIES; +- +- behavior_string = load_string (data, Behavior); +- behavior = glade_util_flags_from_string (BONOBO_TYPE_DOCK_ITEM_BEHAVIOR, +- behavior_string); +- +- data->loading_type = GB_STANDARD_PROPERTIES; +- } +- else +- { +- behavior = BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->behavior; +- +- locked = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Locked); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (locked) +- behavior |= BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_LOCKED; +- else +- behavior &= ~BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_LOCKED; +- +- /* This avoids any problems with redrawing the selection. */ +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +- +- gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget); +- } +- +- exclusive = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Exclusive); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (exclusive) +- behavior |= BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_EXCLUSIVE; +- else +- behavior &= ~BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_EXCLUSIVE; +- } +- +- never_floating = gb_widget_input_bool (data, NeverFloating); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (never_floating) +- behavior |= BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_FLOATING; +- else +- behavior &= ~BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_FLOATING; +- } +- +- never_vertical = gb_widget_input_bool (data, NeverVertical); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (never_vertical) +- behavior |= BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_VERTICAL; +- else +- behavior &= ~BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_VERTICAL; +- } +- +- never_horizontal = gb_widget_input_bool (data, NeverHorizontal); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (never_horizontal) +- behavior |= BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_HORIZONTAL; +- else +- behavior &= ~BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_HORIZONTAL; +- } +- } +- +- /* BonoboDockItem has no method for setting the behavior. */ +- BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->behavior = behavior; +- +- +- shadow = gb_widget_input_choice (data, ShadowType); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbShadowValues) / sizeof (GbShadowValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (shadow, GbShadowChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (shadow, GbShadowSymbols[i])) +- { +- bonobo_dock_item_set_shadow_type (BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget), +- GbShadowValues[i]); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- orientation = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Orientation); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < GladeOrientationSize; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (orientation, GladeOrientationChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (orientation, GladeOrientationSymbols[i])) +- { +- bonobo_dock_item_set_orientation (BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget), +- GladeOrientationValues[i]); +- +- /* This avoids any problems with redrawing the selection. */ +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +- +- /* FIXME: A test to see if changing orientation works. */ +- if (BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->bin.child) +- gtk_widget_queue_resize (BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->bin.child); +- +- break; +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a BonoboDockItem, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- +- /* We can't add items next to floating items or items that have the +- BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_EXCLUSIVE flag set. */ +- if (!BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->is_floating +- && !(BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_EXCLUSIVE)) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add dock item before")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_bonobo_dock_item_add_item_before), +- widget); +- +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add dock item after")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_bonobo_dock_item_add_item_after), +- widget); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_add_item_before (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- BonoboDockItem * dock_item) +-{ +- gb_bonobo_dock_item_add_item (dock_item, FALSE); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_add_item_after (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- BonoboDockItem * dock_item) +-{ +- gb_bonobo_dock_item_add_item (dock_item, TRUE); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_add_item (BonoboDockItem * existing_dock_item, +- gboolean after) +-{ +- BonoboDock *dock; +- BonoboDockBand *dock_band; +- GtkWidget *dock_item, *placeholder; +- BonoboDockPlacement placement; +- gint band_num, position, offset; +- +- if (!gb_bonobo_dock_item_find_position (BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (existing_dock_item), +- &placement, &band_num, +- &position, &offset)) +- { +- g_warning ("Dock band not found"); +- return; +- } +- +- dock_band = BONOBO_DOCK_BAND (GTK_WIDGET (existing_dock_item)->parent); +- dock = BONOBO_DOCK (GTK_WIDGET (dock_band)->parent); +- +- /* Create the new dock item. */ +- dock_item = gb_widget_new ("BonoboDockItem", NULL); +- +- placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (dock_item), placeholder); +- +- /* Now add it at the required position. */ +- if (after) +- position++; +- bonobo_dock_add_item (dock, BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (dock_item), placement, band_num, +- position, 0, FALSE); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dock_item); +- +- /* Show the properties of the new dock item. */ +- gb_widget_show_properties (dock_item); +-} +- +- +-/* This gets the placement, band number, position and offset of dock items +- which are not floating. It returns TRUE if the dock item is found. */ +-static gboolean +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_find_position (BonoboDockItem * dock_item, +- BonoboDockPlacement *placement, +- gint *band_num, +- gint *position, +- gint *offset) +-{ +- BonoboDock *dock; +- BonoboDockBand *dock_band; +- BonoboDockBandChild *dock_band_child; +- gint pos; +- GList *elem; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (BONOBO_IS_DOCK_BAND (GTK_WIDGET (dock_item)->parent), +- FALSE); +- dock_band = BONOBO_DOCK_BAND (GTK_WIDGET (dock_item)->parent); +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (BONOBO_IS_DOCK (GTK_WIDGET (dock_band)->parent), FALSE); +- dock = BONOBO_DOCK (GTK_WIDGET (dock_band)->parent); +- +- /* First we find out which band the existing dock item is. */ +- if ((*band_num = g_list_index (dock->top_bands, dock_band)) != -1) +- *placement = BONOBO_DOCK_TOP; +- else if ((*band_num = g_list_index (dock->bottom_bands, dock_band)) != -1) +- *placement = BONOBO_DOCK_BOTTOM; +- else if ((*band_num = g_list_index (dock->left_bands, dock_band)) != -1) +- *placement = BONOBO_DOCK_LEFT; +- else if ((*band_num = g_list_index (dock->right_bands, dock_band)) != -1) +- *placement = BONOBO_DOCK_RIGHT; +- else +- return FALSE; +- +- /* Now find the position of the existing dock item within the band. */ +- for (elem = dock_band->children, pos = 0; +- elem != NULL; +- elem = elem->next, pos++) +- { +- dock_band_child = (BonoboDockBandChild*) elem->data; +- if (dock_band_child->widget == GTK_WIDGET (dock_item)) +- { +- *position = pos; +- *offset = dock_band_child->offset; +- return TRUE; +- } +- } +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- /* If we are in a GnomeApp's dock, we don't create the dock item here, or +- add it to the BonoboDock, since it is created automatically when the item +- is added to the GnomeApp. */ +- if (glade_gnome_is_app_dock_item (widget) +- && !BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->is_floating) +- { +- return; +- } +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- BonoboDockItemBehavior behavior; +- const gchar *prefix = "\n "; +- const gchar *prefix2 = "\n | "; +- +- behavior = BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (widget)->behavior; +- +- source_add (data, +- " %s = bonobo_dock_item_new (%s,", +- data->wname, source_make_string (data->real_wname, FALSE)); +- if (behavior == 0) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sBONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NORMAL);\n", prefix); +- } +- else +- { +- if (behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_EXCLUSIVE) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sBONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_EXCLUSIVE", +- prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- if (behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_FLOATING) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sBONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_FLOATING", +- prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- if (behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_VERTICAL) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sBONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_VERTICAL", +- prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- if (behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_HORIZONTAL) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sBONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_HORIZONTAL", +- prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- if (behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_LOCKED) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sBONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_LOCKED", +- prefix); +- } +- +- source_add (data, ");\n"); +- } +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child menu to a BonoboDock. */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GnomeApp *app; +- +- /* If we're adding a dock item to a GnomeApp's dock, we use +- the special functions to add it here. */ +- if ((app = glade_gnome_is_app_dock_item (parent))) +- { +- /* Children of floating items are added as normal. */ +- if (BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (parent)->is_floating) +- { +- source_add (data, " gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_MENU_BAR (child)) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_app_create_menus (GNOME_APP (%s), %s_uiinfo);\n", +- data->component_name, data->real_wname); +- +- /* Output the code to install the menu hints, if the GnomeApp has +- a status bar. This must be output after the code to create the +- GnomeAppBar is output, so we add it to the same buffer as the +- signal connections. */ +- if (app->statusbar) +- { +- source_add_to_buffer (data, GLADE_SIGNAL_CONNECTIONS, +- " gnome_app_install_menu_hints (GNOME_APP (%s), %s_uiinfo);\n", +- data->component_name, data->real_wname); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- BonoboDockPlacement placement; +- BonoboDockItemBehavior behavior; +- const gchar *placement_string; +- gint idx, band_num, position, offset; +- gchar *prefix, *prefix2; +- +- if (gb_bonobo_dock_item_find_position (BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (parent), +- &placement, &band_num, +- &position, &offset)) +- { +- idx = glade_util_int_array_index (GladePlacementValues, +- GladePlacementSize, +- placement); +- if (idx == -1) +- { +- g_warning ("BonoboDock placement not found"); +- placement = 0; +- } +- placement_string = GladePlacementSymbols[idx]; +- +- if (GTK_IS_TOOLBAR (child)) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_app_add_toolbar (GNOME_APP (%s), GTK_TOOLBAR (%s), %s,\n", +- data->component_name, data->wname, +- source_make_string (data->wname, FALSE)); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_app_add_docked (GNOME_APP (%s), %s, %s,\n", +- data->component_name, data->wname, +- source_make_string (data->wname, FALSE)); +- } +- +- source_add (data, " "); +- behavior = BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM (parent)->behavior; +- prefix = ""; +- prefix2 = "\n | "; +- if (behavior == BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NORMAL) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sBONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NORMAL", prefix); +- } +- else +- { +- if (behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_EXCLUSIVE) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sBONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_EXCLUSIVE", +- prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- if (behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_FLOATING) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sBONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_FLOATING", +- prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- if (behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_VERTICAL) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sBONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_VERTICAL", +- prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- if (behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_HORIZONTAL) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sBONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_HORIZONTAL", +- prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- if (behavior & BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_LOCKED) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sBONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_LOCKED", +- prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- } +- +- source_add (data, +- ",\n" +- " %s, %i, %i, %i);\n", +- placement_string, band_num, position, offset); +- } +- } +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning ("Skipping adding dock item to parent - unimplemented."); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_bonobo_dock_item_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = bonobo_dock_item_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = bonobo_dock_item_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome Dock Item"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_bonobo_dock_item_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_from_widget = gb_bonobo_dock_item_create_from_widget; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_bonobo_dock_item_add_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_bonobo_dock_item_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_bonobo_dock_item_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_bonobo_dock_item_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_bonobo_dock_item_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_bonobo_dock_item_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_bonobo_dock_item_write_add_child_source; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomeabout.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,554 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-about.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Logo = "GnomeAbout::logo"; +-static gchar *Copyright = "GnomeAbout::copyright"; +-static gchar *Comments = "GnomeAbout::comments"; +- +-static gchar *Authors = "GnomeAbout::authors"; +-static gchar *Documenters = "GnomeAbout::documenters"; +-static gchar *TranslatorCredits = "GnomeAbout::translator_credits"; +- +-static gchar *IconName = "GnomeAbout|GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "GnomeAbout|GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "GnomeAbout|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GnomeAbout|GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "GnomeAbout|GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "GnomeAbout|GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "GnomeAbout|GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "GnomeAbout|GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "GnomeAbout|GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "GnomeAbout|GtkWindow::gravity"; +- +-#define GLADE_TRANSLATORS_STRING "translator_credits" +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the funtion in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* Pinched from gnome-about.c */ +-#define GNOME_RESPONSE_CREDITS 1 +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_about_response_cb (GtkDialog *dialog, gint response, gpointer data) +-{ +- /* We only let the response signal continue if it is going to show the +- Credits sub-dialog. Otherwise we stop the signal. If the window close +- button is pressed, our standard delete-event handler will hide the +- dialog. But we must ensure the dialog isn't destroyed when it is closed. +- */ +- if (response != GNOME_RESPONSE_CREDITS) { +- g_signal_stop_emission_by_name (dialog, "response"); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeAbout, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_about_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- gchar *project_name; +- const gchar *authors[] = { NULL }; +- +- project_name = glade_project_get_name (data->project); +- new_widget = gnome_about_new (project_name ? project_name : "", +- "x.x", NULL, NULL, authors, authors, NULL, NULL); +- +- /* We want it to be treated as a normal window. */ +- gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (new_widget), +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NORMAL); +- +- /* Make the About dialog modal by default. */ +- /* We can't do this in GNOME 2, as the Credits sub-dialog won't work. */ +- /*gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), Modal, "TRUE");*/ +- +- /* We connect a close signal handler which always returns TRUE so that +- the built-in close functionality is skipped. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_gnome_about_response_cb), NULL); +- +- /* Now we connect our normal delete_event handler. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), TypeHint, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GLADE_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG_INDEX)); +- +- /* Set the default comment string for the translator credits. */ +- glade_util_set_translation_properties (new_widget, TranslatorCredits, +- TRUE, "TRANSLATORS: Replace this string with your names, one name per line.", FALSE); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_about_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- NULL, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, NULL); +- +- property_add_filename (Logo, _("Logo:"), _("The pixmap to use as the logo")); +- property_add_text (Copyright, _("Copyright:"), _("The copyright notice"), 2); +- property_add_text (Comments, _("Comments:"), _("Additional information, such as a description of the package and its home page on the web"), 3); +- +- property_add_text (Authors, _("Authors:"), _("The authors of the package, one on each line"), 2); +- property_add_text (Documenters, _("Documenters:"), _("The documenters of the package, one on each line"), 2); +- property_add_text (TranslatorCredits, _("Translators:"), _("The translators of the package. This should normally be left empty so that translators can add their names in the po files"), 2); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_about_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- char *translator_credits, *copyright, *comments, *translator_credits_output; +- +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- NULL, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, NULL); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "copyright", ©right, +- "comments", &comments, +- "translator-credits", &translator_credits, +- NULL); +- +- gb_widget_output_pixmap_filename (data, Logo, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- Logo)); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, Copyright, copyright); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, Comments, comments); +- +- gb_widget_output_text (data, Authors, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Authors)); +- gb_widget_output_text (data, Documenters, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- Documenters)); +- +- /* If we are saving, and translator_credits isn't set but is translatable, +- we save the string "translator_credits". Translators can then +- replace this with their own names in the po files. */ +- translator_credits_output = translator_credits; +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING +- && (!translator_credits || *translator_credits == '\0')) +- { +- gchar *comments_text; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, TranslatorCredits, +- &translatable, +- &comments_text, &context); +- if (translatable) +- translator_credits_output = GLADE_TRANSLATORS_STRING; +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, TranslatorCredits, +- translator_credits_output); +- +- g_free (copyright); +- g_free (comments); +- g_free (translator_credits); +-} +- +-static GValueArray * +-carray_from_text (GbWidgetSetArgData *data, GtkWidget *widget, const char *key) +-{ +- GValueArray *array = NULL; +- char *str; +- +- str = gb_widget_input_text (data, key); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- char **strv; +- int i; +- +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), key, g_strdup (str), +- str ? g_free : NULL); +- +- strv = g_strsplit (str, "\n", 0); +- array = g_value_array_new (0); +- +- for (i = 0; strv[i]; i++) { +- GValue value = { 0 }; +- g_value_init (&value, G_TYPE_STRING); +- g_value_set_string (&value, strv[i]); +- array = g_value_array_append (array, &value); +- } +- +- g_strfreev (strv); +- } +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (str); +- +- return array; +-} +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_about_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GValueArray *authors, *documenters; +- gchar *copyright, *comments, *translators; +- gchar *filename, *old_filename; +- GdkPixbuf *logo = NULL; +- GObject *object; +- gboolean redraw = FALSE; +- +- object = G_OBJECT (widget); +- +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- NULL, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, NULL); +- +- filename = gb_widget_input_pixmap_filename (data, Logo); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (filename && filename[0] == '\0') +- filename = NULL; +- +- old_filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Logo); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, old_filename); +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Logo, +- g_strdup (filename), filename ? g_free : NULL); +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, filename); +- logo = filename ? gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (filename, NULL) : NULL; +- g_object_set (object, "logo", logo, NULL); +- if (logo) +- g_object_unref (logo); +- } +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- g_free (filename); +- +- copyright = gb_widget_input_text (data, Copyright); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- g_object_set (object, "copyright", copyright, NULL); +- redraw = TRUE; +- } +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (copyright); +- +- comments = gb_widget_input_text (data, Comments); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- g_object_set (object, "comments", comments, NULL); +- redraw = TRUE; +- } +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (comments); +- +- +- translators = gb_widget_input_text (data, TranslatorCredits); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (!strcmp (translators, GLADE_TRANSLATORS_STRING)) +- g_object_set (object, "translator-credits", "", NULL); +- else +- g_object_set (object, "translator-credits", translators, NULL); +- } +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (translators); +- +- authors = carray_from_text (data, widget, Authors); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (object, "authors", authors, NULL); +- if (authors) +- g_value_array_free (authors); +- +- documenters = carray_from_text (data, widget, Documenters); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (object, "documenters", documenters, NULL); +- if (documenters) +- g_value_array_free (documenters); +- +- /* If the window is resized the selection rectangles mess it up, so we +- queue a redraw. */ +- if (redraw) +- gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeAbout, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_about_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_about_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- gchar *project_name = glade_project_get_name (data->project); +- char *copyright, *about_comments, *translators; +- char *authors, **authorsv, *documenters, **documentersv; +- gchar *logo_filename; +- char *pixbuf_name = NULL; +- gint i; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "copyright", ©right, +- "comments", &about_comments, +- "translator-credits", &translators, +- NULL); +- +- authors = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Authors); +- documenters = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Documenters); +- +- /* Output the array of authors. */ +- if (authors && *authors) +- { +- source_add_decl (data, " const gchar *authors[] = {\n"); +- authorsv = g_strsplit (authors, "\n", 0); +- for (i = 0; authorsv[i]; i++) +- { +- if (authorsv[i][0]) +- source_add_decl (data, " %s,\n", +- source_make_string (authorsv[i], FALSE)); +- } +- source_add_decl (data, " NULL\n };\n"); +- g_strfreev (authorsv); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add_decl (data, " const gchar *authors[] = { NULL };\n"); +- } +- +- /* Output the array of documenters. */ +- if (documenters && *documenters) +- { +- source_add_decl (data, " const gchar *documenters[] = {\n"); +- documentersv = g_strsplit (documenters, "\n", 0); +- for (i = 0; documentersv[i]; i++) +- { +- if (documentersv[i][0]) +- source_add_decl (data, " %s,\n", +- source_make_string (documentersv[i], FALSE)); +- } +- source_add_decl (data, " NULL\n };\n"); +- g_strfreev (documentersv); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add_decl (data, " const gchar *documenters[] = { NULL };\n"); +- } +- +- /* If translators is set, then we use that specific string. +- If it is not set, then if gettext support is enabled we output code +- to call gettext to translate the special "translator_credits" string, +- and use that if it is translated. */ +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, TranslatorCredits, +- &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- if (translators && translators[0]) +- { +- source_add_translator_comments_to_buffer (data, GLADE_DECLARATIONS, translatable, comments); +- source_add_decl (data, " gchar *translators = %s;\n", +- source_make_string (translators, FALSE)); +- } +- else if (data->use_gettext && translatable) +- { +- if (!comments || comments[0] == '\0') +- comments = "TRANSLATORS: Replace this string with your names, one name per line."; +- +- source_add_translator_comments_to_buffer (data, GLADE_DECLARATIONS, +- translatable, comments); +- source_add_decl (data, +- " gchar *translators = _(\"%s\");\n", +- GLADE_TRANSLATORS_STRING); +- +- source_add (data, +- " if (!strcmp (translators, \"%s\"))\n" +- " translators = NULL;\n", +- GLADE_TRANSLATORS_STRING); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add_decl (data, " gchar *translators = NULL;\n"); +- } +- +- logo_filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Logo); +- if (logo_filename && logo_filename[0]) +- { +- pixbuf_name = g_strdup_printf ("%s_logo_pixbuf", data->wname); +- +- source_add_decl (data, " GdkPixbuf *%s;\n", pixbuf_name); +- source_create_pixbuf (data, pixbuf_name, logo_filename); +- } +- +- /* Now output the call to gnome_about_new(). We do it in pieces since +- source_make_string() returns a pointer to a single static buffer. */ +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gnome_about_new (%s, VERSION,\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string (project_name ? project_name : "", +- FALSE)); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Copyright, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " %s,\n", +- source_make_string_full (copyright ? copyright : "", +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Comments, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- source_add (data, +- " %s,\n", +- source_make_string_full (about_comments ? about_comments : "", +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- +- source_add (data, +- " authors,\n" +- " documenters,\n" +- " translators,\n"); +- +- source_add (data, +- " %s);\n", +- pixbuf_name ? pixbuf_name : "NULL"); +- +- g_free (pixbuf_name); +- g_free (copyright); +- g_free (about_comments); +- g_free (translators); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- NULL, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_gnome_about_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetDestroyData * data) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Logo); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, filename); +- +- gb_window_destroy (widget, data); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_about_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_about_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_about_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome About Dialog"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_about_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_about_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_about_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_about_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_about_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_gnome_about_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_about_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomeapp.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,461 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../tree.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-app.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +-static gchar *Title = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::title"; +-static gchar *Type = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::type"; +-static gchar *Position = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::window_position"; +-static gchar *Modal = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::modal"; +-static gchar *DefaultWidth = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::default_width"; +-static gchar *DefaultHeight = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::default_height"; +-static gchar *Shrink = "GnomeAppl|GtkWindow::allow_shrink"; +-static gchar *Grow = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::allow_grow"; +-static gchar *AutoShrink = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::auto_shrink"; +-static gchar *IconName = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +- +-static gchar *Resizable = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::resizable"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::gravity"; +-static gchar *Urgency = "GnomeApp|GtkWindow::urgency_hint"; +- +-/* This is kept as object data as we don't want config info written when it is +- used in Glade. */ +-static gchar *EnableLayoutConfig = "GnomeApp::enable_layout_config"; +- +-/* This is only used within Glade. We don't save or load it, since the +- appbar will be saved on its own if it has been added. */ +-static gchar *StatusBar = "GnomeApp::status_bar"; +- +- +-static void gb_gnome_app_setup_initial_app (GtkWidget *widget); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeApp, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_app_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- gchar *project_name; +- +- project_name = glade_project_get_name (data->project); +- new_widget = gnome_app_new (project_name ? project_name : "", project_name); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), EnableLayoutConfig, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE)); +- +- /* Turn off the automatic loading/saving of the configuration, and +- destroy the BonoboDockLayout, so that when items are added they are +- added straight away. If we don't do this, items don't get added to +- the widget tree. */ +- gnome_app_enable_layout_config (GNOME_APP (new_widget), FALSE); +- g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (GNOME_APP (new_widget)->layout)); +- GNOME_APP (new_widget)->layout = NULL; +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (GNOME_APP (new_widget)->dock, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "BonoboDock" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GNOME_APP (new_widget)->dock, GladeChildGnomeAppDock); +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- gb_gnome_app_setup_initial_app (new_widget); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_app_add_toolbar_button (GtkToolbar *toolbar, +- const gchar *stock_id, +- const gchar *tooltip) +-{ +- GtkWidget *button; +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- +- button = gb_widget_new ("GtkToolButton", NULL); +- +- gtk_tool_button_set_stock_id (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (button), stock_id); +- gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (button), NULL); +- gtk_tool_button_set_label (GTK_TOOL_BUTTON (button), NULL); +- +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (button), +- GladeToolButtonStockIDKey, +- g_strdup (stock_id), g_free); +- +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (button), GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- wdata->tooltip = g_strdup (tooltip); +- +- gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar), GTK_TOOL_ITEM (button), -1); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_app_setup_initial_app (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *placeholder, *toolbar; +- +- /* We create a standard menubar and toolbar which the user can edit or +- simply delete anything they don't want. */ +- glade_gnome_setup_initial_menus (widget); +- +- /* We need to get rid of the accelerators, since they aren't used, and +- they would override our default accelerators. */ +- gtk_window_remove_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (widget), +- GNOME_APP (widget)->accel_group); +- +- /* FIXME: GnomeLibs bug workaround. It sets the initial border width +- to -2, which causes us lots of problems. */ +-#if 0 +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (GNOME_APP (widget)->menubar), +- 0); +-#endif +- gb_widget_create_from (GNOME_APP (widget)->menubar, "GtkMenubar"); +- gb_widget_create_from (GNOME_APP (widget)->menubar->parent, "BonoboDockItem"); +- +- /* Toolbar */ +- toolbar = gtk_toolbar_new (); +- gnome_app_set_toolbar (GNOME_APP (widget), GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar)); +- gb_widget_create_from (toolbar, "GtkToolbar"); +- gb_widget_create_from (toolbar->parent, "BonoboDockItem"); +- +- gb_gnome_app_add_toolbar_button (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar), GTK_STOCK_NEW, +- _("New File")); +- gb_gnome_app_add_toolbar_button (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar), GTK_STOCK_OPEN, +- _("Open File")); +- gb_gnome_app_add_toolbar_button (GTK_TOOLBAR (toolbar), GTK_STOCK_SAVE, +- _("Save File")); +- +- +- /* Statusbar */ +- gnome_app_set_statusbar (GNOME_APP (widget), +- gb_widget_new ("GnomeAppBar", widget)); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GNOME_APP (widget)->statusbar, GladeChildGnomeAppBar); +- +- /* We need to size the placeholders or the dialog is very small. */ +- placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (placeholder, 300, 200); +- gnome_app_set_contents (GNOME_APP (widget), placeholder); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_app_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- property_add_bool (StatusBar, _("Status Bar:"), +- _("If the window has a status bar")); +- property_add_bool (EnableLayoutConfig, _("Store Config:"), +- _("If the layout is saved and restored automatically")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_app_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, StatusBar, +- GNOME_APP (widget)->statusbar != NULL +- ? TRUE : FALSE); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, EnableLayoutConfig, GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), EnableLayoutConfig))); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_app_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean statusbar, enable_layout_config; +- +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- { +- statusbar = gb_widget_input_bool (data, StatusBar); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (statusbar) +- { +- if (!GNOME_APP (widget)->statusbar) +- { +- gnome_app_set_statusbar (GNOME_APP (widget), +- gb_widget_new ("GnomeAppBar", +- widget)); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GNOME_APP (widget)->statusbar, +- GladeChildGnomeAppBar); +- tree_add_widget (GNOME_APP (widget)->statusbar); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- if (GNOME_APP (widget)->statusbar) +- { +- /* This is not very clean, but there's no proper way to +- remove the statusbar. The statusbar has an hbox inserted +- above it which is added to the GnomeApp's vbox, so we +- remove the hbox. */ +- GtkWidget *hbox = GNOME_APP (widget)->statusbar->parent; +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox->parent), hbox); +- GNOME_APP (widget)->statusbar = NULL; +- } +- } +- } +- } +- +- enable_layout_config = gb_widget_input_bool (data, EnableLayoutConfig); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), EnableLayoutConfig, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (enable_layout_config)); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeApp, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_app_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_app_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *appname; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- appname = glade_project_get_name (data->project); +- appname = appname ? source_make_string (appname, FALSE) : "\"\""; +- appname = g_strdup (appname); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- /* Note that this assumes that we use the same appname for each GnomeApp. +- FIXME: I think this is correct, but I'm not sure. +- Note also that we don't translate the project name. Maybe we should.*/ +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_app_new (%s, %s);\n", data->wname, +- appname, +- GTK_WINDOW (widget)->title +- ? source_make_string_full (GTK_WINDOW (widget)->title, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context) +- : "NULL"); +- g_free (appname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* The title is already set above, so we pass NULL to skip it. */ +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- NULL, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- if (!GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- EnableLayoutConfig))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_app_enable_layout_config (GNOME_APP (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child menu to a GnomeApp. */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_app_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *child_name; +- +- child_name = gb_widget_get_child_name (child); +- +- if (child_name && (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeAppBar))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_app_set_statusbar (GNOME_APP (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning ("Adding unknown child to a GnomeApp: %s", data->wname); +- source_add (data, " gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (%s), %s);\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_app_add_child (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget * child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gchar *child_name = NULL; +- +- if (data->child_info) +- child_name = data->child_info->internal_child; +- +- if (child_name && (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeAppBar))) +- { +- gnome_app_set_statusbar (GNOME_APP (widget), child); +- } +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_gnome_app_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeAppDock)) +- return GNOME_APP (widget)->dock; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_app_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_app_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_app_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome Application Window"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_app_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_gnome_app_add_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_gnome_app_get_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_app_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_app_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_app_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_app_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_gnome_app_write_add_child_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_window_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_app_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomeappbar.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-appbar.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *HasProgress = "GnomeApp::has_progress"; +-static gchar *HasStatus = "GnomeApp::has_status"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeAppBar, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_appbar_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gnome_appbar_new (TRUE, TRUE, GNOME_PREFERENCES_NEVER); +- +- gnome_appbar_set_status (GNOME_APPBAR (new_widget), _("Status Message.")); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_appbar_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (HasProgress, _("Progress:"), +- _("If the app bar has a progress indicator")); +- property_add_bool (HasStatus, _("Status:"), +- _("If the app bar has an area for status messages and user input")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_appbar_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, HasProgress, +- GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (gnome_appbar_get_progress (GNOME_APPBAR (widget)))); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, HasStatus, +- GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (gnome_appbar_get_status (GNOME_APPBAR (widget)))); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_appbar_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean has_progress, has_status; +- +- has_progress = gb_widget_input_bool (data, HasProgress); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (has_progress) +- gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (gnome_appbar_get_progress (GNOME_APPBAR (widget)))); +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (GTK_WIDGET (gnome_appbar_get_progress (GNOME_APPBAR (widget)))); +- } +- +- has_status = gb_widget_input_bool (data, HasStatus); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (has_status) +- gtk_widget_show (gnome_appbar_get_status (GNOME_APPBAR (widget))); +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (gnome_appbar_get_status (GNOME_APPBAR (widget))); +- +- /* We need to clear the selection or redrawing is messed up. */ +- editor_clear_selection (NULL); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeAppBar, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_appbar_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_appbar_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gnome_appbar_new (%s, %s, GNOME_PREFERENCES_NEVER);\n", +- data->wname, +- GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (gnome_appbar_get_progress (GNOME_APPBAR (widget))) +- ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", +- GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (gnome_appbar_get_status (GNOME_APPBAR (widget))) +- ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* If the GnomeAppBar is in a GnomeApp, the code to install the menu hints +- is output in gnomedockitem.c. */ +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_appbar_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_appbar_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_appbar_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome Application Bar"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_appbar_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_appbar_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_appbar_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_appbar_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_appbar_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_appbar_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomecanvas.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,263 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-canvas.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *AntiAliased = "GnomeCanvas::aa"; +-static gchar *ScrollX1 = "GnomeCanvas::scroll_x1"; +-static gchar *ScrollY1 = "GnomeCanvas::scroll_y1"; +-static gchar *ScrollX2 = "GnomeCanvas::scroll_x2"; +-static gchar *ScrollY2 = "GnomeCanvas::scroll_y2"; +-static gchar *PixelsPerUnit = "GnomeCanvas::pixels_per_unit"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeCanvas, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-/* +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_canvas_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_canvas_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (AntiAliased, _("Anti-Aliased:"), +- _("If the canvas is anti-aliased, to smooth the edges of text and graphics")); +- property_add_float (ScrollX1, _("X1:"), _("The minimum x coordinate")); +- property_add_float (ScrollY1, _("Y1:"), _("The minimum y coordinate")); +- property_add_float (ScrollX2, _("X2:"), _("The maximum x coordinate")); +- property_add_float (ScrollY2, _("Y2:"), _("The maximum y coordinate")); +- +- property_add_float (PixelsPerUnit, _("Pixels Per Unit:"), +- _("The number of pixels corresponding to one unit")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_canvas_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, AntiAliased, +- GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), AntiAliased))); +- +- gb_widget_output_float (data, ScrollX1, GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->scroll_x1); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, ScrollY1, GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->scroll_y1); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, ScrollX2, GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->scroll_x2); +- gb_widget_output_float (data, ScrollY2, GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->scroll_y2); +- +- gb_widget_output_float (data, PixelsPerUnit, +- GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->pixels_per_unit); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_canvas_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean antialiased; +- gfloat value; +- gfloat scroll_x1, scroll_y1, scroll_x2, scroll_y2; +- gfloat old_scroll_x1, old_scroll_y1, old_scroll_x2, old_scroll_y2; +- gfloat pixels_per_unit; +- +- antialiased = gb_widget_input_bool (data, AntiAliased); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), AntiAliased, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (antialiased)); +- +- /* Also check for the old name we used for this. */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- antialiased = gb_widget_input_bool (data, "anti_aliased"); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), AntiAliased, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (antialiased)); +- } +- +- scroll_x1 = old_scroll_x1 = GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->scroll_x1; +- scroll_y1 = old_scroll_y1 = GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->scroll_y1; +- scroll_x2 = old_scroll_x2 = GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->scroll_x2; +- scroll_y2 = old_scroll_y2 = GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->scroll_y2; +- +- value = gb_widget_input_float (data, ScrollX1); +- if (data->apply) +- scroll_x1 = value; +- value = gb_widget_input_float (data, ScrollY1); +- if (data->apply) +- scroll_y1 = value; +- value = gb_widget_input_float (data, ScrollX2); +- if (data->apply) +- scroll_x2 = value; +- value = gb_widget_input_float (data, ScrollY2); +- if (data->apply) +- scroll_y2 = value; +- +- if (scroll_x1 != old_scroll_x1 || scroll_y1 != old_scroll_y1 +- || scroll_x2 != old_scroll_x2 || scroll_y2 != old_scroll_y2) +- { +- gnome_canvas_set_scroll_region (GNOME_CANVAS (widget), +- scroll_x1, scroll_y1, +- scroll_x2, scroll_y2); +- } +- +- pixels_per_unit = gb_widget_input_float (data, PixelsPerUnit); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_canvas_set_pixels_per_unit (GNOME_CANVAS (widget), pixels_per_unit); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties for the child widget specific to this type of +- * parent widget. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_canvas_set_child_props (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * child, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeCanvas, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_canvas_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_canvas_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), AntiAliased)) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gnome_canvas_new_aa ();\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gnome_canvas_new ();\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_canvas_set_scroll_region (GNOME_CANVAS (%s), %g, %g, %g, %g);\n", +- data->wname, +- GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->scroll_x1, +- GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->scroll_y1, +- GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->scroll_x2, +- GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->scroll_y2); +- +- if (GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->pixels_per_unit != 1.0) +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_canvas_set_pixels_per_unit (GNOME_CANVAS (%s), %g);\n", +- data->wname, +- GNOME_CANVAS (widget)->pixels_per_unit); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_canvas_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_canvas_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_canvas_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("GnomeCanvas"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_canvas_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_canvas_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_canvas_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_canvas_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_canvas_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_child_props = gb_gnome_canvas_set_child_props; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_canvas_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomecolorpicker.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-colorpicker.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Dither = "GnomeColorPicker::dither"; +-static gchar *UseAlpha = "GnomeColorPicker::use_alpha"; +-static gchar *Title = "GnomeColorPicker::title"; +-static gchar *FocusOnClick = "GnomeColorPicker|GtkButton::focus_on_click"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeColorPicker, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-/* +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_color_picker_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_color_picker_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (Dither, _("Dither:"), +- _("If the sample should use dithering to be more accurate")); +- property_add_bool (UseAlpha, _("Use Alpha:"), +- _("If the alpha channel should be used")); +- +- property_add_string (Title, _("Title:"), +- _("The title of the color selection dialog")); +- +- property_add_bool (FocusOnClick, _("Focus On Click:"), _("If the button grabs focus when it is clicked")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_color_picker_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Dither, gnome_color_picker_get_dither (GNOME_COLOR_PICKER (widget))); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, UseAlpha, +- gnome_color_picker_get_use_alpha (GNOME_COLOR_PICKER (widget))); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Title, +- gnome_color_picker_get_title (GNOME_COLOR_PICKER (widget))); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, FocusOnClick, +- gtk_button_get_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget))); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_color_picker_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean dither, use_alpha, focus_on_click; +- gchar *title; +- +- dither = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Dither); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_color_picker_set_dither (GNOME_COLOR_PICKER (widget), dither); +- +- use_alpha = gb_widget_input_bool (data, UseAlpha); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_color_picker_set_use_alpha (GNOME_COLOR_PICKER (widget), use_alpha); +- +- title = gb_widget_input_string (data, Title); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_color_picker_set_title (GNOME_COLOR_PICKER (widget), title); +- +- focus_on_click = gb_widget_input_bool (data, FocusOnClick); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget), focus_on_click); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeColorPicker, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_color_picker_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_color_picker_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_color_picker_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (strcmp (gnome_color_picker_get_title (GNOME_COLOR_PICKER (widget)), +- dgettext (GLADE_LIBGNOMEUI_GETTEXT_PACKAGE, "Pick a color"))) +- { +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_color_picker_set_title (GNOME_COLOR_PICKER (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (gnome_color_picker_get_title (GNOME_COLOR_PICKER (widget)), +- data->use_gettext && translatable, +- context)); +- } +- +- if (!gnome_color_picker_get_dither (GNOME_COLOR_PICKER (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_color_picker_set_dither (GNOME_COLOR_PICKER (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- } +- +- if (gnome_color_picker_get_use_alpha (GNOME_COLOR_PICKER (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_color_picker_set_use_alpha (GNOME_COLOR_PICKER (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (!gtk_button_get_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_color_picker_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_color_picker_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_colorpicker_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome Color Picker"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_color_picker_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_color_picker_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_color_picker_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_color_picker_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_color_picker_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_color_picker_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomecontrol.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,757 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-/* +- * Glade only shows Bonobo controls which have a 'glade:show' attribute set +- * to TRUE, e.g. with this in their .server file: +- * +- * <oaf_attribute name="glade:show" type="boolean" value="TRUE"/> +- * +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkhbox.h> +-#include <gtk/gtklabel.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkmenuitem.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkspinbutton.h> +- +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../palette.h" +- +-#include <bonobo.h> +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-control.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-/* This is the key we use to store a pointer to the bonobo widget's property +- bag. */ +-static gchar *GladePropertyBagKey = "GladePropertyBagKey"; +- +-/* This is the Moniker property which stores the type of control. It is saved +- in the XML. */ +-const gchar *Moniker = "BonoboWidget::moniker"; +- +- +-static GbWidget *control_get_gb_widget (const char *obj_id); +- +- +-/**************************************************************************** +- * This is the dummy GbWidget we put in the palette. It only contains a +- * new() function to create Bonobo controls. We create a GbWidget for each +- * type of control when needed, and it is that that contains functions to +- * create/get/set properties. +- ****************************************************************************/ +- +-/* Columns in the GtkTreeView for selecting the type of control. */ +-enum { +- COL_OBJID, +- COL_DESC, +- COL_LAST +-}; +- +-static GtkWidget * +-control_create (GbWidgetNewData * data, char *obj_id, Bonobo_UIContainer uic) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget; +- BonoboControlFrame *cf; +- Bonobo_PropertyBag pb; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (obj_id != NULL, NULL); +- +- widget = bonobo_widget_new_control (obj_id, uic); +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, NULL); +- cf = bonobo_widget_get_control_frame (BONOBO_WIDGET (widget)); +- +- if (!cf) { +- g_warning ("Control has no frame!"); +- gtk_widget_destroy (widget); +- +- return NULL; +- } +- +- pb = bonobo_control_frame_get_control_property_bag (cf, NULL); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladePropertyBagKey, pb); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Moniker, g_strdup (obj_id)); +- +- /* Make sure the GbWidget for this control is created & registered, +- and set the real GbWidget for this control. */ +- data->widget_data->gbwidget = control_get_gb_widget (obj_id); +- +- return widget; +-} +- +-static Bonobo_PropertyBag +-control_get_pb (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- return gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- GladePropertyBagKey); +-} +- +-static Bonobo_UIContainer +-widget_get_uic (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *top; +- +- top = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- if (!BONOBO_IS_WINDOW (top)) +- return CORBA_OBJECT_NIL; +- +- /* FIXME: Should we unref this somewhere? */ +- return (Bonobo_UIContainer) BONOBO_OBJREF (bonobo_window_get_ui_container (BONOBO_WINDOW (top))); +-} +- +-static void +-on_control_dialog_ok (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkTreeView *view; +- GtkTreeModel *model; +- GtkTreeIter iter; +- GtkWidget *dialog; +- GtkTreeSelection *selection; +- char *moniker; +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- dialog = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- view = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (dialog), "tree_view"); +- selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection (GTK_TREE_VIEW (view)); +- gtk_tree_selection_get_selected (selection, &model, &iter); +- gtk_tree_model_get (model, &iter, COL_OBJID, &moniker, -1); +- +- new_widget = control_create (data, moniker, widget_get_uic (data->parent)); +- if (new_widget) +- { +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- data->callback (new_widget, data); +- } +- else +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Couldn't create the Bonobo control"), +- NULL); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +-} +- +-static void +-on_control_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- gtk_grab_remove (widget); +-} +- +-static GtkListStore * +-do_query (void) +-{ +- GtkListStore *store; +- Bonobo_ServerInfoList *servers; +-#if 0 +- /* This is the old query, but too many components are not generally useful +- and cause problems, so we are changing to an 'opt-in' query, where +- we only include components that have a 'glade:show' property set to TRUE. +- */ +- const char *query = "repo_ids.has('IDL:Bonobo/Control:1.0') AND NOT " +- "repo_ids.has('IDL:GNOME/Vertigo/PanelAppletShell:1.0')"; +-#else +- const char *query = "glade:show"; +-#endif +- char *sort[] = { "description", NULL }; +- CORBA_Environment ev; +- int i; +- +- Bonobo_ServerInfo *serverinfo; +- const char *desc; +- GtkTreeIter iter; +- +- store = gtk_list_store_new (2, G_TYPE_STRING, G_TYPE_STRING); +- +- CORBA_exception_init (&ev); +- +- servers = bonobo_activation_query (query, sort, &ev); +- if (BONOBO_EX (&ev)) { +- g_warning ("query failed: %s\n", ev._id); +- CORBA_exception_free (&ev); +- return store; +- } +- CORBA_exception_free (&ev); +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("got %d servers.\n", servers ? servers->_length : 0); +-#endif +- +- for (i = 0; i < servers->_length; i++) { +- serverinfo = &servers->_buffer[i]; +- +- desc = bonobo_server_info_prop_lookup (serverinfo, "description", NULL); +- if (!desc) +- desc = bonobo_server_info_prop_lookup (serverinfo, "name", NULL); +- if (!desc) +- desc = serverinfo->iid; +- +- gtk_list_store_append (store, &iter); +- gtk_list_store_set (store, &iter, +- COL_OBJID, serverinfo->iid, +- COL_DESC, desc, +- -1); +- } +- +- CORBA_free (servers); +- +- return store; +-} +- +-static void +-on_list_selection_changed (GtkTreeSelection *selection, GtkDialog *dialog) +-{ +- gtk_dialog_set_response_sensitive (dialog, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- gtk_tree_selection_get_selected (selection, NULL, NULL)); +-} +- +-static void +-show_control_dialog (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *label, *list, *scroll; +- GtkListStore *store; +- GtkCellRenderer *ren; +- +- dialog = glade_util_create_dialog (_("New Bonobo Control"), data->parent, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_control_dialog_ok), +- data, &vbox); +- g_object_set (G_OBJECT (dialog), +- "resizable", TRUE, +- "default-width", 400, +- "default-height", 300, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_response_sensitive (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), +- GTK_RESPONSE_OK, FALSE); +- g_signal_connect (dialog, "destroy", +- G_CALLBACK (on_control_dialog_destroy), data); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Select a Bonobo Control")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), label, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- +- scroll = g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_SCROLLED_WINDOW, +- "hadjustment", NULL, +- "vadjustment", NULL, +- "shadow-type", GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN, +- "vscrollbar-policy", GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, +- "hscrollbar-policy", GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, +- NULL); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), scroll, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- store = do_query (); +- +- list = g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_TREE_VIEW, +- "model", store, +- "headers-visible", FALSE, +- NULL); +- g_signal_connect (gtk_tree_view_get_selection (GTK_TREE_VIEW (list)), +- "changed", +- G_CALLBACK (on_list_selection_changed), dialog); +- +- g_object_unref (store); +- +- ren = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (); +- +-#if 0 +- gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_attributes (GTK_TREE_VIEW (list), +- -1, _("OAFIID"), ren, +- "text", COL_OBJID, +- NULL); +-#endif +- gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_attributes (GTK_TREE_VIEW (list), +- -1, _("Description"), ren, +- "text", COL_DESC, +- NULL); +- +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scroll), list); +- +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (dialog), "tree_view", list); +- +- gtk_widget_show_all (dialog); +- gtk_grab_add (dialog); +-} +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_bonobo_control_new (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) { +- char *moniker; +- +- moniker = load_string (data->loading_data, Moniker); +- +- new_widget = control_create (data, moniker, widget_get_uic (data->parent)); +- +- return new_widget; +- } else { +- show_control_dialog (data); +- return NULL; +- } +-} +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- */ +-GbWidget * +-gb_bonobo_control_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = BONOBO_TYPE_WIDGET; +- +- gb_widget_init_struct (&gbwidget); +- +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_control_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Bonobo Control"); +- +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_bonobo_control_new; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +- +-/**************************************************************************** +- * This is the GbWidget that will be created for each type of control. +- ****************************************************************************/ +- +-/* We use the moniker to ensure the property names are unique in the property +- editor. */ +-static char * +-create_prop_name (const char *moniker, const char *txt) +-{ +- return g_strconcat (moniker, "::", txt, NULL); +-} +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_control_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- Bonobo_PropertyBag pb = control_get_pb (widget); +- char *moniker = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Moniker); +- GList *key_list, *names; +- +- g_assert (moniker); +- +- if (!pb) +- return; +- +- key_list = bonobo_pbclient_get_keys (pb, NULL); +- for (names = key_list; names; names = names->next) { +- CORBA_TypeCode tc; +- char *title, *doc; +- char *prop = create_prop_name (moniker, names->data); +- +- tc = bonobo_pbclient_get_type (pb, names->data, NULL); +- title = bonobo_pbclient_get_doc_title (pb, names->data, NULL); +- doc = bonobo_pbclient_get_doc (pb, names->data, NULL); +- +- switch (tc->kind) { +- case CORBA_tk_boolean: +- property_add_bool (prop, title, doc); +- break; +- case CORBA_tk_string: +- property_add_string (prop, title, doc); +- break; +- case CORBA_tk_short: +- case CORBA_tk_ushort: +- /* FIXME: _int_range() ? */ +- property_add_int (prop, title, doc); +- break; +- case CORBA_tk_double: +- case CORBA_tk_float: +- property_add_float (prop, title, doc); +- break; +- case CORBA_tk_ulong: +- case CORBA_tk_long: +- property_add_int (prop, title, doc); +- break; +- default: +- g_warning ("Unhandled type %d", tc->kind); +- break; +- } +- g_free (prop); +- CORBA_free (title); +- CORBA_free (doc); +- } +- bonobo_pbclient_free_keys (key_list); +-} +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_control_get_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- Bonobo_PropertyBag pb = control_get_pb (widget); +- char *moniker = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Moniker); +- GList *key_list, *names; +- +- g_assert (moniker); +- +- if (!pb) +- return; +- +- /* We save the moniker in the XML, though we don't show it in the property +- editor. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- save_string (data, Moniker, moniker); +- } +- +- key_list = bonobo_pbclient_get_keys (pb, NULL); +- for (names = key_list; names; names = names->next) { +- CORBA_TypeCode tc; +- char *prop = create_prop_name (moniker, names->data); +- +- tc = bonobo_pbclient_get_type (pb, names->data, NULL); +- switch (tc->kind) { +- case CORBA_tk_boolean: +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, prop, +- bonobo_pbclient_get_boolean (pb, names->data, NULL)); +- break; +- case CORBA_tk_string: +- { +- char *str = bonobo_pbclient_get_string (pb, names->data, NULL); +- +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, prop, str); +- +- g_free (str); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_ulong: +- gb_widget_output_int (data, prop, +- bonobo_pbclient_get_ulong (pb, names->data, NULL)); +- break; +- case CORBA_tk_long: +- gb_widget_output_int (data, prop, +- bonobo_pbclient_get_long (pb, names->data, NULL)); +- break; +- case CORBA_tk_short: +- gb_widget_output_int (data, prop, +- bonobo_pbclient_get_short (pb, names->data, NULL)); +- break; +- case CORBA_tk_ushort: +- gb_widget_output_int (data, prop, +- bonobo_pbclient_get_ushort (pb, names->data, NULL)); +- break; +- case CORBA_tk_float: +- gb_widget_output_float (data, prop, +- bonobo_pbclient_get_float (pb, names->data, NULL)); +- break; +- case CORBA_tk_double: +- gb_widget_output_float (data, prop, +- bonobo_pbclient_get_double (pb, names->data, NULL)); +- break; +- default: +- g_warning ("Unhandled type %d", tc->kind); +- break; +- } +- g_free (prop); +- } +- bonobo_pbclient_free_keys (key_list); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_control_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- Bonobo_PropertyBag pb = control_get_pb (widget); +- char *moniker = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Moniker); +- GList *key_list, *names; +- +- g_assert (moniker); +- +- if (!pb) +- return; +- +- key_list = bonobo_pbclient_get_keys (pb, NULL); +- for (names = key_list; names; names = names->next) { +- CORBA_TypeCode tc; +- char *prop = create_prop_name (moniker, names->data); +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Checking property: %s\n", prop); +-#endif +- +- tc = bonobo_pbclient_get_type (pb, names->data, NULL); +- switch (tc->kind) { +- case CORBA_tk_boolean: +- { +- gboolean val; +- +- val = gb_widget_input_bool (data, prop); +- if (data->apply) +- bonobo_pbclient_set_boolean (pb, names->data, val, NULL); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_string: +- { +- const char *str; +- +- str = gb_widget_input_string (data, prop); +- if (data->apply) +- bonobo_pbclient_set_string (pb, names->data, str, NULL); +- +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_float: +- { +- gfloat val; +- +- val = gb_widget_input_float (data, prop); +- if (data->apply) +- bonobo_pbclient_set_float (pb, names->data, val, NULL); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_double: +- { +- gdouble val; +- +- val = gb_widget_input_float (data, prop); +- if (data->apply) +- bonobo_pbclient_set_double (pb, names->data, val, NULL); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_long: +- { +- glong val; +- +- val = gb_widget_input_int (data, prop); +- if (data->apply) +- bonobo_pbclient_set_long (pb, names->data, val, NULL); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_ulong: +- { +- glong val; +- +- val = gb_widget_input_int (data, prop); +- if (data->apply) +- bonobo_pbclient_set_ulong (pb, names->data, val, NULL); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_short: +- { +- glong val; +- +- val = gb_widget_input_int (data, prop); +- if (data->apply) +- bonobo_pbclient_set_short (pb, names->data, val, NULL); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_ushort: +- { +- glong val; +- +- val = gb_widget_input_int (data, prop); +- if (data->apply) +- bonobo_pbclient_set_ushort (pb, names->data, val, NULL); +- break; +- } +- default: +- g_warning ("Unhandled type %d", tc->kind); +- break; +- } +- g_free (prop); +- } +- bonobo_pbclient_free_keys (key_list); +-} +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_bonobo_control_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- char *moniker = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Moniker); +- BonoboControlFrame *cf; +- Bonobo_PropertyBag pb; +- GList *key_list, *names; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- /* Currently we don't support BonoboWindow, so it will always be NIL, +- but if we ever do, then it just needs to set bonobo_uic when it is +- created. */ +- source_ensure_decl (data, " Bonobo_UIContainer bonobo_uic = CORBA_OBJECT_NIL;\n"); +- source_add (data, +- " %s = bonobo_widget_new_control (%s, bonobo_uic);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string (moniker, FALSE)); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- cf = bonobo_widget_get_control_frame (BONOBO_WIDGET (widget)); +- if (!cf) +- return; +- +- pb = bonobo_control_frame_get_control_property_bag (cf, NULL); +- +- source_ensure_decl (data, " BonoboControlFrame *bonobo_cf;\n"); +- source_ensure_decl (data, " Bonobo_PropertyBag bonobo_pb;\n"); +- +- source_add (data, +- " bonobo_cf = bonobo_widget_get_control_frame (BONOBO_WIDGET (%s));\n", +- data->wname); +- source_add (data, +- " bonobo_pb = bonobo_control_frame_get_control_property_bag (bonobo_cf, NULL);\n"); +- +- +- key_list = bonobo_pbclient_get_keys (pb, NULL); +- for (names = key_list; names; names = names->next) { +- CORBA_TypeCode tc; +- +- tc = bonobo_pbclient_get_type (pb, names->data, NULL); +- switch (tc->kind) { +- case CORBA_tk_boolean: { +- gboolean val = bonobo_pbclient_get_boolean (pb, names->data, NULL); +- source_add (data, +- " bonobo_pbclient_set_boolean (bonobo_pb, %s, %s, NULL);\n", +- source_make_string (names->data, FALSE), +- val ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_string: { +- char *val = bonobo_pbclient_get_string (pb, names->data, NULL); +- source_add (data, +- " bonobo_pbclient_set_string (bonobo_pb, %s,", +- source_make_string (names->data, FALSE)); +- source_add (data, " %s, NULL);\n", +- source_make_string (val, data->use_gettext)); +- g_free (val); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_ulong: { +- gulong val = bonobo_pbclient_get_ulong (pb, names->data, NULL); +- source_add (data, +- " bonobo_pbclient_set_ulong (bonobo_pb, %s, %lu, NULL);\n", +- source_make_string (names->data, FALSE), +- val); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_long: { +- glong val = bonobo_pbclient_get_long (pb, names->data, NULL); +- source_add (data, +- " bonobo_pbclient_set_long (bonobo_pb, %s, %li, NULL);\n", +- source_make_string (names->data, FALSE), +- val); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_short: { +- gshort val = bonobo_pbclient_get_short (pb, names->data, NULL); +- source_add (data, +- " bonobo_pbclient_set_short (bonobo_pb, %s, %i, NULL);\n", +- source_make_string (names->data, FALSE), +- val); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_ushort: { +- gushort val = bonobo_pbclient_get_ushort (pb, names->data, NULL); +- source_add (data, +- " bonobo_pbclient_set_ushort (bonobo_pb, %s, %u, NULL);\n", +- source_make_string (names->data, FALSE), +- val); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_float: { +- gfloat val = bonobo_pbclient_get_float (pb, names->data, NULL); +- source_add (data, +- " bonobo_pbclient_set_float (bonobo_pb, %s, %g, NULL);\n", +- source_make_string (names->data, FALSE), +- val); +- break; +- } +- case CORBA_tk_double: { +- gdouble val = bonobo_pbclient_get_double (pb, names->data, NULL); +- source_add (data, +- " bonobo_pbclient_set_double (bonobo_pb, %s, %g, NULL);\n", +- source_make_string (names->data, FALSE), +- val); +- break; +- } +- default: +- g_warning ("Unhandled type %d", tc->kind); +- break; +- } +- +- +- } +- bonobo_pbclient_free_keys (key_list); +-} +- +-static GbWidget * +-control_get_gb_widget (const char *obj_id) +-{ +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- +- /* Check if this GbWidget is already registered. */ +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup_class (obj_id); +- +- /* If it isn't registered, create it and register it. */ +- if (!gbwidget) +- { +- gbwidget = g_new (GbWidget, 1); +- +- gb_widget_init_struct (gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget->pixmap_struct = gnome_control_xpm; +- gbwidget->tooltip = NULL; +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this Gbwidget has */ +- gbwidget->gb_widget_new = NULL; +- gbwidget->gb_widget_create_properties = gb_bonobo_control_create_properties; +- gbwidget->gb_widget_get_properties = gb_bonobo_control_get_properties; +- gbwidget->gb_widget_set_properties = gb_bonobo_control_set_properties; +- gbwidget->gb_widget_write_source = gb_bonobo_control_write_source; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Registering Bonobo control GbWidget: %s\n", obj_id); +-#endif +- gb_widget_register_gbwidget (obj_id, gbwidget); +- } +- +- return gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomedateedit.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,313 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-dateedit.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *DateEditFlags = "GnomeDateEdit::dateedit_flags"; +-static gchar *ShowTime = "GnomeDateEdit::show_time"; +-static gchar *Use24Format = "GnomeDateEdit::use_24_format"; +-static gchar *WeekStartMonday = "GnomeDateEdit::week_start_monday"; +-static gchar *LowerHour = "GnomeDateEdit::lower_hour"; +-static gchar *UpperHour = "GnomeDateEdit::upper_hour"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDateEdit, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_date_edit_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gnome_date_edit_new ((time_t) 0, TRUE, TRUE); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_date_edit_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (ShowTime, _("Show Time:"), +- _("If the time is shown as well as the date")); +- property_add_bool (Use24Format, _("24 Hour Format:"), +- _("If the time is shown in 24-hour format")); +- property_add_bool (WeekStartMonday, _("Monday First:"), +- _("If the week should start on Monday")); +- property_add_int_range (LowerHour, _("Lower Hour:"), +- _("The lowest hour to show in the popup"), +- 0, 23, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (UpperHour, _("Upper Hour:"), +- _("The highest hour to show in the popup"), +- 0, 23, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_date_edit_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GnomeDateEditFlags flags; +- int lower_hour, upper_hour; +- +- flags = gnome_date_edit_get_flags (GNOME_DATE_EDIT (widget)); +- +- /* we save only one property, but the property editor has 3 toggle +- buttons */ +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) { +- char *s = glade_util_string_from_flags (GNOME_TYPE_DATE_EDIT_FLAGS, flags); +- gb_widget_output_string (data, DateEditFlags, s); +- g_free (s); +- } else { +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowTime, +- flags & GNOME_DATE_EDIT_SHOW_TIME); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Use24Format, +- flags & GNOME_DATE_EDIT_24_HR); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, WeekStartMonday, +- flags & GNOME_DATE_EDIT_WEEK_STARTS_ON_MONDAY); +- } +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "lower-hour", &lower_hour, +- "upper-hour", &upper_hour, +- NULL); +- +- gb_widget_output_int (data, LowerHour, lower_hour); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, UpperHour, upper_hour); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_date_edit_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GnomeDateEditFlags flags, old_flags; +- gboolean value; +- gint value_int, lower_hour, old_lower_hour, upper_hour, old_upper_hour; +- +- old_flags = flags = gnome_date_edit_get_flags (GNOME_DATE_EDIT (widget)); +- +- /* we load only one property, but the property editor has 3 toggle +- buttons */ +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) { +- char *s = gb_widget_input_string (data, DateEditFlags); +- if (data->apply) +- flags = glade_util_flags_from_string (GNOME_TYPE_DATE_EDIT_FLAGS, s); +- } else { +- value = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowTime) +- ? GNOME_DATE_EDIT_SHOW_TIME : 0; +- if (data->apply) +- flags = (flags & ~GNOME_DATE_EDIT_SHOW_TIME) | value; +- +- value = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Use24Format) +- ? GNOME_DATE_EDIT_24_HR : 0; +- if (data->apply) +- flags = (flags & ~GNOME_DATE_EDIT_24_HR) | value; +- +- value = gb_widget_input_bool (data, WeekStartMonday) +- ? GNOME_DATE_EDIT_WEEK_STARTS_ON_MONDAY : 0; +- if (data->apply) +- flags = (flags & ~GNOME_DATE_EDIT_WEEK_STARTS_ON_MONDAY) | value; +- } +- +- if (flags != old_flags) +- gnome_date_edit_set_flags (GNOME_DATE_EDIT (widget), flags); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "lower-hour", &old_lower_hour, +- "upper-hour", &old_upper_hour, +- NULL); +- +- value_int = gb_widget_input_int (data, LowerHour); +- if (data->apply) +- lower_hour = value_int; +- else +- lower_hour = old_lower_hour; +- +- value_int = gb_widget_input_int (data, UpperHour); +- if (data->apply) +- upper_hour = value_int; +- else +- upper_hour = old_upper_hour; +- +- if (lower_hour != old_lower_hour || upper_hour != old_upper_hour) +- { +- gnome_date_edit_set_popup_range (GNOME_DATE_EDIT (widget), lower_hour, +- upper_hour); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDateEdit, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_date_edit_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_date_edit_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GnomeDateEditFlags flags; +- gboolean set_flags = FALSE; +- int upper_hour, lower_hour; +- +- flags = gnome_date_edit_get_flags (GNOME_DATE_EDIT (widget)); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_date_edit_new ((time_t) 0, %s, %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- flags & GNOME_DATE_EDIT_SHOW_TIME ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", +- flags & GNOME_DATE_EDIT_24_HR ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"); +- } +- else +- { +- set_flags = TRUE; +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (flags & GNOME_DATE_EDIT_WEEK_STARTS_ON_MONDAY) +- set_flags = TRUE; +- +- if (set_flags) +- { +- const gchar *prefix = "\n "; +- const gchar *prefix2 = "\n | "; +- +- source_add (data, " gnome_date_edit_set_flags (GNOME_DATE_EDIT (%s),", +- data->wname); +- if (flags) +- { +- if (flags & GNOME_DATE_EDIT_SHOW_TIME) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sGNOME_DATE_EDIT_SHOW_TIME", prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- if (flags & GNOME_DATE_EDIT_24_HR) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sGNOME_DATE_EDIT_24_HR", prefix); +- prefix = prefix2; +- } +- if (flags & GNOME_DATE_EDIT_WEEK_STARTS_ON_MONDAY) +- { +- source_add (data, "%sGNOME_DATE_EDIT_WEEK_STARTS_ON_MONDAY", +- prefix); +- } +- source_add (data, ");\n"); +- } +- else +- source_add (data, "0);\n"); +- } +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "lower-hour", &lower_hour, +- "upper-hour", &upper_hour, +- NULL); +- +- if (lower_hour != 7 || upper_hour != 19) +- +- { +- source_add (data, " gnome_date_edit_set_popup_range (GNOME_DATE_EDIT (%s), %i, %i);\n", +- data->wname, +- lower_hour, +- upper_hour); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_date_edit_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_date_edit_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_dateedit_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("GnomeDateEdit"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_date_edit_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_date_edit_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_date_edit_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_date_edit_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_date_edit_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_child_props = gb_gnome_date_edit_set_child_props; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_date_edit_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomedialog.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-dialog.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Title = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::title"; +-static gchar *Type = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::type"; +-static gchar *Position = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::window_position"; +-static gchar *Modal = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::modal"; +-static gchar *DefaultWidth = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::default_width"; +-static gchar *DefaultHeight = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::default_height"; +-static gchar *Shrink = "GnomeDialogl|GtkWindow::allow_shrink"; +-static gchar *Grow = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::allow_grow"; +-static gchar *AutoShrink = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::auto_shrink"; +-static gchar *IconName = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +- +-static gchar *Resizable = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::resizable"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::gravity"; +-static gchar *Urgency = "GnomeDialog|GtkWindow::urgency_hint"; +- +-static gchar *AutoClose = "GnomeDialog::auto_close"; +-static gchar *HideOnClose = "GnomeDialog::hide_on_close"; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDialog, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_dialog_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *placeholder; +- GList *elem; +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- { +- /* When creating a new dialog, we add a few standard buttons, which +- the user can change/delete easily. */ +- new_widget = gnome_dialog_new (NULL, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, +- NULL); +- +- /* Now turn the buttons into GbWidgets so the user can edit them. */ +- elem = GNOME_DIALOG (new_widget)->buttons; +- gb_widget_create_from (GTK_WIDGET (elem->data), "button"); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (elem->data), GladeButtonStockIDKey, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL); +- +- elem = elem->next; +- gb_widget_create_from (GTK_WIDGET (elem->data), "button"); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (elem->data), GladeButtonStockIDKey, +- GTK_STOCK_OK); +- +- /* We need to size the placeholders or the dialog is very small. */ +- placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (placeholder, 300, 200); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GNOME_DIALOG (new_widget)->vbox), +- placeholder, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- } +- else +- { +- /* When loading we create the bare dialog with no buttons. */ +- new_widget = gnome_dialog_new (NULL, NULL); +- } +- +- gb_widget_create_from (GNOME_DIALOG (new_widget)->vbox, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "dialog-vbox" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GNOME_DIALOG (new_widget)->vbox, GladeChildDialogVBox); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (GNOME_DIALOG (new_widget)->action_area, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "dialog-action_area" +- : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GNOME_DIALOG (new_widget)->action_area, +- GladeChildDialogActionArea); +- +- /* We connect a close signal handler which always returns TRUE so that +- the built-in close functionality is skipped. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "close", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_true), NULL); +- +- /* Now we connect our normal delete_event handler. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), TypeHint, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GLADE_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG_INDEX)); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_dialog_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- property_add_bool (AutoClose, _("Auto Close:"), +- _("If the dialog closes when any button is clicked")); +- property_add_bool (HideOnClose, _("Hide on Close:"), +- _("If the dialog is hidden when it is closed, instead of being destroyed")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_dialog_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, AutoClose, GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->click_closes); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, HideOnClose, GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->just_hide); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_dialog_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean auto_close, hide_on_close; +- +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- auto_close = gb_widget_input_bool (data, AutoClose); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_dialog_set_close (GNOME_DIALOG (widget), auto_close); +- +- hide_on_close = gb_widget_input_bool (data, HideOnClose); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_dialog_close_hides (GNOME_DIALOG (widget), hide_on_close); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDialog, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_dialog_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_dialog_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- gchar *title; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- title = GTK_WINDOW (widget)->title; +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_dialog_new (%s, NULL);\n", +- data->wname, +- title ? source_make_string_full (title, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) +- : "NULL"); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* The title is already set above, so we pass NULL to skip it. */ +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- NULL, Type, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- if (GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->click_closes) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_dialog_set_close (GNOME_DIALOG (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->just_hide) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_dialog_close_hides (GNOME_DIALOG (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- /* We output the source code for the children here, since the code should +- not include calls to create the widgets. We need to specify that the +- names used are like: "GTK_DIALOG (<dialog-name>)->vbox". +- We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- child_name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->vbox); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GNOME_DIALOG (%s)->vbox;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->vbox, data); +- +- /* action_area is a child of vbox so I had to add a kludge to stop it +- being written as a normal child - we need to do it here so that we +- don't output code to create it. */ +- child_name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->action_area); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GNOME_DIALOG (%s)->action_area;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->action_area, data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_gnome_dialog_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogVBox)) +- return GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->vbox; +- else if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogActionArea)) +- return GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->action_area; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_dialog_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_dialog_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_dialog_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome Dialog Box"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_dialog_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_dialog_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_dialog_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_dialog_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_dialog_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_gnome_dialog_get_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_window_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_dialog_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomedruid.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,499 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../tree.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-druid.xpm" +- +-const char *ShowHelp = "GnomeDruid::show_help"; +- +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +-static void show_druid_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_druid_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_druid_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +- +-static void gb_gnome_druid_add_start_page (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GnomeDruid *druid); +-static void gb_gnome_druid_add_finish_page (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GnomeDruid *druid); +-static void gb_gnome_druid_insert_page_before (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GnomeDruidPage *page); +-static void gb_gnome_druid_insert_page_after (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GnomeDruidPage *page); +-static void gb_gnome_druid_show_page (GtkWidget *parent, +- GtkWidget *new_page); +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDruid, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_druid_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- new_widget = gnome_druid_new (); +- return new_widget; +- } +- else +- { +- show_druid_dialog (data); +- return NULL; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_druid_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *hbox, *label, *spinbutton; +- GtkObject *adjustment; +- +- dialog = glade_util_create_dialog (_("New Gnome Druid"), data->parent, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_druid_dialog_ok), +- data, &vbox); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_druid_dialog_destroy), data); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 10); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Number of Pages:")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (3, 2, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "pages", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 1, 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), spinbutton, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (spinbutton, 50, -1); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (spinbutton); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +- gtk_grab_add (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_druid_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *spinbutton, *window, *page; +- gint pages, i; +- +- window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- /* Only call callback if placeholder/fixed widget is still there */ +- if (gb_widget_can_finish_new (data)) +- { +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "pages"); +- g_return_if_fail (spinbutton != NULL); +- pages = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (spinbutton)); +- +- new_widget = gnome_druid_new (); +- page = gnome_druid_page_edge_new_aa (GNOME_EDGE_START); +- gb_widget_create_from (page, "GnomeDruidPageStart"); +- gnome_druid_append_page (GNOME_DRUID (new_widget), +- GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (page)); +- gnome_druid_set_page (GNOME_DRUID (new_widget), GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (page)); +- +- for (i = 0; i < pages - 2; i++) +- { +- page = gb_widget_new ("GnomeDruidPageStandard", new_widget); +- gnome_druid_append_page (GNOME_DRUID (new_widget), +- GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (page)); +- } +- +- if (pages >= 2) +- { +- page = gnome_druid_page_edge_new_aa (GNOME_EDGE_FINISH); +- gb_widget_create_from (page, "GnomeDruidPageFinish"); +- gnome_druid_append_page (GNOME_DRUID (new_widget), +- GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (page)); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_show_all (new_widget); +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- (*data->callback) (new_widget, data); +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_druid_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- gtk_grab_remove (widget); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_gnome_druid_add_child (GtkWidget *widget, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gnome_druid_append_page (GNOME_DRUID (widget), GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (child)); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_create_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetCreateArgData *data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (ShowHelp, _("Show Help"), _("Display the help button.")); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData *data) +-{ +- gboolean show_help; +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "show-help", &show_help, +- NULL); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowHelp, show_help); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_set_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData *data) +-{ +- gboolean show_help; +- +- show_help = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowHelp); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "show-help", show_help, NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDruid, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *menuitem; +- GnomeDruid *druid; +- GList *children, *elem; +- +- if (data->child == NULL) +- return; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GNOME_IS_DRUID (data->child->parent)); +- druid = GNOME_DRUID (data->child->parent); +- +- children = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (widget)); +- +- /* 'Add Start Page' is added if the druid has no pages or the first one +- is not a start page. */ +- if (!children || +- !(GNOME_IS_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (children->data) && +- GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (children->data)->position == GNOME_EDGE_START)) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add Start Page")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_gnome_druid_add_start_page), +- druid); +- } +- +- /* 'Add Finish Page' is added if the druid has no pages or the last one +- is not a finish page. */ +- elem = g_list_last (children); +- if (!elem || +- !(GNOME_IS_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (elem->data) && +- GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (elem->data)->position == GNOME_EDGE_FINISH)) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Add Finish Page")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_gnome_druid_add_finish_page), +- druid); +- } +- +- g_list_free (children); +- +- /* 'Insert Page Before' is added if the current page is not the start page. +- */ +- if (!(GNOME_IS_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (data->child) && +- GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (data->child)->position == GNOME_EDGE_START)) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Insert Page Before")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_gnome_druid_insert_page_before), +- data->child); +- } +- +- /* 'Insert Page After' is added if the current page is not the finish page. +- */ +- if (!(GNOME_IS_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (data->child) && +- GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (data->child)->position == GNOME_EDGE_FINISH)) +- { +- menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Insert Page After")); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (data->menu), menuitem); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (menuitem), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gb_gnome_druid_insert_page_after), +- data->child); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_add_start_page (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GnomeDruid *druid) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_page; +- +- new_page = gnome_druid_page_edge_new_aa (GNOME_EDGE_START); +- gb_widget_create_from (new_page, "GnomeDruidPageStart"); +- gtk_widget_show_all (new_page); +- +- gnome_druid_prepend_page (druid, GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (new_page)); +- +- gb_gnome_druid_show_page (GTK_WIDGET (druid), new_page); +- +- gnome_druid_set_page (druid, GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (new_page)); +- tree_add_widget (GTK_WIDGET (new_page)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_add_finish_page (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GnomeDruid *druid) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_page; +- +- new_page = gnome_druid_page_edge_new_aa (GNOME_EDGE_FINISH); +- gb_widget_create_from (new_page, "GnomeDruidPageFinish"); +- gtk_widget_show_all (new_page); +- +- gnome_druid_append_page (druid, GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (new_page)); +- +- gb_gnome_druid_show_page (GTK_WIDGET (druid), new_page); +- +- gnome_druid_set_page (druid, GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (new_page)); +- tree_add_widget (GTK_WIDGET (new_page)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_insert_page_before (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GnomeDruidPage *page) +-{ +- GtkWidget *parent, *new_page; +- GnomeDruidPage *prev_page; +- GList *children, *elem; +- +- parent = GTK_WIDGET (page)->parent; +- g_return_if_fail (GNOME_IS_DRUID (parent)); +- +- children = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (parent)); +- elem = g_list_find (children, page); +- g_return_if_fail (elem != NULL); +- +- new_page = gb_widget_new ("GnomeDruidPageStandard", parent); +- gtk_widget_show_all (new_page); +- +- if (elem->prev) +- prev_page = GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (elem->prev->data); +- else +- prev_page = NULL; +- +- g_list_free (children); +- +- gnome_druid_insert_page (GNOME_DRUID (parent), prev_page, +- GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (new_page)); +- +- gb_gnome_druid_show_page (parent, new_page); +- +- gnome_druid_set_page (GNOME_DRUID (parent), GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (new_page)); +- tree_add_widget (GTK_WIDGET (new_page)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_insert_page_after (GtkWidget * menuitem, +- GnomeDruidPage *page) +-{ +- GtkWidget *parent, *new_page; +- +- parent = GTK_WIDGET (page)->parent; +- g_return_if_fail (GNOME_IS_DRUID (parent)); +- +- new_page = gb_widget_new ("GnomeDruidPageStandard", parent); +- gtk_widget_show_all (new_page); +- +- gnome_druid_insert_page (GNOME_DRUID (parent), +- GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (page), +- GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (new_page)); +- +- gb_gnome_druid_show_page (parent, new_page); +- +- gnome_druid_set_page (GNOME_DRUID (parent), GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (new_page)); +- tree_add_widget (GTK_WIDGET (new_page)); +-} +- +- +-/* FIXME: GnomeDruid bug workaround. */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_show_page (GtkWidget *parent, GtkWidget *new_page) +-{ +- /* Hopefully we don't need this for GNOME 2. */ +-#if 0 +- if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (parent)) +- gtk_widget_realize (new_page); +- +- if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (parent) && GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (new_page)) +- { +- if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (parent)) +- gtk_widget_map (new_page); +- +- gtk_widget_queue_resize (new_page); +- } +-#endif +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gboolean show_help; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_druid_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "show-help", &show_help, +- NULL); +- +- if (show_help) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_set_show_help (GNOME_DRUID (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs source to add a child widget to a table. */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_write_add_child_source (GtkWidget * parent, +- const gchar *parent_name, +- GtkWidget *child, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_append_page (GNOME_DRUID (%s),\n" +- " GNOME_DRUID_PAGE (%s));\n", +- parent_name, data->wname); +-} +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_druid_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_druid_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_druid_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Druid"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_druid_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_add_child = gb_gnome_druid_add_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_druid_create_popup_menu; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_druid_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_add_child_source = gb_gnome_druid_write_add_child_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_druid_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_druid_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_druid_set_properties; +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomedruidpageedge.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,537 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-druid-page-start.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *BackgroundColor = "GnomeDruidPageEdge::background_color"; +-static gchar *LogoBackgroundColor = "GnomeDruidPageEdge::logo_background_color"; +-static gchar *TextboxColor = "GnomeDruidPageEdge::textbox_color"; +-static gchar *TextColor = "GnomeDruidPageEdge::text_color"; +-static gchar *TitleColor = "GnomeDruidPageEdge::title_color"; +-static gchar *Text = "GnomeDruidPageEdge::text"; +-static gchar *Title = "GnomeDruidPageEdge::title"; +-static gchar *LogoImage = "GnomeDruidPageEdge::logo"; +-static gchar *Watermark = "GnomeDruidPageEdge::watermark"; +-static gchar *TopWatermark = "GnomeDruidPageEdge::top_watermark"; +-static gchar *Position = "GnomeDruidPageEdge::position"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDruidPageEdge, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- GnomeEdgePosition position = GNOME_EDGE_START; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- char *position_string = load_string (data->loading_data, Position); +- if (position_string && *position_string) +- { +- position = glade_enum_from_string (GNOME_TYPE_EDGE_POSITION, +- position_string); +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning ("no position property in XML file. Defaulting to GNOME_EDGE_START"); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning ("gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_new() called to create widget. Defaulting to GNOME_EDGE_START"); +- } +- +- new_widget = gnome_druid_page_edge_new (position); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_string (Title, _("Title:"), +- _("The title of the page")); +- property_add_text (Text, _("Text:"), +- _("The main text of the page, " +- "introducing people to the druid."), 5); +- property_add_color (TitleColor, _("Title Color:"), +- _("The color of the title text")); +- property_add_color (TextColor, _("Text Color:"), +- _("The color of the main text")); +- property_add_color (BackgroundColor, _("Back. Color:"), +- _("The background color of the page")); +- property_add_color (LogoBackgroundColor, _("Logo Back. Color:"), +- _("The background color around the logo")); +- property_add_color (TextboxColor, _("Text Box Color:"), +- _("The background color of the main text area")); +- property_add_filename (LogoImage, _("Logo Image:"), +- _("The logo to display in the top-right of the page")); +- property_add_filename (Watermark, _("Side Watermark:"), +- _("The main image to display on the side of the page.")); +- property_add_filename (TopWatermark, _("Top Watermark:"), +- _("The watermark to display at the top of the page.")); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GnomeDruidPageEdge *page; +- +- page = GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (widget); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SAVING) +- { +- save_string (data, Position, +- glade_string_from_enum (GNOME_TYPE_EDGE_POSITION, +- page->position)); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Title, gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Title)); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, Text, page->text); +- +- /* We do this to make sure the colors are set. */ +- gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget); +- +- /* Only save colors if they have been set explicitly. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING +- || gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TitleColor)) +- gb_widget_output_color (data, TitleColor, &page->title_color); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING +- || gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TextColor)) +- gb_widget_output_color (data, TextColor, &page->text_color); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING +- || gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), BackgroundColor)) +- gb_widget_output_color (data, BackgroundColor, &page->background_color); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING +- || gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LogoBackgroundColor)) +- gb_widget_output_color (data, LogoBackgroundColor, +- &page->logo_background_color); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING +- || gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TextboxColor)) +- gb_widget_output_color (data, TextboxColor, &page->textbox_color); +- +- gb_widget_output_pixmap_filename (data, LogoImage, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- LogoImage)); +- gb_widget_output_pixmap_filename (data, Watermark, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- Watermark)); +- +- gb_widget_output_pixmap_filename (data, TopWatermark, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- TopWatermark)); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GnomeDruidPageEdge *page; +- gchar *string, *old_filename; +- GdkColor *color; +- GdkPixbuf *pb; +- +- page = GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (widget); +- +- string = gb_widget_input_string (data, Title); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Title, g_strdup (string)); +- gnome_druid_page_edge_set_title (page, string); +- } +- +- string = gb_widget_input_text (data, Text); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_druid_page_edge_set_text (page, string); +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (string); +- +- /* For colors, we store a flag to indicate if the color has been set. +- Unfortunately the only way to reset a color to the default at present is +- to remove it from the XML file. */ +- color = gb_widget_input_color (data, BackgroundColor); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), BackgroundColor, "Y"); +- gnome_druid_page_edge_set_bg_color (page, color); +- } +- +- color = gb_widget_input_color (data, LogoBackgroundColor); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LogoBackgroundColor, "Y"); +- gnome_druid_page_edge_set_logo_bg_color (page, color); +- } +- +- color = gb_widget_input_color (data, TextboxColor); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TextboxColor, "Y"); +- gnome_druid_page_edge_set_textbox_color (page, color); +- } +- +- color = gb_widget_input_color (data, TextColor); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TextColor, "Y"); +- gnome_druid_page_edge_set_text_color (page, color); +- } +- +- color = gb_widget_input_color (data, TitleColor); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TitleColor, "Y"); +- gnome_druid_page_edge_set_title_color (page, color); +- } +- +- string = gb_widget_input_pixmap_filename (data, LogoImage); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (string && string[0] == '\0') +- string = NULL; +- old_filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LogoImage); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, old_filename); +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LogoImage, +- g_strdup (string), string ? g_free : NULL); +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, string); +- pb = string ? gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (string, NULL) : NULL; +- gnome_druid_page_edge_set_logo (page, pb); +- if (pb) +- gdk_pixbuf_unref (pb); +- } +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- g_free (string); +- +- string = gb_widget_input_pixmap_filename (data, Watermark); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (string && string[0] == '\0') +- string = NULL; +- old_filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Watermark); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, old_filename); +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Watermark, +- g_strdup (string), string ? g_free : NULL); +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, string); +- pb = string ? gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (string, NULL) : NULL; +- gnome_druid_page_edge_set_watermark (page, pb); +- if (pb) +- gdk_pixbuf_unref (pb); +- } +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- g_free (string); +- +- string = gb_widget_input_pixmap_filename (data, TopWatermark); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (string && string[0] == '\0') +- string = NULL; +- old_filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TopWatermark); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, old_filename); +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TopWatermark, +- g_strdup (string), string ? g_free : NULL); +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, string); +- pb = string ? gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (string, NULL) : NULL; +- gnome_druid_page_edge_set_top_watermark (page, pb); +- if (pb) +- gdk_pixbuf_unref (pb); +- } +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- g_free (string); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDruidPageEdge, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GnomeDruidPageEdge *page; +- GdkColor *color; +- gchar *filename, *title; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GNOME_IS_DRUID (widget->parent)); +- page = GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (widget); +- +- /* We do this to make sure the colors are set. */ +- gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- const char *position = glade_string_from_enum (GNOME_TYPE_EDGE_POSITION, +- page->position); +- +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_druid_page_edge_new (%s);\n", +- data->wname, position); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- color = &page->background_color; +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), BackgroundColor)) +- { +- source_add_decl (data, +- " GdkColor %s_bg_color = { 0, %i, %i, %i };\n", +- data->real_wname, +- color->red, color->green, color->blue); +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_page_edge_set_bg_color (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (%s),\n" +- " &%s_bg_color);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname); +- } +- +- color = &page->textbox_color; +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TextboxColor)) +- { +- source_add_decl (data, +- " GdkColor %s_textbox_color = { 0, %i, %i, %i };\n", +- data->real_wname, +- color->red, color->green, color->blue); +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_page_edge_set_textbox_color (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (%s),\n" +- " &%s_textbox_color);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname); +- } +- +- color = &page->logo_background_color; +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LogoBackgroundColor)) +- { +- source_add_decl (data, +- " GdkColor %s_logo_bg_color = { 0, %i, %i, %i };\n", +- data->real_wname, +- color->red, color->green, color->blue); +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_page_edge_set_logo_bg_color (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (%s),\n" +- " &%s_logo_bg_color);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname); +- } +- +- color = &page->title_color; +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TitleColor)) +- { +- source_add_decl (data, +- " GdkColor %s_title_color = { 0, %i, %i, %i };\n", +- data->real_wname, +- color->red, color->green, color->blue); +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_page_edge_set_title_color (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (%s),\n" +- " &%s_title_color);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname); +- } +- +- color = &page->text_color; +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TextColor)) +- { +- source_add_decl (data, +- " GdkColor %s_text_color = { 0, %i, %i, %i };\n", +- data->real_wname, +- color->red, color->green, color->blue); +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_page_edge_set_text_color (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (%s),\n" +- " &%s_text_color);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname); +- } +- +- title = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Title); +- if (title && *title) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_page_edge_set_title (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (title, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- +- if (page->text && strcmp (page->text, "")) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Text, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_page_edge_set_text (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (page->text, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LogoImage); +- if (filename && filename[0]) +- { +- source_ensure_decl (data, " GdkPixbuf *tmp_pixbuf;\n"); +- +- source_add (data, +- " tmp_pixbuf = create_pixbuf (\"%s/%s\");\n" +- " if (tmp_pixbuf)\n" +- " {\n" +- " gnome_druid_page_edge_set_logo (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (%s),\n" +- " tmp_pixbuf);\n" +- " gdk_pixbuf_unref (tmp_pixbuf);\n" +- " }\n", +- data->program_name, g_basename (filename), data->wname); +- } +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Watermark); +- if (filename && filename[0]) +- { +- source_ensure_decl (data, " GdkPixbuf *tmp_pixbuf;\n"); +- +- source_add (data, +- " tmp_pixbuf = create_pixbuf (\"%s/%s\");\n" +- " if (tmp_pixbuf)\n" +- " {\n" +- " gnome_druid_page_edge_set_watermark (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (%s),\n" +- " tmp_pixbuf);\n" +- " gdk_pixbuf_unref (tmp_pixbuf);\n" +- " }\n", +- data->program_name, g_basename (filename), data->wname); +- } +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TopWatermark); +- if (filename && filename[0]) +- { +- source_ensure_decl (data, " GdkPixbuf *tmp_pixbuf;\n"); +- +- source_add (data, +- " tmp_pixbuf = create_pixbuf (\"%s/%s\");\n" +- " if (tmp_pixbuf)\n" +- " {\n" +- " gnome_druid_page_edge_set_top_watermark (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_EDGE (%s),\n" +- " tmp_pixbuf);\n" +- " gdk_pixbuf_unref (tmp_pixbuf);\n" +- " }\n", +- data->program_name, g_basename (filename), data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-void +-gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetDestroyData * data) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LogoImage); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, filename); +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TopWatermark); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, filename); +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Watermark); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, filename); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_druid_page_edge_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_druid_page_start_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Druid Start or Finish Page"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_druid_page_edge_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomedruidpagestandard.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,463 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-druid-page-standard.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *BackgroundColor = "GnomeDruidPageStandard::background"; +-static gchar *LogoBackgroundColor = "GnomeDruidPageStandard::logo_background"; +-static gchar *ContentsBackgroundColor = "GnomeDruidPageStandard::contents_background"; +-static gchar *TitleColor = "GnomeDruidPageStandard::title_foreground"; +-static gchar *Title = "GnomeDruidPageStandard::title"; +-static gchar *LogoImage = "GnomeDruidPageStandard::logo"; +-static gchar *TopWatermark = "GnomeDruidPageStandard::top_watermark"; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeDruidPageStandard, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *placeholder; +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- { +- new_widget = gnome_druid_page_standard_new_with_vals ("", NULL, NULL); +- placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (new_widget)->vbox), +- placeholder, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- } +- else +- { +- new_widget = gnome_druid_page_standard_new_with_vals ("", NULL, NULL); +- } +- gb_widget_create_from (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (new_widget)->vbox, +- "druid-vbox"); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (new_widget)->vbox, +- GladeChildGnomeDruidVBox); +- gtk_widget_show_all (new_widget); +- return new_widget; +-} +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_string (Title, _("Title:"), +- _("The title of the page")); +- property_add_color (TitleColor, _("Title Color:"), +- _("The color of the title text")); +- property_add_color (ContentsBackgroundColor, _("Contents Back. Color:"), +- _("The background color around the title")); +- property_add_color (BackgroundColor, _("Back. Color:"), +- _("The background color of the page")); +- property_add_color (LogoBackgroundColor, _("Logo Back. Color:"), +- _("The background color around the logo")); +- property_add_filename (LogoImage, _("Logo Image:"), +- _("The logo to display in the top-right of the page")); +- property_add_filename (TopWatermark, _("Top Watermark:"), +- _("The image to display along the top of the page")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GnomeDruidPageStandard *page; +- GdkColor *title_color, *background_color, *logo_background_color; +- gboolean title_color_set, background_color_set, logo_background_color_set; +- +- page = GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (widget); +- +- /* We do this to make sure the colors are set. */ +- gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget); +- +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Title, page->title); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "title-foreground-set", &title_color_set, +- "title-foreground-gdk", &title_color, +- "background-set", &background_color_set, +- "background-gdk", &background_color, +- "logo-background-set", &logo_background_color_set, +- "logo-background-gdk", &logo_background_color, +- NULL); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING || title_color_set) +- gb_widget_output_color (data, TitleColor, title_color); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING || background_color_set) +- gb_widget_output_color (data, BackgroundColor, background_color); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING || logo_background_color_set) +- gb_widget_output_color (data, LogoBackgroundColor, logo_background_color); +- +- gdk_color_free (title_color); +- gdk_color_free (background_color); +- gdk_color_free (logo_background_color); +- +- /* FIXME: GNOME 2 bug workaround. It doesn't install the properties for +- these, so we have to do it ourselves. */ +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING +- || gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), ContentsBackgroundColor)) +- gb_widget_output_color (data, ContentsBackgroundColor, +- &page->contents_background); +- +- gb_widget_output_pixmap_filename (data, LogoImage, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- LogoImage)); +- +- gb_widget_output_pixmap_filename (data, TopWatermark, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- TopWatermark)); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GnomeDruidPageStandard *page; +- gchar *string, *old_filename; +- GdkColor *color; +- GdkPixbuf *image; +- +- page = GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (widget); +- +- string = gb_widget_input_string (data, Title); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_druid_page_standard_set_title (page, string); +- +- color = gb_widget_input_color (data, BackgroundColor); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_druid_page_standard_set_bg_color (page, color); +- +- color = gb_widget_input_color (data, LogoBackgroundColor); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_druid_page_standard_set_logo_bg_color (page, color); +- +- color = gb_widget_input_color (data, TitleColor); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_druid_page_standard_set_title_color (page, color); +- +- color = gb_widget_input_color (data, ContentsBackgroundColor); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), ContentsBackgroundColor, "Y"); +- gnome_druid_page_standard_set_contents_background (page, color); +- } +- +- string = gb_widget_input_pixmap_filename (data, LogoImage); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (string && string[0] == '\0') +- string = NULL; +- old_filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LogoImage); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, old_filename); +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LogoImage, +- g_strdup (string), string ? g_free : NULL); +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, string); +- image = string ? gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (string, NULL) : NULL; +- gnome_druid_page_standard_set_logo (page, image); +- if (image) +- gdk_pixbuf_unref (image); +- } +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- g_free (string); +- +- string = gb_widget_input_pixmap_filename (data, TopWatermark); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- if (string && string[0] == '\0') +- string = NULL; +- old_filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TopWatermark); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, old_filename); +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TopWatermark, +- g_strdup (string), string ? g_free : NULL); +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, string); +- image = string ? gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (string, NULL) : NULL; +- gnome_druid_page_standard_set_top_watermark (page, image); +- if (image) +- gdk_pixbuf_unref (image); +- } +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- g_free (string); +-} +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeDruidVBox)) +- return GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (widget)->vbox; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeDruidPageStandard, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GnomeDruidPageStandard *page; +- gchar *filename, *title; +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- GdkColor title_color, background_color, logo_background_color; +- gboolean title_color_set, background_color_set, logo_background_color_set; +- +- page = GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (widget); +- +- /* We do this to make sure the colors are set. */ +- gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gnome_druid_page_standard_new ();\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "title-foreground-set", &title_color_set, +- "title-foreground-gdk", &title_color, +- "background-set", &background_color_set, +- "background-gdk", &background_color, +- "logo-background-set", &logo_background_color_set, +- "logo-background-gdk", &logo_background_color, +- "title", &title, +- NULL); +- +- if (background_color_set) +- { +- source_add_decl (data, +- " GdkColor %s_bg_color = { 0, %i, %i, %i };\n", +- data->real_wname, +- background_color.red, background_color.green, background_color.blue); +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_page_standard_set_background (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (%s), &%s_bg_color);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname); +- } +- +- if (logo_background_color_set) +- { +- source_add_decl (data, +- " GdkColor %s_logo_bg_color = { 0, %i, %i, %i };\n", +- data->real_wname, +- logo_background_color.red, logo_background_color.green, logo_background_color.blue); +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_page_standard_set_logo_background (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (%s), &%s_logo_bg_color);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname); +- } +- +- if (title_color_set) +- { +- source_add_decl (data, +- " GdkColor %s_title_color = { 0, %i, %i, %i };\n", +- data->real_wname, +- title_color.red, title_color.green, title_color.blue); +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_page_standard_set_title_foreground (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (%s), &%s_title_color);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname); +- } +- +- if (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), ContentsBackgroundColor)) +- { +- GdkColor *color = &page->contents_background; +- source_add_decl (data, +- " GdkColor %s_contents_bg_color = { 0, %i, %i, %i };\n", +- data->real_wname, +- color->red, color->green, color->blue); +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_page_standard_set_contents_background (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (%s), &%s_contents_bg_color);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname); +- } +- +- if (title && *title) +- { +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_druid_page_standard_set_title (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (title, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- g_free (title); +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LogoImage); +- if (filename && filename[0]) +- { +- source_ensure_decl (data, " GdkPixbuf *tmp_pixbuf;\n"); +- +- source_add (data, +- " tmp_pixbuf = create_pixbuf (\"%s/%s\");\n" +- " if (tmp_pixbuf)\n" +- " {\n" +- " gnome_druid_page_standard_set_logo (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (%s),\n" +- " tmp_pixbuf);\n" +- " gdk_pixbuf_unref (tmp_pixbuf);\n" +- " }\n", +- data->program_name, g_basename (filename), data->wname); +- } +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TopWatermark); +- if (filename && filename[0]) +- { +- source_ensure_decl (data, " GdkPixbuf *tmp_pixbuf;\n"); +- +- source_add (data, +- " tmp_pixbuf = create_pixbuf (\"%s/%s\");\n" +- " if (tmp_pixbuf)\n" +- " {\n" +- " gnome_druid_page_standard_set_top_watermark (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (%s),\n" +- " tmp_pixbuf);\n" +- " gdk_pixbuf_unref (tmp_pixbuf);\n" +- " }\n", +- data->program_name, g_basename (filename), data->wname); +- } +- +- /* We output the source code for the children here, since the code should +- not include calls to create the widgets. We need to specify that the +- names used are like: "GTK_COMBO (<combo-name>)->entry". +- We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- child_name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (widget)->vbox); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (%s)->vbox;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GNOME_DRUID_PAGE_STANDARD (widget)->vbox, data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetDestroyData * data) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), LogoImage); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, filename); +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TopWatermark); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, filename); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_druid_page_standard_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_druid_page_standard_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Druid Standard Page"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_get_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_druid_page_standard_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomeentry.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,225 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-entry.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *HistoryID = "GnomeEntry::history_id"; +-static gchar *MaxSaved = "GnomeEntry::max_saved"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeEntry, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_entry_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gnome_entry_new (NULL); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (GTK_COMBO (new_widget)->entry, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "combo-entry" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GTK_COMBO (new_widget)->entry, GladeChildGnomeEntry); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_entry_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_string (HistoryID, _("History ID:"), +- _("The ID to save the history entries under")); +- property_add_int_range (MaxSaved, _("Max Saved:"), +- _("The maximum number of history entries saved"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_entry_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_string (data, HistoryID, gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), HistoryID)); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, MaxSaved, gnome_entry_get_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (widget))); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_entry_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *history_id; +- gint max_saved; +- +- history_id = gb_widget_input_string (data, HistoryID); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), HistoryID, +- g_strdup (history_id), +- history_id ? g_free : NULL); +- +- max_saved = gb_widget_input_int (data, MaxSaved); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_entry_set_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (widget), max_saved); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeEntry, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_entry_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_entry_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- gchar *history_id; +- +- history_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), HistoryID); +- if (history_id && history_id[0]) +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_entry_new (%s);\n", +- data->wname, source_make_string (history_id, FALSE)); +- else +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_entry_new (NULL);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* Note that GLADE_DEFAULT_MAX_HISTORY_SAVED is copied from gnome-entry.c */ +- if (gnome_entry_get_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (widget)) != GLADE_DEFAULT_MAX_HISTORY_SAVED) +- source_add (data, " gnome_entry_set_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, gnome_entry_get_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (widget))); +- +- +- /* We output the source code for the children here, since the code should +- not include calls to create the widgets. We need to specify that the +- names used are like: "GTK_COMBO (<combo-name>)->entry". +- We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- child_name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_entry_gtk_entry (GNOME_ENTRY (%s));\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry, data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_gnome_entry_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeEntry)) +- return GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_entry_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_entry_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_entry_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome Entry"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_entry_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_entry_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_entry_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_entry_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_gnome_entry_get_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_entry_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_entry_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomefileentry.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,382 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-fileentry.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Directory = "GnomeFileEntry::directory_entry"; +-static gchar *HistoryID = "GnomeFileEntry|GnomeEntry::history_id"; +-static gchar *MaxSaved = "GnomeFileEntry|GnomeEntry::max_saved"; +-static gchar *Title = "GnomeFileEntry::browse_dialog_title"; +-static gchar *Modal = "GnomeFileEntry::modal"; +-static gchar *FileChooser = "GnomeFileEntry::use_filechooser"; +- +-static gchar *Action = "GnomeFileEntry::filechooser_action"; +- +- +-static const gchar *GbActionChoices[] = +-{"Open", "Save", "Select Folder", "Create Folder", NULL}; +-static const gint GbActionValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE, +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER, +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_CREATE_FOLDER +-}; +-static const gchar *GbActionSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN", +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE", +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER", +- "GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_CREATE_FOLDER" +-}; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeFileEntry, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_file_entry_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *entry; +- +- new_widget = gnome_file_entry_new (NULL, NULL); +- +- entry = gnome_file_entry_gtk_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (new_widget)); +- gb_widget_create_from (entry, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "combo-entry" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (entry, GladeChildGnomeEntry); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_file_entry_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_string (HistoryID, _("History ID:"), +- _("The ID to save the history entries under")); +- property_add_int_range (MaxSaved, _("Max Saved:"), +- _("The maximum number of history entries saved"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_string (Title, _("Title:"), +- _("The title of the file selection dialog")); +- property_add_bool (Directory, _("Directory:"), +- _("If a directory is needed rather than a file")); +- property_add_bool (Modal, _("Modal:"), +- _("If the file selection dialog should be modal")); +- property_add_bool (FileChooser, _("Use FileChooser:"), +- _("Use the new GtkFileChooser widget instead of GtkFileSelection")); +- property_add_choice (Action, _("Action:"), +- _("The type of file operation being performed"), +- GbActionChoices); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_file_entry_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *gentry; +- gboolean use_filechooser = FALSE; +- GtkFileChooserAction action; +- gint i; +- +- gentry = gnome_file_entry_gnome_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget)); +- +- gb_widget_output_string (data, HistoryID, gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), HistoryID)); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, MaxSaved, gnome_entry_get_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (gentry))); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Title, gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Title)); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Directory, +- gnome_file_entry_get_directory_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget))); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Modal, +- gnome_file_entry_get_modal (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget))); +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "use_filechooser", &use_filechooser, +- "filechooser_action", &action, +- NULL); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, FileChooser, use_filechooser); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbActionValues) / sizeof (GbActionValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbActionValues[i] == action) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Action, i, GbActionSymbols[i]); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_file_entry_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *gentry; +- gchar *history_id, *title, *action; +- gint max_saved, i; +- gboolean directory, modal, use_filechooser; +- +- gentry = gnome_file_entry_gnome_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget)); +- +- history_id = gb_widget_input_string (data, HistoryID); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), HistoryID, +- g_strdup (history_id), +- history_id ? g_free : NULL); +- +- max_saved = gb_widget_input_int (data, MaxSaved); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_entry_set_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (gentry), max_saved); +- +- title = gb_widget_input_string (data, Title); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Title, g_strdup (title), +- title ? g_free : NULL); +- gnome_file_entry_set_title (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget), +- title && title[0] ? title : NULL); +- } +- +- directory = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Directory); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_file_entry_set_directory_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget), directory); +- +- modal = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Modal); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_file_entry_set_modal (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget), modal); +- +- use_filechooser = gb_widget_input_bool (data, FileChooser); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "use_filechooser", use_filechooser, NULL); +- +- action = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Action); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbActionValues) / sizeof (GbActionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (action, GbActionChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (action, GbActionSymbols[i])) +- { +- g_object_set (widget, "filechooser_action", GbActionValues[i], NULL); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeFileEntry, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_file_entry_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_file_entry_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *gentry, *entry; +- gchar *title, *history_id; +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- gboolean use_filechooser = FALSE; +- GtkFileChooserAction action; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- gentry = gnome_file_entry_gnome_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget)); +- +- title = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Title); +- if (title && title[0] == '\0') +- title = NULL; +- +- history_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), HistoryID); +- if (history_id && history_id[0] == '\0') +- history_id = NULL; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_file_entry_new (%s, ", +- data->wname, +- history_id ? source_make_string (history_id, FALSE) : "NULL"); +- +- source_add (data, "%s);\n", +- title ? source_make_string_full (title, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : "NULL"); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* Note that GLADE_DEFAULT_MAX_HISTORY_SAVED is copied from gnome-entry.c */ +- if (gnome_entry_get_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (gentry)) != GLADE_DEFAULT_MAX_HISTORY_SAVED) +- source_add (data, " gnome_entry_set_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (gnome_file_entry_gnome_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (%s))), %i);\n", +- data->wname, +- gnome_entry_get_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (gentry))); +- +- if (gnome_file_entry_get_directory_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget))) +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_file_entry_set_directory_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- if (gnome_file_entry_get_modal (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget))) +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_file_entry_set_modal (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "use_filechooser", &use_filechooser, +- "filechooser_action", &action, +- NULL); +- +- if (use_filechooser) +- { +- const gchar *action_symbol = GbActionSymbols[0]; +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbActionValues) / sizeof (GbActionValues[0]); +- i++) +- { +- if (GbActionValues[i] == action) +- action_symbol = GbActionSymbols[i]; +- } +- +- source_add (data, +- " g_object_set (G_OBJECT (%s),\n" +- " \"use_filechooser\", TRUE,\n" +- " \"filechooser_action\", %s,\n" +- " NULL);\n", +- data->wname, action_symbol); +- } +- +- +- /* We output the source code for the children here, since the code should +- not include calls to create the widgets. We need to specify that the +- names used are like: "GTK_COMBO (<combo-name>)->entry". +- We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- entry = GTK_COMBO (gentry)->entry; +- child_name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (entry); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gnome_file_entry_gtk_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (%s));\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (entry, data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_gnome_file_entry_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeEntry)) +- return gnome_file_entry_gtk_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget)); +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_file_entry_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_file_entry_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_fileentry_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome File Entry"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_file_entry_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_file_entry_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_file_entry_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_file_entry_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_file_entry_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_gnome_file_entry_get_child; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_file_entry_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomefontpicker.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,406 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-fontpicker.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-/* Copied from gnome-font-picker.c */ +-#define DEF_PREVIEW_TEXT "AaBbCcDdEeFfGgHhIiJjKkLlMmNnOoPpQqRrSsTtUuVvWwXxYyZz" +- +-static gchar *Title = "GnomeFontPicker::title"; +-static gchar *PreviewText = "GnomeFontPicker::preview_text"; +-static gchar *Mode = "GnomeFontPicker::mode"; +-static gchar *ShowSize = "GnomeFontPicker::show_size"; +-static gchar *UseFont = "GnomeFontPicker::use_font_in_label"; +-static gchar *UseFontSize = "GnomeFontPicker::label_font_size"; +-static gchar *FocusOnClick = "GnomeFontPicker|GtkButton::focus_on_click"; +- +-static const gchar *GbModeChoices[] = +-{ +- "Pixmap", +- "Font Information", +- NULL +-}; +-static const gint GbModeValues[] = +-{ +- GNOME_FONT_PICKER_MODE_PIXMAP, +- GNOME_FONT_PICKER_MODE_FONT_INFO +-}; +-static const gchar *GbModeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GNOME_FONT_PICKER_MODE_PIXMAP", +- "GNOME_FONT_PICKER_MODE_FONT_INFO" +-}; +- +- +-static void gb_gnome_font_picker_set_property_states (GtkWidget *widget); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeFontPicker, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_font_picker_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gnome_font_picker_new (); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_font_picker_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_string (Title, _("Title:"), +- _("The title of the font selection dialog")); +- property_add_string (PreviewText, _("Preview Text:"), +- _("The preview text to show in the font selection dialog")); +- property_add_choice (Mode, _("Mode:"), +- _("What to display in the font picker button"), +- GbModeChoices); +- property_add_bool (ShowSize, _("Show Size:"), +- _("If the font size is shown as part of the font information")); +- property_add_bool (UseFont, _("Use Font:"), +- _("If the selected font is used when displaying the font information")); +- property_add_int_range (UseFontSize, _("Use Size:"), +- _("The size of the font to use in the font picker button"), +- 2, 1000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_bool (FocusOnClick, _("Focus On Click:"), _("If the button grabs focus when it is clicked")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_font_picker_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gint i, show_size, use_font_in_label, use_font_in_label_size; +- const gchar *title, *preview_text; +- +- /* Only save if the title is different to the default. */ +- title = gnome_font_picker_get_title (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget)); +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING +- || (title && strcmp (title, dgettext (GLADE_LIBGNOMEUI_GETTEXT_PACKAGE, +- "Pick a Font")))) +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Title, title); +- +- /* Only save if the preview text is different to the default. */ +- preview_text = gnome_font_picker_get_preview_text (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget)); +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING +- || (preview_text && strcmp (dgettext (GLADE_LIBGNOMEUI_GETTEXT_PACKAGE, +- DEF_PREVIEW_TEXT), preview_text))) +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, PreviewText, preview_text); +- +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbModeValues[i] == gnome_font_picker_get_mode (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget))) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, Mode, i, GbModeSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "show-size", &show_size, +- "use-font-in-label", &use_font_in_label, +- "label-font-size", &use_font_in_label_size, +- NULL); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, ShowSize, show_size); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, UseFont, use_font_in_label); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, UseFontSize, use_font_in_label_size); +- +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- gb_gnome_font_picker_set_property_states (widget); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, FocusOnClick, +- gtk_button_get_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget))); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_font_picker_set_property_states (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- gboolean use_font_sens = FALSE, use_font_size_sens = FALSE; +- +- if (gnome_font_picker_get_mode (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget)) == GNOME_FONT_PICKER_MODE_FONT_INFO) +- { +- use_font_sens = TRUE; +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "use-font-in-label", &use_font_size_sens, +- NULL); +- } +- property_set_sensitive (ShowSize, use_font_sens); +- property_set_sensitive (UseFont, use_font_sens); +- property_set_sensitive (UseFontSize, use_font_size_sens); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_font_picker_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *title, *preview_text, *mode; +- gint i, use_font_size, new_use_font_size; +- gboolean show_size, use_font, focus_on_click; +- gboolean new_use_font, set_use_font = FALSE; +- gboolean set_property_states = FALSE; +- +- title = gb_widget_input_string (data, Title); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_font_picker_set_title (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget), +- title && title[0] +- ? title : dgettext (GLADE_LIBGNOMEUI_GETTEXT_PACKAGE, +- "Pick a Font")); +- +- preview_text = gb_widget_input_string (data, PreviewText); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_font_picker_set_preview_text (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget), +- preview_text && preview_text[0] +- ? preview_text : DEF_PREVIEW_TEXT); +- +- mode = gb_widget_input_choice (data, Mode); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (mode, GbModeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (mode, GbModeSymbols[i])) +- { +- gnome_font_picker_set_mode (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget), +- GbModeValues[i]); +- set_property_states = TRUE; +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- show_size = gb_widget_input_bool (data, ShowSize); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_font_picker_fi_set_show_size (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget), +- show_size); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "use-font-in-label", &new_use_font, +- "label-font-size", &new_use_font_size, +- NULL); +- +- use_font = gb_widget_input_bool (data, UseFont); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- new_use_font = use_font; +- set_use_font = TRUE; +- } +- +- use_font_size = gb_widget_input_int (data, UseFontSize); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- new_use_font_size = use_font_size; +- set_use_font = TRUE; +- } +- +- if (set_use_font) +- { +- gnome_font_picker_fi_set_use_font_in_label (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget), +- new_use_font, +- new_use_font_size); +- set_property_states = TRUE; +- } +- +- if ((data->action == GB_APPLYING) && set_property_states) +- gb_gnome_font_picker_set_property_states (widget); +- +- focus_on_click = gb_widget_input_bool (data, FocusOnClick); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget), focus_on_click); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeFontPicker, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_font_picker_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_font_picker_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- const gchar *title, *preview_text; +- gint i; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_font_picker_new ();\n", data->wname); +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- title = gnome_font_picker_get_title (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget)); +- if (title && title[0] +- && strcmp (title, dgettext (GLADE_LIBGNOMEUI_GETTEXT_PACKAGE, +- "Pick a Font"))) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_font_picker_set_title (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, source_make_string_full (title, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- +- preview_text = gnome_font_picker_get_preview_text (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget)); +- if (preview_text && preview_text[0] +- && strcmp (dgettext (GLADE_LIBGNOMEUI_GETTEXT_PACKAGE, DEF_PREVIEW_TEXT), +- preview_text)) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, PreviewText, +- &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_font_picker_set_preview_text (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, source_make_string_full (preview_text, +- data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- +- if (gnome_font_picker_get_mode (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget)) != GNOME_FONT_PICKER_MODE_PIXMAP) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbModeValues[i] == gnome_font_picker_get_mode (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget))) +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_font_picker_set_mode (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (%s),\n" +- " %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbModeSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +- +- if (gnome_font_picker_get_mode (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (widget)) == GNOME_FONT_PICKER_MODE_FONT_INFO) +- { +- int show_size, use_font_in_label, label_font_size; +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "show-size", &show_size, +- "use-font-in-label", &use_font_in_label, +- "label-font-size", &label_font_size, +- NULL); +- if (!show_size) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_font_picker_fi_set_show_size (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (use_font_in_label) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_font_picker_fi_set_use_font_in_label (GNOME_FONT_PICKER (%s),\n" +- " TRUE, %i);\n", +- data->wname, +- label_font_size); +- } +- } +- +- if (!gtk_button_get_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_font_picker_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_font_picker_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_fontpicker_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome Font Picker"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_font_picker_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_font_picker_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_font_picker_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_font_picker_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_font_picker_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_font_picker_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomehref.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-href.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *HRefURL = "GnomeHRef::url"; +-static gchar *HRefLabel = "GnomeHRef::text"; +-static gchar *FocusOnClick = "GnomeHRef|GtkButton::focus_on_click"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeHRef, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-/* +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_href_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_href_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_string (HRefURL, _("URL:"), +- _("The URL to display when the button is clicked")); +- property_add_text (HRefLabel, _("Label:"), +- _("The text to display in the button"), 2); +- property_add_bool (FocusOnClick, _("Focus On Click:"), _("If the button grabs focus when it is clicked")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_href_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *uri, *label; +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "url", &uri, +- "text", &label, +- NULL); +- gb_widget_output_string (data, HRefURL, uri); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, HRefLabel, label); +- +- g_free (uri); +- g_free (label); +- +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, FocusOnClick, +- gtk_button_get_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget))); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_href_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *url, *label_text; +- gboolean focus_on_click; +- +- url = gb_widget_input_string (data, HRefURL); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_href_set_url (GNOME_HREF (widget), url && url[0] ? url : ""); +- +- label_text = gb_widget_input_text (data, HRefLabel); +- /* Support the old name we used for the property. */ +- if (!data->apply && data->action == GB_LOADING) +- label_text = gb_widget_input_text (data, "label"); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_href_set_text (GNOME_HREF (widget), label_text); +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (label_text); +- +- focus_on_click = gb_widget_input_bool (data, FocusOnClick); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget), focus_on_click); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeHRef, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_href_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_href_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- gchar *url, *label_text; +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), +- "url", &url, +- "text", &label_text, +- NULL); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, HRefURL, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_href_new (%s, ", +- data->wname, +- url && *url ? source_make_string (url, FALSE) : "\"\""); +- +- source_add (data, "%s);\n", +- source_make_string_full (label_text, data->use_gettext && translatable, context)); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (!gtk_button_get_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (widget))) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_href_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_href_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_href_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome HRef Link Button"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_href_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_href_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_href_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_href_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_href_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_href_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomeiconentry.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-iconentry.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *HistoryID = "GnomeIconEntry|GnomeEntry::history_id"; +-static gchar *MaxSaved = "GnomeIconEntry|GnomeEntry::max_saved"; +-static gchar *Title = "GnomeIconEntry::browse_dialog_title"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeIconEntry, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_icon_entry_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gnome_icon_entry_new (NULL, NULL); +- +- /* Set MaxSaved to the default. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), MaxSaved, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GLADE_DEFAULT_MAX_HISTORY_SAVED)); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_entry_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_string (Title, _("Title:"), +- _("The title of the file selection dialog")); +- property_add_string (HistoryID, _("History ID:"), +- _("The ID to save the history entries under")); +- property_add_int_range (MaxSaved, _("Max Saved:"), +- _("The maximum number of history entries saved"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_entry_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Title, gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Title)); +- gb_widget_output_string (data, HistoryID, gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), HistoryID)); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, MaxSaved, GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), MaxSaved))); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_entry_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *title, *history_id; +- gint max_saved; +- +- title = gb_widget_input_string (data, Title); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Title, g_strdup (title), +- title ? g_free : NULL); +- gnome_icon_entry_set_browse_dialog_title (GNOME_ICON_ENTRY (widget), +- title && title[0] ? title : ""); +- } +- +- history_id = gb_widget_input_string (data, HistoryID); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), HistoryID, +- g_strdup (history_id), +- history_id ? g_free : NULL); +- +- max_saved = gb_widget_input_int (data, MaxSaved); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), MaxSaved, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (max_saved)); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeIconEntry, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_entry_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_entry_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *title, *history_id; +- gint max_saved; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- title = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Title); +- if (title && title[0] == '\0') +- title = NULL; +- +- history_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), HistoryID); +- if (history_id && history_id[0] == '\0') +- history_id = NULL; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_icon_entry_new (%s, ", +- data->wname, +- history_id ? source_make_string (history_id, FALSE) : "NULL"); +- +- source_add (data, "%s);\n", +- title ? source_make_string_full (title, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : "NULL"); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* Note that GLADE_DEFAULT_MAX_HISTORY_SAVED is copied from gnome-entry.c */ +- max_saved = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- MaxSaved)); +- if (max_saved != GLADE_DEFAULT_MAX_HISTORY_SAVED) +- source_add (data, " gnome_entry_set_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (gnome_icon_entry_gnome_entry (GNOME_ICON_ENTRY (%s))), %i);\n", +- data->wname, max_saved); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_icon_entry_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_icon_entry_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_iconentry_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome Icon Entry"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_icon_entry_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_icon_entry_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_icon_entry_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_icon_entry_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_icon_entry_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_icon_entry_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomeiconlist.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,475 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-iconlist.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-#define DEFAULT_ICON_WIDTH 78 +- +-/* These are pinched from GnomeIconList */ +-#define DEFAULT_ROW_SPACING 4 +-#define DEFAULT_COL_SPACING 2 +-#define DEFAULT_TEXT_SPACING 2 +-#define DEFAULT_ICON_BORDER 2 +- +-static gchar *SelectionMode = "GnomeIconList::selection_mode"; +-static gchar *IconWidth = "GnomeIconList::icon_width"; +-static gchar *RowSpacing = "GnomeIconList::row_spacing"; +-static gchar *ColSpacing = "GnomeIconList::column_spacing"; +-#if 0 +-/* The icon border property doesn't seem to be used. */ +-static gchar *IconBorder = "GnomeIconList::icon_border"; +-#endif +-static gchar *TextSpacing = "GnomeIconList::text_spacing"; +-static gchar *TextEditable = "GnomeIconList::text_editable"; +-static gchar *TextStatic = "GnomeIconList::text_static"; +- +-static const gchar *GbModeChoices[] = +-{"Single", "Browse", "Multiple", NULL}; +-static const gint GbModeValues[] = +-{ +- GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE, +- GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE, +- GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE +-}; +-static const gchar *GbModeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE", +- "GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE", +- "GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE" +-}; +- +-static gint gb_gnome_icon_list_expose (GtkWidget *widget, +- GdkEventExpose *event, +- gpointer data); +-static void gb_gnome_icon_list_adjustment_changed (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, +- GtkWidget *widget); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeIconList, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_icon_list_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- GdkPixbuf *image; +- gint i; +- +- new_widget = gnome_icon_list_new (DEFAULT_ICON_WIDTH, NULL, 0); +- +- image = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data ((const char**) gnome_iconlist_xpm); +- for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) +- { +- gnome_icon_list_append_pixbuf (GNOME_ICON_LIST (new_widget), image, +- NULL, +- "This is an example icon"); +- } +- gdk_pixbuf_unref (image); +- /* We save the property values in the GnomeIconList's data list, since they +- are not available from GnomeIconList in any way. +- We let TextEditable and TextStatic default to FALSE so we don't need to +- set them here. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), SelectionMode, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), IconWidth, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (DEFAULT_ICON_WIDTH)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), RowSpacing, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (DEFAULT_ROW_SPACING)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), ColSpacing, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (DEFAULT_COL_SPACING)); +-#if 0 +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), IconBorder, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (DEFAULT_ICON_BORDER)); +-#endif +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), TextSpacing, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (DEFAULT_TEXT_SPACING)); +- +- /* We connect to the expose event so we can connect to the "value_changed" +- signals of the scrollbar adjustments. The scrollbars aren't setup until +- the widget is added to a scrolled window. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "expose_event", +- (GtkSignalFunc) gb_gnome_icon_list_expose, NULL); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-/* If data is not NULL, then we are creating the widget, so the step increments +- are set to a decent initial value. */ +-static gint +-gb_gnome_icon_list_expose (GtkWidget *widget, +- GdkEventExpose *event, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- if (GNOME_ICON_LIST (widget)->adj) +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GNOME_ICON_LIST (widget)->adj), +- "value_changed", +- (GtkSignalFunc) gb_gnome_icon_list_adjustment_changed, +- widget); +- if (GNOME_ICON_LIST (widget)->hadj) +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GNOME_ICON_LIST (widget)->hadj), +- "value_changed", +- (GtkSignalFunc) gb_gnome_icon_list_adjustment_changed, +- widget); +- +- /* Disconnect this handler since we don't need it any more. */ +- gtk_signal_disconnect_by_func (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- (GtkSignalFunc) gb_gnome_icon_list_expose, +- data); +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_list_adjustment_changed (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, +- GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- /* Just queue a complete clear for now. It's good enough. */ +- gtk_widget_queue_clear (widget); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_list_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (SelectionMode, _("Select Mode:"), +- _("The selection mode"), +- GbModeChoices); +- property_add_int_range (IconWidth, _("Icon Width:"), +- _("The width of each icon"), +- 1, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (RowSpacing, _("Row Spacing:"), +- _("The number of pixels between rows of icons"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (ColSpacing, _("Col Spacing:"), +- _("The number of pixels between columns of icons"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +-#if 0 +- property_add_int_range (IconBorder, _("Icon Border:"), +- _("The number of pixels around icons (unused?)"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +-#endif +- property_add_int_range (TextSpacing, _("Text Spacing:"), +- _("The number of pixels between the text and the icon"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_bool (TextEditable, _("Text Editable:"), +- _("If the icon text can be edited by the user")); +- property_add_bool (TextStatic, _("Text Static:"), +- _("If the icon text is static, in which case it will not be copied by the GnomeIconList")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_list_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GnomeIconList *gil; +- gint selection_mode, i; +- +- gil = (GnomeIconList*) widget; +- +- selection_mode = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- SelectionMode)); +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbModeValues[i] == selection_mode) +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, SelectionMode, i, GbModeSymbols[i]); +- } +- +- gb_widget_output_int (data, IconWidth, GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), IconWidth))); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, RowSpacing, GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), RowSpacing))); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, ColSpacing, GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), ColSpacing))); +-#if 0 +- gb_widget_output_int (data, IconBorder, GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), IconBorder))); +-#endif +- gb_widget_output_int (data, TextSpacing, GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TextSpacing))); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, TextEditable, GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TextEditable))); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, TextStatic, GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TextStatic))); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_list_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *mode; +- gint icon_width, row_spacing, col_spacing, /*icon_border,*/ text_spacing, i; +- gboolean text_editable, text_static; +- +- mode = gb_widget_input_choice (data, SelectionMode); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (mode, GbModeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (mode, GbModeSymbols[i])) +- { +- gnome_icon_list_set_selection_mode (GNOME_ICON_LIST (widget), +- GbModeValues[i]); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), SelectionMode, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GbModeValues[i])); +- break; +- } +- } +- } +- +- icon_width = gb_widget_input_int (data, IconWidth); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gnome_icon_list_set_icon_width (GNOME_ICON_LIST (widget), icon_width); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), IconWidth, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (icon_width)); +- } +- +- row_spacing = gb_widget_input_int (data, RowSpacing); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gnome_icon_list_set_row_spacing (GNOME_ICON_LIST (widget), row_spacing); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), RowSpacing, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (row_spacing)); +- } +- +- col_spacing = gb_widget_input_int (data, ColSpacing); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gnome_icon_list_set_col_spacing (GNOME_ICON_LIST (widget), col_spacing); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), ColSpacing, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (col_spacing)); +- } +- +-#if 0 +- icon_border = gb_widget_input_int (data, IconBorder); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gnome_icon_list_set_icon_border (GNOME_ICON_LIST (widget), icon_border); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), IconBorder, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (icon_border)); +- } +-#endif +- +- text_spacing = gb_widget_input_int (data, TextSpacing); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gnome_icon_list_set_text_spacing (GNOME_ICON_LIST (widget), +- text_spacing); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TextSpacing, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (text_spacing)); +- } +- +- text_editable = gb_widget_input_bool (data, TextEditable); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- /* GnomeIconList doesn't have a function to set this. We may also want +- to reconfigure any example icon items so this works. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TextEditable, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (text_editable)); +- } +- +- text_static = gb_widget_input_bool (data, TextStatic); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), TextStatic, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (text_static)); +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeIconList, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_list_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_list_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint icon_width, row_spacing, col_spacing, /*icon_border,*/ text_spacing; +- gint i, selection_mode; +- gboolean text_editable, text_static; +- gchar *flags; +- +- icon_width = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- IconWidth)); +- text_editable = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- TextEditable)); +- text_static = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- TextStatic)); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- if (text_editable && text_static) +- flags = "GNOME_ICON_LIST_IS_EDITABLE | GNOME_ICON_LIST_STATIC_TEXT"; +- else if (text_editable) +- flags = "GNOME_ICON_LIST_IS_EDITABLE"; +- else if (text_static) +- flags = "GNOME_ICON_LIST_STATIC_TEXT"; +- else +- flags = "0"; +- +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_icon_list_new (%i, NULL, %s);\n", +- data->wname, icon_width, flags); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- if (!data->create_widget) +- { +- if (icon_width != DEFAULT_ICON_WIDTH) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_icon_list_set_icon_width (GNOME_ICON_LIST (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, icon_width); +- } +- } +- +- row_spacing = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- RowSpacing)); +- if (row_spacing != DEFAULT_ROW_SPACING) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_icon_list_set_row_spacing (GNOME_ICON_LIST (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, row_spacing); +- } +- +- col_spacing = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- ColSpacing)); +- if (col_spacing != DEFAULT_COL_SPACING) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_icon_list_set_col_spacing (GNOME_ICON_LIST (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, col_spacing); +- } +- +-#if 0 +- icon_border = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- IconBorder)); +- if (icon_border != DEFAULT_ICON_BORDER) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_icon_list_set_icon_border (GNOME_ICON_LIST (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, icon_border); +- } +-#endif +- +- text_spacing = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- TextSpacing)); +- if (text_spacing != DEFAULT_TEXT_SPACING) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_icon_list_set_text_spacing (GNOME_ICON_LIST (%s), %i);\n", +- data->wname, text_spacing); +- } +- +- selection_mode = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- SelectionMode)); +- if (selection_mode != GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE) +- { +- for (i = 0; i < sizeof (GbModeValues) / sizeof (GbModeValues[0]); i++) +- { +- if (GbModeValues[i] == selection_mode) +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_icon_list_set_selection_mode (GNOME_ICON_LIST (%s), %s);\n", +- data->wname, GbModeSymbols[i]); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_icon_list_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_icon_list_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_iconlist_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Icon List"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_icon_list_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_icon_list_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_icon_list_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_icon_list_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_icon_list_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_icon_list_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomeiconselection.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-iconselection.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeIconSelection, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_icon_selection_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gnome_icon_selection_new (); +- gnome_icon_selection_add_defaults (GNOME_ICON_SELECTION (new_widget)); +-#if 0 +- gnome_icon_selection_show_icons (GNOME_ICON_SELECTION (new_widget)); +-#endif +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_selection_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_selection_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_selection_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeIconSelection, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_selection_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_icon_selection_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_icon_selection_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_icon_selection_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_icon_selection_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_iconselection_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Icon Selection"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_icon_selection_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_icon_selection_write_source; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_icon_selection_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_icon_selection_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_icon_selection_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_icon_selection_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomemessagebox.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,515 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +-#include "../glade_gnome.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-messagebox.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Title = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::title"; +-static gchar *Position = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::window_position"; +-static gchar *Modal = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::modal"; +-static gchar *DefaultWidth = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::default_width"; +-static gchar *DefaultHeight = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::default_height"; +-static gchar *Shrink = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::allow_shrink"; +-static gchar *Grow = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::allow_grow"; +-static gchar *AutoShrink = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::auto_shrink"; +-static gchar *IconName = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +- +-static gchar *Resizable = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::resizable"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::gravity"; +-static gchar *Urgency = "GnomeMessageBox|GtkWindow::urgency_hint"; +- +-static gchar *MessageBoxType = "GnomeMessageBox::message_box_type"; +-static gchar *Message = "GnomeMessageBox::message"; +- +-static gchar *AutoClose = "GnomeMessageBox|GnomeDialog::auto_close"; +-static gchar *HideOnClose = "GnomeMessageBox|GnomeDialog::hide_on_close"; +- +- +-static const gchar *GbMessageBoxTypeChoices[] = +-{ +- "Information", +- "Warning", +- "Error", +- "Question", +- "Generic", +- NULL +-}; +-static const gchar *GbMessageBoxTypeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GNOME_MESSAGE_BOX_INFO", +- "GNOME_MESSAGE_BOX_WARNING", +- "GNOME_MESSAGE_BOX_ERROR", +- "GNOME_MESSAGE_BOX_QUESTION", +- "GNOME_MESSAGE_BOX_GENERIC" +-}; +-static const gchar* GbMessageBoxTypePixmapStockIDs[] = +-{ +- GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_INFO, +- GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_WARNING, +- GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_ERROR, +- GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_QUESTION, +- "" +-}; +- +- +-static void get_message_box_widgets (GtkWidget *dialog, +- GtkWidget **pixmap, +- GtkWidget **label); +-static void set_message_box_type (GtkWidget *dialog, +- GtkWidget *pixmap, +- gchar *type_name); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the funtion in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomeMessageBox, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- * If the widget needs a special destroy handler, add a signal here. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_message_box_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- GList *elem; +- GtkWidget *aa; +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- { +- /* When creating a new dialog, we add a few standard buttons, which +- the user can change/delete easily. */ +- new_widget = gnome_message_box_new ("", GNOME_MESSAGE_BOX_INFO, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, NULL); +- +- /* Now turn the buttons into GbWidgets so the user can edit them. */ +- elem = GNOME_DIALOG (new_widget)->buttons; +- gb_widget_create_from (GTK_WIDGET (elem->data), "button"); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (elem->data), GladeButtonStockIDKey, +- GTK_STOCK_OK); +- } +- else +- { +- /* FIXME: We create it with an OK button, and then remove the button, +- to work around a bug in gnome_message_box_new() - it tries to set the +- keyboard focus to the last button, which may not exist. It also +- ensures that gnome_dialog_init_action_area() has been called. */ +- new_widget = gnome_message_box_new ("", GNOME_MESSAGE_BOX_INFO, +- GNOME_STOCK_BUTTON_OK, NULL); +- gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (GNOME_DIALOG (new_widget)->action_area), +- GNOME_DIALOG (new_widget)->buttons->data); +- GNOME_DIALOG (new_widget)->buttons = NULL; +- } +- +- aa = GNOME_DIALOG (new_widget)->action_area; +- +- gb_widget_create_from (GNOME_DIALOG (new_widget)->vbox, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "dialog-vbox" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GNOME_DIALOG (new_widget)->vbox, GladeChildDialogVBox); +- gb_widget_create_from (aa, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "dialog-action_area" +- : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (aa, GladeChildDialogActionArea); +- +- /* We connect a close signal handler which always returns TRUE so that +- the built-in close functionality is skipped. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "close", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_true), NULL); +- +- /* Now we connect our normal delete_event handler. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), TypeHint, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GLADE_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG_INDEX)); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_message_box_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_choice (MessageBoxType, _("Message Type:"), +- _("The type of the message box"), +- GbMessageBoxTypeChoices); +- property_add_text (Message, _("Message:"), _("The message to display"), 5); +- +- /* We don't allow setting of the title, so we pass NULL here. */ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, NULL, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- property_add_bool (AutoClose, _("Auto Close:"), +- _("If the dialog closes when any button is clicked")); +- property_add_bool (HideOnClose, _("Hide on Close:"), +- _("If the dialog is hidden when it is closed, instead of being destroyed")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_message_box_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *pixmap, *label; +- const gchar *label_text; +- gint type_index; +- +- get_message_box_widgets (widget, &pixmap, &label); +- g_return_if_fail (pixmap != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (label != NULL); +- +- type_index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- MessageBoxType)); +- gb_widget_output_choice (data, MessageBoxType, type_index, +- GbMessageBoxTypeSymbols[type_index]); +- +- label_text = gtk_label_get_text (GTK_LABEL (label)); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_text (data, Message, label_text); +- +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, NULL, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, AutoClose, GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->click_closes); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, HideOnClose, GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->just_hide); +-} +- +- +-/* This tries to find the pixmap and label in the message box. */ +-static void +-get_message_box_widgets (GtkWidget *dialog, +- GtkWidget **pixmap, +- GtkWidget **label) +-{ +- GtkWidget *vbox, *hbox; +- GtkBoxChild *child; +- GList *elem; +- +- *pixmap = NULL; +- *label = NULL; +- +- vbox = GNOME_DIALOG (dialog)->vbox; +- if (!vbox || !GTK_IS_VBOX (vbox)) +- return; +- +- for (elem = GTK_BOX (vbox)->children; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- child = (GtkBoxChild*)elem->data; +- if (GTK_IS_HBOX (child->widget)) +- break; +- } +- +- if (!elem) +- return; +- +- hbox = child->widget; +- +- elem = GTK_BOX (hbox)->children; +- while (elem) +- { +- child = (GtkBoxChild*)elem->data; +- if (GTK_IS_LABEL (child->widget)) +- *label = child->widget; +- if (GTK_IS_IMAGE (child->widget)) +- *pixmap = child->widget; +- +- elem = elem->next; +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_message_box_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *pixmap, *label; +- gchar *message, *type_name; +- gboolean auto_close, hide_on_close; +- +- get_message_box_widgets (widget, &pixmap, &label); +- g_return_if_fail (pixmap != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (label != NULL); +- +- type_name = gb_widget_input_choice (data, MessageBoxType); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- set_message_box_type (widget, pixmap, type_name); +- } +- +- message = gb_widget_input_text (data, Message); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_label_set_text (GTK_LABEL (label), message); +- } +- if (data->action == GB_APPLYING) +- g_free (message); +- +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, NULL, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- auto_close = gb_widget_input_bool (data, AutoClose); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_dialog_set_close (GNOME_DIALOG (widget), auto_close); +- +- hide_on_close = gb_widget_input_bool (data, HideOnClose); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_dialog_close_hides (GNOME_DIALOG (widget), hide_on_close); +-} +- +- +-/* Here we set the type of the message box, i.e. we change the pixmap. */ +-static void +-set_message_box_type (GtkWidget *dialog, +- GtkWidget *pixmap, +- gchar *type_name) +-{ +- gint i, type_index = 0; /* Set to 0 in case we can't find it. */ +- +- /* Find out the index of the type. */ +- for (i = 0; GbMessageBoxTypeChoices[i]; i++) +- { +- if (!strcmp (type_name, GbMessageBoxTypeChoices[i]) +- || !strcmp (type_name, GbMessageBoxTypeSymbols[i])) +- { +- type_index = i; +- break; +- } +- } +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), MessageBoxType, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (type_index)); +- +- g_object_set (G_OBJECT (pixmap), "stock", +- GbMessageBoxTypePixmapStockIDs[type_index], NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomeMessageBox, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_message_box_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_message_box_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *pixmap, *label; +- const gchar *label_text; +- gint type_index; +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- get_message_box_widgets (widget, &pixmap, &label); +- g_return_if_fail (pixmap != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (label != NULL); +- +- type_index = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- MessageBoxType)); +- label_text = gtk_label_get_text (GTK_LABEL (label)); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Message, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gnome_message_box_new (%s,\n" +- " %s, NULL);\n", +- data->wname, +- source_make_string_full (label_text, data->use_gettext && translatable, context), +- GbMessageBoxTypeSymbols[type_index]); +- +-#if 0 +- source_add (data, +- " gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (GNOME_DIALOG (%s)->action_area), GNOME_DIALOG (%s)->buttons->data);\n" +- " GNOME_DIALOG (%s)->buttons = NULL;\n", +- data->wname, data->wname, data->wname); +-#endif +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- Title, NULL, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- if (!GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->click_closes) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_dialog_set_close (GNOME_DIALOG (%s), FALSE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->just_hide) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_dialog_close_hides (GNOME_DIALOG (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- /* We output the source code for the children here, since the code should +- not include calls to create the widgets. We need to specify that the +- names used are like: "GTK_DIALOG (<dialog-name>)->vbox". +- We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- child_name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->vbox); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GNOME_DIALOG (%s)->vbox;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->vbox, data); +- +- /* action_area is a child of vbox so I had to add a kludge to stop it +- being written as a normal child - we need to do it here so that we +- don't output code to create it. */ +- child_name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->action_area); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GNOME_DIALOG (%s)->action_area;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->action_area, data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_gnome_message_box_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogVBox)) +- return GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->vbox; +- else if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogActionArea)) +- return GNOME_DIALOG (widget)->action_area; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_message_box_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_message_box_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_messagebox_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome Message Box"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_message_box_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_message_box_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_message_box_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_message_box_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_gnome_message_box_get_child; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_message_box_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_window_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_message_box_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomepixmap.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,361 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-pixmap.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Filename = "GnomePixmap::filename"; +-static gchar *Width = "GnomePixmap::scaled_width"; +-static gchar *Height = "GnomePixmap::scaled_height"; +- +-/* This is only used in Glade. It is not saved to the XML since it is implied +- by the existence of the scaled_width & scaled_height properties. */ +-static gchar *Scaled = "GnomePixmap::scaled"; +- +-static void gb_gnome_pixmap_reload (GtkWidget *widget); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomePixmap, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_pixmap_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- new_widget = gtk_type_new (gnome_pixmap_get_type ()); +- /* Set the default scaled width to 48 x 48. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), Width, GINT_TO_POINTER (48)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), Height, GINT_TO_POINTER (48)); +- +- if (data->action == GB_CREATING) +- gnome_pixmap_load_xpm_d (GNOME_PIXMAP (new_widget), +- (const char**) gnome_pixmap_xpm); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_pixmap_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_filename (Filename, _("File:"), _("The pixmap filename")); +- property_add_bool (Scaled, _("Scaled:"), _("If the pixmap is scaled")); +- property_add_int_range (Width, _("Scaled Width:"), +- _("The width to scale the pixmap to"), +- 1, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_int_range (Height, _("Scaled Height:"), +- _("The height to scale the pixmap to"), +- 1, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_pixmap_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gboolean scaled; +- gint w, h; +- +- gb_widget_output_pixmap_filename (data, Filename, +- gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- Filename)); +- +- scaled = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Scaled) != NULL +- ? TRUE : FALSE; +- if (data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- { +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Scaled, scaled); +- property_set_sensitive (Width, scaled); +- property_set_sensitive (Height, scaled); +- } +- +- /* We only save the scaled width and height if the pixmap is scaled. */ +- w = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Width)); +- if (scaled || data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Width, w); +- +- h = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Height)); +- if (scaled || data->action == GB_SHOWING) +- gb_widget_output_int (data, Height, h); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_pixmap_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *filename, *old_filename; +- gboolean set_pixmap = FALSE, scaled; +- gint width, height; +- +- filename = gb_widget_input_pixmap_filename (data, Filename); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- set_pixmap = TRUE; +- if (filename && filename[0] == '\0') +- filename = NULL; +- +- old_filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Filename); +- if (old_filename) +- { +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, old_filename); +- g_free (old_filename); +- } +- +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Filename, +- g_strdup (filename), +- filename ? g_free : NULL); +- if (filename) +- { +- glade_project_add_pixmap (data->project, filename); +- } +- } +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- g_free (filename); +- +- scaled = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Scaled); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- set_pixmap = TRUE; +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Scaled, scaled ? "Y" : NULL); +- if (property_get_widget() == widget) +- { +- property_set_sensitive (Width, scaled); +- property_set_sensitive (Height, scaled); +- } +- } +- +- width = gb_widget_input_int (data, Width); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- set_pixmap = TRUE; +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Scaled, "Y"); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Width, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (width)); +- } +- +- height = gb_widget_input_int (data, Height); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- set_pixmap = TRUE; +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Scaled, "Y"); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Height, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (height)); +- } +- +- if (set_pixmap) +- gb_gnome_pixmap_reload (widget); +-} +- +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_pixmap_reload (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- gboolean scaled; +- gint width, height; +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Filename); +- scaled = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Scaled) != NULL +- ? TRUE : FALSE; +- width = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Width)); +- height = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Height)); +- +- if (filename) +- { +- if (scaled && width > 0 && height > 0) +- gnome_pixmap_load_file_at_size (GNOME_PIXMAP (widget), filename, +- width, height); +- else +- gnome_pixmap_load_file (GNOME_PIXMAP (widget), filename); +- } +- else +- { +- if (scaled && width > 0 && height > 0) +- gnome_pixmap_load_xpm_d_at_size (GNOME_PIXMAP (widget), +- (const char**) gnome_pixmap_xpm, +- width, height); +- else +- gnome_pixmap_load_xpm_d (GNOME_PIXMAP (widget), +- (const char**) gnome_pixmap_xpm); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomePixmap, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_pixmap_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_pixmap_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- gboolean scaled; +- gint width, height; +- +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Filename); +- if (filename && !*filename) +- filename = NULL; +- scaled = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Scaled) != NULL +- ? TRUE : FALSE; +- width = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Width)); +- height = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Height)); +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " %s = g_object_new (GNOME_TYPE_PIXMAP, NULL);\n", +- data->wname); +- } +- +- if (filename) +- { +- filename = (gchar*) g_basename (filename); +- +- source_add_decl (data, " gchar *%s_filename;\n", data->real_wname); +- /* FIXME: Should convert filename to a valid C string? */ +- source_add (data, +- " %s_filename = gnome_program_locate_file (NULL,\n" +- " GNOME_FILE_DOMAIN_APP_PIXMAP, \"%s/%s\", TRUE, NULL);\n" +- " if (%s_filename)\n", +- data->real_wname, +- data->program_name, filename, +- data->real_wname); +- +- if (scaled) +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_pixmap_load_file_at_size (GNOME_PIXMAP (%s), %s_filename, %i, %i);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname, width, height); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_pixmap_load_file (GNOME_PIXMAP (%s), %s_filename);\n", +- data->wname, data->real_wname); +- } +- +- source_add (data, +- " else\n" +- " g_warning (%s, ", +- source_make_string ("Couldn't find pixmap file: %s", +- data->use_gettext)); +- source_add (data, +- "%s);\n", +- source_make_string (filename, FALSE)); +- +- source_add (data, " g_free (%s_filename);\n", data->real_wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +-} +- +- +-void +-gb_gnome_pixmap_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetDestroyData * data) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- +- /* This can be a stock id or a filename. But glade_project_remove_pixmap() +- will just ignore it if it isn't a project pixmap file. */ +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Filename); +- glade_project_remove_pixmap (data->project, filename); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_pixmap_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_pixmap_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_pixmap_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Gnome Pixmap"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_pixmap_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_pixmap_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_pixmap_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_pixmap_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_pixmap_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_gnome_pixmap_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_pixmap_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomepixmapentry.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,319 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-pixmapentry.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Preview = "GnomePixmapEntry::do_preview"; +-static gchar *HistoryID = "GnomePixmapEntry|GnomeEntry::history_id"; +-static gchar *MaxSaved = "GnomePixmapEntry|GnomeEntry::max_saved"; +-static gchar *Title = "GnomePixmapEntry|GnomeFileEntry::browse_dialog_title"; +-static gchar *Modal = "GnomePixmapEntry|GnomeFileEntry::modal"; +-static gchar *FileChooser = "GnomePixmapEntry|GnomeFileEntry::use_filechooser"; +- +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomePixmapEntry, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *entry; +- +- new_widget = gnome_pixmap_entry_new (NULL, NULL, TRUE); +- +- entry = gnome_file_entry_gtk_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (new_widget)); +- gb_widget_create_from (entry, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "combo-entry" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (entry, GladeChildGnomeEntry); +- +- return new_widget; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- property_add_bool (Preview, _("Preview:"), +- _("If a small preview of the pixmap is displayed")); +- property_add_string (HistoryID, _("History ID:"), +- _("The ID to save the history entries under")); +- property_add_int_range (MaxSaved, _("Max Saved:"), +- _("The maximum number of history entries saved"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1); +- property_add_string (Title, _("Title:"), +- _("The title of the file selection dialog")); +- property_add_bool (Modal, _("Modal:"), +- _("If the file selection dialog should be modal")); +- property_add_bool (FileChooser, _("Use FileChooser:"), +- _("Use the new GtkFileChooser widget instead of GtkFileSelection")); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *gentry; +- gboolean use_filechooser = FALSE; +- +- gentry = gnome_file_entry_gnome_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget)); +- +- gb_widget_output_string (data, HistoryID, gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), HistoryID)); +- gb_widget_output_int (data, MaxSaved, gnome_entry_get_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (gentry))); +- gb_widget_output_translatable_string (data, Title, gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Title)); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Modal, +- gnome_file_entry_get_modal (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget))); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, Preview, +- GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Preview))); +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "use_filechooser", &use_filechooser, +- NULL); +- gb_widget_output_bool (data, FileChooser, use_filechooser); +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *gentry; +- gchar *history_id, *title; +- gint max_saved; +- gboolean modal, preview, use_filechooser; +- +- gentry = gnome_file_entry_gnome_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget)); +- +- preview = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Preview); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Preview, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (preview)); +- gnome_pixmap_entry_set_preview (GNOME_PIXMAP_ENTRY (widget), preview); +- /* FIXME: In GnomeLibs 1.0.1 it doesn't resize properly without this. */ +- /*gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);*/ +- } +- +- history_id = gb_widget_input_string (data, HistoryID); +- if (data->apply) +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), HistoryID, +- g_strdup (history_id), +- history_id ? g_free : NULL); +- +- max_saved = gb_widget_input_int (data, MaxSaved); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_entry_set_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (gentry), max_saved); +- +- title = gb_widget_input_string (data, Title); +- if (data->apply) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Title, g_strdup (title), +- title ? g_free : NULL); +- gnome_file_entry_set_title (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget), +- title && title[0] ? title : NULL); +- } +- +- modal = gb_widget_input_bool (data, Modal); +- if (data->apply) +- gnome_file_entry_set_modal (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget), modal); +- +- use_filechooser = gb_widget_input_bool (data, FileChooser); +- if (data->apply) +- g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "use_filechooser", use_filechooser, NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomePixmapEntry, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *gentry, *entry; +- gchar *title, *history_id; +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- gboolean use_filechooser = FALSE; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- gentry = gnome_file_entry_gnome_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget)); +- +- title = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), Title); +- if (title && title[0] == '\0') +- title = NULL; +- +- history_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), HistoryID); +- if (history_id && history_id[0] == '\0') +- history_id = NULL; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- gboolean do_preview; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (widget, Title, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- source_add_translator_comments (data, translatable, comments); +- +- do_preview = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), +- Preview)); +- +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_pixmap_entry_new (%s, ", +- data->wname, +- history_id ? source_make_string (history_id, FALSE) : "NULL"); +- +- source_add (data, "%s, %s);\n", +- title ? source_make_string_full (title, data->use_gettext && translatable, context) : "NULL", +- do_preview ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"); +- } +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- /* Note that GLADE_DEFAULT_MAX_HISTORY_SAVED is copied from gnome-entry.c */ +- if (gnome_entry_get_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (gentry)) != GLADE_DEFAULT_MAX_HISTORY_SAVED) +- source_add (data, " gnome_entry_set_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (gnome_file_entry_gnome_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (%s))), %i);\n", +- data->wname, +- gnome_entry_get_max_saved (GNOME_ENTRY (gentry))); +- +- if (gnome_file_entry_get_modal (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget))) +- source_add (data, +- " gnome_file_entry_set_modal (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (%s), TRUE);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "use_filechooser", &use_filechooser, NULL); +- if (use_filechooser) +- source_add (data, +- " g_object_set (G_OBJECT (%s), \"use_filechooser\", TRUE, NULL);\n", +- data->wname); +- +- +- /* We output the source code for the children here, since the code should +- not include calls to create the widgets. We need to specify that the +- names used are like: "GTK_COMBO (<combo-name>)->entry". +- We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- entry = GTK_COMBO (gentry)->entry; +- child_name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (entry); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, +- " %s = gnome_file_entry_gtk_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (%s));\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (entry, data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomeEntry)) +- return gnome_file_entry_gtk_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget)); +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_pixmap_entry_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_pixmapentry_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("GnomePixmapEntry"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_get_child; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_child_props = gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_set_child_props; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_pixmap_entry_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/gnome/gnomepropertybox.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,383 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1999 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <config.h> +- +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include "../gb.h" +- +-/* Include the 21x21 icon pixmap for this widget, to be used in the palette */ +-#include "../graphics/gnome-propertybox.xpm" +- +-/* +- * This is the GbWidget struct for this widget (see ../gbwidget.h). +- * It is initialized in the init() function at the end of this file +- */ +-static GbWidget gbwidget; +- +-static gchar *Title = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::title"; +-static gchar *Position = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::window_position"; +-static gchar *Modal = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::modal"; +-static gchar *DefaultWidth = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::default_width"; +-static gchar *DefaultHeight = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::default_height"; +-static gchar *Shrink = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::allow_shrink"; +-static gchar *Grow = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::allow_grow"; +-static gchar *AutoShrink = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::auto_shrink"; +-static gchar *IconName = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::icon_name"; +-static gchar *FocusOnMap = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::focus_on_map"; +- +-static gchar *Resizable = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::resizable"; +-static gchar *DestroyWithParent = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::destroy_with_parent"; +-static gchar *Icon = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::icon"; +- +-static gchar *Role = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::role"; +-static gchar *TypeHint = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::type_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipTaskbar = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::skip_taskbar_hint"; +-static gchar *SkipPager = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::skip_pager_hint"; +-static gchar *Decorated = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::decorated"; +-static gchar *Gravity = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::gravity"; +-static gchar *Urgency = "GnomePropertyBox|GtkWindow::urgency_hint"; +- +-static void show_gnome_property_box_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_gnome_property_box_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-static void on_gnome_property_box_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data); +-GtkWidget * gnome_property_box_new_tab_label (); +- +-/****** +- * NOTE: To use these functions you need to uncomment them AND add a pointer +- * to the function in the GbWidget struct at the end of this file. +- ******/ +- +-/* +- * Creates a new GtkWidget of class GnomePropertyBox, performing any specialized +- * initialization needed for the widget to work correctly in this environment. +- * If a dialog box is used to initialize the widget, return NULL from this +- * function, and call data->callback with your new widget when it is done. +- */ +-static GtkWidget* +-gb_gnome_property_box_new (GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget; +- +- if (data->action == GB_LOADING) +- { +- new_widget = gnome_property_box_new (); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (GNOME_PROPERTY_BOX (new_widget)->notebook, +- data->action == GB_CREATING ? "notebook" : NULL); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GNOME_PROPERTY_BOX (new_widget)->notebook, +- GladeChildGnomePBoxNotebook); +- +- /* We connect a close signal handler which always returns TRUE so that +- the built-in close functionality is skipped. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "close", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_true), NULL); +- +- /* Now we connect our normal delete_event handler. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- return new_widget; +- } +- else +- { +- show_gnome_property_box_dialog (data); +- return NULL; +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_gnome_property_box_dialog (GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *hbox, *label, *spinbutton; +- GtkObject *adjustment; +- +- dialog = glade_util_create_dialog (_("New GnomePropertyBox"), data->parent, +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_gnome_property_box_dialog_ok), +- data, &vbox); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_gnome_property_box_dialog_destroy), +- data); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 10); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Number of pages:")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (3, 1, 100, 1, 10, 10); +- spinbutton = glade_util_spin_button_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "pages", +- GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), 1, 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), spinbutton, TRUE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (spinbutton, 50, -1); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (spinbutton); +- gtk_widget_show (spinbutton); +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +- gtk_grab_add (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_gnome_property_box_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *new_widget, *spinbutton, *window, *placeholder; +- gint pages, i; +- +- window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- /* Only call callback if placeholder/fixed widget is still there */ +- if (gb_widget_can_finish_new (data)) +- { +- spinbutton = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (window), "pages"); +- g_return_if_fail (spinbutton != NULL); +- pages = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (spinbutton)); +- +- new_widget = gnome_property_box_new (); +- +- gb_widget_create_from (GNOME_PROPERTY_BOX (new_widget)->notebook, +- "notebook"); +- gb_widget_set_child_name (GNOME_PROPERTY_BOX (new_widget)->notebook, +- GladeChildGnomePBoxNotebook); +- +- for (i = 0; i < pages; i++) +- { +- placeholder = editor_new_placeholder (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (placeholder, 300, 150); +- gnome_property_box_append_page (GNOME_PROPERTY_BOX (new_widget), +- placeholder, +- gnome_property_box_new_tab_label ()); +- } +- +- /* We connect a close signal handler which always returns TRUE so that +- the built-in close functionality is skipped. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "close", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_true), NULL); +- +- /* Now we connect our normal delete_event handler. */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (editor_close_window), NULL); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (new_widget), TypeHint, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GLADE_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG_INDEX)); +- +- gb_widget_initialize (new_widget, data); +- (*data->callback) (new_widget, data); +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_gnome_property_box_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GbWidgetNewData * data) +-{ +- gb_widget_free_new_data (data); +- gtk_grab_remove (widget); +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget * +-gnome_property_box_new_tab_label () +-{ +- GtkWidget *label; +- +- label = gb_widget_new ("GtkLabel", NULL); +- g_return_val_if_fail (label != NULL, NULL); +- return label; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Creates the components needed to edit the extra properties of this widget. +- */ +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_property_box_create_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_create_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, NULL, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +- +-/* +- * Gets the properties of the widget. This is used for both displaying the +- * properties in the property editor, and also for saving the properties. +- */ +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_property_box_get_properties (GtkWidget *widget, GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_get_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, NULL, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +- +-/* +- * Sets the properties of the widget. This is used for both applying the +- * properties changed in the property editor, and also for loading. +- */ +- +-static void +-gb_gnome_property_box_set_properties (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetSetArgData * data) +-{ +- gb_window_set_standard_properties (widget, data, +- Title, NULL, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +-} +- +- +- +- +-/* +- * Adds menu items to a context menu which is just about to appear! +- * Add commands to aid in editing a GnomePropertyBox, with signals pointing to +- * other functions in this file. +- */ +-/* +-static void +-gb_gnome_property_box_create_popup_menu (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetCreateMenuData * data) +-{ +- +-} +-*/ +- +- +- +-/* +- * Writes the source code needed to create this widget. +- * You have to output everything necessary to create the widget here, though +- * there are some convenience functions to help. +- */ +-static void +-gb_gnome_property_box_write_source (GtkWidget * widget, GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *wname, *child_name; +- +- if (data->create_widget) +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = gnome_property_box_new ();\n", data->wname); +- } +- +- gb_widget_write_standard_source (widget, data); +- +- gb_window_write_standard_source (widget, data, +- Title, NULL, Position, Modal, +- DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight, +- Shrink, Grow, AutoShrink, +- IconName, FocusOnMap, +- Resizable, DestroyWithParent, Icon, +- Role, TypeHint, SkipTaskbar, +- SkipPager, Decorated, Gravity, Urgency); +- +- /* We output the source code for the children here, since the code should +- not include calls to create the widgets. We need to specify that the +- names used are like: "GTK_DIALOG (<dialog-name>)->vbox". +- We need to remember the dialog's name since data->wname +- will be overwritten. */ +- wname = g_strdup (data->wname); +- +- source_add (data, "\n"); +- child_name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (GNOME_PROPERTY_BOX (widget)->notebook); +- child_name = source_create_valid_identifier (child_name); +- source_add (data, " %s = GNOME_PROPERTY_BOX (%s)->notebook;\n", +- child_name, wname); +- g_free (child_name); +- data->create_widget = FALSE; +- gb_widget_write_source (GNOME_PROPERTY_BOX (widget)->notebook, data); +- +- g_free (wname); +- data->write_children = FALSE; +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-gb_gnome_property_box_get_child (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- if (!strcmp (child_name, GladeChildGnomePBoxNotebook)) +- return GNOME_PROPERTY_BOX (widget)->notebook; +- else +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +- +-/* +- * Initializes the GbWidget structure. +- * I've placed this at the end of the file so we don't have to include +- * declarations of all the functions. +- */ +-GbWidget* +-gb_gnome_property_box_init () +-{ +- /* Initialise the GTK type */ +- volatile GtkType type; +- type = gnome_property_box_get_type(); +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidget structure */ +- gb_widget_init_struct(&gbwidget); +- +- /* Fill in the pixmap struct & tooltip */ +- gbwidget.pixmap_struct = gnome_propertybox_xpm; +- gbwidget.tooltip = _("Property Dialog Box"); +- +- /* Fill in any functions that this GbWidget has */ +- gbwidget.gb_widget_new = gb_gnome_property_box_new; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_write_source = gb_gnome_property_box_write_source; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_child = gb_gnome_property_box_get_child; +- +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_properties = gb_gnome_property_box_create_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_get_properties = gb_gnome_property_box_get_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_set_properties = gb_gnome_property_box_set_properties; +- gbwidget.gb_widget_destroy = gb_window_destroy; +-/* +- gbwidget.gb_widget_create_popup_menu = gb_gnome_property_box_create_popup_menu; +-*/ +- +- return &gbwidget; +-} +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/main.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,608 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Damon Chaplin +- * Copyright (C) 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#include <stdio.h> +-#include <string.h> +-#include <sys/types.h> +-#include <sys/stat.h> +-#ifndef _WIN32 +-#include <unistd.h> +-#endif +- +-#include <gtk/gtkmain.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkrc.h> +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include <bonobo.h> +-#include <libgnomeui/gnome-window-icon.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "glade.h" +-#include "glade_palette.h" +-#include "glade_project.h" +-#include "glade_project_window.h" +-#include "property.h" +-#include "save.h" +-#include "tree.h" +-#include "utils.h" +- +- +-/* These are the arguments parsed from the command line. */ +-static gchar *arg_filename = NULL; /* The XML file to load on start-up. */ +-static int arg_write_source = 0; /* Set to write the source & exit. */ +-static int arg_hide_palette = 0; +-static int arg_hide_property_editor = 0; +-static int arg_show_widget_tree = 0; +-static int arg_show_clipboard = 0; +- +- +-static void parse_command_line (int argc, char *argv[]); +-static guint final_setup_from_main_loop (gpointer data); +-static void write_source (void); +-static void usage (void); +- +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-static poptContext pctx; +- +-static struct poptOption options[] = { +- { +- "write-source", 'w', POPT_ARG_NONE, &arg_write_source, 0, +- N_("Write the source code and exit"), NULL +- }, +- { +- "hide-palette", '\0', POPT_ARG_NONE, &arg_hide_palette, 0, +- N_("Start with the palette hidden"), NULL +- }, +- { +- "hide-property-editor", '\0', POPT_ARG_NONE, &arg_hide_property_editor, 0, +- N_("Start with the property editor hidden"), NULL +- }, +- { +- "show-widget-tree", '\0', POPT_ARG_NONE, &arg_show_widget_tree, 0, +- N_("Show the widget tree"), NULL +- }, +- { +- "show-clipboard", '\0', POPT_ARG_NONE, &arg_show_clipboard, 0, +- N_("Show the clipboard"), NULL +- }, +- { +- NULL, '\0', 0, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL +- } +-}; +- +-static gint session_save_yourself_cb (GnomeClient *client, gint phase, +- GnomeRestartStyle save_style, +- gboolean shutdown, +- GnomeInteractStyle interact_style, +- gboolean fast, +- gpointer client_data); +-static void session_die_cb (GnomeClient *client, gpointer client_data); +-#else +-static GOptionEntry options[] = { +- { +- "write-source", 'w', 0, G_OPTION_ARG_NONE, &arg_write_source, +- N_("Write the source code and exit"), NULL +- }, +- { +- "hide-palette", '\0', 0, G_OPTION_ARG_NONE, &arg_hide_palette, +- N_("Start with the palette hidden"), NULL +- }, +- { +- "hide-property-editor", '\0', 0, G_OPTION_ARG_NONE, &arg_hide_property_editor, +- N_("Start with the property editor hidden"), NULL +- }, +- { +- "show-widget-tree", '\0', 0, G_OPTION_ARG_NONE, &arg_show_widget_tree, +- N_("Show the widget tree"), NULL +- }, +- { +- "show-clipboard", '\0', 0, G_OPTION_ARG_NONE, &arg_show_clipboard, +- N_("Show the clipboard"), NULL +- }, +- { NULL } +-}; +-#endif +- +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-GnomeClient *GladeClient; +-#endif +- +- +-static void +-glade_log_handler (const gchar *log_domain, +- GLogLevelFlags log_level, +- const gchar *message, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- /* We just want to ignore this warning as it happens in normal circumstances +- and just confuses users. */ +- if (!strcmp (message, "gtk_scrolled_window_add(): cannot add non scrollable widget use gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport() instead")) +- return; +- +- g_log_default_handler (log_domain, log_level, message, user_data); +-} +- +- +-int +-main (int argc, char *argv[]) +-{ +- gchar *home_dir, *rc_path, *modules, *modules_needed, *new_modules; +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- GnomeProgram *program; +- char *icon; +-#endif +- +- home_dir = NULL; +- rc_path = NULL; +- +- /* We need to ensure that gail is loaded, so that we can query accessibility +- info. I can't see a GTK+ function to do that. For now we just add the +- modules we need to the GTK_MODULES environment variable. It doesn't +- matter if modules appear twice. */ +- modules = (char*) g_getenv ("GTK_MODULES"); +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- modules_needed = "gail" G_SEARCHPATH_SEPARATOR_S "gail-gnome"; +-#else +- modules_needed = "gail"; +-#endif +- new_modules = g_strdup_printf ("GTK_MODULES=%s%s%s", +- modules ? modules : "", +- modules ? G_SEARCHPATH_SEPARATOR_S : "", +- modules_needed); +- putenv (new_modules); +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- /* Gnome sets the locale and parses rc files automatically. */ +- program = gnome_program_init ("glade-2", VERSION, +- LIBGNOMEUI_MODULE, +- argc, argv, +- GNOME_PARAM_POPT_TABLE, options, +- GNOME_PARAM_APP_DATADIR, GLADE_DATADIR, +- NULL); +- icon = gnome_program_locate_file (program, GNOME_FILE_DOMAIN_APP_PIXMAP, +- "glade-2.png", TRUE, NULL); +- +- if (icon) +- gnome_window_icon_set_default_from_file (icon); +- g_free (icon); +- +- g_object_get (G_OBJECT (program), +- GNOME_PARAM_POPT_CONTEXT, &pctx, +- NULL); +- +- /* Set up session management*/ +- GladeClient = gnome_master_client (); +- +- g_signal_connect (GladeClient, "save_yourself", +- G_CALLBACK (session_save_yourself_cb), (gpointer)argv[0]); +- g_signal_connect (GladeClient, "die", G_CALLBACK (session_die_cb), NULL); +- +-#else +- +- gtk_set_locale (); +- +- /* For GTK 1.2, default GTK rc files are parsed automatically. */ +- home_dir = (gchar*) g_get_home_dir (); +- if (home_dir) +- { +- rc_path = g_strdup_printf ("%s/.gladerc", home_dir); +- gtk_rc_add_default_file (rc_path); +- g_free (rc_path); +- } +- gtk_init_with_args (&argc, &argv, "file", options, NULL, NULL); +-#endif +- +- /* Ignore Ctrl-C. */ +- /*signal (SIGINT, SIG_IGN);*/ +- +-#ifdef ENABLE_NLS +- bindtextdomain (GETTEXT_PACKAGE, GLADE_LOCALEDIR); +- bind_textdomain_codeset (GETTEXT_PACKAGE, "UTF-8"); +- textdomain (GETTEXT_PACKAGE); +-#endif +- +- glade_app_init (); +- +- parse_command_line (argc, argv); +- +- /* If the --write-source option is passed, we just write the source and exit +- without even entering the GTK+ main loop. */ +- if (arg_write_source) +- write_source (); +- +- /* We can't make any CORBA calls unless we're in the main loop. +- So we delay loading of files until then. */ +- gtk_idle_add ((GtkFunction) final_setup_from_main_loop, NULL); +- +- g_log_set_handler ("Gtk", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING, glade_log_handler, NULL); +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- bonobo_main (); +-#else +- gtk_main (); +-#endif +- return 0; +-} +- +- +-/* This looks for a .glade file to load, after all the popt options have +- been removed. */ +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-static void +-parse_command_line (int argc, char *argv[]) +-{ +- const gchar **args; +- gint i; +- +- args = poptGetArgs (pctx); +- +- for (i = 0; args && args[i]; i++) +- { +- if (arg_filename == NULL) +- arg_filename = (gchar*) args[i]; +- else +- usage (); +- } +- +- poptFreeContext (pctx); +-} +- +-#else +-static void +-parse_command_line (int argc, char *argv[]) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- /* GTK parses argc & argv and sets arguments to NULL if it has used them. */ +- for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) +- { +- if (!argv[i]) continue; +- if (!strcmp (argv[i], "-w") || !strcmp (argv[i], "--write-source")) +- arg_write_source = 1; +- else if (!strcmp (argv[i], "--version")) +- { +- printf ("Glade (GTK+) %s\n", VERSION); +- exit (0); +- } +- else if (arg_filename == NULL) +- arg_filename = (gchar*) argv[i]; +- else +- usage (); +- } +-} +-#endif +- +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-/* Returns the session file, in on-disk encoding (We are assuming that +- gnome_client_get_config_prefix() returns on-disk encoded filenames). */ +-static char* +-get_session_file (GnomeClient *client) +-{ +- const char *config_prefix; +- char *prefix, *session_file; +- +- /* Get the config prefix, copy it, and remove the '/' at each end. */ +- config_prefix = gnome_client_get_config_prefix (client); +- prefix = g_strdup (config_prefix + 1); +- prefix[strlen (prefix) - 1] = '\0'; +- +- /* Create the directory containing all the sessions, if necessary. +- gnome-client.h suggests using ~/.gnome2/<app>.d/session/ to save session +- files, so that is what we do. */ +- session_file = g_build_filename (gnome_user_dir_get(), "glade-2.d", +- "sessions", prefix, "project.glade", NULL); +- g_free (prefix); +- +- return session_file; +-} +-#endif +- +- +-static void +-show_window (GtkWidget *window, gboolean show) +-{ +- if (show) +- gtk_widget_show (window); +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (window); +-} +- +- +-/* This creates the main GUI windows and loads any XML file specified from the +- command-line. We do this here because we can't make any Bonob calls until +- the main loop is running. */ +-static guint +-final_setup_from_main_loop (gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeProjectWindow *project_window; +- gchar *directory, *pathname = NULL, *pathname_utf8 = NULL; +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- gchar *session_file = NULL, *session_file_utf8 = NULL; +-#endif +- gboolean loaded_file = FALSE; +- gboolean show_palette = TRUE, show_property_editor = TRUE; +- gboolean show_widget_tree = FALSE, show_clipboard = FALSE; +- +- project_window = glade_project_window_new (); +- +- /* Load the window geometries. */ +- glade_load_settings (project_window, +- glade_palette, &show_palette, +- win_property, &show_property_editor, +- win_tree, &show_widget_tree, +- glade_clipboard, &show_clipboard); +- +- /* Always show the main project window. */ +- gtk_widget_show (project_window->window); +- +- /* Command-line args override the settings file. */ +- if (arg_hide_palette) +- show_palette = FALSE; +- if (arg_hide_property_editor) +- show_property_editor = FALSE; +- if (arg_show_widget_tree) +- show_widget_tree = TRUE; +- if (arg_show_clipboard) +- show_clipboard = TRUE; +- +- show_window (glade_palette, show_palette); +- show_window (win_property, show_property_editor); +- show_window (win_tree, show_widget_tree); +- show_window (glade_clipboard, show_clipboard); +- +- if (arg_filename) +- { +- directory = g_get_current_dir (); +- pathname = glade_util_make_absolute_path (directory, arg_filename); +- pathname_utf8 = g_filename_to_utf8 (pathname, -1, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- g_free (directory); +- } +- +- /* First we check for a saved session, else we check for a normal project +- file on the command-line. */ +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- session_file = get_session_file (GladeClient); +- session_file_utf8 = g_filename_to_utf8 (session_file, -1, NULL, NULL, +- NULL); +- if (g_file_test (session_file, G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS)) +- { +- struct stat pathname_stat, session_file_stat; +- int status1 = -1, status2 = -1; +- +- /* Note that pathname may be NULL, if the project hasn't been +- saved yet. NOTE: This could cause problems if the user explicitly +- saves a session without saving the Glade project, and then keeps +- using that session on startup. Glade will always think the project +- is a new one, even if the user saves it at some point. (Sessions +- shouldn't be used this way really.) */ +- if (pathname) +- { +- status1 = stat (pathname, &pathname_stat); +- status2 = stat (session_file, &session_file_stat); +- } +- +- /* We only want to load the session file if it is newer than the +- real project XML file. i.e. its mtime is greater. */ +- if (status1 == -1 || status2 == -1 +- || session_file_stat.st_mtime >= pathname_stat.st_mtime) +- { +- GladeSessionFile = session_file_utf8; +- glade_project_window_open_project (project_window, pathname_utf8); +- GladeSessionFile = NULL; +- loaded_file = TRUE; +- } +- } +- g_free (session_file); +- g_free (session_file_utf8); +-#endif +- +- if (!loaded_file && pathname_utf8) +- { +- glade_project_window_open_project (project_window, pathname_utf8); +- } +- +- g_free (pathname); +- g_free (pathname_utf8); +- +- /* For GNOME, we start with no current project, as the user needs to select +- between GTK+ and GNOME when creating a project. For GTK+ we can just +- create a GTK+ project. */ +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (current_project == NULL) +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GTK_BIN (glade_palette)->child, FALSE); +-#else +- if (current_project == NULL) +- glade_project_new (); +-#endif +- +- glade_project_window_set_project (project_window, current_project); +- +- glade_project_window_refresh_menu_items (); +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs the source code for the project, for when the --write-source option +- is used. This function will not return. It exits with 0 if OK, or 1 if +- there was an error writing the source. */ +-static void +-write_source (void) +-{ +- GladeProject *project; +- gboolean status; +- GladeError *error; +- gchar *directory, *directory_utf8, *filename; +- +- if (!arg_filename) { +- g_printerr (_("glade: The XML file must be set for the '-w' or '--write-source' option.\n")); +- exit (1); +- } +- +- directory = g_get_current_dir (); +- directory_utf8 = g_filename_to_utf8 (directory, -1, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (directory_utf8, arg_filename); +- g_free (directory_utf8); +- g_free (directory); +- +- status = glade_project_open (filename, &project); +- g_free (filename); +- +- if (!status) { +- g_printerr (_("glade: Error loading XML file.\n")); +- /* The errors aren't freed, but it doesn't really matter. */ +- exit (1); +- } +- +- error = glade_project_write_source (project); +- if (error) { +- g_printerr (_("glade: Error writing source.\n")); +- glade_error_free (error); +- exit (1); +- } +- +- exit (0); +-} +- +- +-/* Display the available command-line options and exit. Used when an invalid +- argument was passed in. */ +-static void +-usage (void) +-{ +- fprintf (stderr, "Usage: glade [-w|--write-source] [<filename>]\n"); +- exit (0); +-} +- +- +-#if USE_GNOME +-static void +-glade_write_session_files (GnomeClient *client) +-{ +- GladeError* error; +- char *session_file = NULL, *session_dir = NULL; +- char *session_file_utf8 = NULL, *session_dir_utf8 = NULL; +- gchar *argv[] = { "rm", "-r", NULL }; +- +- session_file = get_session_file (client); +- session_dir = g_dirname (session_file); +- session_file_utf8 = g_filename_to_utf8 (session_file, -1, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- session_dir_utf8 = g_filename_to_utf8 (session_dir, -1, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- +- error = glade_util_ensure_directory_exists (session_dir_utf8); +- if (error) +- { +- fprintf (stderr, error->message); +- glade_error_free (error); +- goto out; +- } +- +- /* Set a global variable to the session file to save. */ +- GladeSessionFile = session_file_utf8; +- error = save_project_file (current_project); +- GladeSessionFile = NULL; +- if (error) +- { +- fprintf (stderr, error->message); +- glade_error_free (error); +- } +- +- /* Set the discard command, so the session files will be deleted when the +- session is. It copies all the args, so we can free our copies. +- Note that we use on-disk encoding here, as I assume that is what 'rm' +- wants. */ +- argv[2] = session_dir; +- gnome_client_set_discard_command (client, 3, argv); +- +- out: +- +- g_free (session_dir); +- g_free (session_file); +- g_free (session_dir_utf8); +- g_free (session_file_utf8); +-} +- +- +-static gint +-session_save_yourself_cb (GnomeClient *client, gint phase, +- GnomeRestartStyle save_style, gboolean shutdown, +- GnomeInteractStyle interact_style, gboolean fast, +- gpointer client_data) +-{ +- char *argv[10]; /* Make sure this has enough space for all possible args. */ +- int arg = 0; +- +- /* FIXME: Hardcoded path just for testing. */ +-#if 0 +- argv[arg++] = "/home/damon/cvs/glade-gtk2/glade/glade-2"; +-#else +- argv[arg++] = "glade-2"; +-#endif +- +- if (!glade_palette || !GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (glade_palette)) +- { +- argv[arg++] = "--hide-palette"; +- } +- +- if (!win_property || !GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (win_property)) +- { +- argv[arg++] = "--hide-property-editor"; +- } +- +- if (win_tree && GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (win_tree)) +- { +- argv[arg++] = "--show-widget-tree"; +- } +- +- if (glade_clipboard && GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (glade_clipboard)) +- { +- argv[arg++] = "--show-clipboard"; +- } +- +- /* Check if we need to save the project files. */ +- if (current_project && current_project->components) +- { +- /* We save the XML filename as an arg, but the saved session files will +- be loaded instead. Though we need to know the XML filename for saving +- the project later. */ +- if (current_project->xml_filename +- && *current_project->xml_filename) +- argv[arg++] = current_project->xml_filename; +- +- glade_write_session_files (client); +- } +- +- gnome_client_set_restart_command (client, arg, argv); +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-session_die_cb (GnomeClient *client, gpointer client_data) +-{ +- gtk_main_quit (); +-} +-#endif +--- a/tools/glade/glade/palette.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#include "glade.h" +-#include "gbwidget.h" +-#include "glade_gtk12lib.h" +-#include "palette.h" +-#include "glade_palette.h" +-#include "glade_project.h" +-#include "glade_project_window.h" +- +- +-static void on_palette_select_item (GladePalette *palette, +- gchar *item_name); +-static void palette_finish_new_component (GtkWidget *component, +- GbWidgetNewData *data); +- +-static GdkColormap *colormap; +- +- +-void +-palette_init () +-{ +- glade_palette = glade_palette_new (); +- gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (glade_palette), 0, 250); +- gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (glade_palette), +- GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_UTILITY); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (glade_palette), "palette", "Glade"); +- gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (glade_palette), +- glade_get_global_accel_group ()); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (glade_palette), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (palette_hide), NULL); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (glade_palette), "hide", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_uncheck_palette_menu_item), +- NULL); +- +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (glade_palette), _("Palette")); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (glade_palette), 0); +- colormap = gtk_widget_get_colormap (glade_palette); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (glade_palette), "select_item", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_palette_select_item), NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-palette_add_gbwidget (GbWidget *gbwidget, +- gchar *section, +- gchar *name) +-{ +- gboolean show_section; +- +- show_section = (!strcmp (section, "NotShown")) ? FALSE : TRUE; +- +- /* Create the widget's pixmap, if it has one. */ +- if (gbwidget->pixmap_struct && !gbwidget->gdkpixmap) +- gbwidget->gdkpixmap = gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm_d (NULL, colormap, &(gbwidget->mask), NULL, gbwidget->pixmap_struct); +- +- if (show_section) +- glade_palette_add_widget (GLADE_PALETTE (glade_palette), +- _(section), name, +- gbwidget->gdkpixmap, gbwidget->mask, +- gbwidget->tooltip); +- +-} +- +- +-void +-palette_show (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gtk_widget_show (glade_palette); +- /* This maps the window, which also de-iconifies it according to ICCCM. */ +- gdk_window_show (GTK_WIDGET (glade_palette)->window); +- gdk_window_raise (GTK_WIDGET (glade_palette)->window); +-} +- +- +-gint +-palette_hide (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gtk_widget_hide (glade_palette); +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_palette_select_item (GladePalette *palette, +- gchar *class_name) +-{ +- GtkType type; +- +- /* Ignore the selector. */ +- if (class_name == NULL) +- return; +- +- /* If we don't have a project open, just reset the selection. Hopefully +- we'll make the palette insensitive in that case so this won't happen. */ +- if (current_project == NULL) +- { +- glade_palette_reset_selection (GLADE_PALETTE (glade_palette), FALSE); +- return; +- } +- +- /* See if a toplevel item was selected - a window, dialog or menu. +- If it was, we create a new component and reset the palette. */ +- type = g_type_from_name (class_name); +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Class Name: %s Type: %li\n", class_name, type); +-#endif +- +- /* We just return if the type isn't found (e.g. for the custom widget). */ +- if (type == 0) +- return; +- +- if (gtk_type_is_a (type, gtk_window_get_type ()) +- || gtk_type_is_a (type, gtk_menu_get_type ())) +- { +- gb_widget_new_full (class_name, TRUE, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, +- palette_finish_new_component, GB_CREATING, NULL); +- glade_palette_reset_selection (GLADE_PALETTE (glade_palette), FALSE); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-palette_finish_new_component (GtkWidget *component, GbWidgetNewData *data) +-{ +- glade_project_add_component (data->project, component); +- glade_project_show_component (data->project, component); +- gb_widget_show_properties (component); +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/property.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,5672 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +-#include <ctype.h> +-#include <time.h> +- +-#include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#include <gnome.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "editor.h" +-#include "glade_atk.h" +-#include "glade_keys_dialog.h" +-#include "glade_project.h" +-#include "glade_project_window.h" +-#include "utils.h" +-#include "gbwidget.h" +-#include "property.h" +-#include "load.h" +-#include "save.h" +- +-/* These are the standard widget attribute names */ +-const gchar *GbName = "GtkWidget::name"; +-const gchar *GbClass = "GtkWidget::class"; +-const gchar *GbWidth = "GtkWidget::width_request"; +-const gchar *GbHeight = "GtkWidget::height_request"; +-const gchar *GbVisible = "GtkWidget::visible"; +-const gchar *GbSensitive = "GtkWidget::sensitive"; +-const gchar *GbTooltip = "GtkWidget::tooltip"; +-const gchar *GbCanDefault = "GtkWidget::can_default"; +-const gchar *GbHasDefault = "GtkWidget::has_default"; +-const gchar *GbCanFocus = "GtkWidget::can_focus"; +-const gchar *GbHasFocus = "GtkWidget::has_focus"; +-const gchar *GbEvents = "GtkWidget::events"; +-const gchar *GbExtEvents = "GtkWidget::extension_events"; +- +-/* This is just a button to show the accelerators dialog. */ +-const gchar *GbAccelerators = "GtkWidget::accelerators"; +- +-/* Language-Specific properties. */ +-/* C-specific properties. */ +-const gchar *GbCSourceFile = "GtkWidget::c_source_file"; +-const gchar *GbCPublic = "GtkWidget::c_public"; +- +-/* C++-specific properties. */ +-const gchar *GbCxxSeparateFile = "GtkWidget::cxx_separate_file"; +-const gchar *GbCxxSeparateClass = "GtkWidget::cxx_separate_class"; +-const gchar *GbCxxVisibility = "GtkWidget::cxx_visibility"; +- +-/* Visibility choices data */ +-const gchar *GbCxxVisibilityChoices[] = +-{N_("private"), N_("protected"), N_("public"), NULL}; +-const gint GbCxxVisibilityValues[] = +-{ 0, 1, 2 +-}; +-const gchar *GbCxxVisibilitySymbols[] = +-{ +- "private", +- "protected", +- "public" +-}; +- +-/* Widget style properties. */ +-const gchar *GbStylePropagate = "GtkWidget::style_propagate"; +-const gchar *GbStyleName = "GtkWidget::style_name"; +-const gchar *GbStyleFont = "GtkWidget::style_font"; +- +-/* Signals page */ +-const gchar *GbSignalName = "GtkWidget::signal_name"; +-const gchar *GbSignalHandler = "GtkWidget::signal_handler"; +-const gchar *GbSignalObject = "GtkWidget::signal_object"; +-const gchar *GbSignalAfter = "GtkWidget::signal_after"; +-const gchar *GbSignalData = "GtkWidget::signal_data"; +- +-/* Accelerators page */ +-const gchar *GbAccelKey = "GtkWidget::accelerator_key"; +-const gchar *GbAccelSignal = "GtkWidget::accelerator_signal"; +- +- +-const gchar *GbStateTabLabels[] = +-{ N_("Normal"), N_("Active"), N_("Prelight"), +- N_("Selected"), N_("Insens") }; +- +-/* Keys in object data hash used to store color, bg pixmap & filename */ +-const gchar *GbColorKey = "GbColor"; +-const gchar *GbBgPixmapKey = "GbBgPixmap"; +-const gchar *GbBgFilenameKey = "GbBgFilename"; +-const gchar *GbValueWidgetKey = "GbValue"; +-const gchar *GbDialogValueKey = "GbDialogValue"; +-const gchar *GbFilenameValueKey = "GbFilenameValue"; +-const gchar *GbFontKey = "GbFont"; +-const gchar *GbFontSpecKey = "GbFontSpec"; +-const gchar *GladeStockIDKey = "GladeStockID"; +- +-/* Extension mode choices data */ +-const gchar *GbExtensionModeChoices[] = +-{"None", "All", "Cursor", NULL}; +-const gint GbExtensionModeValues[] = +-{ +- GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE, +- GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_ALL, +- GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_CURSOR +-}; +-const gchar *GbExtensionModeSymbols[] = +-{ +- "GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE", +- "GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_ALL", +- "GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_CURSOR" +-}; +- +-/* +- * Private variables +- */ +- +-/* Hashtables of all the label & value widgets on the various property pages */ +-static GHashTable *gb_property_labels = NULL; +-static GHashTable *gb_property_values = NULL; +-static GHashTable *gb_property_buttons = NULL; +- +-/* Major components of the property window */ +-#define GB_PAGE_WIDGET 0 +-#define GB_PAGE_SIGNALS 3 +-#define GB_PAGE_ATK 4 +-GtkWidget *win_property = NULL; +-static GtkWidget *main_notebook = NULL; +-static GtkWidget *property_widget_notebook; +-static gint property_language = GLADE_LANGUAGE_C; +-static GtkWidget **lang_specific_properties; +-static GtkWidget *special_child_property_notebook; +-static GtkWidget *apply_button = NULL; +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +-static GtkWidget *styles_notebook; +-#endif +- +-static GtkTooltips *tooltips; +- +-/* The widget whose properties are currently shown (or NULL) */ +-static GtkWidget *property_widget = NULL; +- +-/* This is used when typing over a widget in the interface to set its label. */ +-static gboolean typing_over_widget = FALSE; +- +-static GtkStyle *invalid_style; +- +-/* The current table & row used when creating properties */ +-static GtkWidget *property_table; +-static gint property_table_row; +- +-/* This is used when automatically applying properties as they are changed. +- It is on most of the time, except when changes are being made to property +- values which we don't want to result in a callback. */ +-static gboolean auto_apply; +- +-/* Color selection dialog */ +-static GtkColorSelectionDialog *colorsel = NULL; +-static GtkWidget *color_value = NULL; +- +-/* File selection dialog */ +-static GtkWidget *filesel = NULL; +-static GtkWidget *filename_value = NULL; +- +-/* Font selection fialog */ +-static GtkFontSelectionDialog *fontsel = NULL; +- +-/* Widgets in Accelerators dialog. */ +-#define ACCEL_MODIFIERS_COL 0 +-#define ACCEL_KEY_COL 1 +-#define ACCEL_SIGNAL_COL 2 +-static GtkWidget *accel_dialog = NULL; +-static GtkWidget *accel_clist; +-static GtkWidget *accel_control_button; +-static GtkWidget *accel_shift_button; +-static GtkWidget *accel_alt_button; +- +-/* Widgets on Signals page */ +-#define SIGNAL_NAME_COL 0 +-#define SIGNAL_HANDLER_COL 1 +-#define SIGNAL_DATA_COL 2 +-#define SIGNAL_AFTER_COL 3 +-#define SIGNAL_OBJECT_COL 4 +-static GtkWidget *signal_clist; +-/* This holds the last modification time of the GladeSignals currently being +- edited. */ +-static GMemChunk *signal_mem_chunk; +- +-/* Clipboard used for copying/pasting colors - could possibly use GTK clipbd? */ +-#define GB_COLOR_CLIPBD_EMPTY 1 +-#define GB_COLOR_CLIPBD_COLOR 2 +-#define GB_COLOR_CLIPBD_BGPIXMAP 3 +-#define GB_COLOR_CLIPBD_STATE 4 +- +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +-static gint clipbd_state = GB_COLOR_CLIPBD_EMPTY; +-static GdkColor clipbd_colors[GB_NUM_STYLE_COLORS]; +-static GdkPixmap *clipbd_bgpixmap; +-static gchar *clipbd_bgfilename; +-static GtkWidget *selected_style_widget = NULL; +-#endif +- +- +-/* The list of GTK+ stock items. */ +-static GSList *stock_items = NULL; +-static GHashTable *stock_nsizes_hash = NULL; +-static GHashTable *stock_sizes_hash = NULL; +- +-/* Keys used in the GtkCombo value for stock items/icons. */ +-static const gchar *GladeIconSizeKey = "GladeIconSizeKey"; +-static const gchar *GladeNeedLabelKey = "GladeNeedLabelKey"; +- +- +-static const gchar *GladeIsStringPropertyKey = "GladeIsStringPropertyKey"; +-static const gchar *GladeShowTranslationPropertiesKey = "GladeShowTranslationPropertiesKey"; +- +-/* +- * Private functions +- */ +- +-static GtkWidget *create_widget_property_page (); +-static GtkWidget *create_standard_property_page (); +-static GtkWidget *create_special_child_properties (); +-static void create_language_specific_properties (GtkWidget *vbox); +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +-static GtkWidget *create_style_property_page (); +-static GtkWidget *create_style_page (const gchar * state); +-#endif +-static GtkWidget *create_signals_property_page (); +- +-static const gchar* property_add (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label_string, +- GtkWidget * value, +- GtkWidget * dialog_button, +- const gchar * tooltip); +- +-static void on_bool_property_toggle (GtkWidget * value, +- gpointer data); +- +-static GtkWidget *create_color_preview (); +-static gboolean show_color_in_preview (GtkWidget * preview, +- GdkColor *color); +-static void on_color_draw (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void on_color_expose_event (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEvent * event, +- gpointer data); +-static void on_color_select (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +- +-static void show_pixmap_in_drawing_area (GtkWidget * drawing_area, +- GdkPixmap * gdkpixmap); +- +-static gint expose_pixmap (GtkWidget * drawing_area, +- GdkEventExpose * event, +- gpointer data); +- +-static void show_events_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer value); +-static void on_events_dialog_response (GtkWidget * widget, +- gint response_id, +- GtkWidget * clist); +- +-static void show_keys_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer value); +-static void on_keys_clist_select (GtkWidget * widget, +- gint row, +- gint column, +- GdkEventButton * bevent, +- gpointer data); +-static void on_keys_dialog_response (GtkWidget * widget, +- gint response_id, +- gpointer data); +- +-static void show_signals_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer value); +-static void on_signals_clist_select (GtkWidget * widget, +- gint row, +- gint column, +- GdkEventButton * bevent, +- gpointer data); +-static void on_signals_dialog_response (GtkWidget * widget, +- gint response_id, +- GtkWidget * clist); +- +-static void show_accelerators_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer value); +-static void create_accelerators_dialog (); +-static void on_accelerator_add (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-static void on_accelerator_update (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-static void on_accelerator_delete (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-static void on_accelerator_clear (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-static void on_accelerator_select (GtkWidget * clist, +- gint row, +- gint column, +- GdkEventButton * event, +- gpointer user_data); +- +-static void on_signal_add (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-static void on_signal_update (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-static void on_signal_delete (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-static void on_signal_clear (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-static void on_signal_select (GtkWidget * clist, +- gint row, +- gint column, +- GdkEventButton * event, +- gpointer user_data); +- +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +-static void on_style_copy (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void on_style_copy_all (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void on_style_paste (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +-#endif +- +-/* Currently unused - its all auto-applied +- static void on_apply (GtkWidget *widget, +- gpointer data); +- */ +-static void on_property_changed (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * property); +-static gboolean on_property_focus_out (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEventFocus *event, +- GtkWidget * property); +- +-static void set_pixmap (GtkWidget * drawing_area, +- GdkPixmap * gdkpixmap, +- const gchar * filename); +- +-static void show_colorsel_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void on_colorsel_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +-static gint close_dialog_event (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEvent * event, +- GtkWidget * dialog); +-static void close_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * dialog); +- +-static void show_filesel_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void on_filesel_response (GtkWidget * widget, +- gint response_id, +- gpointer data); +- +-static void show_font_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +-#if 0 +-static gint get_font_size_from_spec (const gchar * spec); +-#endif +-static gchar *get_font_name_from_spec (const gchar * spec); +-static void on_font_dialog_apply (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkFontSelectionDialog * fontsel); +-static void on_font_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkFontSelectionDialog * fontsel); +- +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +-static void show_style_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer value); +-static gint add_style_to_clist (const gchar * key, +- gpointer data, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-static void on_style_clist_select (GtkWidget * widget, +- gint row, +- gint column, +- GdkEventButton * bevent, +- gpointer data); +-static void on_style_dialog_new (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-static gint create_new_style (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * name, +- GbStyle * base_gbstyle); +-static void on_style_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-static void on_style_dialog_copy (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-static void on_style_dialog_rename (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-static gint rename_style (GtkWidget * widget, +- const gchar * name, +- GbStyle * gbstyle); +-static void on_style_dialog_delete (GtkWidget * widget, +- GtkWidget * clist); +-#endif +- +-static void on_toggle_set_width (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value); +-static void on_toggle_set_height (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value); +- +-const gchar *GbEventMaskSymbols[GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT] = +-{ +- "GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK", +- "GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK", +- "GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK", +- "GDK_BUTTON_MOTION_MASK", +- "GDK_BUTTON1_MOTION_MASK", +- "GDK_BUTTON2_MOTION_MASK", +- "GDK_BUTTON3_MOTION_MASK", +- "GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK", +- "GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK", +- "GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK", +- "GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK", +- "GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK", +- "GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK", +- "GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK", +- "GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK", +- "GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK", +- "GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK", +- "GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK", +- "GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK", +-}; +- +- +-const gint GbEventMaskValues[GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT] = +-{ +- GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK, +- GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK, +- GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK, +- GDK_BUTTON_MOTION_MASK, +- GDK_BUTTON1_MOTION_MASK, +- GDK_BUTTON2_MOTION_MASK, +- GDK_BUTTON3_MOTION_MASK, +- GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK, +- GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK, +- GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK, +- GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK, +- GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK, +- GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK, +- GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK, +- GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK, +- GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK, +- GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK, +- GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK, +- GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK +-}; +- +- +-static const gchar *GbEventMaskDescriptions[GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT] = +-{ +- N_("When the window needs redrawing"), +- N_("When the mouse moves"), +- N_("Mouse movement hints"), +- N_("Mouse movement with any button pressed"), +- N_("Mouse movement with button 1 pressed"), +- N_("Mouse movement with button 2 pressed"), +- N_("Mouse movement with button 3 pressed"), +- N_("Any mouse button pressed"), +- N_("Any mouse button released"), +- N_("Any key pressed"), +- N_("Any key released"), +- N_("When the mouse enters the window"), +- N_("When the mouse leaves the window"), +- N_("Any change in input focus"), +- N_("Any change in window structure"), +- N_("Any change in X Windows property"), +- N_("Any change in visibility"), +- N_("For cursors in XInput-aware programs"), +- N_("For cursors in XInput-aware programs") +-}; +- +-/* +- * Create the properties window +- */ +- +- +-static void +-create_stock_items (void) +-{ +- GSList *elem; +- +- stock_items = gtk_stock_list_ids (); +- stock_items = g_slist_sort (stock_items, glade_util_compare_stock_labels); +- +- /* We also keep data about which icon sizes are available for each stock +- item, in a GHashTable. The key is the stock_id. */ +- stock_nsizes_hash = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- stock_sizes_hash = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- +- for (elem = stock_items; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- gchar *stock_id; +- GtkIconSet *icon_set; +- GtkIconSize *sizes; +- gint n_sizes; +-#if 0 +- gint i; +-#endif +- +- stock_id = elem->data; +- icon_set = gtk_icon_factory_lookup_default (stock_id); +- if (icon_set) +- { +- gtk_icon_set_get_sizes (icon_set, &sizes, &n_sizes); +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Stock ID %s Icon Set: %p Sizes:", stock_id, icon_set); +- for (i = 0; i < n_sizes; i++) +- g_print (" %i", sizes[i]); +- g_print ("\n"); +-#endif +- +- /* Note that we use the stock_id as the keys, without copying it, +- so they are only valid while stock_items exists. */ +- g_hash_table_insert (stock_nsizes_hash, stock_id, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (n_sizes)); +- g_hash_table_insert (stock_sizes_hash, stock_id, sizes); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-static gboolean +-propagate_key_press_to_main_notebook (GtkWidget *notebook, +- GdkEventKey *event, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- +- if (event->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) +- { +- if (event->keyval == GDK_Page_Up) +- { +- gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (main_notebook), +- "change_current_page", -1); +- return TRUE; +- } +- else if (event->keyval == GDK_Page_Down) +- { +- gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (main_notebook), +- "change_current_page", 1); +- return TRUE; +- } +- } +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-void +-property_init () +-{ +- GtkWidget *vbox1, *label, *child, *page; +- +- /* Create hash table for widgets containing property values */ +- gb_property_labels = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- gb_property_values = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- gb_property_buttons = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- +- /* Create the mem chunk for storing signal last modification times. */ +- signal_mem_chunk = g_mem_chunk_create (time_t, 16, G_ALLOC_ONLY); +- +- /* Create property window */ +- win_property = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); +- gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (win_property), 300, 0); +- gtk_window_set_default_size (GTK_WINDOW (win_property), 260, -1); +- gtk_widget_set_name (win_property, "GladeObjectInspector"); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (win_property), +- "object_inspector", "Glade"); +- gtk_widget_realize (win_property); +- gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (win_property), +- glade_get_global_accel_group ()); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (win_property), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (property_hide), NULL); +- +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (win_property), "hide", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_uncheck_property_editor_menu_item), +- NULL); +- +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (win_property), _("Properties")); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (win_property), 0); +- +- tooltips = gtk_tooltips_new (); +- +- vbox1 = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (win_property), vbox1); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox1); +- +- /* Create main notebook for different categories of widget properties */ +- main_notebook = gtk_notebook_new (); +- gtk_notebook_set_tab_pos (GTK_NOTEBOOK (main_notebook), GTK_POS_TOP); +- gtk_notebook_set_tab_vborder (GTK_NOTEBOOK (main_notebook), 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox1), main_notebook, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (main_notebook); +- +- /* Create the pages of the main notebook */ +- /* NOTE: If you add/remove pages you need to change the GB_PAGE_SIGNALS +- value at the top of this file */ +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Widget")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- child = create_widget_property_page (); +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (main_notebook), child, label); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Packing")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- child = create_special_child_properties (); +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (main_notebook), child, label); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Common")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- child = create_standard_property_page (); +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (main_notebook), child, label); +- +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Style")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- child = create_style_property_page (); +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (main_notebook), child, label); +-#endif +- +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Signals")); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- child = create_signals_property_page (); +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (main_notebook), child, label); +- +- /* Create style to use when a property value is invalid - it's not used +- at present. */ +- invalid_style = gtk_style_new (); +- invalid_style->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL].red = 65535; +- invalid_style->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL].green = 0; +- invalid_style->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL].blue = 0; +- +- create_accelerators_dialog (); +- +- create_stock_items (); +- +- /* Create the ATK properties page. */ +- glade_atk_create_property_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (main_notebook)); +- +- /* Make sure Ctrl+PgUp/Down switch the main notebook page. */ +- page = gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (main_notebook), +- GB_PAGE_ATK); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_BIN (page)->child), +- "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (propagate_key_press_to_main_notebook), NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_show (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gtk_widget_show (win_property); +- /* This maps the window, which also de-iconifies it according to ICCCM. */ +- gdk_window_show (GTK_WIDGET (win_property)->window); +- gdk_window_raise (GTK_WIDGET (win_property)->window); +- property_set_widget (NULL); +-} +- +-gint +-property_hide (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gtk_widget_hide (win_property); +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget * +-property_get_widget () +-{ +- return property_widget; +-} +- +- +-void +-property_update_title (void) +-{ +- gchar buffer[128]; +- gchar *name; +- +- if (property_widget) +- { +- strcpy (buffer, _("Properties: ")); +- name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (property_widget); +- strncat (buffer, name, 120 - strlen (buffer)); +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (win_property), buffer); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (win_property), +- _("Properties: <none>")); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_widget (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- gchar buffer[128]; +- gchar *name; +- +- if (widget) +- { +- strcpy (buffer, _("Properties: ")); +- name = (char*) gtk_widget_get_name (widget); +- strncat (buffer, name, 120 - strlen (buffer)); +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (win_property), buffer); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (main_notebook, TRUE); +- if (apply_button) +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (apply_button, TRUE); +- property_widget = widget; +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (win_property), _("Properties: <none>")); +- property_hide_gbwidget_page (); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (main_notebook, FALSE); +- if (apply_button) +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (apply_button, FALSE); +- /* Need to clear the property widget before clearing the name property, +- since auto-apply may be on, and hence we may clear the name of the +- currently shown widget. */ +- property_widget = NULL; +- property_set_string (GbName, NULL); +- property_set_string (GbClass, NULL); +- /* Make now-empty property window display properly */ +- gtk_widget_queue_resize (win_property); +- } +- +- typing_over_widget = FALSE; +- glade_atk_update_relation_dialogs (); +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-create_widget_property_page () +-{ +- GtkWidget *page, *table, *vbox, *entry; +- +- page = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (page), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_widget_show (page); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (page), +- "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (propagate_key_press_to_main_notebook), NULL); +- +- vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (page), vbox); +- gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type (GTK_VIEWPORT (GTK_BIN (page)->child), +- GTK_SHADOW_NONE); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox); +- +- table = gtk_table_new (2, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), table, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- property_set_table_position (table, 0); +- property_add_string (GbName, _("Name:"), +- _("The name of the widget")); +- property_add_string (GbClass, _("Class:"), +- _("The class of the widget")); +- entry = property_get_value_widget (GbClass); +- gtk_editable_set_editable (GTK_EDITABLE (entry), FALSE); +- +- /* Add language-specific options to a notebook at the bottom. */ +- create_language_specific_properties (vbox); +- +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- +- property_widget_notebook = gtk_notebook_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (property_widget_notebook); +- gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs (GTK_NOTEBOOK (property_widget_notebook), +- FALSE); +- gtk_notebook_set_show_border (GTK_NOTEBOOK (property_widget_notebook), +- FALSE); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), property_widget_notebook, +- FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (property_widget_notebook), +- "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (propagate_key_press_to_main_notebook), NULL); +- +- return page; +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-create_standard_property_page () +-{ +- GtkWidget *page; +- +- page = gtk_table_new (9, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (page), 1); +- +- property_set_table_position (page, 0); +- property_add_optional_int_range (GbWidth, _("Width:"), +- _("The requested width of the widget (usually used to set the minimum width)"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1, on_toggle_set_width); +- property_add_optional_int_range (GbHeight, _("Height:"), +- _("The requested height of the widget (usually used to set the minimum height)"), +- 0, 10000, 1, 10, 1, on_toggle_set_height); +- +- property_add_bool (GbVisible, _("Visible:"), +- _("If the widget is initially visible")); +- property_add_bool (GbSensitive, _("Sensitive:"), +- _("If the widget responds to input")); +- property_add_string (GbTooltip, _("Tooltip:"), +- _("The tooltip to display if the mouse lingers over the widget")); +- +- property_add_bool (GbCanDefault, _("Can Default:"), +- _("If the widget can be the default action in a dialog")); +- property_add_bool (GbHasDefault, _("Has Default:"), +- _("If the widget is the default action in the dialog")); +- property_add_bool (GbCanFocus, _("Can Focus:"), +- _("If the widget can accept the input focus")); +- property_add_bool (GbHasFocus, _("Has Focus:"), +- _("If the widget has the input focus")); +- +- property_add_dialog (GbEvents, _("Events:"), +- _("The X events that the widget receives"), +- FALSE, show_events_dialog); +- property_add_choice (GbExtEvents, _("Ext.Events:"), +- _("The X Extension events mode"), +- GbExtensionModeChoices); +- +- property_add_command (GbAccelerators, _("Accelerators:"), +- _("Defines the signals to emit when keys are pressed"), +- _("Edit..."), +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (show_accelerators_dialog)); +- +- gtk_widget_show (page); +- return page; +-} +- +- +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +-static GtkWidget * +-create_style_property_page () +-{ +- GtkWidget *page, *table, *label, *child, *hbox, *button; +- int i; +- +- page = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- +- table = gtk_table_new (3, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (page), table, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- property_set_table_position (table, 0); +- property_add_bool (GbStylePropagate, _("Propagate:"), +- _("Set True to propagate the style to the widget's children")); +- property_add_dialog (GbStyleName, _("Named Style:"), +- _("The name of the style, which can be shared by several widgets"), +- FALSE, show_style_dialog); +- property_add_font (GbStyleFont, _("Font:"), +- _("The font to use for any text in the widget")); +- +- /* Create notebook for 5 states */ +- styles_notebook = gtk_notebook_new (); +- gtk_notebook_set_tab_pos (GTK_NOTEBOOK (styles_notebook), GTK_POS_TOP); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (page), styles_notebook, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (styles_notebook), 0); +- +- for (i = 0; i < GB_NUM_STYLE_STATES; i++) +- { +- label = gtk_label_new (_(GbStateTabLabels[i])); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- child = create_style_page (GbStateNames[i]); +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (styles_notebook), child, label); +- } +- gtk_widget_show (styles_notebook); +- +- /* Add/Update/Delete buttons at bottom */ +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (TRUE, 5); +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Copy")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_style_copy), NULL); +- +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Copy All")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_style_copy_all), NULL); +- +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Paste")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_style_paste), NULL); +- +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (page), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 3); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- gtk_widget_show (page); +- return page; +-} +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-create_style_page (const gchar * state) +-{ +- GtkWidget *page, *table; +- int i; +- gchar buffer[128]; +- gchar *labels[] = +- {N_("Foreground:"), N_("Background:"), N_("Text:"), N_("Base:") }; +- gchar *tooltips[] = +- {N_("Foreground color"), N_("Background color"), N_("Text color"), +- N_("Base color") }; +- +- page = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- +- /* Add the seven colours for this state */ +- table = gtk_table_new (8, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 1); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (page), table, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- property_set_table_position (table, 0); +- for (i = 0; i < GB_NUM_STYLE_COLORS; i++) +- { +- sprintf (buffer, "GtkStyle::%s[%s]", GbColorNames[i], state); +- property_add_color (buffer, _(labels[i]), _(tooltips[i])); +- } +- +- /* Add the background pixmap */ +- sprintf (buffer, "GtkStyle::%s[%s]", GbBgPixmapName, state); +- property_add_bgpixmap (buffer, _("Back. Pixmap:"), +- _("The graphic to use as the background of the widget")); +- +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- gtk_widget_show (page); +- return page; +-} +-#endif +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-create_special_child_properties () +-{ +- GtkWidget *page; +- +- page = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- +- special_child_property_notebook = gtk_notebook_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (special_child_property_notebook); +- gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs (GTK_NOTEBOOK (special_child_property_notebook), +- FALSE); +- gtk_notebook_set_show_border (GTK_NOTEBOOK (special_child_property_notebook), +- FALSE); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (page), special_child_property_notebook, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (page); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (special_child_property_notebook), +- "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (propagate_key_press_to_main_notebook), NULL); +- return page; +-} +- +- +-static void +-create_language_specific_properties (GtkWidget *vbox) +-{ +- GtkWidget *table; +- gint i; +- +- lang_specific_properties = g_new (GtkWidget*, GladeNumLanguages); +- for (i = 0; i < GladeNumLanguages; i++) +- lang_specific_properties[i] = NULL; +- +- /* Create table for C-specific properties. */ +- table = gtk_table_new (3, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 1); +- if (property_language == GLADE_LANGUAGE_C) +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- lang_specific_properties[GLADE_LANGUAGE_C] = table; +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), table, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- +- property_set_table_position (table, 0); +- property_add_filename (GbCSourceFile, _("Source File:"), +- _("The file to write source code into")); +- property_add_bool (GbCPublic, _("Public:"), +- _("If the widget is added to the component's data structure")); +- +- /* Create table for C++-specific properties. */ +- table = gtk_table_new (3, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 1); +- if (property_language == GLADE_LANGUAGE_CPP) +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- lang_specific_properties[GLADE_LANGUAGE_CPP] = table; +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), table, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- +- property_set_table_position (table, 0); +- property_add_bool (GbCxxSeparateClass, _("Separate Class:"), +- _("Put this widget's subtree in a separate class")); +- property_add_bool (GbCxxSeparateFile, _("Separate File:"), +- _("Put this widget in a separate source file")); +- property_add_choice (GbCxxVisibility, _("Visibility:"), +- _("Visibility of widgets. Public widgets are exported to a global map."), +- GbCxxVisibilityChoices); +- +- /* Create table for Ada95-specific properties. */ +- table = gtk_table_new (3, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 1); +- if (property_language == GLADE_LANGUAGE_ADA95) +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- lang_specific_properties[GLADE_LANGUAGE_ADA95] = table; +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), table, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- +- property_set_table_position (table, 0); +- /* No properties yet. */ +- +- +- /* Create table for Perl-specific properties. */ +-#if 0 +- table = gtk_table_new (3, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 1); +- if (property_language == GLADE_LANGUAGE_PERL) +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- lang_specific_properties[GLADE_LANGUAGE_PERL] = table; +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), table, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- +- property_set_table_position (table, 0); +- /* No properties yet. */ +-#endif +-} +- +- +- +-gint +-property_add_gbwidget_page (GtkWidget * page) +-{ +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (property_widget_notebook), page, +- NULL); +- return g_list_length (GTK_NOTEBOOK (property_widget_notebook)->children) - 1; +-} +- +- +-void +-property_hide_gbwidget_page () +-{ +- gtk_widget_hide (property_widget_notebook); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_show_gbwidget_page (gint page) +-{ +- gtk_notebook_set_current_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (property_widget_notebook), page); +- gtk_widget_show (property_widget_notebook); +-} +- +- +-gint +-property_add_child_packing_page (GtkWidget * page) +-{ +- gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (special_child_property_notebook), +- page, NULL); +- return g_list_length (GTK_NOTEBOOK (special_child_property_notebook)->children) - 1; +-} +- +- +-void +-property_hide_child_packing_page () +-{ +- gtk_widget_hide (special_child_property_notebook); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_show_child_packing_page (gint page) +-{ +- gtk_notebook_set_current_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (special_child_property_notebook), page); +- gtk_widget_show (special_child_property_notebook); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_show_lang_specific_page (GladeLanguageType language) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- property_language = language; +- if (win_property == NULL) +- return; +- +- for (i = 0; i < GladeNumLanguages; i++) +- { +- if (lang_specific_properties[i]) +- { +- /* FIXME: show the C language properties when we support them. */ +- if (i == language && i != GLADE_LANGUAGE_C) +- gtk_widget_show (lang_specific_properties[i]); +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (lang_specific_properties[i]); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +-static void +-on_style_copy (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +-{ +- GdkColor *color; +- +- if (!selected_style_widget) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You need to select a color or background to copy")); +- return; +- } +- if ((color = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (selected_style_widget), +- GbColorKey))) +- { +- clipbd_colors[0] = *color; +- clipbd_state = GB_COLOR_CLIPBD_COLOR; +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_DRAWING_AREA (selected_style_widget)) +- { +- clipbd_bgpixmap = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (selected_style_widget), +- GbBgPixmapKey); +- clipbd_bgfilename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (selected_style_widget), +- GbBgFilenameKey); +- clipbd_state = GB_COLOR_CLIPBD_BGPIXMAP; +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning (_("Invalid selection in on_style_copy()")); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_style_copy_all (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +-{ +- gint page, i; +- GdkColor *color; +- gchar buffer[128]; +- +- /* Find out which state is currently displayed */ +- page = gtk_notebook_get_current_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (styles_notebook)); +- +- for (i = 0; i < GB_NUM_STYLE_COLORS; i++) +- { +- sprintf (buffer, "GtkStyle::%s[%s]", GbColorNames[i], +- GbStateNames[page]); +- color = property_get_color (buffer, NULL, NULL); +- clipbd_colors[i] = *color; +- } +- sprintf (buffer, "GtkStyle::%s[%s]", GbBgPixmapName, GbStateNames[page]); +- clipbd_bgpixmap = property_get_bgpixmap (buffer, NULL, NULL, +- &clipbd_bgfilename); +- +- clipbd_state = GB_COLOR_CLIPBD_STATE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_style_paste (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +-{ +- gchar buffer[128]; +- gint page, i; +- GtkWidget *value, *preview, *drawing_area, *changed_value = NULL; +- gboolean bgpixmap_changed; +- gchar *filename; +- +- switch (clipbd_state) +- { +- case GB_COLOR_CLIPBD_EMPTY: +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You need to copy a color or background pixmap first")); +- break; +- case GB_COLOR_CLIPBD_COLOR: +- if (!selected_style_widget +- || !GTK_IS_DRAWING_AREA (selected_style_widget)) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You need to select a color to paste into")); +- return; +- } +- show_color_in_preview (selected_style_widget, &clipbd_colors[0]); +- value = selected_style_widget->parent; +- on_property_changed (value, value); +- break; +- case GB_COLOR_CLIPBD_BGPIXMAP: +- if (!selected_style_widget || !GTK_IS_DRAWING_AREA (selected_style_widget)) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You need to select a background pixmap to paste into")); +- return; +- } +- set_pixmap (selected_style_widget, clipbd_bgpixmap, clipbd_bgfilename); +- value = selected_style_widget->parent; +- on_property_changed (value, value); +- break; +- case GB_COLOR_CLIPBD_STATE: +- page = gtk_notebook_get_current_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (styles_notebook)); +- +- /* We need to find one color or background pixmap which has changed so +- we can call on_property_changed with it, thus recreating the style. +- We don't want to call on_property_changed multiple times. */ +- for (i = 0; i < GB_NUM_STYLE_COLORS; i++) +- { +- sprintf (buffer, "GtkStyle::%s[%s]", GbColorNames[i], +- GbStateNames[page]); +- value = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- buffer); +- g_return_if_fail (value != NULL); +- preview = GTK_BIN (value)->child; +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_DRAWING_AREA (preview)); +- if (show_color_in_preview (preview, &clipbd_colors[i])) +- changed_value = value; +- } +- +- sprintf (buffer, "GtkStyle::%s[%s]", GbBgPixmapName, GbStateNames[page]); +- value = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, buffer); +- g_return_if_fail (value != NULL); +- drawing_area = GTK_BIN (value)->child; +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_DRAWING_AREA (drawing_area)); +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), GbBgFilenameKey); +- bgpixmap_changed = FALSE; +- if (filename) +- { +- if (!clipbd_bgfilename || strcmp (filename, clipbd_bgfilename)) +- bgpixmap_changed = TRUE; +- } +- else +- { +- if (clipbd_bgfilename) +- bgpixmap_changed = TRUE; +- } +- if (bgpixmap_changed) +- { +- property_set_bgpixmap (buffer, clipbd_bgpixmap, clipbd_bgfilename); +- changed_value = value; +- } +- +- if (changed_value) +- on_property_changed (changed_value, changed_value); +- +- break; +- } +-} +-#endif +- +- +-/* +- * Color selection dialog +- */ +- +-static void +-show_colorsel_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +-{ +- GdkColor *color; +- gdouble rgb[4]; +- GtkWidget *transient_parent ; +- +- /* Create the dialog if it doesn't exist yet */ +- if (!colorsel) +- { +- colorsel = GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG (gtk_color_selection_dialog_new (_("Color Selection Dialog"))); +- /* Hide the Help button since it is not used */ +- gtk_widget_hide (GTK_WIDGET (colorsel->help_button)); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (colorsel), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (close_dialog_event), colorsel); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (colorsel->cancel_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (close_dialog), colorsel); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (colorsel->ok_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_colorsel_dialog_ok), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (colorsel), "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_util_check_key_is_esc), +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GladeEscCloses)); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (colorsel), "color_selection", "Glade"); +- } +- +- color_value = GTK_WIDGET (data); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_FRAME (color_value)); +- +- color = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_BIN (color_value)->child), +- GbColorKey); +- g_return_if_fail (color != NULL); +- +- rgb[0] = ((gdouble) color->red) / 0xFFFF; +- rgb[1] = ((gdouble) color->green) / 0xFFFF; +- rgb[2] = ((gdouble) color->blue) / 0xFFFF; +- +- gtk_color_selection_set_color (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION (colorsel->colorsel), +- rgb); +- gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (colorsel)); +- transient_parent = glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (transient_parent)) +- gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (colorsel), +- GTK_WINDOW (transient_parent)); +- /* This maps the window, which also de-iconifies it according to ICCCM. */ +- gdk_window_show (GTK_WIDGET (colorsel)->window); +- gdk_window_raise (GTK_WIDGET (colorsel)->window); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_colorsel_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +-{ +- GdkColor color; +- gdouble rgb[4]; +- GtkWidget *preview = GTK_BIN (color_value)->child; +- +- gtk_color_selection_get_color (GTK_COLOR_SELECTION (colorsel->colorsel), +- rgb); +- +- color.red = (gushort) 0xFFFF * rgb[0]; +- color.green = (gushort) 0xFFFF * rgb[1]; +- color.blue = (gushort) 0xFFFF * rgb[2]; +- +- show_color_in_preview (preview, &color); +- close_dialog (widget, GTK_WIDGET (colorsel)); +- on_property_changed (color_value, color_value); +-} +- +- +-static gint +-close_dialog_event (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEvent * event, GtkWidget * dialog) +-{ +- close_dialog (widget, dialog); +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-close_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * dialog) +-{ +- glade_util_close_window (dialog); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * File selection dialog +- */ +-#define GLADE_RESPONSE_CLEAR 1 +- +-static void +-show_filesel_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- /* value can be an Entry or Combo (for filename properties) or a Frame (for +- background pixmaps) */ +- filename_value = GTK_WIDGET (data); +- +- /* Create the dialog if it doesn't exist yet */ +- if (!filesel) +- { +- filesel = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Select File"), +- GTK_WINDOW (win_property), +- GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_CLEAR, GLADE_RESPONSE_CLEAR, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (filesel), +- GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- +- g_signal_connect (filesel, "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_filesel_response), NULL); +- g_signal_connect (filesel, "delete_event", +- G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); +- } +- +- /* set to current file, if there is one */ +- if (GTK_IS_ENTRY (filename_value) || GTK_IS_COMBO (filename_value)) +- { +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (filename_value), +- GbFilenameValueKey); +- } +- else +- { +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_BIN (filename_value)->child), +- GbBgFilenameKey); +- } +- if (filename != NULL) +- { +- MSG1 ("Setting filename to: %s", filename); +- glade_util_set_file_selection_filename (GTK_WIDGET (filesel), filename); +- } +- +- gtk_window_present (GTK_WINDOW (filesel)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_filesel_response (GtkWidget * widget, gint response_id, gpointer data) +-{ +- GdkPixmap *gdkpixmap = NULL, *old_gdkpixmap; +- gchar *filename, *old_filename; +- GtkWidget *drawing_area; +- +- if (response_id != GTK_RESPONSE_OK && response_id != GLADE_RESPONSE_CLEAR) +- { +- close_dialog (widget, GTK_WIDGET (filesel)); +- return; +- } +- +- if (response_id == GLADE_RESPONSE_CLEAR) +- filename = NULL; +- else +- filename = glade_util_get_file_selection_filename (GTK_WIDGET (filesel)); +- +- /* For pixmaps we just show the file basename */ +- if (GTK_IS_ENTRY (filename_value) || GTK_IS_COMBO (filename_value)) +- { +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (filename_value), +- GbFilenameValueKey, +- g_strdup (filename), filename ? g_free : NULL); +- if (GTK_IS_ENTRY (filename_value)) +- { +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (filename_value), +- filename ? g_basename (filename) : ""); +- on_property_changed (filename_value, filename_value); +- } +- else +- { +- /* For combos we don't have to call on_property_changed() since +- the property should already have a signal connected to the +- GtkEntry changed signal, so the popup list can be used. */ +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (filename_value)->entry), +- filename ? g_basename (filename) : ""); +- } +- close_dialog (widget, GTK_WIDGET (filesel)); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- drawing_area = GTK_BIN (filename_value)->child; +- +- /* For background pixmaps we show them in the property value widget */ +- if (filename) +- { +- gdkpixmap = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm (drawing_area->window, NULL, +- &drawing_area->style->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL], +- filename); +- if (!gdkpixmap) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Couldn't create pixmap from file\n"), +- GTK_WIDGET (filesel)); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- } +- +- old_gdkpixmap = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), GbBgPixmapKey); +- if (old_gdkpixmap) +- gdk_pixmap_unref (old_gdkpixmap); +- old_filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), GbBgFilenameKey); +- g_free (old_filename); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), GbBgPixmapKey, gdkpixmap); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), GbBgFilenameKey, +- g_strdup (filename)); +- +- close_dialog (widget, GTK_WIDGET (filesel)); +- show_pixmap_in_drawing_area (drawing_area, gdkpixmap); +- gtk_widget_queue_draw (drawing_area); +- on_property_changed (filename_value, filename_value); +- +- g_free (filename); +-} +- +- +-/* +- +- */ +- +- +-static GtkWidget * +-create_signals_property_page () +-{ +- GtkWidget *page, *table, *hbox, *button, *scrolled_win; +- gchar *signal_titles[5]; +- GList *handler_list = NULL; +- +- page = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (page); +- +- /* List of current signal handlers - Signal/Handler/Data/Options */ +- signal_titles[0] = _("Signal"); +- signal_titles[1] = _("Handler"); +- signal_titles[2] = _("Data"); +- signal_titles[3] = _("After"); +- signal_titles[4] = _("Object"); +- signal_clist = gtk_clist_new_with_titles (5, signal_titles); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), 0, 150); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), 1, 150); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), 2, 80); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), 3, 50); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), 4, 80); +- gtk_widget_show (signal_clist); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (signal_clist), "select_row", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_signal_select), NULL); +- +- /* Hide the Data column. */ +- gtk_clist_set_column_visibility (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), 2, FALSE); +-#if 0 +- gtk_clist_set_column_visibility (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), 4, FALSE); +-#endif +- +- scrolled_win = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- /* This is only here to set a minimum size for the property editor. */ +- gtk_widget_set_usize (scrolled_win, 230, -1); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolled_win), signal_clist); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolled_win), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (page), scrolled_win, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (scrolled_win); +- +- /* Mod, Key & Signal fields */ +- table = gtk_table_new (3, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 1); +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- property_set_table_position (table, 0); +- property_add_dialog (GbSignalName, _("Signal:"), +- _("The signal to add a handler for"), TRUE, +- show_signals_dialog); +- +- /* FIXME: These are copied in gbsource.c, and should be language-specific, +- i.e. we may need to change them when the project option changes. */ +- handler_list = g_list_append (handler_list, "gtk_widget_show"); +- handler_list = g_list_append (handler_list, "gtk_widget_hide"); +- handler_list = g_list_append (handler_list, "gtk_widget_grab_focus"); +- handler_list = g_list_append (handler_list, "gtk_widget_destroy"); +- handler_list = g_list_append (handler_list, "gtk_window_activate_default"); +- handler_list = g_list_append (handler_list, "gtk_true"); +- handler_list = g_list_append (handler_list, "gtk_false"); +- handler_list = g_list_append (handler_list, "gtk_main_quit"); +- property_add_combo (GbSignalHandler, _("Handler:"), +- _("The function to handle the signal"), handler_list); +- g_list_free (handler_list); +- +- property_add_string (GbSignalData, _("Data:"), +- _("The data passed to the handler")); +- property_add_string (GbSignalObject, _("Object:"), +- _("The object which receives the signal")); +- property_add_bool (GbSignalAfter, _("After:"), +- _("If the handler runs after the class function")); +- +- /* Hide the data & object properties since they make signals too complicated. +- But we'll leave them in for a while so we don't break old apps. */ +- property_set_visible (GbSignalData, FALSE); +-#if 0 +- property_set_visible (GbSignalObject, FALSE); +-#endif +- +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (page), table, FALSE, TRUE, 5); +- +- /* Add/Update/Delete buttons at bottom */ +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (TRUE, 2); +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Add")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_signal_add), signal_clist); +- +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Update")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_signal_update), signal_clist); +- +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Delete")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_signal_delete), signal_clist); +- +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Clear")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_signal_clear), signal_clist); +- +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (page), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- return page; +-} +- +- +-static void +-show_accelerators_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *transient_parent = glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- if (!accel_dialog) +- create_accelerators_dialog (); +- +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (transient_parent)) +- gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (accel_dialog), +- GTK_WINDOW (transient_parent)); +- +- gtk_widget_show (accel_dialog); +- if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (accel_dialog)) +- { +- gdk_window_show (accel_dialog->window); +- gdk_window_raise (accel_dialog->window); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_accelerators_dialog_response (GtkWidget * widget, gint response_id, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gtk_widget_hide (widget); +-} +- +- +-static void +-create_accelerators_dialog () +-{ +- GtkWidget *vbox, *vbox2; +- gchar *accel_titles[3]; +- GtkWidget *hbox, *label, *button, *table, *scrolled_win; +- int row; +- +- accel_dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (_("Accelerators"), NULL, 0, +- GTK_STOCK_CLOSE, GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (accel_dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (accel_dialog), "accelerators", "Glade"); +- +- vbox = GTK_DIALOG (accel_dialog)->vbox; +- +- vbox2 = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox2); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), vbox2, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- /* List of current accelerators - Mods/Keys/Signals */ +- accel_titles[0] = _("Mod"); +- accel_titles[1] = _("Key"); +- accel_titles[2] = _("Signal to emit"); +- accel_clist = gtk_clist_new_with_titles (3, accel_titles); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (accel_clist), 0, 30); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (accel_clist), 1, 100); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (accel_clist), 2, 120); +- gtk_widget_show (accel_clist); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (accel_clist), "select_row", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_accelerator_select), NULL); +- +- scrolled_win = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolled_win), accel_clist); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolled_win), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), scrolled_win, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (scrolled_win, 320, 120); +- gtk_widget_show (scrolled_win); +- +- /* Mod, Key & Signal fields */ +- table = gtk_table_new (3, 3, FALSE); +- gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GTK_TABLE (table), 1); +- gtk_widget_show (table); +- row = 0; +- label = gtk_label_new (_("Modifiers:")); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.5); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), label, 0, 1, row, row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, 0, 1, 1); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 2); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- accel_control_button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Ctrl")); +- gtk_widget_show (accel_control_button); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), accel_control_button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- accel_shift_button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Shift")); +- gtk_widget_show (accel_shift_button); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), accel_shift_button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- accel_alt_button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Alt")); +- gtk_widget_show (accel_alt_button); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), accel_alt_button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), hbox, 1, 2, row, row + 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, 1, 1); +- +- property_set_table_position (table, ++row); +- property_add_dialog (GbAccelKey, _("Key:"), +- _("The accelerator key"), TRUE, show_keys_dialog); +- property_add_dialog (GbAccelSignal, _("Signal:"), +- _("The signal to emit when the accelerator is pressed"), +- TRUE, show_signals_dialog); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), table, FALSE, TRUE, 5); +- +- /* Add/Update/Delete buttons at bottom */ +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (TRUE, 2); +- /*button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Add"));*/ +- button = gtk_button_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_ADD); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_accelerator_add), accel_clist); +- +- /*button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Update"));*/ +- button = gtk_button_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_APPLY); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_accelerator_update), accel_clist); +- +- /*button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Delete"));*/ +- button = gtk_button_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_DELETE); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_accelerator_delete), accel_clist); +- +- /*button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Clear"));*/ +- button = gtk_button_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_CLEAR); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_accelerator_clear), accel_clist); +- +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 5); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (accel_dialog), "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_accelerators_dialog_response), +- NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (accel_dialog), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_true), +- NULL); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_color_draw (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +-{ +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +- if (widget == selected_style_widget) +- { +- gdk_draw_rectangle (widget->window, widget->style->black_gc, FALSE, 0, 0, +- widget->allocation.width - 1, +- widget->allocation.height - 1); +- gdk_draw_rectangle (widget->window, widget->style->white_gc, FALSE, 1, 1, +- widget->allocation.width - 3, +- widget->allocation.height - 3); +- gdk_draw_rectangle (widget->window, widget->style->black_gc, FALSE, 2, 2, +- widget->allocation.width - 5, +- widget->allocation.height - 5); +- } +-#endif +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_color_expose_event (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEvent * event, gpointer data) +-{ +- GdkColor *color = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbColorKey); +- g_return_if_fail (color != NULL); +- gdk_window_set_background (widget->window, color); +- gdk_window_clear (widget->window); +- on_color_draw (widget, data); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_color_select (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +-{ +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +- if (selected_style_widget == widget) +- return; +- if (selected_style_widget && selected_style_widget != widget) +- gtk_widget_queue_draw (selected_style_widget); +- selected_style_widget = widget; +-#endif +- gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Creating property widgets +- */ +- +-void +-property_set_table_position (GtkWidget * table, gint row) +-{ +- property_table = table; +- property_table_row = row; +-} +- +- +-GtkWidget* +-property_get_table_position (gint *row) +-{ +- *row = property_table_row; +- return property_table; +-} +- +- +-static void +-run_text_property_dialog (const gchar *property_name) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog; +- GtkWidget *vbox5; +- GtkWidget *vbox6; +- GtkWidget *vbox7; +- GtkWidget *frame2; +- GtkWidget *alignment2; +- GtkWidget *scrolledwindow8; +- GtkWidget *property_text; +- GtkWidget *label7; +- GtkWidget *hbox3; +- GtkWidget *translatable_checkbutton; +- GtkWidget *context_prefix; +- GtkWidget *frame3; +- GtkWidget *alignment3; +- GtkWidget *scrolledwindow9; +- GtkWidget *comments; +- GtkWidget *label8; +- GtkWidget *hbuttonbox1; +- GtkWidget *button1; +- GtkWidget *button2; +- GtkWidget *value, *textview; +- gchar *text, *comments_text; +- GtkTextBuffer *value_text_buffer = NULL, *text_buffer, *comments_text_buffer; +- GtkTextIter start, end; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gboolean free_text; +- gboolean show_translation_properties = FALSE; +- +- value = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- +- if (g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (value), GladeShowTranslationPropertiesKey)) +- show_translation_properties = TRUE; +- +- dialog = gtk_dialog_new (); +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), _("Edit Text Property")); +- gtk_window_set_default_size (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), 400, 300); +- gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG); +- +- vbox5 = GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->vbox; +- gtk_widget_show (vbox5); +- +- vbox6 = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 6); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox6); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox5), vbox6, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox6), 2); +- +- vbox7 = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (vbox7); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox6), vbox7, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- +- frame2 = gtk_frame_new (NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (frame2); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox7), frame2, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_frame_set_shadow_type (GTK_FRAME (frame2), GTK_SHADOW_NONE); +- +- alignment2 = gtk_alignment_new (0.5, 0.5, 1, 1); +- gtk_widget_show (alignment2); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame2), alignment2); +- gtk_alignment_set_padding (GTK_ALIGNMENT (alignment2), 2, 0, 12, 0); +- +- scrolledwindow8 = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (scrolledwindow8); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (alignment2), scrolledwindow8); +- gtk_widget_set_size_request (scrolledwindow8, 400, 200); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolledwindow8), GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolledwindow8), GTK_SHADOW_IN); +- +- property_text = gtk_text_view_new (); +- gtk_text_view_set_wrap_mode (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (property_text), GTK_WRAP_WORD); +- gtk_widget_show (property_text); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolledwindow8), property_text); +- +- label7 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic (_("<b>_Text:</b>")); +- gtk_widget_show (label7); +- gtk_frame_set_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (frame2), label7); +- gtk_label_set_use_markup (GTK_LABEL (label7), TRUE); +- +- hbox3 = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 12); +- if (show_translation_properties) +- gtk_widget_show (hbox3); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox6), hbox3, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- translatable_checkbutton = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("T_ranslatable")); +- gtk_widget_show (translatable_checkbutton); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox3), translatable_checkbutton, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- +- context_prefix = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Has Context _Prefix")); +- gtk_widget_show (context_prefix); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox3), context_prefix, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- +- frame3 = gtk_frame_new (NULL); +- if (show_translation_properties) +- gtk_widget_show (frame3); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox6), frame3, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_frame_set_shadow_type (GTK_FRAME (frame3), GTK_SHADOW_NONE); +- +- alignment3 = gtk_alignment_new (0.5, 0.5, 1, 1); +- gtk_widget_show (alignment3); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame3), alignment3); +- gtk_alignment_set_padding (GTK_ALIGNMENT (alignment3), 2, 0, 12, 0); +- +- scrolledwindow9 = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (scrolledwindow9); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (alignment3), scrolledwindow9); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolledwindow9), GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolledwindow9), GTK_SHADOW_IN); +- +- comments = gtk_text_view_new (); +- gtk_text_view_set_wrap_mode (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (comments), GTK_WRAP_WORD); +- gtk_widget_show (comments); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolledwindow9), comments); +- +- label8 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic (_("<b>Co_mments For Translators:</b>")); +- gtk_widget_show (label8); +- gtk_frame_set_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (frame3), label8); +- gtk_label_set_use_markup (GTK_LABEL (label8), TRUE); +- +- hbuttonbox1 = GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->action_area; +- gtk_widget_show (hbuttonbox1); +- gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (hbuttonbox1), GTK_BUTTONBOX_END); +- +- button1 = gtk_button_new_from_stock ("gtk-cancel"); +- gtk_widget_show (button1); +- gtk_dialog_add_action_widget (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), button1, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button1, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- +- button2 = gtk_button_new_from_stock ("gtk-ok"); +- gtk_widget_show (button2); +- gtk_dialog_add_action_widget (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), button2, GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button2, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- +- gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget (GTK_LABEL (label7), property_text); +- gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget (GTK_LABEL (label8), comments); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- +- +- /* Set the fields according to the data stored in the widget. */ +- if (GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW (value)) +- { +- textview = GTK_BIN (value)->child; +- value_text_buffer = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (textview)); +- gtk_text_buffer_get_bounds (value_text_buffer, &start, &end); +- text = gtk_text_buffer_get_text (value_text_buffer, &start, &end, TRUE); +- free_text = TRUE; +- } +- else +- { +- text = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (value)); +- free_text = FALSE; +- } +- +- text_buffer = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (property_text)); +- gtk_text_buffer_set_text (text_buffer, text ? text : "", -1); +- if (free_text) +- g_free (text); +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (value, property_name, &translatable, +- &comments_text, &context); +- +- comments_text_buffer = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (comments)); +- gtk_text_buffer_set_text (comments_text_buffer, +- comments_text ? comments_text : "", -1); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (translatable_checkbutton), +- translatable); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (context_prefix), +- context); +- +- if (gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)) == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- { +- /* Copy the 3 extra settings to the widget data. */ +- gtk_text_buffer_get_bounds (comments_text_buffer, &start, &end); +- text = gtk_text_buffer_get_text (comments_text_buffer, &start, &end, +- TRUE); +- if (text && text[0] == '\0') +- { +- g_free (text); +- text = NULL; +- } +- +- translatable = gtk_toggle_button_get_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (translatable_checkbutton)); +- context = gtk_toggle_button_get_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (context_prefix)); +- +- if (show_translation_properties) +- glade_util_set_translation_properties (value, property_name, +- translatable, text, context); +- g_free (text); +- +- /* Copy the main text back to the widget in the property editor. +- Do this last since it will result in the "changed" callbacks being +- called and we want to be in a good state for that. */ +- gtk_text_buffer_get_bounds (text_buffer, &start, &end); +- text = gtk_text_buffer_get_text (text_buffer, &start, &end, TRUE); +- if (GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW (value)) +- { +- gtk_text_buffer_set_text (value_text_buffer, text ? text : "", -1); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (value), text); +- } +- +- /* We have to call this, since if the text doesn't change it +- doesn't emit the "changed" signal. */ +- on_property_changed (value, value); +- +- g_free (text); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-property_edit_string (GtkWidget *button, const gchar *property_name) +-{ +- run_text_property_dialog (property_name); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_string (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value = gtk_entry_new (); +- GtkWidget *dialog_button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("..."); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, -1); +- property_name = property_add (property_name, label, value, dialog_button, +- tooltip); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (value), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (property_edit_string), +- (gpointer) property_name); +- +- /* Flag that it is a string property, so we can distinguish it from dialogs +- etc. in property_set_string(). */ +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (value), GladeIsStringPropertyKey, "TRUE"); +-} +- +- +-static void +-property_edit_text (GtkWidget *button, const gchar *property_name) +-{ +- run_text_property_dialog (property_name); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_text (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip, +- gint visible_lines) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value, *text, *dialog_button; +- GtkTextBuffer *buffer; +- gint line_height; +- PangoFontMetrics *metrics; +- PangoContext *context; +- gint ascent, descent; +- +- value = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (value), +- GTK_SHADOW_IN); +- buffer = gtk_text_buffer_new (NULL); +- text = gtk_text_view_new_with_buffer (buffer); +- gtk_text_view_set_wrap_mode (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (text), GTK_WRAP_WORD); +- gtk_widget_show (text); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (value), text); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (value), +- GTK_POLICY_NEVER, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (text); +- metrics = pango_context_get_metrics (context, +- text->style->font_desc, +- pango_context_get_language (context)); +- ascent = pango_font_metrics_get_ascent (metrics); +- descent = pango_font_metrics_get_descent (metrics); +- line_height = PANGO_PIXELS (ascent + descent); +- +- /* We add extra for the text's border height, hscrollbar height etc. */ +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, visible_lines * line_height + 24); +- dialog_button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("..."); +- property_name = property_add (property_name, label, value, dialog_button, +- tooltip); +- g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (buffer), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (property_edit_text), +- (gpointer) property_name); +- g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (buffer)); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_int (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, -1); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, NULL, tooltip); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (value), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (value), "focus_out_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_focus_out), value); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_int_range (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip, +- gint min, +- gint max, +- gint step_increment, +- gint page_increment, +- gint climb_rate) +-{ +- GtkObject *adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (min, min, max, step_increment, +- page_increment, page_increment); +- GtkWidget *value = gtk_spin_button_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), +- climb_rate, 0); +- gtk_spin_button_set_numeric (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (value), TRUE); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, -1); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (value), "value_changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, NULL, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_optional_int_range (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip, +- gint min, +- gint max, +- gint step_increment, +- gint page_increment, +- gint climb_rate, +- GtkCallback callback) +-{ +- GtkObject *adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (min, min, max, step_increment, +- page_increment, page_increment); +- GtkWidget *value = gtk_spin_button_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), +- climb_rate, 0); +- GtkWidget *dialog_button = gtk_check_button_new (); +- gtk_spin_button_set_numeric (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (value), TRUE); +-#if 0 +- gtk_toggle_button_set_mode (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (dialog_button), FALSE); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (dialog_button, 16, -1); +-#endif +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 50, -1); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (value), "value_changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog_button), "toggled", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (callback), value); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, dialog_button, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_float (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, -1); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, NULL, tooltip); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (value), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (value), "focus_out_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_focus_out), value); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_float_range (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip, +- gfloat min, +- gfloat max, +- gfloat step_increment, +- gfloat page_increment, +- gfloat climb_rate, +- gint decimal_digits) +-{ +- GtkObject *adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (min, min, max, step_increment, +- page_increment, page_increment); +- GtkWidget *value = gtk_spin_button_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), +- climb_rate, decimal_digits); +- gtk_spin_button_set_numeric (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (value), TRUE); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, -1); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (value), "value_changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, NULL, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_bool_property_toggle (GtkWidget * value, gpointer data) +-{ +- guint active = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (value)->active; +- GtkWidget *label = GTK_BIN (value)->child; +- gtk_label_set_text (GTK_LABEL (label), active ? _("Yes") : _("No")); +- on_property_changed (value, value); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_bool (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label (_("No")); +- GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (value, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (value), "toggled", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_bool_property_toggle), NULL); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, NULL, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_choice (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip, +- const gchar ** choices) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value = gtk_option_menu_new (); +- GtkWidget *menu = gtk_menu_new (); +- gint i = 0; +- +- GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (value, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- +- while (choices[i]) +- { +- GtkWidget *menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (choices[i]); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), menuitem); +- gtk_widget_show (menuitem); +- i++; +- } +- gtk_option_menu_set_menu (GTK_OPTION_MENU (value), menu); +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (menu), "selection_done", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, NULL, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_combo (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip, +- GList * choices) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value = gtk_combo_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (GTK_COMBO (value)->entry, 60, -1); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, -1); +- if (choices) +- gtk_combo_set_popdown_strings (GTK_COMBO (value), choices); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_COMBO (value)->entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, NULL, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_color (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value, *preview, *dialog_button; +- value = gtk_frame_new (NULL); +- preview = create_color_preview (); +- gtk_widget_set_events (preview, gtk_widget_get_events (preview) +- | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK); +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (preview), "expose_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_color_expose_event), value); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (preview), "button_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_color_select), value); +- +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (value), preview); +- dialog_button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("..."); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (show_colorsel_dialog), value); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, dialog_button, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_bgpixmap (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value, *drawing_area, *dialog_button; +- value = gtk_frame_new (NULL); +- drawing_area = gtk_drawing_area_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_events (drawing_area, gtk_widget_get_events (drawing_area) +- | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK); +- gtk_widget_set_size_request (drawing_area, 100, 20); +- gtk_widget_show (drawing_area); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), "expose_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (expose_pixmap), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), "button_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_color_select), value); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (value), drawing_area); +- dialog_button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("..."); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (show_filesel_dialog), value); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, dialog_button, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_dialog (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip, +- gboolean editable, +- GtkCallback callback) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value, *dialog_button; +- value = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, -1); +- gtk_editable_set_editable (GTK_EDITABLE (value), editable); +- dialog_button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("..."); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (callback), value); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (value), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, dialog_button, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_filename (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value, *dialog_button; +- value = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, -1); +- gtk_editable_set_editable (GTK_EDITABLE (value), FALSE); +- dialog_button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("..."); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (show_filesel_dialog), value); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, dialog_button, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_filename_with_combo (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip, +- GList * choices) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value, *dialog_button; +- value = gtk_combo_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (GTK_COMBO (value)->entry, 60, -1); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, -1); +- if (choices) +- gtk_combo_set_popdown_strings (GTK_COMBO (value), choices); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_COMBO (value)->entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- dialog_button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("..."); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (show_filesel_dialog), value); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, dialog_button, tooltip); +-} +- +- +- +-void +-property_add_font (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value, *dialog_button; +- value = gtk_entry_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, -1); +- gtk_editable_set_editable (GTK_EDITABLE (value), FALSE); +- dialog_button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("..."); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (show_font_dialog), value); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (value), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- property_add (property_name, label, value, dialog_button, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_command (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label, +- const gchar * tooltip, +- const gchar * command, +- GtkSignalFunc callback) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value; +- value = gtk_button_new_with_label (command); +- if (callback) +- { +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (value), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (callback), value); +- } +- property_add (property_name, label, value, NULL, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-/* This adds all the stock items to the combo's popup list. It uses the +- smallest icon size available. It hides items that don't have an icon of the +- given size, or don't have a label if need_label is TRUE. */ +-static void +-fill_stock_combo (GtkWidget *combo, +- gboolean need_label, +- GtkIconSize icon_size) +-{ +- GtkWidget *list, *listitem; +- GSList *elem; +- +- list = GTK_COMBO (combo)->list; +- +- /* Add a 'None' item at the top of the list. */ +- listitem = gtk_list_item_new_with_label (_("None")); +- gtk_widget_show (listitem); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (list), listitem); +- gtk_combo_set_item_string (GTK_COMBO (combo), GTK_ITEM (listitem), ""); +- +- for (elem = stock_items; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GtkStockItem item; +- GtkWidget *hbox, *image, *label; +- GtkIconSize *sizes; +- gint n_sizes, i, use_icon_size; +- gchar *stock_id, *label_text; +- gboolean show_item; +- +- stock_id = elem->data; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Stock ID: %s\n", stock_id); +-#endif +- +- n_sizes = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_hash_table_lookup (stock_nsizes_hash, +- stock_id)); +- sizes = g_hash_table_lookup (stock_sizes_hash, stock_id); +- if (n_sizes <= 0) +- continue; +- +- /* If we accept any icons size, then get the icon closest to +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU to display in the list. If we only accept a +- particular size, then check the stock item has that size. */ +- use_icon_size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID; +- +- show_item = (icon_size == GLADE_ICON_SIZE_ANY) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- +- for (i = 0; i < n_sizes; i++) +- { +- if (sizes[i] == icon_size) +- show_item = TRUE; +- +- if (sizes[i] != GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID +- && (use_icon_size == GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID +- || sizes[i] < use_icon_size)) +- use_icon_size = sizes[i]; +- } +- +- if (use_icon_size == GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Skipping: %s\n", stock_id); +-#endif +- continue; +- } +- +- if (gtk_stock_lookup (stock_id, &item)) +- { +- label_text = item.label; +- } +- else +- { +- if (need_label) +- show_item = FALSE; +- label_text = stock_id; +- } +- +- listitem = gtk_list_item_new (); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (listitem), GladeStockIDKey, stock_id); +- if (show_item) +- gtk_widget_show (listitem); +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 3); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (listitem), hbox); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_id, use_icon_size); +- if (image) +- { +- gtk_widget_show (image); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), image, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- } +- +- label = gtk_type_new (GTK_TYPE_ACCEL_LABEL); +- gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic (GTK_LABEL (label), label_text); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- +- gtk_combo_set_item_string (GTK_COMBO (combo), GTK_ITEM (listitem), +- stock_id); +- +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (list), listitem); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This shows the appropriate stock items in the popup list. If need_label +- is TRUE, it only shows items which have stock labels. If icon_size is +- not GLADE_ICON_SIZE_ANY, it only shows items that have icons of the given +- size. */ +-static void +-show_stock_items (GtkWidget *combo) +-{ +- gboolean need_label; +- GtkIconSize icon_size; +- GtkWidget *list; +- GList *elem; +- gboolean gnome_support; +- +- need_label = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (combo), +- GladeNeedLabelKey)); +- icon_size = GPOINTER_TO_INT (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (combo), +- GladeIconSizeKey)); +- +- list = GTK_COMBO (combo)->list; +- +- gnome_support = glade_project_get_gnome_support (current_project); +- +- for (elem = GTK_LIST (list)->children; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GtkWidget *listitem; +- gchar *stock_id; +- gboolean show_item; +- GtkStockItem item; +- +- listitem = elem->data; +- +- /* Fetch the stock id from the item. */ +- stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (listitem), GladeStockIDKey); +- if (!stock_id) +- continue; +- +- show_item = TRUE; +- if (need_label && !gtk_stock_lookup (stock_id, &item)) +- show_item = FALSE; +- +- /* Only show GTK+ stock items in GTK+ projects. */ +- if (!gnome_support && (strncmp (stock_id, "gtk-", 4) != 0)) +- show_item = FALSE; +- +- if (show_item && icon_size != GLADE_ICON_SIZE_ANY) +- { +- GtkIconSize *sizes; +- gint n_sizes, i; +- +- n_sizes = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_hash_table_lookup (stock_nsizes_hash, +- stock_id)); +- sizes = g_hash_table_lookup (stock_sizes_hash, stock_id); +- +- show_item = FALSE; +- for (i = 0; i < n_sizes; i++) +- { +- if (sizes[i] == icon_size) +- { +- show_item = TRUE; +- } +- } +- } +- +- if (show_item) +- gtk_widget_show (listitem); +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (listitem); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* A stock item is a GTK+ stock item that has a label and an icon with the +- given size. Any stock items that don't have labels or don't have an icon +- with the given size are not displayed in the popup list. +- You can change the icon size dynamically, e.g. based on another property. +- The popup list will be recreated, and if the stock item currently used does +- not have the given icon size, the stock item will be set to 'None'. +- Using GLADE_ICON_SIZE_ANY means any icon size is OK. */ +-void +-property_add_stock_item (const gchar *property_name, +- const gchar *label, +- const gchar *tooltip, +- GtkIconSize icon_size) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value; +- +- value = gtk_combo_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (GTK_COMBO (value)->entry, 60, -1); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, -1); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_COMBO (value)->entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- +- fill_stock_combo (value, TRUE, icon_size); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (value), GladeNeedLabelKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (value), GladeIconSizeKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (icon_size)); +- +- property_add (property_name, label, value, NULL, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-extern const gint GladeNamedIconsSize; +-extern const gchar *GladeNamedIcons[]; +- +-void +-property_add_named_icon (const gchar *property_name, +- const gchar *label, +- const gchar *tooltip) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value, *list, *listitem, *hbox, *image, *label_widget; +- gint i; +- +- value = gtk_combo_new (); +- list = GTK_COMBO (value)->list; +- gtk_widget_set_usize (GTK_COMBO (value)->entry, 60, -1); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, -1); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_COMBO (value)->entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- +- for (i = 0; i < GladeNamedIconsSize; i++) +- { +- listitem = gtk_list_item_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (listitem); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 3); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (listitem), hbox); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- image = gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (GladeNamedIcons[i], +- GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); +- if (image) +- { +- gtk_widget_show (image); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), image, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- } +- +- label_widget = gtk_label_new (GladeNamedIcons[i]); +- gtk_widget_show (label_widget); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label_widget, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- +- gtk_combo_set_item_string (GTK_COMBO (value), GTK_ITEM (listitem), +- GladeNamedIcons[i]); +- +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (list), listitem); +- } +- +- property_add (property_name, label, value, NULL, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-/* An icon is a GTK+ stock icon with the given icon size, or a user-specified +- icon. It will show a GtkCombo, with a '...' button beside it for opening +- a file selection dialog, so the user can specify an icon file. +- As with stock item, you can change the icon size dynamically, and the popup +- list of stock icons will be recreated. */ +-void +-property_add_icon (const gchar *property_name, +- const gchar *label, +- const gchar *tooltip, +- GtkIconSize icon_size) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value, *dialog_button; +- +- value = gtk_combo_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (GTK_COMBO (value)->entry, 60, -1); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (value, 80, -1); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_COMBO (value)->entry), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_property_changed), value); +- +- fill_stock_combo (value, FALSE, icon_size); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (value), GladeNeedLabelKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (FALSE)); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (value), GladeIconSizeKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (icon_size)); +- +- dialog_button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("..."); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (show_filesel_dialog), value); +- +- property_add (property_name, label, value, dialog_button, tooltip); +-} +- +- +-static const gchar* +-property_add (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * label_string, +- GtkWidget * value, +- GtkWidget * dialog_button, +- const gchar * tooltip) +-{ +- GtkWidget *label, *eventbox; +- gchar *property_name_copy; +- gint xpad = 0, ypad = 0; +- +- if (glade_debug_properties) +- g_print ("Property: %s\n", property_name); +- +-#if 0 +- if (GTK_IS_OPTION_MENU (value)) +- xpad = ypad = 0; +-#endif +- +- label = gtk_label_new (label_string); +- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.0, 0.3); +- /*gtk_misc_set_padding(GTK_MISC(label), 0, 5); */ +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- /* We put the label in the event box so we can set a tooltip. */ +- eventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (eventbox, 100, -1); +- gtk_widget_show (eventbox); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (eventbox), label); +- +- gtk_widget_show (value); +- if (tooltip) +- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (tooltips, eventbox, tooltip, NULL); +- +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (property_table), eventbox, 0, 1, +- property_table_row, property_table_row + 1, +- GTK_FILL, GTK_FILL, 1, 1); +- if (dialog_button) +- { +- GtkWidget *hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (property_table), hbox, 1, 3, +- property_table_row, property_table_row + 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, xpad, ypad); +- /* Empty checkbuttons are placed before the value widget. */ +- if (GTK_IS_CHECK_BUTTON (dialog_button) +- && GTK_BIN (dialog_button)->child == NULL) +- { +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), dialog_button, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), value, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), value, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), dialog_button, FALSE, FALSE, 0); +- } +- gtk_widget_show (dialog_button); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (property_table), value, 1, 3, +- property_table_row, property_table_row + 1, +- GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, 0, xpad, ypad); +- } +- property_table_row++; +- +- /* Insert property label & value widgets into hash tables */ +- property_name_copy = g_strdup (property_name); +- g_hash_table_insert (gb_property_labels, property_name_copy, label); +- g_hash_table_insert (gb_property_values, property_name_copy, value); +- if (dialog_button) +- g_hash_table_insert (gb_property_buttons, +- property_name_copy, +- dialog_button); +- +- return property_name_copy; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Functions for getting/setting properties. +- * NOTE: should also specify whether set properties are copied and +- * if values returned by get should be freed. +- * For widgets which use a GtkEntry: string value set is copied, +- * & don't free string returned by get (it is the actual entry text). +- * +- * NOTE: property_get_*() functions also set the apply flag. +- * This is used to enable the automatic applying of +- * properties as they are changed in the property editor. It is set +- * to TRUE if the property widget matches the to_apply widget. +- */ +- +- +-static void +-copy_translation_properties (const gchar *property_name, +- GtkWidget *from_widget, GtkWidget *to_widget) +-{ +- /* Just return if either widget is NULL. This can happen for the fields on +- the signals page, which aren't translated at all. */ +- if (from_widget == NULL || to_widget == NULL) +- return; +- +- /* Copy the translator comments string, and translatable & context flags +- from one widget to the other. */ +- glade_util_copy_translation_properties (from_widget, property_name, +- to_widget, property_name); +-} +- +- +-gchar * +-property_get_string (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget *actual_widget, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply_retval) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- gboolean apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- +- if (apply_retval) +- *apply_retval = apply; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, ""); +- +- /* Copy the extra data from the property value to the actual widget. */ +- if (apply) +- copy_translation_properties (property_name, widget, actual_widget); +- +- return ((char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget))); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_string (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- GtkWidget *button; +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget), value ? value : ""); +- +- /* Make sure the '...' button is not visible, only for string properties. */ +- if (g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), GladeIsStringPropertyKey)) +- { +- button = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_buttons, +- property_name); +- gtk_widget_hide (button); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_translatable_string (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * value, +- GtkWidget *actual_widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- GtkWidget *button; +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (actual_widget != NULL); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget), value ? value : ""); +- +- /* Make sure the '...' button is visible. */ +- button = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_buttons, +- property_name); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- +- copy_translation_properties (property_name, actual_widget, widget); +- +- /* Set a special flag in the property value widget so we do show the +- translatable properties in the dialog. */ +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), GladeShowTranslationPropertiesKey, "TRUE"); +-} +- +- +-/* Note: returned string must be freed with g_free() */ +-gchar * +-property_get_text (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget *actual_widget, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply_retval) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- gboolean apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- GtkWidget *text = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- GtkTextBuffer *buffer; +- GtkTextIter start, end; +- +- if (apply_retval) +- *apply_retval = apply; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (text != NULL, g_strdup ("")); +- g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_TEXT_VIEW (text), g_strdup ("")); +- +- /* Copy the extra data from the property value to the actual widget. */ +- if (apply) +- copy_translation_properties (property_name, widget, actual_widget); +- +- buffer = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (text)); +- gtk_text_buffer_get_bounds (buffer, &start, &end); +- +- return (gtk_text_buffer_get_text (buffer, &start, &end, TRUE)); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_text (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *text; +- GtkTextBuffer *buffer; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- +- text = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- buffer = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (text)); +- gtk_text_buffer_set_text (buffer, value ? value : "", -1); +- +- /* Set a special flag in the property value widget so we don't show the +- translatable properties in the dialog. */ +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), GladeShowTranslationPropertiesKey, NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_translatable_text (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * value, +- GtkWidget * actual_widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *text; +- GtkTextBuffer *buffer; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (actual_widget != NULL); +- +- text = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- buffer = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (text)); +- gtk_text_buffer_set_text (buffer, value ? value : "", -1); +- +- copy_translation_properties (property_name, actual_widget, widget); +- +- /* Set a special flag in the property value widget so we do show the +- translatable properties in the dialog. */ +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), GladeShowTranslationPropertiesKey, "TRUE"); +-} +- +- +-gint +-property_get_int (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply) +-{ +- gchar *text; +- gint value = 0; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, 0); +- if (GTK_IS_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)) +- { +- return gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)); +- } +- else +- { +- text = (char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget)); +- sscanf (text, "%i", &value); +- return value; +- } +-} +- +- +-gint +-property_get_optional_int (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply, +- gboolean * is_set) +-{ +- gchar *text; +- gint value = 0; +- GtkWidget *widget, *button; +- +- widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, 0); +- +- button = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_buttons, +- property_name); +- g_return_val_if_fail (button != NULL, 0); +- +- if (is_set) +- *is_set = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button)->active ? TRUE : FALSE; +- +- if (GTK_IS_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)) +- { +- return gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)); +- } +- else +- { +- text = (char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget)); +- sscanf (text, "%i", &value); +- return value; +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_int (const gchar * property_name, +- gint value) +-{ +- gchar buffer[128]; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- if (GTK_IS_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)) +- { +- gtk_spin_button_set_value (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget), value); +- } +- else +- { +- sprintf (buffer, "%i", value); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget), buffer); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_optional_int (const gchar * property_name, +- gint value, +- gboolean is_set) +-{ +- gchar buffer[128]; +- GtkWidget *widget, *button; +- +- widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- +- button = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_buttons, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (button != NULL); +- +- if (GTK_IS_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)) +- { +- gtk_spin_button_set_value (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget), value); +- } +- else +- { +- sprintf (buffer, "%i", value); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget), buffer); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, is_set); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button), is_set); +-} +- +- +-gfloat +-property_get_float (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply) +-{ +- gchar *text; +- gfloat value = 0; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, 0); +- if (GTK_IS_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)) +- { +- return gtk_spin_button_get_value (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)); +- } +- else +- { +- text = (char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget)); +- sscanf (text, "%f", &value); +- return value; +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_float (const gchar * property_name, +- gfloat value) +-{ +- gchar buffer[128]; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- if (GTK_IS_SPIN_BUTTON (widget)) +- { +- gtk_spin_button_set_value (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (widget), value); +- } +- else +- { +- sprintf (buffer, "%g", value); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget), buffer); +- } +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-property_get_bool (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, FALSE); +- return (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->active ? TRUE : FALSE); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_bool (const gchar * property_name, +- gint value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget), value); +-} +- +- +-gchar * +-property_get_choice (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply) +-{ +- GtkWidget *label; +- gchar *label_text; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, NULL); +- label = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- if (!label) +- { +- GtkWidget *menuitem = gtk_menu_get_active (GTK_MENU (GTK_OPTION_MENU (widget)->menu)); +- if (menuitem) +- label = GTK_BIN (menuitem)->child; +- } +- if (!label || !GTK_IS_LABEL (label)) +- { +- g_warning ("Couldn't find option menu label"); +- return NULL; +- } +- label_text = (gchar*) gtk_label_get_text (GTK_LABEL (label)); +- return label_text; +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_choice (const gchar * property_name, +- gint value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- gtk_option_menu_set_history (GTK_OPTION_MENU (widget), value); +-} +- +- +-gchar * +-property_get_combo (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, ""); +- return ((char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry))); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_combo (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry), value ? value : ""); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_combo_strings (const gchar * property_name, +- GList * choices) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- if (choices) +- gtk_combo_set_popdown_strings (GTK_COMBO (widget), choices); +- else +- gtk_list_clear_items (GTK_LIST (GTK_COMBO (widget)->list), 0, -1); +-} +- +- +-GdkColor * +-property_get_color (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply) +-{ +- GdkColor *color; +- GtkWidget *preview; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, NULL); +- preview = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_DRAWING_AREA (preview), NULL); +- color = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (preview), GbColorKey); +- g_return_val_if_fail (color != NULL, NULL); +- return color; +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_color (const gchar * property_name, +- GdkColor * value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *preview; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- preview = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_DRAWING_AREA (preview)); +- show_color_in_preview (preview, value); +-} +- +- +-GdkPixmap * +-property_get_bgpixmap (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply, +- gchar ** filename) +-{ +- GtkWidget *drawing_area; +- GdkPixmap *gdkpixmap; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, NULL); +- drawing_area = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_DRAWING_AREA (drawing_area), NULL); +- +- gdkpixmap = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), GbBgPixmapKey); +- *filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), GbBgFilenameKey); +- return gdkpixmap; +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_bgpixmap (const gchar * property_name, +- GdkPixmap * gdkpixmap, +- const gchar * filename) +-{ +- GtkWidget *drawing_area; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- drawing_area = GTK_BIN (widget)->child; +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_DRAWING_AREA (drawing_area)); +- +- set_pixmap (drawing_area, gdkpixmap, filename); +-} +- +- +-static void +-set_pixmap (GtkWidget * drawing_area, GdkPixmap * gdkpixmap, +- const gchar * filename) +-{ +- GdkPixmap *old_gdkpixmap; +- gchar *old_filename, *filename_copy; +- +- /* free/unref any existing values */ +- old_gdkpixmap = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), GbBgPixmapKey); +- if (old_gdkpixmap) +- gdk_pixmap_unref (old_gdkpixmap); +- old_filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), GbBgFilenameKey); +- g_free (old_filename); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), GbBgPixmapKey, gdkpixmap); +- filename_copy = filename ? g_strdup (filename) : NULL; +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), GbBgFilenameKey, filename_copy); +- +- if (gdkpixmap) +- gdk_pixmap_ref (gdkpixmap); +- +- show_pixmap_in_drawing_area (drawing_area, gdkpixmap); +-} +- +- +-gpointer +-property_get_dialog (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply) +-{ +- gpointer dialog_value; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, NULL); +- dialog_value = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbDialogValueKey); +- if (dialog_value) +- return dialog_value; +- else +- return ((char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget))); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_dialog (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * string, +- gconstpointer value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- if (value) +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbDialogValueKey, +- (gpointer) value); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget), string ? string : ""); +-} +- +- +-gchar * +-property_get_filename (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, ""); +- return gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbFilenameValueKey); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_filename (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbFilenameValueKey, +- g_strdup (value), value ? g_free : NULL); +- +- if (GTK_IS_ENTRY (widget)) +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget), value ? g_basename (value) : ""); +- else if (GTK_IS_COMBO (widget)) +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry), +- value ? g_basename (value) : ""); +- else +- g_warning ("Invalid filename property"); +-} +- +- +-GdkFont * +-property_get_font (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply, +- gchar ** xlfd_fontname) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, NULL); +- *xlfd_fontname = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbFontSpecKey); +- return (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbFontKey)); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_font (const gchar * property_name, +- GdkFont * font, +- const gchar * xlfd_fontname) +-{ +- GdkFont *old_font; +- gchar *old_xlfd_fontname; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- +- old_font = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbFontKey); +- if (old_font) +- gdk_font_unref (old_font); +- if (font) +- gdk_font_ref (font); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbFontKey, font); +- old_xlfd_fontname = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbFontSpecKey); +- g_free (old_xlfd_fontname); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbFontSpecKey, g_strdup (xlfd_fontname)); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (widget), get_font_name_from_spec (xlfd_fontname)); +-} +- +- +-/* This searches through a GtkCombo's popup list to find the listitem whose +- text matches the text in the GtkEntry. If it finds it, it returns the +- stock_id stored in the listitem's data, else it returns NULL. */ +-#if 0 +-static gchar* +-find_stock_id (GtkCombo *value) +-{ +- gchar *text; +- GList *elem; +- +- text = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (value->entry)); +- +- for (elem = GTK_LIST (value->list)->children; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GtkWidget *listitem = elem->data; +- gchar *item_text = glade_util_gtk_combo_func (GTK_LIST_ITEM (listitem)); +- if (!strcmp (item_text, text)) +- return gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (listitem), GladeStockIDKey); +- } +- +- return NULL; +-} +-#endif +- +- +-gchar* +-property_get_stock_item (const gchar *property_name, +- GtkWidget *to_apply, +- gboolean *apply) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- gchar *stock_id; +- +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, 0); +- +- /* We want to return the stock_id corresponding to the currently selected +- item. */ +- stock_id = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry)); +- return (*stock_id) ? stock_id : NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* This searches through a GtkCombo's popup list to find the listitem whose +- stock_id matches the given stock_id. */ +-#if 0 +-static GtkWidget* +-find_stock_item (GtkCombo *value, const gchar *stock_id) +-{ +- GList *elem; +- +- if (!stock_id || !stock_id[0]) +- return NULL; +- +- for (elem = GTK_LIST (value->list)->children; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GtkWidget *listitem = elem->data; +- gchar *elem_stock_id; +- +- elem_stock_id = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (listitem), +- GladeStockIDKey); +- if (elem_stock_id && !strcmp (stock_id, elem_stock_id)) +- return listitem; +- } +- +- return NULL; +-} +-#endif +- +- +-void +-property_set_stock_item (const gchar *property_name, +- const gchar *stock_id) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry), +- stock_id ? stock_id : ""); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_stock_item_icon_size (const gchar *property_name, +- GtkIconSize icon_size) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value; +- +- value = property_get_value_widget (property_name); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (value), GladeIconSizeKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (icon_size)); +- +- show_stock_items (value); +-} +- +- +-gchar* +-property_get_icon (const gchar *property_name, +- GtkWidget *to_apply, +- gboolean *apply) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- gchar *text, *filename; +- +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, 0); +- +- /* If the field is empty, return NULL. */ +- text = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry)); +- if (!*text) +- return NULL; +- +- /* Check if the text in the entry matches the basename of any filename +- set. If it does, return the entire filename. Otherwise return the +- entry contents. */ +- filename = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbFilenameValueKey); +- if (filename) +- { +- const gchar *basename = g_basename (filename); +- if (!strcmp (basename, text)) +- return filename; +- } +- +- return text; +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_icon (const gchar *property_name, +- const gchar *icon) +-{ +- const gchar *value = NULL; +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- +- /* We need to determine whether icon is a stock id or a filename. */ +- if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (icon)) +- { +- value = icon; +- gtk_object_remove_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbFilenameValueKey); +- } +- else +- { +- value = icon ? g_basename (icon) : ""; +- gtk_object_set_data_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GbFilenameValueKey, +- g_strdup (icon), icon ? g_free : NULL); +- } +- +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry), +- value ? value : ""); +- +- show_stock_items (widget); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_icon_size (const gchar *property_name, +- GtkIconSize icon_size) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value; +- +- value = property_get_value_widget (property_name); +- +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (value), GladeIconSizeKey, +- GINT_TO_POINTER (icon_size)); +- +- show_stock_items (value); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_icon_filesel (const gchar *property_name, +- gboolean filesel) +-{ +- GtkWidget *button; +- +- button = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_buttons, +- property_name); +- +- if (filesel) +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (button); +-} +- +- +-gchar * +-property_get_named_icon (const gchar * property_name, +- GtkWidget * to_apply, +- gboolean * apply) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- if (apply) +- *apply = (!to_apply || to_apply == widget) ? TRUE : FALSE; +- g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, ""); +- return ((char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry))); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_named_icon (const gchar * property_name, +- const gchar * value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry), value ? value : ""); +-} +- +-/* +- * For getting the widgets used to display properties. +- */ +-GtkWidget* +-property_get_value_widget (const gchar *property_name) +-{ +- return (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, property_name); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Setting properties sensitive/insensitive +- */ +-void +-property_set_sensitive (const gchar * property_name, gboolean sensitive) +-{ +- property_set_sensitive_full (property_name, sensitive, sensitive, TRUE); +-} +- +-void +-property_set_sensitive_full (const gchar * property_name, +- gboolean label_sensitive, +- gboolean value_sensitive, +- gboolean button_visible) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value, *label, *button; +- +- value = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (value != NULL); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (value, value_sensitive); +- +- label = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_labels, +- property_name); +- if (label) +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (label, label_sensitive); +- +- button = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_buttons, +- property_name); +- if (button) +- { +- if (button_visible) +- { +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- if (GTK_IS_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button)) +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (button), +- value_sensitive); +- else +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (button, value_sensitive); +- } +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (button); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-property_set_visible (const gchar * property_name, +- gboolean visible) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value, *label, *button; +- +- value = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (value != NULL); +- if (visible) +- gtk_widget_show (value); +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (value); +- +- +- label = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_labels, +- property_name); +- if (label) +- { +- if (visible) +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (label); +- } +- +- button = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_buttons, +- property_name); +- if (button) +- { +- if (visible) +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (button); +- } +- +- /* Hide the parent of the value/button if it isn't the main table. +- We need this since sometimes the table doesn't resize properly, and we +- are left with a blank row. */ +- if (value->parent && !GTK_IS_TABLE (value->parent)) +- { +- if (visible) +- gtk_widget_show (value->parent); +- else +- gtk_widget_hide (value->parent); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Setting properties valid/invalid +- */ +-void +-property_set_valid (const gchar * property_name, gboolean valid) +-{ +- GtkWidget *widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL); +- +- if (valid) +- gtk_widget_set_style (widget, gtk_widget_get_default_style ()); +- else +- gtk_widget_set_style (widget, invalid_style); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Color previews - for showing style colors +- */ +- +-static GtkWidget * +-create_color_preview () +-{ +- GtkWidget *preview; +- GdkColormap *colormap; +- GdkColor *color; +- +- preview = gtk_drawing_area_new (); +- gtk_widget_show (preview); +- +- color = g_new (GdkColor, 1); +- color->red = color->green = color->blue = 0xFFFF; +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (preview), GbColorKey, color); +- +- /* Allocate the color. */ +- colormap = gtk_widget_get_colormap (preview); +- if (!gdk_color_alloc (colormap, color)) +- { +- g_warning ("Couldn't allocate white color"); +- } +- +- return preview; +-} +- +- +-/* Returns TRUE if the color has changed. */ +-static gboolean +-show_color_in_preview (GtkWidget * preview, GdkColor *new_color) +-{ +- GdkColormap *colormap; +- GdkColor *color; +- gulong pixel; +- +- color = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (preview), GbColorKey); +- g_return_val_if_fail (color != NULL, FALSE); +- +- /* If it is the same, return FALSE. */ +- if (color->red == new_color->red +- && color->green == new_color->green +- && color->blue == new_color->blue) +- return FALSE; +- +- /* Allocate the color. */ +- colormap = gtk_widget_get_colormap (preview); +- if (!gdk_color_alloc (colormap, new_color)) +- { +- /* If we can't allocate the colour, keep the old one. */ +- g_warning ("Couldn't allocate color"); +- return FALSE; +- } +- +- /* Free the old color. */ +- pixel = color->pixel; +- gdk_colors_free (colormap, &pixel, 1, 0); +- +- *color = *new_color; +- +- /* The drawing area doesn't get a window until the notebook page is shown! */ +- if (preview->window) +- { +- gdk_window_set_background (preview->window, color); +- gdk_window_clear (preview->window); +- } +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Pixmap values (displayed as background of drawing area) +- */ +-static void +-show_pixmap_in_drawing_area (GtkWidget * drawing_area, GdkPixmap * gdkpixmap) +-{ +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_DRAWING_AREA (drawing_area)); +- /* The drawing area doesn't get a window until the notebook page is shown! */ +- if (drawing_area->window == NULL) +- return; +- if (gdkpixmap) +- { +- gdk_window_set_back_pixmap (drawing_area->window, gdkpixmap, FALSE); +- } +- else +- { +- gdk_window_set_background (drawing_area->window, +- &drawing_area->style->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]); +- } +- gdk_window_clear (drawing_area->window); +-} +- +- +-static gint +-expose_pixmap (GtkWidget * drawing_area, GdkEventExpose * event, gpointer data) +-{ +- GdkPixmap *gdkpixmap; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_DRAWING_AREA (drawing_area), FALSE); +- +- gdkpixmap = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (drawing_area), GbBgPixmapKey); +- show_pixmap_in_drawing_area (drawing_area, gdkpixmap); +- on_color_draw (drawing_area, NULL); +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * The Events dialog, used for selecting which X events to receive. +- */ +- +-static void +-show_events_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *clist, *scrolled_win; +- GtkWindow *transient_parent; +- gchar *titles[2]; +- const gchar *row[2]; +- int i; +- gchar *event_mask_string; +- gint event_mask_value; +- +- transient_parent = (GtkWindow*) glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (_("Select X Events"), +- transient_parent, 0, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), "select_events", "Glade"); +- +- titles[0] = _("Event Mask"); +- titles[1] = _("Description"); +- clist = gtk_clist_new_with_titles (2, titles); +- gtk_clist_column_titles_passive (GTK_CLIST (clist)); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (clist), 0, 230); +- gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST (clist), 1, 100); +- gtk_clist_set_selection_mode (GTK_CLIST (clist), GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (clist, 500, 350); +- gtk_widget_show (clist); +- +- scrolled_win = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolled_win), clist); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolled_win), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->vbox), scrolled_win, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (scrolled_win); +- +- /* Insert events & descriptions */ +- gtk_clist_freeze (GTK_CLIST (clist)); +- for (i = 0; i < GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT; i++) +- { +- row[0] = GbEventMaskSymbols[i]; +- row[1] = _(GbEventMaskDescriptions[i]); +- gtk_clist_append (GTK_CLIST (clist), (gchar**)row); +- } +- +- /* Select rows according to current mask setting */ +- event_mask_string = (char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (value)); +- event_mask_value = property_events_string_to_value (event_mask_string); +- for (i = 0; i < GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT; i++) +- { +- if (event_mask_value & GbEventMaskValues[i]) +- { +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (clist), i, 0); +- } +- } +- gtk_clist_thaw (GTK_CLIST (clist)); +- +- /* Save pointer to value to use when OK pressed */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (clist), GbValueWidgetKey, value); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_events_dialog_response), +- clist); +- +- gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (dialog)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_events_dialog_response (GtkWidget * widget, gint response_id, +- GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- gint row, mask_value = 0; +- GtkWidget *dialog, *value; +- GList *selection = GTK_CLIST (clist)->selection; +- +- dialog = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (clist); +- +- if (response_id == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- { +- while (selection) +- { +- row = GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data); +- mask_value |= GbEventMaskValues[row]; +- selection = selection->next; +- } +- +- value = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (clist), GbValueWidgetKey); +- g_return_if_fail (value != NULL); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (value), +- property_events_value_to_string (mask_value)); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +-} +- +- +-/* Converts the events gint to a string of 0s and 1s for displaying */ +-gchar * +-property_events_value_to_string (gint event_mask) +-{ +- static gchar buf[GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT + 2]; +- int i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT; i++) +- { +- if (event_mask & GbEventMaskValues[i]) +- buf[GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT - i - 1] = '1'; +- else +- buf[GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT - i - 1] = '0'; +- } +- buf[GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT] = '0'; +- buf[GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT + 1] = '\0'; +- return buf; +-} +- +- +-/* Converts the string of 0s and 1s back to a gint event mask */ +-gint +-property_events_string_to_value (const gchar * event_string) +-{ +- gint i, value = 0; +- +- if (strlen (event_string) < GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT) +- return 0; +- for (i = 0; i < GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT; i++) +- { +- if (event_string[GB_EVENT_MASKS_COUNT - i - 1] == '1') +- value |= GbEventMaskValues[i]; +- } +- return value; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * The Accelerators page +- */ +- +-static void +-on_accelerator_add (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- gchar modifiers[4]; +- gchar *row[3]; +- gchar *key, *signal; +- +- key = property_get_string (GbAccelKey, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- if (strlen (key) == 0) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You need to set the accelerator key"), +- widget); +- return; +- } +- signal = property_get_string (GbAccelSignal, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- if (strlen (signal) == 0) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You need to set the signal to emit"), +- widget); +- return; +- } +- +- modifiers[0] = modifiers[1] = modifiers[2] = ' '; +- modifiers[3] = '\0'; +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (accel_control_button)->active) +- modifiers[0] = 'C'; +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (accel_shift_button)->active) +- modifiers[1] = 'S'; +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (accel_alt_button)->active) +- modifiers[2] = 'A'; +- +- row[ACCEL_MODIFIERS_COL] = modifiers; +- row[ACCEL_KEY_COL] = key; +- row[ACCEL_SIGNAL_COL] = signal; +- gtk_clist_append (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- +- /* clear the key & signal fields */ +- property_set_string (GbAccelKey, ""); +- property_set_string (GbAccelSignal, ""); +- +- on_property_changed (clist, clist); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_accelerator_update (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- gchar modifiers[4]; +- gchar *key, *signal; +- GList *selection = GTK_CLIST (clist)->selection; +- gint row; +- +- if (!selection) +- return; +- row = GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data); +- +- key = property_get_string (GbAccelKey, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- if (strlen (key) == 0) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You need to set the accelerator key"), +- widget); +- return; +- } +- signal = property_get_string (GbAccelSignal, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- if (strlen (signal) == 0) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You need to set the signal to emit"), +- widget); +- return; +- } +- +- modifiers[0] = modifiers[1] = modifiers[2] = ' '; +- modifiers[3] = '\0'; +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (accel_control_button)->active) +- modifiers[0] = 'C'; +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (accel_shift_button)->active) +- modifiers[1] = 'S'; +- if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (accel_alt_button)->active) +- modifiers[2] = 'A'; +- +- gtk_clist_set_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, ACCEL_MODIFIERS_COL, modifiers); +- gtk_clist_set_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, ACCEL_KEY_COL, key); +- gtk_clist_set_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, ACCEL_SIGNAL_COL, signal); +- +- on_property_changed (clist, clist); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_accelerator_delete (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- GList *selection = GTK_CLIST (clist)->selection; +- gint row; +- +- if (!selection) +- return; +- row = GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data); +- gtk_clist_remove (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- /* clear the key & signal fields */ +- property_set_string (GbAccelKey, ""); +- property_set_string (GbAccelSignal, ""); +- +- on_property_changed (clist, clist); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_accelerator_clear (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- property_set_string (GbAccelKey, ""); +- property_set_string (GbAccelSignal, ""); +- +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (accel_control_button), FALSE); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (accel_shift_button), FALSE); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (accel_alt_button), FALSE); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_accelerator_select (GtkWidget * clist, gint row, gint column, +- GdkEventButton * event, gpointer user_data) +-{ +- gchar *modifiers, *key, *signal; +- gint len; +- +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, ACCEL_MODIFIERS_COL, &modifiers); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, ACCEL_KEY_COL, &key); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, ACCEL_SIGNAL_COL, &signal); +- +- len = strlen (modifiers); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (accel_control_button), +- len >= 1 && modifiers[0] != ' '); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (accel_shift_button), +- len >= 2 && modifiers[1] != ' '); +- gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (accel_alt_button), +- len >= 3 && modifiers[2] != ' '); +- +- property_set_string (GbAccelKey, key); +- property_set_string (GbAccelSignal, signal); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_clear_accelerators () +-{ +- gtk_clist_clear (GTK_CLIST (accel_clist)); +- /* clear the key & signal fields */ +- property_set_string (GbAccelKey, ""); +- property_set_string (GbAccelSignal, ""); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_accelerator (GladeAccelerator * accel) +-{ +- gchar modifiers[4]; +- gchar *row[3]; +- +- modifiers[0] = modifiers[1] = modifiers[2] = ' '; +- modifiers[3] = '\0'; +- if (accel->modifiers & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) +- modifiers[0] = 'C'; +- if (accel->modifiers & GDK_SHIFT_MASK) +- modifiers[1] = 'S'; +- /* The Alt key uses GDK_MOD1_MASK */ +- if (accel->modifiers & GDK_MOD1_MASK) +- modifiers[2] = 'A'; +- +- row[ACCEL_MODIFIERS_COL] = modifiers; +- row[ACCEL_KEY_COL] = accel->key; +- row[ACCEL_SIGNAL_COL] = accel->signal; +- gtk_clist_append (GTK_CLIST (accel_clist), row); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-property_is_accel_clist (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- return (widget == accel_clist) ? TRUE : FALSE; +-} +- +- +-GList * +-property_get_accelerators () +-{ +- gint row, len; +- GList *accelerators = NULL; +- GladeAccelerator *accel; +- gchar *modifiers, *key, *signal; +- +- for (row = 0; row < GTK_CLIST (accel_clist)->rows; row++) +- { +- accel = g_new (GladeAccelerator, 1); +- +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (accel_clist), row, +- ACCEL_MODIFIERS_COL, &modifiers); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (accel_clist), row, +- ACCEL_KEY_COL, &key); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (accel_clist), row, +- ACCEL_SIGNAL_COL, &signal); +- +- len = strlen (modifiers); +- accel->modifiers = 0; +- if (len >= 1 && modifiers[0] != ' ') +- accel->modifiers |= GDK_CONTROL_MASK; +- if (len >= 2 && modifiers[1] != ' ') +- accel->modifiers |= GDK_SHIFT_MASK; +- if (len >= 3 && modifiers[2] != ' ') +- accel->modifiers |= GDK_MOD1_MASK; +- +- accel->key = g_strdup (key); +- accel->signal = g_strdup (signal); +- accelerators = g_list_append (accelerators, accel); +- } +- return accelerators; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * The Accelerator Keys dialog for selecting an accelerator key. +- */ +- +-static void +-show_keys_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value) +-{ +- GladeKeysDialog *dialog; +- GtkWidget *transient_parent; +- +- dialog = GLADE_KEYS_DIALOG (glade_keys_dialog_new ()); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- transient_parent = glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (transient_parent)) +- gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), +- GTK_WINDOW (transient_parent)); +- /* Save pointer to value to use when OK pressed */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), GbValueWidgetKey, value); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog->clist), "select_row", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_keys_clist_select), dialog); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_keys_dialog_response), +- NULL); +- gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (dialog)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_keys_dialog_response (GtkWidget * widget, gint response_id, gpointer data) +-{ +- GladeKeysDialog *dialog; +- GtkWidget *value; +- gchar *key_symbol; +- +- dialog = (GladeKeysDialog*) widget; +- if (response_id == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- { +- key_symbol = glade_keys_dialog_get_key_symbol (dialog); +- if (key_symbol) +- { +- value = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), GbValueWidgetKey); +- g_return_if_fail (value != NULL); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (value), key_symbol); +- } +- } +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (dialog)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_keys_clist_select (GtkWidget * widget, gint row, gint column, +- GdkEventButton * bevent, gpointer data) +-{ +- if (bevent && bevent->type == GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS) +- on_keys_dialog_response (GTK_WIDGET (data), GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * The Signals page +- */ +- +-static void +-on_signal_add (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- gchar *row_data[5]; +- gchar *signal, *handler, *object, *data; +- gboolean after; +- gint row; +- time_t *last_mod_time; +- +- signal = property_get_string (GbSignalName, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- if (strlen (signal) == 0) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You need to set the signal name"), +- widget); +- return; +- } +- handler = property_get_combo (GbSignalHandler, NULL, NULL); +- if (strlen (handler) == 0) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You need to set the handler for the signal"), widget); +- return; +- } +- object = property_get_string (GbSignalObject, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- after = property_get_bool (GbSignalAfter, NULL, NULL); +- data = property_get_string (GbSignalData, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- +- row_data[SIGNAL_NAME_COL] = signal; +- row_data[SIGNAL_HANDLER_COL] = handler; +- row_data[SIGNAL_OBJECT_COL] = object; +- row_data[SIGNAL_AFTER_COL] = after ? "Y" : ""; +- row_data[SIGNAL_DATA_COL] = data; +- row = gtk_clist_append (GTK_CLIST (clist), row_data); +- +- /* Set the last modification time to the current time. */ +- last_mod_time = g_chunk_new (time_t, signal_mem_chunk); +- *last_mod_time = time (NULL); +- if (*last_mod_time == (time_t) -1) +- g_warning ("Error getting current time"); +- gtk_clist_set_row_data (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), row, last_mod_time); +- +- /* clear the fields */ +- property_set_string (GbSignalName, ""); +- property_set_combo (GbSignalHandler, ""); +- property_set_string (GbSignalObject, ""); +- property_set_string (GbSignalData, ""); +- property_set_bool (GbSignalAfter, FALSE); +- +- on_property_changed (clist, clist); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_signal_update (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- gchar *signal, *handler, *object, *data; +- gchar *old_signal, *old_handler, *old_data; +- gboolean after; +- GList *selection = GTK_CLIST (clist)->selection; +- gint row; +- time_t *last_mod_time; +- +- if (!selection) +- return; +- row = GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data); +- +- signal = property_get_string (GbSignalName, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- if (strlen (signal) == 0) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You need to set the signal name"), +- widget); +- return; +- } +- handler = property_get_combo (GbSignalHandler, NULL, NULL); +- if (strlen (handler) == 0) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("You need to set the handler for the signal"), widget); +- return; +- } +- object = property_get_string (GbSignalObject, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- after = property_get_bool (GbSignalAfter, NULL, NULL); +- data = property_get_string (GbSignalData, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- +- /* We update the last_mod_time if the signal, handler or data have changed.*/ +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, SIGNAL_NAME_COL, &old_signal); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, SIGNAL_HANDLER_COL, &old_handler); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, SIGNAL_DATA_COL, &old_data); +- if (strcmp (signal, old_signal) || strcmp (handler, old_handler) +- || strcmp (data, old_data)) +- { +- last_mod_time = (time_t*) gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), row); +- *last_mod_time = time (NULL); +- if (*last_mod_time == (time_t) -1) +- g_warning ("Error getting current time"); +- } +- +- gtk_clist_set_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, SIGNAL_NAME_COL, signal); +- gtk_clist_set_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, SIGNAL_HANDLER_COL, handler); +- gtk_clist_set_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, SIGNAL_OBJECT_COL, object); +- gtk_clist_set_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, SIGNAL_AFTER_COL, +- after ? "Y" : ""); +- gtk_clist_set_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, SIGNAL_DATA_COL, data); +- +- on_property_changed (clist, clist); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_signal_delete (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- GList *selection = GTK_CLIST (clist)->selection; +- gint row; +- +- if (!selection) +- return; +- row = GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data); +- gtk_clist_remove (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- /* clear the key & signal fields */ +- property_set_string (GbSignalName, ""); +- property_set_combo (GbSignalHandler, ""); +- property_set_string (GbSignalObject, ""); +- property_set_string (GbSignalData, ""); +- +- on_property_changed (clist, clist); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_signal_clear (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- property_set_string (GbSignalName, ""); +- property_set_combo (GbSignalHandler, ""); +- property_set_string (GbSignalObject, ""); +- property_set_string (GbSignalData, ""); +- property_set_bool (GbSignalAfter, FALSE); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_signal_select (GtkWidget * clist, +- gint row, +- gint column, +- GdkEventButton * event, +- gpointer user_data) +-{ +- gchar *signal, *handler, *object, *after, *data; +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, SIGNAL_NAME_COL, &signal); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, SIGNAL_HANDLER_COL, &handler); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, SIGNAL_OBJECT_COL, &object); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, SIGNAL_AFTER_COL, &after); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, SIGNAL_DATA_COL, &data); +- property_set_string (GbSignalName, signal); +- property_set_combo (GbSignalHandler, handler); +- property_set_string (GbSignalObject, object); +- if (!strcmp (after, "Y")) +- property_set_bool (GbSignalAfter, TRUE); +- else +- property_set_bool (GbSignalAfter, FALSE); +- property_set_string (GbSignalData, data); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_clear_signals () +-{ +- gtk_clist_clear (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist)); +- /* clear the fields */ +- property_set_string (GbSignalName, ""); +- property_set_combo (GbSignalHandler, ""); +- property_set_string (GbSignalObject, ""); +- property_set_string (GbSignalData, ""); +- +- g_mem_chunk_reset (signal_mem_chunk); +-} +- +- +-void +-property_add_signal (GladeSignal * signal) +-{ +- gchar *row_data[5]; +- time_t *last_mod_time; +- gint row; +- +- row_data[SIGNAL_NAME_COL] = signal->name ? signal->name : ""; +- row_data[SIGNAL_HANDLER_COL] = signal->handler ? signal->handler : ""; +- row_data[SIGNAL_OBJECT_COL] = signal->object ? signal->object : ""; +- row_data[SIGNAL_AFTER_COL] = signal->after ? "Y" : ""; +- row_data[SIGNAL_DATA_COL] = signal->data ? signal->data : ""; +- row = gtk_clist_append (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), row_data); +- +- last_mod_time = g_chunk_new (time_t, signal_mem_chunk); +- *last_mod_time = signal->last_modification_time; +- gtk_clist_set_row_data (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), row, last_mod_time); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-property_is_signal_clist (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- return (widget == signal_clist) ? TRUE : FALSE; +-} +- +- +-GList * +-property_get_signals () +-{ +- gint row; +- GList *signals = NULL; +- GladeSignal *signal; +- gchar *name, *handler, *object, *after, *data; +- time_t *time; +- +- for (row = 0; row < GTK_CLIST (signal_clist)->rows; row++) +- { +- signal = g_new (GladeSignal, 1); +- +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), row, +- SIGNAL_NAME_COL, &name); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), row, +- SIGNAL_HANDLER_COL, &handler); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), row, +- SIGNAL_OBJECT_COL, &object); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), row, +- SIGNAL_AFTER_COL, &after); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), row, +- SIGNAL_DATA_COL, &data); +- time = gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (signal_clist), row); +- +- signal->name = strlen (name) > 0 ? g_strdup (name) : NULL; +- signal->handler = strlen (handler) > 0 ? g_strdup (handler) : NULL; +- signal->object = strlen (object) > 0 ? g_strdup (object) : NULL; +- signal->after = !strcmp (after, "Y") ? TRUE : FALSE; +- signal->data = strlen (data) > 0 ? g_strdup (data) : NULL; +- signal->last_modification_time = *time; +- signals = g_list_append (signals, signal); +- } +- return signals; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * The Signals dialog box for selecting a signal to handle. +- */ +- +-static void +-add_signals_for_type (GType type, GtkWidget *clist, GdkColor *inactive_fg, GdkColor *inactive_bg, gchar *current_signal, gboolean show_actions_only) +-{ +- guint *signals; +- guint nsignals; +- gchar *name; +- gint i; +- gint row; +- GList *items, *elem; +- GSignalQuery query_info; +- +- signals = g_signal_list_ids (type, &nsignals); +- +- row = GTK_CLIST (clist)->rows; +- if (nsignals) +- { +- items = NULL; +- for (i = 0; i < nsignals; i++) +- { +- g_signal_query (signals[i], &query_info); +- +- if (!show_actions_only +- || query_info.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) +- { +- name = g_strdup (query_info.signal_name); +- g_strdelimit (name, NULL, '_'); +- items = g_list_prepend (items, name); +- } +- } +- +- if (items) +- { +- items = g_list_sort (items, (GCompareFunc)strcmp); +- +- /* This groups the signals by class, e.g. 'GtkButton signals'. */ +- name = g_strdup_printf (_("%s signals"), gtk_type_name (type)); +- gtk_clist_append (GTK_CLIST (clist), &name); +- g_free (name); +- gtk_clist_set_foreground (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, inactive_fg); +- gtk_clist_set_background (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, inactive_bg); +- /* Set this so we know when a row containing a class name is +- selected. See on_signals_clist_select(). */ +- gtk_clist_set_row_data (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, "ClassName"); +- row++; +- +- elem = items; +- while (elem) +- { +- name = elem->data; +- gtk_clist_append (GTK_CLIST (clist), &name); +- gtk_clist_set_shift (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, 0, 0, 10); +- if (!strcmp (current_signal, name)) +- { +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, 0); +- } +- row++; +- g_free (name); +- elem = elem->next; +- } +- g_list_free (items); +- } +- } +- +- g_free (signals); +-} +- +-static void +-show_signals_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *clist, *scrolled_win; +- GtkWindow *transient_parent; +- gchar *titles[1]; +- GType type; +- GdkColor *inactive_fg, *inactive_bg; +- GType *interfaces; +- guint n_interfaces = 0; +- gchar *current_signal; +- gint i; +- gboolean show_actions_only = FALSE; +- +- if (!property_widget) +- return; +- +- /* For keyboard accelerators we only show ACTION signals, since they are +- the only signals that can be used. */ +- if (property_get_value_widget (GbAccelSignal) == value) +- { +- g_print ("Showing ACTION signals only\n"); +- show_actions_only = TRUE; +- } +- +- transient_parent = (GtkWindow*) glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (_("Select Signal"), +- transient_parent, 0, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), "select_signal", "Glade"); +- +- titles[0] = _("Signals"); +- clist = gtk_clist_new_with_titles (1, titles); +- gtk_clist_column_titles_passive (GTK_CLIST (clist)); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (clist, 240, 260); +- gtk_widget_show (clist); +- +- scrolled_win = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolled_win), clist); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolled_win), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->vbox), scrolled_win, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show(scrolled_win); +- +- /* Insert list of signals. */ +- gtk_clist_freeze (GTK_CLIST (clist)); +- +- current_signal = (char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (value)); +- +- /* For custom widgets we only allow standard widget signals to be set. */ +- if (GLADE_IS_CUSTOM_WIDGET (property_widget)) +- type = gtk_widget_get_type (); +- else +- type = GTK_OBJECT_TYPE (property_widget); +- +- inactive_fg = &widget->style->fg[GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE]; +- inactive_bg = &widget->style->bg[GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE]; +- +- interfaces = g_type_interfaces (type, &n_interfaces); +- for (i = 0; i < n_interfaces; i++) +- { +- add_signals_for_type (interfaces[i], clist, inactive_fg, inactive_bg, current_signal, show_actions_only); +- } +- g_free (interfaces); +- +- while (type) +- { +- add_signals_for_type (type, clist, inactive_fg, inactive_bg, current_signal, show_actions_only); +- type = gtk_type_parent (type); +- } +- +- gtk_clist_thaw (GTK_CLIST (clist)); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (clist), "select_row", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_signals_clist_select), clist); +- +- /* Save pointer to value to use when OK pressed */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (clist), GbValueWidgetKey, value); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "response", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_signals_dialog_response), +- clist); +- +- gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (dialog)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_signals_dialog_response (GtkWidget * widget, gint response_id, +- GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- gint row, page; +- GtkWidget *dialog, *value, *handler; +- GList *selection = GTK_CLIST (clist)->selection; +- gchar *name, *handler_text; +- +- dialog = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- +- if (response_id != GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +- return; +- } +- +- if (selection) +- { +- row = GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data); +- value = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (clist), GbValueWidgetKey); +- g_return_if_fail (value != NULL); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, 0, &name); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (value), name); +- +- /* If we're on the Signals page, and the current handler is empty, +- insert an initial value of "on_<widget name>_<signal name>", +- with '-' in widget name changed to '_' */ +- page = gtk_notebook_get_current_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (main_notebook)); +- if (page == GB_PAGE_SIGNALS) +- { +- handler = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- GbSignalHandler); +- g_return_if_fail (handler != NULL); +- handler_text = (char*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO (handler)->entry)); +- +- if (strlen (handler_text) == 0) +- { +- gchar buf[128]; +- gchar *widget_name; +- widget_name = g_strdup (gtk_widget_get_name (property_widget)); +- if (widget_name +- && strlen (widget_name) + strlen (name) + 5 < 128) +- { +- g_strdelimit (widget_name, "-", '_'); +- sprintf (buf, "on_%s_%s", widget_name, name); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY ( GTK_COMBO (handler)->entry), +- buf); +- gtk_editable_select_region (GTK_EDITABLE ( GTK_COMBO (handler)->entry), 0, -1); +- } +- g_free (widget_name); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (handler); +- } +- } +- } +- +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_signals_clist_select (GtkWidget * widget, gint row, gint column, +- GdkEventButton * bevent, gpointer data) +-{ +- /* Don't allow selection of widget class names */ +- if (gtk_clist_get_row_data (GTK_CLIST (widget), row)) +- gtk_clist_unselect_row (GTK_CLIST (widget), row, 0); +- if (bevent && bevent->type == GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS) +- { +- on_signals_dialog_response (widget, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, widget); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- void +- on_apply(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data) +- { +- if (!property_widget) return; +- gb_widget_apply_properties(property_widget, NULL); +- } +- */ +- +-void +-property_set_auto_apply (gboolean value) +-{ +- auto_apply = value; +-} +- +- +-/* This is just used for debugging */ +-#ifdef GLADE_DEBUG +-static void +-find_hash_value (const gchar * key, gpointer data, gpointer property) +-{ +- if (data == property) +- MSG1 (" applying property: %s", key); +-} +-#endif +- +-static void +-on_property_changed (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * property) +-{ +- if (property_widget && auto_apply) +- { +-#ifdef GLADE_DEBUG +- g_hash_table_foreach (gb_property_values, (GHFunc) find_hash_value, +- property); +-#endif +- gb_widget_apply_properties (property_widget, property); +- } +-} +- +- +-static gboolean +-on_property_focus_out (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEventFocus *event, +- GtkWidget * property) +-{ +- MSG ("In on_property_focus_out"); +- on_property_changed (widget, property); +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Adjustments - handles adding/showing/applying of all 6 properties +- */ +-void +-property_add_adjustment (const gchar * Values[], gint label_type) +-{ +- const gchar *default_labels[] = +- {N_("Value:"), N_("Min:"), N_("Max:"), N_("Step Inc:"), +- N_("Page Inc:"), N_("Page Size:")}; +- const gchar *horz_labels[] = +- {N_("H Value:"), N_("H Min:"), N_("H Max:"), N_("H Step Inc:"), +- N_("H Page Inc:"), N_("H Page Size:")}; +- const gchar *vert_labels[] = +- {N_("V Value:"), N_("V Min:"), N_("V Max:"), N_("V Step Inc:"), +- N_("V Page Inc:"), N_("V Page Size:")}; +- const gchar *tips[] = +- { +- N_("The initial value"), +- N_("The minimum value"), +- N_("The maximum value"), +- N_("The step increment"), +- N_("The page increment"), +- N_("The page size"), +- }; +- const gchar **labels; +- gint i; +- +- if (label_type == GB_ADJUST_H_LABELS) +- labels = horz_labels; +- else if (label_type == GB_ADJUST_V_LABELS) +- labels = vert_labels; +- else +- labels = default_labels; +- +- for (i = 0; i < 6; i++) +- { +- if (Values[i]) +- { +- property_add_float (Values[i], _(labels[i]), _(tips[i])); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* +- * The Font dialog +- */ +- +-/* This is the default GTK font spec., from gtkstyle.c */ +-#define GB_DEFAULT_XLFD_FONTNAME \ +- "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*" +- +-static void +-show_font_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value) +-{ +- gchar *current_xlfd_fontname; +- GtkWidget *transient_parent; +- +- /* Create the dialog if it doesn't exist yet */ +- if (!fontsel) +- { +- fontsel = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (gtk_font_selection_dialog_new (NULL)); +- +- /* The OK/Apply/Cancel button */ +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (fontsel), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (close_dialog_event), fontsel); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (fontsel->ok_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_font_dialog_ok), fontsel); +- gtk_widget_show (fontsel->apply_button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (fontsel->apply_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_font_dialog_apply), fontsel); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (fontsel->cancel_button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (close_dialog), fontsel); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (fontsel), "font_selection", "Glade"); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (fontsel), "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_util_check_key_is_esc), +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GladeEscCloses)); +- } +- +- /* Select font according to current setting */ +- current_xlfd_fontname = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (value), GbFontSpecKey); +- if (!current_xlfd_fontname || current_xlfd_fontname[0] == '\0') +- current_xlfd_fontname = GB_DEFAULT_XLFD_FONTNAME; +- +- gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name (fontsel, current_xlfd_fontname); +- +- /* Save pointer to value to use when OK/Apply pressed */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (fontsel), GbValueWidgetKey, value); +- +- gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (fontsel)); +- transient_parent = glade_util_get_toplevel (widget); +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (transient_parent)) +- gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (fontsel), +- GTK_WINDOW (transient_parent)); +- /* This maps the window, which also de-iconifies it according to ICCCM. */ +- gdk_window_show (GTK_WIDGET (fontsel)->window); +- gdk_window_raise (GTK_WIDGET (fontsel)->window); +-} +- +- +-/* FIXME: This isn't used at present */ +-#if 0 +-static gint +-get_font_size_from_spec (const gchar * spec) +-{ +- gint i, size = -1; +- +- for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) +- { +- spec = strchr (spec, '-'); +- if (spec == NULL) +- return -1; +- spec++; +- } +- sscanf (spec, "%i", &size); +- return size; +-} +-#endif +- +-/* Note: this only works with standard X font specs, e.g. +- -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-75-75-m-0-iso8859-1 +- It copies the first two fields, changing '-' to ' ' and capitalising the +- first characters of words - after a '-', ' ' or '&'. +- Note: returns pointer to static buffer, so copy it if you want to keep it */ +-static gchar * +-get_font_name_from_spec (const gchar * spec) +-{ +- static gchar buf[128]; +- gint i, dashes_found = 0; +- gboolean word_start = TRUE; +- gchar ch; +- +- if (spec == NULL) +- return ""; +- +- for (i = 0; i < 127; i++) +- { +- ch = spec[i + 1]; +- if (ch == '\0') +- break; +- if (ch == '-') +- { +- dashes_found++; +- if (dashes_found == 2) +- break; +- ch = ' '; +- } +- if (word_start) +- ch = toupper (ch); +- word_start = (ch == ' ' || ch == '&'); +- buf[i] = ch; +- } +- buf[i] = '\0'; +- return buf; +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_font_dialog_apply (GtkWidget * widget, GtkFontSelectionDialog * fontsel) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value; +- GdkFont *font, *old_font; +- gchar *xlfd_fontname, *old_xlfd_fontname; +- +- value = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (fontsel), GbValueWidgetKey); +- g_return_if_fail (value != NULL); +- +- /* Try to create the font, if the font spec has changed */ +- xlfd_fontname = gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name (fontsel); +- font = gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font (fontsel); +- old_xlfd_fontname = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (value), GbFontSpecKey); +- +- if (!old_xlfd_fontname +- || (xlfd_fontname && strcmp (xlfd_fontname, old_xlfd_fontname))) +- { +- if (font == NULL) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("The requested font is not available."), widget); +- return; +- } +- +- old_font = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (value), GbFontKey); +- if (old_font) +- gdk_font_unref (old_font); +- gdk_font_ref (font); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (value), GbFontKey, font); +- g_free (old_xlfd_fontname); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (value), GbFontSpecKey, g_strdup (xlfd_fontname)); +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (value), get_font_name_from_spec (xlfd_fontname)); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_font_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, GtkFontSelectionDialog * fontsel) +-{ +- on_font_dialog_apply (widget, fontsel); +- close_dialog (widget, GTK_WIDGET (fontsel)); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * The Style dialog, for selecting a style to use/copy for a widget. +- */ +- +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +-static void +-show_style_dialog (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog; +- GtkWidget *hbox, *clist, *vbbox, *button, *scrolled_win; +- GtkWidget *transient_parent; +- int i; +- gchar *current_style; +- gchar *titles[1]; +- gchar *text; +- gchar *row[1]; +- +- dialog = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (dialog), 3); +- +- gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy), +- GTK_OBJECT (dialog)); +- +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), _("Select Named Style")); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), "select_named_style", "Glade"); +- transient_parent = glade_util_get_toplevel (transient_for); +- if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (transient_parent)) +- gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), +- GTK_WINDOW (transient_parent)); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (dialog), hbox); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- titles[0] = _("Styles"); +- clist = gtk_clist_new_with_titles (1, titles); +- gtk_clist_column_titles_passive (GTK_CLIST (clist)); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (clist, 200, 200); +- gtk_widget_show (clist); +- +- scrolled_win = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolled_win), clist); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolled_win), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), scrolled_win, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show(scrolled_win); +- +- /* Insert styles */ +- gtk_clist_freeze (GTK_CLIST (clist)); +- +- /* Add unnamed style first */ +- row[0] = GB_STYLE_UNNAMED; +- gtk_clist_append (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- g_hash_table_foreach (gb_style_hash, (GHFunc) add_style_to_clist, clist); +- +- current_style = gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (value)); +- if (strlen (current_style) == 0) +- { +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (clist), 0, 0); +- } +- else +- { +- for (i = 1; i < GTK_CLIST (clist)->rows; i++) +- { +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), i, 0, &text); +- if (!strcmp (current_style, text)) +- { +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (clist), i, 0); +- } +- } +- } +- +- gtk_clist_thaw (GTK_CLIST (clist)); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (clist), "select_row", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_style_clist_select), clist); +- +- /* Save pointer to value to use when a button is pressed */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (clist), GbValueWidgetKey, value); +- +- /* Create all the buttons */ +- vbbox = gtk_vbutton_box_new (); +- gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (vbbox), GTK_BUTTONBOX_START); +- gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (vbbox), 2); +- gtk_widget_show (vbbox); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), vbbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("New")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbbox), button, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_style_dialog_new), clist); +- +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Rename")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbbox), button, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_style_dialog_rename), clist); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (clist), "rename_button", button); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (button, FALSE); +- +- +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Delete")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbbox), button, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_style_dialog_delete), clist); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (clist), "delete_button", button); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (button, FALSE); +- +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Copy")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbbox), button, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_style_dialog_copy), clist); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (clist), "copy_button", button); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (button, FALSE); +- +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Cancel")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy), +- GTK_OBJECT (dialog)); +- gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (dialog)); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_key_press), +- GINT_TO_POINTER (PROP_CLOSE_DESTROYS)); +- +- button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("OK")); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbbox), button, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_widget_grab_default (button); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_style_dialog_ok), clist); +- +-} +- +- +-static gint +-add_style_to_clist (const gchar * key, gpointer data, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- gint i; +- gchar *text; +- const gchar *row[1]; +- row[0] = key; +- +- /* Leave unnamed style at top */ +- for (i = 1; i < GTK_CLIST (clist)->rows; i++) +- { +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), i, 0, &text); +- if (strcmp (key, text) < 0) +- { +- gtk_clist_insert (GTK_CLIST (clist), i, (gchar**) row); +- return i; +- } +- } +- return gtk_clist_append (GTK_CLIST (clist), (gchar**) row); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_style_clist_select (GtkWidget * widget, gint row, gint column, +- GdkEventButton * bevent, gpointer data) +-{ +- gchar *text = NULL; +- GtkWidget *copy_button, *rename_button, *delete_button; +- gboolean copy_sensitive = TRUE; +- gboolean rename_sensitive = TRUE; +- gboolean delete_sensitive = TRUE; +- +- if (bevent && bevent->type == GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS) +- { +- on_style_dialog_ok (widget, widget); +- return; +- } +- +- copy_button = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "copy_button"); +- g_return_if_fail (copy_button != NULL); +- rename_button = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "rename_button"); +- g_return_if_fail (rename_button != NULL); +- delete_button = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "delete_button"); +- g_return_if_fail (delete_button != NULL); +- +- /* If unnamed style selected, make copy, rename & delete buttons insensitive, +- else if default style selected, make rename & delete insensitive. */ +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (widget), row, 0, &text); +- /* Added this check since it SEGVed once here. */ +- g_return_if_fail (text != NULL); +- if (!strcmp (text, GB_STYLE_UNNAMED)) +- { +- copy_sensitive = FALSE; +- rename_sensitive = FALSE; +- delete_sensitive = FALSE; +- } +- else if (!strcmp (text, GB_STYLE_DEFAULT)) +- { +- rename_sensitive = FALSE; +- delete_sensitive = FALSE; +- } +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (copy_button, copy_sensitive); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (rename_button, rename_sensitive); +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (delete_button, delete_sensitive); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_style_dialog_new (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- GList *selection = GTK_CLIST (clist)->selection; +- gint row; +- gchar *text; +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- GbStyle *base_gbstyle = NULL; +- +- if (selection) +- { +- row = GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, 0, &text); +- if (!strcmp (text, GB_STYLE_UNNAMED)) +- { +- if (property_widget) +- { +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (property_widget), +- GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- if (wdata) +- base_gbstyle = wdata->gbstyle; +- } +- } +- else +- { +- base_gbstyle = (GbStyle *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_style_hash, text); +- g_return_if_fail (base_gbstyle != NULL); +- } +- } +- +- glade_util_show_entry_dialog (_("New Style:"), NULL, clist, +- (GbEntryDialogFunc) create_new_style, +- base_gbstyle); +-} +- +- +-static gint +-create_new_style (GtkWidget * widget, const gchar * name, GbStyle * base_gbstyle) +-{ +- GbStyle *gbstyle, *existing_gbstyle; +- gint row; +- +- if (strlen (name) == 0) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Invalid style name")); +- return FALSE; +- } +- +- /* Make sure name is unique */ +- existing_gbstyle = (GbStyle *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_style_hash, name); +- if (existing_gbstyle) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("That style name is already in use")); +- return FALSE; +- } +- +- if (!base_gbstyle) +- base_gbstyle = gb_widget_default_gb_style; +- g_return_val_if_fail (base_gbstyle != NULL, TRUE); +- +- gbstyle = gb_widget_copy_gb_style (base_gbstyle); +- g_free (gbstyle->name); +- gbstyle->name = g_strdup (name); +- g_hash_table_insert (gb_style_hash, gbstyle->name, gbstyle); +- +- /* Add style to clist */ +- row = add_style_to_clist (name, NULL, widget); +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (widget), row, 0); +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_style_dialog_copy (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- gint row, i; +- GtkWidget *value; +- GList *selection = GTK_CLIST (clist)->selection; +- gchar *text; +- GbStyle *gbstyle, *other_gbstyle; +- +- if (selection) +- { +- row = GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data); +- value = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (clist), GbValueWidgetKey); +- g_return_if_fail (value != NULL); +- +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, 0, &text); +- if (!strcmp (text, GB_STYLE_UNNAMED)) +- return; +- other_gbstyle = (GbStyle *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_style_hash, text); +- g_return_if_fail (other_gbstyle != NULL); +- +- if (property_widget) +- { +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (property_widget), +- GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- gbstyle = wdata->gbstyle; +- +- /* If widget is using an unnamed GbStyle, just use the selected GbStyle. +- else copy the selected GbStyle to the current one. */ +- if (wdata->flags & GB_STYLE_IS_UNNAMED) +- { +- gb_widget_set_gb_style (widget, other_gbstyle); +- } +- else +- { +- g_free (gbstyle->xlfd_fontname); +- gbstyle->xlfd_fontname = g_strdup (other_gbstyle->xlfd_fontname); +- for (i = 0; i < GB_NUM_STYLE_STATES; i++) +- { +- g_free (gbstyle->bg_pixmap_filenames[i]); +- gbstyle->bg_pixmap_filenames[i] +- = g_strdup (other_gbstyle->bg_pixmap_filenames[i]); +- } +- gtk_style_unref (gbstyle->style); +- gbstyle->style = other_gbstyle->style; +- gtk_style_ref (gbstyle->style); +- gb_widget_update_gb_styles (gbstyle, gbstyle); +- } +- +- editor_refresh_widget (property_widget); +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- gb_widget_show_style (property_widget); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (clist)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_style_dialog_rename (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- gint row; +- GList *selection = GTK_CLIST (clist)->selection; +- gchar *text; +- GbStyle *gbstyle; +- +- if (selection) +- { +- row = GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data); +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, 0, &text); +- if (!strcmp (text, GB_STYLE_UNNAMED) || (!strcmp (text, GB_STYLE_DEFAULT))) +- return; +- gbstyle = (GbStyle *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_style_hash, text); +- g_return_if_fail (gbstyle != NULL); +- glade_util_show_entry_dialog (_("Rename Style To:"), text, clist, +- (GbEntryDialogFunc) rename_style, gbstyle); +- } +-} +- +- +-static gint +-rename_style (GtkWidget * clist, const gchar * name, GbStyle * gbstyle) +-{ +- GbStyle *existing_gbstyle; +- gchar *text, *old_name; +- gint i, row; +- +- if (strlen (name) == 0) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("Invalid style name")); +- return FALSE; +- } +- +- /* Make sure name is unique */ +- existing_gbstyle = (GbStyle *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_style_hash, text); +- if (existing_gbstyle == gbstyle) +- return TRUE; +- if (existing_gbstyle) +- { +- glade_util_show_message_box (_("That style name is already in use")); +- return FALSE; +- } +- +- old_name = gbstyle->name; +- gbstyle->name = g_strdup (name); +- +- /* Delete old entry in style hash & insert new one */ +- g_hash_table_remove (gb_style_hash, old_name); +- g_hash_table_insert (gb_style_hash, gbstyle->name, gbstyle); +- +- /* Update name in clist */ +- for (i = 0; i < GTK_CLIST (clist)->rows; i++) +- { +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), i, 0, &text); +- if (!strcmp (text, old_name)) +- { +- gtk_clist_remove (GTK_CLIST (clist), i); +- break; +- } +- } +- row = add_style_to_clist (name, NULL, clist); +- gtk_clist_select_row (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, 0); +- +- g_free (old_name); +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_style_dialog_delete (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- gint row; +- GtkWidget *value; +- GList *selection = GTK_CLIST (clist)->selection; +- gchar *text; +- GbStyle *gbstyle; +- gboolean reshow = FALSE; +- +- if (selection) +- { +- row = GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data); +- value = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (clist), GbValueWidgetKey); +- g_return_if_fail (value != NULL); +- +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, 0, &text); +- if (!strcmp (text, GB_STYLE_UNNAMED) || (!strcmp (text, GB_STYLE_DEFAULT))) +- return; +- +- gbstyle = (GbStyle *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_style_hash, text); +- g_return_if_fail (gbstyle != NULL); +- +- gtk_clist_remove (GTK_CLIST (clist), row); +- +- if (property_widget && property_widget->style == gbstyle->style) +- { +- reshow = TRUE; +- } +- +- /* Make all widgets which are using the style use the default instead */ +- gb_widget_update_gb_styles (gbstyle, gb_widget_default_gb_style); +- gb_widget_destroy_gb_style (gbstyle, TRUE); +- +- if (reshow) +- { +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- gb_widget_show_style (property_widget); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_style_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, GtkWidget * clist) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- gint row; +- GtkWidget *value; +- GList *selection = GTK_CLIST (clist)->selection; +- gchar *text; +- GbStyle *gbstyle; +- +- if (selection) +- { +- row = GPOINTER_TO_INT (selection->data); +- value = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (clist), GbValueWidgetKey); +- g_return_if_fail (value != NULL); +- +- gtk_clist_get_text (GTK_CLIST (clist), row, 0, &text); +- +- if (property_widget) +- { +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (property_widget), +- GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- +- /* If <none> is selected, just set the unnamed style flag, so if any +- changes are made to the style a new GbStyle is created. */ +- if (!strcmp (text, GB_STYLE_UNNAMED)) +- { +- if (!(wdata->flags & GB_STYLE_IS_UNNAMED)) +- { +- wdata->flags |= GB_STYLE_IS_UNNAMED; +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- gb_widget_show_style (property_widget); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- gbstyle = (GbStyle *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_style_hash, text); +- g_return_if_fail (gbstyle != NULL); +- wdata->flags &= ~GB_STYLE_IS_UNNAMED; +- +- gb_widget_set_gb_style (property_widget, gbstyle); +- editor_refresh_widget (property_widget); +- property_set_auto_apply (FALSE); +- gb_widget_show_style (property_widget); +- property_set_auto_apply (TRUE); +- } +- } +- } +- gtk_widget_destroy (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (clist)); +-} +-#endif +- +- +-/* Experimental code. */ +-void +-property_redirect_key_press (GdkEventKey *event) +-{ +- GtkWidget *value_widget; +- GdkEventKey tmp_event; +- gchar *property_name = NULL; +- +- if (property_widget == NULL) +- return; +- +- gtk_notebook_set_current_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (main_notebook), GB_PAGE_WIDGET); +- +- /* Make sure subclasses are tested first. +- FIXME: Shouldn't really be using copies of the strings here. */ +- if (GTK_IS_ACCEL_LABEL (property_widget)) +- property_name = "AccelLabel|GtkLabel::label"; +- else if (GTK_IS_LABEL (property_widget)) +- property_name = "GtkLabel::label"; +- else if (GTK_IS_RADIO_BUTTON (property_widget)) +- property_name = "RadioButton|GtkButton::label"; +- else if (GTK_IS_CHECK_BUTTON (property_widget)) +- property_name = "CheckButton|GtkButton::label"; +- else if (GTK_IS_TOGGLE_BUTTON (property_widget)) +- property_name = "ToggleButton|GtkButton::label"; +- else if (GTK_IS_BUTTON (property_widget)) +- property_name = "GtkButton::label"; +- +- if (property_name == NULL) +- return; +- +- value_widget = (GtkWidget *) g_hash_table_lookup (gb_property_values, +- property_name); +- g_return_if_fail (value_widget != NULL); +- +- if (GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW (value_widget)) +- value_widget = GTK_BIN (value_widget)->child; +- +- if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (value_widget)) +- return; +- +- /* If this is the first key-press, we delete the current text. */ +- if (!typing_over_widget) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_ENTRY (value_widget)) +- { +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (value_widget), ""); +- } +- else if (GTK_IS_TEXT_VIEW (value_widget)) +- { +- GtkTextBuffer *buffer; +- +- buffer = gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (value_widget)); +- gtk_text_buffer_set_text (buffer, "", 0); +- } +- else +- { +- g_warning ("Can't redirect key press - property isn't a GtkEntry or GtkTextView"); +- return; +- } +- +- typing_over_widget = TRUE; +- } +- +- tmp_event = *event; +- tmp_event.send_event = TRUE; +- +- gtk_widget_event (value_widget, (GdkEvent *)&tmp_event); +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-property_is_typing_over_widget (void) +-{ +- return typing_over_widget; +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Callbacks for the buttons to reset the widget width & height. +- * We set the values to 0, which will result in the widget being resized to +- * the default width/height. This then results in the property being updated +- * to show the default size. +- */ +- +-static void +-update_position_property (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value, gint flag) +-{ +- GladeWidgetData *wdata; +- gboolean value_set; +- gint w, h; +- +- if (property_widget == NULL) +- return; +- wdata = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (property_widget), +- GB_WIDGET_DATA_KEY); +- g_return_if_fail (wdata != NULL); +- +- value_set = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->active ? TRUE : FALSE; +- gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GTK_WIDGET (value), value_set); +- if (value_set) +- wdata->flags |= flag; +- else +- wdata->flags &= ~flag; +- +- /* X & Y flags can only be changed for windows, and we don't need to update +- those, so we only have to worry about the width & height flags changing.*/ +- if (flag == GLADE_WIDTH_SET || flag == GLADE_HEIGHT_SET) +- { +- w = wdata->flags & GLADE_WIDTH_SET ? wdata->width : -1; +- h = wdata->flags & GLADE_HEIGHT_SET ? wdata->height : -1; +- +- gb_widget_set_usize (property_widget, w, h); +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_toggle_set_width (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value) +-{ +- update_position_property (widget, value, GLADE_WIDTH_SET); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_toggle_set_height (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer value) +-{ +- update_position_property (widget, value, GLADE_HEIGHT_SET); +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/save.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,1039 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#include <ctype.h> +-#include <string.h> +-#include <stdio.h> +-#include <sys/types.h> +-#include <sys/stat.h> +-#ifndef _WIN32 +-#include <unistd.h> +-#endif +-#include <time.h> +-#include <errno.h> +-#include <locale.h> +- +-#include "glade_project.h" +-#include "gbwidget.h" +-#include "save.h" +-#include "utils.h" +- +-/* This is set if we are saving a session. A bit of a hack. */ +-char *GladeSessionFile = NULL; +- +- +-/* The stuff to output at the start of XML files. */ +-static gchar *GLADE_XML_BEGIN = +- "<?xml version=\"1.0\" standalone=\"no\"?> <!--*- mode: xml -*-->\n" +- "<!DOCTYPE glade-interface SYSTEM \"http://glade.gnome.org/glade-2.0.dtd\">\n\n"; +- +-static gchar *GLADE_PROJECT_XML_BEGIN = +- "<?xml version=\"1.0\" standalone=\"no\"?> <!--*- mode: xml -*-->\n" +- "<!DOCTYPE glade-project SYSTEM \"http://glade.gnome.org/glade-project-2.0.dtd\">\n\n"; +- +- +-/* An internal struct to pass data to the save_component() and +- save_named_style_callback() callbacks. */ +-typedef struct _GladeSaveCallbackData GladeSaveCallbackData; +-struct _GladeSaveCallbackData +-{ +- GbWidgetGetArgData *data; +- FILE *fp; +-}; +- +-/* An internal struct to pass data to the save_requires_tags_cb(). */ +-typedef struct _GladeSaveRequiresData GladeSaveRequiresData; +-struct _GladeSaveRequiresData +-{ +- /* We only support these 4 libs so we just have flags for each of them. */ +- gboolean require_gnome; +- gboolean require_gnome_canvas; +- gboolean require_gnomedb; +- gboolean require_bonobo; +-}; +- +- +-static GladeError* save_project_file_internal (GladeProject *project); +-static GladeError* save_xml_file_internal (GladeProject *project); +- +-static void save_requires_tags (FILE *fp, GladeProject *project); +-static void save_component (GtkWidget * item, +- GladeSaveCallbackData * save_data); +- +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +-static void save_named_style_callback (const gchar * name, +- GbStyle * gbstyle, +- GladeSaveCallbackData * save_data); +-static void save_named_style (const gchar * name, +- GbStyle * gbstyle, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- FILE *fp); +-#endif +- +-static void save_buffer_flush (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- FILE *fp); +- +-static void save_translatable_strings (GbWidgetGetArgData * data); +- +- +-/* We need this to make sure that numbers are output in a portable syntax, +- instead of using the current locale. This code is from glibc info docs. */ +-GladeError* +-save_project_file (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- gchar *old_locale, *saved_locale; +- GladeError *error; +- +- old_locale = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, NULL); +- saved_locale = g_strdup (old_locale); +- setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C"); +- +- error = save_project_file_internal (project); +- +- if (!error) +- error = save_xml_file_internal (project); +- +- setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, saved_locale); +- g_free (saved_locale); +- return error; +-} +- +- +-/* Backup the file, to <filename>.bak, if it exists. */ +-static GladeError* +-backup_file (const gchar *filename) +-{ +- gchar *backup_filename; +- GladeError *error = NULL; +- int status; +- +- if (!glade_util_file_exists (filename)) +- return NULL; +- +- backup_filename = g_strdup_printf ("%s.bak", filename); +-#if defined (__EMX__) || defined (_WIN32) +- /* for OS/2 rename dosn't work if the dest. file exist ! remove it! */ +- status = remove (backup_filename); +-#endif +- status = rename (filename, backup_filename); +- +- if (status == -1) +- { +- error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't rename file:\n %s\nto:\n %s\n"), filename, backup_filename); +- } +- +- g_free (backup_filename); +- return error; +-} +- +- +-/* The main function to output the XML. It creates and initializes the +- GbWidgetGetArgData, opens the file, outputs the project options, the +- named styles, and then each component (window/dialog) in the interface. */ +-static GladeError* +-save_project_file_internal (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- gchar *xml_filename, *filename; +- GladeError *error; +- FILE *fp; +- +- if (GladeSessionFile) +- xml_filename = GladeSessionFile; +- else +- xml_filename = glade_project_get_xml_filename (project); +- +- filename = g_strdup_printf ("%sp", xml_filename); +- +- if (!GladeSessionFile) +- { +- error = backup_file (filename); +- if (error) +- goto out; +- } +- +- fp = glade_util_fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (fp == NULL) +- { +- error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- goto out; +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, "%s", GLADE_PROJECT_XML_BEGIN); +- +- error = glade_project_save_options (project, fp); +- +- fclose (fp); +- +- out: +- +- g_free (filename); +- +- return error; +-} +- +- +-/* The main function to output the XML. It creates and initializes the +- GbWidgetGetArgData, opens the file, outputs the project options, the +- named styles, and then each component (window/dialog) in the interface. */ +-static GladeError* +-save_xml_file_internal (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- GbWidgetGetArgData data = { 0 }; +- GladeSaveCallbackData save_data; +- gchar *filename; +- FILE *fp; +- +- MSG ("Saving project"); +- +- data.project = project; +- data.action = GB_SAVING; +- data.copying_to_clipboard = FALSE; +- data.error = NULL; +- +- if (GladeSessionFile) +- filename = GladeSessionFile; +- else +- filename = glade_project_get_xml_filename (project); +- +- if (!GladeSessionFile) +- { +- data.error = backup_file (filename); +- if (data.error) +- return data.error; +- } +- +- fp = glade_util_fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (fp == NULL) +- return glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- +- /* Initialize the output buffer. */ +- data.buffer = g_string_sized_new (1024); +- data.indent = 0; +- +- /* See if we need the translatable strings file output. */ +- data.save_translatable_strings = FALSE; +- data.translatable_strings = NULL; +- if (!GladeSessionFile) +- { +- data.save_translatable_strings = glade_project_get_output_translatable_strings (data.project); +- if (data.save_translatable_strings) +- data.translatable_strings = g_string_sized_new (1024); +- } +- +- /* Output the XML version info and our root element '<glade-interface>'. */ +- fprintf (fp, "%s", GLADE_XML_BEGIN); +- fprintf (fp, "<glade-interface>\n"); +- +- /* Output the requires tags. */ +- save_requires_tags (fp, project); +- +- /* Set up the struct to pass data to the callbacks. */ +- save_data.data = &data; +- save_data.fp = fp; +- +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +- if (!data.error) +- { +- /* Save default gbstyle first. */ +- MSG ("Saving styles"); +- save_named_style (gb_widget_default_gb_style->name, +- gb_widget_default_gb_style, &data, fp); +- /* Now save all the other named styles. */ +- g_hash_table_foreach (gb_style_hash, (GHFunc) save_named_style_callback, +- &save_data); +- } +-#endif +- +- if (!data.error) +- { +- MSG ("Saving components"); +- glade_project_foreach_component (data.project, +- (GtkCallback) save_component, +- &save_data); +- } +- +- /* Finish the root element. */ +- if (!data.error) +- { +- fprintf (fp, "\n</glade-interface>\n"); +- } +- +- /* Save the translatable strings file, if needed. */ +- if (!data.error) +- { +- if (data.save_translatable_strings) +- save_translatable_strings (&data); +- } +- +- /* Free any memory used while saving. */ +- g_string_free (data.buffer, TRUE); +- if (data.translatable_strings) +- g_string_free (data.translatable_strings, TRUE); +- +- fclose (fp); +- +- return data.error; +-} +- +- +-static void +-save_requires_tags_cb (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeSaveRequiresData * requires_data) +-{ +- const char *type_name; +- +- type_name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)); +- +- /* We assume that any classes starting with GnomeDB require the GnomeDB +- support etc. Note that GNOME apps will probably require Bonobo for the +- BonoboDock widgets used in GnomeApp. */ +- if (!strncmp (type_name, "GnomeDb", 7)) +- requires_data->require_gnomedb = TRUE; +- else if (!strncmp (type_name, "GnomeCanvas", 11)) +- requires_data->require_gnome_canvas = TRUE; +- else if (!strncmp (type_name, "Gnome", 5)) +- requires_data->require_gnome = TRUE; +- else if (!strncmp (type_name, "Bonobo", 6)) +- requires_data->require_bonobo = TRUE; +- +- /* Recursively check all children. */ +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, (GtkCallback) save_requires_tags_cb, +- requires_data); +-} +- +-static void +-save_requires_tags (FILE *fp, GladeProject *project) +-{ +- GladeSaveRequiresData requires_data; +- +- /* Assume we don't need any of them until we find one of their widgets. */ +- requires_data.require_gnome = FALSE; +- requires_data.require_gnome_canvas = FALSE; +- requires_data.require_gnomedb = FALSE; +- requires_data.require_bonobo = FALSE; +- +- glade_project_foreach_component (project, +- (GtkCallback) save_requires_tags_cb, +- &requires_data); +- +- /* Require "gnome", as provided in libgnomeui/glade/glade-gnome.c. +- We now require GNOME for all GNOME projects, since even if they don't +- contain GNOME widgets they may use stock GNOME items. */ +- if (requires_data.require_gnome +- || glade_project_get_gnome_support (project)) +- fprintf (fp, "<requires lib=\"gnome\"/>\n"); +- /* Require "canvas", as provided in libgnomecanvas/glade/glade-canvas.c. */ +- if (requires_data.require_gnome_canvas) +- fprintf (fp, "<requires lib=\"canvas\"/>\n"); +- /* Require "gnomedb", as provided in libgnomedb/glade/glade-gnomedb.c. */ +- if (requires_data.require_gnomedb) +- fprintf (fp, "<requires lib=\"gnomedb\"/>\n"); +- /* Require "bonobo", as provided in libbonoboui/glade/glade-bonobo.c. */ +- if (requires_data.require_bonobo) +- fprintf (fp, "<requires lib=\"bonobo\"/>\n"); +-} +- +-/* This is called when iterating over the components in a project, to output +- each component. It simply calls gb_widget_save() to recursively save the +- XML for the component into the buffer, and it then flushes the buffer to +- the output file. */ +-static void +-save_component (GtkWidget * component, +- GladeSaveCallbackData * save_data) +-{ +- /* If an error has occurred, we return. */ +- if (save_data->data->error) +- return; +- +- gb_widget_save (component, save_data->data); +- save_buffer_flush (save_data->data, save_data->fp); +-} +- +- +-/* This is called when iterating over the GHashTable of named styles. +- If the style isn't the default style it is output here. The default +- style is output first, since for all other styles we only output the +- differences from the default. */ +-#ifdef GLADE_STYLE_SUPPORT +-static void +-save_named_style_callback (const gchar * name, +- GbStyle * gbstyle, +- GladeSaveCallbackData * save_data) +-{ +- /* If an error has occurred, or this is the default GbStyle, we return. */ +- if (save_data->data->error || gbstyle == gb_widget_default_gb_style) +- { +- return; +- } +- +- save_named_style (name, gbstyle, save_data->data, save_data->fp); +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs a named style. */ +-static void +-save_named_style (const gchar * name, +- GbStyle * gbstyle, +- GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- FILE *fp) +-{ +- gboolean save_all = FALSE; +- +- MSG1 ("Saving style: %s", name); +- /* If this is the default style, only save it if it is different to the +- GTK default style, and if it is make sure we save everything. */ +- if (gbstyle == gb_widget_default_gb_style) +- { +- if (gbstyle->style == gtk_widget_get_default_style ()) +- return; +- else +- save_all = TRUE; +- } +- gb_widget_save_style (gbstyle, data, save_all); +- save_buffer_flush (data, fp); +-} +-#endif +- +- +-/* Adds a start tag, e.g. "<widget>", to the output buffer. */ +-void +-save_start_tag (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name) +-{ +- save_buffer_add_indent (data->buffer, data->indent); +- g_string_append_c (data->buffer, '<'); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, tag_name); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, ">\n"); +- data->indent++; +-} +- +- +-/* Adds an end tag, e.g. "</widget>", to the output buffer. */ +-void +-save_end_tag (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name) +-{ +- data->indent--; +- save_buffer_add_indent (data->buffer, data->indent); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "</"); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, tag_name); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, ">\n"); +-} +- +- +-/* Adds a <widget> start tag to the output buffer, with the given class_name +- and id, if they are not NULL. */ +-void +-save_widget_start_tag (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * class_name, +- const gchar *id) +-{ +- save_buffer_add_indent (data->buffer, data->indent); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "<widget"); +- +- if (class_name) +- { +- g_string_append (data->buffer, " class=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, class_name); +- g_string_append_c (data->buffer, '"'); +- } +- +- if (id) +- { +- g_string_append (data->buffer, " id=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, id); +- g_string_append_c (data->buffer, '"'); +- } +- +- g_string_append (data->buffer, ">\n"); +- data->indent++; +-} +- +- +-/* Adds a <child> start tag to the output buffer, with the given child_name +- if it is not NULL. */ +-void +-save_child_start_tag (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * child_name) +-{ +- save_buffer_add_indent (data->buffer, data->indent); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "<child"); +- +- if (child_name) +- { +- g_string_append (data->buffer, " internal-child=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, child_name); +- g_string_append_c (data->buffer, '"'); +- } +- +- g_string_append (data->buffer, ">\n"); +- data->indent++; +-} +- +- +-/* Adds a <placeholder/> tag to the output buffer. */ +-void +-save_placeholder (GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- save_buffer_add_indent (data->buffer, data->indent); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "<placeholder/>\n"); +-} +- +- +-/* Starts a new line in the output buffer (without indenting). */ +-void +-save_newline (GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- g_string_append_c (data->buffer, '\n'); +-} +- +- +-/* These functions are called to save different types of widget properties. +- They all convert the property to a string representation and call +- save_string() to output it. The tag_name is usually the long name of the +- property, e.g. "GtkLabel::justify", so we cut out the first part and output +- <justify>...</justify>. */ +- +-static void +-save_string_internal (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value, +- gboolean translatable, +- const gchar *translator_comments, +- gboolean has_context_prefix) +-{ +- gchar *tag_name_start; +- +- if (tag_value == NULL) +- return; +- +- tag_name_start = glade_util_find_start_of_tag_name (tag_name); +- save_buffer_add_indent (data->buffer, data->indent); +- +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "<property"); +- +- if (data->agent) +- { +- g_string_append (data->buffer, " agent=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, data->agent); +- g_string_append_c (data->buffer, '"'); +- } +- +- g_string_append (data->buffer, " name=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, tag_name_start); +- g_string_append_c (data->buffer, '"'); +- +- if (translatable) +- { +- g_string_append (data->buffer, " translatable=\"yes\""); +- +- if (has_context_prefix) +- g_string_append (data->buffer, " context=\"yes\""); +- +- if (translator_comments && *translator_comments) +- { +- g_string_append (data->buffer, " comments=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, translator_comments); +- g_string_append_c (data->buffer, '"'); +- } +- } +- +- g_string_append_c (data->buffer, '>'); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, tag_value); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "</property>\n"); +-} +- +-void +-save_string (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- save_string_internal (data, tag_name, tag_value, FALSE, NULL, FALSE); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_translatable_string_internal (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- gboolean translatable, context; +- gchar *comments; +- +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (data->widget, tag_name, &translatable, +- &comments, &context); +- save_string_internal (data, tag_name, tag_value, translatable, +- comments, context); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_translatable_string (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- save_translatable_string_internal (data, tag_name, tag_value); +- if (data->save_translatable_strings) +- save_add_translatable_string (data, tag_value); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_text (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- save_string (data, tag_name, tag_value); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_translatable_text (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- save_translatable_string (data, tag_name, tag_value); +-} +- +- +-/* This is like save_translatable_text() except it splits the text into lines +- when adding to the translatable strings file. This is used for option menu +- items and combo items. */ +-void +-save_translatable_text_in_lines (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- /* FIXME: This probably won't work if other apps just try to translate the +- entire string. */ +- save_translatable_string_internal (data, tag_name, tag_value); +- +- if (data->save_translatable_strings && tag_value) +- { +- gchar *items, *pos, *items_end; +- +- items = pos = g_strdup (tag_value); +- items_end = &items[strlen (items)]; +- +- while (pos < items_end) +- { +- gchar *item_end = strchr (pos, '\n'); +- if (item_end == NULL) +- item_end = items_end; +- *item_end = '\0'; +- +- save_add_translatable_string (data, pos); +- +- pos = item_end + 1; +- } +- +- g_free (items); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-save_int (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gint tag_value) +-{ +- gchar buf[32]; +- sprintf (buf, "%i", tag_value); +- save_string (data, tag_name, buf); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_float (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- gfloat tag_value) +-{ +- gchar buf[32]; +- sprintf (buf, "%.12g", tag_value); +- save_string (data, tag_name, buf); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_bool (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, gint tag_value) +-{ +- save_string (data, tag_name, tag_value ? "True" : "False"); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_choice (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- save_string (data, tag_name, tag_value); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_combo (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- save_string (data, tag_name, tag_value); +-} +- +- +-/* Colors are now saved as '#rrrrggggbbbb', where rgb are 0-65535. +- We use gdk_color_parse() when loading, so color names can be used as well.*/ +-void +-save_color (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- GdkColor * tag_value) +-{ +- gchar buf[32]; +- +- sprintf (buf, "#%04x%04x%04x", tag_value->red, tag_value->green, +- tag_value->blue); +- save_string (data, tag_name, buf); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_bgpixmap (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- save_string (data, tag_name, tag_value); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_dialog (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- save_string (data, tag_name, tag_value); +-} +- +- +-/* FIXME: I think this is broken. It should save it relative to the XML file.*/ +-void +-save_filename (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- save_string (data, tag_name, tag_value); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_pixmap_filename (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- if (data->copying_to_clipboard) +- { +- /* When saving to the clipboard, we just save the full path. +- This means it will still work if we paste into other projects. */ +- save_string (data, tag_name, tag_value); +- } +- else +- { +- /* When saving the XML file, we save only the basename of the pixmap +- files, since they should all be in the pixmaps directory. */ +- gchar *pixmaps_dir, *filename; +- +- pixmaps_dir = glade_project_get_pixmaps_directory (data->project); +- g_return_if_fail (pixmaps_dir != NULL); +- g_return_if_fail (pixmaps_dir[0] != '\0'); +- +- if (tag_value == NULL || tag_value[0] == '\0') +- { +- filename = NULL; +- } +- else +- { +- filename = (gchar*) g_basename (tag_value); +- } +- +- save_string (data, tag_name, filename); +- } +-} +- +- +-void +-save_font (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- save_string (data, tag_name, tag_value); +-} +- +- +-/* This saves a date in the RFC1123 format (an update of RFC822), +- e.g. 'Sun, 06 Nov 1994 08:49:37 GMT'. */ +-static void +-format_date (char *buffer, +- time_t tag_value) +-{ +- time_t time; +- struct tm *t; +- +- time = tag_value; +- t = gmtime (&time); +- sprintf (buffer, "%s, %02d %s %04d %02d:%02d:%02d GMT", +- GladeDayNames[t->tm_wday], t->tm_mday, GladeMonthNames[t->tm_mon], +- t->tm_year + 1900, t->tm_hour, t->tm_min, t->tm_sec); +-} +- +- +-/* This saves a date in the RFC1123 format (an update of RFC822), +- e.g. 'Sun, 06 Nov 1994 08:49:37 GMT'. */ +-void +-save_date (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- time_t tag_value) +-{ +- gchar buffer[32]; +- +- format_date (buffer, tag_value); +- save_string (data, tag_name, buffer); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_icon (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, const gchar * tag_name, +- const gchar * tag_value) +-{ +- /* If it is a stock icon we can save it as an oridnary string. +- If it isn't, we need to save it as a pixmap filename, i.e. get rid of +- the path and just save the basename. */ +- if (glade_util_check_is_stock_id (tag_value)) +- save_string (data, tag_name, tag_value); +- else +- save_pixmap_filename (data, tag_name, tag_value); +-} +- +- +-/* Adds a string to the output buffer, converting special characters to +- entities, e.g. "<" is output as "<". */ +-void +-save_buffer_add_string (GString * buffer, const gchar * string) +-{ +- gchar ch; +- +- while ((ch = *string++)) +- { +- if (ch == '<') +- g_string_append (buffer, "<"); +- else if (ch == '>') +- g_string_append (buffer, ">"); +- else if (ch == '&') +- g_string_append (buffer, "&"); +- else if (ch == '"') +- g_string_append (buffer, """); +- else +- g_string_append_c (buffer, ch); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs the contents of the buffer to the file and resets the buffer. */ +-static void +-save_buffer_flush (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- FILE *fp) +-{ +- gint bytes_written; +- +- bytes_written = fwrite (data->buffer->str, sizeof (gchar), data->buffer->len, +- fp); +- if (bytes_written != data->buffer->len) +- { +- MSG2 ("Bytes: %i Written: %i", data->buffer->len, bytes_written); +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Error writing XML file\n")); +- } +- +- /* Reset the output buffer. */ +- g_string_truncate (data->buffer, 0); +- data->indent = 0; +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs tabs & spaces to indent the line according to the current +- indentation level. Tabs are used to cut down on the file size a bit. */ +-void +-save_buffer_add_indent (GString *buffer, gint indent) +-{ +- gint i, ntabs, nspaces; +- +- ntabs = (indent * 2) / 8; +- nspaces = (indent * 2) % 8; +- +- for (i = 0; i < ntabs; i++) +- g_string_append_c (buffer, '\t'); +- +- for (i = 0; i < nspaces; i++) +- g_string_append_c (buffer, ' '); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Translatable string functions. +- */ +- +-/* This adds a translatable string to the buffer, wrapping it in the N_() +- macro so xgettext can find it. */ +-void +-save_add_translatable_string (GbWidgetGetArgData * data, +- const gchar * string) +-{ +- GString *buffer; +- gchar escape_buffer[16]; +- const gchar *p; +- +- /* If it is an empty string don't bother outputting it. */ +- if (!string || string[0] == '\0') +- return; +- +- buffer = data->translatable_strings; +- g_string_append (buffer, "gchar *s = N_(\""); +- +- /* Step through each character of the given string, adding it to our GString +- buffer, converting it so that it is valid in a literal C string. */ +- for (p = string; *p; p++) +- { +- switch (*p) +- { +- case '\n': +- g_string_append (buffer, "\\n\"\n \""); +- break; +- case '\r': +- g_string_append (buffer, "\\r"); +- break; +- case '\t': +- g_string_append (buffer, "\\t"); +- break; +- case '\\': +- g_string_append (buffer, "\\\\"); +- break; +- case '"': +- g_string_append (buffer, "\\\""); +- break; +- default: +- if (isprint ((unsigned char) *p)) +- { +- g_string_append_c (buffer, *p); +- } +- else +- { +- sprintf (escape_buffer, "\\%02o", (guchar) *p); +- g_string_append (buffer, escape_buffer); +- } +- break; +- } +- } +- +- g_string_append (buffer, "\");\n"); +-} +- +- +-/* This outputs the file containing all the translatable strings. */ +-static void +-save_translatable_strings (GbWidgetGetArgData * data) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- FILE *fp; +- +- filename = glade_project_get_translatable_strings_file (data->project); +- +- fp = glade_util_fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- return; +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- _("/*\n" +- " * Translatable strings file generated by Glade.\n" +- " * Add this file to your project's POTFILES.in.\n" +- " * DO NOT compile it as part of your application.\n" +- " */\n" +- "\n")); +- +- fprintf (fp, "%s", data->translatable_strings->str); +- +- fclose (fp); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_signal (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- gchar *signal_name, +- gchar *handler, +- gboolean after, +- gchar *object, +- time_t last_modification_time) +-{ +- /* Don't save signals without names or handlers. */ +- if (!signal_name || !signal_name[0] || ! handler || !handler[0]) +- return; +- +- save_buffer_add_indent (data->buffer, data->indent); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "<signal name=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, signal_name); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "\" handler=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, handler); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "\""); +- +- if (after) +- g_string_append (data->buffer, " after=\"yes\""); +- +- if (object) +- { +- g_string_append (data->buffer, " object=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, object); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "\""); +- } +- +- if (last_modification_time != 0) +- { +- gchar buffer[32]; +- +- format_date (buffer, last_modification_time); +- +- g_string_append (data->buffer, " last_modification_time=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, buffer); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "\""); +- } +- +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "/>\n"); +-} +- +- +-void +-save_accelerator (GbWidgetGetArgData *data, +- guint8 modifiers, +- gchar *key, +- gchar *signal) +-{ +- gchar *modifiers_string; +- +- /* Don't save accelerators without signals or keys. */ +- if (!key || !key[0] || !signal || !signal[0]) +- return; +- +- save_buffer_add_indent (data->buffer, data->indent); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "<accelerator key=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, key); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "\""); +- +- modifiers_string = glade_util_create_modifiers_string (modifiers); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, " modifiers=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, modifiers_string); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "\""); +- +- g_string_append (data->buffer, " signal=\""); +- save_buffer_add_string (data->buffer, signal); +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "\""); +- +- g_string_append (data->buffer, "/>\n"); +-} +- +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/source.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,2818 +0,0 @@ +- +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include <string.h> +-#include <sys/types.h> +-#include <sys/stat.h> +-#include <stdarg.h> +-#ifndef _WIN32 +-#include <unistd.h> +-#endif +-#include <errno.h> +-#include <ctype.h> +-#include <locale.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkmenu.h> +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#include "gbwidget.h" +-#include "glade_project.h" +-#include "source.h" +-#include "utils.h" +-#ifdef HAVE_OS2_H +-#include "source_os2.h" +-#endif +- +-/* Turn this on to add -DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED etc. flags in generated code, +- so we can check if Glade is generating any deprecated code. */ +-#if 0 +-#define GLADE_ADD_DISABLE_DEPRECATED_FLAGS +-#endif +- +-/* An internal struct to pass data to the source_write_component() callback. */ +-typedef struct _GladeSourceCallbackData GladeSourceCallbackData; +-struct _GladeSourceCallbackData +-{ +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData *write_source_data; +- FILE *interface_h_fp; +- FILE *interface_c_fp; +- FILE *callback_h_fp; +- FILE *callback_c_fp; +-}; +- +- +-static GladeError* source_write_internal (GladeProject * project); +- +-static void source_write_interface_and_callbacks (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void source_begin_interface_and_callbacks_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- FILE **interface_h_fp, +- FILE **interface_c_fp, +- FILE **callback_h_fp, +- FILE **callback_c_fp); +-static void source_output_interface_and_callbacks_source (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- FILE *interface_h_fp, +- FILE *interface_c_fp, +- FILE *callback_h_fp, +- FILE *callback_c_fp); +-static void source_write_component (GtkWidget * component, +- GladeSourceCallbackData * source_data); +- +-static void source_write_interface_h_preamble (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- FILE *fp); +-static void source_write_interface_c_preamble (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- FILE *fp); +-static void source_write_callback_h_preamble (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- FILE *fp); +-static void source_write_callback_c_preamble (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- FILE *fp); +-static void source_write_preamble (gchar *project_name, +- FILE * fp); +- +-static void source_write_main_c (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void source_write_component_create (GtkWidget * component, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +- +-static void source_write_build_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void source_write_autogen_sh (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +- +-static void source_write_gtk_build_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void source_write_gtk_configure_in (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void source_write_gtk_makefile_am (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void source_write_gtk_makefile_am_pixmaps_targets (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- gchar * directory, +- FILE * fp); +- +-static void source_write_gnome_build_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void source_write_gnome_configure_in (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void source_write_gnome_makefile_am (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void source_write_gnome_makefile_am_pixmaps_targets (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- gchar * directory, +- FILE * fp); +- +-static void source_write_common_build_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void source_write_toplevel_makefile_am (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void source_write_extra_dist (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- const gchar *directory, +- FILE *fp); +-static GladeError* source_create_file_if_not_exist (const gchar *directory, +- const gchar *filename, +- const gchar *contents); +-static void source_write_po_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-#if 0 +-static void source_write_acconfig_h (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-#endif +-static void source_write_support_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +- +-static void source_write_gtk_create_pixmap_functions (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- FILE *fp); +-static void source_write_gnome_create_pixmap_functions (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- FILE *fp); +- +-static gchar* source_is_valid_source_filename (const gchar * filename); +-static GladeError* source_backup_file_if_exists (const gchar * filename); +- +-static gchar * source_make_string_internal (const gchar * text, +- gboolean translatable, +- gboolean is_static, +- gboolean context); +-static void source_reset_code_buffers (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void source_destroy_standard_widgets_callback (gchar * key, +- GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void source_free_hash_keys_callback (gchar * key, +- gpointer value, +- gpointer data); +-static gchar* source_get_source_subdirectory (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data); +-static void source_write_no_editing_warning (FILE *fp); +-static void source_write_include_files (FILE *fp); +- +- +-/* We need this so that numbers are written in C syntax rather than the +- current locale, which may use ',' instead of '.' and then the code +- will not compile. This code is from glibc info docs. */ +-GladeError* +-source_write (GladeProject *project) +-{ +- gchar *old_locale, *saved_locale; +- GladeError *error; +- +- old_locale = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, NULL); +- saved_locale = g_strdup (old_locale); +- setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C"); +- error = source_write_internal (project); +- setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, saved_locale); +- g_free (saved_locale); +- return error; +-} +- +- +-static GladeError* +-source_write_internal (GladeProject * project) +-{ +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData data; +- gchar *source_directory, *interface_source_file, *interface_header_file; +- gchar *callback_source_file, *callback_header_file, *msg; +- gchar *support_source_file, *support_header_file; +- gint i; +- +- source_directory = glade_project_get_source_directory (project); +- glade_project_get_source_files (project, +- &interface_source_file, +- &interface_header_file, +- &callback_source_file, +- &callback_header_file); +- +- /* Check that any source filenames that we are going to use are valid. */ +- if ((msg = source_is_valid_source_filename (interface_source_file))) +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, _("Invalid interface source filename: %s\n%s\n"), interface_source_file, msg); +- if ((msg = source_is_valid_source_filename (interface_header_file))) +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, _("Invalid interface header filename: %s\n%s\n"), interface_header_file, msg); +- +- if ((msg = source_is_valid_source_filename (callback_source_file))) +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, _("Invalid callbacks source filename: %s\n%s\n"), callback_source_file, msg); +- if ((msg = source_is_valid_source_filename (callback_header_file))) +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, _("Invalid callbacks header filename: %s\n%s\n"), callback_source_file, msg); +- +- if (glade_project_get_output_support_files (project)) { +- support_source_file = glade_project_get_support_source_file (project); +- support_header_file = glade_project_get_support_header_file (project); +- if ((msg = source_is_valid_source_filename (support_source_file))) +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, _("Invalid support source filename: %s\n%s\n"), support_source_file, msg); +- if ((msg = source_is_valid_source_filename (support_header_file))) +- return glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_ERROR, _("Invalid support header filename: %s\n%s\n"), support_header_file, msg); +- } +- +- /* Initialize the GbWidgetWriteSourceData fields. +- Note that the error is set to NULL. If anything sets it we know there is +- an error. */ +- data.project = project; +- data.error = NULL; +- data.project_name = glade_project_get_name (project); +- data.program_name = glade_project_get_program_name (project); +- data.interface_c_filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (source_directory, +- interface_source_file); +- data.interface_h_filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (source_directory, +- interface_header_file); +- data.callback_c_filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (source_directory, +- callback_source_file); +- data.callback_h_filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (source_directory, +- callback_header_file); +- data.set_widget_names = glade_project_get_use_widget_names (project); +- data.use_gettext = glade_project_get_gettext_support (project); +- data.use_component_struct = FALSE; +- data.creating_callback_files = FALSE; +- data.standard_widgets = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- data.handlers_output = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- +- /* Create the empty source code buffers. */ +- for (i = 0; i < GLADE_NUM_SOURCE_BUFFERS; i++) +- data.source_buffers[i] = g_string_sized_new (1024); +- +- /* If the callback.c file doesn't exists, we need to output all signal +- handlers & callbacks. If it exists, we only write handlers & callbacks +- that have been added/changed since the last time the interface.c file +- was written. */ +- if (!glade_util_file_exists (data.callback_c_filename)) +- { +- data.creating_callback_files = TRUE; +- } +- else +- { +- data.error = glade_util_file_last_mod_time (data.interface_c_filename, +- &data.last_write_time); +- +- /* If the interface.c file doesn't exist, we have no way of knowing +- which callbacks need to be output, so we set the last_write_time +- to the current time, i.e. we don't output any callbacks. */ +- if (data.error && data.error->status == GLADE_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR +- && data.error->system_errno == ENOENT) +- { +- data.last_write_time = time (NULL); +- glade_error_free (data.error); +- data.error = NULL; +- } +- } +- +- /* Make sure the project & source directories exist. */ +- if (!data.error) +- data.error = glade_util_ensure_directory_exists (glade_project_get_directory (data.project)); +- +- if (!data.error) +- data.error = glade_util_ensure_directory_exists (glade_project_get_source_directory (data.project)); +- +- /* Now call the main functions to write the source code and support files. */ +- if (!data.error) +- source_write_build_files (&data); +- if (!data.error) +- source_write_support_files (&data); +- if (!data.error) +- source_write_main_c (&data); +- if (!data.error) +- source_write_interface_and_callbacks (&data); +- +- /* Now free everything. */ +- for (i = 0; i < GLADE_NUM_SOURCE_BUFFERS; i++) +- g_string_free (data.source_buffers[i], TRUE); +- +- g_hash_table_foreach (data.standard_widgets, +- (GHFunc) source_destroy_standard_widgets_callback, +- NULL); +- g_hash_table_destroy (data.standard_widgets); +- +- g_hash_table_foreach (data.handlers_output, +- (GHFunc) source_free_hash_keys_callback, NULL); +- g_hash_table_destroy (data.handlers_output); +- +- g_free (data.interface_c_filename); +- g_free (data.interface_h_filename); +- g_free (data.callback_c_filename); +- g_free (data.callback_h_filename); +- +- return data.error; +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Main source files - interface.[hc] & callbacks.[hc] +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-static void +-source_write_interface_and_callbacks (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- FILE *interface_h_fp = NULL, *interface_c_fp = NULL; +- FILE *callback_h_fp = NULL, *callback_c_fp = NULL; +- +- /* Backup the two main files, if the backup option is selected. +- We don't backup the signals files since we only ever append to them. */ +- if (glade_project_get_backup_source_files (data->project)) +- { +- data->error = source_backup_file_if_exists (data->interface_c_filename); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- data->error = source_backup_file_if_exists (data->interface_h_filename); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- } +- +- /* Open all the files and add the standard license and #include stuff. +- Note that if an error occurs, data->error is set, and we simply drop +- through to close any files which were opened below. */ +- source_begin_interface_and_callbacks_files (data, +- &interface_h_fp, +- &interface_c_fp, +- &callback_h_fp, +- &callback_c_fp); +- +- if (!data->error) +- { +- source_output_interface_and_callbacks_source (data, +- interface_h_fp, +- interface_c_fp, +- callback_h_fp, +- callback_c_fp); +- } +- +- /* Now close any files which were opened. */ +- if (interface_h_fp) +- fclose (interface_h_fp); +- if (interface_c_fp) +- fclose (interface_c_fp); +- if (callback_h_fp) +- fclose (callback_h_fp); +- if (callback_c_fp) +- fclose (callback_c_fp); +-} +- +- +-/* Creates the interface.h & interface.c files, and created callbacks.h +- & callback.c or opens them for appending as appropriate. */ +-static void +-source_begin_interface_and_callbacks_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- FILE **interface_h_fp, +- FILE **interface_c_fp, +- FILE **callback_h_fp, +- FILE **callback_c_fp) +-{ +- /* Create the interface.h file and output the standard license. */ +- *interface_h_fp = glade_util_fopen (data->interface_h_filename, "w"); +- if (*interface_h_fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- data->interface_h_filename); +- return; +- } +- +- source_write_interface_h_preamble (data, *interface_h_fp); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- +- /* Create the interface.c file and output the standard license and #include +- lines. */ +- *interface_c_fp = glade_util_fopen (data->interface_c_filename, "w"); +- if (*interface_c_fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- data->interface_c_filename); +- return; +- } +- +- source_write_interface_c_preamble (data, *interface_c_fp); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- +- /* If the callback.[hc] files are being created from scratch, create them +- and and output the standard license and #include stuff, else just open +- them for appending. */ +- if (data->creating_callback_files) +- { +- *callback_h_fp = glade_util_fopen (data->callback_h_filename, "w"); +- if (*callback_h_fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- data->callback_h_filename); +- return; +- } +- +- source_write_callback_h_preamble (data, *callback_h_fp); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- +- *callback_c_fp = glade_util_fopen (data->callback_c_filename, "w"); +- if (*callback_c_fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- data->callback_c_filename); +- return; +- } +- +- source_write_callback_c_preamble (data, *callback_c_fp); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- } +- else +- { +- *callback_h_fp = glade_util_fopen (data->callback_h_filename, "a"); +- if (*callback_h_fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't append to file:\n %s\n"), +- data->callback_h_filename); +- return; +- } +- +- *callback_c_fp = glade_util_fopen (data->callback_c_filename, "a"); +- if (*callback_c_fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't append to file:\n %s\n"), +- data->callback_c_filename); +- return; +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-static void +-source_output_interface_and_callbacks_source (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- FILE *interface_h_fp, +- FILE *interface_c_fp, +- FILE *callback_h_fp, +- FILE *callback_c_fp) +-{ +- GladeSourceCallbackData source_data; +- +- /* This outputs the code to create the components and the signal handler +- prototypes. */ +- source_data.write_source_data = data; +- source_data.interface_h_fp = interface_h_fp; +- source_data.interface_c_fp = interface_c_fp; +- source_data.callback_h_fp = callback_h_fp; +- source_data.callback_c_fp = callback_c_fp; +- +- /* Iterate through the project components outputting the source code and +- declarations. */ +- glade_project_foreach_component (data->project, +- (GtkCallback) source_write_component, +- &source_data); +-} +- +- +-/* This outputs the source code for one component (a window, dialog or popup +- menu). */ +-static void +-source_write_component (GtkWidget * component, +- GladeSourceCallbackData * source_data) +-{ +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data; +- FILE *interface_h_fp, *interface_c_fp; +- FILE *callback_h_fp, *callback_c_fp; +- +- /* Get the data out of the callback data struct. */ +- data = source_data->write_source_data; +- interface_h_fp = source_data->interface_h_fp; +- interface_c_fp = source_data->interface_c_fp; +- callback_h_fp = source_data->callback_h_fp; +- callback_c_fp = source_data->callback_c_fp; +- +- /* Reset the GbWidgetWriteSourceData, ready to begin a new component. */ +- data->component = component; +- data->component_name = source_create_valid_identifier (gtk_widget_get_name (component)); +- data->parent = NULL; +- data->need_tooltips = FALSE; +- data->need_accel_group = FALSE; +- data->create_widget = TRUE; +- data->write_children = TRUE; +- data->focus_widget = NULL; +- data->default_widget = NULL; +- +- /* Clear all the code from the previous component. */ +- source_reset_code_buffers (data); +- +- /* Recursively write the source for all the widgets in the component. */ +- gb_widget_write_source (component, data); +- +- /* +- * Output interface.h +- */ +- +- /* Output the declaration of the function to create the component in the +- header file. */ +- fprintf (interface_h_fp, "GtkWidget* create_%s (void);\n", +- data->component_name); +- +- +- /* +- * Output interface.c +- */ +- +- /* Output any GnomeUIInfo structs. */ +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, "%s", data->source_buffers[GLADE_UIINFO]->str); +- +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, +- "GtkWidget*\n" +- "create_%s (void)\n" +- "{\n", +- data->component_name); +- +- /* Output the declarations of all the widgets and any temporary variables +- needed at the start of the function. */ +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, "%s", +- data->source_buffers[GLADE_DECLARATIONS]->str); +- +- /* Output a declaration of accel_group and tooltips if they are needed by +- the component. */ +- if (data->need_accel_group) +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, " GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;\n"); +-// if (data->need_tooltips) +-// fprintf (interface_c_fp, " GtkTooltips *tooltips;\n"); +- +- /* Output a blank line between the declarations and the source. */ +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, "\n"); +- +- /* Create the tooltips object if needed. */ +-// if (data->need_tooltips) +-// fprintf (interface_c_fp, " tooltips = gtk_tooltips_new ();\n\n"); +- +- /* Create the accel group if needed. */ +- if (data->need_accel_group) +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, " accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();\n\n"); +- +- /* Output the source code to create the widgets in the component. */ +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, "%s", data->source_buffers[GLADE_SOURCE]->str); +- +- /* Output the source code to connect the signal handlers. */ +- if (data->source_buffers[GLADE_SIGNAL_CONNECTIONS]->len > 0) +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, "%s\n", +- data->source_buffers[GLADE_SIGNAL_CONNECTIONS]->str); +- +- /* Output the source code to setup the accelerator keys. */ +- if (data->source_buffers[GLADE_ACCELERATORS]->len > 0) +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, "%s\n", +- data->source_buffers[GLADE_ACCELERATORS]->str); +- +- /* Output the source code to set ATK properties. */ +- if (data->source_buffers[GLADE_ATK_SOURCE]->len > 0) +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, "%s\n", +- data->source_buffers[GLADE_ATK_SOURCE]->str); +- +- /* Output the source code to set the pointers to the widgets. */ +- if (data->source_buffers[GLADE_OBJECT_HOOKUP]->len > 0) +- { +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, +- " /* Store pointers to all widgets, for use by lookup_widget(). */\n"); +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, "%s", +- data->source_buffers[GLADE_OBJECT_HOOKUP]->str); +- } +- +- /* Store a pointer to the tooltips object, if we used one, so that it can +- be accessed in callbacks. */ +-// if (data->need_tooltips) +-// { +-// fprintf (interface_c_fp, +-// " GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF (%s, tooltips, \"tooltips\");\n", +-// data->component_name); +-// } +- +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, "\n"); +- +- /* Set the focus widget, if there is one. */ +- if (data->focus_widget) +- { +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, " gtk_widget_grab_focus (%s);\n", +- data->focus_widget); +- g_free (data->focus_widget); +- data->focus_widget = NULL; +- } +- +- /* Set the default widget, if there is one. */ +- if (data->default_widget) +- { +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, " gtk_widget_grab_default (%s);\n", +- data->default_widget); +- g_free (data->default_widget); +- data->default_widget = NULL; +- } +- +- /* Add the accel group to the component. */ +- if (data->need_accel_group) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (data->component)) +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, +- " gtk_menu_set_accel_group (GTK_MENU (%s), accel_group);\n\n", +- data->component_name); +- else +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, +- " gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (%s), accel_group);\n\n", +- data->component_name); +- } +- +- /* Return the toplevel widget and finish the function. */ +- fprintf (interface_c_fp, " return %s;\n}\n\n", data->component_name); +- +- /* +- * Output callbacks.h +- */ +- +- /* Output the signal handler declarations. */ +- fprintf (callback_h_fp, "%s", +- data->source_buffers[GLADE_CALLBACK_DECLARATIONS]->str); +- +- /* +- * Output callbacks.c +- */ +- +- /* Output the signal handler functions. */ +- fprintf (callback_c_fp, "%s", +- data->source_buffers[GLADE_CALLBACK_SOURCE]->str); +- +- +- g_free (data->component_name); +- data->component_name = NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs the license and and other code needed at the top of the interface.h +- header file, before any function declarations are output. */ +-static void +-source_write_interface_h_preamble (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, FILE *fp) +-{ +- source_write_no_editing_warning (fp); +- source_write_preamble (data->project_name, fp); +-} +- +-static void +-source_write_include_files (FILE *fp) +-{ +- fprintf (fp, +- "#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H\n" +- "# include <config.h>\n" +- "#endif\n" +- "\n" +- "#include <sys/types.h>\n" +- "#include <sys/stat.h>\n" +- "#include <unistd.h>\n" +- "#include <string.h>\n" +- "#include <stdio.h>\n" +- "\n"); +-} +- +-/* Outputs the license and any include files needed at the top of the +- interface.c source file, before code for the components is output. */ +-static void +-source_write_interface_c_preamble (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, FILE *fp) +-{ +- source_write_no_editing_warning (fp); +- source_write_preamble (data->project_name, fp); +- +- source_write_include_files (fp); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, "#include <bonobo.h>\n"); +- fprintf (fp, "#include <gnome.h>\n"); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_db_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, "#include <libgnomedb/libgnomedb.h>\n"); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- "#include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h>\n" +- "#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n"); +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "\n" +- "#include \"%s\"\n" +- "#include \"%s\"\n" +- "#include \"%s\"\n\n", +- g_basename (data->callback_h_filename), +- g_basename (data->interface_h_filename), +- glade_project_get_support_header_file (data->project)); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "#define GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT(component,widget,name) \\\n" +- " g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (component), name, \\\n" +- " g_object_ref(G_OBJECT(widget)), (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref)\n\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "#define GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF(component,widget,name) \\\n" +- " g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (component), name, widget)\n\n"); +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs the license and and other code needed at the top of the callback.h +- header file, before any signal handler and callback function declarations +- are output. */ +-static void +-source_write_callback_h_preamble (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, FILE *fp) +-{ +- source_write_preamble (data->project_name, fp); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- fprintf (fp, "#include <gnome.h>\n\n"); +- else +- fprintf (fp, "#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n\n"); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_db_support (data->project)) +- fprintf (fp, "#include <libgnomedb/libgnomedb.h>\n"); +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs the license and any include files needed at the top of the +- callback.c source file, before code for the signal handlers and callback +- functions is output. */ +-static void +-source_write_callback_c_preamble (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, FILE *fp) +-{ +- source_write_preamble (data->project_name, fp); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H\n" +- "# include <config.h>\n" +- "#endif\n" +- "\n"); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- fprintf (fp, "#include <gnome.h>\n"); +- else +- fprintf (fp, "#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "\n" +- "#include \"%s\"\n" +- "#include \"%s\"\n" +- "#include \"%s\"\n\n", +- g_basename (data->callback_h_filename), +- g_basename (data->interface_h_filename), +- glade_project_get_support_header_file (data->project)); +-} +- +- +-/* Output a license at the top of a source or header file. +- Note this will eventually be editable in the user interface, with an option +- to include a few standard licenses, e.g. GPL, which are then edited by the +- user. FIXME: I've taken this out until we support it fully. */ +-static void +-source_write_preamble (gchar *project_name, FILE * fp) +-{ +-#if 0 +- fprintf (fp, +- "/* Note: You are free to use whatever license you want.\n" +- " Eventually you will be able to edit it within Glade. */\n" +- "\n" +- "/* %s\n" +- " * Copyright (C) <YEAR> <AUTHORS>\n" +- " *\n" +- " * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" +- " * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n" +- " * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or\n" +- " * (at your option) any later version.\n" +- " *\n" +- " * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" +- " * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" +- " * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" +- " * GNU General Public License for more details.\n" +- " *\n" +- " * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n" +- " * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software\n" +- " * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.\n" +- "*/\n\n", project_name); +-#endif +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * main.c file. +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-void +-source_write_main_c (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *directory, *source_directory, *filename; +- FILE *fp; +- +- /* See if the main.c file is wanted. */ +- if (!glade_project_get_output_main_file (data->project)) +- return; +- +- directory = glade_project_get_directory (data->project); +- source_directory = glade_project_get_source_directory (data->project); +- +- filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (source_directory, "main.c"); +- +- /* Return if it already exists. */ +- if (glade_util_file_exists (filename)) +- { +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- fp = glade_util_fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- source_write_preamble (data->project_name, fp); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "/*\n" +- " * Initial main.c file generated by Glade. Edit as required.\n" +- " * Glade will not overwrite this file.\n" +- " */\n\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H\n" +- "# include <config.h>\n" +- "#endif\n\n"); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, "#include <gnome.h>\n\n"); +- } +- else +- { +- fprintf (fp, "#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n\n"); +- } +- +- /* Include the interface.h header to get declarations of the functions to +- create the components, and support.h so we include libintl.h if needed. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "#include \"%s\"\n" +- "#include \"%s\"\n\n", +- g_basename (data->interface_h_filename), +- glade_project_get_support_header_file (data->project)); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "int\n" +- "main (int argc, char *argv[])\n" +- "{\n"); +- +- source_reset_code_buffers (data); +- +- /* This outputs code in main() to create one of each component, just so that +- the user sees something after first building the project. */ +- glade_project_foreach_component (data->project, +- (GtkCallback) source_write_component_create, +- data); +- fprintf (fp, "%s\n", data->source_buffers[GLADE_DECLARATIONS]->str); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gettext_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- "#ifdef ENABLE_NLS\n" +- " bindtextdomain (GETTEXT_PACKAGE, PACKAGE_LOCALE_DIR);\n" +- " bind_textdomain_codeset (GETTEXT_PACKAGE, \"UTF-8\");\n" +- " textdomain (GETTEXT_PACKAGE);\n" +- "#endif\n" +- "\n"); +- } +- +- /* Note that we don't mark the project name as translatable. +- I'm not entirely certain we should do that. */ +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- " gnome_program_init (PACKAGE, VERSION, LIBGNOMEUI_MODULE,\n" +- " argc, argv,\n" +- " GNOME_PARAM_APP_DATADIR, PACKAGE_DATA_DIR,\n" +- " NULL);\n"); +- } +- else +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- " gtk_set_locale ();\n" +- " gtk_init (&argc, &argv);\n" +- "\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- " add_pixmap_directory (PACKAGE_DATA_DIR \"/\" PACKAGE \"/pixmaps\");\n"); +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "\n" +- " /*\n" +- " * The following code was added by Glade to create one of each component\n" +- " * (except popup menus), just so that you see something after building\n" +- " * the project. Delete any components that you don't want shown initially.\n" +- " */\n"); +- fprintf (fp, "%s", data->source_buffers[GLADE_SOURCE]->str); +- fprintf (fp, "\n gtk_main ();\n return 0;\n}\n\n"); +- +- fclose (fp); +- +- g_free (filename); +-} +- +- +-static void +-source_write_component_create (GtkWidget * component, +- GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *component_name; +- +- /* Don't output code to show popup menus. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (component)) +- return; +- +- component_name = (gchar*) gtk_widget_get_name (component); +- component_name = source_create_valid_identifier (component_name); +- source_add_decl (data, " GtkWidget *%s;\n", component_name); +- source_add (data, +- " %s = create_%s ();\n" +- " gtk_widget_show (%s);\n", +- component_name, component_name, component_name); +- g_free (component_name); +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Build Files. +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-static void +-source_write_build_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- /* If the build files aren't wanted, return. */ +- if (!glade_project_get_output_build_files (data->project)) +- return; +- +- /* Write the support files - Makefile.am, configure.in, etc. */ +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- { +- source_write_gnome_build_files (data); +- } +- else +- { +- source_write_gtk_build_files (data); +- } +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- source_write_common_build_files (data); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +-#ifdef HAVE_OS2_H +- source_write_os2_files(data); +-#endif +-} +- +- +-/* +- * GTK+ build files. +- */ +- +-static void +-source_write_gtk_build_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- source_write_autogen_sh (data); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- source_write_gtk_configure_in (data); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- source_write_gtk_makefile_am (data); +-} +- +- +-/* Copies the generic autogen.sh script which runs aclocal, automake +- & autoconf to create the Makefiles etc. */ +-static void +-source_write_autogen_sh (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- static const gchar *data_dir = GLADE_DATADIR "/glade-2"; +- gchar *project_dir, *srcbuffer, *destbuffer; +- const gchar *filename = "autogen.sh"; +- gint old_umask; +- +- srcbuffer = g_malloc (strlen (data_dir) + 128); +- project_dir = glade_project_get_directory (data->project); +- destbuffer = g_malloc (strlen (project_dir) + 128); +- +- sprintf (srcbuffer, "%s/gtk/%s", data_dir, filename); +- sprintf (destbuffer, "%s/%s", project_dir, filename); +- +- if (!glade_util_file_exists (destbuffer)) +- { +- data->error = glade_util_copy_file (srcbuffer, destbuffer); +- } +- +- /* We need to make the script executable, but we try to honour any umask. */ +-#ifndef _WIN32 +- old_umask = umask (0666); +- chmod (destbuffer, 0777 & ~old_umask); +- umask (old_umask); +-#endif +- +- g_free (srcbuffer); +- g_free (destbuffer); +-} +- +- +-static void +-source_write_gtk_configure_in (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- FILE *fp; +- gchar *filename, *alt_filename, *source_subdir; +- +- filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (glade_project_get_directory (data->project), "configure.in"); +- alt_filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (glade_project_get_directory (data->project), "configure.ac"); +- +- /* FIXME: If configure.in exists, just leave it, for now. */ +- if (glade_util_file_exists (filename) +- || glade_util_file_exists (alt_filename)) +- { +- g_free (filename); +- g_free (alt_filename); +- return; +- } +- +- g_free (alt_filename); +- +- fp = glade_util_fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- /* FIXME: Using AC_INIT(configure.in) is not really correct - we should be +- using a file unique to the project. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.\n" +- "\n" +- "AC_INIT(configure.in)\n" +- "AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(%s, 0.1)\n" +- "AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)\n" +- "AM_MAINTAINER_MODE\n" +- "\n" +- "AC_ISC_POSIX\n" +- "AC_PROG_CC\n" +- "AM_PROG_CC_STDC\n" +- "AC_HEADER_STDC\n" +- "\n", +- data->program_name); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "pkg_modules=\"gtk+-2.0 >= 2.0.0\"\n" +- "PKG_CHECK_MODULES(PACKAGE, [$pkg_modules])\n" +- "AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_CFLAGS)\n" +- "AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_LIBS)\n" +- "\n"); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gettext_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- "GETTEXT_PACKAGE=%s\n" +- "AC_SUBST(GETTEXT_PACKAGE)\n" +- "AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GETTEXT_PACKAGE,\"$GETTEXT_PACKAGE\", [Gettext package.])\n\n", +- data->program_name); +- fprintf (fp, +- "dnl Add the languages which your application supports here.\n" +- "ALL_LINGUAS=\"\"\n" +- "AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT\n" +- "\n"); +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "AC_OUTPUT([\n" +- "Makefile\n"); +- +- source_subdir = source_get_source_subdirectory (data); +- if (source_subdir) +- { +- fprintf (fp, "%s/Makefile\n", source_subdir); +- g_free (source_subdir); +- } +- +- if (glade_project_get_gettext_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- "po/Makefile.in\n"); +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, "])\n\n"); +- +- fclose (fp); +- +- g_free (filename); +-} +- +- +-static void +-source_write_gtk_makefile_am (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- FILE *fp; +- gchar *directory, *source_directory, *filename, *program_name_as_target; +- gboolean is_toplevel; +- +- directory = glade_project_get_directory (data->project); +- source_directory = glade_project_get_source_directory (data->project); +- +- filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (source_directory, "Makefile.am"); +- +- /* FIXME: If Makefile.am exists, just leave it, for now. */ +- if (glade_util_file_exists (filename)) +- { +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- fp = glade_util_fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in\n\n"); +- +- /* If the project directory is the source directory, we need to output +- SUBDIRS here. */ +- is_toplevel = glade_util_directories_equivalent (directory, +- source_directory); +- if (is_toplevel) +- { +- fprintf (fp, "SUBDIRS ="); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gettext_support (data->project)) +- fprintf (fp, " po"); +- +- fprintf (fp, "\n\n"); +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "INCLUDES = \\\n" +- "\t-DPACKAGE_DATA_DIR=\\\"\"$(datadir)\"\\\" \\\n" +- "\t-DPACKAGE_LOCALE_DIR=\\\"\"$(prefix)/$(DATADIRNAME)/locale\"\\\" \\\n" +-#ifdef GLADE_ADD_DISABLE_DEPRECATED_FLAGS +- "\t-DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED \\\n" +- "\t-DGDK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED \\\n" +- "\t-DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED \\\n" +-#endif +- "\t@PACKAGE_CFLAGS@\n" +- "\n"); +- +- program_name_as_target = g_strdup (data->program_name); +- g_strdelimit (program_name_as_target, "-", '_'); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "bin_PROGRAMS = %s\n" +- "\n", +- data->program_name); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "%s_SOURCES = \\\n", +- program_name_as_target); +- +- if (glade_project_get_output_main_file (data->project)) +- fprintf (fp, "\tmain.c \\\n"); +- +- if (glade_project_get_output_support_files (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, "\t%s %s \\\n", +- glade_project_get_support_source_file (data->project), +- glade_project_get_support_header_file (data->project)); +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "\t%s %s \\\n" +- "\t%s %s\n\n", +- g_basename (data->interface_c_filename), +- g_basename (data->interface_h_filename), +- g_basename (data->callback_c_filename), +- g_basename (data->callback_h_filename)); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "%s_LDADD = @PACKAGE_LIBS@", +- program_name_as_target); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gettext_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, " $(INTLLIBS)"); +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, "\n\n"); +- +- if (is_toplevel) +- source_write_extra_dist (data, source_directory, fp); +- +- source_write_gtk_makefile_am_pixmaps_targets (data, source_directory, fp); +- +- fclose (fp); +- +- g_free (program_name_as_target); +- g_free (filename); +-} +- +- +-/* This outputs targets to install pixmaps and to include them in the +- distribution, if the pixmaps are in a subdirectory of the given directory. +-*/ +-static void +-source_write_gtk_makefile_am_pixmaps_targets (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- gchar * directory, +- FILE * fp) +-{ +- gchar *pixmaps_directory, *subdir; +- gint subdir_len; +- +- pixmaps_directory = glade_project_get_pixmaps_directory (data->project); +- +- if (!glade_util_directory_contains_file (directory, pixmaps_directory)) +- return; +- +- subdir = glade_util_make_relative_path (directory, pixmaps_directory); +- subdir_len = strlen (subdir); +- if (subdir_len > 0 && subdir[subdir_len - 1] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- subdir[subdir_len - 1] = '\0'; +- +- /* When installing we simply copy anything in the pixmaps directory into +- $(datadir)/pixmaps, if the pixmaps directory exists. +- FIXME: The @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) line comes from the GNU Makefile +- conventions, in the GNU coding standards info pages (under Releases). +- Using DESTDIR also allows installation into 'staging areas'. +- To comply fully the install commands should install to a particular file, +- rather than a directory, and we should probably also have an uninstall +- command. Kepp this in sync with source_write_gnome_makefile_am_... */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "install-data-local:\n" +- "\t@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)\n" +- "\tif test -d $(srcdir)/%s; then \\\n" +- "\t $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)/pixmaps; \\\n" +- "\t for pixmap in $(srcdir)/%s/*; do \\\n" +- "\t if test -f $$pixmap; then \\\n" +- "\t $(INSTALL_DATA) $$pixmap $(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)/pixmaps; \\\n" +- "\t fi \\\n" +- "\t done \\\n" +- "\tfi\n" +- "\n", +- subdir, subdir); +- +- /* When building the distribution we simply copy anything in the pixmaps +- directory into $(distdir)/subdir, if the pixmaps directory exists. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "dist-hook:\n" +- "\tif test -d %s; then \\\n" +- "\t mkdir $(distdir)/%s; \\\n" +- "\t for pixmap in %s/*; do \\\n" +- "\t if test -f $$pixmap; then \\\n" +- "\t cp -p $$pixmap $(distdir)/%s; \\\n" +- "\t fi \\\n" +- "\t done \\\n" +- "\tfi\n" +- "\n", +- subdir, subdir, subdir, subdir); +- +- g_free (subdir); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Gnome build files. +- */ +- +-static void +-source_write_gnome_build_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- source_write_autogen_sh (data); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- source_write_gnome_configure_in (data); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- source_write_gnome_makefile_am (data); +- if (data->error) +- return; +-} +- +- +-static void +-source_write_gnome_configure_in (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- FILE *fp; +- gchar *filename, *alt_filename, *source_subdir; +- +- filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (glade_project_get_directory (data->project), "configure.in"); +- alt_filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (glade_project_get_directory (data->project), "configure.ac"); +- +- /* FIXME: If configure.in exists, just leave it, for now. */ +- if (glade_util_file_exists (filename) +- || glade_util_file_exists (alt_filename)) +- { +- g_free (filename); +- g_free (alt_filename); +- return; +- } +- +- g_free (alt_filename); +- +- fp = glade_util_fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- /* FIXME: Using AC_INIT(configure.in) is not really correct - we should be +- using a file unique to the project. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.\n" +- "\n" +- "AC_INIT(configure.in)\n" +- "AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(%s, 0.1)\n" +- "AM_MAINTAINER_MODE\n" +- "AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)\n" +- "\n" +- "AC_ISC_POSIX\n" +- "AC_PROG_CC\n" +- "AM_PROG_CC_STDC\n" +- "AC_HEADER_STDC\n" +- "\n", +- data->program_name); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_db_support (data->project)) +- fprintf (fp, "pkg_modules=\"libgnomedb\"\n"); +- else +- fprintf (fp, "pkg_modules=\"libgnomeui-2.0\"\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "PKG_CHECK_MODULES(PACKAGE, [$pkg_modules])\n" +- "AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_CFLAGS)\n" +- "AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_LIBS)\n" +- "\n"); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gettext_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- "GETTEXT_PACKAGE=%s\n" +- "AC_SUBST(GETTEXT_PACKAGE)\n" +- "AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GETTEXT_PACKAGE,\"$GETTEXT_PACKAGE\", [Gettext package.])\n\n", +- data->program_name); +- fprintf (fp, +- "dnl Add the languages which your application supports here.\n" +- "ALL_LINGUAS=\"\"\n" +- "AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT\n" +- "\n"); +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "AC_OUTPUT([\n" +- "Makefile\n"); +- +- source_subdir = source_get_source_subdirectory (data); +- if (source_subdir) +- { +- fprintf (fp, "%s/Makefile\n", source_subdir); +- g_free (source_subdir); +- } +- +- if (glade_project_get_gettext_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- "po/Makefile.in\n"); +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, "])\n\n"); +- +- fclose (fp); +- +- g_free (filename); +-} +- +- +-static void +-source_write_gnome_makefile_am (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- FILE *fp; +- gchar *directory, *source_directory, *filename, *program_name_as_target; +- gboolean is_toplevel; +- +- directory = glade_project_get_directory (data->project); +- source_directory = glade_project_get_source_directory (data->project); +- +- filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (source_directory, "Makefile.am"); +- +- /* FIXME: If Makefile.am exists, just leave it, for now. */ +- if (glade_util_file_exists (filename)) +- { +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- fp = glade_util_fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in\n\n"); +- +- /* If the project directory is the source directory, we need to output +- SUBDIRS here. */ +- is_toplevel = glade_util_directories_equivalent (directory, +- source_directory); +- if (is_toplevel) +- { +- if (glade_project_get_gettext_support (data->project)) +- fprintf (fp, "SUBDIRS = po\n\n"); +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "INCLUDES = \\\n" +- "\t-DPACKAGE_DATA_DIR=\\\"\"$(datadir)\"\\\" \\\n" +- "\t-DPACKAGE_LOCALE_DIR=\\\"\"$(prefix)/$(DATADIRNAME)/locale\"\\\" \\\n" +-#ifdef GLADE_ADD_DISABLE_DEPRECATED_FLAGS +- "\t-DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED \\\n" +- "\t-DGDK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED \\\n" +- "\t-DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED \\\n" +- "\t-DGNOME_DISABLE_DEPRECATED \\\n" +-#endif +- "\t@PACKAGE_CFLAGS@\n" +- "\n"); +- +- program_name_as_target = g_strdup (data->program_name); +- g_strdelimit (program_name_as_target, "-", '_'); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "bin_PROGRAMS = %s\n" +- "\n", +- data->program_name); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "%s_SOURCES = \\\n", +- program_name_as_target); +- +- if (glade_project_get_output_main_file (data->project)) +- fprintf (fp, "\tmain.c \\\n"); +- +- if (glade_project_get_output_support_files (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, "\t%s %s \\\n", +- glade_project_get_support_source_file (data->project), +- glade_project_get_support_header_file (data->project)); +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "\t%s %s \\\n" +- "\t%s %s\n\n", +- g_basename (data->interface_c_filename), +- g_basename (data->interface_h_filename), +- g_basename (data->callback_c_filename), +- g_basename (data->callback_h_filename)); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "%s_LDADD = @PACKAGE_LIBS@", +- program_name_as_target); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gettext_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, " $(INTLLIBS)"); +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, "\n\n"); +- +- if (is_toplevel) +- source_write_extra_dist (data, source_directory, fp); +- +- source_write_gnome_makefile_am_pixmaps_targets (data, source_directory, fp); +- +- fclose (fp); +- +- g_free (program_name_as_target); +- g_free (filename); +-} +- +- +-/* This outputs targets to install pixmaps and to include them in the +- distribution, if the pixmaps are in a subdirectory of the given directory. +-*/ +-static void +-source_write_gnome_makefile_am_pixmaps_targets (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- gchar * directory, +- FILE * fp) +-{ +- gchar *pixmaps_directory, *subdir; +- gint subdir_len; +- +- pixmaps_directory = glade_project_get_pixmaps_directory (data->project); +- +- if (!glade_util_directory_contains_file (directory, pixmaps_directory)) +- return; +- +- subdir = glade_util_make_relative_path (directory, pixmaps_directory); +- subdir_len = strlen (subdir); +- if (subdir_len > 0 && subdir[subdir_len - 1] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- subdir[subdir_len - 1] = '\0'; +- +- /* When installing we simply copy anything in the pixmaps directory into +- $(datadir)/pixmaps, if the pixmaps directory exists. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "install-data-local:\n" +- "\t@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)\n" +- "\tif test -d $(srcdir)/%s; then \\\n" +- "\t $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/pixmaps/$(PACKAGE); \\\n" +- "\t for pixmap in $(srcdir)/%s/*; do \\\n" +- "\t if test -f $$pixmap; then \\\n" +- "\t $(INSTALL_DATA) $$pixmap $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/pixmaps/$(PACKAGE); \\\n" +- "\t fi \\\n" +- "\t done \\\n" +- "\tfi\n" +- "\n", +- subdir, subdir); +- +- /* When building the distribution we simply copy anything in the pixmaps +- directory into $(distdir)/subdir, if the pixmaps directory exists. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "dist-hook:\n" +- "\tif test -d %s; then \\\n" +- "\t mkdir $(distdir)/%s; \\\n" +- "\t for pixmap in %s/*; do \\\n" +- "\t if test -f $$pixmap; then \\\n" +- "\t cp -p $$pixmap $(distdir)/%s; \\\n" +- "\t fi \\\n" +- "\t done \\\n" +- "\tfi\n" +- "\n", +- subdir, subdir, subdir, subdir); +- +- g_free (subdir); +-} +- +- +-/* +- * Common build files. +- */ +- +-/* This creates the standard files that automake expects you to have, +- i.e. NEWS, README, AUTHORS, ChangeLog. +- If they already exist, they are left as they are. */ +-static void +-source_write_common_build_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *directory; +- +- directory = glade_project_get_directory (data->project); +- +- source_write_toplevel_makefile_am (data); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- data->error = source_create_file_if_not_exist (directory, "NEWS", NULL); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- data->error = source_create_file_if_not_exist (directory, "README", NULL); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- data->error = source_create_file_if_not_exist (directory, "AUTHORS", NULL); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- data->error = source_create_file_if_not_exist (directory, "ChangeLog", NULL); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- data->error = source_create_file_if_not_exist (directory, "stamp-h.in", +- "timestamp\n"); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +- source_write_po_files (data); +- if (data->error) +- return; +- +-#if 0 +- source_write_acconfig_h (data); +-#endif +-} +- +- +-/* This writes the toplevel Makefile.am, if the source directory is a +- subdirectory of the project directory, and the Makefile.am doesn't already +- exist. */ +-static void +-source_write_toplevel_makefile_am (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- FILE *fp; +- gchar *directory, *source_subdir, *filename; +- +- directory = glade_project_get_directory (data->project); +- +- /* If the source directory isn't a subdirectory of the project directory, +- just return. */ +- source_subdir = source_get_source_subdirectory (data); +- if (!source_subdir) +- return; +- +- filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (directory, "Makefile.am"); +- +- /* FIXME: If Makefile.am exists, just leave it, for now. */ +- if (glade_util_file_exists (filename)) +- { +- g_free (source_subdir); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- fp = glade_util_fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- g_free (source_subdir); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in\n" +- "\n" +- "SUBDIRS = %s", +- source_subdir); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gettext_support (data->project)) +- fprintf (fp, " po"); +- +- fprintf (fp, "\n\n"); +- +- source_write_extra_dist (data, directory, fp); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- source_write_gnome_makefile_am_pixmaps_targets (data, directory, fp); +- else +- source_write_gtk_makefile_am_pixmaps_targets (data, directory, fp); +- +- fclose (fp); +- +- g_free (source_subdir); +- g_free (filename); +-} +- +- +-static void +-source_write_extra_dist (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- const gchar *directory, +- FILE *fp) +-{ +- gchar *xml_filename; +- +- xml_filename = glade_project_get_xml_filename (data->project); +- +- xml_filename = glade_util_make_relative_path (directory, xml_filename); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "EXTRA_DIST = \\\n" +- "\tautogen.sh \\\n" +- "\t%s \\\n" +- "\t%sp\n\n", +- xml_filename, xml_filename); +- +- g_free (xml_filename); +-} +- +- +-/* This creates an empty file in the given directory if it doesn't already +- exist. It is used to create the empty NEWS, README, AUTHORS & ChangeLog. */ +-static GladeError* +-source_create_file_if_not_exist (const gchar *directory, +- const gchar *filename, +- const gchar *contents) +-{ +- gchar *pathname; +- FILE *fp; +- GladeError *error = NULL; +- gint bytes_written; +- +- pathname = glade_util_make_absolute_path (directory, filename); +- +- if (!glade_util_file_exists (pathname)) +- { +- fp = glade_util_fopen (pathname, "w"); +- if (fp) +- { +- if (contents) +- { +- gint contents_len; +- +- contents_len = strlen (contents); +- bytes_written = fwrite (contents, 1, contents_len, fp); +- if (bytes_written != contents_len) +- { +- error = glade_error_new_system (_("Error writing to file:\n %s\n"), pathname); +- } +- } +- +- fclose (fp); +- } +- else +- { +- error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- pathname); +- } +- } +- g_free (pathname); +- return error; +-} +- +- +-/* This creates the initial po/POTFILES.in & po/ChangeLog if they don't exist. +- If we don't create a ChangeLog the 'make dist' fails. */ +-static void +-source_write_po_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *dirname = NULL, *filename = NULL, *prefix, *separator; +- gint prefix_len; +- FILE *fp; +- +- /* Returns if gettext support isn't wanted. */ +- if (!glade_project_get_gettext_support (data->project)) +- return; +- +- dirname = glade_util_make_absolute_path (glade_project_get_directory (data->project), "po"); +- +- /* Create the po directory if it doesn't exist. */ +- data->error = glade_util_ensure_directory_exists (dirname); +- if (data->error) +- { +- g_free (dirname); +- return; +- } +- +- /* Create ChangeLog if it doesn't exist. */ +- data->error = source_create_file_if_not_exist (dirname, "ChangeLog", NULL); +- if (data->error) +- { +- g_free (dirname); +- return; +- } +- +- /* FIXME: If POTFILES.in exists, just leave it, for now. */ +- filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (dirname, "POTFILES.in"); +- if (glade_util_file_exists (filename)) +- { +- g_free (dirname); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- fp = glade_util_fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- g_free (dirname); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- /* We need the relative path from the project directory to the source +- directory, to prefix each source file. */ +- prefix = glade_util_make_relative_path (glade_project_get_directory (data->project), glade_project_get_source_directory (data->project)); +- +- /* See if we need a directory separator after the prefix. */ +- prefix_len = strlen (prefix); +- if (prefix_len == 0 || prefix[prefix_len - 1] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- separator = ""; +- else +- separator = G_DIR_SEPARATOR_S; +- +- fprintf (fp, "# List of source files containing translatable strings.\n\n"); +- +- /* Add the main.c file if we are outputting it. */ +- if (glade_project_get_output_main_file (data->project)) +- fprintf (fp, "%s%s%s\n", prefix, separator, "main.c"); +- +- /* Add the interface.c & callbacks.c files. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "%s%s%s\n" +- "%s%s%s\n", +- prefix, separator, g_basename (data->interface_c_filename), +- prefix, separator, g_basename (data->callback_c_filename)); +- +- /* Add the support.c file if we are outputting it. */ +- if (glade_project_get_output_support_files (data->project)) +- fprintf (fp, "%s%s%s\n", prefix, separator, +- glade_project_get_support_source_file (data->project)); +- +- g_free (prefix); +- +- fclose (fp); +- +- g_free (dirname); +- g_free (filename); +-} +- +- +-#if 0 +-static void +-source_write_acconfig_h (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- FILE *fp; +- gchar *filename; +- +- filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (glade_project_get_directory (data->project), "acconfig.h"); +- +- /* FIXME: If acconfig.h exists, just leave it, for now. */ +- if (glade_util_file_exists (filename)) +- { +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- fp = glade_util_fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- /* If we aren't using gettext or Gnome some of these may not be necessary, +- but I don't think they cause problems. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "#undef ENABLE_NLS\n" +- "#undef HAVE_CATGETS\n" +- "#undef HAVE_GETTEXT\n" +- "#undef GETTEXT_PACKAGE\n" +- "#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES\n" +- "#undef HAVE_STPCPY\n" +- "#undef HAVE_LIBSM\n"); +- fclose (fp); +- +- g_free (filename); +-} +-#endif +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Support Files. +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-/* We copy a file containing support functions into the project, and a +- corresponding header. +- Note that we do overwrite these, in case an old version is currently +- being used. */ +-static void +-source_write_support_files (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *filename; +- FILE *fp; +- +- /* If the support files aren't wanted, just return. */ +- if (!glade_project_get_output_support_files (data->project)) +- return; +- +- /* Create the support header file first. */ +- filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (glade_project_get_source_directory (data->project), glade_project_get_support_header_file (data->project)); +- +- fp = glade_util_fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- source_write_no_editing_warning (fp); +- source_write_preamble (data->project_name, fp); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- "#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H\n" +- "# include <config.h>\n" +- "#endif\n" +- "\n" +- "#include <gnome.h>\n\n"); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gettext_support (data->project)) +- { +- /* bonobo-i18n.h doesn't include the Q_ macro so we add it here. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "#undef Q_\n" +- "#ifdef ENABLE_NLS\n" +- "# define Q_(String) g_strip_context ((String), gettext (String))\n" +- "#else\n" +- "# define Q_(String) g_strip_context ((String), (String))\n" +- "#endif\n\n\n"); +- } +- } +- else +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- "#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H\n" +- "# include <config.h>\n" +- "#endif\n" +- "\n" +- "#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n\n"); +- +- /* For GTK+ apps that want gettext support, we define the standard +- macros here. */ +- if (glade_project_get_gettext_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- "/*\n" +- " * Standard gettext macros.\n" +- " */\n" +- "#ifdef ENABLE_NLS\n" +- "# include <libintl.h>\n" +- "# undef _\n" +- "# define _(String) dgettext (PACKAGE, String)\n" +- "# define Q_(String) g_strip_context ((String), gettext (String))\n" +- "# ifdef gettext_noop\n" +- "# define N_(String) gettext_noop (String)\n" +- "# else\n" +- "# define N_(String) (String)\n" +- "# endif\n" +- "#else\n" +- "# define textdomain(String) (String)\n" +- "# define gettext(String) (String)\n" +- "# define dgettext(Domain,Message) (Message)\n" +- "# define dcgettext(Domain,Message,Type) (Message)\n" +- "# define bindtextdomain(Domain,Directory) (Domain)\n" +- "# define _(String) (String)\n" +- "# define Q_(String) g_strip_context ((String), (String))\n" +- "# define N_(String) (String)\n" +- "#endif\n\n\n"); +- } +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "/*\n" +- " * Public Functions.\n" +- " */\n" +- "\n"); +- +- if (!data->use_component_struct) +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- "/*\n" +- " * This function returns a widget in a component created by Glade.\n" +- " * Call it with the toplevel widget in the component (i.e. a window/dialog),\n" +- " * or alternatively any widget in the component, and the name of the widget\n" +- " * you want returned.\n" +- " */\n" +- "GtkWidget* lookup_widget (GtkWidget *widget,\n" +- " const gchar *widget_name);\n" +- "\n" +- "\n"); +- } +- +- /* Gnome has its own function for looking for pixmaps, so we don't need this +- one. */ +- if (!glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- "/* Use this function to set the directory containing installed pixmaps. */\n" +- "void add_pixmap_directory (const gchar *directory);\n" +- "\n"); +- } +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "\n" +- "/*\n" +- " * Private Functions.\n" +- " */\n" +- "\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "/* This is used to create the pixmaps used in the interface. */\n" +- "GtkWidget* create_pixmap (GtkWidget *widget,\n" +- " const gchar *filename);\n" +- "\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "/* This is used to create the pixbufs used in the interface. */\n" +- "GdkPixbuf* create_pixbuf (const gchar *filename);\n" +- "\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- "/* This is used to set ATK action descriptions. */\n" +- "void glade_set_atk_action_description (AtkAction *action,\n" +- " const gchar *action_name,\n" +- " const gchar *description);\n" +- "\n"); +- +- fclose (fp); +- +- g_free (filename); +- +- +- /* Now create the support source file. */ +- filename = glade_util_make_absolute_path (glade_project_get_source_directory (data->project), glade_project_get_support_source_file (data->project)); +- +- fp = glade_util_fopen (filename, "w"); +- if (fp == NULL) +- { +- data->error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- g_free (filename); +- return; +- } +- +- source_write_no_editing_warning (fp); +- source_write_preamble (data->project_name, fp); +- source_write_include_files (fp); +- +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- fprintf (fp, "#include <gnome.h>\n\n"); +- else +- fprintf (fp, "#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, "#include \"%s\"\n\n", +- glade_project_get_support_header_file (data->project)); +- +- /* Write a function to get a widget from the component's hash. */ +- if (!data->use_component_struct) +- { +- fprintf (fp, +- "GtkWidget*\n" +- "lookup_widget (GtkWidget *widget,\n" +- " const gchar *widget_name)\n" +- "{\n" +- " GtkWidget *parent, *found_widget;\n" +- "\n" +- " for (;;)\n" +- " {\n" +- " if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget))\n" +- " parent = gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget));\n" +- " else\n" +- " parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);\n" +- " if (!parent)\n" +- " parent = (GtkWidget*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), \"GladeParentKey\");\n" +- " if (parent == NULL)\n" +- " break;\n" +- " widget = parent;\n" +- " }\n" +- "\n" +- " found_widget = (GtkWidget*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget),\n" +- " widget_name);\n" +- " if (!found_widget)\n" +- " g_warning (\"Widget not found: %%s\", widget_name);\n" +- " return found_widget;\n" +- "}\n\n"); +- } +- +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- { +- source_write_gnome_create_pixmap_functions (data, fp); +- } +- else +- { +- source_write_gtk_create_pixmap_functions (data, fp); +- } +- +- /* Output the support function to set AtkAction descriptions. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "/* This is used to set ATK action descriptions. */\n" +- "void\n" +- "glade_set_atk_action_description (AtkAction *action,\n" +- " const gchar *action_name,\n" +- " const gchar *description)\n" +- "{\n" +- " gint n_actions, i;\n" +- "\n" +- " n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);\n" +- " for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)\n" +- " {\n" +- " if (!strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i), action_name))\n" +- " atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);\n" +- " }\n" +- "}\n\n"); +- +- fclose (fp); +- +- g_free (filename); +-} +- +- +-static void +-source_write_gtk_create_pixmap_functions (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- FILE *fp) +-{ +- /* +- * Write a function used to set the installed pixmaps directory. +- */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "static GList *pixmaps_directories = NULL;\n" +- "\n" +- "/* Use this function to set the directory containing installed pixmaps. */\n" +- "void\n" +- "add_pixmap_directory (const gchar *directory)\n" +- "{\n" +- " pixmaps_directories = g_list_prepend (pixmaps_directories,\n" +- " g_strdup (directory));\n" +- "}\n\n"); +- +- /* +- * Write a function used to find pixmap files. It returns the full pathname +- * of the found pixmap file, or NULL if it wasn't found. +- */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "/* This is an internally used function to find pixmap files. */\n" +- "static gchar*\n" +- "find_pixmap_file (const gchar *filename)\n" +- "{\n" +- " GList *elem;\n" +- "\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- " /* We step through each of the pixmaps directory to find it. */\n" +- " elem = pixmaps_directories;\n" +- " while (elem)\n" +- " {\n" +- " gchar *pathname = g_strdup_printf (\"%%s%%s%%s\", (gchar*)elem->data,\n" +- " G_DIR_SEPARATOR_S, filename);\n" +- " if (g_file_test (pathname, G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS))\n" +- " return pathname;\n" +- " g_free (pathname);\n" +- " elem = elem->next;\n" +- " }\n" +- " return NULL;\n" +- "}\n\n"); +- +- +- +- /* +- * Write a function used for creating GtkImage widgets from pixmap files. +- * It will return an unset GtkImage if the pixmap file isn't found, so the +- * application will still run. Though it will output a warning if the +- * pixmap filename was set but wasn't found. +- */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "/* This is an internally used function to create pixmaps. */\n" +- "GtkWidget*\n" +- "create_pixmap (GtkWidget *widget,\n" +- " const gchar *filename)\n" +- "{\n" +- " gchar *pathname = NULL;\n" +- " GtkWidget *pixmap;\n" +- "\n"); +- +- /* The developer may not have finished the interface yet, so we handle +- the filename not being set. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- " if (!filename || !filename[0])\n" +- " return gtk_image_new ();\n" +- "\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- " pathname = find_pixmap_file (filename);\n" +- "\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- " if (!pathname)\n" +- " {\n" +- " g_warning (%s, filename);\n" +- " return gtk_image_new ();\n" +- " }\n" +- "\n", +- source_make_string ("Couldn't find pixmap file: %s", +- data->use_gettext)); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- " pixmap = gtk_image_new_from_file (pathname);\n" +- " g_free (pathname);\n" +- " return pixmap;\n" +- "}\n\n"); +- +- +- +- /* +- * Write a function used for creating GdkPixbufs from pixmap files. +- * It will return NULL if the pixmap file isn't found, so any calls to this +- * function may need to handle that. It will output a warning if the +- * pixmap filename was set but wasn't found. +- */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "/* This is an internally used function to create pixmaps. */\n" +- "GdkPixbuf*\n" +- "create_pixbuf (const gchar *filename)\n" +- "{\n" +- " gchar *pathname = NULL;\n" +- " GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;\n" +- " GError *error = NULL;\n" +- "\n"); +- +- /* The developer may not have finished the interface yet, so we handle +- the filename not being set. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- " if (!filename || !filename[0])\n" +- " return NULL;\n" +- "\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- " pathname = find_pixmap_file (filename);\n" +- "\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- " if (!pathname)\n" +- " {\n" +- " g_warning (%s, filename);\n" +- " return NULL;\n" +- " }\n" +- "\n", +- source_make_string ("Couldn't find pixmap file: %s", +- data->use_gettext)); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- " pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (pathname, &error);\n" +- " if (!pixbuf)\n" +- " {\n" +- " fprintf (stderr, \"Failed to load pixbuf file: %%s: %%s\\n\",\n" +- " pathname, error->message);\n" +- " g_error_free (error);\n" +- " }\n" +- " g_free (pathname);\n" +- " return pixbuf;\n" +- "}\n\n"); +-} +- +- +-static void +-source_write_gnome_create_pixmap_functions (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- FILE *fp) +-{ +- /* +- * Write a function used for creating GtkImage widgets from pixmap files. +- * It will return an unset GtkImage if the pixmap file isn't found, so the +- * application will still run. Though it will output a warning if the +- * pixmap filename was set but wasn't found. +- */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "/* This is an internally used function to create pixmaps. */\n" +- "GtkWidget*\n" +- "create_pixmap (GtkWidget *widget,\n" +- " const gchar *filename)\n" +- "{\n" +- " GtkWidget *pixmap;\n" +- " gchar *pathname;\n" +- "\n"); +- +- /* The developer may not have finished the interface yet, so we handle +- the filename not being set. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- " if (!filename || !filename[0])\n" +- " return gtk_image_new ();\n" +- "\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- " pathname = gnome_program_locate_file (NULL, GNOME_FILE_DOMAIN_APP_PIXMAP,\n" +- " filename, TRUE, NULL);\n" +- " if (!pathname)\n" +- " {\n" +- " g_warning (%s, filename);\n" +- " return gtk_image_new ();\n" +- " }\n" +- "\n", +- source_make_string ("Couldn't find pixmap file: %s", +- data->use_gettext)); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- " pixmap = gtk_image_new_from_file (pathname);\n" +- " g_free (pathname);\n" +- " return pixmap;\n" +- "}\n" +- "\n"); +- +- +- /* +- * Write a function used for creating GdkPixbufs from pixmap files. +- * It will return NULL if the pixmap file isn't found, so any calls to this +- * function may need to handle that. It will output a warning if the +- * pixmap filename was set but wasn't found. +- */ +- fprintf (fp, +- "/* This is an internally used function to create pixmaps. */\n" +- "GdkPixbuf*\n" +- "create_pixbuf (const gchar *filename)\n" +- "{\n" +- " gchar *pathname = NULL;\n" +- " GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;\n" +- " GError *error = NULL;\n" +- "\n"); +- +- /* The developer may not have finished the interface yet, so we handle +- the filename not being set. */ +- fprintf (fp, +- " if (!filename || !filename[0])\n" +- " return NULL;\n" +- "\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- " pathname = gnome_program_locate_file (NULL, GNOME_FILE_DOMAIN_APP_PIXMAP,\n" +- " filename, TRUE, NULL);\n" +- "\n"); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- " if (!pathname)\n" +- " {\n" +- " g_warning (%s, filename);\n" +- " return NULL;\n" +- " }\n" +- "\n", +- source_make_string ("Couldn't find pixmap file: %s", +- data->use_gettext)); +- +- fprintf (fp, +- " pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (pathname, &error);\n" +- " if (!pixbuf)\n" +- " {\n" +- " fprintf (stderr, \"Failed to load pixbuf file: %%s: %%s\\n\",\n" +- " pathname, error->message);\n" +- " g_error_free (error);\n" +- " }\n" +- " g_free (pathname);\n" +- " return pixbuf;\n" +- "}\n\n"); +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Public Functions. +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-/* Adds some source code to one of the buffers, using printf-like format +- and arguments. */ +-void +-source_add_to_buffer (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- GladeSourceBuffer buffer, +- const gchar *fmt, +- ...) +-{ +- va_list args; +- +- va_start (args, fmt); +- source_add_to_buffer_v (data, buffer, fmt, args); +- va_end (args); +-} +- +- +-/* A va_list implementation of the above. */ +-void +-source_add_to_buffer_v (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- GladeSourceBuffer buffer, +- const gchar *fmt, +- va_list args) +-{ +- gchar *buf; +- +- buf = g_strdup_vprintf (fmt, args); +- g_string_append (data->source_buffers[buffer], buf); +- g_free (buf); +-} +- +- +-/* Convenience functions to add to the 2 main source buffers, containing +- the code which creates the widgets and the declarations of the widgets. */ +-void +-source_add (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, const gchar * fmt, ...) +-{ +- va_list args; +- +- va_start (args, fmt); +- source_add_to_buffer_v (data, GLADE_SOURCE, fmt, args); +- va_end (args); +-} +- +- +-void +-source_add_translator_comments (GbWidgetWriteSourceData *data, +- gboolean translatable, +- const gchar *comments) +-{ +- /* If the property isn't being translated we don't bother outputting the +- translator comments. */ +- if (!translatable || !comments || comments[0] == '\0') +- return; +- +- /* We simply output it in a C comment. +- FIXME: If the comments contain an end of comment marker it won't +- compile. */ +- source_add (data, " /* %s */\n", comments); +-} +- +- +-void +-source_add_translator_comments_to_buffer (GbWidgetWriteSourceData *data, +- GladeSourceBuffer buffer, +- gboolean translatable, +- const gchar *comments) +-{ +- /* If the property isn't being translated we don't bother outputting the +- translator comments. */ +- if (!translatable || !comments || comments[0] == '\0') +- return; +- +- /* We simply output it in a C comment. +- FIXME: If the comments contain an end of comment marker it won't +- compile. */ +- source_add_to_buffer (data, buffer, " /* %s */\n", comments); +-} +- +- +-void +-source_add_decl (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, const gchar * fmt, ...) +-{ +- va_list args; +- +- va_start (args, fmt); +- source_add_to_buffer_v (data, GLADE_DECLARATIONS, fmt, args); +- va_end (args); +-} +- +- +-/* This ensures that a temporary variable is declared, by adding the given +- declaration if it has not already been added. */ +-void +-source_ensure_decl (GbWidgetWriteSourceData *data, +- const gchar *decl) +-{ +- if (!glade_util_strstr (data->source_buffers[GLADE_DECLARATIONS]->str, decl)) +- source_add_decl (data, decl); +-} +- +- +-/* This creates a valid C identifier from a given string (usually the name of +- a widget or a signal handler function name). Currently all we do is convert +- any illegal characters to underscores. +- The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. */ +-gchar * +-source_create_valid_identifier (const gchar * name) +-{ +- gint name_len, i, j; +- gchar *identifier; +- +- name_len = strlen (name); +- /* allocate extra space for _ prefix if the identifier starts with +- a number */ +- identifier = g_malloc (name_len + 2); +- j = 1; +- +- /* The first character of an identifier must be in [a-zA-Z_] */ +- if ((name[0] >= 'a' && name[0] <= 'z') +- || (name[0] >= 'A' && name[0] <= 'Z') +- || name[0] == '_') +- identifier[0] = name[0]; +- else +- { +- if (name[0] >= '0' && name[0] <= '9') +- { +- /* prepend the _ instead of overwriting, so you'll still have +- unique names */ +- identifier[0] = '_'; +- identifier[1] = name[0]; +- j++; +- } +- else +- identifier[0] = '_'; +- } +- +- /* The remaining characters must be in [a-zA-Z0-9_] */ +- for (i = 1; i < name_len; i++, j++) +- { +- if ((name[i] >= 'a' && name[i] <= 'z') +- || (name[i] >= 'A' && name[i] <= 'Z') +- || (name[i] >= '0' && name[i] <= '9') +- || name[i] == '_') +- identifier[j] = name[i]; +- else +- identifier[j] = '_'; +- } +- +- identifier[j] = '\0'; +- +- return identifier; +-} +- +- +-/* This converts a string so that it can be output as part of the C source +- * code. It converts non-printable characters to escape codes. +- * Note that it uses one dynamically allocated buffer, so the result is only +- * valid until the next call to the function. +- * +- * FIXME: There is a limit to the length of literal strings in ANSI C - ~500 +- * chars. What should we do when that is exceeded? +- */ +-gchar * +-source_make_string (const gchar * text, +- gboolean translatable) +-{ +- return source_make_string_internal (text, translatable, FALSE, FALSE); +-} +- +- +-gchar * +-source_make_string_full (const gchar * text, +- gboolean translatable, +- gboolean context) +-{ +- return source_make_string_internal (text, translatable, FALSE, context); +-} +- +- +-gchar * +-source_make_static_string (const gchar * text, +- gboolean translatable) +-{ +- return source_make_string_internal (text, translatable, TRUE, FALSE); +-} +- +- +-/* This converts a string so that it can be output as part of the C source +- * code. It converts non-printable characters to escape codes. +- * If is_static is TRUE it uses "N_" to mark translatable strings. +- * Note that it uses one dynamically allocated buffer, so the result is only +- * valid until the next call to the function. +- */ +-static gchar * +-source_make_string_internal (const gchar * text, +- gboolean translatable, +- gboolean is_static, +- gboolean context) +-{ +- static GString *buffer = NULL; +- +- gchar escape_buffer[16]; +- const gchar *p; +- +- /* If the text is empty, we return an empty string without the _ macro. */ +- if (!text || text[0] == '\0') +- return "\"\""; +- +- /* Create the buffer if it hasn't already been created. */ +- if (buffer == NULL) +- { +- buffer = g_string_sized_new (1024); +- } +- +- /* Clear any previous string. */ +- g_string_truncate (buffer, 0); +- +- /* Output the C code to start the string. */ +- if (translatable) +- { +- /* Static "N_" overrides any context setting, though they shouldn't +- really both be passed in as TRUE anyway. */ +- if (is_static) +- g_string_append (buffer, "N_(\""); +- else if (context) +- g_string_append (buffer, "Q_(\""); +- else +- g_string_append (buffer, "_(\""); +- } +- else +- { +- g_string_append (buffer, "\""); +- } +- +- /* Step through each character of the given string, adding it to our GString +- buffer, converting it so that it is valid in a literal C string. */ +- for (p = text; *p; p++) +- { +- switch (*p) +- { +- case '\n': +- g_string_append (buffer, "\\n"); +- break; +- case '\r': +- g_string_append (buffer, "\\r"); +- break; +- case '\t': +- g_string_append (buffer, "\\t"); +- break; +- case '\\': +- g_string_append (buffer, "\\\\"); +- break; +- case '"': +- g_string_append (buffer, "\\\""); +- break; +- default: +- if (isprint (*p)) +- { +- g_string_append_c (buffer, *p); +- } +- else +- { +- sprintf (escape_buffer, "\\%02o", (guchar) *p); +- g_string_append (buffer, escape_buffer); +- } +- break; +- } +- } +- +- /* Output the C code to end the string. */ +- g_string_append (buffer, translatable ? "\")" : "\""); +- +- return buffer->str; +-} +- +- +-/* This outputs code to create a GtkImage widget with the given identifier, +- and using the given filename (only the basename is used). If filename NULL +- or "" an empty GtkImage is created. */ +-void +-source_create_pixmap (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- const gchar * identifier, +- const gchar * filename) +-{ +- gboolean empty_filename = FALSE; +- +- if (!filename || filename[0] == '\0') +- empty_filename = TRUE; +- +- /* We use the basename of the pixmap file. The create_pixmap() support +- function is responsible for finding the pixmap. +- If it can't find the pixmap, it outputs a warning messages and returns +- a simple dummy pixmap, so that the app can continue without crashing. */ +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- { +- /* FIXME: Should convert filename to a valid C string? */ +- if (!empty_filename) +- source_add (data, " %s = create_pixmap (%s, \"%s/%s\");\n", +- identifier, data->component_name, +- data->program_name, g_basename (filename)); +- else +- source_add (data, " %s = create_pixmap (%s, NULL);\n", +- identifier, data->component_name); +- } +- else +- { +- if (!empty_filename) +- source_add (data, " %s = create_pixmap (%s, \"%s\");\n", +- identifier, data->component_name, g_basename (filename)); +- else +- source_add (data, " %s = create_pixmap (%s, NULL);\n", +- identifier, data->component_name); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This outputs code to create a GdkPixbuf with the given identifier, +- and using the given filename (only the basename is used). filename must not +- be NULL or "". */ +-void +-source_create_pixbuf (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data, +- const gchar * identifier, +- const gchar * filename) +-{ +- g_return_if_fail (filename && filename[0]); +- +- /* We use the basename of the pixmap file. The create_pixmap() support +- function is responsible for finding the pixmap. +- If it can't find the pixmap, it outputs a warning messages and returns +- a simple dummy pixmap, so that the app can continue without crashing. */ +- if (glade_project_get_gnome_support (data->project)) +- { +- /* FIXME: Should convert filename to a valid C string? */ +- source_add (data, " %s = create_pixbuf (\"%s/%s\");\n", +- identifier, data->program_name, g_basename (filename)); +- } +- else +- { +- source_add (data, " %s = create_pixbuf (\"%s\");\n", +- identifier, g_basename (filename)); +- } +-} +- +- +-/************************************************************************* +- * Utility Functions. +- *************************************************************************/ +- +-/* This empties all the source code buffers, but doesn't free them. */ +-static void +-source_reset_code_buffers (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < GLADE_NUM_SOURCE_BUFFERS; i++) +- g_string_truncate (data->source_buffers[i], 0); +-} +- +- +-/* A callback used to free the 'standard widgets' (widgets we use to determine +- default property values) when iterating over their GHashTable. */ +-static void +-source_destroy_standard_widgets_callback (gchar * key, GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- gtk_widget_destroy (widget); +-} +- +- +-/* A callback used to free GHashTable keys when iterating over them */ +-static void +-source_free_hash_keys_callback (gchar * key, gpointer value, gpointer data) +-{ +- g_free (key); +-} +- +- +-/* Checks if the given file is a valid source filename, i.e. not NULL and +- not absolute. If not it returns an appropriate error message. */ +-static gchar* +-source_is_valid_source_filename (const gchar * filename) +-{ +- if (filename == NULL || filename[0] == '\0') +- return _("The filename must be set in the Project Options dialog."); +- +- if (g_path_is_absolute (filename)) +- return _("The filename must be a simple relative filename.\n" +- "Use the Project Options dialog to set it."); +- +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* Checks if the given file exists, and if so renames it to file.bak. */ +-static GladeError* +-source_backup_file_if_exists (const gchar * filename) +-{ +- GladeError *error = NULL; +- gchar *backup_filename; +- int status; +- +- if (glade_util_file_exists (filename)) +- { +- backup_filename = g_strdup_printf ("%s.bak", filename); +-#if defined (__EMX__) || defined (_WIN32) +- remove (backup_filename); +-#endif +- status = rename (filename, backup_filename); +- +- if (status == -1) +- { +- error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't rename file:\n %s\nto:\n %s\n"), filename, backup_filename); +- } +- g_free (backup_filename); +- } +- return error; +-} +- +- +-/* This returns the relative path from the project directory to the source +- directory, or NULL if the source directory is the project directory. +- The returned string will not have any trailing '/', and should be freed +- when no longer needed. */ +-static gchar* +-source_get_source_subdirectory (GbWidgetWriteSourceData * data) +-{ +- gchar *directory, *source_directory, *subdir; +- gint subdir_len; +- +- directory = glade_project_get_directory (data->project); +- source_directory = glade_project_get_source_directory (data->project); +- +- /* Check if the source directory is a subdirectory of the project directory. +- */ +- if (!glade_util_directory_contains_file (directory, source_directory)) +- return NULL; +- +- subdir = glade_util_make_relative_path (directory, source_directory); +- subdir_len = strlen (subdir); +- if (subdir_len > 0 && subdir[subdir_len - 1] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- subdir[subdir_len - 1] = '\0'; +- +- return subdir; +-} +- +- +-/* Outputs a warning to the given file, telling the user not to edit the file +- since it is generated by Glade. */ +-static void +-source_write_no_editing_warning (FILE *fp) +-{ +- /* +- * Output a 3-line comment like this one, makes it easy for translators. +- * Actually I've turned translation off now, as UTF-8 may cause problems +- * in the C code. See bug #95435. +- */ +- fprintf (fp, "/*\n * %s\n */\n\n", +- "DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE - it is generated by Glade."); +-} +--- a/tools/glade/glade/tree.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,471 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#include <string.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktreeselection.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktreestore.h> +-#include <gtk/gtktreeview.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h> +-#include <gtk/gtkwindow.h> +- +- +-#include "gbwidget.h" +-#include "editor.h" +-#include "tree.h" +-#include "utils.h" +-#include "glade_project_window.h" +- +-/* This key is used to store a pointer from each widget to its corresponding +- node in the widget tree. */ +-#define GLADE_TREE_NODE_KEY "GLADE_TREE_NODE_KEY" +- +-enum { +- COLUMN_ICON, +- COLUMN_TEXT, +- COLUMN_OBJECT +-}; +- +-GtkWidget *win_tree = NULL; +-static GtkWidget *widget_tree = NULL; +-static GtkTreeStore *tree_store = NULL; +-static GtkTreeSelection *tree_selection = NULL; +- +- +-static void tree_on_selection_changed (GtkTreeSelection *selection, +- gpointer data); +-static gint tree_on_button_press (GtkWidget * tree, +- GdkEventButton * event, +- gpointer widget); +- +- +- +-/* This creates the widget tree window, with just the root tree. */ +-void +-tree_init () +-{ +- GtkWidget *scrolled_win; +- GtkTreeViewColumn *col; +- GtkCellRenderer *icon_rend, *text_rend; +- +- win_tree = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); +- gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (win_tree), 530, 0); +- gtk_widget_set_name (win_tree, "GladeWidgetTree"); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (win_tree), "delete_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (tree_hide), NULL); +- gtk_signal_connect_after (GTK_OBJECT (win_tree), "hide", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_project_window_uncheck_widget_tree_menu_item), +- NULL); +- gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (win_tree), _("Widget Tree")); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (win_tree), 0); +- gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (win_tree), "widget_tree", "Glade"); +- gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (win_tree), +- glade_get_global_accel_group ()); +- +- scrolled_win = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); +- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolled_win), +- GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (win_tree), scrolled_win); +- gtk_widget_show (scrolled_win); +- +- tree_store = gtk_tree_store_new (3, GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF, G_TYPE_STRING, +- G_TYPE_POINTER); +- widget_tree = gtk_tree_view_new_with_model (GTK_TREE_MODEL (tree_store)); +- gtk_tree_view_set_headers_visible (GTK_TREE_VIEW (widget_tree), FALSE); +- gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolled_win), widget_tree); +- gtk_widget_set_usize (widget_tree, 250, 320); +- gtk_widget_show (widget_tree); +- +- tree_selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection (GTK_TREE_VIEW (widget_tree)); +- gtk_tree_selection_set_mode (GTK_TREE_SELECTION (tree_selection), +- GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE); +- +- col = gtk_tree_view_column_new (); +- +- icon_rend = gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new (); +- text_rend = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (); +- gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start (col, icon_rend, FALSE); +- gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start (col, text_rend, TRUE); +- gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributes (col, icon_rend, +- "pixbuf", COLUMN_ICON, +- NULL); +- gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributes (col, text_rend, +- "text", COLUMN_TEXT, +- NULL); +- gtk_tree_view_column_set_resizable (col, TRUE); +- gtk_tree_view_append_column (GTK_TREE_VIEW (widget_tree), col); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget_tree), "button_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (tree_on_button_press), NULL); +- g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (tree_selection), "changed", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (tree_on_selection_changed), NULL); +-} +- +-/* This shows the widget tree window. */ +-void +-tree_show (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +-{ +- gtk_widget_show (win_tree); +- gdk_window_show (GTK_WIDGET (win_tree)->window); +- gdk_window_raise (GTK_WIDGET (win_tree)->window); +-} +- +-/* This hides the widget tree window. */ +-gint +-tree_hide (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +-{ +- gtk_widget_hide (win_tree); +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-/* This adds a widget to the tree (if it is a widget that we are interested in, +- * i.e. a GbWidget). The widget must have already been added to the interface, +- * so we can determine its parent. It also recursively adds any children. */ +-void +-tree_add_widget (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- /* We only add it to the tree if it is a GbWidget and it hasn't already been +- added. */ +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- { +- if (!gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GLADE_TREE_NODE_KEY)) +- { +- GbWidget *gbwidget; +- GtkWidget *parent; +- GNode *parent_node = NULL; +- GtkTreeIter iter, tmp_iter = { 0 }, *parent_iter = NULL; +- +- gbwidget = gb_widget_lookup (widget); +- g_return_if_fail (gbwidget != NULL); +- +- parent = glade_util_get_parent (widget); +- if (parent) +- parent_node = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (parent), +- GLADE_TREE_NODE_KEY); +- if (parent_node) +- { +- /* I'm not sure if this is a bad hack. */ +- tmp_iter.stamp = tree_store->stamp; +- tmp_iter.user_data = parent_node; +- parent_iter = &tmp_iter; +- } +- +- /* Create the pixbuf for the icon, if necessary. */ +- if (gbwidget->pixbuf == NULL && gbwidget->pixmap_struct) +- { +- gbwidget->pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data ((const char**) gbwidget->pixmap_struct); +- } +- +- gtk_tree_store_append (tree_store, &iter, parent_iter); +- gtk_tree_store_set (tree_store, &iter, +- COLUMN_ICON, gbwidget->pixbuf, +- COLUMN_TEXT, gtk_widget_get_name (widget), +- COLUMN_OBJECT, widget, +- -1); +- +- /* Save a pointer to the GNode inside the widget. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GLADE_TREE_NODE_KEY, +- iter.user_data); +- } +- else +- { +- /* Update the name if necessary. This is needed because we may have +- added this widget before (if it was created by its parent +- automatically), but we have only just loaded its name. */ +- tree_rename_widget (widget, gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +- } +- } +- +- /* Now add any children. */ +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, (GtkCallback) tree_add_widget, NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* Recursively removes any pointers to tree GNodes in the widgets. */ +-void +-tree_remove_widget_cb (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Removing node key from widget: %s\n", gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +-#endif +- gtk_object_remove_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GLADE_TREE_NODE_KEY); +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, (GtkCallback) tree_remove_widget_cb, +- NULL); +-} +- +- +-void +-tree_remove_widget (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GNode *node; +- GtkTreeIter iter = { 0 }; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("In tree_remove_widget: %s\n", gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +-#endif +- +- node = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GLADE_TREE_NODE_KEY); +- if (node == NULL) +- return; +- +- /* I'm not sure if this is a bad hack. */ +- iter.stamp = tree_store->stamp; +- iter.user_data = node; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Removing widget: %s\n", gtk_widget_get_name (widget)); +-#endif +- +- gtk_object_remove_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GLADE_TREE_NODE_KEY); +- +- /* Remove the GNode's stored in any child widgets, as these GNodes are also +- about to be removed. */ +- gb_widget_children_foreach (widget, (GtkCallback) tree_remove_widget_cb, +- NULL); +- +- gtk_tree_store_remove (tree_store, &iter); +-} +- +- +-void +-tree_clear (void) +-{ +- gtk_tree_store_clear (tree_store); +-} +- +- +-void +-tree_freeze (void) +-{ +-#if 0 +- /* I don't think GtkTreeView has a corresponding function. */ +- gtk_clist_freeze (GTK_CLIST (widget_tree)); +-#endif +-} +- +- +-void +-tree_thaw (void) +-{ +-#if 0 +- /* I don't think GtkTreeView has a corresponding function. */ +- gtk_clist_thaw (GTK_CLIST (widget_tree)); +-#endif +-} +- +- +-void +-tree_rename_widget (GtkWidget * widget, const gchar * name) +-{ +- GNode *node; +- GtkTreeIter iter = { 0 }; +- gchar *old_name; +- +- node = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GLADE_TREE_NODE_KEY); +- if (node == NULL) +- return; +- +- /* I'm not sure if this is a bad hack. */ +- iter.stamp = tree_store->stamp; +- iter.user_data = node; +- +- gtk_tree_model_get (GTK_TREE_MODEL (tree_store), &iter, +- COLUMN_TEXT, &old_name, -1); +- +- /* Only update it if the name has really changed. */ +- if (strcmp (old_name, name)) +- { +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Changing name from: %s to: %s\n", old_name, name); +-#endif +- gtk_tree_store_set (tree_store, &iter, COLUMN_TEXT, name, -1); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This is used when inserting an alignment or event box above a widget. */ +-void +-tree_insert_widget_parent (GtkWidget * parent, GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- /* Remove the widget if it is currently in the tree. */ +- tree_remove_widget (widget); +- +- /* Now add the parent. Since widgets are added recursively, the widget +- will get added back as well. */ +- tree_add_widget (parent); +-} +- +- +-/* Selects a node and makes sure it is visible on the tree */ +-static void +-tree_select_iter (GtkTreeIter *iter) +-{ +- GtkTreePath *path; +- GList *ancestors = NULL, *elem; +- +- /* Make sure all ancestors are expanded. This makes the GUI easier to use, +- but is also necessary to be able to select the widget in the GtkTreeView. +- We have to expand the rows from the top down, so first we step up the +- tree pushing them onto a list. */ +- path = gtk_tree_model_get_path (GTK_TREE_MODEL (tree_store), iter); +- for (;;) +- { +- if (!gtk_tree_path_up (path)) +- break; +- +- ancestors = g_list_prepend (ancestors, path); +- path = gtk_tree_path_copy (path); +- } +- gtk_tree_path_free (path); +- +- for (elem = ancestors; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- GtkTreePath *tmp_path = elem->data; +- +- if (!gtk_tree_view_row_expanded (GTK_TREE_VIEW (widget_tree), tmp_path)) +- gtk_tree_view_expand_row (GTK_TREE_VIEW (widget_tree), tmp_path, +- FALSE); +- gtk_tree_path_free (tmp_path); +- } +- g_list_free (ancestors); +- +- /* Select the row. */ +- gtk_tree_selection_select_iter (tree_selection, iter); +- +- /* Make sure the row is visible. */ +- path = gtk_tree_model_get_path (GTK_TREE_MODEL (tree_store), iter); +- gtk_tree_view_scroll_to_cell (GTK_TREE_VIEW (widget_tree), path, NULL, +- TRUE, 0, 0); +- gtk_tree_path_free (path); +-} +- +- +-static void +-tree_get_selection_cb (GtkTreeModel *model, +- GtkTreePath *path, +- GtkTreeIter *iter, +- GList **selection) +-{ +- GObject *object; +- +- gtk_tree_model_get (model, iter, COLUMN_OBJECT, &object, -1); +- if (object) +- *selection = g_list_prepend (*selection, object); +-} +- +- +-/* Returns a list of selected widgets. g_list_free() it. */ +-static GList* +-tree_get_selection (void) +-{ +- GList *selection = NULL; +- +- /* Create a GList of all the widgets selected in the tree. */ +- gtk_tree_selection_selected_foreach (tree_selection, +- (GtkTreeSelectionForeachFunc) tree_get_selection_cb, +- &selection); +- return selection; +-} +- +- +-void +-tree_select_widget (GtkWidget * widget, gboolean select) +-{ +- GNode *node; +- GtkTreeIter iter = { 0 }; +- GList *selection; +- gboolean selected = FALSE; +- +- if (!GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (widget)) +- return; +- +- node = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GLADE_TREE_NODE_KEY); +- if (node == NULL) +- return; +- +- /* I'm not sure if this is a bad hack. */ +- iter.stamp = tree_store->stamp; +- iter.user_data = node; +- +- /* Check if the item is currently selected. */ +- selection = tree_get_selection (); +- if (g_list_find (selection, widget)) +- selected = TRUE; +- g_list_free (selection); +- +- if (select && !selected) +- tree_select_iter (&iter); +- else if (!select && selected) +- gtk_tree_selection_unselect_iter (tree_selection, &iter); +-} +- +- +-/* We set the widget selection in the GUI to match the selection in the tree. +- */ +-static void +-tree_on_selection_changed (GtkTreeSelection *selection, gpointer data) +-{ +- /* Note that we may get callbacks as widgets are selected or deselected in +- the GUI, but we will check if the tree needs updating and it shouldn't +- so we won't get into infinite loops. */ +- editor_set_selection (tree_get_selection ()); +-} +- +- +-/* This is called when a button is pressed in the tree. If it was the +- right mouse button we show the popup menu for the widget. */ +-static gint +-tree_on_button_press (GtkWidget *tree, +- GdkEventButton *event, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- GtkTreePath *path; +- GtkTreeIter iter; +- +- if (event->button != 3 +- || event->window != gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window (GTK_TREE_VIEW (tree))) +- return FALSE; +- +- if (!gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos (GTK_TREE_VIEW (tree), +- event->x, event->y, +- &path, NULL, NULL, NULL)) +- return FALSE; +- +- if (gtk_tree_model_get_iter (GTK_TREE_MODEL (tree_store), &iter, path)) +- { +- GtkWidget *widget; +- +- gtk_tree_model_get (GTK_TREE_MODEL (tree_store), &iter, +- COLUMN_OBJECT, &widget, +- -1); +- +- if (widget) +- gb_widget_show_popup_menu (GTK_WIDGET (widget), event); +- +- gtk_tree_path_free (path); +- } +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +--- a/tools/glade/glade/utils.c ++++ /dev/null +@@ -1,2327 +0,0 @@ +-/* Gtk+ User Interface Builder +- * Copyright (C) 1998 Damon Chaplin +- * +- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +- * (at your option) any later version. +- * +- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- * GNU General Public License for more details. +- * +- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- */ +- +-#include "gladeconfig.h" +- +-#include <string.h> +-#include <sys/types.h> +-#include <sys/stat.h> +-#ifndef _WIN32 +-#include <unistd.h> +-#endif +-#include <dirent.h> +-#include <errno.h> +- +-#include <gtk/gtk.h> +-#include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +-#include <gnome.h> +-#include <bonobo.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "gb.h" +-#include "gbwidget.h" +-#include "glade_project_window.h" +-#include "utils.h" +- +- +-gchar *GladeDayNames[] = { "Sun", "Mon", "Tue", "Wed", "Thu", "Fri", "Sat" }; +-gchar *GladeMonthNames[] = { "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", +- "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec" }; +- +-typedef void (*GladeDialogCallback) (GtkDialog *dialog, gpointer data); +- +-#define READ_BUFFER_SIZE 4096 +- +-static void on_entry_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +-static void on_entry_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, +- gpointer data); +-static gboolean check_components_match (const gchar *base, +- const gchar *path, +- gint root_pos, +- gint len); +- +-static GtkWidget* glade_util_find_table_accelerator_target (GtkWidget *parent, +- GtkWidget *child); +-static GtkWidget* glade_util_find_box_accelerator_target (GtkWidget *parent, +- GtkWidget *child); +-static GtkWidget* glade_util_find_fixed_accelerator_target (GtkWidget *parent, +- GtkWidget *child); +-static GtkWidget* glade_util_find_layout_accelerator_target (GtkWidget *parent, +- GtkWidget *child); +- +-typedef struct _GladeLayoutCallbackData GladeLayoutCallbackData; +-struct _GladeLayoutCallbackData +-{ +- gint x, y, best_distance; +- GtkWidget *child, *best_target; +-}; +- +-typedef struct _GladeFindWidgetData GladeFindWidgetData; +-struct _GladeFindWidgetData +-{ +- gchar *name; +- GtkWidget *found_widget; +-}; +- +-static void glade_util_find_layout_acclererator_target_cb (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeLayoutCallbackData *data); +- +-static GtkWidget* glade_util_find_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget); +- +-static void glade_util_find_widget_recursive (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeFindWidgetData *data); +- +- +-/* This shows a simple dialog box with a label and an 'OK' button. +- Example usage: +- glade_util_show_message_box ("Error saving file", NULL); +-*/ +-void +-glade_util_show_message_box (const gchar *message, +- GtkWidget *transient_widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog; +- GtkWindow *transient_parent; +- +- transient_parent = (GtkWindow *)glade_util_get_toplevel (transient_widget); +- dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (transient_parent, +- GTK_DIALOG_MODAL, +- GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR, +- GTK_BUTTONS_OK, +- "%s", message); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER); +- +- gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)); +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +-} +- +- +-/* This shows a dialog box with a message and an Entry for entering a value. +- * When the OK button is pressed the handler of the specified widget will +- * be called with the value and the given data. +- * NOTE: The dialog is automatically destroyed when any button is clicked. +- +- Example usage: +- glade_util_show_entry_dialog ("Name:", "default", widget, on_dialog_ok, +- "NewName", NULL); +- +- void +- on_dialog_ok(GtkWidget *widget, gchar *value, gpointer data) +- { +- ... +- +-*/ +-void +-glade_util_show_entry_dialog (const gchar *message, +- const gchar *initial_value, +- GtkWidget *widget, +- GbEntryDialogFunc signal_handler, +- gpointer data, +- GtkWidget *transient_widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog, *hbox, *label, *entry, *button, *toplevel; +- +- dialog = gtk_dialog_new (); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (dialog), 5); +- +- /* FIXME: Passing a function as a gpointer isn't compatable with ANSI. */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "handler", signal_handler); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "widget", widget); +- gtk_widget_ref (widget); +- +- hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 10); +- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 20); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->vbox), hbox, +- TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (hbox); +- +- label = gtk_label_new (message); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, FALSE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (label); +- +- entry = glade_util_entry_new (GTK_OBJECT (dialog)); +- if (initial_value) +- gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (entry), initial_value); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), entry, TRUE, TRUE, 0); +- gtk_widget_show (entry); +- gtk_widget_grab_focus (entry); +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "entry", entry); +- +- button = gtk_button_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_CANCEL); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->action_area), button, +- FALSE, TRUE, 20); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy), +- GTK_OBJECT (dialog)); +- +- button = gtk_button_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_OK); +- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->action_area), button, +- FALSE, TRUE, 20); +- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); +- gtk_widget_grab_default (button); +- gtk_widget_show (button); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_entry_dialog_ok), +- data); +- +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "key_press_event", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (glade_util_check_key_is_esc), +- GINT_TO_POINTER (GladeEscDestroys)); +- gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "destroy", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_entry_dialog_destroy), widget); +- +- if (transient_widget) +- { +- toplevel = glade_util_get_toplevel (transient_widget); +- if (toplevel && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel) && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (toplevel)) +- gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), +- GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)); +- } +- +- gtk_widget_show (dialog); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_entry_dialog_destroy (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +-{ +- gtk_widget_unref (GTK_WIDGET (data)); +-} +- +- +-static void +-on_entry_dialog_ok (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); +- GbEntryDialogFunc handler; +- GtkWidget *entry; +- gchar *text; +- gboolean close = TRUE; +- +- /* FIXME: ANSI forbids casting function pointer to data pointer. */ +- handler = (GbEntryDialogFunc) (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), +- "handler")); +- widget = GTK_WIDGET (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "widget")); +- entry = GTK_WIDGET (gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), "entry")); +- g_return_if_fail (entry != NULL); +- text = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (entry)); +- +- if (handler) +- close = (*handler) (widget, text, data); +- if (close) +- gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +-} +- +-static void +-on_dialog_response (GtkDialog *dialog, gint response, gpointer ok_handler_data) +-{ +- GladeDialogCallback ok_handler; +- +- if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) +- { +- ok_handler = (GladeDialogCallback) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (dialog), "ok_handler"); +- ok_handler (dialog, ok_handler_data); +- } +- else +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (dialog)); +- } +-} +- +-/* This creates a dialog with OK & Cancel buttons, usable in plain GTK or +- Gnome, and returns a vbox which the caller can place widgets in. +- If transient_for is non-NULL, the window it is in is used to set the +- transient for relationship, so the dialog will always be above the widget. +- (This only works with GTK 1.1.6+). +- The callback will be called when the OK button is pressed. */ +-GtkWidget* +-glade_util_create_dialog (const gchar *title, +- GtkWidget *transient_for, +- GtkSignalFunc ok_handler, +- gpointer ok_handler_data, +- GtkWidget **vbox) +-{ +- GtkWidget *dialog; +- GtkWindow *transient_parent; +- +- transient_parent = (GtkWindow *)glade_util_get_toplevel (transient_for); +- dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (title, transient_parent, +- 0, +- GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, +- GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, +- NULL); +- gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +- gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (dialog), "ok_handler", ok_handler); +- +- g_signal_connect (dialog, "response", +- G_CALLBACK (on_dialog_response), +- ok_handler_data); +- +- *vbox = GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->vbox; +- +- return dialog; +-} +- +- +-gint glade_util_check_key_is_esc (GtkWidget *widget, +- GdkEventKey *event, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget), FALSE); +- +- if (event->keyval == GDK_Escape) +- { +- GladeEscAction action = GPOINTER_TO_INT (data); +- +- if (action == GladeEscCloses) +- { +- glade_util_close_window (widget); +- return TRUE; +- } +- else if (action == GladeEscDestroys) +- { +- gtk_widget_destroy (widget); +- return TRUE; +- } +- else +- return FALSE; +- } +- else +- return FALSE; +-} +- +-/* This returns a new entry ready to insert in a dialog. +- The entry is set up so that <Return> will invoke the default action. The +- returned widget must be added to a container in the dialog. */ +-extern GtkWidget * +-glade_util_entry_new (GtkObject *dialog) +-{ +- GtkWidget *entry; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (dialog), NULL); +- +- entry = gtk_entry_new (); +- g_return_val_if_fail (entry != NULL, NULL); +- +- /* Make <Return> in entry field invoke dialog default */ +- gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (entry), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_window_activate_default), +- GTK_OBJECT (dialog)); +- +- return entry; +-} +- +- +-/* This returns a new spinbutton ready to insert in a dialog. +- A pointer to the spin button is added as object data to the dialog. The +- spinbutton is set up so that <Return> will invoke the default action. The +- returned widget must be added to a container in the dialog. */ +-GtkWidget * +-glade_util_spin_button_new (GtkObject *dialog, +- const gchar *key, +- GtkAdjustment *adjustment, +- gfloat climb_rate, +- guint digits) +-{ +- GtkWidget *spinbutton; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (dialog), NULL); +- g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), NULL); +- +- spinbutton = gtk_spin_button_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (adjustment), climb_rate, +- digits); +- g_return_val_if_fail (spinbutton != NULL, NULL); +- gtk_spin_button_set_numeric (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (spinbutton), TRUE); +- +- /* save pointer to entry so we can find it easily in the OK handler */ +- gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (dialog), key, spinbutton); +- /* Make <Return> in entry field invoke dialog default */ +- gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (spinbutton), "activate", +- GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_window_activate_default), +- GTK_OBJECT (dialog)); +- +- return spinbutton; +-} +- +-/* This returns the index of the given gint with the given array of gints. +- If the value is not found it outputs a warning and returns -1. +- This function is intended to be used for finding the index when using +- properties which are choices. */ +-gint +-glade_util_int_array_index (const gint array[], +- gint array_size, +- gint value) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < array_size; i++) +- { +- if (array[i] == value) +- return i; +- } +- return -1; +-} +- +- +-/* This returns the index of the given string with the given array of strings. +- If the value is not found it outputs a warning and returns -1. +- This function is intended to be used for finding the index when using +- properties which are choices. */ +-gint +-glade_util_string_array_index (const gchar *array[], +- gint array_size, +- const gchar *value) +-{ +- gint i; +- +- for (i = 0; i < array_size; i++) +- { +- if (array[i] && !strcmp (array[i], value)) +- return i; +- } +- return -1; +-} +- +- +-/* This returns TRUE if the two strings are equivalent. Note that NULL is +- considered equivalent to the empty string. */ +-gboolean +-glade_util_strings_equivalent (const gchar *string1, +- const gchar *string2) +-{ +- if (string1 && string1[0] == '\0') +- string1 = NULL; +- if (string2 && string2[0] == '\0') +- string2 = NULL; +- +- if (string1 == NULL) +- { +- if (string2 == NULL) +- return TRUE; +- else +- return FALSE; +- } +- else if (string2 == NULL) +- return FALSE; +- else if (!strcmp (string1, string2)) +- return TRUE; +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* This returns a copy of the given string, or NULL if the string is NULL +- or empty, i.e. "". */ +-gchar* +-glade_util_copy_string (const gchar *string) +-{ +- if (string == NULL || string[0] == '\0') +- return NULL; +- return g_strdup (string); +-} +- +- +-/* Returns TRUE if string contains substring. Returns FALSE if substring is +- not found or is NULL. */ +-gboolean +-glade_util_strstr (const gchar * string, +- const gchar * substring) +-{ +- gchar first_char; +- gint string_len, substring_len, i, j; +- gboolean found; +- +- if (!string || !substring) +- return FALSE; +- +- first_char = substring[0]; +- string_len = strlen (string); +- substring_len = strlen (substring); +- +- if (string_len < substring_len) +- return FALSE; +- for (i = 0; i <= string_len - substring_len; i++) +- { +- if (string[i] == first_char) +- { +- found = TRUE; +- for (j = 1; j < substring_len; j++) +- { +- if (string[i + j] != substring[j]) +- { +- found = FALSE; +- break; +- } +- } +- if (found == TRUE) +- return TRUE; +- } +- } +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* This looks for '::' in a property name and returns a pointer to the next +- character. If '::' is not found it returns the argument. */ +-gchar * +-glade_util_find_start_of_tag_name (const gchar * tag_name) +-{ +- register const gchar *pos = tag_name; +- +- while (*pos && (*pos != ':' || *(pos + 1) != ':')) +- pos++; +- return (gchar*) (*pos ? pos + 2 : tag_name); +-} +- +- +-/* This creates a string representing the modifiers flags, e.g. +- "GDK_CONTROL_MASK | GDK_SHIFT_MASK". It is used for saving the XML, and +- also for writing the source code. It uses a static buffer which is +- overwritten for each call. */ +-gchar* +-glade_util_create_modifiers_string (guint8 modifier_flags) +-{ +- static gchar modifiers[128]; +- +- modifiers[0] = '\0'; +- if (modifier_flags == 0) +- { +- strcat (modifiers, "0"); +- return modifiers; +- } +- +- if (modifier_flags & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) +- { +- strcat (modifiers, "GDK_CONTROL_MASK"); +- } +- if (modifier_flags & GDK_SHIFT_MASK) +- { +- if (modifiers[0] != '\0') +- strcat (modifiers, " | "); +- strcat (modifiers, "GDK_SHIFT_MASK"); +- } +- if (modifier_flags & GDK_MOD1_MASK) +- { +- if (modifiers[0] != '\0') +- strcat (modifiers, " | "); +- strcat (modifiers, "GDK_MOD1_MASK"); +- } +- return modifiers; +-} +- +- +-/* This creates a GtkPixmap widget, using a colormap and xpm data from an +- '#include'd pixmap file. */ +-GtkWidget* +-glade_util_create_pixmap_using_colormap (GdkColormap *colormap, +- gchar **xpm_data) +-{ +- GtkWidget *pixmap; +- GdkPixmap *gdkpixmap; +- GdkBitmap *mask; +- +- gdkpixmap = gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm_d (NULL, colormap, &mask, +- NULL, (gchar**) xpm_data); +- pixmap = gtk_pixmap_new (gdkpixmap, mask); +- +- /* The GtkPixmap assumes the reference count, so we can unref them. */ +- gdk_pixmap_unref (gdkpixmap); +- gdk_bitmap_unref (mask); +- +- return pixmap; +-} +- +- +-/* This returns TRUE if the widget is a toplevel project component, +- i.e. a window, dialog or popup menu. */ +-gboolean +-glade_util_is_component (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- if (widget->parent == NULL) +- return TRUE; +- +- /* Note that menus may have submenus, so we make sure that this is the +- toplevel menu. */ +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget) +- && gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget)) == NULL) +- return TRUE; +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* This returns the toplevel window/dialog/menu that contains the given +- widget. It even walks up menus, which gtk_widget_get_toplevel() does not. */ +-GtkWidget* +-glade_util_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *parent; +- +- if (widget == NULL) +- return NULL; +- +- for (;;) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget)) +- parent = gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget)); +- else +- parent = widget->parent; +- if (parent == NULL) +- break; +- widget = parent; +- } +- +- return widget; +-} +- +- +-/* This returns the closes ancestor of the given widget which is a GbWidget. */ +-GtkWidget* +-glade_util_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GtkWidget *parent; +- +- for (;;) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget)) +- parent = gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget)); +- else +- parent = widget->parent; +- +- /* There is no way to move up from the combo popup list window to the +- combo, so we added a special pointer. */ +- if (!parent) +- parent = gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), GladeParentKey); +- +- if (parent == NULL) +- break; +- +- if (GB_IS_GB_WIDGET (parent)) +- return parent; +- +- widget = parent; +- } +- +- return widget; +-} +- +- +-/* This is used when setting up keyboard accelerators resulting from underlined +- keys in labels. It returns the default mnemonic widget to use. */ +-GtkWidget* +-glade_util_find_default_accelerator_target (GtkWidget *label) +-{ +- GtkWidget *parent, *child, *target = NULL; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_LABEL (label), NULL); +- +- /* Now try to find the widget to the right of the label. We can do this +- fairly easily for tables, boxes, and fixed containers. But the packer +- container may be more difficult. */ +- parent = label->parent; +- child = label; +- while (parent) +- { +- if (GTK_IS_TABLE (parent)) +- target = glade_util_find_table_accelerator_target (parent, child); +- else if (GTK_IS_HBOX (parent)) +- target = glade_util_find_box_accelerator_target (parent, child); +- else if (GTK_IS_FIXED (parent)) +- target = glade_util_find_fixed_accelerator_target (parent, child); +- else if (GTK_IS_LAYOUT (parent)) +- target = glade_util_find_layout_accelerator_target (parent, child); +- +- if (target) +- { +- return target; +- } +- +- child = parent; +- parent = parent->parent; +- } +- +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* This tries to find a named widget in a component. */ +-GtkWidget* +-glade_util_find_widget (GtkWidget *widget, gchar *name) +-{ +- GladeFindWidgetData data; +- +- data.name = name; +- data.found_widget = NULL; +- +- glade_util_find_widget_recursive (widget, &data); +- +- return data.found_widget; +-} +- +- +-static void +-glade_util_find_widget_recursive (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeFindWidgetData *data) +-{ +- if (!data->found_widget && widget->name +- && !strcmp (widget->name, data->name)) +- { +- data->found_widget = widget; +- } +- +- if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget)) +- { +- gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), +- (GtkCallback) glade_util_find_widget_recursive, +- data); +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This tries to find the widget on the right of the given child. */ +-static GtkWidget* +-glade_util_find_table_accelerator_target (GtkWidget *parent, GtkWidget *child) +-{ +- GtkTableChild *tchild, *tchild2; +- GList *children; +- +- tchild = glade_util_find_table_child (GTK_TABLE (parent), child); +- g_return_val_if_fail (tchild != NULL, NULL); +- +- children = GTK_TABLE (parent)->children; +- while (children) +- { +- tchild2 = (GtkTableChild*) children->data; +- +- if (tchild2->widget != tchild->widget +- && tchild2->left_attach == tchild->right_attach +- && tchild2->top_attach < tchild->bottom_attach +- && tchild2->bottom_attach > tchild->top_attach) +- { +- return glade_util_find_focus_child (tchild2->widget); +- } +- children = children->next; +- } +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* This tries to find the widget on the right of the given child. */ +-static GtkWidget* +-glade_util_find_box_accelerator_target (GtkWidget *parent, GtkWidget *child) +-{ +- GtkBoxChild *bchild, *bchild2; +- GList *children, *elem; +- gint pos; +- +- pos = glade_util_get_box_pos (GTK_BOX (parent), child); +- g_return_val_if_fail (pos != -1, NULL); +- +- children = GTK_BOX (parent)->children; +- elem = g_list_nth (children, pos); +- bchild = (GtkBoxChild*) elem->data; +- +- /* If the child has PACK_START set, try to find the next child also with +- PACK_START set. If that can't be found, try to find the last child with +- PACK_END set, since that will be nearest the middle. +- If the child has PACK_END set, find the previous child with PACK_END. */ +- if (bchild->pack == GTK_PACK_START) +- { +- while (elem->next) +- { +- elem = elem->next; +- bchild2 = (GtkBoxChild*) elem->data; +- if (bchild2->pack == GTK_PACK_START) +- return glade_util_find_focus_child (bchild2->widget); +- } +- /* We couldn't find another child with PACK_START, so we drop through +- to the second loop with elem containing the last list element. */ +- } +- else +- { +- elem = elem->prev; +- } +- +- /* Step back through the list trying to find a child with PACK_END set. */ +- while (elem) +- { +- bchild2 = (GtkBoxChild*) elem->data; +- if (bchild2->pack != GTK_PACK_END) +- return glade_util_find_focus_child (bchild2->widget); +- elem = elem->prev; +- } +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* This tries to find the widget on the right of the given child. */ +-static GtkWidget* +-glade_util_find_fixed_accelerator_target (GtkWidget *parent, GtkWidget *child) +-{ +- GtkFixedChild *fchild, *fchild2; +- GtkWidget *best_target = NULL; +- gint distance, best_distance = -1; +- GList *children; +- +- fchild = glade_util_find_fixed_child (GTK_FIXED (parent), child); +- g_return_val_if_fail (fchild != NULL, NULL); +- +- children = GTK_BOX (parent)->children; +- while (children) +- { +- fchild2 = (GtkFixedChild*) children->data; +- +- /* We allow a few pixels difference in the y coordinate. +- The x coordinate must be greater than the given child label. */ +- if (fchild2->widget != fchild->widget +- && abs (fchild2->y - fchild->y) < 5 +- && fchild2->x > fchild->x) +- { +- distance = fchild2->x - fchild->x; +- +- if (best_distance == -1 || distance < best_distance) +- { +- best_distance = distance; +- best_target = fchild2->widget; +- } +- } +- +- children = children->next; +- } +- +- return glade_util_find_focus_child (best_target); +-} +- +- +-/* This tries to find the widget on the right of the given child. */ +-static GtkWidget* +-glade_util_find_layout_accelerator_target (GtkWidget *parent, GtkWidget *child) +-{ +- GladeLayoutCallbackData data; +- +- data.best_distance = -1; +- data.best_target = NULL; +- data.child = child; +- data.x = child->allocation.x; +- data.y = child->allocation.y; +- gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), +- (GtkCallback)glade_util_find_layout_acclererator_target_cb, +- &data); +- return glade_util_find_focus_child (data.best_target); +-} +- +-static void +-glade_util_find_layout_acclererator_target_cb (GtkWidget *widget, +- GladeLayoutCallbackData *data) +-{ +- gint distance; +- +- /* We allow a few pixels difference in the y coordinate. +- The x coordinate must be greater than the given child label. */ +- if (widget != data->child +- && abs (widget->allocation.y - data->y) < 5 +- && widget->allocation.x > data->x) +- { +- distance = widget->allocation.x - data->x; +- +- if (data->best_distance == -1 || distance < data->best_distance) +- { +- data->best_distance = distance; +- data->best_target = widget; +- } +- } +-} +- +- +-/* This tries to find a widget which can accept the input focus, within the +- given widget and its descendants. Note that this will only work if the +- child is a GbWidget, since gb_label_write_source() assumes there is a +- variable declared corresponding to the widget. */ +-static GtkWidget* +-glade_util_find_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- if (widget == NULL) +- return NULL; +- +- if (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget)) +- return widget; +- +- if (GTK_IS_COMBO (widget)) +- return GTK_COMBO (widget)->entry; +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (GNOME_IS_FILE_ENTRY (widget)) +- return gnome_file_entry_gtk_entry (GNOME_FILE_ENTRY (widget)); +-#endif +- +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-gint +-glade_util_get_box_pos (GtkBox * box, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GList *children; +- GtkBoxChild *child; +- guint pos = 0; +- +- children = box->children; +- while (children) +- { +- child = children->data; +- if (widget == child->widget) +- return pos; +- pos++; +- children = children->next; +- } +- g_warning (_("Widget not found in box")); +- return -1; +-} +- +- +-GtkTableChild * +-glade_util_find_table_child (GtkTable * table, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GList *children; +- GtkTableChild *child; +- +- children = table->children; +- while (children) +- { +- child = children->data; +- if (widget == child->widget) +- return child; +- children = children->next; +- } +- g_warning (_("Widget not found in table")); +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-GtkBoxChild * +-glade_util_find_box_child (GtkBox * box, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GList *children; +- GtkBoxChild *child; +- +- children = box->children; +- while (children) +- { +- child = children->data; +- if (widget == child->widget) +- return child; +- children = children->next; +- } +- g_warning (_("Widget not found in box")); +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-GtkFixedChild* +-glade_util_find_fixed_child (GtkFixed *fixed, +- GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- GList *children; +- GtkFixedChild *child; +- +- children = fixed->children; +- while (children) +- { +- child = children->data; +- if (widget == child->widget) +- return child; +- children = children->next; +- } +- g_warning (_("Widget not found in fixed container")); +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-#if GLADE_SUPPORTS_GTK_PACKER +-GtkPackerChild * +-glade_util_find_packer_child (GtkPacker * packer, +- GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- GList *children; +- GtkPackerChild *child; +- +- children = packer->children; +- while (children) +- { +- child = children->data; +- if (widget == child->widget) +- return child; +- children = children->next; +- } +- g_warning (_("Widget not found in packer")); +- return NULL; +-} +-#endif +- +- +-/* This returns the GtkLabel's text, including the underline characters. +- We don't really need it now for GTK+ 2.0. Free the returned string. */ +-gchar* +-glade_util_get_label_text (GtkWidget *label) +-{ +- char *result; +- +- /* Hopefully this will work in GTK+ 2.0. */ +- result = (gchar*) gtk_label_get_label (GTK_LABEL (label)); +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("Label text: %s\n", result); +-#endif +- +- /* We strdup it just to remain compatable with the old version. */ +- return g_strdup (result); +- +-#if 0 +- /* This is the old GTK+ 1.2 version, for reference. */ +- GdkWChar *label_wc, *label_with_underscores; +- gchar *label_text, *label_pattern, *result; +- gint len, i, j; +- gboolean in_pattern; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_LABEL (label), NULL); +- +- /* We assume that the multi-byte and wide char versions of the text match. */ +- label_text = GTK_LABEL (label)->label; +- label_wc = GTK_LABEL (label)->label_wc; +- label_pattern = GTK_LABEL (label)->pattern; +- /* The maximum space we need is 2 * the string length, i.e. when all letters +- are underlined. */ +- len = strlen (label_text); +- label_with_underscores = g_new (GdkWChar, len * 2 + 1); +- +- /* We are careful in case the pattern is shorter than the label text. */ +- in_pattern = label_pattern ? TRUE : FALSE; +- for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len; i++) +- { +- if (in_pattern && label_pattern[i]) +- { +- if (label_pattern[i] == '_') +- label_with_underscores[j++] = '_'; +- } +- else +- in_pattern = FALSE; +- label_with_underscores[j++] = label_wc[i]; +- +- if (label_wc[i] == '_') +- label_with_underscores[j++] = '_'; +- } +- label_with_underscores[j] = '\0'; +- +- /* Now convert it to multi-byte. */ +- result = gdk_wcstombs (label_with_underscores); +- g_free (label_with_underscores); +- +- return result; +-#endif +-} +- +- +-/* This should be hooked up to the delete_event of windows which you want +- to hide, so that if they are shown again they appear in the same place. +- This stops the window manager asking the user to position the window each +- time it is shown, which is quite annoying. */ +-gint +-glade_util_close_window_on_delete (GtkWidget * widget, +- GdkEvent * event, +- gpointer data) +-{ +- glade_util_close_window (widget); +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-gint +-glade_util_close_window (GtkWidget * widget) +-{ +- gint x, y; +- gboolean set_position = FALSE; +- +- /* remember position of window for when it is used again */ +- if (widget->window) +- { +- gdk_window_get_root_origin (widget->window, &x, &y); +- set_position = TRUE; +- } +- +- gtk_widget_hide (widget); +- +- if (set_position) +- gtk_widget_set_uposition (widget, x, y); +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-/* Returns TRUE if the given file exists. filename must be UTF-8. */ +-gboolean +-glade_util_file_exists (const gchar *filename) +-{ +- int status; +- struct stat filestat; +- gchar *on_disk_filename; +- +- on_disk_filename = g_filename_from_utf8 (filename, -1, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- status = stat (on_disk_filename, &filestat); +- g_free (on_disk_filename); +- +- if (status == -1 && errno == ENOENT) +- return FALSE; +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-/* Returns the last modification time of the given file, or 0 if it doesn't +- exist, or -1 on error. filename must be UTF-8. */ +-GladeError* +-glade_util_file_last_mod_time (const gchar *filename, time_t *last_mod_time) +-{ +- int status; +- struct stat filestat; +- gchar *on_disk_filename; +- +- on_disk_filename = g_filename_from_utf8 (filename, -1, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- status = stat (on_disk_filename, &filestat); +- g_free (on_disk_filename); +- +- if (status == -1) +- { +- return glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't access file:\n %s\n"), +- filename); +- } +- +- *last_mod_time = filestat.st_mtime; +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* This copies a file from src to dest, and returns a GladeError if an error +- occurs. src & dest must be UTF-8. */ +-GladeError* +-glade_util_copy_file (const gchar *src, +- const gchar *dest) +-{ +- FILE *input_fp, *output_fp; +- gchar buffer[READ_BUFFER_SIZE]; +- gint bytes_read, bytes_written; +- GladeError *error = NULL; +- +- input_fp = glade_util_fopen (src, "r"); +- if (input_fp == NULL) +- { +- return glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't open file:\n %s\n"), src); +- } +- +- output_fp = glade_util_fopen (dest, "w"); +- if (output_fp == NULL) +- { +- error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create file:\n %s\n"), +- dest); +- fclose (input_fp); +- return error; +- } +- +- for (;;) +- { +- bytes_read = fread (buffer, 1, READ_BUFFER_SIZE, input_fp); +- if (bytes_read != READ_BUFFER_SIZE && ferror (input_fp)) +- { +- error = glade_error_new_system (_("Error reading from file:\n %s\n"), +- src); +- break; +- } +- +- if (bytes_read) +- { +- bytes_written = fwrite (buffer, 1, bytes_read, output_fp); +- if (bytes_read != bytes_written) +- { +- error = glade_error_new_system (_("Error writing to file:\n %s\n"), +- dest); +- break; +- } +- } +- +- if (bytes_read != READ_BUFFER_SIZE && feof (input_fp)) +- { +- break; +- } +- } +- +- fclose (input_fp); +- fclose (output_fp); +- +- return error; +-} +- +- +-/* Creates a directory if it doesn't already exist. directory must be an +- absolute path, in UTF-8. */ +-GladeError* +-glade_util_ensure_directory_exists (const gchar *directory) +-{ +- GladeError *error = NULL; +- struct stat filestat; +- gchar *on_disk_directory; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (g_path_is_absolute (directory), NULL); +- +- on_disk_directory = g_filename_from_utf8 (directory, -1, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- if (stat (on_disk_directory, &filestat) != 0) +- { +- /* If the directory doesn't exist, try to create it. */ +- if (errno == ENOENT) +- { +- gchar *parent_dir; +- +- /* First make sure the parent directory exists. */ +- parent_dir = glade_util_parent_directory (directory); +- if (parent_dir) +- { +- error = glade_util_ensure_directory_exists (parent_dir); +- g_free (parent_dir); +- } +- +- if (!error) +- { +-#ifdef _WIN32 +- if (mkdir (on_disk_directory) != 0) +-#else +- if (mkdir (on_disk_directory, 0777) != 0) +-#endif +- { +-#ifndef _WIN32 +-/* This happens under WIN32 when stat is confused by the filename, but this is +- harmless, since we know that the directory exists after all. */ +- error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't create directory:\n %s\n"), directory); +-#endif +- } +- } +- } +- else +- { +- error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't access directory:\n %s\n"), directory); +- } +- } +-#ifndef _WIN32 +- /* If the directory does exist, check it is a directory. */ +- else if (!S_ISDIR (filestat.st_mode)) +- { +- error = glade_error_new_general (GLADE_STATUS_INVALID_DIRECTORY, +- _("Invalid directory:\n %s\n"), +- directory); +- } +-#endif +- +- g_free (on_disk_directory); +- +- return error; +-} +- +- +-/* Adds a filename onto a directory to make a complete pathname. +- The directory may or may not end in '/'. file must be a simple filename. +- Free the returned string when no longer needed. */ +-gchar* +-glade_util_make_path (const gchar *dir, +- const gchar *file) +-{ +- gint dir_len; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (dir != NULL, NULL); +- g_return_val_if_fail (file != NULL, NULL); +- +- dir_len = strlen (dir); +- g_return_val_if_fail (dir_len > 0, NULL); +- +- if (dir[dir_len - 1] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- return g_strdup_printf ("%s%s", dir, file); +- else +- return g_strdup_printf ("%s%c%s", dir, G_DIR_SEPARATOR, file); +-} +- +- +-/* This turns a relative pathname into an absolute one based on the given +- base directory (which MUST be absolute). +- e.g. "/home/damon" + "../dave/test" -> "/home/dave/test" +- The returned path should be freed when no longer needed. */ +-gchar* +-glade_util_make_absolute_path (const gchar *dir, const gchar *file) +-{ +- gint dir_pos, file_pos, len, root_pos = 0; +- gchar *path; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (dir != NULL, NULL); +- +- if (file == NULL || file[0] == '\0') +- return g_strdup (dir); +- +- if (g_path_is_absolute (file)) +- return g_strdup (file); +- +- /* For windows if dir has a drive set, e.g. "C:\", we never delete that. */ +-#ifdef NATIVE_WIN32 +- if (isalpha (dir[0]) && dir[1] == ':' && dir[2] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- root_pos = 2; +-#endif +- +- /* Start at last character in dir. */ +- dir_pos = strlen (dir) - 1; +- +- /* First we make sure we skip any '/' at the end of dir. */ +- if (dir_pos > root_pos && dir[dir_pos] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- dir_pos--; +- +- /* Now for each '..' in file, we step back one component in dir, and +- forward one component in file. */ +- file_pos = 0; +- for (;;) +- { +- /* Skip './' */ +- if (file[file_pos] == '.' && file[file_pos + 1] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- file_pos += 2; +- +- else if (file[file_pos] == '.' && file[file_pos + 1] == '.' +- && (file[file_pos + 2] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR +- || file[file_pos + 2] == '\0')) +- { +- while (dir_pos > root_pos && dir[dir_pos] != G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- dir_pos--; +- if (dir_pos > root_pos) +- dir_pos--; +- +- if (file[file_pos + 2] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- file_pos += 3; +- else +- file_pos += 2; +- } +- +- else +- break; +- } +- +- /* Now concatenate the parts of dir and file together. */ +- if (dir_pos > root_pos) +- dir_pos++; +- len = dir_pos + 1 + (strlen (file) - file_pos) + 1; +- path = g_malloc (len); +- strncpy (path, dir, dir_pos); +- path[dir_pos] = G_DIR_SEPARATOR; +- strcpy (path + dir_pos + 1, file + file_pos); +- return path; +-} +- +- +-/* This turns an absolute pathname into an relative one based on the given +- base directory. Both arguments must be absolute paths, and should be in +- canonical form, i.e. not containing '..', '.' or multiple '/'s together. +- The returned value may or may not end with a '/', depending on the +- arguments. +- e.g. "/home/damon" + "/home/damon/pixmaps" -> "pixmaps" +- "/home/damon" + "/home/damon/pixmaps/" -> "pixmaps/" +- "/home/damon/project" + "/home/damon/test/pic.xpm" -> "../test/pic.xpm" +- "/home/damon/project" + "/home/damon/project" -> "" +- "/home/damon/project" + "/home/damon" -> "../" +- The returned path should be freed when no longer needed. */ +-gchar* +-glade_util_make_relative_path (const gchar *base, const gchar *path) +-{ +- gchar *relative_path; +- gint pos, num_parents = 0, len, path_len, i, root_pos = 0; +- gboolean match = FALSE; +- +- if (path == NULL) +- return g_strdup (""); +- +- /* For windows if base has a drive set, e.g. "C:\", then path must start with +- the same drive or we just return path. */ +-#ifdef NATIVE_WIN32 +- if (isalpha (base[0]) && base[1] == ':' && base[2] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- { +- root_pos = 2; +- if (!isalpha (path[0]) || path[1] != ':' || path[2] != G_DIR_SEPARATOR +- || base[0] != path[0]) +- return g_strdup (path); +- } +-#endif +- +- /* We step up each component of base_dir until we find a match with the +- start of file. */ +- pos = strlen (base) - 1; +- for (;;) +- { +- /* Skip trailing '/'s. */ +- if (pos > root_pos && base[pos] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- pos--; +- +- match = check_components_match (base, path, root_pos, pos + 1); +- if (match) +- break; +- +- /* They didn't match, so we move up one component and try again. */ +- num_parents++; +- while (pos && base[pos] != G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- pos--; +- } +- +- /* If we match some components, build the relative path, else just return +- path. */ +- if (match) +- { +- path_len = strlen (path); +- /* Skip over the '/', but special case for root directory. */ +- if (pos == root_pos) +- pos++; +- else +- pos += 2; +- len = (num_parents * 3) + 1; +- if (path_len > pos) +- len += path_len - pos; +- relative_path = g_malloc (len); +- /* Add a '../' for each parent directory needed. */ +- for (i = 0; i < num_parents; i++) +- { +- relative_path[i * 3] = '.'; +- relative_path[i * 3 + 1] = '.'; +- relative_path[i * 3 + 2] = G_DIR_SEPARATOR; +- } +- /* Add on the end of path, skipping the '/' after the component. */ +- if (path_len > pos) +- strcpy (relative_path + num_parents * 3, path + pos); +- relative_path[len - 1] = '\0'; +- +- return relative_path; +- } +- else +- return g_strdup (path); +-} +- +- +-/* This checks that the leading directory components of base match those in +- path up to the given length. */ +-static gboolean +-check_components_match (const gchar *base, +- const gchar *path, +- gint root_pos, +- gint len) +-{ +- if (strncmp (base, path, len)) +- return FALSE; +- +- /* We also need to check that it is a complete component in path, i.e. +- "/home/damon" should NOT match "/home/damon2". But root dir is a +- special case. "/" matches "/home". */ +- if (len == root_pos + 1 || path[len] == '\0' || path[len] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- return TRUE; +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* Returns TRUE if file is in dir. Both paths must be absolute. file can +- be a directory, and both can end in '/' or not. Note that we assume +- that both are in proper form, i.e. there are no instances of '//', '.', +- or '..' in either. */ +-gboolean +-glade_util_directory_contains_file (const gchar *dir, +- const gchar *file) +-{ +- gint dir_len, file_len; +- gchar *next_dir_separator; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (g_path_is_absolute (dir), FALSE); +- g_return_val_if_fail (g_path_is_absolute (file), FALSE); +- +- dir_len = strlen (dir); +- file_len = strlen (file); +- +- /* First check that file matches dir up until dir finishes. */ +- if (strncmp (dir, file, dir_len)) +- return FALSE; +- +- /* If dir doesn't end in a '/', then we also need to check that the next +- character in file is a '/'. */ +- if (dir[dir_len - 1] != G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- { +- if (file[dir_len] != G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- return FALSE; +- dir_len++; +- } +- +- /* If file is equivalent to dir we return FALSE. */ +- if (dir_len == file_len) +- return FALSE; +- +- /* Now we need to check that file is not in a subdirectory, i.e. there are +- no more '/'s in file except possibly for the last character. */ +- next_dir_separator = strchr (file + dir_len, G_DIR_SEPARATOR); +- if (next_dir_separator && next_dir_separator < file + file_len - 1) +- return FALSE; +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-/* Returns TRUE if the 2 directories are equivalent. Both must be absolute +- paths, and may or may not end in '/'. */ +-gboolean +-glade_util_directories_equivalent (const gchar *dir1, +- const gchar *dir2) +-{ +- gint dir1_len, dir2_len; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (g_path_is_absolute (dir1), FALSE); +- g_return_val_if_fail (g_path_is_absolute (dir2), FALSE); +- +- /* Find the length of both directories and decrement it if they end in a +- '/'. */ +- dir1_len = strlen (dir1); +- dir2_len = strlen (dir2); +- +- if (dir1[dir1_len - 1] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- dir1_len--; +- if (dir2[dir2_len - 1] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- dir2_len--; +- +- /* Now both lengths must be equal and the directories must match up to +- that point. */ +- if (dir1_len != dir2_len) +- return FALSE; +- +- if (strncmp (dir1, dir2, dir1_len)) +- return FALSE; +- +- return TRUE; +-} +- +- +-/* This is similar to GLib's dirname, but it makes sure the dirname ends with +- a G_DIR_SEPARATOR. The returned string should be freed later. */ +-gchar* +-glade_util_dirname (const gchar *file_name) +-{ +- register gchar *base; +- register guint len; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (file_name != NULL, NULL); +- +- base = strrchr (file_name, G_DIR_SEPARATOR); +- if (!base) +- return g_strdup ("." G_DIR_SEPARATOR_S); +- while (base > file_name && *base == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- base--; +- len = (guint) 1 + base - file_name; +- +- base = g_new (gchar, len + 2); +- g_memmove (base, file_name, len); +- if (len > 1) +- base[len++] = G_DIR_SEPARATOR; +- base[len] = 0; +- +- return base; +-} +- +- +-/* This returns the parent directory of the given directory, which may or may +- not end in a G_DIR_SEPARATOR. If there is no parent directory, NULL is +- returned. The returned string should be freed. dir MUST be absolute. */ +-gchar* +-glade_util_parent_directory (const gchar *dir) +-{ +- gchar *skipped_root, *parent_dir; +- gint pos; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (g_path_is_absolute (dir), NULL); +- +- /* We handle the root dir specially here, and return NULL. */ +- skipped_root = (gchar*) g_path_skip_root ((gchar*) dir); +- if (*skipped_root == '\0') +- return NULL; +- +- /* Ignore any G_DIR_SEPARATOR at the end of dir (just by skipping the last +- char), and step back to the previous G_DIR_SEPARATOR. */ +- pos = strlen (dir) - 2; +- while (pos >= 0 && dir[pos] != G_DIR_SEPARATOR) +- pos--; +- +- /* This shouldn't really happen, since we dealt with the root dir above, +- but just in case. */ +- if (pos < 0) +- return NULL; +- +- /* Check if the parent directory is the root directory. If it is, we just +- want to return the root directory, i.e. "/" or "C:\". */ +- if (pos <= skipped_root - dir) +- pos = skipped_root - dir; +- +- parent_dir = g_malloc (pos + 1); +- strncpy (parent_dir, dir, pos); +- parent_dir[pos] = '\0'; +- +- return parent_dir; +-} +- +- +-/* This searches the $HOME/Projects directory to find the default directory to +- use for the next project, e.g. $HOME/Projects/project1. The returned +- directory should be freed when no longer needed. */ +-GladeError* +-glade_util_get_next_free_project_directory (gchar **project_directory_return, +- gint *project_num_return) +-{ +- GladeError *error = NULL; +- gchar *projects_dir, *project_string, *subdir; +- const gchar *home_dir; +- DIR *directory; +- struct dirent *entry; +- gint project_num, max_project_num, project_string_len; +- gint num_matched, chars_matched; +- +- home_dir = g_get_home_dir (); +- if (home_dir) +- { +- projects_dir = glade_util_make_absolute_path (home_dir, _("Projects")); +- } +- else +- { +-#ifdef _WIN32 +- projects_dir = g_strdup ("C:\\Projects"); +-#else +- /* Just use the root directory. Though it probably won't be writable. */ +- projects_dir = g_strdup (G_DIR_SEPARATOR_S); +-#endif +- } +- +- /* Step through the 'Projects' directory, if it exists, to find +- subdirectories named 'projectXX', and get the highest number used so +- far. */ +- max_project_num = 0; +- directory = opendir (projects_dir); +- project_string = _("project"); +- project_string_len = strlen (project_string); +- if (directory == NULL) +- { +- if (errno != ENOENT) +- { +- error = glade_error_new_system (_("Couldn't open directory:\n %s\n"), +- projects_dir); +- g_free (projects_dir); +- return error; +- } +- } +- else +- { +- for (;;) +- { +- entry = readdir (directory); +- +- if (entry == NULL) +- break; +- +- if (!strncmp (entry->d_name, project_string, project_string_len)) +- { +- /* Now see if it has a number on the end. */ +- num_matched = sscanf (entry->d_name + project_string_len, +- "%i%n", &project_num, &chars_matched); +- if (num_matched >= 1 +- && chars_matched == strlen (entry->d_name) - project_string_len) +- { +- max_project_num = MAX (max_project_num, project_num); +- } +- } +- } +- +- closedir (directory); +- } +- +- max_project_num++; +- *project_num_return = max_project_num; +- subdir = g_strdup_printf ("%s%i", project_string, max_project_num); +- *project_directory_return = glade_util_make_absolute_path (projects_dir, +- subdir); +- g_free (subdir); +- g_free (projects_dir); +- +- return NULL; +-} +- +- +-/* This will hold the last "TZ=XXX" string we used with putenv(). After we +- call putenv() again to set a new TZ string, we can free the previous one. +- As far as I know, no libc implementations actually free the memory used in +- the environment variables (how could they know if it is a static string or +- a malloc'ed string?), so we have to free it ourselves. */ +-static char* saved_tz = NULL; +- +- +-/* Sets the TZ environment variable to the given value, e.g. "UTC", returning +- the old setting. +- NOTE: You must call glade_util_reset_timezone() some time later to restore +- the original TZ. Pass glade_util_reset_timezone() the string that +- glade_util_set_timezone() returns. */ +-gchar* +-glade_util_set_timezone (const gchar *tz) +-{ +- char *old_tz, *old_tz_copy = NULL, *new_tz; +- +- /* Get the old TZ setting and save a copy of it to return. */ +- old_tz = getenv ("TZ"); +- if (old_tz) +- { +- old_tz_copy = g_malloc (strlen (old_tz) + 4); +- strcpy (old_tz_copy, "TZ="); +- strcpy (old_tz_copy + 3, old_tz); +- } +- +- /* Create the new TZ string. */ +- new_tz = g_malloc (strlen (tz) + 4); +- strcpy (new_tz, "TZ="); +- strcpy (new_tz + 3, tz); +- +- /* Add the new TZ to the environment. */ +- putenv (new_tz); +- tzset (); +- +- /* Free any previous TZ environment string we have used. */ +- if (saved_tz) +- g_free (saved_tz); +- +- /* Save a pointer to the TZ string we just set, so we can free it later. */ +- saved_tz = new_tz; +- +- return old_tz_copy; /* This will be zero if the TZ env var was not set */ +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_util_reset_timezone (gchar *tz) +-{ +- /* restore the original TZ setting. */ +- if (tz) +- putenv (tz); +- else +- putenv ("TZ"); /* Delete from environment */ +- +- tzset (); +- +- /* Free any previous TZ environment string we have used. */ +- if (saved_tz) +- g_free (saved_tz); +- +- /* Save a pointer to the TZ string we just set, so we can free it later. +- (This can possibly be NULL if there was no TZ to restore.) */ +- saved_tz = tz; +-} +- +- +-gboolean +-glade_util_check_is_stock_id (const gchar *stock_id) +-{ +- static GHashTable *stock_hash = NULL; +- +- gboolean retval = FALSE; +- +- /* Create a hash of stock ids, so future calls will be fast. */ +- if (!stock_hash) +- { +- GSList *stock_items, *elem; +- +- stock_hash = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); +- +- stock_items = gtk_stock_list_ids (); +- for (elem = stock_items; elem; elem = elem->next) +- { +- /* We just use the stock id for the key and the data, as we don't +- need to store anything. We should free the keys at some point, +- but we need them until Glade exits. */ +- g_hash_table_insert (stock_hash, elem->data, elem->data); +- } +- +- g_slist_free (stock_items); +- } +- +- if (stock_id && g_hash_table_lookup (stock_hash, stock_id)) +- retval = TRUE; +- +-#if 0 +- g_print ("glade_util_check_is_stock_id: %s -> %i\n", +- stock_id ? stock_id : "", retval); +-#endif +- +- return retval; +-} +- +- +-static gint +-compare_uline_labels (const gchar *labela, const gchar *labelb) +-{ +- for (;;) { +- gunichar c1, c2; +- +- if (*labela == '\0') +- return (*labelb == '\0') ? 0 : -1; +- if (*labelb == '\0') +- return 1; +- +- c1 = g_utf8_get_char (labela); +- if (c1 == '_') +- { +- labela = g_utf8_next_char (labela); +- c1 = g_utf8_get_char (labela); +- } +- +- c2 = g_utf8_get_char (labelb); +- if (c2 == '_') +- { +- labelb = g_utf8_next_char (labelb); +- c2 = g_utf8_get_char (labelb); +- } +- +- if (c1 < c2) +- return -1; +- if (c1 > c2) +- return 1; +- +- labela = g_utf8_next_char (labela); +- labelb = g_utf8_next_char (labelb); +- } +- +- /* Shouldn't be reached. */ +- return 0; +-} +- +- +-/* This is a GCompareFunc for comparing the labels of 2 stock items, ignoring +- any '_' characters. It isn't particularly efficient. */ +-gint +-glade_util_compare_stock_labels (gconstpointer a, gconstpointer b) +-{ +- const gchar *stock_ida = a, *stock_idb = b; +- GtkStockItem itema, itemb; +- gboolean founda, foundb; +- gint retval; +- +- founda = gtk_stock_lookup (stock_ida, &itema); +- foundb = gtk_stock_lookup (stock_idb, &itemb); +- +- if (founda) +- { +- if (!foundb) +- retval = -1; +- else +- /* FIXME: Not ideal for UTF-8. */ +- retval = compare_uline_labels (itema.label, itemb.label); +- } +- else +- { +- if (!foundb) +- retval = 0; +- else +- retval = 1; +- } +- +- return retval; +-} +- +- +-/* These are pinched from gtkcombo.c */ +-gpointer /* GtkListItem * */ +-glade_util_gtk_combo_find (GtkCombo * combo) +-{ +- gchar *text; +- gchar *ltext; +- GList *clist; +- int (*string_compare) (const char *, const char *); +- +- if (combo->case_sensitive) +- string_compare = strcmp; +- else +- string_compare = g_strcasecmp; +- +- text = (gchar*) gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (combo->entry)); +- clist = GTK_LIST (combo->list)->children; +- +- while (clist && clist->data) +- { +- ltext = glade_util_gtk_combo_func (GTK_LIST_ITEM (clist->data)); +- if (!ltext) +- continue; +- if (!(*string_compare) (ltext, text)) +- return (GtkListItem *) clist->data; +- clist = clist->next; +- } +- +- return NULL; +-} +- +-gchar * +-glade_util_gtk_combo_func (gpointer data) +-{ +- GtkListItem * listitem = data; +- +- /* I needed to pinch this as well - Damon. */ +- static const gchar *gtk_combo_string_key = "gtk-combo-string-value"; +- +- GtkWidget *label; +- gchar *ltext = NULL; +- +- ltext = (gchar *) gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (listitem), +- gtk_combo_string_key); +- if (!ltext) +- { +- label = GTK_BIN (listitem)->child; +- if (!label || !GTK_IS_LABEL (label)) +- return NULL; +- ltext = (gchar*) gtk_label_get_text (GTK_LABEL (label)); +- } +- return ltext; +-} +- +-/** +- * glade_enum_from_string +- * @type: the GType for this enum type. +- * @string: the string representation of the enum value. +- * +- * This helper routine is designed to be used by widget build routines to +- * convert the string representations of enumeration values found in the +- * XML descriptions to the integer values that can be used to configure +- * the widget. +- * +- * Returns: the integer value for this enumeration, or 0 if it couldn't be +- * found. +- */ +-gint +-glade_enum_from_string (GType type, const char *string) +-{ +- GEnumClass *eclass; +- GEnumValue *ev; +- gchar *endptr; +- gint ret = 0; +- +- ret = strtoul(string, &endptr, 0); +- if (endptr != string) /* parsed a number */ +- return ret; +- +- eclass = g_type_class_ref(type); +- ev = g_enum_get_value_by_name(eclass, string); +- if (!ev) ev = g_enum_get_value_by_nick(eclass, string); +- if (ev) ret = ev->value; +- +- g_type_class_unref(eclass); +- +- return ret; +-} +- +-/** +- * glade_string_from_enum +- * @type: the GType for this enum type. +- * @value: the value of the enum +- * +- * This helper routine is designed to be used by widget build routines to +- * convert the string representations of enumeration values found in the +- * XML descriptions to the integer values that can be used to configure +- * the widget. +- * +- * Returns: the string value for this enumeration +- */ +-const char * +-glade_string_from_enum (GType type, gint value) +-{ +- GEnumClass *eclass; +- GEnumValue *ev; +- +- eclass = g_type_class_ref(type); +- +- ev = g_enum_get_value (eclass, value); +- +- g_type_class_unref(eclass); +- +- return ev ? ev->value_name : "0"; +-} +- +- +-/** +- * glade_util_flags_from_string +- * @type: the GType for this flags type. +- * @string: the string representation of the flags value. +- * +- * This helper routine is designed to be used by widget build routines +- * to convert the string representations of flags values found in the +- * XML descriptions to the integer values that can be used to +- * configure the widget. The string is composed of string names or +- * nicknames for various flags separated by '|'. +- * +- * Returns: the integer value for this flags string +- */ +-guint +-glade_util_flags_from_string (GType type, const char *string) +-{ +- GFlagsClass *fclass; +- gchar *endptr, *prevptr; +- guint i, j, ret = 0; +- char *flagstr; +- +- ret = strtoul(string, &endptr, 0); +- if (endptr != string) /* parsed a number */ +- return ret; +- +- fclass = g_type_class_ref(type); +- +- +- flagstr = g_strdup (string); +- for (ret = i = j = 0; ; i++) { +- gboolean eos; +- +- eos = flagstr [i] == '\0'; +- +- if (eos || flagstr [i] == '|') { +- GFlagsValue *fv; +- const char *flag; +- gunichar ch; +- +- flag = &flagstr [j]; +- endptr = &flagstr [i]; +- +- if (!eos) { +- flagstr [i++] = '\0'; +- j = i; +- } +- +- /* trim spaces */ +- for (;;) +- { +- ch = g_utf8_get_char (flag); +- if (!g_unichar_isspace (ch)) +- break; +- flag = g_utf8_next_char (flag); +- } +- +- while (endptr > flag) +- { +- prevptr = g_utf8_prev_char (endptr); +- ch = g_utf8_get_char (prevptr); +- if (!g_unichar_isspace (ch)) +- break; +- endptr = prevptr; +- } +- +- if (endptr > flag) +- { +- *endptr = '\0'; +- fv = g_flags_get_value_by_name (fclass, flag); +- +- if (!fv) +- fv = g_flags_get_value_by_nick (fclass, flag); +- +- if (fv) +- ret |= fv->value; +- else +- g_warning ("Unknown flag: '%s'", flag); +- } +- +- if (eos) +- break; +- } +- } +- +- g_free (flagstr); +- +- g_type_class_unref(fclass); +- +- return ret; +-} +- +-/** +- * glade_util_string_from_flags +- * @type: the GType for this flags type. +- * @flags: the value of the flags +- * +- * This helper routine is designed to be used by widget build routines +- * to convert the flags values into the string representations in the +- * XML descriptions. +- * The string is composed of string names or +- * nicknames for various flags separated by '|'. +- * +- * Returns: the string representation of these flags. Must be freed. +- */ +-gchar * +-glade_util_string_from_flags (GType type, guint flags) +-{ +- GFlagsClass *flags_class; +- GString *string; +- char *ret; +- +- flags_class = g_type_class_ref (type); +- +- string = g_string_new (""); +- +- if (flags_class->n_values) +- { +- GFlagsValue *fval; +- +- for (fval = flags_class->values; fval->value_name; fval++) +- { +- /* We have to be careful as some flags include 0 values, e.g. +- BonoboDockItemBehavior uses 0 for BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NORMAL. +- If a 0 value is available, we only output it if the entire +- flags value is 0, otherwise we check if the bit-flag is set. */ +- if ((fval->value == 0 && flags == 0) +- || (fval->value && (fval->value & flags) == fval->value)) +- { +- if (string->len) +- g_string_append_c (string, '|'); +- g_string_append (string, fval->value_name); +- } +- } +- } +- +- ret = string->str; +- g_string_free (string, FALSE); +- +- g_type_class_unref (flags_class); +- +- return ret; +-} +- +- +-/* Returns TRUE if the widget should have a border width property. +- Containers normally do, but Bonobo controls don't. +- Also, GtkDialog widgets and their action area hbuttonboxes don't, as they +- use style properties. */ +-gboolean +-glade_util_uses_border_width (GtkWidget *widget) +-{ +- char *child_name = gb_widget_get_child_name (widget); +- +-#ifdef USE_GNOME +- if (BONOBO_IS_WIDGET (widget)) +- return FALSE; +-#endif +- +- /* The GtkDialog vbox has its border width set from a style property, so +- we shouldn't show the property in Glade. */ +- if (GTK_IS_VBOX (widget) && widget->parent && GTK_IS_DIALOG (widget->parent)) +- return FALSE; +- +- if (child_name && !strcmp (child_name, GladeChildDialogActionArea)) +- return FALSE; +- +- if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget)) +- return TRUE; +- +- return FALSE; +-} +- +- +-/* Converts a filename from UTF-8 to on-disk encoding, and sets it in a +- GtkFileSelection. */ +-void +-glade_util_set_file_selection_filename (GtkWidget *filesel, +- const gchar *filename_utf8) +-{ +- gchar *on_disk_filename; +- +- on_disk_filename = g_filename_from_utf8 (filename_utf8, -1, NULL, NULL, +- NULL); +- +- gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filesel), +- on_disk_filename); +- g_free (on_disk_filename); +-} +- +- +-/* Gets the selected file in a GtkFileSelection, converts it to UTF-8 and +- returns it. Note that the returned string must be freed. */ +-gchar* +-glade_util_get_file_selection_filename (GtkWidget *filesel) +-{ +- const gchar *on_disk_filename; +- gchar *filename; +- +- on_disk_filename = gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filesel)); +- filename = g_filename_to_utf8 (on_disk_filename, -1, NULL, NULL, NULL); +- return filename; +-} +- +- +-/* Like fopen but takes a UTF-8 filename and converts to on-disk encoding. */ +-FILE* +-glade_util_fopen (const gchar *filename_utf8, const gchar *mode) +-{ +- gchar *on_disk_filename; +- FILE *fp; +- +- on_disk_filename = g_filename_from_utf8 (filename_utf8, -1, NULL, NULL, +- NULL); +- fp = fopen (on_disk_filename, mode); +- g_free (on_disk_filename); +- return fp; +-} +- +- +-/** +- * glade_util_uri_list_parse: +- * @uri_list: the text/urilist, must be NULL terminated. +- * +- * Extracts a list of file names from a standard text/uri-list, +- * such as one you would get on a drop operation. +- * This is mostly stolen from gnome-vfs-uri.c. +- * +- * Returns a GList of gchars. +- **/ +-GList * +-glade_util_uri_list_parse (const gchar *uri_list) +-{ +- const gchar *p, *q; +- GList *result = NULL; +- +- g_return_val_if_fail (uri_list != NULL, NULL); +- +- p = uri_list; +- +- /* We don't actually try to validate the URI according to RFC +- * 2396, or even check for allowed characters - we just ignore +- * comments and trim whitespace off the ends. We also +- * allow LF delimination as well as the specified CRLF. +- */ +- while (p) +- { +- if (*p != '#') +- { +- gchar *retval; +- gchar *path; +- +- while (g_ascii_isspace (*p)) +- p++; +- +- q = p; +- while ((*q != '\0') && (*q != '\n') && (*q != '\r')) +- q++; +- +- if (q > p) +- { +- q--; +- while (q > p && g_ascii_isspace (*q)) +- q--; +- +- retval = g_new (gchar, q - p + 2); +- memcpy (retval, p, q - p + 1); +- retval[q - p + 1] = '\0'; +- +- path = g_filename_from_uri (retval, NULL, NULL); +- if (!path) +- { +- g_free (retval); +- continue; +- } +- +- result = g_list_prepend (result, path); +- +- g_free (retval); +- } +- } +- p = strchr (p, '\n'); +- if (p) +- p++; +- } +- +- return g_list_reverse (result); +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_util_get_translation_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- const gchar *property_name, +- gboolean *translatable, +- gchar **comments, +- gboolean *context) +-{ +- gchar buffer[1024]; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget)); +- +- sprintf (buffer, "%s:::comments", property_name); +- *comments = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), buffer); +- +- /* This defaults to TRUE if no object data is set. */ +- sprintf (buffer, "%s:::not_translatable", property_name); +- *translatable = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), buffer) ? FALSE : TRUE; +- +- /* This defaults to FALSE if no object data is set. */ +- sprintf (buffer, "%s:::context", property_name); +- *context = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), buffer) ? TRUE : FALSE; +-} +- +- +-void +-glade_util_set_translation_properties (GtkWidget *widget, +- const gchar *property_name, +- gboolean translatable, +- const gchar *comments, +- gboolean context) +-{ +- gchar buffer[1024]; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget)); +- +- sprintf (buffer, "%s:::comments", property_name); +- g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (widget), buffer, +- g_strdup (comments), comments ? g_free : NULL); +- +- sprintf (buffer, "%s:::not_translatable", property_name); +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), buffer, translatable ? NULL : "N"); +- +- sprintf (buffer, "%s:::context", property_name); +- g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), buffer, context ? "Y" : NULL); +-} +- +- +-/* Copies the extra translation properties stored inside the widget data. */ +-void +-glade_util_copy_translation_properties (GtkWidget *from_widget, +- const gchar *from_property_name, +- GtkWidget *to_widget, +- const gchar *to_property_name) +-{ +- gchar *comments; +- gboolean translatable, context; +- +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (from_widget)); +- g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (to_widget)); +- +- /* Copy the translator comments string, and translatable & context flags +- from one widget to the other. */ +- glade_util_get_translation_properties (from_widget, from_property_name, +- &translatable, &comments, &context); +- glade_util_set_translation_properties (to_widget, to_property_name, +- translatable, comments, context); +-} +- diff --git a/debian/patches/series b/debian/patches/series new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9112f9cb --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/patches/series @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +remove-interfering-maintainer-files.diff |